General

ESRS 2General Disclosures

10 disclosure requirements

GOV-1

The role of the administrative, management and supervisory bodies

66 companies
AcerinoxSpain

The Acerinox Board of Directors is the body responsible for representing and managing the Company. This body has all the non-delegable powers established by Royal Legislative Decree 1/2010, of July 2, which approves the revised text of the Corporate Enterprises Act, as well as those established in the Regulations of the Board of Directors, including the monitoring and supervision of sustainability management at the Group, including the monitoring and execution of related policies.

In accordance with Article 19 of the Company Bylaws and Article 4.1 of the Regulations of the Board of Directors, the Board of Directors shall be comprised of a number of Directors to be determined by the General Shareholders' Meeting, between a minimum of five and a maximum of fifteen. The General Shareholders' Meeting held on April 11, 2019 set the maximum number of members of the Board of Directors should at least 40% of the total. All this has led to a progressive increase in the number of female Directors from 23.08% in 2018 to 36.4% at December 31, 2024, complying with the figure set for eleven-member Boards according to the Annex to Directive (EU) 2022/2381 of the European Parliament and of the Council of November 23, 2022 on improving the gender balance among directors of listed companies and related measures. Among the Independent Board Members, female members represent 57% of the Board.

When new vacancies have arisen, the Appointments, Remuneration and Corporate Governance Committee endeavors to ensure that the candidates include women who meet the desired profile, ensuring a non-discriminatory process with the underrepresented sex.

Pursuant to the appointments and re-elections proposed to the General Shareholders' Meeting in recent years (Ms. Rosa María García Piñeiro, Ms. Laura González Molero and Ms. Marta Martínez Alonso in 2017; Ms. Leticia Iglesias Herraiz in 2020; and Ms. Laura González Molero, Ms. Rosa María García Piñeiro and Ms. Marta Martínez Alonso in 2021), the appointment policy used by the Company demonstrates that not only are there no implicit biases that could imply any discrimination and hinder the election of female Directors, but that the Company has deliberately sought to appoint female Directors who meet the requirements of honorableness, suitability, recognized professional solvency, skill, experience, qualifications, training, availability, and commitment, which are indispensable for the proper performance of their duties.

At the behest of the Appointments, Remuneration and Corporate Governance Committee, the Board of Directors drew up and approved its own skills matrix. This document is made to serve as a mandatory guide for all Board Member selection processes and assignments to specific Committees.

In order to ensure that Directors have the necessary skills to carry out their duties properly, the Appointments, Remuneration and Corporate Governance Committee appointed the members who, in accordance with the current General Board Diversity and Director Selection Policy, meet the requirements of honorableness, suitability, recognized professional solvency, skill, experience, qualifications, training, availability, and commitment to their duties, which are indispensable for the proper performance of their duties.

The members of the Board of Directors bring together a huge range of skills, encompassing industry, sales, investment banking, and finance, as well as specialization in areas such as audit, sustainability, energy and new technologies. It is also common for directors to have previous experience on the boards of other major international companies. The criteria for assigning profiles to each Committee are similar to those of the Board.

There are no directors representing employees and other workers.

Amadeus ITSpain

The role of the administrative, management and supervisory bodies

The Board of Directors is Amadeus' highest representative, administrative, managerial and controlling body. It sets out the company's general guidelines and economic objectives (financial and non-financial) and carries out the company's strategy (steering and implementation of company policies), supervision activities (management control) and communication functions (liaising with shareholders).

The Spanish Capital Companies Act also gives further powers to the Board of Directors, some of which are non-delegable. In this regard, the Board of Directors is the responsible body for policies on, among others: • Corporate Social Responsibility. • Dividends. • Risk management and control (including fiscal risks). • Corporate governance. • Tax strategy. • Related-party transactions (other than those reserved for the General Shareholders' Meeting), with delegation faculties under certain circumstances.

Moreover, it is responsible for the definition of the company's sustainability policy (relating to environmental, social and corporate governance matters, among others) and that of the Group; its organization and functioning and, in particular, the approval and amendment of its own regulations.

Additionally, among its responsibilities lie risk management, which includes transition and physical risks related to climate change and other sustainability related risks. The Board also reviews and approves Amadeus' sustainability strategy.

Board Composition As of December 31, 2024, the Board consists of eleven members, one executive director, Mr. Luis Maroto Camino, President and CEO of Amadeus, and ten external non-executive directors, all of them independent (90.9%).

Female Directors represent 45.45% of the members of the Board of Directors as of December 31, 2024. • Six (6) nationalities are represented on the Board. • The age of the members of the Board ranges from 50 to 70.

Composition of the Board of Directors

Name of DirectorDirector categoryPosition on the BoardMember of CommitteesGenderNationalityAge distribution
Mr. William ConnellyExternal IndependentChairMaleFrench>65
Mr. Stephan GemkowExternal IndependentVice-ChairAUDIT (Chair)MaleGerman60-65
Mr. Luis Maroto CaminoExecutive DirectorCEOMaleSpanish60-65
Mrs. Pilar García Ceballos-ZúñigaExternal IndependentDirectorAUDIT, REMCOFemaleSpanish60-65
Mr. Peter KürpickExternal IndependentDirectorREMCOMaleGerman55-60
Mrs. Xiaoqun Clever-StegExternal IndependentDirectorREMCOFemaleGerman50-55
Mrs. Jana EggersExternal IndependentDirectorFemaleUS55-60
Mrs. Amanda MeslerExternal IndependentDirectorAUDIT REMCO (Chair)FemaleUS60-65
Mrs. Eriikka SöderströmExternal IndependentDirectorAUDITFemaleFinnish55-60
Mr. David Vegara FiguerasExternal IndependentDirectorAUDITMaleSpanish55-60
Mr. Frits Dirk van PaasschenExternal IndependentDirectorREMCOMaleUS/Dutch60-65

The Board of Directors is supported by the Audit Committee and the Nominations and Remuneration Committee (consisting of five non-executive Directors each), both with responsibility over sustainability matters.

AMAG Austria MetallAustria

The role of administrative, management and supervisory bodies

Sustainability is an elementary component of AMAG's corporate self-image. The transfer of strategic objectives into corporate processes is ensured through the involvement of numerous specialised departments and is integrated with targets and metrics across all areas of the company.

SUPERVISORY BOARD: As the highest supervisory body, the Supervisory Board of Austria Metall AG fulfils its duties with regard to economic, environmental and social responsibility and thus all ESG areas of the company. In 2024, the Supervisory Board consisted of ten members (nine men, one woman) and met five times. The Supervisory Board has exclusively a supervisory function and no executive responsibility. All ten members consider themselves to be independent in accordance with the criteria defined in the Austrian Code of Corporate Governance (Appendix 1). Five members were delegated by the Works Council to represent employee concerns. The Supervisory Board forms the following committees from among its members:

› Audit Committee › Nomination Committee › Strategy Committee › Remuneration Committee › committee for urgent matters › ESG Committee

ESG COMMITTEE: The Supervisory Board is supported in sustainability aspects in particular by the ESG Committee, which was established for the first time in 2023. Its task is to monitor the establishment and effectiveness of processes for the implementation and assessment of non-financial statement in accordance with the applicable EU Directive (No. 2022/2464 - CSRD) and other applicable provisions (including Austrian implementing legislation) and to report on this to the Audit Committee and the full Supervisory Board. Since the ESRS came into force, the ESG Committee has had the task of supporting the Audit Committee in its audit duties with regard to non-financial statement and in carrying out the procedure for selecting the external auditor. It also supports and advises on ESG issues at the request of the full Supervisory Board or one of its committees, such as the Remuneration Committee in preparing the setting of ESG targets for Executive Board remuneration or the Strategy Committee in linking ESG and corporate strategy. The ESG Committee meets twice a year as budgeted. In terms of its coordinating tasks, the Chairman of the Supervisory Board or a member of the Audit Committee are also members of the ESG Committee. The ESG Committee may not be chaired by anyone who has been a member of the Executive Board, a senior manager within the meaning of Section 80 AktG or an external auditor of non-financial statement in the last three years, or who has signed the audit certificate or is not impartial or independent for other reasons.

MANAGEMENT BOARD: In 2024, the Management Board consisted of three executive members (two men, one woman) with the functions of CEO/COO, CFO and CSO. The Management Board defines the long-term direction of AMAG's sustainability strategy - it is thus responsible for monitoring the impacts, risks and opportunities, implementing the sustainability targets set out in the sustainability programme and transferred to the management structure with clearly defined areas of responsibility, and ultimately also for reporting on the programme and the defined targets. The Management Board has broad expertise in ESG issues and covers the same areas of competence as those defined for the Supervisory Board. It is regularly informed about ESG topics by the internal departments and external experts (e.g. via AMAG's Scientific and Technological Advisory Board) in order to be able to react to future regulatory requirements in a well-founded and forward-looking manner. The members of the Management Board receive regular training on ESG topics, are in constant dialogue with stakeholders and take part in meetings of associations and ESG-relevant working groups. In 2024, the Management Board addressed all material impacts, risks and opportunities that form the basis of this non-financial statement.

MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS AND SUSTAINABILITY DEPARTMENT: The Management Systems department coordinates sustainability management and reports directly to the Management Board, which in turn informs the Supervisory Board at regular intervals. The Sustainability department is located in the Management Systems department. Here, in close cooperation with all of AMAG's specialist departments, data is collected, measures are defined and monitored for compliance, and new targets are identified. Material sustainability aspects are identified by conducting a double materiality assessment, which in turn forms the basis for non-financial statement. In addition, the Management Systems department reports on current trends and issues, prepares reports to track sustainability targets and is responsible for participation in ESG ratings.

SUSTAINABILITY COMMITTEE: The Sustainability Committee, which consists of the Management Board, the managing directors and department heads and meets once a year, evaluates sustainability performance to date. In addition, measures from the AMAG sustainability programme are reviewed for their degree of target achievement and adjusted if necessary, and new targets are set for subsequent years. The responsible departments ensure that the sustainability topics are continuously implemented as part of day-to-day business and in the course of projects and research initiatives.

ESG CONCEPTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES: Specific responsibilities and areas of responsibility regarding ESG, which the Management Board delegates to specialised departments, are generally defined in guidelines, procedures and work instructions. All relevant ESG concepts are described in the respective topic sections.

Banco SabadellSpain

The governance system and the organisation of the different decision-making levels are both being continuously improved and adapted to the needs that are emerging from the new sustainability environment.

Board of Directors

With the exception of matters reserved to the Annual General Meeting, Banco Sabadell's Board of Directors is the most senior decision-making body of the company and its consolidated Group as it is responsible, by law and pursuant to the Articles of Association, for the management and representation of the Bank. The Board of Directors acts mainly as an instrument of supervision and control, delegating the management of the Institution's ordinary business matters to the Chief Executive Officer.

The Board of Directors is subject to well-defined and transparent rules of governance, in particular to the Articles of Association and the Regulation of the Board of Directors, and it conforms to best practice in the area of corporate governance. To ensure better and more diligent performance of its general supervisory duties, the Board is directly responsible for approving the Institution's general strategies. It also approves its policies and is therefore responsible for establishing principles, commitments and objectives in the area of sustainability, and for including them in the Institution's strategy.

As at 31 December 2024, the Board of Directors is made up of fifteen members. Of these, two are Executive Directors (13.33% of the total Board) and thirteen are Non-Executive Directors, while ten are Independent Directors (66.67% of the total Board), two are Other External Directors (13.33% of the total Board) and one is a Proprietary Director (6.67% of the total Board). There is no trade union representation on the Board.

As at 2024 year-end, there were six female directors, including five female Independent Directors out of a total of ten Independent Directors and one female Other External Director. Women represent 40% of the full Board of Directors, thus bringing forward the fulfilment of the Bank's commitment stated in Sabadell's Commitment to Sustainability and achieving early compliance with the provisions of Organic Law 2/2024 of 1 August on equal representation and balanced presence of women and men.

When defining the general strategy, the business objectives and the risk management framework of the Institution, the Board of Directors considers aspects related to sustainability, including climate-related, environmental, social and governance risks, and it also effectively oversees them.

In April 2024, the Board of Directors revised its Sustainability Policy, which incorporates ESG parameters into the activities and organisation of Banco Sabadell Group. This policy establishes the core principles that guide Banco Sabadell Group in its task of addressing the challenges of sustainability, defining the management parameters, as well as the organisation and governance structure needed for its correct implementation.

In relation to the management and control of environmental risk, the Board is ultimately responsible for embedding it into the general strategy and for establishing the necessary mechanisms for its review. Its duties range from monitoring environmental risk to approving and reviewing the organisational and functional framework for managing, controlling and reporting on this risk, approving the associated policies and reviewing them on an annual basis. Lastly, it is worth noting that the Board of Directors has received specific training on climate risk management, the impact deriving from those risks, policies and regulations in that regard, as well as measurement metrics such as the carbon footprint and decarbonisation pathways.

Board Committees

The Board Strategy and Sustainability Committee was set up in 2021 and is chaired by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, in the capacity of Other External Director. It is formed of five Directors: three Independent, one Other External and its Chair. This Board Committee met 15 times in 2024.

This Board Committee is responsible for analysing and reporting to the Board of Directors on environmental risk policies and for reporting to the Board of Directors on any amendments or periodic updates of the environmental risk strategy. It is also responsible for supervising the model for identifying, controlling and managing risks and opportunities in relation to sustainability including, where applicable, environmental risks.

The Board Strategy and Sustainability Committee carries out regular monitoring of the Institution's progress in ESG matters through the review of the Corporate Sustainability Report, which contains information about the overall ESG environment in the context of the macroeconomic and regulatory environment, and about the Institution's ESG outlook, the integration of ESG risks into management arrangements and the priority indicators of Sabadell's Commitment to Sustainability.

With regard to sustainability, the Board Committee has the following duties:

• Analyse and inform the Board of Directors about the Institution's sustainability and environmental policies.

• Inform the Board of Directors of any modifications or regular updates of the sustainability strategy.

• Analyse the definition and, where applicable, amendment of policies on diversity and integration, human rights, equal opportunities and work-life balance and evaluate the level of compliance therewith on a regular basis.

• Review the Bank's social action strategy and its sponsorship and patronage plans.

• Review and report on the Sustainability Report prior to its review and reporting by the Board Audit and Control Committee and its subsequent sign-off by the Board of Directors.

• Receive information in connection with reports, documents or communications from external supervisory bodies within the scope of responsibility of this Board Committee.

Other Board Committees are involved to various degrees in the sustainability governance arrangements:

Board Appointments and Corporate Governance Committee: took on duties in relation to the disclosure of internal corporate policies and regulations, the oversight of rules on corporate governance, and the relationship with shareholders and investors, proxy advisers and other stakeholders. This Board Committee is formed of three Independent Directors and one Other External Director.

Board Audit and Control Committee: oversees the process to prepare and submit regulated financial and non-financial information and escalates to the Board of Directors recommendations or proposals intended to safeguard its integrity. This Board Committee is formed of four Independent Directors, its Chair being an audit expert.

Board Risk Committee: oversees the implementation of the Institution's Global Risk Framework Policy and is responsible for advising and supporting the Board of Directors with regard to the monitoring of the Bank's risk appetite and general risk strategy. This Board Committee is formed of four Independent Directors.

Internal Committees

The Management Committee regularly monitors the Sustainable Finance Plan and any updates to the regulatory framework. It is also in charge of overseeing the aforesaid plan and resolving any incidents.

The Sustainability Committee, created in 2020 and chaired since 2021 by the General Manager and head of the Sustainability and Efficiency division, is the body responsible for establishing the Bank's Sustainable Finance Plan and for monitoring its execution, for defining and disclosing the general action principles in the area of sustainability and for promoting the development of projects and initiatives. It is made up of 11 members and it meets once a month. The Sustainability Committee met 11 times in 2024.

Organisation

The Sustainability and Efficiency division was created in 2021 and is the unit responsible for defining and managing Banco Sabadell Group's responsible banking strategy, including the cross-cutting implementation of ESG criteria across all of the Bank's business units, affiliates and subsidiaries. The Sustainability and Efficiency Director is a General Manager who forms part of the Institution's Management Committee and reports directly to the Chief Executive Officer.

At the end of 2024, certain internal organisational changes were approved, applicable as from 1 January 2025, as a result of which the Sustainability division is to be integrated within the People division. The Director of the People and Sustainability division is a General Manager who forms part of the Institution's Management Committee and reports directly to the Chief Executive Officer.

The Bank is organised according to the system of the three lines of defence, and each line has teams dedicated to Sustainability-related matters:

First line of defence: business areas have been reinforced by setting up specific units that coordinate with commercial teams to create sustainable financing solutions for customers. Risk teams have also been expanded to perform ESG functions in portfolio risk management.

Second line of defence: new members have been added to the Compliance, Credit Risk Control, Internal Control and Models Validation teams to reinforce the second line of defence.

Third line of defence: teams were also enlarged to take on audit functions related to governance processes, risk management activities and internal control in the area of sustainability.

Banque Internationale à LuxembourgLuxembourg

Corporate Governance of BIL Group

The corporate governance of BIL Group is articulated around the following organs:

A. GENERAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS (GM)

The General Meeting of Shareholders has the widest powers to adopt or ratify any action related to BIL Group. The annual GM receives a management report from the Board on the Bank's activities in the previous financial year and approves the balance sheet and profit and loss account. The annual GM also appoints the Directors and, where necessary, their replacements, while respecting legal provisions regarding the representation of salaried staff and the statutory right for directors to appoint a new director temporarily in case of vacancy.

B. BOARD OF DIRECTORS (THE BOARD)

The Board has overall responsibility for BIL Group and is tasked with defining, monitoring, and ensuring the implementation of robust governance and internal control arrangements for sound and prudent management of the Bank. Among its missions, the Board is responsible for setting and overseeing the overall business and risk strategy, including the Risk Appetite Statement and Framework of BIL Group.

The Board is assisted by four specialised committees:

  • Board Audit and Compliance Committee (BACC): Monitors and controls effective implementation and adherence to the Bank's approved charters, policies, accounting standards, and legal and regulatory requirements.
  • Board Risk Committee (BRC): Ensures that all material risk matters are addressed and oversees current and anticipated risks within the BIL Group that could jeopardise financial and liquidity capacities.
  • Board Remuneration and Nominations Committee (BRNC): Focuses on nomination and remuneration matters, assisting the Board in defining a global Remuneration Charter and advising on the suitability assessment and appointment/dismissal processes for Board and Management Board members.
  • Board Strategy Committee (BSC): Assists the Board in setting strategic direction, advising on the Bank's overall strategy and budget, and providing recommendations.

C. MANAGEMENT BOARD (MB) AND EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE (EXCO)

The Board of Directors delegates the daily management of the Bank to the Management Board (MB), which consists of members authorised by the European Central Bank. The MB leads, directs, and manages BIL Group, implementing the strategy and achieving business objectives in line with the risk appetite set by the Board.

The ExCo comprises Authorised Managers and heads of support functions and business lines, chaired by the CEO. The Chief Compliance Officer and Chief Internal Auditor are permanent invitees to the ExCo.

Board Composition

Composition of the Board of Directors2024
Number of executive members0
Number of non-executive members13
Percentage of independent members (Staff representatives included)31%
Percentage of independent members (Staff representatives excluded)44%
Percentage of male members89%
Percentage of female members11%
Average ratio of female to male board members1:9
Composition of the Executive Committee2024
Number of executive members in the ExCo11
Percentage of male members73%
Percentage of female members27%
Average ratio of female to male Executive committee members3:8

Management body expertise on sustainability matters

The knowledge and experience of climate-related and environmental risk is one of the criteria assessed in the context of the individual and collective suitability assessment exercise, both when on-boarding a new member and on an annual basis. During this exercise, not only is each member asked to self-assess the level of his/her knowledge in this matter but the Bank, through its Board Remuneration and Nomination Committee, and ultimately the Board of Directors, proceeds to its own assessment both at individual and collective level.

In addition to being provided with relevant trainings, the management body receives regular expert updates on how the Bank performs in sustainability-related matters. Having a management body with an appropriate understanding and expertise of sustainability-related matters ensures that this topic is considered when discussing impacts, risks and opportunities.

BASFGermany

The Combined Declarations of Corporate Governance of BASF SE and the BASF Group, pursuant to sections 289f HGB and 315d HGB comprise the chapters Corporate Governance Report (see page 111) including the description of the diversity concept for the composition of the Board of Executive Directors and the Supervisory Board (except for the disclosures required by takeover law), G1 Business Conduct (see page 317) and Declaration of Conformity Pursuant to Section 161 AktG (see page 145).

The Board of Executive Directors will focus on topics that are important to BASF as a whole: strategy, portfolio management, capital allocation and talent development. By contrast, individual divisions will have greater ownership of specific business decisions and accountability for business success.

BBVASpain

The role of the administrative, management and supervisory bodies

BBVA's Corporate Governance system

The Sustainability governance model is integrated into BBVA's corporate governance system. BBVA has a corporate governance system, made up of a set of principles, rules and mechanisms that integrate and regulate the structures and operation of its corporate bodies. This System is configured, mainly, by the provisions of the Statutes, the regulations of its different corporate bodies and the general policies of the Bank approved by the Board of Directors.

Board of Directors

One of the main elements of BBVA's Corporate Governance system is the Board of Directors, which, as the highest body of representation, administration, management and oversight, performs both the functions of management of the Entity and those of supervision and control of management.

As of December 31, 2024, BBVA's Board of Directors comprises 15 members, two of whom were executive and 13 are non-executive directors. BBVA's Board of Directors has a balanced composition, with high levels of independence and diversity, both with regard to the presence of men and women and the different types of directors, capabilities, experience and knowledge.

At the close of the 2024 fiscal year, BBVA's Board of Directors comprises 46.66% women and 53.34% men, meeting the target set forth in the Board of Directors' Selection, Suitability, and Diversity Policy.

In terms of independence, at the close of the 2024 fiscal year, BBVA's Board of Directors includes ten independent directors, representing 66.66% of the total Board members and 76.92% of the non-executive directors on the Board. In terms of nationality, the Board of Directors has a total of seven nationalities (Spanish, Turkish, Portuguese, Danish, American, Mexican and Belgian), with 40% of non-Spanish directors.

Functions and responsibilities of the Corporate Bodies

The Board of Directors shall have the powers established at any time by applicable legislation and the Bylaws. Among other functions, the Board of Directors has the power to approve the general policies and strategies of the Entity. The Board carries out, directly or through its Committees, the monitoring of the decisions adopted, including the supervision of the implementation of general policies, and the supervision of the management of the Company and its Group.

Governance model of the Corporate Bodies in matters of sustainability

Within the context of the Group's general management and control framework, the Board of Directors has incorporated Sustainability as one of the Bank's strategic priorities, as reflected in the Group's Strategic Plan for the years 2019-2024.

The Board of Directors has approved the General Sustainability Policy, which defines and establishes the general principles and management and control objectives and guidelines that the Group must follow in terms of sustainable development.

The Corporate Bodies promote that Sustainability, which includes environmental, social and governance aspects (ESG), is integrated into all the Group's businesses and activities, from a global perspective, and that the material impacts, risks and opportunities arising from it are adequately managed.

The Bank has a Global Sustainability Area, which is responsible for designing and promoting the execution of the Group's strategic Sustainability agenda and business development in this area; for establishing the Group's objectives in these matters; and for promoting and coordinating the Group's various lines of work in this area.

Board Committees

The Board of Directors has a structure of committees that assist it on matters within its competence:

  • Executive Committee: supports the Board of Directors in decision-making and in the ongoing monitoring of BBVA's strategy and objectives in terms of Sustainability
  • Risk and Compliance Committee: supports the Board in integrating Sustainability into the analysis, planning and management of the Group's financial and non-financial risks
  • Audit Committee: supervises the process of preparing and the content of the information that must be formulated by the Corporate Bodies in matters of Sustainability for publication
  • Appointments Committee: ensures that the competencies related to Sustainability are taken into account when analyzing the composition of the Board of Directors
  • Remuneration Committee: analyses the selection and monitors the evolution of strategic indicators linked to variable remuneration, including indicators related to Sustainability
  • Technology and Cybersecurity Committee: assists the Council in monitoring the technology strategy and managing cybersecurity

Knowledge, experience and capabilities of the Board of Directors

The Board of Directors has been strengthening its competencies in Sustainability, both through specific training and through the incorporation in recent years of directors with extensive experience and knowledge in Sustainability. The Board of Directors has an annual continuous training program, in which non-executive directors receive specific training on matters relevant to the exercise of their functions, including those related to Sustainability.

Specifically, during the 2024 financial year, some of the training sessions included in the training program of the Board of Directors dealt specifically with issues related to Sustainability.

BechtleGermany

Bechtle AG operates according to the traditional dualistic principle. The Executive Board is the statutory body that decides on the management of the company and represents it externally. The second body is the Supervisory Board. Half of its members are elected by the shareholders at the Annual General Meeting and the other half by the German employees of the Bechtle Group. The Supervisory Board serves as a controlling body, appoints the Executive Board and monitors its work.

Executive Board responsibilities:

Dr. Thomas Olemotz, Chairman of the Executive Board. Finance, Tax and Insurance, Review of Financial Statements and Auditing, Human Resources and Personnel Development, Investor Relations, Group Controlling, Real Estate and Mobility, Mergers & Acquisitions and Corporate Development, Legal & Compliance, Corporate Communications, CISO and Bechtle Stiftung gGmbH.

Konstantin Ebert. Responsible for national and international IT E-Commerce, system houses outside Germany, Austria and Switzerland, and International Areas (IBU, GITA).

Michael Guschlbauer. Responsible for the IT System House & Managed Services segment, Public Sector Division, Central Project Management, CTO (disciplinary responsibility), and Quality & Environmental Management.

Antje Leminsky. Responsible for Bechtle Logistik & Service GmbH, Financial Services and Sustainability Management.

Risk Management, Compliance, CTO and Marketing are the joint responsibility of the entire Executive Board.

From 1 January 2025, Konstantin Ebert and Michael Guschlbauer were reallocated responsibilities on the Executive Board. The aim is to have responsibility for all sales channels in the national markets in one hand. The new allocation of responsibilities is as follows:

Konstantin Ebert: Multichannel responsibility for the national markets of Belgium, France, Ireland, Italy, the Netherlands, Poland, Portugal, Switzerland, Spain, the Czech Republic, Hungary and the United Kingdom.

Michael Guschlbauer: Multichannel responsibility for Germany and Austria, as well as all specialists of the Bechtle Group.

Beiersdorf AGGermany

As required by law in Germany for stock corporations (Aktiengesellschaften), Beiersdorf AG has a dual management and supervisory structure consisting of the Executive Board and the Supervisory Board.

Executive Board

Our Executive Board takes sole responsibility for managing the company and conducting the company's business. It performs its duties in the company's best interests and is dedicated to sustainably increasing the enterprise value. The members of the Executive Board are appointed by the Supervisory Board. An Executive Committee was established to support the operational control of the Beiersdorf Group's Consumer Business Segment. This comprises the members of the Executive Board and two individuals with global management functions.

The Beiersdorf Group Executive Board has seven members, in 2024 43% of them were female (Astrid Hermann, Nicola D. Lafrentz, and Grita Loebsack).

Collectively, all members of the Executive Board must possess extensive relevant international experience aquired from years of working abroad or special expertise in our key international markets. Sector-specific knowledge is also required.

Primary responsibility for sustainability matters within the Executive Board lies with the Chairman of the Executive Board, Vincent Warnery, and Labor Director Nicola D. Lafrentz. Within the Executive Committee, Dr. Gitta Neufang (Chief Research & Development Officer) and Michael Frey (Chief Supply Chain Officer) also have environmental, social, and governance (ESG) expertise. Dr. Gitta Neufang is also a sponsor of the Sustainability Council, the cross-functional management body for material sustainability matters in the Consumer Business Segment.

Supervisory Board

Our Supervisory Board comprises 12 members. In 2024

• 58% were female,

• 50% of shareholder representatives and 100% of employee representatives were independent within the meaning of the German Corporate Governance Code in the opinion of the Supervisory Board, and

• six members were employee representatives.

The Supervisory Board ensures that its members collectively have the knowledge, skills, and professional experience needed to perform their duties properly. In terms of their expertise, the members must collectively, in accordance with § 100 (5) Aktiengesetz (German Stock Corporation Act, AktG), be familiar with the sector in which the company operates; in addition, there must be at least one member with expertise and experience in each of the following specific areas:

• Business areas and sectors (consumer goods, beauty and skin/body care, international markets, including emerging markets)

• Marketing and Sales (brand development and management, distribution and retail, communication and media)

• Research and Development (R&D), including innovation management

• Supply Chain (supply chains and production)

• Human Resources and Organization (personnel development and management, corporate organization, corporate culture, diversity)

• ESG (sustainability, corporate social responsibility, ethics)

• Law and Governance (law, compliance, auditing, regulatory law, corporate governance)

• Information Technology (IT) and Digitalization (digitalization, data management, IT and IT security)

• Finance (finance and controlling, accounting and auditing, each including sustainability reporting, risk management and internal control systems)

Donya-Florence Amer has been responsible for ESG matters within the Supervisory Board since 2024.

BMW GroupGermany

BMW AG is a stock corporation (Aktiengesellschaft) within the meaning of the German Stock Corporation Act. It has an executive Board of Management and a Supervisory Board that monitors how the Company is managed by the Board of Management.

Board of Management – Duties, diversity, expertise

The Board of Management has overall responsibility for the management of BMW AG. It defines the strategy and resource framework and takes actions to implement the strategy. The Board of Management decides on product and customer-related issues of particular importance and consequence to the BMW Group, as well as on automobile product strategy. The Board of Management incorporates various sustainability matters into the decisions taken at its meetings and addresses the material impacts, risks and opportunities associated with the Company's course of business.

As at 31 December 2024, 14% of the seven members of the Board of Management were female and 86% were male based on the composition principles and taking into account the ESRS reporting obligations.

The Board of Management must comprise at least one man and one woman. The Board of Management deals with the impacts, risks and opportunities arising from business development on a continuous basis.

Supervisory Board – Composition, diversity, expertise

BMW AG's Supervisory Board is composed of ten shareholder representatives (elected by the Annual General Meeting) and ten employee representatives (elected in accordance with the German Co-Determination Act). Female members made up 30% of the Supervisory Board at the end of 2024.

Skills Matrix Board of Management and Supervisory Board

Both the Board of Management and Supervisory Board have expertise across all material sustainability topics including:

  • Climate change
  • Pollution
  • Water and marine resources
  • Biodiversity and ecosystems
  • Circular economy and resource use
  • Own workforce
  • Workers in the value chain
  • Consumers and end-users
  • Business conduct

Supervisory Board – Duties and committees

The Supervisory Board monitors the activities of the Board of Management and advises the Board of Management on important matters relating to the management and the strategic development of the Group. Sustainability issues and their associated material impacts, risks and opportunities are of key importance to the Supervisory Board.

The Supervisory Board has established committees including:

  • Presiding Board - prepares meetings and addresses sustainability matters
  • Audit Committee - reviews sustainability reporting and monitors ESG risks
  • Personnel Committee - addresses Board of Management remuneration including sustainability targets
  • Nomination Committee - prepares election proposals considering diversity objectives
Cementir HoldingNetherlands

The Board of Directors is responsible for the overall conduct of the Cementir Group and has the powers, authorities and duties vested in it by and pursuant to the relevant laws of the Netherlands and the Articles of Association. In all its dealings, the Board shall be guided by the interests of the Cementir Group as a whole, including but not limited to the Company's shareholders and also taking into account the interests of relevant stakeholders. The Board has the final responsibility for the management, direction and performance of the Company and the Cementir Group.

The Board of Directors is currently made up of one Executive Director (Francesco Caltagirone, Chief Executive Officer or "CEO") and seven Non-Executive Directors (Alessandro Caltagirone and Azzurra Caltagirone, Vice Chairmen; Adriana Lamberto Floristan, Senior Non-Executive Director; Saverio Caltagirone, Fabio Corsico, Benedetta Navarra and Annalisa Pescatori).

Three Non-Executive Directors of the Company are qualified as independent for the purposes of the Code: Adriana Lamberto Floristan, Benedetta Navarra and Annalisa Pescatori.

The Board has allocated duties and powers to the Directors by Board Rules approved pursuant to Art. 7.1.5 of the Company's Articles of Association on 5 October 2019 and subsequently last amended on 27 April 2023.

Board Committees

Audit Committee

The Audit Committee consists of three members: 1. Benedetta Navarra (Chairman, expert in financial reporting), 2. Annalisa Pescatori, 3. Adriana Lamberto Floristan. All members of the Audit Committee are independent pursuant to Best Practice provision 2.1.8 of the Code.

Remuneration and Nomination Committee

The Remuneration and Nomination Committee consists of three members: 1. Annalisa Pescatori (Chairman), 2. Benedetta Navarra, 3. Adriana Lamberto Floristan. All the members of the Remuneration and Nomination Committee are independent pursuant to Best Practice provision 2.1.8 of the Code.

Sustainability Committee

The Board of Directors established the Sustainability Committee in its current composition on 27 April 2023. The Sustainability Committee consists of: Chairman Francesco Caltagirone Jr., and Members Annalisa Pescatori (independent), Benedetta Navarra (independent), and Adriana Lamberto Floristan (independent).

The Group Sustainability Committee plays the key role of assisting Cementir Holding's Board in formulating and implementing a sustainability strategy for the creation of long-term value.

CovestroGermany

The role of administrative, management and supervisory bodies

Board of Management

The Board of Management of Covestro AG runs the company on its own responsibility with the goal of sustainably increasing the company's enterprise value, and determines and pursues its corporate objectives. It also defines the company's portfolio, allocates resources, and decides on both the financial and nonfinancial steering and reporting of the Covestro Group. Moreover, the Board of Management defines the long-term goals and strategy for the Group and sets forth the principles and policies for the resulting corporate policies.

Board of Management Composition:

  • Dr. Markus Steilemann - Chief Executive Officer (CEO): His area of responsibility includes the Corporate Strategy; Group Innovation & Sustainability; Corporate Audit; Human Resources; and Communications functions.
  • Christian Baier - Chief Financial Officer (CFO): He is responsible for the areas of Accounting; Controlling; Finance & Insurance; Information Technology & Digitalization; Investor Relations; Law, Intellectual Property & Compliance; Portfolio Development; and Taxes. He is also responsible for country-specific topics in the United States and China.
  • Dr. Thorsten Dreier - Chief Technology Officer (CTO): He is responsible for the corporate Process Technology; Engineering; Group Procurement; and Group Health, Safety, Environment, and Reliability functions and coordinates the rollout of, and compliance with, global processes and standards and the rollout of initiatives in Covestro's production network. He is also the company's Labor Director.
  • Sucheta Govil - Chief Commercial Officer (CCO): She is in charge of the seven business entities, including all business-related processes and areas of production, from procurement and application technology to sales. In addition, she is responsible for the three regional Supply Chain & Logistics units, which handle internal and external supply chains worldwide.

Supervisory Board

The Supervisory Board oversees and advises the Board of Management. The Supervisory Board has 12 members, half of whom are shareholder representatives and half employee representatives pursuant to the German Codetermination Act. The Chair of the Supervisory Board is Dr. Richard Pott. Petra Kronen was the Deputy Chair of the Supervisory Board until December 31, 2024.

Supervisory Board Role in Sustainability: During the reporting period, the Supervisory Board of Covestro AG performed its duties with due care in accordance with the law, the Articles of Incorporation, and the rules of procedure. During fiscal 2024, it monitored the conduct of the company's business by the Board of Management with regular frequency based on detailed written and oral reports received from the Board of Management, and also acted in an advisory capacity.

The Supervisory Board was kept regularly and fully informed about the company's intended business strategy, corporate planning (including financial, investment, and human resources planning), profitability, the state of the business, and the situation of the company and the Group (including the risk situation, risk management, and the compliance situation).

Committee Structure

The Supervisory Board had five permanent committees:

  1. Presidial Committee
  2. Audit Committee - Monitored the accounting and financial reporting process and the appropriateness and effectiveness of the internal control system, the risk management system, and the internal audit system, including sustainability-related aspects
  3. Human Resources Committee
  4. Nominations Committee
  5. Sustainability Committee - The main topics of its deliberations were the circular economy, the pursuit of the Scope 1, Scope 2, and Scope 3 targets, and the implementation of the Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive (CSRD)

Sustainability Committee Activities in 2024:

  • February 16, 2024: Dealt with review of sustainability-related parts of the Group Management Report and recommended approval of the nonfinancial Group statement for 2023. Reviewed status of key implementation measures for Scope 3 targets.
  • May 25, 2024: Established overview of regulatory risks and opportunities arising from regulatory environment. Discussed human rights due diligence and reviewed progress toward meeting Scope 1 and Scope 2 targets.
  • September 23: Implementation of CSRD at Covestro and circular economy projects. Discussed status of CSRD implementation, sustainability reporting process, and double materiality assessment.
  • November 22: Reviewed double materiality assessment, current status of CSRD implementation, and sustainability reporting process. Discussed physical climate risks and potential impacts of climate change on Covestro's business.

Governance Integration

The discussions between the Supervisory Board and Board of Management were always constructive and were conducted in the spirit of openness and trust. The Supervisory Board was always directly involved in decisions of material importance to the company. It discussed in detail the business trends described in the reports from the Board of Management and the prospects for the development of the Covestro Group as a whole, the individual segments, and the regions.

Crayon Group HoldingNorway

The role of the administrative, management and supervisory bodies

The Board of Directors of Crayon Group Holding ASA has ultimate responsibility for the management of the Company and for supervising its day-to-day management. The Board ensures that the Company has proper management with a clear internal distribution of responsibilities and duties. A division of work is established between the Board and the executive management team.

Board of Directors Composition:

Board MemberRoleIndependenceJoined
Rune SyversenChairmanDependent2021
Wenche AgerupBoard MemberIndependent2022
Dagfinn RingåsBoard MemberIndependent2017
Jens RugsethBoard MemberDependent2017
Grethe H. ViksaasBoard MemberIndependent2017
Marina LønningBoard MemberIndependent2024
Arne FrognerBoard MemberIndependent2024
Timmy HerlandEmployee RepresentativeEmployee2024
Lars LarhammerEmployee RepresentativeEmployee2023
Mette WamEmployee RepresentativeEmployee2022

Executive Management Team:

  • Melissa Mulholland - Chief Executive Officer (appointed March 2021)
  • Gudmundur Adalsteinsson - Chief Revenue Officer (joined 2013)
  • Brede Huser - Chief Financial Officer (joined September 2023)
  • Bente Liberg - Chief Human Resources Officer (joined March 2002)
  • Jon Birger Syvertsen - Chief Operating Officer (became COO in 2024)

Board Responsibilities: The Board's primary responsibilities include: a. Participating in the development and approval of the Company's strategy b. Performing necessary control functions c. Acting as an advisory body for the executive management team

Its duties are not static, and the focus shall depend on the Company's ongoing needs. The chair of the Board is responsible for ensuring that the Board's work is performed effectively and correctly.

The Board ensures that members of the Board and executive personnel make the Company aware of any material interests that they may have in items to be considered by the Board.

Meeting Attendance in 2024: Between 1 January and 31 December 2024, the full board of directors held 22 meetings. A 100% attendance rate was recorded for 16 of the 22 meetings.

Committees: The Board has established three committees:

  • Audit and ESG Committee (held 12 meetings in 2024)
  • Remuneration Committee (held 4 meetings in 2024)
  • Nomination Committee (held 9 meetings in 2024)

The CEO is responsible for the executive management of the Company. Furthermore, the Board issues instructions that state how the Board and the executive management shall handle agreements with related parties.

Danica PensionDenmark

The role of the administrative, management and supervisory bodies

Danica's Board of Directors and Executive Board consider questions on sustainability. Board members complete the statutory board leadership course, and the Rules of Procedure for the Board of Directors stipulate that, based on the Danish FSA's requirements as to the knowledge and experience of board members in life insurance companies, the Board of Directors must once a year discuss and assess whether the relevant skills and expertise are represented on the Board. ESG is included as a parameter in this assessment. In addition, Danica is strengthening its sustainability expertise across the organisation to better integrate sustainability throughout the business.

Danica's top management consists of the Executive Board and the Board of Directors. At 31 December 2024, the Board of Directors had nine members: five elected at the annual general meeting, three elected by the employees and one external member appointed by the Danish Minister for Finance. The board members elected at the annual general meeting are up for election every year, and board members elected by the employees are elected for a period of four years, as prescribed by the applicable legislation. One of the five board members elected at the annual general meeting (20%) is independent, i.e. is not employed by the Danske Bank Group, and 20% of the members of the Board of Directors, i.e. one out of the total of five members elected at the annual general meeting, is a woman.

Danica has established a CSRD working group, which is responsible for Danica's CSRD project and the preparation of the double materiality assessment, which are approved by the CSRD steering committee, headed by the CFO. The CSRD project manager reports to the steering committee on the progress of the CSRD project. On this basis, new initiatives are considered to ensure the project's progress, and it is also discussed whether the necessary skills and expertise are represented in the organisation. Danica's Board of Directors is also involved when needed through presentations to the Audit Committee and the Board of Directors, both on the CSRD project and Danica's overall sustainability efforts.

DanoneFrance

Danone's governance structure is characterized by a Board of Directors model as a French corporation (société anonyme). The Company has been governed by a Board of Directors since its incorporation. The Board of Directors is responsible for determining the Company's strategic direction and overseeing its implementation by the management.

Board Composition and Responsibilities: The Board of Directors is composed of independent and non-independent directors who bring diverse expertise and experience to guide Danone's strategic decisions. The Board oversees the Company's sustainability strategy and its implementation through the Danone Impact Journey.

CEO Leadership: Antoine de SAINT-AFFRIQUE serves as Chief Executive Officer, leading the implementation of Renew Danone strategic plan and ensuring the integration of sustainability considerations into business strategy.

Mission-Driven Company Status: Danone has the status of Entreprise à Mission since July 3, 2020, following approval by the Shareholders' Meeting held on June 26, 2020. This status is recorded at the Paris Trade and Companies Register and reflects the Company's commitment to its social and environmental mission alongside financial performance.

Risk Management and Internal Controls: The administrative and management bodies maintain oversight of risk management and internal controls over sustainability reporting through dedicated committees and regular reporting mechanisms. The Company Strategy Department, supported by the Risk Committee and Advisory Committee, ensures strategic risks including sustainability risks are identified, assessed, and managed appropriately.

Sustainability Governance: The governance bodies address sustainability matters through regular review of the Danone Impact Journey progress, climate-related risks and opportunities assessment, and oversight of B Corp™ certification process. The Board receives regular updates on sustainability performance and strategic initiatives.

DemantDenmark

The overall responsibility for risk management lies with the Executive Leadership Team, but risk management activities are carried out throughout the organisation on a day-to-day basis.

Risk management is an integral part of the management of the Demant Group. Risks to which business areas, markets and operations are exposed are identified, monitored and mitigated at all management levels. Through frequent and transparent reporting, these measures ensure that key risks are escalated to the business area leadership, to functional boards, to the Executive Leadership Team, and if relevant, to the audit committee and ultimately the Board of Directors.

We have established a number of functional boards to ensure focus on governance, development and risk management in key areas globally, i.e. IT, Finance, HR, Sustainability and Legal & Compliance. The functional boards are responsible for risk management in their respective areas and for ensuring that policies, guidelines and processes are established to monitor risks and new legislation.

The audit committee oversees the risk management processes related to financial risks, including sufficient and efficient internal controls.

DigiaFinland

Responsibility for Digia's operations is held by the Shareholders' Meeting, Board of Directors, and the President & CEO assisted by the Group Management Team. Digia's highest decision-making body is the Shareholders' Meeting at which shareholders exercise their voting rights on company matters.

Board of Directors and Committees

The Board of Directors is elected by the Shareholders' Meeting, and is in charge of Digia's administration and the appropriate organisation of the company's operations. Under the Articles of Association, the Board of Directors must consist of a minimum of four and a maximum of eight members. Neither the CEO nor other company employees working under the CEO's direction may be elected members of the Board.

The Board of Directors has defined a Board diversity policy. It states that the requirements of the company's size, market position and industry should be duly reflected in the Board's composition. Both genders should be represented on the Board. It should be ensured that the Board as a whole will always have sufficient expertise in the following areas in particular:

• the company's field of business • managing a company of similar size • the nature of a listed company's business operations • management accounting • risk management • corporate sustainability statement • mergers and acquisitions • board work.

The members of Digia's Board of Directors have extensive and relevant expertise in these areas on the basis of their primary work experience and other positions of trust.

The majority of Board members must be independent of the company and a minimum of two of those members must also be independent of the company's major shareholders. Of the current members of the Board, Martti Ala-Härkönen, Santtu Elsinen, Sari Leppänen, Henry Nieminen and Outi Taivainen are independent of the company and its major shareholders. Robert Ingman is independent of the company. Robert Ingman is not independent of the company's major shareholders due to his holdings in related parties.

During the 2024 reporting year, Digia's Board of Directors had three (3) committees: the Audit Committee, the Compensation Committee, and the Nomination Committee. It is the Audit Committee's role to monitor impacts and risks. These committees do not hold powers of decision or execution unless separately authorised by the Board; their role is to assist the Board in decision-making concerning their areas of expertise. The committees report regularly on their work to the Board, which has decision-making and collegial responsibility over their actions.

Gender Distribution

Gender distribution of Board of Directors 2024: Women 33% (2), Men 67% (4)

Gender distribution of Management Team 2024: Women 20% (2), Men 80% (8)

CEO and the Management Team

The company's Chief Executive Officer is appointed by the Board of Directors. The CEO is in charge of Digia's business operations and administration in accordance with the instructions and regulations issued by the Board of Directors, and as defined by the Finnish Limited Liability Companies Act. The CEO chairs the Group Management Team's meetings. The CEO is not a member of the Board of Directors, but attends Board meetings. The Management Team assists the CEO in the preparation and implementation of strategy, routine management, and preparing items for consideration by the Board of Directors. The CEO is responsible for the Management Team's decisions. Members of the Management Team are tasked with implementing these decisions within their own areas of responsibility.

Digia's Management Team consists of ten people: the CEO, CFO, General Counsel, CTO and HR Director, as well as the SVP of Sales and Marketing and the SVPs of four business areas. All members of the Management Team have lengthy experience in the company's sector or their own area of expertise.

Under the authorisation of the Board of Directors, the Remuneration Committee approves the appointments of the members of the Group Management Team and decides on the terms and conditions of their service contracts on the basis of the CEO's proposal. There were no employees or employee representatives in Digia's Management Team during the 2024 reporting year.

Sustainability-related expertise and skills

The Board of Directors, its committees and the Management Team regularly discuss reviews of various aspects of sustainability, which are presented by the Group's experts and operational management. Through these reviews, Digia's senior executives learn about the most material impacts, risks and opportunities associated with the company's sustainability, as well as the company's progress towards its sustainability targets and its sustainability-related projects. These reviews ensure that Digia's management has up-to-date information and competence with regard to sustainability issues. The need for any follow-up measures or external expertise is also decided upon.

DSBDenmark

Board of Directors composition

DSB is an independent public institution owned by the Danish State. DSB is managed by a Board of Directors composed of representatives appointed by the Danish Ministry of Transport and representatives elected by the employees.

Management structure

DSB is managed by:

  • A Board of Directors with representatives appointed by the Danish Ministry of Transport and representatives elected by employees
  • Executive management led by CEO Flemming Jensen and CFO Pernille Damm Nielsen

Role in sustainability matters

The Board of Directors and management have oversight of DSB's sustainability strategy and implementation. DSB's purpose is 'A sustainable way forward with room for all of us', and sustainability is a central part of the strategy and day-to-day operations.

Strategic oversight

The Board and management oversee:

  • Market-oriented DSB strategy with three main areas: attract more customers and improve customer satisfaction; deliver a competitive and sustainable DSB; develop employees and corporate culture
  • Major investments in electric rolling stock and sustainable infrastructure
  • Climate targets including reducing Scope 1 and 2 CO2e emissions by at least 8% by 2030
  • Sustainability reporting and compliance with CSRD/ESRS requirements
EniItaly

The role of the administrative, management and supervisory bodies

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

The Board of Directors and the Chairman of the Board of Directors are appointed by the Shareholders' Meeting. In order to allow the presence of Directors designated by minority shareholders, the appointment of Directors takes place through the slate voting system. The current Board of Directors, appointed in May 2023 until the Shareholders' Meeting called to approve the 2025 financial statement, is composed of 9 members. Three Directors were appointed by shareholders other than the controlling one, thus guaranteeing minorities a higher number of representatives than required by law.

ENI'S GOVERNANCE MODEL

Eni's Corporate Governance is based on the traditional Italian model, which – without prejudice to the tasks of the Shareholders' Meeting – assigns responsibility for management to the Board of Directors, supervisory functions to the Board of Statutory Auditors (BoSA) and those of statutory audit to the Independent Auditors. The Board has entrusted the management of the Company to the Chief Executive Officer (CEO), who was last appointed on May 11, 2023, reserving the most significant strategic, operational and organisational responsibilities, in particular in the areas of governance, sustainability, internal control and risk management.

The Board of Directors has set up four internal committees, with preparatory, consultative and advisory functions: the Control and Risk Committee, the Remuneration Committee, the Nomination Committee and the Sustainability and Scenarios Committee, which report, through their respective Chairmen, at each meeting of the Board on the main issues examined.

The Board also confirmed the attribution to the Chairman of the Board of Directors of a significant role in internal controls, in particular with reference to the Internal Audit function, of which it proposes to the Board of Directors, in agreement with the CEO, appointment, dismissal, remuneration and resources, directly managing the relationship on behalf of the Board; the Chairman of the Board of Directors is also involved in the appointment processes of the other main Eni persons in charge of internal controls and risk management, such as the Officer in Charge of preparing the Company's financial reports, the members of the Supervisory Body, the Head of Integrated Risk Management and the Head of Integrated Compliance.

Composition and Diversity

The composition of the Board is also diversified in gender terms, in accordance with the provisions of applicable law and the By-laws, which were amended in February 2020 in view of the renewal of the corporate bodies. In particular, for 6 consecutive terms, the administrative and supervisory bodies must be composed of at least 2/5 of the less represented gender. The number of independent Directors present on the Board (7 out of the 9 Directors in office, of which 8 are non-executive and including the Chairman of the Board of Directors) is confirmed to be higher than the provisions of the By-laws and the Governance Code.

Composition MetricValue
Total Directors9
Independent Directors7 (78%)
Female Directors4 (44%)
Male Directors5 (56%)
Directors from Minority Slate3 (33%)
Directors from Majority Slate6 (67%)
EquinorNorway

The role of the administrative, management and supervisory bodies

Our corporate governance framework and processes are formed to promote transparency and accountability in decision-making and day-to-day operations. Good corporate governance is a prerequisite for a sound and sustainable company and to ensure that we run our business in a justifiable and profitable manner for the benefit of employees, shareholders, partners, customers and society.

Governing bodies

The board of directors (BoD) has the overriding responsibility for supervising Equinor's management and operations and establishing control systems. The work of the BoD is based on its rules of procedures and applicable legislation describing its responsibility, duties and administrative procedures. This includes a duty to decide the company's strategy, ensure adequate control of the company's overall risk management and to appoint the chief executive officer (CEO).

The BoD shall consist of nine to eleven board members and as of 31 December 2024 had eleven members of which eight were shareholder representatives (73 percent) and three were employee representatives (27 percent). Of the board members, seven are men, four are women and four are non-Norwegians resident outside of Norway. Hence, the BoD consists of 36 percent women and 64 percent men.

Board sub-committees

The audit committee (BAC) acts as a preparatory body for the BoD in connection with risk management, internal control and financial and sustainability reporting. The BAC assists the BoD in exercising its oversight responsibilities in relation to: • The financial reporting process and the integrity of the financial statements • The sustainability reporting process and the integrity of the sustainability reporting • The company's internal control, internal audit and risk management systems and practices including the enterprise risk management framework • The election of and qualifications, independence and oversight of the work of the external auditors • Business integrity, including handling of complaints and reports

The safety, sustainability, and ethics committee (SSEC) acts as a preparatory body for the BoD in connection with reviewing the practices and performance of the company, primarily regarding safety, security, ethics, sustainability and climate.

The compensation and executive development committee (BCC) acts as a preparatory body for the BoD and assists in matters relating to management compensation and leadership development.

Management structure

The president and chief executive officer (CEO) has overall responsibility for day-to-day operations in Equinor. The CEO appoints the corporate executive committee (CEC) which considers proposals for strategy, risk appetite, goals, financial statements, as well as important investments prior to submission to the BoD.

The CEC consists of twelve executives of which eight are men and four are women and one is non-Norwegian resident in Norway. Hence, the CEC consists of 33 percent women and 67 percent men.

Board activities and oversight

The BoD has adopted an annual plan for its work which includes recurring items: safety, security, corporate strategy, business plans and targets, quarterly and annual results, annual reporting, ethics and compliance, sustainability, management's performance reporting, management leadership assessment and compensation and succession planning, project status review, people and organisation strategy and priorities.

There are dedicated risk sessions with the BoD and CEO at least twice a year to discuss current risk outlook and risk adjusting actions. The BoD discussed the energy transition in all ordinary board meetings either as integral parts of strategy and investment discussions or as separate topics.

The BoD has eight regular meetings per year and extraordinary meetings when needed. In 2024 the BoD had a total of 14 meetings.

Board competence and development

The BoD considers themselves to be a competent governing body with respect to the expertise, capacity and diversity appropriate to attend to the company's strategy, goals, financial and sustainability matters, main challenges, and the common interest of all shareholders.

The BoD continuously develops its knowledge and competence and among others had sessions in the following topics in 2024: • Energy Perspectives and the evolving external context – geopolitics, policy and energy • Sustainability reporting - trends and implications for energy companies • Deep-dive on EU Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive and implications for Equinor • The energy transition in a geopolitical and a financial context • Strategy and future value creation

ErametFrance

Board of Directors

The Board of Directors determines the business strategy, examines and approves all decisions on the Group's major strategic lines of action and monitors their implementation. Eramet's strategy aims to promote the Company's long-term value creation by considering the social and environmental challenges of its activities.

Composition

18 members

  • Christel BORIES, Chair and Chief Executive Officer
  • Émeric BURIN DES ROZIERS, independent director
  • Christine COIGNARD, independent director
  • François CORBIN, lead director, independent director
  • Nathalie DE LA FOURNIÈRE (CEIR), director
  • Héloïse DUVAL, director
  • Jérôme DUVAL (SORAME), director
  • Tanguy GAHOUMA BEKALE, director
  • Jean-Yves GILET, director
  • Solenne LEPAGE, independent director
  • Manoelle LEPOUTRE, director
  • Ghislain LESCUYER, independent director
  • Miriam MAES, independent director
  • Nicolas NOEL, director representing employees
  • Franck PECQUEUX, director representing employees
  • Arnaud SOIRAT, independent director
  • Romain VALENTY, director appointed by the state
  • Jean-Philippe VOLLMER, director

Key statistics

  • 12 meetings in 2024
  • 44% proportion of independent directors (7/16, excluding employee representatives)
  • 44% gender balance (7/16, excluding employee representatives)
  • 90% average attendance rate of directors at meetings
EVN AGAustria

Composition of the Executive Board and Supervisory Board

The Executive Board of EVN had three members as of 30 September 2024. Of the 15 members of the Super­visory Board on that date, ten were elected by the Annual General Meeting. The Supervisory Board also included five members as of 30 September 2024 who were delegated by the works council.

Relevant experience of the members of the Executive Board and Supervisory Board

The listed EVN Group, together with its subsidiaries and Group companies, is active primarily in Austria, Germany, ­Bulgaria and North Macedonia. With state-of-the-art infrastructure, it provides electricity, natural gas, heat, drinking water supplies, wastewater disposal and thermal waste utilisation from a single hand. The product portfolio also includes network operations for internet and telecommunications as well as various energy services for private and business customers and municipalities.

The members of the Executive Board and Supervisory Board, as seen from a general overview, have relevant experience and knowledge in both an international and listed context in the following areas: controlling, accounting, corporate accounting, finance and risk ­management, investor relations, procurement and purchasing, internal audit, human resources, communication, IT and data processing, safety and infrastructure, customer relations, innovation and sustainability, energy generation, the energy sector, sales, project development, stakeholder management, legal affairs and the capital markets.

Disclosures on the diversity of the ­Executive Board and Supervisory Board

The Executive Board as of 30 September 2024 included one female member (33.3%) and two male members (66.7%), all of whom ranged in age from 40 to 60 years.

The 15 members of the Supervisory Board as of 30 September 2024 included six women (40%) and nine men (60%). Of this total, 6.7% were younger than 40 years old, 53.3% between 40 and 60 years old, and 40% older than 60 years.

Of the Supervisory Board members elected by the Annual General Meeting, 90% are independent of the company and its Executive Board according to C-Rule 53 of the Austrian Corporate Governance Code (ACGC). The members classified as independent according to C-Rule 53 of the ACGC include six persons who do not hold or represent the interests of an investment of more than 10%. Based on the total number of Supervisory Board members elected by the Annual General Meeting, 60% are classified as independent according to C-Rule 54 of the ACGC.

Working procedures, roles and responsibilities of the Supervisory Board

At the Supervisory Board level, the Audit Committee includes Maria Patek as a sustainability expert together with shareholder representatives Georg Bartmann, ­Reinhard Wolf, Jochen Danninger and Willi Stiowicek and the employee representatives Paul Hofer, Uwe ­Mitter and Monika Fraißl. This committee is also responsible for reviewing the non-financial statement according to the rules of procedure for the Supervisory Board (§ 267 (6) of the Austrian Commercial Code). The Audit Committee meets at least twice each year and reports to the full Supervisory Board.

Sustainability organisation

At the Executive Board level, the staff department for innovation, sustainability and environmental protection reported to the full Executive Board up to 31 August 2024. This staff department was upgraded to a corporate function as of 1 September 2024, renamed "innovation and sustainability" and assigned to the reporting line of the CTO through a change in the rules of procedure for the Executive Board.

The corporate function for innovation and sustainability is responsible for sustainability issues as well as environmental and climate protection in the EVN Group. A central component of these activities is the Group-wide and strategic coordination of sustainability and, in particular, the implementation of the new legal requirements. In preparation for the mandatory application of the CSRD by EVN beginning with the 2024/25 financial year, the following departments nominated staff responsible for the individual ESG standards: innovation and sustainability, human resources, safety and infrastructure, procurement and purchasing, information and communications, customer relations and corporate compliance management. The central management by these corporate functions is intended to ensure compliance with high sustainability standards throughout the EVN Group. It will also support the operational development and implementation of new ESG aspects like the application of the CSRD.

An extensive exchange of information between the innovation und sustainability corporate function and the responsible Executive Board member takes place every four to six weeks within the framework of management meetings and more frequently if required.

The full Executive Board is informed of sustainability programmes and plans at the quarterly meetings of the sustainability steering committee. This committee deals with current ESG issues, approves major ESG activities and, due to its broad composition, ensures that the addressed strategies, measures and goals are rolled out and implemented in operations throughout the Group. The circle of participants also includes other key corporate functions (in particular controlling and investor relations, accounting, finance, legal and public affairs) as well as representatives of key Group companies and departments from Austria and other countries.

The project-related sustainability steering committees, in 2023/24 above all the CSRD readiness steering committee, are responsible for reporting on and the determination of concrete measures. The circle of participants includes, in particular, the full Executive Board, the innovation and sustainability corporate function, and representatives of the other involved corporate functions and Group companies in Austria and other countries.

In addition to continuous exchange with internal experts, the Executive Board and Supervisory Board can draw on several advisory boards in which external experts from various disciplines contribute their expertise and outside perspectives on ESG issues: the Sustainability Advisory Board, the EVN Social Advisory Board and the EVN Art Advisory Board.

EVN's strategic goals result primarily from legal ­regulations, capital market and rating agency requirements, customers' demands, the EVN strategy, the EVN Climate Initiative, the materiality analysis and ­voluntary commitments, e. g. in connection with the Science Based Targets initiative.

The approved measures are implemented through ­projects carried out by the staff in the innovation and sustainability corporate function and employees in ­various departments and companies concerned in ­Austria and other countries. Function and role descriptions as well as guiding principles are issued and/or adapted to anchor ­competence and responsibilities in the organisation ­­(in particular, through the EVN sustainability guideline, the EVN Code of Conduct and the EVN Integrity Clause).

Target achievement is measured according to the target, form and term in line with the above-mentioned formats as well as through internal (in the form of steering committees for each segment) and external quarterly reporting and the annual financial statements. It is based on the defined project goals or also on the annually defined individual non-financial goals set for the Executive Board members and management.

Reporting requirements result chiefly from reporting requirements for specific ­project activities, management meetings and steering committees as well as from the legal requirements for quarterly reporting and the annual financial statements.

The proposals for investment projects that require the approval of the Executive Board and/or Supervisory Board are also required to include a standardised evaluation of the ESG impacts, opportunities and risks. In the 2023/24 financial year, this mainly involved the budget preparation for the EVN Group and planned projects for heat supplies, renewable generation and power plants/power plant locations.

As previously mentioned, both the Executive Board and the Supervisory Board receive regular information and, at the same time, training on sustainability issues. This information transfer and training also takes place as part of a regular series of events entitled "Supervisory Board Special" in which internal and external experts lecture on key topics.

The Supervisory Board plays an important role in ­sustainability reporting. Quarterly and annual reports are presented to the Audit Committee and the full Super­visory Board prior to publication and discussed by the Executive Board and Supervisory Board. The Remuneration Committee is responsible for monitoring the achievement of sustainability targets in connection with remuneration policy, remuneration practices and remuneration-related incentive structures. In addition, the Executive Board provides the Supervisory Board with up-to-date information on ESG issues at every meeting. The content is presented primarily by the Executive Board, if necessary with the support of internal experts. The Supervisory Board is also able to contact internal experts at any time for additional information apart from the scheduled meetings.

F SecureUnknown

In this Sustainability Statement, 'supervisory bodies' refer to the F-Secure Board of Directors and its Audit Committee and Personal and Nomination Committee. 'Management body' is to be understood as the F-Secure Leadership Team including the CEO and the leadership team members. The Board of Directors oversees the administration of the company and appoints the CEO, who oversees the daily administration of the company in accordance with the instructions and orders given by the Board.

The highest decision-making body in F-Secure is the General Meeting of Shareholders, which elects the members of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors is responsible for the administration of F-Secure Group and appropriate organization of its operations. The duties and responsibilities of the Board of Directors of F-Secure are, inter alia, defined according to the Articles of Association of F-Secure, the Finnish Companies Act and other applicable laws and regulations. As such, the Board oversees F-Secure's business conduct and compliance, and approves the most significant governance-related policies, such as the Anti-Bribery and Corruption Policy.

The Board of Directors appoints the CEO. The CEO, assisted by the Leadership Team, is responsible for managing the company's business and implementing its strategic and operational targets. Both the CEO and the Leadership Team also play a significant role in ensuring that employees comply with the relevant policies and procedures, including those related to business conduct.

To enhance the efficiency of its work, the Board of Directors has established an Audit Committee and a Personnel and Nomination Committee. The Audit Committee functions as a preparatory body, and the matters it addresses are brought to be decided on by the Board of Directors. The Audit Committee monitors and evaluates risk management, internal controls, IT strategy and practices, sustainability, and financial reporting, as well as auditing. The majority of members of the Audit Committee shall be independent of the company and at least one member shall be independent of the company's significant shareholders. Additionally, any substantiated investigations of incidents related to corruption or bribery are reported to the Audit Committee for evaluation. The Personnel and Nomination Committee prepares material and instructs on issues related to the composition and compensation of the Board of Directors and remuneration of the other members of the top management of the company. The Committee prepares proposals for shareholders related to the Board composition and remuneration. The duties of the Personnel and Nomination Committee include actively seeking and identifying new individuals qualified to become members of the Board.

The Board of Directors and the Leadership Team are supported by the Legal Team that maintains the business conduct-related policies and procedures, as well as offers internal training on such issues.

Expertise related to business conduct matters

The Board members have international experience in different roles in global companies operating in different businesses and geographical market areas. Additionally, the company ensures that all members of the Board of Directors have access to sufficient information about F-Secure's business operations, operating environment, and financial position, and that new members are properly introduced to the operations of F-Secure.

Members of the Audit Committee must have broad business knowledge, as well as sufficient expertise and experience concerning the committee's area of responsibility and the mandatory tasks relating to auditing, including risk management related to business conduct issues. The Audit Committee invites experts to its meetings when necessary for the issues to be discussed. External auditors are permanent invitees to the meetings of the Audit Committee.

When seeking and identifying new individuals qualified to become members of the Board, the Personnel and Nomination Committee takes into account the expertise on business conduct matters of such individuals to ensure that all Board members have sufficient experience and knowledge of business conduct matters.

The Leadership Team members are chosen based on their expertise and experience suitable to their respective roles. The Leadership Team members also supervise the implementation of business conduct-related policies and procedures in their respective business functions.

The number of executive and non-executive members

As of 31 December 2024, F-Secure had 9 executive members in its management body and 6 non-executive members in its supervisory body (Board of Directors), while noting that the latter figure used in this statement also includes F-Secure employee Board member.

Representation of employees and other workers

One member of the Board of Directors is elected from among F-Secure personnel. An election is arranged annually for F-Secure personnel and each permanent employee is eligible to stand as a candidate. The representatives of the Board of Directors interview three to four persons who have obtained the highest number of votes in the elections and choose a candidate from amongst them to be proposed for election as a member of the Board by the Annual General Meeting. The term of office of members of the Board of Directors ends at the close of the Annual General Meeting of shareholders following their election.

Experience relevant to the sectors, products and geographic locations of the company

F-Secure's Board members have international experience and diverse backgrounds from international companies in business sectors and geographical markets (including Europe, North America, APAC and Japan) relevant to F-Secure:

• Pertti Ervi is a seasoned international IT-business leader and Board professional with over 30 years of experience. As Co-President of Computer 2000 AG, Europe's largest IT distributor, he managed global operations across 38 countries. Pertti has extensive Board experience with publicly listed companies like F-Secure, Comptel, Teleste and Efecte, and has worked closely with tens of growth companies, providing expertise in strategy, internationalization, and corporate development. He co-founded Mintly Oy and has successfully led numerous high-value exits. A Finnish citizen living in France, Ervi holds a B.Sc. in Electronics and has completed advanced business studies at INSEAD and Hanken.

• Risto Siilasmaa is the founder of F-Secure and WithSecure Corporations and the Chair of the Board of Directors of WithSecure having served as President and CEO of the company in 1988-2006. He is also an active venture capital investor with over 30 active investments via First Fellow Partners, a fund management company where he is both a general partner and the only limited partner. Previously Risto was the Chair of the Board of Directors of Nokia Corporation in 2012-2020 and of Elisa Corporation in 2008-2012. Risto is the Chair of the Board of Upright and a Board member of F-Secure, Futurice, Pixieray, Quanscient, Hamina Wireless and CybExer Technologies. Since 2019 Risto has been a member of the International Advisory Board at IESE Business School, University of Navarra.

• Thomas Jul is a seasoned Danish executive with over 30 years of global leadership in high-tech, telecom, and fintech sectors. With a history of driving growth and transformation, he held prominent roles at Ericsson and Nokia, including President & CEO of Ericsson Indonesia and West Europe Region Head at Nokia. As co-founder of MATTA Group and former CEO of payments scale-up Inpay, Thomas continues to excel in leading innovative organizations. Currently, he serves as Group CEO of Danish IT leader KMD. Thomas holds an M.Sc. in Software Engineering and has completed advanced business programs at Henley, Wharton, Columbia, Harvard, and London Business Schools.

• Petra Teräsaho is a senior finance executive and Board professional with wide international experience from various industries: forest, telecom, mining, IT, automotive/electric batteries & consumer goods. In addition to finance, Petra has held leadership positions in marketing, strategy and business development. Besides Finland, Petra has worked and lived in India, Belgium, France and Sweden. Her current main occupation is CFO of Transmeri Group. Her earlier employers are UPM, Nokia, Outotec, Stora Enso, Enfo Group and Valmet Automotive. Petra is Board member and Audit committee chair in F-Secure and Paulig Group. She is a Finnish citizen and holds a Masters Degree in Accounting & Finance.

• Tommi Uitto has worked in Nokia's network equipment business for thirty years, from 2G/GSM to 5G/NR and early research of 6G. He is currently leading Nokia's Mobile Networks Business Group, the largest of Nokia's four businesses, and is a member of Nokia Group Leadership Team. He also serves in the Board of Directors and Working Committee of the Board of Technology Industries of Finland (TIF). At Nokia, he has held various executive and managerial positions across several functions from business unit management to sales and region management, from product management to product development, and from production planning to quality management. Before Nokia, he worked in forestry equipment manufacturing. Besides Finland, he has lived in France and the United States.

• With extensive experience in quality assurance, software development management, and portfolio governance, Katja Kuusikumpu is a respected leader in the IT industry. As the Director of Portfolio Governance & Operations at F-Secure, she oversees strategic product initiatives and drives the company's portfolio transformation. She is also currently a Member of the Board of Directors at F-Secure, contributing to the company's strategic direction. Previously, Katja has held several R&D leadership roles at F-Secure and in other Finnish and international companies. Katja is a Finnish citizen and holds a Master of Science degree from Aalto University.

Percentage by gender and other aspects of diversity

According to Diversity Principles established by the Board of Directors, an optimal mix of diverse backgrounds, expertise and experience strengthens the Board's performance and promotes the creation of long-term shareholder value.

The Diversity Principles of the Board of Directors strives towards appropriately balanced gender distribution. At the Annual General Meeting in 2024 six members representing two different nationalities were elected to the Board. The age structure of the Board members is 47–67 years. Two Board members are female and four are male, giving a ratio of 2:4 (female/male) and thus females represent 33.3% and males 66.7% of all members of the Board.

Percentage of independent board members

The majority of the 2024 Board members are independent from the company and from its major shareholders. Two Board members are considered not independent on grounds of share ownership or working for the company meaning ~67% are independent.

FrequentisAustria

The role of the administrative, management and supervisory bodies

In 2024, the Executive Board of Frequentis AG comprised the following members:

Name (Year of birth)FunctionDate of initial appointmentEnd of (current) term of officeSupervisory Board or similar offices
Norbert Haslacher (1970)Chairman of the Executive Board (CEO)1 April 2015 (member of the Executive Board) 16 April 2018 (Chairman)15 April 2028None
Monika Haselbacher (1969)Member of the Executive Board (COO)1 January 202331 December 2027None
Peter Skerlan (1968)Member of the Executive Board (CFO)16 April 202115 April 2026None
Hermann Mattanovich (1960)Member of the Executive Board (CTO)1 January 200930 June 2024None
Karl Wannenmacher (1979)Member of the Executive Board (CTO)1 July 202430 June 2029None

Norbert Haslacher has been a member of the Executive Board of Frequentis AG since April 2015, originally with responsibility for Sales & Marketing. He was appointed CEO in April 2018.

Responsibilities: Strategy, Global Sales, Strategic Business Units, Corporate Communications & Marketing, Investor Relations, New Business Development & Invest4Tech, New Market Solutions, Partnerships and M&A.

Monika Haselbacher has been a member of the Executive Board of Frequentis AG and Chief Operating Officer (COO) since 1 January 2023.

Responsibilities: Project Management & PMO, Customer Services, Health Safety Environment (HSE) Management, Group Governance, Processes & Efficiency, Quality Management, Safety Management, Group Management.

Peter Skerlan has been Chief Financial Officer (CFO) of Frequentis AG since 16 April 2021.

Responsibilities: Finance, Human Resources, IT, Legal, Facility Management, Environment, Social & Governance (ESG), Internal Audit & Compliance.

Hermann Mattanovich was a member of the Executive Board of Frequentis AG from January 2009 and stepped down from the Executive Board on 30 June 2024 as part of the long-term succession plan.

Karl Wannenmacher was appointed by the Supervisory Board as a member of the Executive Board and successor to Mr. Hermann Mattanovich in his function as Chief Technology (CTO) from 1 July 2024.

Responsibilities: Technology Management, Production & Logistics, Procurement, Product Management, Security.

In 2024, the Supervisory Board of Frequentis AG comprised the following members:

Name (Year of birth)FunctionDate of initial appointmentEnd of current term of officeSupervisory Board or similar offices
Johannes Bardach (1952)Chairman of the Supervisory Board (shareholder representative)16 April 2018Indefinite (member delegated pursuant to article 5.1.2 of the articles of association)None
Karl Michael Millauer (1958)Deputy Chairman (shareholder representative)17 July 2007Until the Annual General Meeting in 2025None
Boris Nemsic (1957)Member of the Supervisory Board (shareholder representative)17 July 2007Until the Annual General Meeting in 2025None
Reinhold Daxecker (1970)Member of the Supervisory Board (shareholder representative)16 April 2018Indefinite (member delegated pursuant to article 5.1.2 of the articles of association)None
Petra Preining (1973)Member of the Supervisory Board (shareholder representative)20 September 2019Until the Annual General Meeting in 2029None
Sylvia Bardach (1962)Member of the Supervisory Board (shareholder representative)20 May 2021Until the Annual General Meeting in 2026None
Gabriele Schedl (1968)Member of the Supervisory Board (employee representative)1 January 2015Indefinite (delegated pursuant to Section 110 ArbVG)None
Reinhard Steidl (1962)Member of the Supervisory Board (employee representative)20 September 2019Indefinite (delegated pursuant to Section 110 ArbVG)None
Stefan Hackethal (1961)Member of the Supervisory Board (employee representative)1 September 2022Indefinite (delegated pursuant to Section 110 ArbVG)None
Fuchs PetrolubGermany

The role of the administrative, management and supervisory bodies

The Executive Board manages FUCHS on the basis of various financial performance indicators. The most important of these key performance indicators (KPIs) is the FUCHS Value Added (FVA). It is characterized by the strategic objective and combines profit with capital employed. In addition, other key performance indicators are regularly reported to the Executive Board and the Supervisory Board.

Supervisory Board Responsibilities

The Supervisory Board held five meetings in the reporting year, all of which were conducted in person. Additionally, two topics were dealt with in writing. During these meetings, the Supervisory Board regularly addressed the business performance of FUCHS and the Group companies. They dealt with the budget and strategic focus as well as numerous governance topics, as well as the 2025 budget, including the investment budget. Additionally, the committee addressed matters related to Executive Board compensation and preparations for the 2025 Annual General Meeting.

The Supervisory Board approved the 2024 Declaration of Compliance with the German Corporate Governance Code and adopted adjustments to its rules of procedure, as well as those of the Executive Board. The amended allocation of responsibilities plan presented by the Executive Board was approved. Based on the recommendations of the Personnel Committee, the Supervisory Board established the sustainability factor for the Executive Board's variable compensation for the financial year 2024. It also decided on the criteria for measuring the sustainability factor for 2025 and the target total compensation for 2025.

There was an update on opportunity and risk management, compliance, and the results and recommendations of the internal audit. The Supervisory Board was informed about the current status of the implementation of the CSRD at FUCHS. It also dealt with the procedure and the assessment of the effects, risks and opportunities in accordance with the CSRD. Additionally, an update was given on the company's sustainability strategy.

Committee Structure

Audit Committee

The Audit Committee held five meetings in the reporting year. Two of the meetings were held via videoconference and three in person. The CFO and heads of the Finance and Controlling as well as Accounting departments regularly attended the meetings. The auditor was present at three meetings for individual agenda items. The committee focused on the annual financial statements and the audit of the annual financial statements of FUCHS SE and the consolidated financial statements together with the Combined Management report, the non-financial declaration, the Compensation Report, the requirements of the CSRD on sustainability reporting and compliance issues.

Other main topics were assessment of the quality of the auditor and a detailed discussion of the quarterly statements and half-year financial report prior to their publication. The Audit Committee, together with the external auditor, determined the key areas of focus for the audit of the reporting year, issued the audit mandate, granted general approval for permissible non-audit services by the auditor, and addressed new accounting and reporting regulations.

Additionally, the Audit Committee reviewed financial reporting, monitored the financial reporting process, and assessed the effectiveness of the internal control system, risk management system, and internal audit function.

Personnel Committee

The Personnel Committee advises the Supervisory Board on personnel matters pertaining to the Executive Board and prepares its decisions. In the reporting year, three meetings were held, all of which were conducted in person. In its meetings, the committee focused particularly on the upcoming changes in the Executive Board in 2025, especially the new appointments and the related resolution recommendations to the full committee. Other topics included the new Executive Board remuneration system, including the corresponding adjustment of Executive Board service contracts, the adjustment of pensions for former Executive Board members, the assessment of variable remuneration for the 2024 financial year, and the target remuneration for 2025.

Nomination Committee

The Nomination Committee advises the Supervisory Board on suitable candidates and nominates such candidates for the Board's proposals to the Annual General Meeting for the election of Supervisory Board members. The Nomination Committee convened once in person during the 2024 financial year and issued its recommendation for the election of shareholder representatives at the 2025 Annual General Meeting.

Supervisory Board Composition

As a financial expert, Ingeborg Neumann has expertise in accounting and auditing within the meaning of Section 100(5) of the German Stock Corporation Act (AktG) and of Recommendation D.3 p. 1 of the Corporate Governance Code. As Chairwoman of the Audit Committee, she thus also meets the requirements of Recommendation D.3 on p. 2 of the Code. Dr. Markus Steilemann is also a financial expert with expertise in the field of accounting within the meaning of Section 100(5) of the German Stock Corporation Act (AktG) and of Recommendation D.3 p. 1 of the Code.

Mr. Jens Lehfeldt and Ms. Cornelia Stahlschmidt are the employee representatives on the Supervisory Board.

Gjensidige ForsikringNorway

The role of administrative, management and supervisory bodies

The Risk Committee, the Audit Committee and the Organisation and Remuneration Committee consist of members of the Board. The Chair of the Board has broad expertise of sustainable development from several sectors, and has completed several courses and certifications in sustainability. Several members of the board have completed Gjensidige's sustainability course in 2022 and 2023. Many of the board members have also completed other courses and have experience of sustainability work through directorships in other companies. We believe that the board has sufficient sustainability competencies.

Board Structure and Responsibilities

THE NOMINATION COMMITTEE: Responsible for ensuring that the board has the necessary expertise and experience

THE BOARD: Adopts sustainability goals and strategy (management responsibility), and follows up the status of measures and their effect (supervisory responsibility), and is responsible for everything that is dealt with in the subcommittees.

THE AUDIT COMMITTEE: Reviews quarterly sustainability report, internal control over non-financial reporting, sets materiality threshold and reviews the double materiality analysis. The committee determines the process for processing the annual report, including the sustainability report, and pre-processes the report for decision by the board.

THE RISK COMMITTEE: Reviews proposals for sustainability targets, discusses identified influences, risks and opportunities, and ensures that risk appetite includes sustainability topics and risk exposure.

THE ORGANISATION AND REMUNERATION COMMITTEE: Prepares the scorecard for the CEO, where the operationalization of several sustainability topics occurs and is measured. The Committee shall provide advice on matters relating to remuneration, and annually discuss with the CEO principles and specific frameworks for determining the remuneration of other senior executives.

CEO: Responsible for delivering on the goals set by the board, and setting sustainability goals downwards in the organization through the scorecards of the executive vice presidents

EVPS AND MANAGING DIRECTORS OF SUBSIDIARIES: Executive vice presidents and executives of subsidiaries implements sub-goals and action plans to deliver on the sustainability goals.

Board Composition

MetricUnit20242023
Board membersNumber1010
Executive board membersNumber33
Non-executive board membersNumber77
Employee representatives on the BoardNumber33
Nationalities represented on the BoardNumber22
Gender distribution on the Board (men/women)Per cent50/5060/40
Independent board members, non-executivePer cent100100

Gjensidige's Board has ten members, of whom seven are elected by the shareholders and three are elected by and from among the company's employees. The shareholder-elected board members are elected for one year at a time by the General Meeting, on the recommendation of the Nomination Committee. The composition of the Board is in accordance with the requirements set out in the Articles of Association with regard to competence, gender, age and geographical affiliation. The employee representatives are elected for two years at a time.

The members of the Board have expertise in finance, insurance, law, technology, digital business, innovation, international business, the public sector and management. They have held senior positions in companies operating in all the countries in which Gjensidige operates. They also have varied expertise in sustainability, and most have completed Gjensidige's sustainability seminar.

Throughout 2024 the board has been presented quarterly sustainability reports with a focus on stats for goal attainment, effects and new measures. The board has broad sustainability experience, and has completed courses and certifications. We have prepared a double materiality assessment that has been discussed by the sub committees of the board throughout the year.

GN Store NordDenmark

Board of Directors and Executive Leadership Team

Corporate Governance Structure

GN's corporate governance structure ensures effective oversight of sustainability matters:

Board of Directors: The Board of Directors oversees risk management across the value chain and ensures risks are managed effectively. Risk governance at GN is overseen by the Board of Directors, who ensure risks are managed across the value chain.

Executive Leadership Team: The Executive Leadership Team collectively challenges, validates, and prioritizes risks and risk handling activities. Risks are identified and governed by a risk department and the Executive Leadership Team for each division and selected functions.

Risk Management and Sustainability Governance

The Board of Directors annually reviews and approves a comprehensive risk report that has been reviewed and prioritized by the Executive Leadership Team. The Board conducts an annual Top Risk Review in December, where the Board of Directors' risk review takes place.

Sustainability Integration

Sustainability has become increasingly integrated into GN's business strategy over the past years. GN's approach to sustainability is driven by a desire to create real and lasting value for all stakeholders. GN has not set up a separate sustainability governance structure but uses existing business processes to drive the sustainability agenda.

Sustainability is integrated into how GN runs the company, as a consideration in key decisions on how they design products and run operations.

HELLENiQ ENERGY HoldingsGreece

The role of the administrative, management and supervisory bodies

Board of Directors Structure and Responsibilities

The Company is governed by the Board of Directors (BoD), a body which is collectively responsible for its long-term success. The Board of Directors exercises its responsibilities in accordance with Greek legislation, international best practices, the Company's Articles of Association and any decisions reached by the General Meeting of the Company's shareholders.

The BoD comprises eleven (11) members who are elected in accordance with the provisions of Article 20 of the Company's Articles of Association. The present BoD was elected by the Annual General Meeting of 27th June 2024.

BoD Composition (27.06-31.12.2024)

NameCapacityParticipation in BoD meetings (total 10)Start of participating in the BoDNumber of Company shares
Spilios LivanosChairman – Non-executive member10/1020240
Andreas ShiamishisChief Executive Officer – Executive Member10/1020130
Georgios AlexopoulosDeputy Chief Executive Officer - Executive Member10/1020165,000
Iordanis AivazisSenior Independent Director, independent non-executive member10/10201910,000
Theodoros-Achilleas VardasNon-executive member10/10200315,396
Nikolaos VrettosIndependent non-executive member10/1020210
Stavroula KampouridouIndependent non-executive member10/1020240
Constantinos MitropoulosIndependent non-executive member10/1020240
Anna RokofyllouNon-executive member10/1020240
Panagiotis (Takis) TridimasIndependent non-executive member10/10202110,000
Alkiviades PsarrasNon-executive member10/10201910,000

Key Responsibilities of the BoD

  1. Decides on any act concerning the Company's representation, governance, its assets' management and the pursuit of its purpose, in general;

  2. Manages the corporate affairs with the object of promoting the company interest; oversees the implementation of its decisions, as well as of those of the G.M.;

  3. Determines and supervises the corporate governance system of articles 1 to 24 of L.4706/2020, and monitors and periodically assesses, at least every three (3) financial years, its implementation and effectiveness, proceeding to the necessary actions for dealing with deficiencies;

  4. Ensures the adequate and effective operation of the Company's Internal Audit System ("IAS");

  5. Ensures that all operations comprising the ICS are independent of the business segments they control and that they have the appropriate financial and human resources, as well as the powers for their effective operation, as prescribed by their role. The reporting lines and allocation of responsibilities are clear, executable and duly documented;

  6. Makes sure that the Company's annual financial statements, the annual management report and the corporate governance statement, their consolidated form, as well as the BoD members' remuneration report, are drafted and made public in accordance with the provisions of the law;

  7. Recommends to the G.M. the appointment of a certified auditor accountant or audit firm;

  8. Ensures that the Company's strategic planning is aligned to corporate culture;

  9. Approves the strategic and the annual business and financial plan;

  10. Determines the extent of the Company's exposure to risks it intends to assume;

  11. Ensures that an effective regulatory compliance procedure is in place;

  12. Sets or/and delimits the responsibilities of the Chief Executive Officer and of the other persons to whom it is entitled to delegate powers of the Company's management and representation, in accordance with the Company's Articles of Association;

  13. Posts and keeps updated the information regarding the election of its candidate members;

  14. Is updated and decides on any other development affecting the Company's status and operation.

Roles of Key Positions

BoD Chairman: The BoD Chairman, who is a non-executive member, is responsible for convening, chairing and steering the meetings, for the keeping of minutes, the signing of the relevant resolutions and for the BoD's operation, in general, as this is provided in the Company's Articles of Association and the law.

Chief Executive Officer: The Chief Executive Officer serves as the principal governing authority and legal representative of the Company, bearing responsibility for all business segments and operational activities. The Group Internal Audit General Division reports administratively to the Chief Executive Officer.

Senior Independent Director: Mr. Iordanis Aivazis was appointed as the Senior Independent Director with the following responsibilities: i. supports the Chairman of the BoD, ii. coordinates the effective communication between the Chairman and the BoD members, iii. chairs the meetings of the non-executive members of the BoD and the procedure concerning the evaluation of the Chairman by the BoD members.

BoD Committees

The BoD has established committees, comprised of members thereof, with advisory, supervisory or/and approving authorities:

I. Audit Committee

  • Comprised of independent non-executive members
  • Supports the BoD in oversight of financial statements, internal controls, risk management, compliance, and auditing procedures

II. Strategy and Risk Management Committee

III. Sustainability Committee

Executive Management

General ManagersFunctionNumber of Shares
Ioannis ApsourisGroup Legal Services General Manager50
Georgios DimogiorgasRefineries General Manager8,000
Aggelos KokotosGroup Internal Audit General Manager1,086
Leonidas KovaiosGroup IT & Digital Transformation General Manager0
Konstantinos PanasOil Products Supply & Trading General Manager100
Alexandros TzadimasGroup Human Resources & Administrative Services General Manager0
Vasileios TsaitasGroup Financial Officer3,000
HiltiLiechtenstein

Board of Directors

The Board of Directors is composed of eight non-executive members, of whom 50% are independent. Three members are female, leading to an average ratio of female-to-male board members of 38%. The members have diverse educational backgrounds, including business administration, engineering, finance, law, marketing and psychology. They also represent a range of nationalities, including Belgian, German, Liechtensteinian, Norwegian and Swiss. Employees and other workers do not have a dedicated representative on the Board of Directors.

Executive Board

The Executive Board is composed of six members, all of whom are male. The members have diverse educational backgrounds, including business administration, engineering and economics. They represent diverse nationalities: Austrian, German, Indian/Swiss, Israeli/United States of America, Spanish and Swiss.

Activities and composition in 2024

In 2024, the Board of Directors and/or the Executive Board discussed the following material IRO clusters: decarbonization, sustainable energy consumption, circular operations and circular solutions, well-being of team members, safety of team members, contribution of team members and anti-corruption and anti-bribery. Further discussions conducted by the Board of Directors and the Executive Board focused on the upcoming sustainability reporting obligation and the approval of the double materiality assessment. In these meetings, sustainability-related trade-offs are generally taken into account when making strategic decisions. However, there are currently no specific guidelines to systematically address such trade-offs within the decision-making process.

HUGO BOSSGermany

The Supervisory Board is responsible for overseeing the Managing Board and consists of twelve members. In fiscal year 2024, the Supervisory Board met five times, with meetings focused on current business performance, risk assessment, strategy execution, capital structure, compliance issues, and Corporate Governance Code requirements.

Committees and their work:

Audit Committee (met 4 times): Addressed financial reporting, risk management and internal control system, IT security matters, compliance matters, CSRD requirements for non-financial reporting, auditor independence, and non-audit services approval.

Personnel Committee (met 4 times): Focused on succession planning, filling management positions, Managing Board compensation system, target achievement assessment, and reappointment of Managing Board members.

Working Committee (met 2 times): Dealt with business performance, strategic alignment, lease extensions, Digital TWIN project progress, sport-sponsoring activities, and strategic partnership with David Beckham.

Nomination Committee (met 4 times): Prepared for upcoming Supervisory Board election scheduled for 2025.

Mediation Committee: Did not convene during fiscal year 2024.

The Supervisory Board conducted an annual efficiency review using external evaluation of questionnaires. No conflicts of interest relating to Managing Board or Supervisory Board members arose in fiscal year 2024.

KoneFinland

KONE's governance model for sustainability and corporate responsibility within the organization is designed to ensure that sustainability is embedded into all levels of decision-making, from strategic oversight to operational execution. The key governance bodies for sustainability at KONE include the Board of Directors, the President and CEO and the Executive Board, Sustainability Disclosure Board, Safety, Quality and Sustainability Board, and Global Sustainability Forum.

The Board of Directors holds the overall responsibility for overseeing the company's sustainability strategy. The Board regularly reviews sustainability performance, addresses potential risks, impacts and opportunities, and ensures that the company complies with all relevant regulations and standards. The Board members' strong conviction in the strategic importance of sustainability for KONE's business places significant weight on it in KONE's overall strategy. The board is well-versed in key sustainability matters relevant to the industry and products, such as carbon neutrality. The Board of Directors consists of non-executive members with a gender ratio of 67% male and 33% female. The Vice Chair of the Board, Jussi Herlin has a separate employment contract for his role as Executive Vice Chair of the Board at KONE. There are no other separate employment contracts for the members of the Board of Directors. Of the Board members, 78% are independent of the Corporation and 67% are independent from significant shareholders.

The President and CEO is responsible for integrating the sustainability strategy approved by the Board of Directors into the company's daily operations. The Executive Board implements the sustainability strategy across all business units. Each executive member is responsible for embedding sustainability within their respective areas, ensuring that initiatives are effectively executed and aligned with the company's overall objectives.

Specific sustainability-related executive boards have been established to focus on critical areas such as environment, safety, quality, global compliance and sustainability governance. Various sustainability related forums act as platforms that bring together representatives from various areas, business lines and global funcions to share best practices, discuss challenges, and align on global sustainability priorities.

The Board members are experienced in addressing sustainability-related impacts, risks, and opportunities, for instance related to carbon neutrality and health and safety topics, within the company's industry, products and operating environment. The Board's annual review cycle and governance structure are established to ensure continuous monitoring of progress towards sustainability targets, associated risks and opportunities as well as development of relevant skills. These reviews are conducted by KONE's or external subject matter experts.

KRONESGermany

In the Corporate Governance Statement, the Executive Board and Supervisory Board report on the company's corporate governance. The responsibilities of the Krones Group Executive Board and Supervisory Board are governed by rules of procedure. The Executive Board consists of five executive members, 20% of whom are women, while the Supervisory Board consists of 16 non-executive members, 37.5% of whom are women. An overview of the composition and competencies of the Supervisory Board is disclosed in the profile of skills and expertise. As a result of regular reporting by Corporate Sustainability, all members of our Executive Board have knowledge of sustainability issues.

Percentage of independent board members in the administrative, management and supervisory bodies:

  • Total percentage on the shareholders side who are independent: 62.5%
  • Percentage on the shareholders side who are independent of the Executive Board and the company: 87.5%
  • Percentage on the shareholders side who are independent of controlling shareholders: 75%

Clear roles and responsibilities are defined for the monitoring of IRO management. The Executive Board sets the targets and monitors sustainability performance, whereas responsibility for carrying out the materiality assessment and IRO management is delegated to Corporate Sustainability. Sustainability priorities are an integral part of Executive Board decision-making. The Executive Board is provided with quarterly updates on progress towards the sustainability targets. The Supervisory Board monitors implementation of the sustainable corporate strategy and compliance with regulatory requirements.

The members of the Executive Board each have the sustainability expertise and experience necessary for their areas of responsibility. All members of the Supervisory Board have the necessary skills to fulfil their advisory and supervisory role for sustainability topics and the impact of these topics on the strategy and business model. The Executive Board and Supervisory Board are able to assess industry-specific and entity-specific IROs on the basis of their many years of industry experience, subject-matter expertise and understanding of Krones' specific challenges and circumstances.

LeonardoItaly

The risk governance model is in line with national and international standards and best practices and is compliant with the Corporate Governance Code for Listed Companies, the Organisational, Management and Control Model and the Group's Anti-Corruption Code. It has three levels, provides for clear-cut roles and responsibilities for the various departments and ensures a suitable exchange of information flows, to guarantee effectiveness.

The operating risk management, which involves the entire organisation, is based on the identification, assessment and monitoring of the enterprise and project risks and the related mitigation plans. It is supported by specific methodologies, instruments and metrics for the related analysis and management. The processes underlying Project Risk Management and Enterprise Risk Management (ERM), which are in turn integrated into the company business and support processes, are regularly improved, with the aim of innovating and spreading an effective risk-based organisational culture. Risk management processes support, in fact, the risk owners, along the entire corporate value chain, in identifying and managing risks and opportunities, including those linked to ESG factors. In particular, the ERM methodology fosters the identification and management of the cause-effect link between ESG factors and the potential impact on the Company (strategic, operational, financial, compliance and reputational) and supports the preparation of the Industrial Plan, which also includes the strategic vision and sustainability initiatives.

Leroy Merlin EspañaSpain

The company's administrative, management, and supervisory bodies are the Board of Directors, the Audit Committee, and the Executive Leader Team. The Compliance Department and the Iberian Audit Department (both part of ADEO Holding Iberia, SA, the parent company of LEROY MERLIN Spain), as well as the Internal Control and Human Resources Departments, the Ethics Committee, and the Internal Control Body, are responsible for monitoring impacts on their areas of responsibility and for detecting and assessing the company's risks.

The Audit Committee is composed, as of December 31, 2024, of Pablo Óscar Adán Castro, Olivier Debeunne and Yann Jöel Christian Dubourthoumieu, the latter acting as its Chairman, for the statutory term of four years ending on December 31, 2027. Juan Maggio and Paula Ordoñez act as Secretary and Deputy Secretary, respectively, of this body.

There is no direct employee representation within the Board of Directors or the Audit Committee. The Executive Leader Team is made up of the leaders of each area (executive directors), who thus represent the employees in their respective areas.

The Ethics Committee, managed by the Compliance Department, oversees business conduct. The Director of Ethics and Compliance chairs the Committee. A compliance function report, issued by the Ethics Committee, is shared annually with the Board of Directors, summarizing all actions related to the company's compliance programs.

Composition and Diversity

BOARD OF DIRECTORS20232024
Number of executive members00
Number of non-executive members55
Independent members (no.)01
% of independent members over the total0%20%

Diversity

Members by gender20232024
Women (no.)00
% of the total0%0%
Men (no.)55
% of the total100%100%
EXECUTIVE LEADER TEAM MEMBERS20232024
Number of executive members88
Number of non-executive members00
Total88

Diversity

Members by gender20232024
Women (no.)11
% of the total12.50%12.50%
Men (no.)77
% of the total87.50%87.50%

In line with their track records, the members of the Board of Directors and Executive Leader Team have experience in business conduct issues, as well as extensive experience in the retail sector. The assessment of the knowledge or suitability of the Commission members' profiles is carried out within the Board. Their professional positions imply that they have knowledge of auditing and sustainability.

Throughout 2024, two specific sustainability training sessions were held for the Executive Leader Team: a specific in-person module on sustainability in the Power Leader Lap program and Climate Mural, in-person training focused on climate change and its effects.

LundbeckDenmark

Board of Directors

Governance structures and composition

Lundbeck is governed by a two-tier governance structure consisting of the Board of Directors and the Executive Management. The two-tier structure ensures a clear separation of strategic oversight and operational management.

Board of Directors composition and responsibilities:

  • The Board consists of 6 shareholder-elected members and 2 employee-elected representatives
  • Independence: 5 out of 6 shareholder-elected Board members are independent
  • Diversity: The Board has achieved 37.5% female representation among all members
  • The Board oversees strategic direction, risk management, and sustainability matters
  • Board members bring expertise across pharmaceuticals, finance, sustainability, digital transformation, and international business

Key sustainability governance responsibilities:

  • The Board oversees ESG strategy implementation and sustainability reporting
  • Reviews and approves sustainability targets and climate commitments
  • Monitors progress on material sustainability impacts, risks and opportunities
  • Ensures integration of sustainability considerations into business strategy and decision-making

Board committees:

  • Audit Committee: Oversees financial reporting, internal controls, and risk management including sustainability-related risks
  • Remuneration Committee: Determines executive compensation and integration of sustainability metrics in incentive schemes
  • Nomination Committee: Responsible for Board composition, succession planning, and ensuring appropriate competencies including sustainability expertise

Executive Management:

  • Led by President and CEO with responsibility for day-to-day operations
  • Executive Management team includes roles with specific sustainability responsibilities
  • Regular reporting to Board on sustainability performance and material matters
Modern Times Group MTGUnknown

The Board of Directors and group management are responsible for MTG's strategic direction and ensuring that the business is conducted in a sustainable manner. The Board of Directors has overall responsibility for the organization and management of MTG's business and is responsible for ensuring that MTG's organization is structured in such a way that accounting, asset management and MTG's financial affairs are controlled in a satisfactory manner.

The Board consists of seven members elected by the Annual General Meeting, with no deputies. All Board members, with the exception of the CEO, are independent of the company and senior management. The Chairman of the Board, Natalie Tydeman, and Board member Dawn Airey are independent of major shareholders, while the other Board members are not independent of major shareholders.

The Board has established an Audit Committee and a Remuneration Committee. The Audit Committee consists of three members: Gerard Griffin (Chairman), Natalie Tydeman and Simon Duffy. The Remuneration Committee consists of three members: Dawn Airey (Chairman), Natalie Tydeman and Bert Klanderman.

NesteFinland

Information about the role of administrative, management and supervisory bodies can be found in the Corporate Governance Statement on pages 64-78. Board committees and their roles are described, including the Audit Committee, People & Remuneration Committee, and Project Committee. The Board of Directors is responsible for the company's strategic direction and overseeing management. In October 2024, the company restructured its organization and appointed a new leadership team to expedite decision-making to navigate the complexities of the current business environment.

NNITDenmark

The role of the administrative, management and supervisory bodies

Board of Directors and Group Management

The work with Sustainability in NNIT is anchored in the NNIT Board of Directors and the NNIT Management Group. The sustainability policy, which applies to NNIT's management and employees globally, is approved by the Board of Directors.

ESG and sustainability priorities are embedded in the Board of Directors' decision-making processes. The Board receives annual updates on our sustainability progress and a comprehensive report on the year's achievements, and the board is responsible for utilizing the result of the double materiality assessment to guide the process of setting targets in relation to material impacts, risks and opportunities where relevant. Targets set are tracked using appropriate indicators, both qualitative and quantitative. Environmental targets are managed through our ISO14001 EMS certification, which is anchored in our ISO9001 QMS certification.

Our Board of Directors possesses the competences related to sustainability as below:

• Relevant knowledge and experience in respect of social, environmental, political, regulatory and business matters in the geographic markets in which NNIT's business activities are conducted. • Relevant knowledge and experience within Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG)

  • Environmental: Climate change, climate adaptation, energy, resource use and circular economy
  • Social: Own workforce, workers in the value chain, Diversity
  • Governance: Corporate culture and business conduct.

The Board of Directors undergoes an annual evaluation, which is further disclosed in the Corporate Governance section on page 20-23, where the performance, success and competencies of the Board are evaluated. The composition of the Board ensures that the needed competencies are available to effectively oversee sustainability matters and initiatives.

The Group Management team is responsible for ensuring the implementation of the ESG strategy and overseeing targets, and the annual review process of the DMA is anchored through group management in our CFO office.

Novabase SGPSPortugal

Number of executive and non-executive members and percentage by gender

The Novabase Board of Directors includes a total of 9 directors, of which seven are non-executive members. For the 2024-2026 term, 33.3% the company's directors are female, thus meeting the minimum stipulated by Portuguese Law no. 62/2017 of 1 August, including one female member with special responsibilities pursuant to No. 1 of Article 407 of the Companies Code. The breakdown of executive and non-executive members of the Board of Directors and respective diversity and independence is provided in greater detail in point 18 of the Corporate Governance Report.

Representation of salaried and other employees

Novabase Group has no representation of salaried or other employees in its governing bodies.

Identity and responsibilities of administrative bodies

The members of the Novabase administrative body have a variety of skills, academic qualifications and professional backgrounds, with varying degrees of relevance to the main areas of Novabase business. For more information regarding the identity and responsibilities of each administrative body please see points 19 and 26 of the Corporate Governance Report.

Experience relevant to the sectors, products and geographical locations of the company

The professional qualifications and other relevant information for each member are listed in the Corporate Governance Report, in points 19 (Board of Directors Members), 33 (Audit Committee Members) and 68 (Remuneration Committee Members).

Description of the role of management in governance processes, controls and procedures used in follow-up, management and auditing

Pursuant to Article 14 of the Novabase Articles of Association, the Board of Directors is responsible for managing the company's business and it has exclusive and full powers of representation.

The Board of Directors is generally responsible for exercising the broadest of powers in pursuing the company's interests and business within the limits of the law, its articles of association and the decisions of the General Meeting.

For more information regarding the role of the Board of Directors in the governance processes please see point 21 of the Corporate Governance Report.

NovartisSwitzerland

Governance structure

Our primary governance bodies are the Annual General Meeting of shareholders (AGM), our Board of Directors, and the Executive Committee of Novartis (ECN). Each has different roles and responsibilities within our overall governance system:

At the AGM, shareholders approve dividend payments, maximum aggregate compensation for members of the Board and ECN, as well as financial statements, the nonfinancial report and other disclosures. They also elect the Board Chair, members of the Board of Directors, members of the Board's Compensation Committee, the Independent Proxy, and the external auditor.

Our Board of Directors has ultimate decision-making authority (for those decisions not reserved for shareholders). The Board operates through five permanent committees: Audit and Compliance (ACC); Compensation; Governance, Sustainability and Nomination (GSNC); Risk (RC); and Science & Technology (STC). The Board represents the interests of all stakeholders and oversees the work of the ECN.

Led by our CEO, the ECN is responsible for operational management, including financial performance, as well as fulfillment of the company's purpose, strategic priorities and targets. The ECN has 11 members, including the CEO and Chief Financial Officer, the leaders of our organizational units — Biomedical Research, Development, Operations, US and International — as well as those of other functions.

Composition of the Board

All Board members are independent and nonexecutive (as defined under the Board regulations). Members are elected at the AGM for one year only; they may serve a maximum of 12 years.

When choosing new members to propose to the AGM, the Board aims for a balance of skills, expertise and experience. Twelve of 13 current Board members have experience in leadership and management. In addition, seven have experience in medicine, healthcare or R&D, and four in environmental, social and governance (ESG) topics. The Board considers gender, age, nationality, ethnicity, viewpoints, professional background and expertise in its selection process.

ESG governance

Board: Ultimate responsibility for our ESG strategy lies with the Board of Directors. The Board has delegated certain duties and responsibilities related to ESG to some of its committees.

The primary responsibility for the oversight of the ESG strategy and governance is held by the Governance, Sustainability and Nomination Committee (GSNC). The GSNC oversees the company's strategy, governance and progress on sustainability, including access to products and services, environmental sustainability (including matters related to climate and nature), people management, and other ESG matters.

The Audit and Compliance Committee is responsible for internal controls over financial and nonfinancial information, and reviews all performance indicators included in this report. The Risk Committee oversees the company's risk management, including risks related to ESG.

The Science & Technology Committee is responsible for the oversight and evaluation of the company's scientific, technological and R&D activities, which are relevant to our material topic of innovation.

Management: The ECN is responsible for operational management of ESG matters. The ECN-level ESG Committee, chaired by the CEO, meets every two months to review the company's ESG performance and strategy.

Novo NordiskDenmark

Governance structure

The shareholders of Novo Nordisk exercise their rights at the Annual General Meeting, which is the supreme governing body of the company. The general meeting, inter alia, adopts the company's Articles of Association, approves the Annual Report and elects the Board of Directors.

Any shareholder has the right to raise questions at general meetings. Resolutions can generally be passed by a simple majority. However, resolutions to amend the Articles of Association require two-thirds of the votes cast and capital represented, unless other adoption requirements are imposed by the Danish Companies Act.

Novo Nordisk has a two-tier management structure consisting of the Board of Directors and Executive Management. The governance structure and rules of Novo Nordisk are further described in our Articles of Association and our Corporate Governance Report, both available at: www.novonordisk.com/about/corporate-governance.html.

Foundation ownership

Novo Holdings A/S, a Danish company wholly owned by the Novo Nordisk Foundation, holds the majority of votes at Novo Nordisk A/S' general meetings. The combination of foundation ownership and stock listing enables Novo Nordisk to embark on long-term sustainable strategies while maintaining short-term transparency on performance. Our foundation ownership supports the overarching imperative to be both commercially successful and responsive to the wider needs of society.

The Novo Nordisk Foundation has two objectives: to provide a stable basis for the commercial and research activities of Novo Nordisk, Novonesis and additional companies in Novo Holdings' investment portfolio; and to support scientific, humanitarian and social causes.

Corporate governance reporting

Novo Nordisk reports in accordance with the Danish Corporate Governance Recommendations, which are implemented by Nasdaq Copenhagen in the Nordic Main Market Rulebook for Issuer of Shares, as well as the Corporate Governance Standards of the New York Stock Exchange applicable to foreign private issuers.

Novo Nordisk complies with the Danish Corporate Governance Recommendations as we account for which recommendations we comply with or deviate from and explain our chosen approach. You can find further information about our corporate governance practices and statement on our approach to each of the Danish Corporate Governance Recommendations as well as the Corporate Governance Standards of the New York Stock Exchange in our Corporate Governance Report, available at: www.novonordisk.com/about/corporate-governance.html.

OMVAustria

The Supervisory Board carried out its activities during the financial year with great care and in accordance with the law, the Company's Articles of Association, and the Internal Rules. It oversaw the Executive Board's management of the Company and advised it in decision-making processes on the basis of detailed verbal and written reports, as well as constructive discussions between the Supervisory Board and the Executive Board. Six regular and two extraordinary meetings of the Supervisory Board and 31 committee meetings were held in 2024.

The Presidential and Nomination Committee was mainly occupied with the preparation of the decision on the extension of the CFO's Executive Board mandate.

The Remuneration Committee dealt with matters such as the target achievements of the expired incentive plans and setting targets in the new plans.

The Audit Committee looked at important topics related to the accounting process, the internal audit program, risk management, and the Group's internal control system.

The Portfolio and Project Committee used its meetings in 2024 to prepare decisions regarding key investment and M&A projects on the basis of extensive information and intensive discussions.

The Sustainability and Transformation Committee met four times in its third year since being established. Its tasks include overseeing the strategy in terms of sustainability, ESG standards, performance, and processes, including HSSE and climate action in particular.

ØrstedDenmark

See pages 44-52 for complete governance framework, Board of Directors composition and responsibilities, and Group Executive Team structure. The governance framework includes clear roles for the Board of Directors in oversight of sustainability matters and risk management.

PandoraDenmark

The shareholders exercise their rights at the Annual General Meeting, which is the supreme governing body of the company. During the Annual General Meeting, among other duties, the shareholders elect the members of the Board of Directors (the Board), approve the Annual Report and adopt any proposed changes to the company's Articles of Association.

Pandora has a two-tier management structure composed of the Board and Executive Management. The Board outlines the overall vision, strategy and objectives of Pandora's business activities, supervises the performance of Executive Management and is responsible for overseeing the execution of Pandora's sustainability strategy, performance and targets. In addition, the Board is responsible for adopting the sustainability-related policies. This includes reviewing sustainability reporting and overseeing performance related to Pandora's strategic sustainability priorities and targets. Members of Executive Management are appointed by the Board. Executive Management is responsible for the day-to-day management and for the execution of Pandora's strategy.

Furthermore, Pandora has an Executive Leadership Team (the ELT), comprised of one woman and seven men, representing seven different nationalities. The team members are responsible for the day-to-day operations of their respective business areas and serve as a part of Pandora's overall leadership. Selected ELT members are also part of Pandora's Sustainability Board.

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Composition The Board is comprised of seven members, all elected at the Annual General Meeting for a one-year term. Currently, the Board consists of four women and three men, representing five different nationalities. In accordance with section 139c of the Danish Companies Act, this is considered equal gender representation on the Board.

In accordance with the Danish Recommendations on Corporate Governance, 86% of the Board members are regarded as independent. Christian Frigast, due to his more than 12-year tenure on the Board, no longer maintains independence status. The composition of the Board is intended to ensure relevant and complementary competencies and diversity. This approach is instrumental in supporting Pandora's strategic goals and vision, while ensuring well-considered, diverse and judicious decision-making.

Board evaluation Each year, the Board conducts a board review focusing on its effectiveness and skills. The ideal mix of skills and experience required of Board members includes:

• Board experience • Retail • Executive management • Digitalisation • Sectoral experience • Sustainability • Marketing and brand • Finance • Governance

An external assessment of the Board's skills and effectiveness is conducted every three years to ensure objectivity and benchmarking. In 2024, the board effectiveness review was conducted with the support of an external provider to ensure objectivity and benchmarking. The results identified that the Board continues to be well-established and well-functioning, supported by a strong belief in the strategy and effectiveness in collaboration with the committees and Executive Management.

QT GroupFinland

Qt Group Plc's Board of Directors is responsible for preparing the company's short-term and long-term strategies, taking into account the expectations of different stakeholders. The operational management, i.e. the CEO and the other members of the Management Team, is responsible for the company's business operations and governance in accordance with the instructions issued by the Board of Directors and the provisions of the Finnish Limited Liability Companies Act.

The members of Qt's Board of Directors and Management Team have extensive international experience in various management and business-related roles. Qt has not separately defined the special competence or expertise of the administrative, management and supervisory bodies with regard to the supervision of different sustainability matters. Qt has used external ESG experts as part of the double materiality assessment and sustainability reporting process. The Management Team has participated in the assessment of the material themes, and the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors has discussed the progress of the CSRD project in its meetings and the Board of Directors has approved this sustainability statement. More information on the background and expertise of the members of the Management Team and the Board of Directors is provided in Qt's Corporate Governance Statement.

Gender Distribution at Top Management Level:

Governance bodyFemaleMaleOtherNot reportedTotal members
Board of Directors24006
Management Team3 (2)7 (7)0010 (9)

Gender Distribution at Top Management Level (%):

Governance bodyFemaleMaleOtherNot reportedTotal
Board of Directors33%67%00100%
Management Team30%70%00100%

*The gender distribution (number of women in relation to the number of men) of the Board of Directors is 0.5.

The Board of Directors had two (2) committees in the financial year 2024: the Compensation and Nomination Committee and the Audit Committee. The Audit Committee of the Board of Directors is responsible for the oversight of tasks related to Qt's sustainability reporting, including the oversight of sustainability impacts, risks, and opportunities. Responsibilities or processes related to the monitoring and oversight of the progress of impacts, risks and opportunities have not otherwise been separately specified in the company's terms of reference or Board mandates. Dedicated procedures are not used for oversight for the time being.

The oversight and monitoring process will be developed as part of risk management, among other things, starting from 2025. The management of impacts, risks and opportunities is reported as part of this sustainability statement, which is approved by the Audit Committee and the Board of Directors. The Management Team has operational responsibility for the development of HR, data protection and corporate culture, but no regular monitoring has been specified for their progress thus far.

There is no representation of employees in the administrative and supervisory bodies, but all members of the Management Team are employed by the company. All (100%) of the members of the Board of Directors are independent of Qt. Chair of the Board Robert Ingman is independent of Qt, but not independent of its major shareholders.

RandstadNetherlands

Randstad's governance structure is built around its core values established in the company's early days: to know, to serve, to trust, striving for perfection, and the simultaneous promotion of all interests. These values represent the foundation of our culture and guide every decision we make and every action we take.

The company operates under a two-tier board structure with an Executive Board and Supervisory Board. The Executive Board is responsible for the management of the company and the realization of its objectives. The Supervisory Board supervises the policies of the Executive Board and the general affairs of the company and its affiliated enterprises.

Our strong foundation consists of our core values and five strategic imperatives. Our five strategic pillars under the Partner for Talent strategy are: growth through specialization, talent and equity at the heart, delivery excellence, randstad talent platform, and best team in the industry.

Randstad's governance framework ensures that long-term value creation is at the core of the company, as established by founder Frits Goldschmeding. This commitment to long-term and sustainable value creation is embedded in Randstad's core values and continues to form the foundation of Randstad's strong, people-focused culture.

RepsolSpain

Repsol's corporate governance system guides the structure, organization and operation of its corporate bodies in the best interests of the company and its shareholders. It is based on the principles of transparency, independence and accountability and is fully compliant with current national and international standards.

The governance structure adequately differentiates governance and management functions from oversight, control, and strategic definition functions.

Board of Directors Composition:

Chairman: Antonio Brufau Niubó (Non-Executive Director) Chief Executive Officer: Josu Jon Imaz (Executive Director) Independent Lead Director: Mariano Marzo Carpio

Independent Directors (73.3%):

  • J. Robinson West
  • María del Pino Velázquez Medina
  • Isabel Torremocha Ferrezuelo
  • Ignacio Martín San Vicente
  • Iván Martén Uliarte
  • Aurora Catá Sala
  • Arantza Estefanía Larrañaga
  • Carmina Ganyet i Cirera
  • Teresa García-Milá Lloveras
  • Manuel Manrique Cecilia

Other Non-Executive Directors (20%):

  • Henri Philippe Reichstul
  • Emiliano López Achurra

Executive Directors (6.7%):

  • Josu Jon Imaz (CEO)

Board Committees:

  • Audit and Control Committee
  • Remuneration Committee
  • Executive Committee
  • Sustainability Committee
  • Nomination Committee

There are no controlling or significant shareholders represented on the Board.

RheinmetallGermany

Supervisory Board

The Supervisory Board carefully and continuously monitored and accompanied the work of the Executive Board in fiscal 2024. This was done in accordance with the statutory provisions, the articles of association and the rules of procedure on the basis of differentiated reports of the Executive Board and other executive officers of the company, which were made in written and oral form.

The Supervisory Board received the documents for the preparation of our meetings in a timely manner and thus always had sufficient space to critically acknowledge the reports, presentations and proposed resolutions in the plenary and in the committees, to specifically question them and to check their plausibility.

The cooperation between the Supervisory Board and the Executive Board was characterised by trust, openness and constructive dialogue. The Supervisory Board has been involved in all decisions of decisive importance for the Rheinmetall Group immediately and early.

The following overview shows the composition of the Supervisory Board and its committees as of the balance sheet date:

Members of the Supervisory BoardFirst appointed/appointed untilMembership of Committees
Shareholder Representatives
Dipl.-Kfm. Ulrich Grillo (Chairman)10.5.2016 » 2025Audit committee, Personnel and Remuneration committee, Strategy, Technology and ESG committee, Nomination committee, Mediation committee
Dr.-Ing. Dr. Ing. E. h. Klaus Draeger9.5.2017 » 2026Nomination committee, Strategy, Technology and ESG committee
Saori Dubourg14.5.2024 » 2027Strategy, Technology and ESG committee
Prof. Dr. Andreas Georgi10.6.2002 » 2025Personnel and Remuneration committee, Mediation committee
Prof. Dr. Susanne Hannemann15.5.2012 » 2025Audit committee
Louise Öfverström10.5.2022 » 2026Audit committee (Chair)
Marc Tüngler14.5.2024 » 2025Strategy, Technology and ESG committee
Klaus-Günter Vennemann10.5.2016 » 2025Nomination committee
Employee Representatives
Dr. Daniel Hay (Deputy Chairman)May 7, 2014 » 2027Audit committee, Personnel and Remuneration committee, Strategy, Technology and ESG committee, Mediation committee
Ralf Bolm1.7.2020 » 2027Audit committee
Murat Küplemez10.5.2022 » 2027
Dr. Michael Mielke1.9.2010 » 2027
Reinhard Müller9.5.2017 » 2027Personnel and Remuneration committee, Strategy, Technology and ESG committee
Dagmar Muth1.7.2015 » 2027Strategy, Technology and ESG committee, Mediation committee
Barbara Resch1.7.2020 » 2027
Sven Schmidt1.7.2014 » 2027Audit committee, Strategy, Technology and ESG committee

Executive Board

In fiscal 2024, the Executive Board consisted of three members: Armin Papperger, as Chairman of the Executive Board of Rheinmetall AG, as well as the Executive Board members Dagmar Steinert (CFO) and Peter S. Krause (HR) and Dr Ursula Biernert-Kloß, to whom Peter Sebastian Krause's official duties were fully transferred on 1 October 2024.

The transformation of the Executive Board of Rheinmetall AG consists of various individual measures that became effective from 1 January 2025. Armin Papperger, who has been the CEO of Rheinmetall since 1 January 2013, was appointed Chairman of the Executive Board for an additional five years from 1 January 2025.

Committee Structure

The Supervisory Board prepares its work on five committees:

  • Nomination Committee
  • Human Resources and Compensation Committee
  • Audit Committee
  • Strategy, Technology and ESG Committee
  • Mediation Committee

These committees have the primary task of pre-structuring complex and time-intensive topics for the meetings of the plenary and to review proposed resolutions submitted by the Executive Board in advance.

RocheSwitzerland

Board of Directors

Roche Board of Directors on 31 December 2024:

  • Dr Severin Schwan (1967), Chairman, D*, E
  • André Hoffmann (1958), Vice-Chairman, representative of the shareholder group with pooled voting rights, A*, C, D, E, G
  • Dr Jörg Duschmalé (1984), representative of the shareholder group with pooled voting rights, B, C*, E, G
  • Dr Patrick Frost (1968), B*, E, G
  • Anita Hauser (1969), C, D, E, G
  • Prof. Dr Akiko Iwasaki (1970), A, E, G
  • Prof. Dr Richard P. Lifton (1953), C, E, G
  • Dr Jemilah Mahmood (1959), A, E, G
  • Dr Mark Schneider (1965), B, E, G
  • Dr Claudia Suessmuth Dyckerhoff (1967), A, B, E, G

Committee Structure:

  • A: Corporate Governance and Sustainability Committee
  • B: Audit Committee
  • C: Remuneration Committee
  • D: Chairman's/Nomination Committee
  • E: Non-executive director
  • F: Executive director (currently no member)
  • G: Independent member of the Board of Directors
  • *: Committee chairperson

Corporate Executive Committee

Roche Corporate Executive Committee on 31 December 2024:

  • Dr Thomas Schinecker (1975), CEO Roche Group
  • Teresa Graham (1973), CEO Roche Pharmaceuticals
  • Matt Sause (1977), CEO Roche Diagnostics
  • Dr Alan Hippe (1967), Chief Financial and Information Officer
  • Cristina A. Wilbur (1967), Chief People Officer
  • Claudia Böckstiegel* (1964), General Counsel
  • Prof. Dr Hans Clevers* (1957), Head Roche Pharma Research and Early Development (pRED)
  • Dr Levi Garraway* (1968), Head Global Product Development and Chief Medical Officer
  • Silke Hörnstein* (1975), Head Corporate Strategy and Sustainability
  • Dr Aviv Regev* (1971), Head Genentech Research and Early Development (gRED)
  • Barbara Schädler* (1962), Head Group Communications
  • Boris Zaïtra* (1972), Head Corporate Business Development

*Member of the Enlarged Corporate Executive Committee

Governance of Sustainability

The Board of Directors oversees sustainability matters through the Corporate Governance and Sustainability Committee. Sustainability is integrated into our corporate strategy and is overseen by our Chief Sustainability Officer, Barend van Bergen, working with Silke Hörnstein, Head Corporate Strategy and Sustainability and member of the Enlarged Corporate Executive Committee.

Our Corporate Sustainability Steering Committee is responsible for assessing social, environmental, economic and governance trends that could impact our business through our business environment risk and opportunity assessment process.

SalzgitterGermany

The Supervisory Board of Salzgitter AG comprises 21 members: specifically ten shareholder and ten employee representatives plus one other member. This composition has been laid down under the provisions of the Co-Determination Amendment Act applicable to the company, in conjunction with Article 7 of the company's Articles of Incorporation.

The core tasks of the Supervisory Board are to advise and supervise the Executive Board in its management of the company. In accordance with the statutory requirements, certain fundamental decisions may only be made with its approval. The Supervisory Board has determined that, in addition, certain types of transactions require its approval.

The Supervisory Board and the Executive Board discussed the corporate plan in detail prepared and submitted by the latter for the financial years 2025 through 2027. The Supervisory Board was also brought up to date on the SALCOS® program. Other topics of consultation in this meeting included the imminent defining of the qualitative criteria determining variable Executive Board remuneration in 2025 for assessing the performance of the individual Executive Board members, as well as the stakeholder objectives for the performance period from 2025 through 2028.

Special expertise in matters of sustainability is represented on the Audit Committee by the person of Prof. Dr. Schindler who has dealt intensively over many years with sustainability reporting and the respective audit as part of his supervisory board activities, and by Ms. Hardekopf.

A recurring, key topic addressed by the Supervisory Board in its work concerns sustainability issues. The Executive Board regularly reports on general developments of significance and progress in the area of sustainability, since May 2024 at each regular meeting of the Supervisory Board.

SanofiUnknown

Composition of the Board and its committees

Information required under ESRS 2 paragraphs 20 and 21 can be found on Sanofi's website. One of these directors holds an executive position at Sanofi (Sanofi's CEO), while 16 are non-executives. Sanofi has two directors representing employees on its Board of Directors.

Responsibilities of the Board and its members for IROs, as depicted in the terms of reference or Board mandates

The Board of Directors shall lay down the orientations of the Company's activities and ensure that they are implemented, paying due consideration to social and environmental issues. The Board is committed to a long-term value creation approach while considering the social and environmental impacts, risks and opportunities of the Company's operations.

The Appointments, Governance and CSR (AGC) Committee of the Board addresses CSR-related topics at least four times per year and reports to the Board. On CSR matters, the Committee: • examines and monitors the Company's commitments and policy orientations in terms of social, environmental and societal responsibility (collectively referred to as Corporate Social Responsibility or "CSR") and the extent to which they meet stakeholder expectations, and more generally ensure that CSR issues are taken into account in developing and implementing corporate strategy; • ensures that on climate-related issues the Company's strategy is accompanied by precise objectives defined for different time frames, and reviews annually the results achieved. The Committee may review the presentation to the shareholders' meeting of the climate strategy; • examines draft reports by the Company on governance (including the sections dealing with the diversity policy applied to members of the Board) and CSR matters (especially the sustainability information), and more generally ensure that all information required by applicable legislation on such matters is prepared; • ensures that regular exchanges take place with shareholders on corporate governance and CSR issues and determine how such exchanges take place, while making sure that the principles of equal treatment of all shareholders and the collegiate nature of the Board are not undermined; • identifies and discuss emerging trends in governance and CSR, and ensure that the Company is preparing as well as possible to deal with those trends in light of issues specific to its operations and objectives; and • where applicable, participates in the determination, in conjunction with the Compensation Committee, of the extra-financial criteria included in the Company's remuneration policies.

The Committee does not include any executive corporate officers and is composed primarily of independent directors. The non-executive Chairman is a member of this Committee. While not a member of the committee, the Chief Executive Officer is involved in its work.

As of 2024, the Audit Committee (AC) has a formal oversight role on sustainability reporting. It can challenge the adequacy of such reporting, especially on the materiality assessment and the information to be provided with respect to material impacts, risks and opportunities in accordance with the CSRD and related methodology established by EC, EFRAG and other guidance (refer to the CSRD Disclaimer and Explanatory Note).

Role of the administrative, management and supervisory bodies related to business conduct

As part of its duties, the Audit Committee must obtain assurance that the Chief Executive Officer has sufficient resources to identify and manage the risks, and in particular risks of an economic, financial and legal nature, to which the Company is exposed in the course of routine and exceptional transactions (see article VI B. of Sanofi's Board Charter). In this respect, the Ethics & Business Integrity (E&BI) department is heard regularly by the Audit Committee and provides updates on its roadmap.

The Audit Committee meets at least six times a year and reports to the Board of Directors and informs the Board immediately of any difficulties encountered. Business integrity topics are discussed at least once a year.

Responsibilities of the CEO and the Executive Committee for IROs

The Executive Committee regularly monitors Sanofi's impacts, risks and opportunities, as well as the work carried out by the sub-committees described hereafter. Some members of the Executive Committee are also appointed as owners or sponsors of a given CSR topic within the broader CSR strategy outlined previously.

The Risk Committee is chaired by the Group General Counsel and gathers executives from Global Business Units (GBUs) and functions (GFs). It consolidates the risks and impacts identified by the sub-committees and focuses on those that are high priority for Sanofi. The group Risk Committee then assigns each identified risk or impact to the relevant Executive Committee member and reports regularly to the Audit Committee. The group Risk Committee reports on a quarterly basis to the Executive Committee on the progress of the mitigation plans.

The Executive Compliance Committee (ECC) ensures the effectiveness of Sanofi's Ethics & Business Integrity program and monitors the corresponding impacts, risks and opportunities. The ECC is chaired by the CEO with senior representatives from all key functions and GBUs. The ECC meets every quarter.

Other operational governance bodies responsible for overseeing IROs

The CSR Committee comprises the senior leaders of Sanofi's Global Business Units and global functions. It meets on a quarterly basis to discuss key CSR topics. As part of Sanofi's double materiality assessment, the CSR Committee was given formal oversight of the identification of social and governance impacts, risks and opportunities in accordance with the CSRD and related methodology established by EC, EFRAG and other guidance (refer to the CSRD Disclaimer and Explanatory Note).

The Planet Care Impact Steering Committee oversees the Planet Care pillar of Sanofi's CSR strategy and therefore monitors its efforts towards its environmental transition. The Committee chaired by the Head of Manufacturing & Supply (also an Executive Committee member) includes senior executives from Environment, CSR, Procurement and R&D functions along with senior representatives from Sanofi's GBUs and other activities. It submits strategic orientations and the company's commitments to managing its environmental (climate, pollution, biodiversity and waste) impacts, risks and opportunities to the Executive Committee, which reviews these proposals with respect to their operational implementation.

The Climate-related Risk & Opportunities Committee (CROC) oversees Sanofi's climate change adaptation efforts. It works closely with the Planet Care Impact Steering Committee to ensure that the Task-force for Climate-related Disclosure (TCFD) recommendations are applied at all levels of organization and that systems are in place to manage climate-related risks and opportunities. This group, which meets monthly, includes senior executives from CSR, HSE, Environment, Risk Management and Insurance, along with senior representatives from Strategy, Finance, Legal, CSR, Procurement, Supply Chain and HSE.

SAPGermany

The role of the administrative, management and supervisory bodies

SAP Executive Board

Christian Klein - Chief Executive Officer (CEO)

  • Joined SAP: 1999
  • Appointed to the Executive Board: 2018
  • Current Executive Board term expires: 2028
  • Nationality: German
  • Year of Birth: 1980
  • Other board memberships: Supervisory Board, adidas AG, Herzogenaurach, Germany (publicly listed)

Dominik Asam - Chief Financial Officer

  • Joined SAP: 2023
  • Appointed to the Executive Board: 2023
  • Current Executive Board term expires: 2026
  • Nationality: German
  • Year of Birth: 1969
  • Other board memberships: Supervisory Board, Bertelsmann Management SE and Bertelsmann SE & Co. KGaA, Gütersloh, Germany (not publicly listed)

Muhammad Alam - SAP Product Engineering

  • Joined SAP: 2022
  • Appointed to the Executive Board: 2024
  • Current Executive Board term expires: 2027
  • Nationality: U.S. Citizen
  • Year of Birth: 1977

Thomas Saueressig - Customer Services & Delivery

  • Joined SAP: 2004
  • Appointed to the Executive Board: 2019
  • Current Executive Board term expires: 2028
  • Nationality: German
  • Year of Birth: 1985
  • Other board memberships: Board of Directors, Nokia Corporation, Espoo, Finland (publicly listed)

Sebastian Steinhaeuser - Chief Operating Officer

  • Joined SAP: 2020
  • Appointed to the Executive Board: 2025
  • Current Executive Board term expires: 2028
  • Nationality: German
  • Year of Birth: 1985

Gina Vargiu-Breuer - Chief People Officer, Labor Relations Director

  • Joined SAP: 2024
  • Appointed to the Executive Board: 2024
  • Current Executive Board term expires: 2027
  • Nationality: German
  • Year of Birth: 1975

Supervisory Board

The Supervisory Board of SAP SE discharged the duties imposed on it by the law and by the Company's Articles of Incorporation. It advised the Executive Board on an ongoing basis with regard to the running of the Company, and it scrutinized and monitored the work of management.

The Supervisory Board received regular, full, and timely reports from the Executive Board, both from members in person and in written documents. The Supervisory Board and its various committees were also in regular exchange with senior internal officers.

Dr. h.c. mult. Pekka Ala-Pietilä - Chairperson (since 5/15/2024) Lars Lamadé - Deputy Chairperson Dr. Friederike Rotsch - Lead Independent Director

The Supervisory Board held four regular meetings and seven extraordinary meetings in 2024. The following committees were active:

  • Personnel and Governance Committee
  • Audit and Compliance Committee
  • Finance and Investment Committee
  • Product and Technology Committee (since May 15, 2024)
  • Nomination Committee
  • Government Security Committee (since January 1, 2024)

The Supervisory Board addressed key topics including:

Strategy and Transformation

The Executive and Supervisory Boards discussed SAP's corporate strategy and cloud transformation on numerous occasions in 2024. The Supervisory Board was updated on the restructuring program and discussed its implementation with the Executive Board.

Sustainability

At SAP, sustainability has two main dimensions: providing solutions that help customers do business in a sustainable way, and aligning our business activities with sustainability targets to lead by example. Throughout the year, sustainability topics were discussed at meetings of the full Supervisory Board and various committees. The Audit and Compliance Committee looked closely at the new European Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive (CSRD) and at how SAP technologies for sustainability reporting can be used to track ESG data.

Siili SolutionsFinland

The role of the administrative, management and supervisory bodies

Board of Directors The duties of Siili's Board of Directors are determined in the Limited Liability Companies Act, according to which the Board of Directors shall see to the administration of the Company and the appropriate organisation of its operations and ensure the appropriate arrangement of the control of the Company's accounts and finances, in addition to which, the Board is tasked with monitoring and evaluating the organisation and internal control of sustainability reporting. Hence, the Board of Directors is also the highest-level body within the Company responsible for the management of sustainability and the appropriateness of activities. It adopts the Company's sustainability targets and monitors their achievement. Furthermore, the Board of Directors adopts Siili's Code of Conduct steering its activities and more detailed instructions based on it.

Sustainability has been integrated into the Company's long-term strategy adopted by the Board of Directors, long-term business plans, risk assessments and annual action plans. The Board of Directors monitors progress towards the sustainable development goals in its meetings, and adopts a sustainability report at least on an annual basis. After their meetings, the Audit Committee and the HR Committee report to the Board of Directors on sustainability topics discussed by them.

Board of Directors' sustainability expertise Siili's Board of Directors has actively participated in the double materiality analysis process, studied its results, and approved the determined materiality threshold and the final outcome of the process. The Board of Directors has actively monitored the preparation of the sustainability report and will monitor the execution on the sustainability targets to be established on a regular basis, at least annually. All members of Siili's Board of Directors are experienced in various management duties in sectors relevant to Siili, such as the IT and technology business, and many key customer sectors, including banking and finance as well as consumer business. Moreover, all members of the Board of Directors have served or are serving as board members in listed and unlisted companies. The educational background of the members is in technology, law, or business, and they have wide-ranging national and international expertise in the Company's sector, including AI and the data business. Members of Siili's Board of Directors also function in responsible positions at other companies that are obliged to prepare a sustainable development report.

Committees of the Board of Directors Siili's Board of Directors has appointed an Audit Committee and HR Committee from among its members to assist the Board of Directors in the preparation of matters. The Board of Directors has adopted charters for the Committees, which outline the main duties and operating principles of the Committees.

Siili's Audit Committee assists the Board of Directors in performing its supervisory duty regarding financial and sustainability reporting and control, risk management as well as internal and external audit. The Company's risk management also encompasses all material sustainability-related risks. In 2025, the Company integrate the risks identified in the double materiality analysis and their management into its business risk management processes.

The HR Committee prepares materials and provides advice on the personnel of the Company as well as matters related to the remuneration and incentives of the Company's management. The Committee is tasked with, among other things, reviewing the compatibility of the HR strategy and business strategy, the results of the job satisfaction survey, the performance of occupational safety and health enforcement, the diversity situation, as well as related plans and policies.

Chief Executive Officer, Management Team and employees' representation Siili's CEO steers and supervises the Company's business and is responsible for the day-to-day operational management of the Company, productisation as well as strategy implementation. The CEO also prepares matters for Board review is responsible for their implementation. The CEO is responsible for the promotion of the sustainability programme in accordance with instructions given by the Board of Directors. The CEO reports to the Board of Directors on sustainability-related material impacts, risks and opportunities, as well as progress towards sustainability targets.

Siili's employees are represented in the management team for the Finnish business by a staff representative. Siili does not have employee representation in other administrative or supervisory bodies.

Identity of the members of the administrative, management and supervisory bodies responsible for oversight of impacts, risks and opportunities

NamePosition
Harry BradeChair of the Board, Chair of the HR Committee
Jesse MaulaVice Chair of the Board of Directors, Member of the Audit Committee, Member of the HR Committee
Henna MäkinenMember of the Board, Chair of the Audit Committee
Katarina CantellMember of the Board, Member of the Audit Committee, Member of the HR Committee
Tero OjanperäMember of the Board, Member of the HR Committee
Tomi PienimäkiChief Executive Officer
Aleksi KankainenChief Financial Officer
Taru SaloChief People Officer
Andras TessenyiChief Executive Officer, Supercharge Kft
Maria NiiniharjuVP, Private Sector

Gender diversity ratio of the bodies, percentage share of independent Board of Directors' members

MetricValue
Group Management Team5 persons
Board of Directors5 persons
Percentage of Board of Directors and Management Team members by gender40% female, 60% male
Board of Directors' gender diversity calculated as an average ratio of female to male members0.4
Percentage of Board of Directors' members who are independent100% independent of the Company, 80% independent of the largest shareholders
SOLVAYBelgium

The role of the administrative, management and supervisory bodies is described throughout the Corporate governance statement. The Board culture is built on stewardship, trust, transparency and learning. It extends to the dialogue between the Board and senior management. In the past year we have thus had intense and fruitful exchanges with the leadership team on the transformation of Solvay, developing the new company strategy and formulating the new sustainability roadmap of Solvay.

We also know that we will need to change some things. Let me mention two, which became apparent through the encompassing cultural transformation initiative that we took last year.

First, we need to focus more. On what truly matters, on what creates value, for customers, for our stakeholders and for the planet. To fully benefit from the split, we need to relentlessly eliminate complexity and waste. We need to focus our efforts and resources where it matters and impacts most.

Second, we need to embrace change. This may sound as a trivial statement as success in industry always hinges on the ability to improve and change. But change is hard, it implies acknowledging that what we have done in the past, what we do today with commitment and care, should nevertheless evolve to remain competitive and innovative. Not because we have been wrong in the past but because we just can still become better. And this requires mental strength and humility.

SSABSweden

The role of the administrative, management and supervisory bodies

The Board's responsibility for sustainability work

(GOV-1 § 22 c & d, GOV-2 § 26 a) SSAB's Board of Directors is ultimately responsible for the company's sustainability work, which includes, among other things, conducting business responsibly and managing risks and opportunities related to sustainability at a strategic level (for more information on identified impacts, risks and opportunities in the area of sustainability, see the Sustainability Report, section Process for assessment of material impacts, risks and opportunities (IRO-1)). For example, the Board approves the Code of Conduct, the sustainability strategy and the strategy and investments related to the transformation to fossil-free steel production.

At Group Executive Committee meetings the development of SSAB's sustainability work is regularly reported to the CEO by the members of the Group Executive Committee in accordance with their respective areas of responsibility (for more information, see section The Group Executive Committee's responsibility for sustainability work), which is consolidated and reported to the Board of Directors. The board is informed, if deemed necessary, in the event of changes to group directives and instructions due to, for example, regulatory changes or based on internal evaluations.

The Board of Directors is updated at least quarterly about the development of SSAB's sustainability work in the company's material areas. The Board is updated through information in internal reports or other documents and presentations that are provided ahead of and presented at Board meetings. For the areas that have set targets, the Board is presented with the current outcome in relation to the set targets. Information about the Group's safety work and SSAB's transformation to fossil-free steel production is given at each ordinary meeting.

Since sustainability and climate issues, especially the transformation to fossil-free operations, are an integral part of SSAB's business strategy, the Board does not have a separate sustainability committee. The Sustainability Report is processed in the Audit Committee as part of the Annual Report.

The Board of Directors follows the views of the most important stakeholders in relation to SSAB's sustainability work, for example employee representatives are included in the Board of Directors which gives the employees agency in questions discussed by the Board. Furthermore, the Board also has contact with, for example, shareholders, especially in connection with the Annual General Meeting, as well as authorities and politicians. Otherwise, the Board has delegated stakeholder dialogs to members of the Group Executive Committee, within their respective areas of responsibility (for more information on the Group Executive Committee's areas of responsibility, see section The Group Executive Committee's responsibility for sustainability work. The Board of Directors is informed as required or if major changes are made.

Rules of procedure of the Board

(GOV-1 § 22b) Each year, the Board adopts the rules of procedure, including instructions to the CEO, which, among other things, govern the allocation of work between the Board and the CEO. The rules of procedure further regulate the frequency of Board meetings and the allocation of work among the Board's committees. The rules of procedure state that there must be a Remuneration Committee and an Audit Committee. Ahead of each Board meeting, the directors receive a written agenda and full documentation to serve as the basis for decisions. Each Board meeting conducts a review of the Group's safety statistics, sustainability objectives – including significant impacts, risks and opportunities related to sustainability matters, the current state of the business, the Group's results, financial position and the business (for more information on the Board's and the Group Executive Committee's responsibility in sustainability work, see section The Board's responsibility for sustainability work and The Group Executive Committee's responsibility for sustainability work). Other issues addressed include competition and the market situation.

Audit Committee

Duties

(GOV-1 § 22 b) The Audit Committee elects a Chair from among its members. Members of the Audit Committee are elected from directors who are not employees of the company. At least one of the members must be competent in accounting or auditing matters.

The duties of the Audit Committee are stated in the Board's rules of procedure. The Chair of the Committee is responsible for ensuring that the entire Board is kept regularly informed of the Committee's work and, where necessary, for submitting matters to the Board for decision.

The main duty of the Audit Committee is to support the Board in its work to ensure the quality of the financial and sustainability reporting.

Remuneration Committee

Duties

(GOV-1 § 22 b) In addition to the Chair of the Board of Directors, the Remuneration Committee comprises one or more directors elected by the general meeting who must be independent both of the company and of the company's top management. The Committee members must possess the required knowledge and experience of remuneration matters relating to senior executives. The Committee's duties are stated in the Board's rules of procedure. The CEO attends the Committee meetings to report on matters.

Work of the Board in 2024

(GOV-1 § 21, GOV-2 § 26 b & c) In 2024, the Board of Directors held 12 meetings at which minutes were taken and the Board was quorate at all times. SSAB's General Counsel, who is not a director, served as a secretary to the Board. During the financial year 2024, the Board of Directors consisted of seven members elected by the Annual General Meeting during the period January 1–April 24, 2024, nine directors elected by the Annual General Meeting during the period April 24–October 28, 2024 and eight directors elected by the Annual General Meeting during the period October 28–December 31, 2024. As at December 31, 2024, the Board of Directors consisted of four women and four men (corresponding to a ratio of 50%/50% for female/male directors). In addition, the Board during the financial year 2024 consisted of three employee representatives and three deputies. All of the directors elected by the Annual General Meeting during the financial year 2024 were non-executive directors, with the exception of Martin Lindqvist, who was an executive director in the capacity of President and CEO during the period January 1–October 28, 2024. All (100%) of the non-executive directors of the Board of Directors are deemed to be independent in relation to both the company and the company's management, as well as the company's major shareholders.

The Board's experience and expertise in the company's sectors, products and geographical locations and sustainability

(GOV-1 § 23) The Board of Directors is evaluated annually to ensure that it has the required combined experience and competence for SSAB's operations, which includes the company's products, the sectors and geographical locations in which SSAB operates as well as material sustainability areas. The evaluation for 2024 was conducted by an external party and consisted of an extensive questionnaire that was answered by each director individually as well as individual interviews with the directors. The questionnaire mainly related to the Board's efficiency and collective competence to handle its responsibilities in relation to important areas for the company. The responses were consolidated and reported anonymously to the Board of Directors and to the Nomination Committee prior to their preparation of proposals for the election of directors (for more information on the Nomination Committee's work, see section Nomination Committee). The conclusion from the Board evaluation carried out in 2024 was that the directors were deemed to have appropriate experience and competence for the company's operations.

A special sustainability focus for the Board evaluation was to ensure that the Board has the necessary competence for the implementation of the company's transition to fossil-free steel production, which included competence and experience in the heavy processing industry, international marketing and sales, major investment projects, finance, IT and digitalization as well as corporate social responsibility.

In addition to the competence that the Board possesses in the area of sustainability, the Board also has access to additional competence when necessary, primarily through specialized employees within the Group.

Stora EnsoFinland

The Board of Directors and the President and CEO are responsible for the management of the Company. The Board of Directors and other corporate governance structures are described below:

Governance Structure:

  • Shareholders exercise their ownership rights through shareholders' meetings
  • The Board of Directors is the main governing body
  • The President and CEO leads the company with support from the Group Leadership Team (GLT)
  • Day-to-day operational responsibility rests with GLT members supported by divisional and function teams

Board Committees:

  • Financial and Audit Committee
  • People and Culture Committee
  • Sustainability and Ethics Committee

Supporting Functions:

  • Internal Audit
  • Risk management
  • Internal control
  • Ethics and Compliance
  • External Audit

Board of Directors: The Board of Directors is responsible for managing the Company together with the President and CEO. The governance follows Finnish law and corporate governance policies that comply with the Finnish Companies Act and Finnish Securities Market Act.

Shareholders' Meetings: The AGM is held annually by the end of June in Helsinki, Finland. The AGM deals with matters including:

  • Presentation and adoption of annual accounts
  • Distribution of funds to shareholders
  • Discharge of Board members and CEO from liability
  • Election of Board Chair, Vice Chair, and members
  • Election of Auditor

2024 AGM Results: The 2024 AGM was held on 20 March 2024 in Helsinki. Of all issued and outstanding shares, 66.7% were represented (69.3% in 2023) and 83.2% of all votes (85.9% in 2023).

TAG ImmobilienGermany

At the Management Board level, responsibilities in the past financial year were as follows:

• COO (also Co-CEO): Real Estate Management, Acquisitions and Sales, Strategic Real Estate Management & Marketing, Shared Service Centre, Customer and Quality Management, FM Services, Craftsmen Service, Central Purchasing and Technology, Change Management, Business Apartments, Energy Residential Service, Multimedia Real Estate, Business Development, Environmental Social Governance (ESG), Digitalisation and Human Resources

• CFO (also Co-CEO): Group Accounting, Financing and Treasury, Corporate Finance, Tax, Controlling, Investor & Public Relations, ERP/Data Management, Legal, Judicial Rental Collection, IT, Compliance, Internal Audit and Property Management

The Supervisory Board was able to expand with the election of Ms Gabriela Gryger as a shareholder representative at the Annual General Meeting on 28 May 2024. She has extensive expertise in the Polish residential real estate market. This also further strengthens the diversity of the Supervisory Board, with women making up 50% of the Supervisory Board, as they do of the Management Board, and our Supervisory Board is now internationally positioned, as Ms Gryger has Polish citizenship.

The existing members of the Supervisory Board and new member Ms Gryger have the knowledge, skills and experience required to properly perform their duties. The respective professional expertise of the individual Supervisory Board members complements each other, enabling the Supervisory Board as a whole to comprehensively fulfil its duties. The Supervisory Board's control and advisory function is ensured in accordance with the law, the Articles of Association, the German Corporate Governance Code and the rules of procedure.

The Supervisory Board has formed an Audit Committee and a Personnel Committee. The Audit Committee is responsible for the preliminary audit of the documents relating to the annual financial statements and the consolidated financial statements, as well as the preparation of the adoption or approval of these and the Management Board's proposal for the appropriation of profits. The committee discusses with the Management Board, among other things, the principles of compliance, the risk management system and the appropriateness and functionality of the internal control systems. The tasks of the Audit Committee also include preparing the election of the auditor by the Annual General Meeting and verifying the auditor's independence required for this purpose. The members of the Audit Committee have sufficient expertise in the field of accounting and auditing. Expertise in both areas includes reporting, including its audit on sustainability topics.

The Personnel Committee, which also performs the tasks of a nominating committee, is responsible for all personnel matters related to the Supervisory Board and Management Board, the conclusion and content of Management Board contracts and related advisory matters, including fixed and variable remuneration. Furthermore, the Personnel Committee selects suitable candidates for nomination to the Supervisory Board at the Annual General Meeting.

TeamViewerGermany

The role of the administrative, management and supervisory bodies

Management Board Structure and Responsibilities

The Management Board is responsible for the strategic direction and operational management of TeamViewer SE and the Group. As of the reporting period, the Management Board consisted of:

  • Oliver Steil - Chief Executive Officer (CEO)
  • Michael Wilkens - Chief Financial Officer (CFO)
  • Mei Dent - Chief Product and Technology Officer (CPTO)
  • Peter Turner - Chief Commercial Officer (CCO) until his contract expiration
  • Mark Banfield - Appointed as new Chief Commercial Officer (CCO) effective February 2025, following the acquisition of 1E

In September 2024, the Supervisory Board granted a three-year extension of CFO Michael Wilkens' contract ahead of schedule to continue his successful work and further improve TeamViewer's financial profile. Similarly, CPTO Mei Dent's contract was extended for three years in December 2024 to further advance the significant progress of the product and R&D strategy.

Supervisory Board Structure and Responsibilities

The Supervisory Board monitors and advises the Management Board in accordance with the law, the Articles of Association, and its Rules of Procedure. As of 31 December 2024, the Supervisory Board consisted of:

  • Ralf W. Dieter - Chairman
  • Dr. Abraham Peled
  • Axel Salzmann
  • Hera Kitwan Siu
  • Swantje Conrad
  • Christina Stercken
  • Dr. Joachim Heel - Elected at the Annual General Meeting 2024

The Supervisory Board maintained a constructive, open, and faithful working relationship with the Management Board throughout 2024. Through regular, in-depth dialogue, the Supervisory Board provided advice on corporate management while monitoring the Management Board's activities. The Supervisory Board was consistently involved in decisions of fundamental importance to the Company.

Board Committees

To perform its tasks efficiently, the Supervisory Board has formed the following committees:

Audit Committee

The Audit Committee, which also serves as the Sustainability Committee, monitors accounting processes, risk management, the effectiveness of the internal control system and the internal audit system. It also deals with compliance issues as well as environmental, social and governance (ESG) topics. The Committee verifies the independence of the external auditor, awards audit engagements, specifies audit priorities, and agrees on auditor fees.

Nomination and Remuneration Committee

The Nomination and Remuneration Committee proposes suitable candidates to the Supervisory Board for election proposals to the Annual General Meeting. The Committee also examines all aspects of remuneration and terms of employment for the Management Board and makes relevant recommendations to the Supervisory Board.

Board Meeting Activity

The Supervisory Board convened seven meetings during the reporting period. Regular topics at Board meetings included business performance, strategic direction and financial performance of TeamViewer SE and the Group. Key focus areas during 2024 included:

  • The acquisition of 1E and its related financing
  • Corporate strategy development
  • Personnel matters including succession planning
  • IT security incident management
  • Share buyback program and treasury share cancellation
  • Budget planning for 2025

Management Board Reporting

The Management Board regularly, promptly, and comprehensively updated the Supervisory Board on:

  • Strategy development and implementation
  • Planning and business performance
  • Risk position and risk management
  • Compliance matters
  • Personnel planning
  • Sustainability strategy
  • Communication with investors
  • Current events affecting the Company

Transactions requiring Supervisory Board approval under legal or statutory provisions were presented for consultation and resolution, with some prepared in advance by the committees.

TietoevryFinland

Board of Directors

It is the general obligation of Tietoevry's Board of Directors to safeguard the interests of the company and its shareholders.

Composition and election

According to Tietoevry's Articles of Association, the Board of Directors elected by the shareholders shall consist of no fewer than six and no more than twelve members. Each Board member serves a one-year term, which expires at the closing of the first AGM following their election.

The company has defined as the objective that, in addition to professional competence, Tietoevry's Board members shall be diverse in terms of gender, occupational, and professional backgrounds. Furthermore, the Board as a whole shall possess sufficient knowledge of and competence in, inter alia, the company's field of business and markets, as well as environmental, social, and governance matters.

Tasks

The main duties and working principles of the Board have been defined in a written charter. Additionally, the work of the Board is based on an annual action plan.

More specifically, the Board: • approves the company's values, strategy and organizational structure • defines the company's dividend policy • approves the company's annual plan and budget and supervises their implementation • monitors management succession, appoints and discharges the President and CEO • decides on the President and CEO's compensation, sets annual targets and evaluates their accomplishment • decides on the compensation of the President and CEO's immediate subordinates • addresses the major risks and their management at least once a year • reviews and approves interim reports, annual reports and consolidated financial statements and sustainability statements • reviews and approves the company's key policies • is accountable for guiding the organization's strategy on environmental, social and governance (ESG) topics • meets the company's auditors at least once a year without the company's management • appoints the members and Chairpersons of the Board's committees and defines their charters • reviews assessments of its committees as well as the President and CEO • evaluates its own activities.

The Board has scheduled meetings every one to two months. Besides the Board members, the meetings are attended by the President and CEO, Chief Financial Officer (CFO) and General Counsel, who acts as secretary of the meetings.

2024

• The Board convened 16 times in 2024 and the average attendance was 98.5%. • The Board had seven sessions during the convened Board meetings without the management present. • The auditors were present at one convened Board meeting. • The Board met the auditors once without the presence of the management.

TKHNetherlands

Report of the Supervisory Board

The Supervisory Board supervises the policies of the Executive Board and the general course of affairs at TKH and its businesses. We also advise the Executive Board. The Supervisory Board performs its duties with integrity and focuses on the interests of the company and its stakeholders, including shareholders, employees, and customers. In the performance of our duties, we are guided by the applicable statutory regulations, the articles of association, our own regulations, the Dutch Corporate Governance Code, and other applicable rules and regulations.

Role of the administrative, management and supervisory bodies

Executive Board The Executive Board manages TKH and is responsible for the strategy, the resulting objectives and results, and the related stakeholder interests. The Executive Board is responsible for compliance with all relevant legislation and regulations, managing the risks associated with business activities, the financing of the company, the corporate strategy and policies arising therefrom.

Supervisory Board The Supervisory Board supervises the Executive Board and provides advice. The Supervisory Board also supervises the general course of affairs at TKH and its businesses. The Supervisory Board is guided by the interests of the company and takes into account the relevant interests of the company's stakeholders. The Supervisory Board is ultimately responsible for the quality of its own performance.

Committees The Supervisory Board has established three committees: the Audit and Risk Committee, the Remuneration Committee, and the Selection, Appointment and Nomination Committee. These committees prepare decision-making by the Supervisory Board within their respective areas of expertise.

TotalEnergiesFrance

Our governance

A committed Board of Directors

TotalEnergies' governance is based on a committed Board of Directors that oversees the Company's strategy and operations, including its transition strategy and sustainable development approach.

An Executive Committee entrusted with implementing the Company's transition strategy

The Executive Committee is responsible for implementing the Company's transition strategy, which is anchored on two pillars: Oil & Gas (notably LNG) and electricity, the energy at the heart of the transition.

An operational structure built around the Company's business segments

The Company's operational structure is organized around its business segments to support the implementation of its multi-energy strategy and sustainable development objectives.

Board composition and diversity

  • 22.2% of Executive Committee members and 33.3% of the G70 are women in 2024
  • 29.5% of senior executives are women and 25.8% of senior managers are women in 2024
  • 38.6% of senior executives are non-French nationals and 36.4% of senior managers are non-French nationals in 2024

Targets

  • Women to account for 30% of Executive Committee members and of the G70 by 2025
  • Women to account for 30% of senior executives by 2025 and 30% of senior managers by 2025
  • Non-French nationals to account for 45% of senior executives and non-French nationals to account for 40% of senior managers
TrygDenmark

The Supervisory Board is responsible for the central strategic management and financial control of Tryg and for ensuring that Tryg's business setup is robust. This is achieved by monitoring targets and frameworks based on regular and systematic reviews of strategy and risks.

The Executive Board reports to the Supervisory Board on strategies and action plans, market developments and Group performance, capital requirements and risks, etc. The Supervisory Board holds an annual strategy seminar to decide on and/or adjust the Group's strategy to sustain value creation in the company. The Executive Board works with the Supervisory Board to ensure that the Group's strategy is developed and monitored. The Supervisory Board ensures that the necessary skills and financial resources are available for Tryg to achieve its strategic targets.

The Supervisory Board specifies its activities in a set of rules of procedure and an annual cycle for its work.

The role of the Supervisory Board excl. employee representatives

ESRS IDUnit202420232019
GOV-1_01Number998

Size of the Supervisory Board: Number of non-employee representatives

UbisoftFrance

The role of the administrative, management and supervisory bodies is detailed in section 4 Corporate Governance of the report. The Board of Directors exercises its mission of general management of the Company and controls the management in accordance with the corporate interest, taking into account the social and environmental challenges of its activity. As at March 31, 2025, the Board of Directors is composed of 11 members including 54.55% independent directors and 54.55% women. The Board of Directors has four specialized committees: Audit & Risk Committee, Compensation Committee, Nomination Committee, and Strategy & Investment Committee.

VestasDenmark

The administrative, management and supervisory bodies of Vestas play a pivotal role in sustainability governance and the company's strategic direction. The Board of Directors includes sustainability oversight as part of its responsibilities, with the Audit Committee overseeing sustainability reporting and related risks. The Board regularly reviews sustainability performance and progress against targets through quarterly presentations from management.

The Board has established committees including the Audit Committee which has specific oversight responsibilities for sustainability matters. The Executive Management, led by CEO Henrik Andersen, has integrated sustainability into business strategy and operations.

The governance structure includes the Enterprise Leadership Team (top 80 leaders) and the Vestas Leadership Forum (top 250 leaders) which provide strategic alignment on sustainability initiatives across the organization. Regional Leadership Forums also support the cascading of sustainability priorities throughout the global operations.

Sustainability governance is embedded in the company's decision-making processes with quarterly assessment of sustainability-related goals broken down into key products, services and geographies presented to the Executive Management and the Board. The Board oversees the company's sustainability strategy which has a clear mandate of 'sustainability in everything we do'.

VirdienFrance

The Board of Directors determines the orientations of the Company and the Group's activities and ensures their implementation in accordance with its corporate interest, taking into consideration the social and environmental aspects of its activity.

Board Structure:

  • 9 DIRECTORS
  • 87.5% are independent (excluding Director representing the employees)
  • 50% are women (excluding Director representing the employees)
  • 8 MEETINGS with 100% attendance rate

Board Composition:

  • Sophie ZURQUIYAH - CEO and Director (End of term: GM 2026)
  • Philippe SALLE - Chairman of the Board (End of term: GM 2025)
  • Michael DALY - Director (End of term: GM 2025)
  • Patrick CHOUPIN - Director representing the employees (End of term: GM 2025)
  • Anne-France LACLIDE-DROUIN - Director (End of term: GM 2025)
  • Amélie OYARZABAL - Director (End of term: GM 2028)
  • Colette LEWINER - Director (End of term: GM 2027)
  • Mario RUSCEV - Director (End of term: GM 2027)
  • Olivier JOUVE - Director (End of term: GM 2028)

Board Committees:

  • Audit and Risk Management Committee: 6 meetings, 100% attendance rate, 100% independence, 3 members
  • Appointment, Remuneration and Governance Committee: 8 meetings, 97% attendance rate, 100% independence, 4 members
  • Sustainability Committee: 3 meetings, 100% attendance rate, 100% independence, 4 members
  • New Businesses and M&A Committee: 4 meetings, 95% attendance rate, 80% independence, 5 members

Diversity of Skills and Expertise:

  • Energy, Oil and Gas: 67%
  • Digitalization, Technology, IT: 78%
  • Human Resources & Governance: 89%
  • Mandates on Listed Company Boards: 56%
  • Strategy: 89%
  • Finance, Risk Management: 56%
  • International Experience: 89%
  • Company Management and Executive Experience: 89%
  • Corporate Social Responsibility: 67%

Board Diversity:

  • Average age: 62 years
  • Gender balance: 50% women, 50% men (excluding employee director)
  • Nationalities: France (67%), USA (25%), UK (8%)
  • Independence: 87.5% independent directors

The functioning of the Board is governed by Internal Regulations available on the Company's website www.viridiengroup.com

WithSecureFinland

WithSecure's administrative body is the Board of Directors ("the board"). The Board of Directors has seven members, of which six are non-executive. The one executive member is a member elected from WithSecure's personnel.

The Board of Director's Audit Committee is the supervisory body of WithSecure. The Audit Committee is neither a decision-making nor an executive body. The Board of Directors appoints from among itself the members and the Chair of the committee. The Audit Committee has four members, of which three are non-executive. The independence of the members is determined based on their independence of the company, not independence of major shareholders.

In terms of the Board of Directors' roles and responsibilities, WithSecure's Board of Directors is the highest administrative body in charge of sustainability matters in the company. As sustainability is incorporated into WithSecure's business strategy in form of the sustainability program, sustainability matters are a scheduled agenda item in Board of Directors' meetings annually. The Board of Directors approves the high-level priorities and objectives regarding sustainability. The Sustainability report is approved by the Board of Directors, as part of the approval of the Board of Directors report.

The Board of Directors is also involved in approving the identified sustainability-related impacts, risks and opportunities and determining that their mitigation and management has been adequately integrated into the company's sustainability program. The Global Leadership Team (GLT) members set and accept the sustainability-related targets on an operational basis. The progress in targets is presented to the Board of Directors annually. The Board has the final authority to approve these targets when they review and approve the full annual report.

Board Composition and Diversity:

  • Board of Director's gender diversity ratio (percentage of women): 29%
  • Board of Director's independent board members ratio: 86%
  • Audit Committee's gender diversity ratio (percentage of women): 50%
  • Audit Committee's independent board members ratio: 75%

GOV-2

Information provided to and sustainability matters addressed by the undertaking's administrative, management and supervisory bodies

56 companies
AcerinoxSpain

Sustainability is integrated into Corporate Governance. In this regard, various Company bodies are involved in the establishment, supervision, and management of these issues.

The Board of Directors is responsible for the Company's overall strategy. As part of this, it is responsible for overseeing sustainability-related IROs, approving the setting of targets that contribute to advancing the Group's commitment to the environment, people and society, as well as overseeing the monitoring of progress in this area. Sustainability issues are part of the decision-making process of the Board of Directors, which is regularly updated on the Group's targets and progress in these matters. For more information, see the list of material issues in Appendix 8.5. In addition, in 2024, training was provided to the Board on the contents of the CSRD and the implications at the Board level and on the Group's management and reporting.

The Sustainability Committee is the body in charge of promoting and coordinating the Company's sustainability actions in accordance with the guidelines approved by the Board of Directors, as well as proposing the adoption of any measures related to the aforementioned matters. Its duties also include implementing and monitoring the Group's Sustainability Plan, as well as reporting on this area.

The Sustainability Committee is also responsible for periodically evaluating the Group's Sustainability Policy so that it complies with its mission of promoting the corporate interest and that it considers, as appropriate, the legitimate interests of the remaining stakeholders.

The most significant activities of the Sustainability Committee in 2024 were as follows: • Monitoring of the targets defined as indicators or KPIs by the Board, the associated action plans, and the resources required to achieve them. • Monitoring of the Non-Financial Statement. • Review of ESG indicators for the calculation of senior management bonuses. • Drafting of a plan to adapt to the Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive. • Review of sustainability policies.

The Sustainability Committee maintains direct communication with Sustainability Management, which is responsible for establishing the Group's sustainability commitment and strategy. The Sustainability Department reports, at least quarterly, on the degree of achievement of the established targets and the Company's progress on environmental matters, social impact, health and safety indicators, and aspects related to due diligence according to the initiatives implemented by the Group. This is done prior to the publication of the quarterly external reports.

The Sustainability Director is also a member of the Management Committee. This Committee is responsible for the regular review of the Company's strategy and business and investment plans, integrating sustainability into these decisions. In this way, the Sustainability Department maintains regular and direct communication with the various corporate areas that are also part of Acerinox's sustainability strategy.

The Audit Committee also acts as a supervisory mechanism in sustainability matters as it is responsible for the supervision of financial and non-financial information, as well as the Group's risk management and monitoring, which is reported on a quarterly basis. In order to ensure coordination between the two committees, the Chair of the Audit Committee is also a member of the Sustainability Committee.

Amadeus ITSpain

Information provided to and sustainability matters addressed by administrative, management and supervisory bodies

As included in the Regulations of the Board of Directors, the Board on a plenary basis is responsible for approving the company's strategy, the organization for its implementation, as well as the supervision and control of the company's management in order to ensure that it complies with the objectives set and respects the corporate object and interest.

This strategy has been defined by a set of strategic pillars for the company, guided by its material topics and values, and based on operating pillars, sustainability among others. This is how Amadeus embedded sustainability topics, and the related impacts, risks and opportunities, into the core of the strategy, operations, and culture of the Group.

Additionally, the Board of Directors monitors and discusses the progress on sustainability matters at least once a year (through information updates), with the assistance of the Head of the Sustainability Office, in addition to individual updates as deemed necessary by relevant functional owners. Thus, the Board provides feedback that influences the development of relevant sustainability initiatives and, if required, decides upon these matters.

2024 Board Activities In 2024, the Board discussed a broad range of sustainability issues, including a training session, held in October 2024, about the CSRD and the ESRS. During this session, the double materiality assessment process and its results were discussed, among others. Moreover, as previously indicated, the Board constantly monitors sustainability related issues (with annual information updates) as well as Risk and Compliance and Cybersecurity issues (with half-year information updates), among others. Also, training sessions in Artificial Intelligence and Cybersecurity were also held during the year.

Committee Activities Throughout the year, the Audit Committee of the Board has supervised compliance with Amadeus' sustainability strategy and related policies, including the company's sustainability performance. In this regard, it has also included Risk and Compliance matters on the agenda of its ordinary meetings, which dealt in detail with risks, including sustainability related risks and non-financial information risks and control.

As for the Nominations and Remuneration Committee, it has also included matters linked to sustainability in its sessions. In particular, they were mainly related to the analysis of diversity on the Board of Directors (as regards to knowledge, experience, age, gender and competencies of Board members, among others) and related topics.

AMAG Austria MetallAustria

Information provided to and sustainability matters addressed by the administrative, management and supervisory bodies

Expertise that is central to AMAG in terms of holistic sustainability was surveyed in 2024 by means of a questionnaire of Supervisory Board members. All specialist areas (sector-, product-, market- and sustainability-specific) as well as specific topic knowledge (including circular economy, renewable raw materials and energy sources, recycling, biodiversity, water and waste management, fair labour practices, diversity, equality and inclusion, information security) are covered by the composition of the Supervisory Board. In addition, it is informed at Supervisory Board meetings about ongoing sustainability activities in relation to material impacts, risks and opportunities as well as significant regulatory framework conditions and changes. In special cases, the Supervisory Board is also informed directly. In 2024, the Supervisory Board dealt with the following topics relating to sustainability, among others:

› Decarbonisation (strategy and measures, associated risks and opportunities) › Climate protection › Sustainable aluminium value chain › Green energy supply › (New) legal framework conditions, for example with regard to energy and emissions, status of implementation at AMAG › Product-specific opportunities and challenges (including CO2-optimised aluminium) › Non-financial statement › Diversity, equal treatment and inclusion

The Management Board has broad expertise in ESG issues and covers the same areas of competence as those defined for the Supervisory Board. It is regularly informed about ESG topics by the internal departments and external experts (e.g. via AMAG's Scientific and Technological Advisory Board) in order to be able to react to future regulatory requirements in a well-founded and forward-looking manner. The members of the Management Board receive regular training on ESG topics, are in constant dialogue with stakeholders and take part in meetings of associations and ESG-relevant working groups. In 2024, the Management Board addressed all material impacts, risks and opportunities that form the basis of this non-financial statement.

Banco SabadellSpain

The material Impacts, Risks and Opportunities (hereinafter, IROs) have been identified using the double materiality analysis and are set out in detail in section 3.3 SBM-3: Material impacts, risks and opportunities and their interaction with strategy and business model. In this respect, the material IROs have been grouped into a total of six topics: Climate change mitigation and adaptation, Energy, Own workforce, Access to products and services and non-discrimination, Cybersecurity and data protection, and Business conduct. In this vein, the Management Committee is the highest level executive committee and is regularly informed of material impacts, risks and opportunities at top-level committee meetings.

The governance process for each of the above-mentioned topics is described below:

Climate change mitigation and adaptation

All matters related to climate change (mitigation and adaptation) are regularly reviewed by the Sustainability Committee. The Management Committee, for its part, engages in regular monitoring of the Sustainable Finance Plan and updates to the regulatory framework.

As for the Board Committees, in relation to that to which each topic refers:

Board Strategy and Sustainability Committee: Carries out regular monitoring of the Institution's progress in ESG matters through the review of the Corporate Sustainability Report

Board Risk Committee: One of the main responsibilities of the Board Risk Committee is that of putting forward the proposed Risk Appetite Statement (RAS) to the Board of Directors for its approval. The RAS has been strengthened through the inclusion of new environmental risk metrics linked to credit risk.

Delegated Credit Committee: Approves or reports favourably to the Board of Directors on decisions concerning credit risk acceptance, ensuring that companies take sustainability indicators into account through ESG guidelines compliance and IRCA ranking.

Board Audit and Control Committee: Has monitored and analysed the sufficiency, clarity and integrity of all financial and related non-financial disclosures published by the Bank.

Board of Directors: Responsible for approving the Institution's policies, for establishing principles, commitments and objectives in the area of sustainability, and for including them in the Institution's strategy.

Energy

Compliance with the commitments under the ESG framework, which include those related to the Institution's energy efficiency, is reported to the Sustainability Committee on an annual basis. The Sustainability Committee also validates proposals for improvements to the energy efficiency of the Institution's facilities, while the corresponding budget is approved by the Management Committee.

Own workforce

The top-level committee of the People division is the body in charge of supervising the strategy and direction of decisions that have an impact on staff. The monitoring and control of gender representation and the gender pay gap is a priority for the People division and is regularly reviewed by the unit's top-level committee. The People division conveys outcomes to various forums:

Board Committees (Board Remuneration Committee, Board Appointments and Corporate Governance Committee, Board Strategy and Sustainability Committee): report on remuneration models and action levers to reduce the gender pay gap.

Management Committee: validates annual targets for female representation embedded in the sustainability indicator.

Managerial Performance Evaluation Committee (MPEC) and Divisional Employee Appraisal Committee (DEAC): meet annually to decide on senior management staff changes and verify compliance with gender diversity targets.

Access to products and services and non-discrimination

Before marketing a new product or service, an internal workflow ("Product Workflow") is followed, with validation ultimately ratified by the Technical Product Committee.

Regarding Sogeviso, the Committee for Service Businesses monitors the social support programme and Jobs scheme once a fortnight, tracking management indicators such as labour market insertion rates and social housing rental contract renewals.

Cybersecurity and data protection

The Information Security function sends regular cybersecurity status reports to governing bodies, such as the Management Committee, the Board Strategy and Sustainability Committee and the Board of Directors. For Data Protection, annual plans and semi-annual monitoring reports are submitted to the Management Committee and Board Risk Committee.

Business conduct

The Corporate Ethics Committee (CEC), reporting to the Board of Directors, is ultimately responsible for adopting policies on corporate reputation and ethical behaviour. Its core mission is to promote the ethical behaviour of the entire organisation to ensure compliance with various codes and policies including the Code of Conduct, Internal Code of Conduct relating to securities markets, Corporate Crime Prevention Policy, General Policy on Conflicts of Interest, Anti-Corruption Policy and Policy on Internal Reporting System and Protection of Reporting Persons.

Banque Internationale à LuxembourgLuxembourg

Information Flow to Administrative, Management and Supervisory Bodies

The administrative, management, and supervisory bodies are regularly informed about sustainability matters through structured reporting mechanisms. Specifically, the ESG Strategic Steering Committee, the Executive Committee and the Board of Directors receive comprehensive updates on a regular basis. ESG matters are also addressed in specific management committees such as the Asset and Liability Management (ALM) Committee or the Credit Committee.

The ESG Strategic Steering Committee

To strengthen ESG governance, the ESG Strategic Steering Committee oversees the ESG Programme implementation, which covers all ESG projects at BIL. The ESG Strategic Steering Committee is composed of seven permanent members, all members of the Executive Committee (including four members of the Authorised Management), and the Group Head of Sustainability.

In 2024, the ESG Strategic Steering Committee convened seven times, with one meeting conducted via circular mail.

The Executive Committee

A regular update of the ESG Strategic Steering Committee is provided to the Executive Committee on a quarterly basis. The ESG Dashboard is presented to the administrative, management and supervisory bodies every six months.

The ESG Dashboard provides a comprehensive overview of BIL's climate change impact, emphasising its operational carbon footprint and financed emissions. It also highlights ESG risks and opportunities associated with the Bank's activities that are most vulnerable to environmental and climate-related challenges, including its real estate portfolio, corporate loan portfolio, banking investment portfolio, and customer investment portfolio.

Board of Directors' involvement in ESG matters

The ESG strategy is fully integrated into the Bank's Energise Create Together 2025 (ECT2025) corporate strategy and is therefore monitored by the Board of Directors. Indeed, the Board of Directors defines and oversees the implementation of the ESG strategy: targets and ambitions, risk appetite and risk approach, evolution of sustainable finance initiatives and the progressive integration of ESG considerations in policies and processes.

  • A quarterly update on the implementation of the ESG strategy is included in the ECT2025 dashboard and presented to the Board of Directors / Board Strategy Committee.
  • A more detailed report on the ESG Programme is presented to the Board of Directors on a quarterly basis. The ESG Dashboard is presented every 6 months.
  • The Risk Dashboard is presented quarterly to the Board.

In 2024, BIL's Transition Plan was reviewed and approved in a dedicated meeting with the ExCo and the Board of Directors.

Developing ESG expertise within Governance bodies

To strengthen the governance and to ensure the management bodies have the adequate competencies to address ESG matters, the Executive Committee and Board received regular training on ESG topics. In 2024, the training included:

  • A dedicated session on the amendments to the Capital Requirements Regulation (CRR) and the Capital Requirements Directive (CRD)
  • A session focused on regulatory expectations related to diversity and best practices in the market
  • A session that concentrated on green and transition financing, aligning with BIL's Transition Plan and climate targets

Consideration of Impacts, Risks and Opportunities

The administrative, management, and supervisory bodies at BIL actively consider impacts, risks, and opportunities related to sustainability when overseeing the Bank's strategy, major transactions, and risk management processes. The Board of Directors and the Executive Committee assess how sustainability initiatives fit within the Bank's overall strategy.

ESG risks are incorporated into the Bank's comprehensive risk management framework and are presented through both the ESG Dashboard and the Risk Dashboard. This enables the administrative, management, and supervisory bodies to review ESG-related risks during their regular assessments and to address potential challenges and seize opportunities effectively.

Material Impacts, Risks and Opportunities Addressed

During the reporting period, the administrative, management, and supervisory bodies focused on several short-term material impacts, risks, and opportunities related to sustainability:

  1. ESG Training: Implemented training programs to enhance understanding of ESG principles across the organisation
  2. Climate Risks and Financed Emissions: Evaluated the implications of climate risks and assessed the Bank's financed emissions
  3. Evolution of Investment Decision Processes and ESG Integration: Reviewed the ongoing evolution of investment decision-making processes
  4. Regulatory Compliance: Monitored evolving regulations related to sustainability
  5. Implementation of ESG MiFID Requirements: Monitored the progress of implementing ESG requirements under the MiFID framework
  6. EPC Collection Strategy: Discussed strategies for collecting Energy Performance Certificates
  7. CSRD Preparation: Prepared for compliance with the Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive
BASFGermany

As part of the implementation of the new strategy, the Catalysts division was restructured, effective January 1, 2025; as a result, the Surface Technologies segment will now comprise three standalone businesses going forward instead of two. Additionally, the chemical and refining catalysts business, formerly part of the Catalysts division, will be reported as part of the Performance Chemicals division in the Industrial Solutions segment from now on.

We see sustainability as a decisive factor for our long-term business success. Scope 1 and 2 CO2 emissions remain the most important sustainability-related key performance indicator at Group level.

BBVASpain

Information provided to and sustainability matters addressed by the undertaking's administrative, management and supervisory bodies

Activity of the Corporate Bodies in the area of Sustainability

The Board of Directors has incorporated Sustainability as one of the Bank's strategic priorities and has approved the General Sustainability Policy. The Board of Directors has adopted other specific management decisions in the area of Sustainability, such as:

  • The establishment of a strategic indicator for Sustainable Business Channeling, setting a target of 300 billion euros for the period 2018-2025
  • Objectives for the decarbonization of the portfolio aligned with the goal of achieving net zero emissions by 2050
  • The Investment in the Community of 550 million euros

Supervision and control processes

To supervise and control the execution of the decisions adopted by the Board of Directors in matters of Sustainability, the Corporate Bodies have reports received from both the Global Sustainability Area and the different areas of the Group, which incorporate Sustainability in the reporting of their businesses and activities.

These reports are submitted by the executive areas to the Corporate Bodies based on their competence, on a periodic or ad hoc basis.

In 2024, the Corporate Bodies have periodically received specific reports from the Global Sustainability Area, through which they have been able to monitor the different aspects of the strategy related to Sustainability and the objectives established in this area, as well as the main projects and lines of work of the Group in this area.

Likewise, the different business and global areas of the Group have reported to the Corporate Bodies on their activity, which includes Sustainability as one of its relevant pillars as it is a strategic priority of the organization, giving an account of the initiatives, projects and specific activities developed and the means available to them for the execution of this priority.

Most of the impacts, risks and opportunities derived from Sustainability that are of material importance to the Bank, listed in the "Double materiality analysis" chapter of this Report, have been reported to the Corporate Bodies throughout the year, either specifically or as part of broader reports from the different executive areas of the Bank on Sustainability matters.

Information model

BBVA's information model is characterized by providing the Corporate Bodies with information that is: complete, integral, adequate and consistent. The information model is made up of information from different sources that allows the directors to debate the issues submitted for their consideration within the corresponding Corporate Bodies and to carry out the functions assigned to them.

Directors have, prior to the meetings, the necessary information to be able to form an opinion on the issues that correspond to the Corporate Bodies, being able to request other information and advice that is required for the fulfillment of their functions, as well as request the Board of Directors for the assistance of external experts in those matters submitted to its consideration that, due to their special complexity or significance, so require.

BechtleGermany

The Executive Board regularly informed the Supervisory Board about all aspects significant to the company in a prompt and comprehensive manner. These included the group's business development, the tense macroeconomic situation and its effects on the realisation of business volume, revenue and results, the further development of the Executive Board and management organisation, possible acquisitions, the financing of acquisitions and current business, future investments, the status of the roll-out of Vision 2030, the Sustainability Strategy and the Diversity Strategy, location issues, opportunity and risk management, the risk situation and fundamental issues of corporate planning and management.

The Chairman of the Executive Board, in particular, maintained close contact with individual Supervisory Board members, and maintained a regular dialogue with the Chairman of the Supervisory Board, even outside the regular meetings. Additionally, the Executive Board informed the Supervisory Board as a whole about key operational indicators, the implementation of business plans and the employment situation of the group, segments and all major subsidiaries on a monthly basis. At quarterly meetings, we also intensively elaborated on the respective past quarter and the short and medium-term perspectives.

At its meetings, the Supervisory Board regularly looked into the business performance of the group as well as the assets and financial position and the implementation of the corporate strategy. Moreover, we continually dealt with the risk situation – especially also in connection with the global crisis hotspots and the related, tense macroeconomic situation – and actively participated in the further development of the control and risk management system of Bechtle AG.

Beiersdorf AGGermany

Our Group-wide Corporate Sustainability function is responsible for setting the strategic direction of our sustainability activities and regularly reports to the Executive Board on progress and the need for action. This Corporate Sustainability function reports monthly directly to the Chairman of the Executive Board of Beiersdorf AG, who is responsible for sustainability. The Chief Financial Officer receives quarterly reports on matters relating to compliance and reporting (e.g., the Lieferkettensorgfaltspflichtengesetz (German Supply Chain Due Diligence Act, LkSG), the "Corporate Sustainability Due Diligence Directive" (CSDDD), the CSRD, and the "European Deforestation Regulation" (EUDR)). Meetings are also held with members of the Executive Board, Executive Committee, Supervisory Board and the entire Executive Board, as needed. The Audit Committee receives reports of sustainability matters two to three times per year.

Two cross-functional steering committees oversee the management of material sustainability matters: the Sustainability Council for the Consumer Business Segment and the Global Executive Committee for tesa. The directors of all relevant business units headed by the members of the Executive Board are represented on the Sustainability Council. This committee convenes at least once every quarter. The Global Executive Committee at tesa is composed of the members of the Executive Board and other executives. The committee meets every two weeks; it also discusses sustainability-related topics in the course of its meetings. In addition, the Chief Sustainability Officer reports directly to the Chairman of the Executive Board of tesa.

The following sustainability matters were discussed at Executive Board and Supervisory Board meetings during the reporting year:

• Sustainability reporting

• Human rights risks

• Biodiversity

• Climate change adaptation

• Social protection

• Diversity

• Circular economy

The regular reports on sustainability matters to the Executive Board and the Supervisory Board are intended to ensure that they consider material impacts, risks, and opportunities in their oversight of the strategy, decisions on major transactions, and in risk management, and that trade-offs are dealt with if necessary.

The Executive Board is responsible for ensuring internal control and risk management that is commensurate with the business activities and risk situation. This includes sustainability-related targets relevant to the company. The Executive Board provides the Supervisory Board with regular, timely, and comprehensive reports (approx. three to five times a year and additionally in urgent cases) on all questions of relevance to the company, also regarding sustainability in particular, and explains discrepancies between the actual course of business and the planning and targets.

BMW GroupGermany

The Board of Management incorporates various sustainability matters into the decisions taken at its meetings and addresses the material impacts, risks and opportunities associated with the Company's course of business. It also monitors the key sustainability-related indicators and targets as well as department-specific sustainability activities and developments.

The Board of Management regularly discusses:

  • Reports related to the latest business developments
  • The current market environment, financial and non-financial risks
  • The Group risk strategy and the effectiveness of the risk management system
  • The development of the workforce, diversity, and ongoing qualification and retraining measures
  • Ongoing compliance activities and potential risks
  • The implementation status of corporate due diligence requirements relating to respect for human rights and associated environmental standards

Progress Reports: The Sustainability and Mobility function submits progress reports on the BMW Group's overarching sustainability targets to the Board of Management at least three times a year. The targets and measures with regard to reducing CO2e emissions in all scopes, the circular economy, environmental and social standards and social sustainability are presented, and the strategic and operational implementation status is discussed.

Materiality Assessment: The results of the materiality assessment, including the material impacts, risks and opportunities, are presented to the Board of Management by the Group Reporting function for discussion.

Supervisory Board Reporting: At each of its meetings, the Board of Management presents the material impacts, risks and opportunities related to the latest business developments in its report on the current business situation to the Supervisory Board.

Annual ESG Reporting: Every September, the Supervisory Board receives a report from the Chairman of the Board of Management and the Board of Management member responsible for Finance on the extent to which key ESG targets have been achieved. These include targets for:

  • Reducing carbon emissions
  • The proportion of all-electric vehicles to total deliveries
  • The fulfilment of sustainability requirements by suppliers
  • The proportion of women in management positions
  • The amount of spending on employee training and development
Cementir HoldingNetherlands

During 2024, 5 meetings of the Board of Directors were held, in which the Board of Directors, among other things:

  • examined and approved the preliminary consolidated results for the fourth quarter of 2023 and for the year ended 31 December 2023;
  • examined and approved the 2024 budget and the update of the 2024-2026 Business Plan. In this context, in particular, the Board examined and discussed the strategic vision underlying the 2024-2026 Business Plan proposed by the CEO and, in its integrated composition of Executive and Non-Executive Directors, shared and approved this strategy, participating in the definition of sustainable long-term value creation;
  • examined and approved the financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2023, preceded by the approval of the impairment test, and also approved the Cementir Group's Sustainability Report - Non-Financial Statement 2023 with the related materiality matrix, the Corporate Governance Report pursuant to the Code and the Remuneration Report;
  • examined and approved the quarterly financial results of the Cementir Group and the half-year financial report;
  • examined and approved the Internal Audit plan for the year 2025 and the Group's risk assessment, in which the risks associated with the strategy and activities of the Company and its subsidiaries were identified and analysed, in particular the strategic, financial, operational, compliance and sustainability risks, and specific and separate information was provided on the risks related to climate change and the energy transition, which were therefore a further opportunities for discussion and in-depth analysis of sustainability issues within the Board;
  • reviewed the performance and procedures of the Board itself and its Committees, assessing their size and composition, also in consideration of professional experience, management expertise, gender;
  • verified the diversity targets for 2023 and also defined the diversity and inclusion targets for the Board and senior management for 2024;
  • approved the policy for the regulation of lobbying activities and political contribution, the Audit Manual and the Internal Audit Charter, and updated the procedure for handling and disseminating inside information and the Internal Dealing Code.

In line with the suggestions arising from the Board's annual self-assessment, Board meetings were opened with a brief introductory presentation by the Chairman on the current geopolitical situation, strategic issues and/or potential risks facing the Company, as a useful tool to provide Directors with a better visibility and understanding of the Company's business.

Crayon Group HoldingNorway

Information provided to and sustainability matters addressed by the undertaking's administrative, management and supervisory bodies

All members of the Board regularly receive information about the Company's operational and financial development. The Company's strategies are regularly reviewed and evaluated by the Board.

In 2024, our environmental, social, and governance (ESG) program remained on a positive trajectory, adding value to the business by contributing to meeting employee, customer and investor expectations, strengthening our reputation in the ESG space, and managing regulatory and other risks.

Notably, in 2024 we developed a new global ESG strategy that was approved by our board of directors. In line with this strategy, our top three strategic priorities in 2025 will be greenhouse gas emissions and climate-related risk, diversity, equity, inclusion and belonging, and responsible AI.

To evolve and strengthen ESG governance, in 2024 we renamed our Audit Committee to the Audit and ESG Committee, and revised its mandate to reflect this broader scope. The Audit and ESG Committee held a total of 12 meetings between 1 January and 31 December 2024.

The Board conducts a full-day meeting with Management on an annual basis to evaluate the Group's business strategy. During the meeting, clear objectives, strategies, and risk profiles for the Group's business activities are defined in order to create value for shareholders. When carrying out this work, the Board has taken into account financial, social, and environmental considerations.

The Board evaluates these objectives, strategies, and risk profiles at least once a year. The business strategy provides Management with a basis for carrying out investments and other structural measures.

Danica PensionDenmark

Information provided to and sustainability matters addressed by the undertaking's administrative, management and supervisory bodies

Danica has prepared a Process for revision of and reporting on the sustainability strategy and a Process for reporting on carbon sector targets towards 2025 and temperature targets towards 2030 in Danica.

The process description for revision of and reporting on the sustainability strategy comprises an internal and an external track. The internal track covers reporting via a quarterly KPI dashboard, which is distributed to internal stakeholders in Danica. The external reporting includes reporting on the sustainability strategy, which is incorporated in Danica's annual report (CSRD) and interim report. It also includes an annual status report on selected areas of Danica's sustainability strategy in Danske Bank's annual report (CSRD). Both are distributed to external financial stakeholders, but a number of internal stakeholders are also involved.

The sustainability topics that Danica's Executive Board and Board of Directors considered in 2024 included: • Status of the sustainability strategy towards 2025 • Review of Danica's material sustainability risks • Introduction to and presentation of the CSRD project • Inspection of sustainable investments with the Danish FSA • Taxonomy reporting • Responsible Investment Policy, Active Ownership Policy and Sustainability Policy • Climate target status for investments

To support corporate governance, responsible investment decisions, including on climate and environmental risks, are anchored in Danske Bank Asset Management's Responsible Investment Committee, on which Danica is represented by two members, the Chief Investment Officer (CIO) and the Head of Sustainability. The Responsible Investment Committee's work is agreed with Danske Bank's Business Integrity Committee and supported by the work of Danske Bank's ESG Integration Council, which includes representatives of Danica's investment and sustainability team. Day-to-day ESG decisions are anchored in Danica's Investment Committee and Product Committee. Moreover, Danica has set up a knowledge-sharing forum in order to ensure a strong approach to compliance with statutory requirements and to facilitate the implementation of the sustainability strategy across the organisation.

DanoneFrance

Information Provided to Governance Bodies: Danone's administrative, management and supervisory bodies receive comprehensive information on sustainability matters through structured reporting mechanisms:

Risk Management Reporting: The most significant risks, including sustainability-related risks, are reviewed during specific meetings of Country Management Committees and presented to the Executive Committee annually. The Head of Company Strategy presents major risks and risk mitigation plans to the Executive Committee, Audit Committee, and Board of Directors.

Strategic Risk Monitoring: The Company Strategy Department coordinates risk identification and monitoring processes, providing regular updates on:

  • Strategic risks including packaging, consumer preferences, and climate change impacts
  • Environmental risks such as raw materials volatility and climate change
  • Operational risks including cybersecurity and food safety

Sustainability Performance Tracking: The governance bodies receive regular reporting on:

  • Danone Impact Journey progress and milestones
  • B Corp™ certification status (92.8% of sales covered in 2024)
  • Health Star Rating performance (87.7% of sales rated ≥ 3.5 stars)
  • Global Access To Nutrition Index ranking (1st place in 2024)

Climate-Related Disclosures: The Board receives updates on climate risks and opportunities assessment, updated at the beginning of 2025, covering both physical and transition risks aligned with TCFD framework.

Frequency and Format: Sustainability matters are addressed through:

  • Annual strategic planning cycle integration
  • Regular Risk Committee meetings throughout the year
  • Annual presentations to Executive Committee and Board of Directors
  • Ongoing monitoring through Country Business Unit reporting
DigiaFinland

The Board of Directors, its committees and the Management Team regularly discuss reviews of various aspects of sustainability, which are presented by the Group's experts and operational management. Through these reviews, Digia's senior executives learn about the most material impacts, risks and opportunities associated with the company's sustainability, as well as the company's progress towards its sustainability targets and its sustainability-related projects. The Board discussed sustainability at five of its meetings in 2024. At Audit Committee meetings, experts and senior executives present information for the committee to review: sustainability themes, target attainment, development plans, and development measures and their implementation. The outcomes of the Group's risk management (including sustainability risks) are presented to the Audit Committee twice a year, along with any reports of potential misconduct that have been made through the Whistleblowing channel.

During 2024, the following sustainability-related material risks, impacts and opportunities were reviewed at meetings of the Board of Directors and its Committees:

Impacts • Trends in Digia's CO2 emission targets and measures to achieve them. • Value chain emissions: the accuracy of Scope 3 data and a development plan. • The competencies and resources required to meet stakeholder requirements and carry out actions arising from sustainability regulation. • An overview of challenges facing the workplace community and any necessary development measures (mental health, equal treatment).

EniItaly

Information provided to and sustainability matters addressed by the Board

The Board of Directors has set up four internal committees, with preparatory, consultative and advisory functions: the Control and Risk Committee, the Remuneration Committee, the Nomination Committee and the Sustainability and Scenarios Committee, which report, through their respective Chairmen, at each meeting of the Board on the main issues examined.

Integrated Risk Management Process

The IRM function presents the relevant results to the CEO, to the Control and Risk Committee, as well as, where required, to the other control and supervisory bodies at least quarterly. The CEO submits the results of the analysis on Eni's main risks to the Board of Directors at least quarterly.

Governance attributes a central role to the Board of Directors (BoD) which defines, on the basis of the analyses proposed by the Chief Executive Officer (CEO) and with the support of the Control and Risk Committee (CCR), with reference to the four-year Strategic Plan, the nature and level of risk compatible with the company's strategic objectives, including in its assessments all the elements that may be relevant with a view to the sustainable success of the company.

Board Committees' Role

Control and Risk Committee: With reference to the composition of the Control and Risk Committee, Eni requires that at least two members shall have appropriate expertise and experience with accounting, financial or risk management issues, exceeding the Recommendation of the Governance Code which recommends only one such member. As of May 11, 2023, the Board of Directors assessed that 3 out of the 4 members of the Committee, including the Chairman, have the appropriate experience.

Sustainability and Scenarios Committee: The Board has established this committee to address sustainability matters and scenarios.

ESG and Sustainability Skills Development

The Directors' skills on ESG and sustainability, among others, have been further strengthened through a structured induction program launched at the beginning of the mandate and extensively developed in 2024.

ErametFrance

The work of the Committees and the Board in 2024

The Board relies on the work of four Committees to carry out its duties. During the 2024 financial year, the work more specifically involved:

Board of Directors

In 2024, the Board of Directors continued to pay particular attention to the implementation of the Group's strategic changes and the monitoring of its strategic growth projects (in particular the start of production of the Centenario lithium plant in Argentina).

CSR and Strategy Committee

10 members, including 3 independent members 4 meetings Chair: Miriam Maes

The Committee assists the Board in determining the Group's strategic lines of action in terms of CSR, in particular by monitoring of the CSR Roadmap and the achievement of its objectives. It reviews developments taking place in the Group's markets and the resulting strategic options. In 2024, together with the Audit, Risks and Ethics Committee, it monitored the preparation of the first report on the Group's sustainability information.

In 2024, the committee, with the support of the CSR and Strategy Committee, paid particular attention to monitoring the preparation of the first report on the Group's sustainability information.

Audit, Risks and Ethics Committee

6 members, including 4 independent members 4 meetings

In addition to monitoring the financial reporting process, the Committee also monitors the main risks and implements the appropriate risk management plans.

Appointments Committee

4 members, including 2 independent members 3 meetings Chair: Ghislain Lescuyer

The Appointments Committee leads the process of proposing new directors for appointment by the Board. The Committee conducts an annual review of the independence criteria for independent directors and of the succession planning for key Group management personnel.

Compensation and Governance Committee

6 members, including 3 independent members 3 meetings Chair: Ghislain Lescuyer

The Committee conducts an annual review of the collective criteria for variable remuneration of management executives and the executive corporate officer. It also proposes the terms and conditions of the performance share award plans for the Group's main management executives.

EVN AGAustria

Information for the Supervisory Board

Various organisational processes ensure that the ­E xecutive Board is informed of important feedback from stakeholders. The quarterly steering committee meetings, which cover all segments as well as sustainability and public affairs, and the project steering ­committees are used for this purpose. These committees include the Executive Board as well as management ­from the respective areas.

Due diligence audits based on ecological and social aspects are integrated in the early phase of construction projects. They cover internal decisions as well as project approval by the Executive Board or – for larger projects – approval by the Supervisory Board.

In addition to the continuous exchange with internal experts, our Executive Board and Supervisory Board can draw on several advisory boards in which external experts from various disciplines contribute their expertise and outside perspectives on the ESG aspects of our activities. The high relevance of ESG issues and the strengthening of sustainability expertise is reflected in the inclusion of a sustainability expert in the Audit Committee of the Supervisory Board.

As previously mentioned, both the Executive Board and the Supervisory Board receive regular information and, at the same time, training on sustainability issues. This information transfer and training also takes place as part of a regular series of events entitled "Supervisory Board Special" in which internal and external experts lecture on key topics.

The Supervisory Board plays an important role in ­sustainability reporting. Quarterly and annual reports are presented to the Audit Committee and the full Super­visory Board prior to publication and discussed by the Executive Board and Supervisory Board. The Remuneration Committee is responsible for monitoring the achievement of sustainability targets in connection with remuneration policy, remuneration practices and remuneration-related incentive structures. In addition, the Executive Board provides the Supervisory Board with up-to-date information on ESG issues at every meeting. The content is presented primarily by the Executive Board, if necessary with the support of internal experts. The Supervisory Board is also able to contact internal experts at any time for additional information apart from the scheduled meetings.

F SecureUnknown

The F-Secure Board has ESG on the agenda at minimum once a year, while during 2024 the F-Secure Audit Committee had ESG on the agenda in 4 out of 5 meetings. Updates on ESG topics to the Board, the F-Secure Leadership team, and the Audit Committee have been presented by the SVP of Corporate Development responsible for creating and implementing F-Secure ESG plans, policies and targets and report on their progress as well as implementation of due diligence, based on input from the ESG Council and its members.

The F-Secure ESG Council typically meets monthly including the CFO, CPO, Legal Counsel, SVP of Corporate Development, and the ESG function lead reporting to the SVP of Corporate Development. In addition, the ESG Council includes participants from other functions for further collaboration like sales and product management while the ESG Committee leads provide updates on progress, when topical. Moving to 2025, Committees will also participate in the bi-annual assessment of the DMA/IROs and will track the effectiveness of actions and metrics related to them.

Consideration of IROs when overseeing company strategy and risk management

Sustainability-related risks and adverse impacts are managed as part of F-Secure's risk management process. In short, the primary goal of F-Secure's risk management policy is to enable the organization to identify and manage risks more effectively. The risk management process monitors the potential negative impact and likelihood of various situations arising from the company's operations, its markets, its customers, or its partners.

F-Secure encourages continuous risk assessment by the company's personnel. The relevant operational risks identified through the risk management process are regularly reviewed by each function, including the twice-a-year review with the President and CEO, the Leadership Team, and the Audit Committee. Positive impacts and opportunities, on the other hand, are embedded into the strategy process and considered when reviewing F-Secure's operating plans and related objectives, developing plans and allocating resources to execute said plans.

Evaluating trade-offs related to IROs is an important part of the strategy process, as it involves making decisions about where to allocate resources and prioritize initiatives. This involves weighing the costs and benefits of different options and making choices that align with the organization's overall goals and stakeholder expectations. This ensures that trade-offs are considered relative to the company objectives, while weighing the potential risks and opportunities associated with different options.

Furthermore, during 2024, updates on the DMA including IROs have been presented to the ESG Council and Audit Committee. These impacts, risks and opportunities include topics listed below and are addressed by the administrative, management and supervisory bodies described earlier:

• Protecting consumers' digital moments • Attracting, developing, and retaining talent • Company working conditions and employee well-being • Critical strategic competencies and DEI (equal treatment and opportunities for all) • Privacy and security related to, e.g., how we use and protect consumer or partner data • Cyber security threats related to end-customers, partners, and our operations • Business-conduct topics including anti-bribery, anti-corruption and whistleblowing channels • Development and launching of a new company culture • Climate change mitigation risks, roadmap and strategy

FrequentisAustria

Information provided to and sustainability matters addressed by the undertaking's administrative, management and supervisory bodies

ESG organisation

In response to the broadly based environmental, social, and governance aspects and to improve their presentation to stakeholders, at the start of 2022 Frequentis pooled its expertise in these three areas in a Group-wide ESG organisation. As a representative of the Executive Board, CFO Peter Skerlan bears executive-level responsibility for ESG topics. This was defined by the Supervisory Board at its meeting on 30 March 2022 in the rules of procedure for the Executive Board of Frequentis AG.

The interdisciplinary ESG team is coordinated by an ESG Steering Group, which involves and works closely with the Executive Board. Alongside the CFO, the members of the ESG Steering Group are the staff responsible for environmental, social, governance, and compliance aspects and the ESG Group Coordinator. The ESG team maintains regular contact with Frequentis' stakeholders.

Specific projects are analysed, prioritised, and driven forward at a monthly jour fixe. Current sustainability measures are continuously examined and modified, and new sustainability projects are initiated as necessary. At the annual ESG management review led by the CFO, the past year's ESG activities and ESG indicators are discussed and actions to achieve targets and further improvements are defined.

The CFO and the members of the ESG Steering Group regularly attend specialist congresses and events to network with experts and enhance their knowledge. Reading relevant literature is also very important. The knowledge gained in this way is shared widely within Frequentis. This ensures that the company always has up-to-date knowledge of the fast-changing fields of sustainability and transparent ESG reporting.

The Executive Board and Supervisory Board, as the highest governance bodies, support all measures. The Supervisory Board regularly considers ESG topics and ESG is a recurrent item on the agenda for Supervisory Board meetings.

Fuchs PetrolubGermany

Information provided to and sustainability matters addressed by the undertaking's administrative, management and supervisory bodies

There was an update on opportunity and risk management, compliance, and the results and recommendations of the internal audit. The Supervisory Board was informed about the current status of the implementation of the CSRD at FUCHS. It also dealt with the procedure and the assessment of the effects, risks and opportunities in accordance with the CSRD. Additionally, an update was given on the company's sustainability strategy.

The Supervisory Board established the sustainability factor for the Executive Board's variable compensation for the financial year 2024. It also decided on the criteria for measuring the sustainability factor for 2025 and the target total compensation for 2025.

The committee focused on the annual financial statements and the audit of the annual financial statements of FUCHS SE and the consolidated financial statements together with the Combined Management report, the non-financial declaration, the Compensation Report, the requirements of the CSRD on sustainability reporting and compliance issues.

Gjensidige ForsikringNorway

Information provided to and sustainability matters addressed by the undertaking's administrative, management and supervisory bodies

Throughout 2024 the board has been presented quarterly sustainability reports with a focus on stats for goal attainment, effects and new measures. The board has broad sustainability experience, and has completed courses and certifications. We have prepared a double materiality assessment that has been discussed by the sub committees of the board throughout the year.

The Board has overall responsibility for ensuring that the Group is managed responsibly, including responsibility for strategy, finances, the environment, social conditions and compliance with laws and regulations. This includes ensuring that the work on risk management and internal control is organised, documented and reported on in an expedient manner.

Committee Responsibilities

THE AUDIT COMMITTEE: Reviews quarterly sustainability report, internal control over non-financial reporting, sets materiality threshold and reviews the double materiality analysis. The committee determines the process for processing the annual report, including the sustainability report, and pre-processes the report for decision by the board.

THE RISK COMMITTEE: Reviews proposals for sustainability targets, discusses identified influences, risks and opportunities, and ensures that risk appetite includes sustainability topics and risk exposure.

THE ORGANISATION AND REMUNERATION COMMITTEE: Prepares the scorecard for the CEO, where the operationalization of several sustainability topics occurs and is measured. The Committee shall provide advice on matters relating to remuneration, and annually discuss with the CEO principles and specific frameworks for determining the remuneration of other senior executives.

GN Store NordDenmark

Information Provided to Administrative, Management and Supervisory Bodies

Risk Reporting to the Board

The Board of Directors receives comprehensive information on sustainability matters through GN's risk management process:

  • Annual Risk Review: A comprehensive risk report, reviewed and prioritized by the Executive Leadership Team, is presented to the Board of Directors annually for approval
  • Top Risk Review: The Board conducts an annual Top Risk Review in December
  • ESG Risk Integration: Environmental, social, and governance risks are integrated into the overall risk assessment process

Executive Leadership Team Engagement

The Executive Leadership Team meets to collectively challenge, validate, and prioritize risks and risk handling activities, including sustainability-related risks. This information is then consolidated and presented to the Board.

Audit Committee Oversight

The Audit Committee reviews the Organization Risk Governance process, ensuring proper oversight of risk management including sustainability matters.

Sustainability Strategy Communication

The Board and management receive information on GN's sustainability strategy, which focuses on three key areas where GN has the most impact:

  1. Sustainable design – developing product designs that impact the experience of products, not the environment
  2. Decarbonization – reducing carbon footprint as fast as the science tells us
  3. Supply chain responsibility – safeguarding human rights across the full value chain
HiltiLiechtenstein

Hilti's Board of Directors is the supreme executive body within the Hilti Group and is responsible for superintendence, supervision and control of the management. It adopts the fundamental strategic direction for the Group, including sustainability as a key component. As such, it also oversees the establishment of targets for, and the management of, the Group's material IROs. At least annually, the Board of Directors reviews the effectiveness of the Group's actions in addressing these IROs and achieving the associated targets. The Head of Corporate Sustainability hosts these IRO review meetings with the Board of Directors.

The Executive Board reports to the Board of Directors. It is responsible for implementing the Group's strategy, including sustainability as a key element. As such, the Executive Board is involved in setting targets and managing the Group's material IROs. It has direct responsibility for the Group's climate change, human rights in the value chain, corporate culture and supplier sustainability efforts. The responsibility for other material IROs is delegated to senior management. The Head of Corporate Sustainability organizes and coordinates at least one IRO review meeting a year for the Executive Board and senior management. These meetings serve as the basis for preparing the review of the material IROs with the Board of Directors.

HUGO BOSSGermany

The Supervisory Board was regularly informed about sustainability matters through various channels:

  • The Audit Committee specifically addressed the requirements of the Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive (CSRD) for non-financial reporting
  • Current business performance, liquidity management, and risk assessment were regularly discussed at Supervisory Board meetings
  • The combined non-financial statement for 2024 and the independent auditor's limited assurance report were discussed by the full Supervisory Board on March 12, 2025
  • The Supervisory Board received comprehensive reports on the contents of committee meetings, including those covering sustainability-related topics
  • Regular detailed reports were provided on compliance matters and risk management, which encompass ESG risks
  • The Supervisory Board focused on the Company's strategic execution including sustainability elements of the 'CLAIM 5' strategy
KoneFinland

KONE's Global Compliance Committee, which comprises four Executive Board members, the Corporate Controller and VP, Global Compliance, assists the Executive Board in ensuring that KONE has an effective program to conduct business in an ethical and compliant manner. The Global Compliance Committee has expertise in topics critical to compliance, and provides advice to the Executive Board, management and audit committee in meetings and through reports. The Audit Committee monitors compliance matters which are reviewed by the Board of Directors at least annually.

The Executive Board reviews and evaluates the risk assessment results minimum twice a year and agrees on risk management priorities. The Executive Board and the President and CEO receive updates on material IROs or other relevant risk assessments bi-annually by the global risk management function. The Board of Directors are informed on the material risks and opportunities on an annual basis by the General Counsel.

The Board of Directors monitors and evaluates the effectiveness of KONE's risk management systems according to their role defined in KONE Risk Management Policy, in addition to the review of key risks and action plans. The Board's Audit Committee monitors the efficiency and functioning of the internal control environment, including internal controls over sustainability reporting. The Board's Audit Committee is informed on internal control findings on an annual basis.

KRONESGermany

As a result of regular reporting by Corporate Sustainability, all members of our Executive Board have knowledge of sustainability issues. The Executive Board is provided with quarterly updates on progress towards the sustainability targets. Sustainability priorities are an integral part of Executive Board decision-making. The Executive Board sets the targets and monitors sustainability performance. The Supervisory Board monitors implementation of the sustainable corporate strategy and compliance with regulatory requirements.

The Executive Board holds coordination meetings on sustainability topics at six-weekly intervals so as to bring the management of our sustainability targets into the top tier of company leadership. Progress in target achievement is monitored and assessed on a quarterly basis as part of reporting to the Executive Board. In this reporting, the twelve sustainability key performance indicators are tracked and strategic decision papers formulated regarding the company's sustainable development. The reporting includes detailed information on how the targets are monitored, an assessment of whether progress is in line with the targets as originally planned and an analysis of trends or significant changes in performance.

The Supervisory Board is also informed of the findings via the Executive Board's regular reporting. The management and supervisory bodies are briefed on stakeholder interests in reports and meetings to ensure that those interests inform strategic decisions.

Leroy Merlin EspañaSpain

The results of the materiality assessment and risk analysis are communicated and validated annually with the Positive Impact Executive Leader. The Positive Impact Executive Leader then communicates the publication of the sustainability information to the Executive Leader Team. Finally, the Board of Directors also approves the information included in the report annually.

In 2024, while topics related to impacts, risks, and opportunities have been addressed in the oversight of the company's strategy and decision-making, they have not been explicitly addressed as part of the dual materiality process. This is because this is the first time this methodology has been applied.

Material impacts, risks and opportunities addressed by governing bodies:

Board of Directors and/or Audit Committee:

  • Impacts: Contribution to the protection of working conditions and human rights in the value chain through audits and internal control; Protection of sustainability and ethical principles in the value chain through audits and internal control
  • Risks: Inadequate management of ethical alerts or complaints
  • Opportunities: A culture of ethical and responsible conduct in the company that strengthens its reputation among stakeholders

Steering Committee:

  • Addressed extensive list of material impacts, risks and opportunities across ESG topics including working conditions, customer experience, climate change, cybersecurity, and business conduct
LundbeckDenmark

Information provided to the Board on sustainability matters

The Board of Directors receives comprehensive information on sustainability matters through multiple channels:

Regular reporting mechanisms:

  • Quarterly business reviews include sustainability KPIs and performance updates
  • Annual sustainability strategy reviews and target-setting sessions
  • Deep-dive presentations on material sustainability topics including climate, patient access, and business ethics
  • Reports on regulatory developments including CSRD implementation

Sustainability information provided includes:

  • Progress on Science Based Targets initiative (SBTi) climate commitments
  • Patient access metrics and programs in low- and middle-income countries
  • Workplace safety incidents and health & safety performance
  • Business ethics compliance including Code of Conduct training completion rates
  • Supply chain sustainability assessments and due diligence results
  • Regulatory compliance status and any material violations

Board oversight of material topics:

  • Climate change: Board reviews annual GHG emissions data, progress on reduction targets, and climate transition plan implementation
  • Patient access: Oversight of global access programs, pricing strategies, and health equity initiatives
  • Research ethics: Review of clinical trial diversity, patient safety protocols, and ethical research practices
  • Business conduct: Monitoring of anti-corruption measures, political activities, and supplier relationships

External assurance: The Board receives reports on limited assurance provided by external auditors on selected sustainability data points to ensure data quality and reliability.

NesteFinland

Sustainability matters are integrated into Board oversight and decision-making processes. The Board receives regular updates on sustainability performance and climate-related matters. In 2024, sustainability was a key focus area with the company's carbon handprint and footprint targets being integrated into strategic planning. Information on sustainability matters addressed by the Board can be found in the governance sections.

NNITDenmark

Information provided to and sustainability matters addressed by the undertaking's administrative, management and supervisory bodies

ESG and sustainability priorities are embedded in the Board of Directors' decision-making processes. The Board receives annual updates on our sustainability progress and a comprehensive report on the year's achievements, and the board is responsible for utilizing the result of the double materiality assessment to guide the process of setting targets in relation to material impacts, risks and opportunities where relevant.

Sustainability Committee

There is a sustainability Committee headed by Senior VP, Commercial excellence & sustainability and includes our Group CFO. The Committee comprises of sustainability ambassadors appointed from each region where NNIT has office and also includes stakeholders from facility management, HR, Finance, Legal. The Committee meets once every quarter to discuss the ESG strategy, impacts, risks and opportunities, targets and action plans for each of the parameters of E, S and G. The Group CFO who is a member of the Sustainability Committee reports to the Audit Committee for matters related to sustainability. The Sustainability Committee provides quarterly updates to the Group CFO ensuring regular monitoring and oversight.

Audit Committee

The Audit Committee oversees the Enterprise Risk Management (ERM) process and the handling of the overall sustainability related activities on behalf of the board. The Audit Committee (AC) consist of at least two members, elected among the members of the Board of Directors. The AC is responsible for the on-going dialogue with the external auditor and facilitates exchange of information between the Board of Directors and NNIT's external auditor. In addition, the Audit Committee is also responsible for oversight of impacts, risks and opportunities for sustainability reporting as per CSRD and make suggestions to the Board. The Audit Committee reports to the Board which serves as managing, supervisory and administrative body for reporting outcomes.

Novabase SGPSPortugal

In 2024, Novabase Group continued to prioritize Sustainability and include it in its strategy.

The company maintained its Sustainability Committee, which is supervised by a Director, and it is considered highly relevant when it comes to decision-making.

The Board of Directors is informed at least quarterly with respect to the development and implementation of policies, actions and meeting sustainability targets.

NovartisSwitzerland

Board members receive regular briefings and trainings on ethics, risks and compliance, ESG and other relevant topics. In 2024, topics covered included the US healthcare ecosystem, our updated Code of Ethics, and data ethics and information management.

The Board of Directors is subject to an annual self-assessment; every third year, this assessment is carried out by an external consultant.

Board highlights for 2024

During 2024, the Board of Directors discussed strategic, operational and financial issues:

• Oversaw the company's strategy to deliver high-value medicines that alleviate society's greatest disease burdens through technology leadership in R&D and novel access approaches

• Reviewed the development of the talent pipeline in the context of strengthening the Company's foundations

• Discussed longer-term Board succession planning and required profiles, including the nomination of a new Board Chair and a new Board member for election at the 2025 AGM

• Reviewed strategic considerations around mergers and acquisitions (including the acquisition of Mariana Oncology and MorphoSys), and the Company's larger strategic moves to drive sustainable growth

• Discussed updates from the US, International and Operations units

• Reviewed the Research Development Commercial Continuum Execution and the focuses and priorities of the different therapeutic areas

• Discussed the Company's ESG strategy, plans and developments, including updates on nonfinancial disclosure regulations and the nonfinancial reporting governance of the Company

• Discussed and reviewed the annual Board self-evaluation including the 2023 in-depth exercise performed by the external firm Egon Zehnder

• Discussed and assessed the geopolitical situation, with a special focus on the impact of the US election

• Received an update on the Southern Europe, Russia & Central Europe Cluster Business and the Company's strategic ambitions and technology platforms in Slovenia

OMVAustria

A comprehensive report by the Executive Board on business development and current topics, as well as reports from the committees, were a fixed component of every regular Supervisory Board meeting.

Feedback from investors plays an important role in the work of the Supervisory Board. As in previous years, the exchange between investors and the Supervisory Board was strengthened again in February 2024 at the Corporate Governance Roadshow. During numerous virtual and in-person meetings in Vienna and Frankfurt, I was able to answer questions from investors and proxy advisors on governance topics.

In 2024, bespoke training courses were held again for the Supervisory Board, with a particular focus on sustainability reporting requirements and information security.

ØrstedDenmark

The Board of Directors oversees our risk management in general and have delegated the oversight of our enterprise risk management risks to the Board's Audit & Risk Committee. The Board of Directors has established an Asset Project Committee, which has regular updates on project execution and monitoring of risks as its key focus.

PandoraDenmark

The Board held nine meetings in 2024. Its primary focus was to navigate Pandora carefully through uncertain macro-economic circumstances, including the implications from increased commodity prices and complex socio-political environments. Additionally, the Board ensured Pandora remains aligned with the next phase of the Phoenix strategy, announced during Pandora's Capital Markets Day in October 2023, which focuses on transforming the company into a full jewellery brand. Furthermore, the Board has overseen the integration of sustainability into relevant processes in Pandora, ensuring alignment with our strategic priorities and the sustainability targets.

Sustainability integration and governance Sustainability is deeply integrated in our strategic direction and how we conduct business. It is governed at the highest level by the Board, which approves Pandora's climate transition plan. Responsibility for the execution of the strategic sustainability priorities is delegated to Pandora's Sustainability Board. The Sustainability Board is responsible for the strategic priorities and integrating sustainability into business decisions and processes within their respective functions. Reporting to the ELT, and in some matters directly to the Board, the Sustainability Board is chaired by Pandora's Chief HR Officer and consists of nine senior leaders, including ELT members.

Two subject-specific committees (the Responsible Sourcing Committee and the Responsible Marketing Committee) and two task forces (Low Carbon & Nature Task Force and Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive (CSRD) Task Force) oversee key sustainability areas on responsible sourcing, responsible marketing, our work on environmental impacts, CSRD implementation and compliance within the company. They convene regularly and report to the Sustainability Board. In 2024, we updated our double materiality assessment, as part of the requirements of the CSRD. The double materiality results were approved by Pandora's Sustainability Board, with the Board providing oversight to ensure alignment with strategic goals.

QT GroupFinland

In 2024, the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors discussed the progress of identifying and assessing sustainability impacts, risks, and opportunities in each of its four meetings. This included reviewing all impacts, risks, and opportunities as a whole. As the setting of targets, metrics and measures related to the impacts, risks and opportunities is still in progress, oversight processes have also not been specified and they are not regular items on the agenda of the Management Team or the Board of Directors. The integration of sustainability-related impacts, risks and opportunities into Qt's risk management process has begun, but in the reporting period 2024, the administrative, management and supervisory bodies have not separately taken into account identified sustainability matters as part of strategic decisions. Qt has not yet systematically built a due diligence process, and its implementation has not been included in the agenda of the administrative, management and supervisory bodies.

The Audit Committee has also discussed matters related to the company's own workforce (S1), business conduct (G1), and data protection on its agenda.

RandstadNetherlands

The company has established structures to address sustainability matters through its governance bodies. Randstad's sustainability framework helps structure the sustainability strategy and reflects the commitment to addressing societal needs by focusing on three key pillars: promoting a fair labor market, fostering equity at work, and supporting the green transition.

Through daily interaction with clients and talent, and continuous dialogue with governments, employers and labor organizations, the company's ambition is to contribute to global societal needs positively. The commitment to social responsibility sets a standard for others to follow.

Randstad is strongly committed to equity, supported by a global Equity Committee, which acts as an internal executive advisory board. The Equity Committee and Executive Leadership Team are responsible for driving and promoting inclusive leadership behaviors at Randstad.

RepsolSpain

The Board of Directors has established specialized committees to address sustainability matters:

Sustainability Committee: One of the five specialized committees of the Board, dedicated to sustainability oversight and governance.

The governance structure adequately differentiates governance and management functions from oversight, control, and strategic definition functions, ensuring proper information flow on sustainability matters to the Board.

The Board's composition includes a Lead Independent Director (Mariano Marzo Carpio) and maintains a high proportion of independent directors (73.3%) to ensure effective oversight of sustainability matters.

RheinmetallGermany

Information provided to the Supervisory Board

During the reporting period, the plenary of the Supervisory Board intensively dealt with the political and economic environment of the company in five regular and five extraordinary Supervisory Board meetings. In addition to the development of the Rheinmetall Group as a whole, the focus of our attention was in particular the development in the divisions and ongoing projects in the Group.

The Supervisory Board received differentiated reports of the Executive Board and other executive officers of the company, which were made in written and oral form. We received the documents for the preparation of our meetings in a timely manner and thus always had sufficient space to critically acknowledge the reports, presentations and proposed resolutions in the plenary and in the committees.

Using this detailed information, we intensively discussed the company's operational, economic and organizational development and its strategic development. At the Supervisory Board and Committee meetings, the Executive Board explained all relevant matters and fully answered our questions.

Committee Activities

The Strategy, Technology and ESG Committee met in March and August during the reporting year. The Committee specifically addressed ESG issues, including, but not limited to, the Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive (CSRD), the reporting obligations associated therewith, conducting a double materiality analysis to determine the relevant factors and aligning the ESG strategy with the company strategy.

The Audit Committee met in March, May, August, November and December. The Committee was informed about the status of the preparations for the holding of the Annual General Meeting and the dividend proposal. The audit focus of 2024 was explained, including the new requirements by the implementation law on CSRD.

During the year, the members of the Audit Committee were also informed in the meetings by executives of the company on the corporate function Legal, Corporate Sustainability Responsibility (CSR), Compliance and Tax Compliance, Risk Management and Internal Audit in the Rheinmetall Group.

Meeting attendance

Session typePresenceVideo/telephone conferenceHybrid eventCirculation resolutionTotal
Plenary assembly631-10
Strategy, Technology and ESG Committee2---2
Audit Committee5---5
Personnel and Remuneration Committee-43-7
Nomination Committee11--2
Mediation Committee-----

At 97%, the participation rate of the members of the Supervisory Board in the consultations in the plenary and in the committees was again at a high level.

RocheSwitzerland

Information provided to governance bodies

The Corporate Sustainability Steering Committee is responsible for assessing social, environmental, economic and governance trends that could impact our business. This is achieved through our business environment risk and opportunity assessment process.

We identify long-term business environment trends and the associated risks and opportunities on an annual basis, and integrate these into our Group risk management process. Each year, emerging trends (and their associated risks and opportunities) are identified from internal and external sources and are reviewed by selected internal stakeholder groups. Our Corporate Sustainability Steering Committee then evaluates and selects the ten trends most relevant to Roche.

Roche's top ten business environment trends in 2024:

  1. Accelerated technological transformation
  2. Increase in infectious diseases and chronic and mental illnesses
  3. Progressing cyberdependency and vulnerability
  4. Lasting economic instability
  5. Political complexity and geoeconomic confrontations
  6. Societal crises
  7. Growing need for climate change adaptation
  8. Accelerated spread of mis- and disinformation
  9. Healthcare evolution challenged by its affordability
  10. Future of work

The Board of Directors annually reviews a consolidated Group Risk Report covering all material risks and opportunities, which is discussed with the Corporate Executive Committee.

SalzgitterGermany

The Supervisory Board regularly assesses how effectively it performs its tasks overall and the effectiveness of its committees. In the financial year 2024, this self-assessment took place with the aid of an external consultant by way of a survey directed at members of the Executive Board and the Supervisory Board.

The Executive Board regularly reports on general developments of significance and progress in the area of sustainability, since May 2024 at each regular meeting of the Supervisory Board. Regarding these sustainability issues, the SALCOS® program that is geared to the company's virtually climate-neutral steel production forms the centerpiece of this work.

The compliance management system and investigated compliance activities are regularly debated at the Supervisory Board plenum's autumn meeting, prepared beforehand by the Audit Committee's in-depth deliberations on this topic.

SanofiUnknown

Engagement of the Board with Committees and working groups on (i) material IROs; (ii) implementation of due diligence; and (iii) results and effectiveness of policies, actions, metrics and targets

The Board of Directors validates the Company's overall strategy, scrutinizes its implementation and regularly monitors delivery. As part of this role, it is informed of all material CSR impacts, risks and opportunities and directly engages with the committees in charge of implementing the relevant policies and action plans, monitoring their effectiveness, as well as Sanofi's progress towards meeting its targets.

Regarding environmental IROs, the Board is kept up to date on the progress on Sanofi's Planet Care program and reviews the climate transition plan at least once a year. This oversight role is supported by the Appointments, Governance and CSR Committee within the Board of Directors, which meets every quarter with the Global Head of CSR.

The Planet Care Impact Steering Committee oversees Sanofi's transition efforts. It presents to the Executive Committee the Company's strategic priorities and commitments related to environmental risks, impacts and opportunities. The Executive Committee approves and ratifies these proposals for implementation.

For climate-related IROs, the Climate-related Risk & Opportunities Committee (CROC) oversees Sanofi's adaptation efforts, which are quarterly monitored at Executive Committee level via the Head of Corporate Affairs (member of the Sanofi Executive Committee). The Global Head of CSR informs the Board and its committees of the implementation of policies and action plans, and of progress towards meeting their targets for managing material IROs.

Regarding social and societal IROs, the Chief People Officer, a member of the Executive Committee, meets the Board regularly to discuss the People & Culture agenda, particularly when co-creation, review and decisions are needed to move forward.

The Ethics & Business Integrity function forms the cornerstone of Sanofi's efforts to promote and instill ethics and integrity in all of its activities. It works closely with other departments such as Internal Control and Processes, Internal Audit and Risk Management, Global Quality, Procurement, People & Culture, HSE, and CSR. The Head of Ethics & Business Integrity has a double reporting line — to the General Counsel and to the CEO — and meets periodically with the Audit Committee and/or the Board and external auditors.

How the Board and its committees take into account IROs when overseeing the strategy, major transactions and the risk management process

The Board and its committees reviewed several material IROs during the period. The Board and the Executive Committee engage regularly with the Global Heads of CSR, HSE, Ethics & Business Integrity and with the Chief People Officer. The Executive Committee also gives consideration to the reports and proposals from the Planet Care Committee and the CROC. Below is a list of material IROs addressed between January 1, 2024 and December 31, 2024:

Material IRO addressedType of actionBodyDate of meeting
Climate change adaptation, climate change mitigation, GHG emissions, energyRaising awareness on climate change, improving knowledge of transition and adaptation issuesExecutive CommitteeDecember 2023
Climate change adaptation, climate change mitigation, GHG emissions, energyUpdate of Sanofi's climate strategyBoard of DirectorsDecember 2023
All IROs – Double Materiality AssessmentPresentation of CSRD & Sustainability Auditor AppointmentAudit CommitteeFebruary 2024
IROs related to environmentUpdate of Planet Care programAGC Committee of the BoardJune 2024
IROs related to environmentUpdate of Planet Care program in context of annual strategy planning processExecutive CommitteeJune 2024
All IROs – Double Materiality AssessmentPresentation of CSRD and Sanofi's IROsExecutive Compliance CommitteeJune 2024
All IROs – Double Materiality AssessmentPresentation of CSRD implementation progress and final IROsAudit CommitteeJuly 2024
Environmental and social IROsPresentation of CSR strategy developmentsExecutive CommitteeSeptember 2024
All IROs - AuditPresentation of CSRD audit planAudit CommitteeOctober 2024
All IROsPresentation of risk matrixAudit Committee & Board of DirectorsMarch 2024; October 2024
Environmental and social IROsPresentation of CSR strategy developmentsBoard of DirectorsDecember 2024

Sanofi conducted its double materiality assessment at group-level in accordance with the CSRD and related methodology established by EC, EFRAG and other guidance - refer to the CSRD Disclaimer and Explanatory Note.

SAPGermany

Information provided to and sustainability matters addressed by the undertaking's administrative, management and supervisory bodies

The Supervisory Board received regular, full, and timely reports from the Executive Board, both from members in person and in written documents. The Supervisory Board and its various committees were also in regular exchange with senior internal officers. This ensured that they were always up to date, also between meetings, on the Company's strategy, planning, business performance, risks, risk management, compliance, and on transactions of special significance for SAP.

In its reports, the Executive Board advised the Supervisory Board about any deviations in business performance from the budgets or targets set, and explained the reasons for them. The Supervisory Board questioned and probed the Executive Board on its reports to satisfy themselves that they were plausible.

The Supervisory Board chairperson and the CEO were in regular contact, such that the Supervisory Board chairperson was always informed without delay about all material events. Moreover, the chairperson of the Supervisory Board and the CEO regularly discussed SAP's strategy, business performance, risk position, risk management, and compliance.

Sustainability Matters

Throughout the year, sustainability topics were discussed at the meetings of the full Supervisory Board and at those of the various committees. The Audit and Compliance Committee looked closely at the new European Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive (CSRD), which obliges companies to meet new, more detailed, sustainability reporting standards.

The Committee and the Supervisory Board were informed about the process used to identify, assess, and manage the impacts, risks, and opportunities (IROs) related to sustainability. At the meeting on April 11, 2024, the Chief Sustainability Officer advised about new statutory reporting requirements, the stipulations of the German Supply Chain Due Diligence Act, the action SAP is taking to ensure responsible AI practices, and its plans to reduce its emissions.

The Supervisory Board was given the opportunity to build on its sustainability expertise by attending a training course the Company held in October 2024 on sustainability at SAP. SAP's sustainability solutions are crucial to its business, and because the topic of sustainability is relevant in many key aspects of SAP's operations, these aspects are also central to SAP's strategy.

Siili SolutionsFinland

Information provided to and sustainability matters addressed by the undertaking's administrative, management and supervisory bodies

In addition to the sustainability report, the Board of Directors receives all material sustainability‑related information, such as the results of the double materiality analysis and carbon footprint calculation. The Board of Directors monitors progress towards the sustainable development goals in its meetings, and adopts a sustainability report at least on an annual basis.

After their meetings, the Audit Committee and the HR Committee report to the Board of Directors on sustainability topics discussed by them. The Audit Committee monitors the outcomes of internal control and audits sustainability reporting practices as part of its audit duty. The HR Committee reviews the compatibility of the HR strategy and business strategy, the results of the job satisfaction survey, the performance of occupational safety and health enforcement, the diversity situation, as well as related plans and policies.

The CEO reports to the Board of Directors on sustainability-related material impacts, risks and opportunities, as well as progress towards sustainability targets. The Company's Management Team prepares matters related to sustainability before the CEO presents them to the Board of Directors and supervises, for its part, the implementation of sustainability actions as well as impacts, risks and opportunities related to sustainability at least on an annual basis in the meetings of the Management Team.

SOLVAYBelgium

Through the varied experiences and profiles of Board members they enrich the quality of our governance in a spirit of impeccable professionalism, trust and warm personal commitment. In the past year we have thus had intense and fruitful exchanges with the leadership team on the transformation of Solvay, developing the new company strategy and formulating the new sustainability roadmap of Solvay.

SSABSweden

Information provided to and sustainability matters addressed by the undertaking's administrative, management and supervisory bodies

Information provided to the Board on sustainability matters

(GOV-2 § 26 a) At Group Executive Committee meetings the development of SSAB's sustainability work is regularly reported to the CEO by the members of the Group Executive Committee in accordance with their respective areas of responsibility (for more information, see section The Group Executive Committee's responsibility for sustainability work), which is consolidated and reported to the Board of Directors. The board is informed, if deemed necessary, in the event of changes to group directives and instructions due to, for example, regulatory changes or based on internal evaluations.

The Board of Directors is updated at least quarterly about the development of SSAB's sustainability work in the company's material areas. The Board is updated through information in internal reports or other documents and presentations that are provided ahead of and presented at Board meetings. For the areas that have set targets, the Board is presented with the current outcome in relation to the set targets. Information about the Group's safety work and SSAB's transformation to fossil-free steel production is given at each ordinary meeting.

Each Board meeting conducts a review of the Group's safety statistics, sustainability objectives – including significant impacts, risks and opportunities related to sustainability matters, the current state of the business, the Group's results, financial position and the business (for more information on the Board's and the Group Executive Committee's responsibility in sustainability work, see section The Board's responsibility for sustainability work and The Group Executive Committee's responsibility for sustainability work). Other issues addressed include competition and the market situation.

Sustainability matters specifically addressed by the Board in 2024

(GOV-2 § 26 b & c) During the year, the Board of Directors specifically dealt with the following sustainability issues: • Transformation of operations to fossil-free steelmaking. • Safety work in the Group.

The Board of Directors has spent considerable time on topics related to the transformation to fossil-free steel production and has during the year visited SSAB's sites in Luleå, Sweden and Raahe, Finland. The company's material impacts, risks and opportunities related to sustainability are communicated to the Board in connection with the annual strategy and risk review and are a central part of the basis that the Board has taken into account in strategic decisions and considerations during the financial year, such as the Board of Directors' decision to proceed with the next step in SSAB's transition by building a state-of-the-art steel mill in Luleå for the production of premium steel with low CO2 emissions.

Stora EnsoFinland

Information Provided to Board: The Board of Directors receives comprehensive information to support decision-making on sustainability matters. This includes:

Sustainability Committee Structure: The Board has established a Sustainability and Ethics Committee as one of its three committees, alongside the Financial and Audit Committee and People and Culture Committee.

Comprehensive Reporting: The Board receives detailed information through:

  • Annual sustainability statement prepared in accordance with European Sustainability Reporting Standards (ESRS)
  • Regular progress reports on sustainability targets and performance
  • Updates on climate change mitigation and adaptation efforts
  • Biodiversity and forest management reporting
  • Health and safety performance metrics
  • Diversity, equity and inclusion progress updates

Strategic Integration: Sustainability matters are integrated into the Board's oversight of:

  • Strategic decision-making and business model development
  • Risk management and internal controls
  • Capital allocation decisions
  • Performance monitoring and target setting

2024 Sustainability Oversight: In 2024, the Board was informed about significant sustainability progress including:

  • 53% reduction in Scope 1 and 2 CO2 emissions from 2019 baseline (exceeding the 50% target by 2030)
  • 39% reduction in Scope 3 emissions from 2019 baseline
  • 94% of products technically recyclable
  • 99% forest certification coverage
  • Partnership with IUCN on positive biodiversity impacts
TAG ImmobilienGermany

In the 2024 financial year, the Supervisory Board performed the duties incumbent upon it by law, the Articles of Association, the German Corporate Governance Code (GCGC) and its rules of procedure with due care. It regularly advised the Management Board on the management of the Company and monitored its activities. It was also directly involved in all decisions of fundamental importance to the Company at an early stage. The Management Board reported regularly, promptly and comprehensively on all relevant issues of corporate planning and strategic development. The Management Board's reporting covered the economic and earnings position of TAG and its Group companies, the course of business, the internal control system, the risk situation, risk management, compliance and sustainability issues. Reporting was done in writing and orally. The Management Board was also in regular contact with the Chairman of the Supervisory Board to discuss important business transactions and to exchange information on the general course of business.

TeamViewerGermany

Information provided to and sustainability matters addressed by the undertaking's administrative, management and supervisory bodies

Information Flow to Supervisory Bodies

The Management Board regularly, promptly, and comprehensively updated the Supervisory Board on strategy development and implementation, planning and business performance, risk position and risk management, as well as compliance, personnel planning, sustainability strategy, communication with investors, and current events.

Sustainability Matters Addressed

Audit Committee as Sustainability Committee

The Audit Committee also serves as the Sustainability Committee and deals with environmental, social and governance (ESG) topics. During the reporting period, the Audit Committee addressed:

  • CSRD Implementation: The Committee received regular updates on the status of Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive (CSRD) implementation throughout 2024
  • ESG Performance Monitoring: The Supervisory Board monitored TeamViewer's sustainability performance and key ESG milestones
  • ESG Ratings: The Company maintained its AAA rating in the MSCI ESG Rating 2024 and improved its ISS ESG Rating

Key ESG Achievements Reported

The following sustainability matters were reported to the administrative and supervisory bodies:

Environmental Initiatives:

  • Partnership with Neustark for permanent CO₂ storage, aiming to remove 1,200 tons of CO₂ from the atmosphere over six years
  • Commitment to net zero emissions strengthened through carbon removal initiatives

Social Initiatives:

  • First-ever cyber robotics competition hosted between April and July, giving 750 students from the U.S. and Germany the opportunity to learn programming fundamentals
  • Participation in Europe-wide "Code Week" initiative in October, welcoming students to explore coding and digitalization through interactive workshops
  • Diverse workforce management with employees from various national backgrounds

Governance Initiatives:

  • Data protection certification from TÜV Informationstechnik GmbH received in October
  • Cybersecurity incident management and transparent communication approach
  • Strong ESG ratings maintained across multiple agencies (MSCI, ISS, Sustainalytics, CDP, EcoVadis)

ESG Index Inclusion

As a result of strong ESG performance and ratings, TeamViewer was included in the prestigious STOXX DAX ESG 50+ Index.

Monitoring and Advisory Role

The Supervisory Board's monitoring and advisory responsibilities included a particular focus on sustainability matters throughout the reporting period, ensuring ESG considerations were integrated into strategic decision-making processes.

TietoevryFinland

Audit and Risk Committee

The committee convenes regularly at least four times a year and meets the company's auditors, also without the company's management present. The Chairperson of the committee reports to the Board. The main tasks of the committee are to:

• review and supervise internal control – particularly the financial reporting process – and risk management • discuss and review the interim and annual reports, sustainability statements and the consolidated financial statements, including non-financial information • assess compliance with legislation, official regulations and the company's Code of Conduct • evaluate the sufficiency of internal control and the internal audit • examine, assess and approve the internal audit plan • assess the appropriate coverage of risk management and monitor the efficiency of risk management • review significant risks and unusual business events

2024

• The committee convened seven times in 2024 and attendance was 100%. • In addition to its regular agenda, the committee followed up progress of operational KPIs in the end-to-end businesses as well as development in cybersecurity and privacy matters. Additionally, the committee monitored the implementation of sustainability reporting as a new matter.

Sustainability Oversight

Sustainability is a core part of Tietoevry's operations, guided by the Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive (CSRD) and European Sustainability Reporting Standards (ESRS). This integration is fostering collaboration across functions, helping us to identify gaps and drive continuous improvements.

Tietoevry's Board of Directors and the Audit and Risk Committee actively oversee our sustainability strategy. These governing bodies scrutinize, challenge and contribute to our initiatives, fostering both ambition and accountability.

TKHNetherlands

Information provided to and sustainability matters addressed by the undertaking's administrative, management and supervisory bodies

Sustainability continued to be a high priority in our activities. We made good progress against ESG goals, in particular increasing investments to reduce our carbon footprint in relation to scopes 1 and 2. We also further increased the proportion of women in our executive and senior management teams, to 21.6% in 2024. Together with our customers, we create innovative and client-centric technology systems, to provide answers to sustainability challenges. In doing so, we add value to make the world better by creating more efficient and more sustainable systems and contributing to the United Nations' Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs). The percentage of turnover related to the SDGs increased to 71.6%.

Under the CSRD (Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive of the European Union), companies in scope will be required to report on sustainability issues in their management report for the 2024 financial year and to obtain an assurance conclusion on this report. However, the implementation of CSRD in Dutch law has been delayed. Although there is not yet a formal statutory requirement to report in accordance with the CSRD due to the delayed implementation, TKH prepared its sustainability statements 2024 based on the CSRD on a voluntary basis. At the same time, we obtained a voluntary assurance on the sustainability statements. This confirms our focus on sustainability and further integration of sustainability in our own operations, and value chains.

Supervisory Board oversight

The Supervisory Board regularly receives reports on sustainability matters including ESG progress, climate change initiatives, diversity metrics, and contribution to UN Sustainable Development Goals. During 2024, sustainability was discussed at multiple Supervisory Board meetings, with particular attention to the preparation of CSRD-compliant reporting and the achievement of ESG targets.

TrygDenmark

The Executive Board reports to the Supervisory Board on strategies and action plans, market developments and Group performance, capital requirements and risks, etc. The Supervisory Board holds an annual strategy seminar to decide on and/or adjust the Group's strategy to sustain value creation in the company.

The Supervisory Board is regularly informed about the dialogue with investors and other stakeholders. Each year, the Supervisory Board reviews sustainability matters and ensures they are integrated into the company's strategic direction.

Sustainability and ESG are defined as key enablers to support Tryg's 2027 strategy. Under the themes 'Future-fit products', 'Climate action' and 'People at Tryg', ambitious ESG targets have been defined to bolster future business resilience and enhance competitiveness.

UbisoftFrance

Information provided to and sustainability matters addressed by the administrative, management and supervisory bodies are covered in the governance section. The Board of Directors is regularly informed about sustainability matters through reports from management and specialized committees. Sustainability considerations are integrated into strategic decision-making processes.

VestasDenmark

The Board of Directors and Executive Management regularly receive information on sustainability matters through various channels:

Quarterly reporting: Assessment of sustainability-related goals, broken down into key products, services and geographies, is presented to the Executive Management and the Board on a quarterly basis • Annual reporting: Scope 3 emissions and community engagement metrics are reported annually to leadership • Strategic alignment events: The Vestas Leadership Forum (top 250 leaders) and Enterprise Leadership Team (top 80 leaders) focus on strategic alignment including sustainability matters • Committee oversight: The Audit Committee has specific oversight responsibilities for sustainability reporting and related risks

The sustainability matters addressed include:

  • Climate change mitigation (E1)
  • Circular economy and resource use (E5)
  • Own workforce (S1)
  • Affected communities (S3)
  • Political engagement (G1)

The Board and management teams regularly evaluate progress against the company's sustainability strategy targets including carbon neutrality by 2030, zero-waste wind turbines by 2040, safety improvements, and increased diversity in leadership positions.

WithSecureFinland

The Audit Committee oversees this progress by reviewing and monitoring the status of the company's strategic sustainability related targets. As the Audit committee members are also members of the Board of Directors, they are also involved in setting the sustainability related targets. In addition to overseeing these targets and sustainability reporting, the Audit Committee also reviews policies and makes recommendations to the Board of Directors, who have the authority to approve these policies.

Material Impacts, Risks and Opportunities Addressed:

TopicSub-topicTypeDescription
E1 Climate changeClimate change mitigationFinancial opportunityCustomers moving to cloud environments in search of modern, cost-effective, secure and sustainable solutions continues to present a major business opportunity for WithSecure.
S1 Own workforceWorking conditionsFinancial opportunityImproved employee retention can impact business positively through better sales and lower costs.
S1 Own workforceWorking conditionsFinancial riskShortcomings in working conditions or employee wellbeing can increase costs through leaves of absence for physical or mental reasons. In the worst case, such shortcomings can lead to security risks that could cause reputational damage.
S1 Own workforceEqual treatment and working opportunities for allFinancial opportunityPromoting diversity, equity and inclusion (DEI) will increase WithSecure's ability to attract talent. In the long run there will also be cost savings for retaining talent at WithSecure.
S1 Own workforceEqual treatment and working opportunities for allFinancial riskShortcomings in training and skills management can lead to losing out on business opportunities. Additional financial risks associated with this are related to attrition, brain leakage and disengagement of employees.
S4 Consumers and end-usersInformation related impacts for consumers and end-usersPositive impactWithSecure's largest impact on sustainability comes from the work on building and supporting digital society, through its customers and end-users. WithSecure's value chain enables a well-working digital society, and therefore creates widespread positive impacts.
S4 Consumers and end-usersInformation related impacts for consumers and end-usersFinancial opportunityWithSecure's core business revolves around cyber security. An opportunity for us is that we are able to meet the many needs of our end-users.
S4 Consumers and end-usersInformation related impacts for consumers and end-usersFinancial riskWithSecure faces risks from security and privacy perspective, as the company can be an attractive target for malicious activities.
G1 Business conductCorporate cultureFinancial riskCorporate culture is important as the related privacy risk is heightened compared to other industries as its potential impact on reputation is significant.
G1 Business conductProtection of whistle blowersPositive impactWithSecure has established a confidential and secure whistleblowing channel, enabling anonymous reporting of any concerns of misconduct.
G1 Business conductManagement of relationships with suppliers including payment practicesPositive impactWithSecure wants to conduct its business to a high ethical standard. The aim is to maintain a positive impact on its supply chain through emphasis on ethical business practices.
G1 Business conductManagement of relationships with suppliers including payment practicesFinancial riskMaintaining strong supplier management processes and best practices requires investments, incurring possible additional costs.

GOV-3

Integration of sustainability-related performance in incentive schemes

47 companies
AcerinoxSpain

The Acerinox Directors' Remuneration Policy states that the CEO's Bonus goals (variable remuneration) are linked to sustainability criteria such as safety at work, GHG emissions, diversity, and recycling. The weighting of these goals in the total computation of the bonus may not be less than 10%.

The Sustainability Committee and the Appointments, Remuneration and Corporate Governance Committee proposed that the weighting of sustainability indicators in the Acerinox Group's Senior Management variable remuneration should increase to 15% of the total by 2024 in the case of the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Corporate Officer, the General Secretary and the Deputy Secretary General, and maintain a 10% weighting for the other members of Senior Management.

The ESG indicators used to calculate the Senior Management variable remuneration for 2024 are as follows:

a. 26% annual reduction in Total Incidents Recorded (TIR) for the Group compared with 2023, with a weighting of 50%.

b. 1.54% reduction in the Group's greenhouse gas emissions (Scope 1 and 2) compared to 2023, with a weighting of 16.6%.

c. 4.01% increase in the Group's waste recycling ratio compared to 2023 levels, with a weighting of 16.6%.

d. 0.25% increase in the number of women in the Group's workforce compared to 2023 levels, with a weighting of 16.6%.

For the CEOs of the various business units, the sustainability index is defined in the aforementioned manner, albeit with reference to the specific targets of the companies for which they are responsible.

At the beginning of FY 2025, the Sustainability Committee and the Appointments, Remuneration and Corporate Governance Committee reviewed compliance with ESG targets, which reached 59%.

The ESG indicators for calculating Senior Management bonuses are reviewed annually by the Sustainability Committee and the Appointments, Remuneration and Corporate Governance Committee, and subsequently by the Acerinox Board of Directors.

Acerinox has sustainability targets linked to environmental, social and corporate governance performance, as set out in its Sustainability Master Plan and based on international standards such as the Paris Agreement and the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs), among others. In addition, the variable remuneration of the members of the Management Committee, including the CEO, is linked to the achievement of certain sustainability targets.

One of these targets, the reduction of CO2 emissions, is related to GHG emissions due to the Group's business model. Positive impacts on GHG Reduction are due to the implementation of measures to mitigate climate change; this comes with the risk of Loss of market share due to non-compliance with CO2 rates, Increase in costs due to non-compliance with CO2e rates and Increase in costs (CAPEX and OPEX) to meet emissions reduction targets.

Until 2023, the CO2 emissions intensity target (Scope 1 and 2) was linked to remuneration at the Stainless Steel Division. In accordance with the Sustainability Master Plan, the Company committed to reduce by 20% the intensity of Scope 1 and 2 CO2 emissions by 2030, reaching a ratio of 0.95 tCO2/metric ton compared to the 2015 value (1.20 tCO2/metric ton). Taking into account the 2023 ratio (1.07 tCO2/metric ton) and the 2030 target (0.95 tCO2/metric ton), the annual Scope 1 and 2 emissions reduction pathway has been set on a linear basis of 1.54% between 2023 and 2030.

In 2024, the reduction target for Scope 1 and 2 CO2 emissions intensity was extended to the entire Group, including the High-Performance Alloys Division. To this end, a reduction in the emissions intensity ratio of 1.54% with respect to 2023 was applied. Considering that the Group's intensity ratio was 1.088 tCO2/metric ton in 2023, the target for 2024 was 1.07 tCO2/metric ton.

The annual variable remuneration bonus is determined based on the achievement of financial and non-financial targets, such as those related to sustainability and climate change. In 2024, 15% of the CEO's bonus and 10-15% of the bonuses of the other members of Senior Management were linked to ESG targets. The CO2 emissions intensity reduction target accounts for 16.6% of the ESG targets. In 2024, the target related to climate change reached 100% compliance.

Pillar2024 targetsReal 2023Real 20242024 vs 2023
Eco-efficiency and climate change mitigationReduction in CO2 emissions intensity (Scopes 1 and 2)1.091.07-2.26%

The CO2 emissions intensity ratio (Scope 1 and 2) is calculated by dividing the estimated Scope 1 and 2 emissions from the 2024 GHG Inventory by the total metric tons produced. The perimeter includes Acerinox Europa, NAS, Columbus Stainless, Bahru Stainless, VDM Metals, Roldán, and Inoxfil.

The Stainless Steel Division also has sustainable loans linked to the reduction of its carbon footprint; these are tied to a 1% annual reduction in emissions intensity (scope 1+2). The 2024 target was met as the ratio was 1.044, below the target of 1.075 tCO2eq/metric ton of production.

Amadeus ITSpain

Integration of sustainability-related performance in incentive schemes

Amadeus includes sustainability-related metrics in the annual incentive scheme for the Executive Directors. The total remuneration for the Executive Director is based on non-performance elements (fixed remuneration) and performance elements (i.e. variable pay).

2024 Performance Objectives The 2024 performance objectives for the short-term incentive – Annual Bonus - included financial and non-financial goals: financial goals had a weighting of 88%, and sustainability goals with a weighting of 12%. The latter consisted of metrics related to Amadeus environmental, social and governance ambitions.

Financial metrics (88%): revenue, EBITDA, adjusted earnings per share (EPS).

Sustainability metrics (12%): • Electricity consumption per full-time equivalent worker. • Scope 1+2 emissions in line with the carbon neutrality by 2025 objective. • Community investment. • Employee Learning & Development training hours per employee. • Cybersecurity training completion.

The selected metrics by the Nominations and Remuneration Committee are quantitative, auditable and align management to goals that are currently in the Amadeus sustainability strategy. The performance measures agreed are aligned with the short-term objectives of the company and the metrics have been established in accordance with these priorities.

At the end of 2024 and beginning of 2025, the Nominations and Remuneration Committee has reviewed performance against targets and determined that a payout is appropriate considering the level of achievement in relation to target.

Non-Executive Directors With respect to the remuneration of the Non-Executive Directors, it consists of a fixed fee. The Chairman and Non-Executive Directors do not participate in any incentive linked to Company performance or pension plans.

Wider Workforce Additionally, Amadeus includes sustainability-related performance in the incentive scheme for the wider workforce. The sustainability metrics in the Executive Director Annual Bonus are also present in bonus scheme for Amadeus staff and management.

AMAG Austria MetallAustria

Integration of sustainability-related performance in incentive schemes

The principles that are applied in determining the remuneration of AMAG's Management Board and Supervisory Board are set out in AMAG's remuneration policy. The primary aim of the remuneration policy is to promote long-term and sustainable corporate development. In 2022, the principles of the remuneration policy were adjusted and it was decided at the Annual General Meeting that - in addition to the existing criteria for the long-term variable performance bonus (LTI) - remuneration would be linked to two to four sustainability targets from a predefined catalogue of criteria. The LTI is a multi-year, performance-related remuneration that is intended to have a long-term incentivising effect. The LTI is granted on a rolling basis, i.e. in annual tranches, each with a three-year assessment period. For the 2024 LTI tranche (assessment period: 2023-2025), targets were set for specific CO2 emissions (Scope 1 and 2) and the occupational safety indicator TRIFR (Total Recordable Injury Frequency Rate), in each case in relation to the Ranshofen site. A total of 20% of the LTI is allocated to sustainability targets. The amount of the LTI depends on the degree of target achievement. The final entitlements are only determined at the end of the last year of the assessment period of the respective LTI tranche. The ESG key figures relevant to remuneration for the 2024 financial year were audited by Ernst & Young Wirtschaftsprüfungsgesellschaft m.b.H. with reasonable assurance. The Remuneration Committee of the Supervisory Board is responsible for preparing, regularly reviewing and monitoring the implementation of the remuneration policy for the Management Board. The final determination of the remuneration policy is the responsibility of the full Supervisory Board.

The remuneration report provides a detailed description of the remuneration system and an overview of the remuneration promised and granted to current and former members of the Management Board and Supervisory Board in the financial year, including all types of benefits. Further information is available in the report, which is published with the information on the Annual General Meeting on the AMAG website.

Banco SabadellSpain

Banco Sabadell Group's Remuneration Policy is consistent with the goals of the risk and business strategy, the corporate culture, the protection of shareholders, investors and customers, the values and long-term interests of the Group, as well as with customer satisfaction and the measures taken to prevent conflicts of interest without providing incentives for excessive risk-taking.

Banco Sabadell Group's Remuneration Policy is based on the following principles:

1. Promote business and social sustainability in the medium-long term and ensure alignment with Banco Sabadell Group's values. This involves: • Aligning remuneration with shareholders' interests and with the creation of long-term value. • Implementing rigorous risk management, considering measures to prevent conflicts of interest. • Aligning with Banco Sabadell Group's long-term business strategy, objectives, values and interests.

2. Ensure a competitive and fair remuneration system (external competitiveness and internal fairness) that: • Is able to attract and retain the best talent. • Rewards professional experience and responsibility, irrespective of the employee's gender. • Is aligned with market standards and is flexible.

3. Reward performance, thereby aligning remuneration with individual results and the level of risk taken: • Finding an adequate balance between the various remuneration components. • Considering current and future risks and results, without providing incentives for excessive risk-taking. • Implementing a simple, transparent and clear-cut remuneration scheme.

In terms of sustainability, the following aspects are taken into consideration:

• The remuneration policy and practices integrate sustainability risks and information is published on the Group's website. The remuneration policy and practices encourage behaviour consistent with the Group's risk-based approaches related to climate and the environment, as well as with voluntarily undertaken commitments. They promote a long-term approach to the management of climate-related and environmental risks.

• Remuneration components must contribute to the promotion of environmental, social and governance actions in order to make the business strategy sustainable and socially responsible.

Variable remuneration will be linked to results, combining: • Results of the Group, entity, business unit or division and/or those of the employee. • Both financial and non-financial criteria, aligned with strategic planning, budget and risks taken or indicators in the fields of environment, society, diversity and gender equality. • Multi-year targets based on quantitative criteria linked to a period long enough to properly reflect the risk taken.

Synthetic Sustainability Indicator (SSI)

Within the Group's objectives, the Synthetic Sustainability Indicator (SSI) has a weight of 10% in employees' variable remuneration and includes ESG metrics and indicators. In the case of the Executive Directors, this indicator has a weight of 14% for the CEO and 13% for the CRO.

ParameterDefinitionWeight
Rating agenciesImprove score on main ESG indices obtained from rating agencies (MSCI, Sustainalytics, DJSI)20%
Sustainable Finance Plan— Number of IRCA evaluations carried out<br>— Setting new decarbonisation pathways<br>— Meeting the decarbonisation pathways already established20%
Diversity% Women in management20%
Sustainable Business— GL financing<br>— SLL financing40%
Total100%

Furthermore, to reinforce the alignment of remuneration with the Group's sustainability commitment, in 2023 a synthetic sustainability indicator was included in the multi-year targets set by the Group, directly linked to long-term remuneration, weighted at 20%.

For the period 2024-2026 the multi-year target indicators are: • Shareholder value creation (relative Total Shareholder Return or TSR), weighted at 40%Profitability (Return On Tangible Equity or ROTE), weighted at 40%Sustainability (synthetic sustainability indicator), weighted at 20%

Additionally, some job functions have been assigned sustainability targets as part of their individual targets.

Banco Sabadell Group annual and multi-year targets, their weighting and their scale of achievement will be approved by the Board of Directors, based on a proposal by the Board Remuneration Committee.

Banque Internationale à LuxembourgLuxembourg

BIL's Remuneration Charter and associated practices are aimed at defining remuneration structures that protect the interests of its clients, suppliers, employees, and shareholders, while ensuring the Bank's financial sustainability over the long term.

For the majority of BIL's staff members, variable remuneration is discretionary and is determined based on a reference amount. The bonus reflects the outcomes of the year-end performance review. Incentive schemes are designed to foster a culture of accountability and performance, while also aligning with the Bank's core values of "caring, leading, engaging, accessible, and reliable".

BIL has established Environmental, Social, and Governance (ESG) objectives. These objectives are progressively cascaded down from the Executive Committee (ExCo) to people managers and relevant functions, such as those in the investment office. Performance is assessed from two perspectives:

  • "What": This refers to specific targets, including a mix of individual, collective, financial, and non-financial targets.
  • "How": This dimension considers adherence to BIL's values, emphasising care, compliance, and business ethics.

Sustainability-related performance metrics are included in both the "What" and "How" aspects of performance assessment. This ensures that while individual performance is measured, it does not incentivise behaviours that could lead to conflicts of interest. By avoiding purely quantitative commercial criteria, ethical decision-making aligned with the long-term goals of the Bank is encouraged.

At this stage, there is thus an indirect link between variable pay and sustainability-related targets, reflecting BIL's commitment to embedding ESG considerations into its performance evaluation processes.

Examples of ESG Objectives by Department:

Throughout the organisation, various departments are tasked with setting and achieving specific ESG objectives, including:

  • Risk: Proactively managing ESG risks and integrating climate capabilities into existing frameworks.
  • Procurement: Managing supply chain ESG risks by ensuring BIL does business with suppliers with consistent values and standards.
  • IT: Deploying IT assets to help the rest of the firm develop innovative ESG products and respond to regulatory requirements, notably reporting.
BASFGermany

Since 2024, variable compensation for senior executives has been based on targets derived from the key performance indicators for the steering of the respective business unit and the BASF Group. We plan to introduce this differentiated bonus system for all other employees over the course of 2025. This underscores the further increased autonomy of the divisions as part of the "Winning Ways" strategy and their accountability for business success.

We will further develop the performance management system for our leaders and employees and establish a closer link between incentives and unit-specific performance.

BBVASpain

Integration of sustainability-related performance in incentive schemes

Integration into variable remuneration for executive directors

BBVA has integrated sustainability indicators into the variable remuneration system. To promote the achievement of the objectives, the following are included in BBVA's variable remuneration system:

  • Promoting new business through sustainability: Annual Variable remuneration linked to the promotion of sustainable business for all employees, including executive directors and Senior management of BBVA, as well as incentives linked to sustainable business specific to the commercial network.

  • Achieving net zero emissions: since 2023, long-term variable remuneration has been linked to certain decarbonization targets for members of the collective, including executive directors and Senior management of BBVA.

Short-term incentive indicators (2024)

IndicatorWeighting on ICP ObjectiveWeighting on RVA TargetWeighting on RVA 2024 granted
FINANCIAL
Net attributable profit20%13%14%
RORC20%13%14%
Efficiency ratio20%13%11%
NON-FINANCIAL
Net Promoted Score (NPS)15%10%7%
Target customers15%10%7%
Sustainable business channel10%6%7%

Long-term incentive indicators (2024)

IndicatorWeighting on ILP TargetWeighting on RVA TargetWeighting on RVA 2024 granted
FINANCIAL
Tangible Book Value per share (TBV per share)40%14%16%
Relative Total Shareholder Return (Relative TSR)40%14%16%
NON-FINANCIAL
Portfolio decarbonization15%5%6%
Percentage of women in management positions5%2%2%

Overall sustainability weight in remuneration

The indicators for calculating the annual variable remuneration include several non-financial or Sustainability-related indicators - NPS, Target Clients, Sustainable Business Channeling, Decarbonization of the Portfolio and Percentage of Women in Management Positions - which together represent 32.8% of the target annual variable remuneration.

Integration into financing structure

The issuance of own green, social and sustainable bonds plays a key role in achieving sustainability objectives. Business areas that issue products identified as green, social, and sustainable bonds under the applicable criteria receive a bonus, provided the financing cost of these types of bonds is lower than that of conventional bonds. This is determined by BBVA's Funds Transfer Pricing (FTP) system.

BechtleGermany

Individual profit-sharing motivates the majority of employees to pursue the agreed targets with commitment.

At the locations of the Bechtle Group, the Managing Directors alone are responsible for the success of their companies. By way of their strictly earnings-oriented variable compensation, each Managing Director directly participates in the success of the respective company. Bechtle thus promotes and supports entrepreneurial spirit and business responsibility at all locations in order to ensure successful business performance on a long-term basis.

Beiersdorf AGGermany

Achievement of sustainability targets is firmly enshrined in the Beiersdorf remuneration and incentive schemes. This underscores the Executive Board's responsibility for creating long-term value for people, the environment, and society.

The Supervisory Board is responsible for the determination of the remuneration of the members of the Executive Board. The total remuneration payable to the members of the Executive Board is composed of fixed and variable elements. The fixed remuneration, which is not tied to performance, comprises the base remuneration plus ancillary benefits. The variable, performance-related remuneration is composed of a short-term variable bonus with annual targets (variable bonus) and a long-term variable bonus (LTP). The sustainability and ESG-related targets are integrated into this variable remuneration.

Variable bonus

The members of the Executive Board receive a variable bonus tied to the performance of the Consumer Business Segment for each financial year. This is paid out after the Annual General Meeting of the year following the financial year in question. The variable bonus is composed of joint and individual performance criteria that are tied to the company's financial and non-financial performance as well as its strategic and operational development. The specific performance criteria can also be related to sustainability or ESG.

The performance criteria within the individual variable bonus targets in 2024 included (depending on the member) reduction of greenhouse gas emissions, receipt of the Triple-A rating from CDP, NIVEA sustainability projects, gender diversity, internationalization, and other diversity and inclusion targets. The average proportion of sustainability and ESG-related performance criteria in the 2024 variable bonus was 18% of target remuneration.

Long-term bonus (LTI)

Executive Board members receive a multi-annual bonus measured, in accordance with the currently valid remuneration system, on the basis of the targets for the achievement of strategic criteria after the expiry of a four-year bonus period from 2021 through 2024 (LTP 2021–2024). Climate-related targets accounted for 20% of the weighting of the entire LTP 2021–2024 (based on target remuneration). The climate targets were to reduce global Scope 1, 2, and 3 emissions by 20% (vs. 2018) and increase the share of recycled materials in plastic packaging by 20%, both by 2024. Targets relating to diversity and employee development also accounted for 20% of the weighting.

The average proportion of sustainability and ESG-related targets in the entire performance-related variable remuneration for 2024 was 32% of target remuneration.

BMW GroupGermany

Board of Management Remuneration

The total remuneration provided to the members of the Board of Management consists of fixed and variable components. Variable remuneration accounts for 58-66% of the total target remuneration.

Performance Component Structure

The performance component of the bonus rewards the achievement of certain non-financial performance criteria defined by the Supervisory Board. These criteria are divided into:

  • Individual targets for individual Board of Management members (departmental targets) - 10% of target amount
  • Collective targets for the entire Board of Management (interdepartmental targets) - 90% of target amount

Sustainability Integration

The interdepartmental targets include sustainability-related performance criteria and other non-financial criteria:

  • 50% weighting for sustainability-related targets
  • 40% weighting for other non-financial targets

Long-term Component

The share-based remuneration as a variable long-term component depends on target achievement for financial indicators including return on capital employed (RoCE).

Target Setting and Review

The Board of Management's remuneration targets for each year are set in December of the previous year. A meeting is held in March to:

  • Review the extent to which targets for the past financial year have been achieved
  • Pass a resolution on the Board of Management's remuneration

The achievement of material ESG targets is discussed as part of the reporting on the annual and Group Financial Statements and is integrated into the remuneration system for the Board of Management.

Crayon Group HoldingNorway

Integration of sustainability-related performance in incentive schemes

Crayon Group Holding ASA has established an Employee Stock Purchase Plan (ESPP) through which all employees annually are given an opportunity to acquire stocks at a 20% discount to the market price. After a two-year lock-up period, employees are awarded one additional bonus share for every three shares acquired.

Share based compensation amounted to NOK 35m (NOK 42m in 2023).

The Annual General Meeting on May 15, 2024, authorized the Board of Directors to increase the share capital in connection with the company's incentive schemes and acquisitions. The Board has granted an authorization to increase the Company's share capital in relation to the Group's incentive schemes with up to NOK 5,374,495, provided however that the authorization cannot be used for an amount in excess of 6.0% of the Company's share capital.

During 2024, a total of 1,162,752 treasury shares have been allocated to employees under these programs.

Board members are encouraged to own shares in the Company.

Danica PensionDenmark

Integration of sustainability-related performance in incentive schemes

Sustainability-related KPIs, including climate-related KPIs, are integrated into the Danske Bank Group's, and consequently Danica's, performance management framework to ensure that remuneration programmes reflect the Group's sustainability ambitions. The KPIs for remuneration programmes are approved by the Board of Directors after being reviewed by the Board of Directors' Remuneration Committee. The incentive schemes do not apply to members of the Board, as they do not receive variable remuneration.

For Danica's Executive Board, KPI agreements are prepared by the CEO, and the KPI agreement applying to the CEO is made with the chairman of Danica's Board of Directors. In 2024, ESG aspects made up 10% of the Executive Board's incentive programme.

Remuneration: The Executive Board members participate in a bonus programme in which sustainability KPIs have a weighting of 10% of the total bonus programme.

DanoneFrance

Danone integrates sustainability-related performance into its incentive schemes through several mechanisms:

Long-term Compensation Plans: The Company has implemented various long-term compensation instruments that incorporate sustainability metrics:

  • Group performance shares (GPS) subject to performance conditions including sustainability targets
  • Fidelity Shares (FS) with progressive continuous employment conditions
  • Group performance units (GPU) with multi-annual compensation structure

Performance Measurement Integration: Sustainability performance is embedded in compensation through:

  • Danone Impact Journey milestone achievement
  • B Corp™ certification progress (92.8% of sales covered by B Corp™ certification in 2024)
  • Health and nutrition metrics including Health Star Rating performance (87.7% of sales rated ≥ 3.5 stars)
  • Environmental targets including climate action and packaging circularity

Mission-Driven Alignment: As an Entreprise à Mission, Danone's incentive schemes are aligned with its mission to 'bring health through food to as many people as possible' and its commitment to creating both shareholder and societal value.

Executive Committee Integration: Senior leadership compensation is tied to the achievement of sustainability objectives as part of the Renew Danone strategic plan, ensuring accountability for environmental, social, and governance performance at the highest levels of the organization.

Performance Culture: The Group has evolved both short-term and long-term incentives as part of driving a performance culture while maintaining alignment with its purpose and sustainability commitments.

DigiaFinland

In the 2024 fiscal year, Digia had a long-term share-based incentive scheme for senior executives. The earning period in the incentive scheme is 2023–2025. The scheme's target group consists of the CEO and the company's senior executives. The scheme may also cover other individual key personnel. The scheme is designed to align the goals of the company's shareholders and management in order to increase the company's value, and to commit executive management to the company and its long-term objectives. It offers participants the chance to earn company shares if the targets set by the Board of Directors for the three-year bonus period are met.

These targets are based on the company's net sales, cumulative earnings per share (EPS) for 2023–2025, and sustainability objective. The earnings period for indicators is three years (2023–2025), and the targets for all indicators have been set for the final date of the earnings period. During the bonus period, the company's CEO and other scheme participants are entitled to a bonus equivalent to a maximum of 480,000 new Digia Plc shares. If the terms are met, the bonuses for all indicators based on the new scheme will be paid at the end of the reward period in spring 2026. All bonuses under this scheme will be paid as a combination of shares and cash. The cash component of the bonus will primarily be used to cover taxes and other comparable costs arising from the scheme.

As a rule, the bonus will not be paid if a member resigns or if a member's employment or post is terminated prior to the bonus payment date specified in the incentive scheme. Under certain conditions, the Board may, at its discretion, decide on possible bonuses in accordance with the pro-rata principle.

EUR 0.6 million in expenses were incurred by the scheme during the 2024 fiscal year. EUR 0.4 million in expenses were incurred by incentive schemes during the previous fiscal year.

EniItaly

Integration of sustainability-related performance in incentive schemes

Strategic Plan Integration

Integration of targets and sustainability projects (i.e. Community Investment) within the Strategic Plan and the management incentive program is part of Eni's treatment measures for managing relationships with local stakeholders.

Climate Strategy Incentives

Remuneration policy with short and medium terms incentive plans including targets related to the "climate strategy" in line with the strategic plan is implemented as part of Eni's climate change risk treatment measures.

Structured governance includes a key rule of the Board of Directors in managing the main issues related to the climate change, with specific committees supporting the Board, and the Strategic Plan foresees operational actions for each business to sustain the industrial transformation and to reach targets in the short, medium and long term.

EquinorNorway

Integration of sustainability-related performance in incentive schemes

Executive remuneration policy

The executive remuneration policy which was approved by the 2023 annual general meeting serves as the basis for the 2024 remuneration report. The policy is designed to contribute to attracting and retaining executives and motivating them to drive the success of the company. A key principle for Equinor's remuneration policy is moderation. The reward should be competitive, but not market-leading, and aligned with the markets that the company recruits from, maintaining an overall sustainable cost level.

Equinor places a strong focus on fostering alignment between the interests of its executive management and those of its owners and other stakeholders. Variable remuneration is aimed at driving performance in line with the company's strategy and securing long-term commitment and retention with the company.

The receipt of variable remuneration depends on individual and company performance and is subject to a holding period requirement for some elements. Performance-based variable remuneration was capped in accordance with the relevant Norwegian state guidelines.

Performance measurement framework

In Equinor, how we deliver is as important as what we deliver, and KPIs and behaviour goals applicable for an executive are therefore weighted equally when setting the individual bonus level. One of the common KPIs used to decide the annual variable pay (bonus) component of variable pay for all executives is "Upstream CO₂ intensity: <= 7 kg/boe".

In the behaviour part of the performance assessment there is a common goal to transform own organisation to deliver on our purpose and become a leading company in the energy transition.

Remuneration of the board of directors

The remuneration of the BoD is decided by the corporate assembly annually, following a recommendation from the nomination committee. Remuneration for board members is not linked to performance, and board members do not receive any shares or similar as part of their remuneration. The board members receive an annual fixed fee.

EVN AGAustria

Decisions on and principles of remuneration policy at EVN

The principles for the remuneration of the members of EVN's Executive Board (remuneration policy) were approved by the Supervisory Board in accordance with § 78a (1) of the Austrian Stock Corporation Act on 27 September 2023 based on a proposal of the Super­visory Board's Remuneration Committee in keeping with C-Rule 43 of the ACGC. These principles have remained in effect since the passing of a resolution by EVN's 95th Annual General Meeting on 1 February 2024. In accordance with § 78a (1) of the Austrian Stock ­Corporation Act, the remuneration policy must be presented to the Annual General Meeting at least every fourth year for voting. The remuneration is established annually by the Annual General Meeting.

The Remuneration Committee defines the financial and non-financial targets for the Executive Board members as part of the remuneration policy each year. It evaluates the results of business activities after the end of the financial year and establishes the target achievement for the financial and non-financial goals. The achievement for the financial and ESG targets requires the prior approval of the annual financial statements, whereby the Remuneration Committee reviews, or arranges for a review of, the correct calculation of the relevant ­metrics in advance. Based on this information, the ­Remuneration Committee defines the target achievement and the amount of payment, subject to the formal approval of the annual financial statements by the Supervisory Board and informs the members of the ­E xecutive Board ­accordingly.

Remuneration policy for the members ­of the Executive Board

The remuneration for the members of the Executive Board includes both fixed and variable components. The fixed remuneration components are independent of performance and consist of a base salary, remuneration in kind and ancillary benefits as well as a pension serviced by an external pension fund.

The variable remuneration components are dependent on performance and consist of long-term financial ­targets that are measured on the basis of multi-year performance criteria. Also included are ESG targets with single or multi-­year goals as well as individual targets with one-year performance criteria. The Long Term Account (LTA), which covers the achievement of financial and ESG targets, ­creates the basis for a long-term review period. Moreover, the remuneration policy includes malus and clawback rules.

The Remuneration Committee sets the financial targets for a period of four years in advance to uncouple the annual corporate planning process from the variable remuneration system and, in particular, to strengthen the concentration on medium- and long-term strategic goals and opportunities. The concrete ESG goals can be determined annually based on the company's long-term targets. The purpose of the four-year planning horizon is to focus the targets in the remuneration ­policy on medium- and long-term corporate goals and, through the multi-period nature of variable ­remuneration, to support sustainable management over a ­number of years. This four-year period reflects ­standard market practice.

The targets are derived on the basis of internal ­corporate data and information as well as external sources, above all peer group comparisons or capital market and rating agency evaluations.

To strengthen the sustainable development of the EVN Group, the Remuneration Committee also defines quantitatively measurable ESG targets for the variable remuneration components which are based on the sustainability strategy presented in the full report. These targets can be defined for a single year or for a multi-­year period. The decisive criteria catalogue ­covers the following subject areas, whereby at least three targets must be included:

Sustainability strategy – targets

Environment

CriteriaAreas
Consideration of ecological and environmental criteria• Energy management<br/>• Disposal management<br/>• Production<br/>• Environmental protection

Social

CriteriaAreas
Consideration of social criteria in engagement with stakeholders• Employees<br/>• Suppliers<br/>• Customers<br/>• Society

Governance

CriteriaAreas
Consideration of management factors to support the long-term, sustainable and ethical development of the company• Compliance / integrity / ethics / corporate culture<br/>• Risk management<br/>• Organisational development<br/>• Data security

At the Executive Board level, 15% of variable remuneration is linked to ESG targets. The Long Term Account transfers the variable remuneration from the achievement of the financial and ESG targets in a particular period into an aliquot annual payment by releasing 50% of the Long Term Account in the first year after expiration of the financial year on which the entitlement is based. The remaining 50% are carried forward to the following periods.

Remuneration policy for the members of the Supervisory Board

The shareholder representatives on the Supervisory Board receive fixed annual base remuneration and a fixed attendance fee per meeting, but do not receive any variable or any ESG-based remuneration.

The amount of the basic remuneration for the Super­visory Board members can be measured differently for factual reasons, in particular the respective functions (e. g. chairperson, vice-chairperson, chair or membership in committees). The attendance fees reflect the fact that the ­number of meetings and the related time spent, especially in connection with committee memberships, can vary.

The employee representatives on the Supervisory Board exercise their functions in accordance with § 110 (3) of the Austrian Labour Constitutional Act in an honorary capacity and do not receive any remuneration and also no ESG-dependent remuneration.

F SecureUnknown

The F-Secure Leadership Team is eligible for the non-sales Short-Term Incentive (STI) Plan. The purpose of the STI Plan is to reward participants for achieving the financial and operational objectives of the Company, to focus on execution of the business plan, and to foster a performance culture.

The Leadership Team is also eligible for the share-based long-term incentives (LTI) to align the interests of the shareholders and the Leadership Team. Part of our administrative and supervisory bodies' renumeration is tied to LTIs similar to the Leadership Team.

Role of sustainability-related targets in incentive schemes

The goals of F-Secure's 2024 non-sales STI Plan included the Company Business Results (combined growth % and profitability %) and the Company Employee Engagement (eNPS). These STI elements are tightly connected to our material sustainability drivers as growth is a proxy number for the number of consumers that we protect globally ("building trust in digitality and society"), while eNPS represents the importance of our employee well-being and satisfaction.

The non-sales STI Plan is included in the remuneration policy, and the goals of the non-sales STI Plan as described here are approved by the Board annually. Similarly, performance against the targets is reviewed regularly while any pay-outs take place annually.

Share-based LTI programs can be based on long-term financial and/or strategic performance or on the company's share value increase. In performance-based LTI programs, the criteria for the performance period are based on strategic financial targets.

STI or LTI plans do not contain any climate-related targets.

Proportion of variable remuneration dependent on sustainability-related targets and approvals

The non-sales STI consists of the Business Results (combined growth % and profitability %) with 60-80% weight, a function-specific target with 0-20% weight that may link to sustainability related targets and the Company Employee Engagement (eNPS) goal with 20% weight. The Long-Term Incentive criteria for the performance period are based on strategic financial targets.

The annual non-Sales STI design and the company-level targets are approved by the Board of Directors based on a proposal made by the Leadership Team. For the LTI programs, the Board of Directors decides on the terms and conditions for the plans and the possible performance criteria and objectives for each performance/vesting period.

FrequentisAustria

Integration of sustainability-related performance in incentive schemes

To strengthen the sustainable development of the company, in addition to financial targets, the variable remuneration of every Executive Board member includes ESG targets for 2024 and 2025. The ESG targets cover energy, the circular economy, compliance, and cybersecurity.

The ESG targets are used as a calculation factor for the variable remuneration of every Executive Board member. At the end of the agreed performance period, the variable remuneration resulting from the financial targets may be increased or decreased depending on the degree of achievement of the ESG targets. The targets are set by the remuneration committee on the basis of the remuneration principles for the members of the Executive Board.

Fuchs PetrolubGermany

Integration of sustainability-related performance in incentive schemes

The Supervisory Board established the sustainability factor for the Executive Board's variable compensation for the financial year 2024. It also decided on the criteria for measuring the sustainability factor for 2025 and the target total compensation for 2025.

Variable compensation for local, regional and global management is based on FVA (FUCHS Value Added). Entitlements to variable compensation are only granted when positive added value has been generated in the respective financial year.

Gjensidige ForsikringNorway

Integration of sustainability-related performance in incentive schemes

THE ORGANISATION AND REMUNERATION COMMITTEE: Prepares the scorecard for the CEO, where the operationalization of several sustainability topics occurs and is measured. The Committee shall provide advice on matters relating to remuneration, and annually discuss with the CEO principles and specific frameworks for determining the remuneration of other senior executives.

CEO: Responsible for delivering on the goals set by the board, and setting sustainability goals downwards in the organization through the scorecards of the executive vice presidents

EVPS AND MANAGING DIRECTORS OF SUBSIDIARIES: Executive vice presidents and executives of subsidiaries implements sub-goals and action plans to deliver on the sustainability goals.

The remuneration of executive personnel is linked to value creation over time, reflects responsibilities and expertise and is based on measurable outcomes. The level of goal attainment influences the payment of bonuses to executive personnel and collective bonuses to all employees. Customer satisfaction goals and other sustainability-related performance metrics are incorporated into these measurement frameworks.

HiltiLiechtenstein

Board of Directors incentive scheme

Sustainability-related targets or impacts, including performance assessment against greenhouse gas emission reduction targets, as referred to in the chapter Climate Change, or other sustainability-related performance metrics are not considered in the Board of Directors' incentive scheme.

Carbon pricing implementation

In 2024, the Hilti Corporation implemented a cross charge to its subsidiaries for expenses related to the procurement of green electricity and carbon offsetting projects, both key elements for Hilti's climate neutrality. The subsidiaries are charged a share of these costs based on the volume of their GHG emissions. The cross charge covers 64,369 tons of Scope 1 emissions, 51,387 tons of Scope 2 emissions and 19,027 tons of business travel emissions (part of Scope 3).

HUGO BOSSGermany

HUGO BOSS has integrated sustainability-related performance into its incentive schemes at multiple management levels:

Short-term Incentive (STI): The STI program for managers at all four management levels below the Managing Board is linked to achievement of specific sales and EBIT targets, with trade net working capital as a percentage of sales being the third component.

Long-term Incentive (LTI): The compensation scheme for management at the two levels below the Managing Board includes a long-term incentive program whose design matches that for the Managing Board. The LTI includes both financial targets and non-financial ESG (environmental, social, governance) targets. The ESG component is related to:

  • Employee satisfaction
  • The Company's relative performance in sustainability

The LTI is intended to ensure that senior management of HUGO BOSS pursues a sustainable business policy that is aligned to the interests of the Company. This structure ensures that sustainability performance directly impacts executive compensation and decision-making.

KoneFinland

KONE drives sustainability performance also through compensation. KONE's long-term incentive plan, approved and updated by the Board of Directors, emphasizes sustainability alongside profitable growth to ensure a strong focus in driving transformation towards the achievement of KONE's sustainability ambitions. KONE's Sustainability KPIs have a total 20% weight in the long-term incentive plan and are related to KONE's targets to reduce its Scope 1, 2 and 3 carbon emissions (10% weight), as well as diversity and safety related targets (10% weight).

KRONESGermany

Sustainability matters are included in the policies that govern Executive Board remuneration. From the 2024 financial year onwards, ESG targets account for 20% of the target amount of the long-term incentives (LTIs), and further ESG targets are to be added in turn. In addition to Scope 1 and Scope 2 greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions, the LTI has also been based since the 2023 financial year on the percentage of women in management (Krones AG and Krones Group). Emissions are weighted at 70%, the percentage of women in management in the Krones Group is weighted at 20% and the percentage of women in management within Krones AG is weighted at 10%.

Leroy Merlin EspañaSpain

At LEROY MERLIN Spain, the position of director is unpaid, so the members of the governing body (Board of Directors) do not have an incentive system.

The members of the executive leadership team do have an incentive system consisting of:

Progress bonuses (quarterly variable)

Applies to all LEROY MERLIN Spain employees. Rewards progress in Gross Merchandise Value and results of each store, region, and headquarters. Includes achievement of two qualitative objectives related to sustainability:

  • Customer satisfaction (NPS objective)
  • Employee safety (frequency rate objective)

Awarded four times a year with maximum quarterly and annual limit of 25%.

Profit-sharing rate (annual variable)

Applies to all employees, rewarded for company performance. Rate percentage applied to gross annual salary, capped at 15%.

Share Revaluation (VALADEO)

All employees become shareholders in ADEO Group. Share price appreciation influenced by results achieved in the ADEO Positive Index, which measures company performance through ten key indicators including:

  • Occupational accident frequency rate
  • Workplace accident severity index
  • Percentage of employees trained in Code of Ethics
  • Percentage of female directors and managers
  • Training hours per employee
  • Employee satisfaction index (eNPS)
  • Percentage of suppliers signing Code of Conduct
  • Sales share of products with Home Index rating A, B or C
  • Direct carbon emissions (scopes 1 and 2)
  • Product lifecycle carbon emissions (Scope 3)
  • Sale of products that allow customers to avoid emissions
  • Percentage of renewable energy consumption
  • Percentage of waste recovered

Long-term incentive for management team

Senior management has long-term incentives with environmental or social indicators depending on their mission, primarily related to health and safety, carbon footprint, and customer satisfaction.

It is not possible to provide a consolidated percentage of executive compensation that depends on sustainability-related goals, since each profile may have different indicators.

LundbeckDenmark

Integration of sustainability in incentive schemes

Lundbeck has integrated sustainability-related performance indicators into executive remuneration to align management incentives with the company's sustainability strategy and long-term value creation.

Short-term incentive plan (annual bonus):

  • ESG objectives comprise a portion of the annual performance evaluation for Executive Management
  • Sustainability KPIs included cover areas such as:
    • Patient access metrics and health equity improvements
    • Progress on climate targets including GHG emission reductions
    • Workplace safety performance (lost time injury frequency rates)
    • Business ethics compliance rates

Long-term incentive plan:

  • The long-term incentive program incorporates sustainability criteria that must be achieved over a multi-year performance period
  • Sustainability metrics are weighted alongside financial performance indicators
  • Focus on material sustainability impacts that drive long-term value creation

Performance measurement:

  • Sustainability targets are aligned with Lundbeck's approved Science Based Targets and other external commitments
  • Performance is measured against both absolute targets and year-over-year improvements
  • External verification of sustainability data provides assurance on performance measurement

Governance oversight:

  • The Remuneration Committee oversees the integration of sustainability metrics in compensation
  • Regular review of sustainability incentive structures to ensure continued alignment with strategy
  • Transparent disclosure of sustainability performance outcomes in annual reporting
NesteFinland

Our climate commitments remain connected to the remuneration of Neste's key personnel, as a performance measure in Neste's long-term incentives (LTIs) to further drive the commitment and implementation of actions across the organization. In 2024, Neste's renewed short-term incentive plan (STI) was implemented to support business performance. Details of the remuneration structure including sustainability-related performance measures are provided in the Remuneration report on pages 84-89.

NNITDenmark

Integration of sustainability-related performance in incentive schemes

NNIT group has not yet included sustainability-related performance in the incentive schemes for the Executive Management, or other incentive schemes. Historically sustainability-related metrics have not been at a sufficiently high maturity level to link incentives with performance. We will evaluate this again in 2025.

Diversity in the Board of Directors and Management

As of December 31, 2024, five out of six shareholder-elected board members were male, and one was female (83/17%), and four of the six shareholder-elected members are considered independent (44% of the board).

Three members of the board are employee elected board members out of which two were males, and one was female (67/33%).

In total, the Board of Directors has seven male and two female (78/22%) members.

The Board of Directors remains committed to having international members of the Board. Currently, two shareholder-elected board members are non-Danish.

The 2025 target of having at least 30% of the underrepresented gender on the Board of Directors as well as in management levels is fulfilled for the management group. We are still committed to working towards the target for the Board of Directors.

New targets will be set in 2025.

Diversity, Board of Directors and Group Management20242023Δ
Board of Directors
Total number of members99-
The underrepresented gender in %22%33%-11%
Group Management
Total number of members88-
The underrepresented gender in %25%13%+12%
All management levels
Total number of members¹200151-
The underrepresented gender in %36%36%-

¹ 2023 figure does not include SCALES, SL Controls and Excellis.

Novabase SGPSPortugal

Novabase's Remuneration Committee is appointed by the General Meeting and it is charged with establishing the remuneration of each member of the governing bodies, in accordance with the Remuneration Policy approved at the General Meeting of 25 May 2021. Point 69 of the Corporate Governance Report contains more details regarding the policy and structure of the remuneration of the company's governing bodies.

NovartisSwitzerland

The Compensation Committee determines performance measures (including those related to ESG) for executive compensation and, together with the Risk Committee, reviews Novartis compensation systems to ensure they encourage behaviors that support sustainable value creation.

For more information on compensation, see our Annual Report 2024.

Novo NordiskDenmark

Remuneration

Executive remuneration is linked to financial performance as well as non-financial performance (e.g. innovation and sustainability). Novo Nordisk has prepared a separate Remuneration Report describing the remuneration awarded or due during 2024 to the Board of Directors and Executive Management members registered with the Danish Business Authority. The Remuneration Report is submitted to the Annual General Meeting for an advisory vote. The Remuneration Policy and the Remuneration Report are available at: www.novonordisk.com/about/corporate-governance.html.

Strategic Aspirations integration

Our commitment to sustainability is reflected in our incentive programmes, which incorporate our Strategic Aspirations 2025 into both individual and corporate performance targets. This highlights our dedication to driving sustainable growth and creating long-term value for all stakeholders.

OMVAustria

The Remuneration Committee dealt with matters such as the target achievements of the expired incentive plans and setting targets in the new plans. In addition, the remuneration policy for the Supervisory Board was revised and approved by the Annual General Meeting.

PandoraDenmark

To support the Board in its duties, the Audit, Nomination and Remuneration Committees have been established. Each committee is responsible for carrying out various preparatory tasks within the Board's key areas of responsibility.

The Remuneration Committee is responsible for incentive schemes and remuneration, including those related to sustainability. More information can be found in the Remuneration Report.

QT GroupFinland

Qt does not have incentive or remuneration schemes related to sustainability matters.

RandstadNetherlands

Randstad's rewards structure is transparent and aligned with both personal achievements and company success, ensuring that hard work is recognized and valued. Remuneration is based on real outcomes, including behaviour and professional development, and assessed regularly. Annual remuneration processes account for external market developments to remain competitive.

To encourage employees' affiliation with Randstad and enable them to share in success, the company incentivizes employees to participate in a share purchase plan. In 2024, the program was relaunched to give employees further flexibility. For senior leadership, Randstad offers long-term incentives, including a performance share plan, to retain the best people and to reward sustained performance.

The development of people is a shared responsibility. The performance management process is based on the Great Conversations program, covering all employees. As well as regular business and performance reviews, employees and managers meet at least once a quarter for a constructive, future-focused conversation focusing on development areas and ambitions, as well as output.

RepsolSpain

Directors receive fixed remuneration for fulfilling their supervisory and decision-making duties. Aside from the remuneration payable to the Chairman of the Board of Directors, remuneration is calculated by assigning points for seats held on the Board or its various committees, or for holding specific positions on those bodies. Each point has a remuneration equivalence, meaning there is no difference in remuneration by gender.

Detailed information regarding the application of the Remuneration Policy for Directors is set out in Repsol's Annual Report on Directors' Remuneration, included in Appendix VII and available at www.repsol.com.

RheinmetallGermany

Integration of sustainability-related performance in incentive schemes

Remuneration components, which include sustainability targets, serve to further strengthen sustainable positive corporate development. The implementation of measures in the areas of environmental, social and governance have been taken into account for the members of the Executive Board in the LTI and STI with 20% each since fiscal 2022. For managers, this also applies since fiscal 2022 in the STI and since fiscal 2024 in the LTI.

Executive Board Remuneration Structure

The Human Resources and Compensation Committee prepared for the Supervisory Board plenary in the meetings in February, March, April, September, October and November 2024, among other things, topics such as the content and structure of the target agreements, the degree of achievement for fiscal 2023 as well as the setting of the objectives, ranges and calculation basis for the variable remuneration of the Executive Board in 2024.

The extraordinary meeting of the Supervisory Board on 4 March 2024 served to discuss the results of the HR and Remuneration Committee and its adoption of a resolution. The proposed resolution for the achievement of the STI 2023 (Short Term Incentive) target and for the achievement of the EBT and OFCF target were discussed, which were each accepted with abstention. We also discussed 2024 targets by calibrating ESG targets, the 2024 LTI (Long Term Incentive) tranche and the 2023 Compensation Report.

SalzgitterGermany

In determining the variable remuneration of the Executive Board members, the Supervisory Board also agreed non-financial targets with the members of the Executive Board in 2023 for 2024 and in 2024 for 2025. These non-financial targets are mainly attributable to the area of sustainability (managing demographic change, reducing the number of accidents, increasing the proportion of women in management positions, securing the supply of green electricity).

The variable remuneration amounts granted to Executive Board members are 36 % based on shares. The Supervisory Board considers this proportion appropriate.

SanofiUnknown

Incentives schemes contingent on ESG criteria

There are two incentive schemes which include ESG performance criteria: • the Chief Executive Officer's variable compensation policy (short-term incentive, STI); and • the performance shares plan (long-term incentives, LTI).

The individual performance criterion based on CSR accounts for 10% of the CEO's annual variable compensation.

Furthermore, 20% of the variable compensation of the Executive Committee members is contingent upon achieving targets regarding human capital and climate-related issues.

The compensation policy for the CEO is established by the Board of Directors.

Since 2023, performance share plans — Sanofi's long-term incentive scheme awarded to senior employees — have incorporated two CSR performance criteria, accounting for 10% in the current plan. The performance criterion equates to the achievement over a three-year period of annual targets linked to the following pillars of Sanofi's CSR strategy: • Affordable Access (5%) – providing essential medicines to non-communicable disease patients through Sanofi Global Health; • Planet Care (5%) – Carbon footprint reduction, Scope 1 & 2 emissions (% GHG reduction versus the 2019 baseline).

Details on the annual targets are reported in the plan's brochure made available to the beneficiaries. At the end of the period, the Board will determine the allocation rate corresponding to the CSR targets met.

SAPGermany

Integration of sustainability-related performance in incentive schemes

As part of the Executive Board compensation system, the Supervisory Board set performance targets for the short-term incentive (STI) 2024 and grant amount for the 2024 tranche of the long-term incentive (LTI) 2024. The Personnel and Governance Committee extensively prepared the Supervisory Board's deliberations and resolutions on Executive Board compensation.

At the November 2024 meeting, the Supervisory Board adopted the adjustment to the targets and achievement levels in the Executive Board's STI and LTI plans. The Committee also prepared the resolution on replacing the operating margin increase with free cash flow as one of financial key performance indicators (KPIs) in the STI 2025, as investors are now placing much greater importance on free cash flow than on the increase in operating margin.

From the 2025 tranche of the LTI 2024, total revenue will replace software license, support, and service revenue, and cloud revenue, as the revenue KPI. The Supervisory Board has given greater weight to cloud revenue to reflect its relevance to the Company's cloud transformation.

The Supervisory Board ascertained that, in terms of amount, structure, and objective criteria, the Executive Board members' compensation for 2024 was reasonable and appropriate, and proportionate to the Company's financial situation, profit, and outlook. An independent opinion obtained from an outside compensation consultant informed this decision.

Siili SolutionsFinland

Integration of sustainability-related performance in incentive schemes

The remuneration policy for Siili's governing bodies is defined by the principles governing the remuneration of the Company's Board of Directors, chief executive officer and deputy CEO, if any. The remuneration policy has been prepared in accordance with the Shareholder Rights Directive ((EU) 2017/828), which is primarily implemented in the Finnish Limited Liability Companies Act (264/2006, as amended), the Securities Markets Act (746/2012, as amended), Decree 608/2019 of the Ministry of Finance and the Corporate Governance Code.

Siili's remuneration principles and the total remuneration of the administrative, management and supervisory bodies are described in more detail in the Remuneration Report and Remuneration Policy. The objective of the remuneration policy is to promote the Company's strategy, long-term financial success and the sustainable growth of shareholder value. Siili's sustainability targets or climate-related actions are not linked to the remuneration system.

TeamViewerGermany

Integration of sustainability-related performance in incentive schemes

Management Board Remuneration Structure

The Nomination and Remuneration Committee dealt with Management Board remuneration, target setting for variable remuneration components, and short and long-term succession planning during the fiscal year.

Variable Remuneration Determination Process

At the Supervisory Board meeting on 30 January 2024, based on a recommendation from the Nomination and Remuneration Committee, the Supervisory Board:

  • Determined the payout of the variable Management Board remuneration for the 2023 fiscal year
  • Confirmed the pre-agreed performance criteria for the variable remuneration of the Management Board for the 2024 fiscal year

ESG Performance Integration

While the specific details of sustainability-related performance criteria in incentive schemes are not fully detailed in this excerpt, the Company has demonstrated strong commitment to ESG performance through:

Environmental Performance:

  • Net zero emissions commitment with partnership for CO₂ removal (1,200 tons over six years)
  • Maintained strong environmental ratings from leading ESG rating agencies

Social Performance:

  • Educational initiatives including cyber robotics competitions and coding workshops
  • Diversity and inclusion focus in workforce management
  • Data protection certifications and privacy commitments

Governance Performance:

  • Strong ESG ratings maintained (MSCI AAA rating, improved ISS ESG rating)
  • Inclusion in STOXX DAX ESG 50+ Index
  • Robust cybersecurity and data protection frameworks

Committee Oversight

The Nomination and Remuneration Committee takes into account:

  • Statutory minimum gender representation requirements
  • Company targets for the proportion of women on the Management Board and Supervisory Board
  • All gender representation targets were met or exceeded during the reporting period

ESG Integration in Strategic Planning

The Management Board reports regularly to the Supervisory Board on sustainability strategy as part of comprehensive reporting on strategy development and implementation, indicating that ESG considerations are integrated into executive decision-making and performance evaluation processes.

TietoevryFinland

Integration of ESG in Incentive Plans

As part of the strategy, Tietoevry has made a long-term commitment to sustainability by increasing the focus on Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) aspects. ESG measures were introduced in the Long-term incentive Plan 2022–2024 and have been continued since, i.e. in the plans that were implemented in 2023 and 2024 and will also be continued in the LTI 2025–2027 plan. We stay committed to our ESG agenda and continue the measures being CO2 emission reduction and female recruits, both measures with an increased weighting compared to when they were introduced. The target levels, as disclosed below, are based on the long-term ambitions of the company and support the execution of the strategy.

Long-term Incentive Plans Performance Criteria:

LTI 2022–2024: • ESG: CO2 emission (5%) - Target: 72% reduction from 2020 baseline by the end of 2024 • ESG: Female recruits (5%) - Target: 35% by end of 2024

LTI 2023–2025: • ESG: CO2 emission (10%) - Target: 87% reduction from 2020 baseline by the end of 2025 • ESG: Female recruits (10%) - Target: 37% by end of 2025

LTI 2024–2026: • ESG: CO2 emission (10%) - Target: 90% reduction from 2020 baseline by the end of 2026 • ESG: Female recruits (10%) - Target: 38% by end of 2026

LTI 2025–2027: • ESG: CO2 emission (10%) - Target: 40% reduction from 2024 baseline by the end of 2027 • ESG: Female recruits (10%) - Target: 39% by end of 2027

TKHNetherlands

Integration of sustainability-related performance in incentive schemes

Long-term incentive plans The long-term incentive schemes include ESG targets as part of the performance criteria. The proportion of women in executive and senior management teams is one of the KPIs included in the long-term incentive plans, with a target of > 25% by 2030. In 2024, we achieved 21.6%.

ESG performance targets Sustainability metrics are integrated into management performance assessment and compensation schemes, including:

  • Carbon footprint reduction (target: 100% carbon neutrality in own operations by 2030 - scopes 1 and 2)
  • Diversity targets (> 25% female executive and senior management by 2030)
  • Safety performance (accident rate LTIFR < 1.0)
  • Innovation linked to SDGs (target: at least 70% of turnover linked to SDGs)

Remuneration policy alignment The remuneration policy ensures that sustainability performance is reflected in executive compensation through both short-term and long-term incentive components, aligning management behavior with the company's sustainability objectives and stakeholder interests.

UbisoftFrance

Integration of sustainability-related performance in incentive schemes is detailed in section 4.2 Compensation of corporate officers. Sustainability criteria are incorporated into executive compensation schemes to align management incentives with the Company's sustainability objectives.

WithSecureFinland

Sustainability-related performance – including climate-related considerations – has not been integrated into WithSecure's incentive schemes. The incentivising metrics and methods need to be adequately functioning and serve WithSecure's business model and operational industry. WithSecure explores potentially suitable metrics and inclusion methods of sustainability-related matters into incentive schemes.

GOV-4

Statement on due diligence

40 companies
AcerinoxSpain

The due diligence approach aims to reduce the probability and exposure of the Group to risks and impacts and to seize opportunities that impact sustainable value creation. The Group takes on and promotes a series of principles that must govern its actions:

a) To understand due diligence as a continuous, dynamic process to identify and manage risks and adverse human rights and environmental impacts related to the Group's business activity and its partners in the business chain.

b) To address issues with suitable measures proportional to the severity and likelihood of the actual or potential risks and adverse effects.

c) To integrate due diligence into management systems and procedures, promoting alignment between the different internal departments.

d) To repair any actual adverse effects caused by the Company or its subsidiaries through the implementation of remediation measures proportional to the Group's degree of involvement in producing the adverse impact.

e) Collaborate with partners in the business chain to improve the effectiveness of implemented preventive or corrective action plans.

f) Establish free, accessible, and non-retaliatory complaint, participation, and consultation mechanisms for stakeholders to communicate and participate in the management of adverse effects.

g) Disclose and publicly report information on due diligence processes and measures taken to identify and manage actual or potential adverse effects, including findings and outcomes.

These principles will be taken into account in the management of IROs. They were incorporated in the development of the new Sustainability Due Diligence Policy, which was approved at the beginning of 2025; a project to establish and implement the due diligence model is now underway. This model integrates the company's existing management practices in this area. Some of the included sources of information (ethics channel, customer complaints, stakeholder consultations, etc.) have already been considered in the dual materiality analysis to identify material IROs.

Amadeus ITSpain

Statement on due diligence

In 2023, Amadeus started to update its due diligence process in the field of human rights and environment, following the UN Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights and the OECD Guidelines for Multinational Enterprises, with the support of an external expert.

The goal of this process is to prevent and mitigate potential human rights and environmental impacts in which Amadeus and its value chain, with special focus on third parties, might be involved in, while meeting the expectations and requirements of relevant stakeholders, including incoming regulation.

Initial Approach (2023) • Broad identification of actual and potential impacts on human rights and the environment of Amadeus own operations and its value chain and prioritization of general areas where adverse impacts are more likely to occur and be more severe. • Evaluation of the effectiveness of implemented control measures. • Recommendations for future improvements and next steps.

2024 Developments During 2024, Amadeus continued to evaluate and prioritize potential adverse impacts on human rights by introducing and aligning them with the double materiality assessment process. Additionally, at the end of 2024 a project kicked off to evaluate and improve the stakeholder engagement when assessing impacts and risks, including human rights related. Additionally, human rights continue to form part of Amadeus' risk management framework.

Core Elements of Due Diligence

Embedding due diligence in governance, strategy and business model Due diligence procedure is incorporated in business processes through Amadeus' policies and rules, including: • Sustainability policy • Human Rights Policy • Environmental Policy • People Policy • Anti-Bribery & Anti-Corruption Policy • Code of Ethics and Business Conduct • Community Impact and Charitable Donations Policy • Group Purchasing Policy • Amadeus Code of Ethics and Business Conduct for third parties • Enterprise Risk Management Policy • The Sustainability Strategy - "ESG Ambition"

In 2024, the Human Rights policy has been renewed. This Policy takes as a reference the United Nations Global Compact, the Universal Charter of Human Rights, ILO Declaration on Fundamental Principles and Rights at Work, UNGPs and the European Social Charter and the OECD Guidelines for Multinational Enterprise.

Engaging with affected stakeholders Stakeholders have access to up-to-date information about the Company, primarily through publications and channels, containing financial and non-financial information, available at the Amadeus' website. Additionally, Amadeus engages in dialogue with its stakeholders on a regular basis, based on their needs, using different communication channels.

Identifying and assessing adverse impacts Due diligence process involves the analysis of potential adverse impacts on human rights and the environment from Amadeus' own activities and its value chain. It starts by an initial identification of the impacts, classified in six themes that cover topics outlined in the ESRS: • Climate change • Environmental management • Labor, including diversity, equity, and inclusion • Cybersecurity • Ethics and integrity • Social responsibility

Taking actions to address adverse impacts Based on regular analysis and impact assessments, Amadeus designs, implements and monitors concrete measures to prevent and mitigate potential adverse identified human rights and environmental impacts, derived from both the Group's operations and the entire value chain.

Monitoring effectiveness Amadeus has a Speak Up Channel available through the corporate website and the intranet. This channel enables communications from Amadeus employees and other stakeholders and is regulated by the Speak Up Policy.

During 2024, there is no record of any human rights violations received through the Speak Up Channel or otherwise, so no remedial action was required in this area.

Amadeus will continue to improve the systematic implementation of the human rights and environmental due diligence in its business processes, in compliance with the UNGP and OECD guidelines.

AMAG Austria MetallAustria

Statement on due diligence

AMAG's due diligence process essentially comprises six steps, which are outlined below.

  1. DUE DILIGENCE: The processes implemented to fulfil due diligence in the areas of the environment, human and social rights and corruption prevention are based on applicable laws, internationally recognised standards and voluntary commitments. In order to identify, prevent and end negative impacts from its own business activities or along the supply chain as effectively as possible, AMAG has certified management systems focusing on occupational safety, quality, the environment and energy, as well as a comprehensive risk management and internal control system. AMAG is also in regular dialogue with both external and internal stakeholders and their representatives and provides transparent information.

The aim is to demand respect for human rights, environmental compliance and business integrity both in the company's own business area and along the supply chain, to review these aspects on a risk basis and, in the event of actual or potential negative impacts, to create suitable remedial measures or measures for redress. The due diligence process focussing on the upstream value chain is anchored in the area of responsible procurement management and is continuously developed and adapted as required, for example due to changes in environmental or human rights conditions in countries or regions.

  1. DETERMINATION AND ASSESSMENT OF RISKS & IMPACTS: AMAG's ongoing activities are regularly reviewed for the risk of human rights violations, environmental hazards and breaches of business ethics - with the aim of avoiding actual and potential adverse impacts in the course of business activities and along the supply chain. Impacts and risks are analysed from two perspectives: The inside-out perspective is concerned with impacts emanating from the company's business activities and value chain. The outside-in perspective analyses the risks that can have an external impact on business activities and the value chain.

  2. HANDLING OF IMPACTS & RISKS: Negative impacts on stakeholders and risks for AMAG are evaluated continuously and as part of the annual sustainability programme or risk management, and concrete concepts and measures are derived from this, or existing ones are adapted. The responsible departments are also defined. If impacts or risks are identified in the supply chain, measures are taken. For example, the Purchasing, Legal and Sustainability departments define suitable action plans in dialogue with suppliers and re-evaluate their implementation after a defined period of time.

  3. EFFECTIVENESS MONITORING: The effectiveness of the measures taken is monitored once a year or on a risk basis. The respective departments report the progress and performance of the risk evaluation as well as any potential for optimisation. Based on these reports, the Management Board may specify changes and follow-up measures.

  4. REPORTING AND COMMUNICATION: The aim of adhering to environmental compliance, basic human rights principles and fair business practices at AMAG and along the value chain is a key component of the business model and AMAG's annual sustainability programme. Trends, violations and measures are communicated transparently both internally and externally, for example in this report.

  5. ENABLING EXCHANGE AND COMPENSATION: AMAG endeavours to eliminate negative impacts caused or contributed to by the company. In order to be able to take effective steps here, dialogue with stakeholders is essential. AMAG offers its stakeholders various options for commenting on negative impacts or the measures taken, including the AMAG Compliance Line, which can be used on the AMAG website - also anonymously.

Due diligence is given special consideration in the following areas:

Core elements of due diligence - Areas in the non-financial statement

DUE DILIGENCE ANCHORING › All ESG areas (each in the Central strategies and concepts section) › particularly in S1 (human rights) and in S2

DETERMINATION & ASSESSMENT OF IMPACTS & RISKS › materiality assessment › Stakeholder management

HANDLING OF IMPACTS & RISKS › All ESG areas (each in the Measures section) › particularly in S1 (human rights) and in S2

EFFECTIVENESS MONITORING › S1 (human rights); S2

REPORTING AND COMMUNICATION › all ESG areas

ENABLING EXCHANGE AND REPARATION › all ESG areas › particularly in S1 (human rights) and in S2 › G1 (whistleblower system)

In addition to the six steps of due diligence, the company's sustainability management is based on the following principles:

Efficiency: When developing systems, processes and products, attention is paid to resource and energy efficiency and to minimising environmental impact. › Balance: The broad positioning in terms of sectors, products and geographical markets ensures a high degree of balance and stability. Comprehensive sustainability activities in the various divisions ensure that sustainability management functions systematically and is continuously improved. › Materiality: The AMAG Group focuses on the material economic, environmental and social impacts of its business activities and along its supply chain and is in ongoing dialogue with its stakeholders to determine the material issues. › Completeness: The principles of transparency, timeliness and completeness are the top priorities in internal and external corporate communications. AMAG communicates in a timely and comprehensive manner on the key topics of its business activities to relevant stakeholders. › Flexibility: Changes in the economic and social environment as well as new customer and market requirements are seen as opportunities and are met with a high degree of flexibility. › Spirit of innovation: Research into technologically challenging issues, the trend towards marketable applications and the continuous improvement of processes and products are an expression of the AMAG Group's innovative spirit.

Banco SabadellSpain

The Group takes into account sustainability risks in its assessment, management and control processes through the activities carried out.

In this respect, Banco Sabadell Group has a Sustainability Policy, which aims to provide a framework for all of the Institution's activity and organisation within ESG parameters. The Policy incorporates environmental, social and governance factors in decision-making and, at the same time, based on those factors, it responds to the needs and concerns of all of its stakeholders. The Sustainability Policy sets out the core principles on which the Group bases its approach to tackling the challenges of sustainability, and defines the corresponding management parameters, as well as the organisation and governance structure required for their optimal implementation.

Effective integration of environmental, social and governance risks into management arrangements requires a strategy and set of regulations that establish the guidelines, targets and limits required at different points of the credit approval workflow. The Bank therefore attaches great importance to the assessment of the climate-related and/or environmental, social and/or governance risks of its counterparties.

In terms of social risks, various social factors are considered, such as those related to rights, well-being, and the interests of people and communities. The risk of loss arising from any negative financial impact on counterparties stemming from the current or prospective impacts of social factors is also included. To that end, a series of actions linked to the process for identifying, measuring and managing social risk for both retail and business customers have been implemented.

The Group therefore has an Environmental and Social Risk Framework that consolidates the set of applicable criteria (sectoral standards) that are intended to limit the financing of customers or projects that the Institution considers to be contrary to the transition to a sustainable economy or that lack alignment with international regulations or best practices in the industry.

The Framework also integrates compliance with the rules and standards at the level of social risk, some sector-specific and others of general application, such as the International Labour Organisation (ILO) Conventions and the UN Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights. The general exclusions limiting the financing of companies with a high level of social risk are:

a. Companies for which Banco Sabadell has sufficient reason to believe that they employ child labour or forced labour, as defined in the ILO conventions, or that have participated in human rights violations and/or that do not follow the principles of the Institution's human rights policy.

b. Companies involved in the resettlement of indigenous or vulnerable groups without their free, prior and informed consent, or that otherwise infringe the rights of those groups.

c. Companies for which Banco Sabadell has sufficient reasons to believe that they are in material breach of applicable laws and regulations in relation to human rights and the environment, even if the circumstances in question do not constitute a breach of the local legislation of each country.

d. Companies that do not have health and safety policies in place to protect their workers, such as OHSAS 18001 or ISO 45001.

On the other hand, the Group has a Human Rights Policy and a related Due Diligence Procedure, both approved in 2021, which are reviewed annually and are applicable to all Group companies. They establish basic principles of action, as well as the mechanisms required to identify, prevent, mitigate and/or remedy any potential negative impacts on human rights that the Bank's activities and processes may entail, in particular with regard to granting finance to companies, or in relation to its human resources management model or supplier engagement processes. They also establish the need for employees to receive training in all of these areas.

The Group also has a new version of the Group Code of Conduct, first approved in 2021 by the Board of Directors, which underwent an in-depth review to adapt it to regulatory requirements, supervisory guidelines and specifications, and to market standards. Every member of the Group's workforce was required to read and expressly accept the new version of the Group's Code of Conduct.

Banque Internationale à LuxembourgLuxembourg

Core Elements of Due Diligence

Core Elements of Due DiligenceParagraphs in the Sustainability Report
Embedding due diligence in governance, strategy and business modelPart I: General Information<br>2.5 Risk management and internal controls over sustainability reporting<br>Resilience of BIL's strategy and business model<br>4.1.4 Decision-making and internal control procedures<br>Part IV: Governance
Engaging with affected stakeholders in all key steps of the due diligencePart I: General Information<br>3.2 Interests and views of stakeholders<br>Part II: Environment<br>Client Engagement – Climate Transition Maturity Assessment<br>Part III: Social<br>3. Processes to engage with own workforce and worker's representatives about impacts<br>4. Processes to remediate negative impacts and channels for own workforce to raise concerns<br>14. Processes for engaging with consumers and end-users about impacts<br>15. Processes to remediate negative impacts and channels for consumer to raise concerns<br>Part IV: Governance<br>3.3. Identifying, reporting and investigating unlawful behaviour
Identifying and assessing adverse impactsPart I: General Information<br>3.3. Material impacts, risks and opportunities and their interaction with strategy and business model<br>4. Impact, risk and opportunity management<br>Part II: Environment<br>3.1. Impacts on climate change<br>Part III: Social<br>1. Material impacts, risks and opportunities relating to own workforce and their interaction with strategy and business model<br>3. Processes to engage with own workforce and worker's representatives about impacts<br>4. Processes to remediate negative impacts and channels for own workforce to raise concerns<br>11. Incidents, complaints and severe human rights impacts<br>12. Material impacts, risks and opportunities relating to consumers and end-users and their interaction with strategy and business model<br>14. Processes for engaging with consumers and end-users about impacts<br>15. Processes to remediate negative impacts and channels for consumer to raise concerns<br>Part IV: Governance<br>2. Material impacts, risks and opportunities relating to business conduct and their interaction with strategy and business model<br>5. Prevention and detection of corruption and bribery
Taking actions to address those adverse impactsPart I: General Information<br>3.1.3. BIL's sustainability strategy<br>Part II: Environment<br>5. Actions and resources in relation to climate change policies<br>Part III: Social<br>5. Taking actions on material impacts, managing material risks and pursuing material opportunities related to own workforce<br>16. Taking actions on material impacts, managing material risks and pursuing material opportunities related to consumers and end-users<br>Part IV: Governance<br>3.3. Identifying, reporting and investigating unlawful behaviour<br>3.4. Training on business conduct matters<br>8.1.2. Key actions taken on data protection and privacy<br>8.2.2. Key actions taken on cyber security
Tracking the effectiveness of these efforts and communicatingPart II: Environment<br>5. Actions and resources in relation to climate change policies<br>Part III: Social<br>5. Taking actions on material impacts, managing material risks and pursuing material opportunities related to own workforce<br>16. Taking actions on material impacts, managing material risks and pursuing material opportunities related to consumers and end-users<br>Part IV: Governance<br>3.3. Identifying, reporting and investigating unlawful behaviour<br>3.4. Training on business conduct matters<br>8.1.2. Key actions taken on data protection and privacy<br>8.2.2. Key actions taken on cyber security
BASFGermany

As an international chemical company, we will continue to operate in markets and countries with different requirements and conditions. We are guided by our values and our global standards in order to act responsibly and secure our license to operate. The main guidelines are summarized primarily in our BASF policies on compliance, human rights, labor and social standards and in the Supplier Code of Conduct. With appropriate management and monitoring systems, we want to ensure that we act in line with the applicable laws and uphold our responsibility to the environment and society.

BBVASpain

Statement on due diligence

Human rights due diligence

BBVA aims to contribute to the respect for Human Rights. This is why it frames this willpower in the Group's General Sustainability Policy and aligns it with its Code of Conduct. This policy is aligned with the International Bill of Human Rights, the Guidelines of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD) for Multinational Business, and the fundamental conventions of the International Labor Organization, among others.

Specifically, as provided in the General Sustainability Policy, the Group ensures compliance with all applicable laws and respect for internationally recognized human rights in all its relations with employees, customers, shareholders, suppliers and, in general, with the communities in which it conducts its businesses and activities.

Human Rights Due Diligence Process

Since 2018, the BBVA Group has carried out two global Human Rights Due Diligence exercises with the aim of preventing, mitigating and remedying potential impacts on human rights (such as human trafficking, forced labor, child labor, freedom of association and collective bargaining and, equal pay or discrimination).

Through it, BBVA has analyzed the following aspects:

  • Identification of the main issues or potential impacts of operations
  • Improvements within BBVA to try to prevent and mitigate these impacts
  • The availability of channels and processes that facilitate grievance management

BBVA identifies the social and labor risks that arise from its activity in the different areas and countries in which it operates in order to manage the potential impacts generated, through the entity's ordinary risk management processes, or through standards and existing processes that integrate the human rights perspective, such as the Equator Principles.

ESG assessment and monitoring of customers

BBVA obtains ESG information from its customers and third parties to assess and monitor the ESG suitability of customers and deals.

Wholesale customers

BBVA assesses and monitors its wholesale customers under 4 dimensions:

  • Their activities with special focus to those with potential negative environmental and social impact, covered under the Environmental and Social Framework
  • Their transition risks leveraging on Transition Risk assessment tools
  • Their behavior / controversies: Encompassed in the ESG controversies management procedure
  • Their projects assessed under the Equator Principles

Environmental and Social Framework

The Environmental and Social Framework aims to establish criteria for the identification, assessment and monitoring of certain activities of the following sectors, selected for their high potential impact on nature and society: mining, agro-industry, energy, infrastructure and defense. The Framework identifies restrictions, either via prohibited activities or activities requiring special attention in these sectors.

BBVA, with the support of an independent advisor, analyses whether wholesale customers covered by its Framework do not engage in prohibited activities. It also analyses whether they engage in an activity requiring special attention, in which case BBVA assesses the environmental and social impacts derived from the activity to be financed.

Equator Principles

In 2004, BBVA signed the Equator Principles (EP), which establish standards for environmental and social risk management in project financing. Currently in their fourth version (EP4), these principles are applied globally in all industrial sectors.

In accordance with the EP, BBVA subjects each project under the scope of EP4 to an environmental and social due diligence analysis, considering impacts on environmental and human rights. Each deal is classified according to its risk level (categories A, B or C).

Regarding the human rights assessment and in accordance with the EP, BBVA requires due diligence on projects that may impact indigenous communities. In cases where this circumstance occurs, the free, prior and informed consent of these communities must be obtained, regardless of the geographic location of the project.

Legislative engagement

In 2024, BBVA has continued to take an active role in the field of future EU legislative initiatives, participating in the Working Groups on Sustainable Finance. BBVA contributes its opinion to the development of sectoral positions on various EU initiatives, including the work of dialogue and support with the European regulator in relation to the development of the directive on corporate due diligence in matters of sustainability.

BMW GroupGermany

The BMW Group has implemented comprehensive due diligence processes across its operations and value chain:

Human Rights Due Diligence

The due diligence processes for respecting human rights and related environmental standards apply to:

  • Our own business
  • Our suppliers
  • Our other business partners

Supply Chain Due Diligence

Organizational Structure: In 2024, responsibility for developing procedures and implementing due diligence processes in the supply chain was firmly embedded in the purchasing strategy and strengthened by the establishment of a dedicated department.

Standards and Requirements: The ↗ BMW Group Supplier Code of Conduct stipulates that affected (local) communities, and indigenous peoples especially, must also be taken into account and protected across the supply chain.

Risk Assessment and Site Evaluation

Environmental Assessment: All sites that require an environmental assessment and approval under national law are subject to due diligence processes. This includes:

  • All production sites
  • Component production facilities
  • Research and Innovation Centre (FIZ)
  • Test tracks
  • Distribution centres

New Site Assessment: New sites are assessed for impacts and risks using:

  • Environmental due diligence
  • Environmental impact analysis
  • Climate risk assessments
  • Baseline assessments of biodiversity (where required)

Materiality Assessment Integration

The Company's established environmental, social and governance due diligence processes form the starting point for identifying impacts on the environment and society along the BMW Group value chain as part of the materiality assessment.

Stakeholder Engagement

Maintaining an ongoing dialogue with civil society, affected communities and other relevant stakeholders in the supply chain is a key component in the approach to dealing with critical raw materials.

Grievance Mechanisms

Stakeholders can report compliance-related concerns through:

  • The ↗ BMW Group Compliance Contact
  • The ↗ BMW Group SpeakUP Line (available in all countries where BMW Group employees work via local, toll-free telephone numbers in more than 30 languages)

The BMW Group is involved in RBA Voices, a standardised, cross-industry grievance mechanism available for download from the Apple App Store and the Google Play Store.

Crayon Group HoldingNorway

Statement on due diligence

Crayon Group is committed to conducting business in accordance with high ethical standards and in compliance with applicable laws and regulations. The Company has established policies and procedures to ensure responsible business conduct throughout its operations and value chain.

Our wide-ranging ESG initiatives contribute to our business strategy and business success by helping to strengthen relationships with existing and potential customers worldwide, across all our lines of business. Some of our ESG initiatives have the co-benefit of enabling us to anticipate and comply with regulatory requirements, mitigating the financial and reputational risks associated with regulatory non-compliance.

The Group Treasury overlooks the credit risk on a centralized level whilst the subsidiaries are responsible for performing credit check and control, enforcing payment terms and conditions towards the clients.

Crayon faces credit risk for the full amount of any gross sales invoiced on behalf of the software supplier, even when acting as an agent and only recognising net revenues on reseller business. This also includes situations with disputes between the software vendor and the end user related to services delivered or consumed. In such cases, Crayon engages in dialogue with both the end user and with the software vendor in order to agree on balanced solutions.

Responsibility for employee health and safety at Crayon is shared between the Human Resources and Trust Unit teams. Sound safety and health practices are integral to our operations, and we comply with all local workplace safety regulations.

The Group strives to be a workplace where there is no discrimination and endeavors to promote the objectives of the Norwegian Anti-Discrimination Act in its operations with regard to recruitment, wages and working conditions, promotion, development opportunities and protection against harassment.

Danica PensionDenmark

Statement on due diligence

As part of the Danske Bank Group, Danica supports a number of international sustainability initiatives and standards. These include: • the 2030 Agenda and the UN Sustainable Development Goals • the UN Global Compact • the OECD Guidelines for Multinational Enterprises • the UN Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights • the UN-supported Principles for Responsible Investment • the UN Environment Programme Finance Initiatives • the ILO Declaration on Fundamental Principles and Rights at Work • the Universal Declaration of Human Rights • the Paris Pledge for Action • the Poseidon Principles • the Responsible Ship Recycling Standards • the UN Principles for Responsible Banking • the Net-Zero Asset Owner Alliance • the Finance for Biodiversity Pledge • FAIRR

Danica regularly performs sustainability due diligence processes, for example in relation to responsible investments, employee engagement, human rights, etc.

The table below describes where in the Sustainability Statement relevant information about due diligence processes is found:

Core due diligence elementsSection of Sustainability Statement
Incorporating due diligence in governance, strategy and business modelTaxonomy, S1-1, E1-2, E1-3, E4-3, E4-4
Engaging with affected stakeholders in all key steps of the due diligence processTaxonomy, S1-1, S1-2, S1-3, S1-8, S4-1, S4-2, GOV-1, E1-3, E1-5, E4-1
Identifying and assessing negative impactsTaxonomy, E4-2, E4-3, S4-1, S4-5, E1-5, E4-4
Actions to mitigate the negative impactsS1-3, S1-5, S4-1, S4-2, S4-3, E1-2, E4-1, E4-4
Tracking the effectiveness of these efforts and communicationTaxonomy, S1-2, S1-4, S4-4
DanoneFrance

Due Diligence Framework: Danone maintains a comprehensive due diligence approach as part of its risk management and compliance framework. The Company has developed internal policies and procedures relating to compliance that are integrated into its internal control system.

Legal and Regulatory Compliance: As a player in the food and beverage industry active in many countries, Danone operates in a complex, changing and increasingly stringent regulatory environment. The Company has developed a General Secretary organization including General Counsel (Legal, Regulatory Affairs and Compliance) departments at local and central levels.

Compliance Management: The Group and its subsidiaries, assisted by their General Counsel teams and/or external legal advisors, take steps to:

  • Ensure compliance with applicable laws and regulations
  • Request administrative authorizations when necessary
  • Identify new applicable regulations
  • Monitor claims, litigations, and legal proceedings

Sustainability Due Diligence: Danone has implemented due diligence processes related to sustainability topics, particularly in response to emerging regulations such as:

  • Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive (CSRD)
  • Corporate Sustainability Due Diligence Directive (CS3D)
  • Various packaging and environmental regulations

Supply Chain Due Diligence: The Company has launched a Sustainable Sourcing Policy (SSP) in 2024, integrated into contract clauses between Danone and its direct suppliers, covering:

  • Environmental standards
  • Social responsibility requirements
  • Human rights considerations
  • Packaging circularity commitments

Risk Assessment Process: Due diligence is embedded in the annual strategic risk mapping process, which identifies, assesses, and manages material impacts, risks and opportunities across the value chain.

EniItaly

Statement on due diligence

Human Rights Due Diligence

Eni guarantees respect for human rights in the context of its activities and promotes them with its partners and stakeholders, also pursuing operations based on the values of responsibility, integrity and transparency.

Respect and promotion of Human Rights through the implementation of the Human Rights Management Model, impact analysis and the integration of Human Rights perspective in the business processes is part of Eni's approach to managing relationships with local stakeholders.

Supply Chain Due Diligence

Eni promotes the sustainable development of its supply chain, recognizing its key role in the transformation path undertaken. Through a systemic and inclusive approach, Eni shares values, commitments and targets with its suppliers, supporting and involving them in the growth path.

ESG Assessments in Procurement

  • Maintenance of ESG assessments in proceedings for more than 90% of the Italian procurement by 2025 compared to 2023
  • Proceedings with ESG assessments for 90% of foreign procurement by 2026 vs. 2023
  • 100% of strategic worldwide suppliers assessed on the path to sustainable development by 2025

Global Supply Chain Management

Eni's operations use a global supply chain for the procurement of capital goods, raw materials, works and services. The main assets procured were logistics support for the well area and ancillary services, offshore installations, engineering services for the oil and gas sector, professional services and well drilling services.

Stakeholder Engagement Due Diligence

Continuous dialogue with stakeholders to disclose the Eni's sustainable approach, also through social and local development projects and local content valorization, and collaboration agreements with national and international organizations towards Public Private Partnership (FAO, UNDP, UNESCO, UNIDO).

F SecureUnknown

As part of F-Secure due diligence we identify, mitigate, and account for how we have addressed actual and potential negative impacts connected to our business, our operations and value chain, our offering and business partners. Due Diligence is an ongoing practice that responds to and may trigger changes in our ESG governance, strategy, business model, activities and processes, business partners, operations, or sourcing. For further details, also see chapter on ESG governance and the role of administrative, management and supervisory bodies and the section on Governance.

Engagement with stakeholders

Through mapping all relevant stakeholders and conducting regular stakeholder engagement, F-Secure ensures an effective corporate sustainability due diligence process. The mapping includes employees, customers, suppliers, investors, and government bodies. We will review the stakeholder map when significant changes in the business model and strategy occur or if new impacts are identified as part of our IRO reviews and as described further under IRO-1 section.

On adverse impacts

Addressing and taking action on adverse impacts is conducted in alignment with F-Secure's risk management policy, where risks have an owner to drive mitigation activities. F-Secure uses risk modeling and quantification methods to identify and manage risks effectively. Risks are mitigated and proactively monitored, also building strategic resilience in the Company and its business operations where applicable. F-Secure has not identified any adverse impacts as described under the "F-Secure impacts on people and the environment" section.

Risk management is an integrated part of F-Secure's governance and management, and the risk management process is aligned with the ISO-31000:2018 guidelines. Each function is responsible for tracking the effectiveness of the mitigation activities and aligning with relevant internal or external stakeholders. The Leadership Team and Audit Committee review the risks bi-annually, while the Audit Committee regularly evaluates the effectiveness of the risk management process (internal controls).

FrequentisAustria

Statement on due diligence

The next table shows where key aspects and steps in the due diligence compliance procedure can be found in this consolidated non-financial statement.

Core elements of due diligenceParagraphs in the consolidated non-financial statement
Embedding due diligence in governance, strategy and business model↗ ESRS 2 – General disclosures / ESG organisation
Engaging with affected stakeholders in all key steps of the due diligence↗ ESRS 2 – General disclosures / Stakeholder dialogue
Identifying and assessing adverse impacts↗ ESRS 2 – General disclosures / Materiality assessment
Taking actions to address those adverse impacts↗ E1, E5, S1, S2, S4, G1, ES / Actions
Tracking the effectiveness of these efforts and communicating↗ E1, E5, S1, S2, S4, G1, ES / Actions
Gjensidige ForsikringNorway

Statement on due diligence

We are dependent on the trust of our surroundings to carry out our social mission. A comprehensive understanding of risk, with clear roles and responsibilities, is essential in our corporate governance.

Our Code of Conduct shall ensure that all employees act in a way that maintains trust in the Company. All Gjensidige's activities must stand up to public scrutiny.

Gjensidige's governance structure includes The General Meeting as the Company's supreme governing body, with an independent nomination committee that nominates members to the Board. The Board has overall responsibility for ensuring that the Group is managed responsibly, including responsibility for strategy, finances, the environment, social conditions and compliance with laws and regulations. This includes ensuring that the work on risk management and internal control is organised, documented and reported on in an expedient manner.

Our business is conducted within the framework of our strategy, our ethical principles and strict compliance with laws and regulations in the countries in which we operate. Sustainability is integrated into the strategy and our core processes.

Throughout our history, we have demonstrated social responsibility. This responsibility comes from our role as one of the Nordic region's largest insurance companies, where we have helped our customers by providing advice on damage prevention and been there when the damage was done. Among other things, this means requiring sustainable deliveries from our suppliers in their claims process. Sustainability is an integrated part our business model.

Going forward, Gjensidige will attend to this social responsibility by contributing to a sustainable society, in relation to both our insurance and investment activities. The following factors are particularly important in our sustainability work: GHG emissions and climate change adaptation of our products, circular economy, and how we can ensure that we develop expertise on risks related to the green transition so that we can help mitigate risk.

We define sustainability in line with the UN Sustainable Development Goals. This means that Gjensidige's activities will ensure a balance between climate and the environment, social conditions, good corporate governance and finances. Gjensidige's sustainability work focuses on four areas: a safer society, sustainable claims handling and responsible investments, and order in our own house. Ambitions and action plans will underpin our transition plan towards 2050.

HiltiLiechtenstein

Information on the Group's due diligence processes is incorporated by reference in the chapter Notes to the Consolidated Sustainability Statements.

HUGO BOSSGermany

HUGO BOSS conducts due diligence processes across its value chain, particularly in relation to suppliers and business partners:

Supplier Due Diligence: The Company works with a network of experienced and specialist suppliers, with relationships averaging more than ten years. HUGO BOSS fosters long-term strategic partnerships with its suppliers and sees itself as a strong partner, supporting suppliers in the further development and professionalization of processes and workflows.

Selection Criteria: Alongside economic criteria, HUGO BOSS attaches great importance to environmental and social aspects in the selection of suppliers. The cooperation is based on:

  • Respect for human rights
  • Compliance with applicable working standards
  • Occupational health and safety

Supplier Code of Conduct: The HUGO BOSS Supplier Code of Conduct forms the framework for all supplier relationships, establishing the foundation for due diligence processes.

Supply Chain Transparency: In 2024, the Company successfully rolled out key traceability features to a large majority of supply chain partners worldwide, significantly strengthening transparency across the entire supply chain through the Digital TWIN initiative.

Supplier Network: In fiscal year 2024, HUGO BOSS sourced finished goods from 200 external Tier 1 suppliers operating 271 production facilities, and procured fabrics and trimmings from 382 external Tier 2 suppliers operating 411 production facilities.

KoneFinland

KONE integrates due diligence into its governance and strategy by adhering to the Finnish Corporate Governance Code and embedding sustainability into its operations. The company's due diligence and its integration to key processes are supported by KONE Global Management System, Health and Safety Policy Statement, Environmental Policy Statement, Human Rights Policy, Code of Conduct, and Supplier and Distributor Codes of Conduct, which are detailed in the policy sections of the material sustainability topics. KONE emphasizes engagement with stakeholders, including employees, suppliers, and communities.

Supporting KONE's sustainability due diligence, the continuous assessment and identification of impacts, risks, and opportunities is embedded into its processes and policies. In addition to complying with applicable laws, rules, and regulations, KONE has established internal requirements to uphold high environmental and social standards in global activities, as well as for its suppliers and partners.

KRONESGermany

Statement on due diligence - The risk of providing inaccurate, incomplete or misleading information in the non-financial statement was identified as a material risk. Policies, work instructions and manuals are established in order to identify and reduce risks in the area of sustainability reporting. In this connection, we have developed control mechanisms to ensure the accuracy and completeness of our sustainability reporting and thus the provision of precise, complete and clear information. Our sustainability reporting processes and controls are continually reviewed to ensure they meet changing needs and are adjusted as necessary to improve their effectiveness.

Our fundamental codes – the Code of Conduct and the Supplier Code of Conduct – are derived from the company's corporate vision. These documents apply without exception to all workers and service providers along the value chain. Their purpose is to ensure compliance with laws, standards and policies throughout the company in order to foster a working environment characterised by integrity, respect and fair and responsible conduct. At the same time, the policy documents serve to embed a strong compliance culture within the company, reinforce our values and encourage employees throughout the value chain to report wrongdoing. In the interests of all stakeholders, violations of our codes are systematically investigated and dealt with.

LeonardoItaly

The Group has set out a model of responsible business conduct aimed at preventing, identifying and responding to the risk of corruption.

Thanks to its model, Leonardo SpA has reached the highest level of Transparency International's Defence Companies Index on Anti-Corruption and Corporate Transparency (DCI), in addition to having its ISO 37001 certification, the first international standard on anti-corruption management system, confirmed. Leonardo was the first company in the world's top ten in Aerospace, Defence and Security to obtain this certification. The model also provides for the responsible management of the supply chain, through the qualification, selection and management of suppliers, as well as the adoption of a risk analysis tool within the scope of due diligence audits within the process of engagement assignation to sales promoters, and other third parties.

The Group systematically carries out due diligence activities before and after the completion of partnerships and joint ventures. At this purpose, the active involvement of its top management in any related operation is aimed, among other things, at directing its strategies and identifying and managing any critical issue in a timely fashion.

Leroy Merlin EspañaSpain

Below are the main stages of due diligence and their coverage in LEROY MERLIN Spain's sustainability statement:

Essential Elements of Due Diligence:

Integrating due diligence into governance, strategy, and business model:

  • ESRS 2 GOV-2: Information provided to administrative, management and supervisory bodies
  • ESRS 2 GOV-3: Integrating Sustainability-Related Performance into Incentive Systems
  • ESRS 2 SBM-3: Material impacts, risks and opportunities and their interaction with strategy and business model
  • ESRS S1-1: Policies related to own personnel
  • ESRS S2-1: Policies related to workers in the value chain
  • ESRS G1-1: Corporate Culture and Business Conduct Policies

Collaboration with affected stakeholders at all key stages:

  • ESRS 2 GOV-2, SBM-2: Stakeholder Interests and Opinions
  • ESRS 2 IRO-1: Description of processes for determining and assessing material impacts, risks and opportunities

Identification and assessment of adverse impacts:

  • ESRS 2 IRO-1 and SBM-3

Adoption of measures to address adverse impacts:

  • ESRS E1-1: Climate Change Mitigation Transition Plan
  • ESRS E5-2: Actions and resources related to use of resources and circular economy
  • ESRS S1-4, S2-4, S3-4: Actions taken regarding material impacts on respective stakeholders

Monitoring effectiveness and communication:

  • Reported specifically in different thematic ESRS across all material topics
LundbeckDenmark

Statement on due diligence

Lundbeck has implemented comprehensive due diligence processes to identify, prevent, and mitigate adverse impacts across our operations and value chain, in line with our commitment to responsible business conduct.

Due diligence framework: Our due diligence approach is integrated into our business processes and covers environmental, social, and governance risks. We conduct due diligence across our entire value chain, from research and development through to patient delivery.

Key due diligence processes:

Supply chain due diligence:

  • Comprehensive supplier qualification and assessment processes
  • Regular audits of critical suppliers including on-site inspections
  • Supplier Code of Conduct requirements covering labor standards, environmental practices, and business ethics
  • Risk-based monitoring with enhanced due diligence for suppliers in higher-risk jurisdictions
  • Corrective action plans and supplier capability building where needed

Clinical research due diligence:

  • Rigorous patient safety protocols and adverse event monitoring
  • Ethics committee approvals and regulatory compliance verification
  • Clinical trial site assessments and monitoring
  • Patient consent processes and data privacy protections
  • Diversity and inclusion commitments in clinical trial design

Environmental due diligence:

  • Environmental impact assessments for manufacturing operations
  • Regular monitoring of air, water and soil impacts
  • Waste management and chemical safety assessments
  • Climate risk assessments including physical and transition risks

Business ethics due diligence:

  • Third-party risk assessments including anti-corruption screening
  • Know Your Customer (KYC) and sanctions screening processes
  • Regular monitoring of business partners and intermediaries
  • Whistleblower and grievance mechanisms

Effectiveness and continuous improvement: We regularly evaluate the effectiveness of our due diligence processes and make improvements based on learnings, stakeholder feedback, and evolving best practices. This includes updating our risk assessments, enhancing monitoring systems, and strengthening our supplier and partner requirements.

NesteFinland

We implement an ongoing process of human rights due diligence to identify, assess and address adverse human rights impacts across our business operations and value chains. Stakeholder engagement is a key component of Neste's human rights due diligence, extending across our operations, supply chains, and communities. When assessing human rights risks, we pay special attention to vulnerable groups such as women, children, migrant workers and Indigenous Peoples.

Neste has put in place ongoing management processes to identify, prevent, mitigate and remedy adverse human rights impacts. We continuously monitor and track the effectiveness of our response, with transparent reporting and communication on how impacts are addressed.

All Neste´s renewable raw material suppliers are subject to rigorous sustainability due diligence, as stated in Neste's Supplier Sustainability Approval Principle. It sets the minimum sustainability requirements for approving suppliers through a multi-step process, including raw material evaluation, risk assessments, counterparty screening, a sustainability review and audits.

NNITDenmark

Statement on due diligence

The table provides a mapping of where in our Sustainability Statements we provide information about our due diligence process, including how we apply the main aspects and steps of our due diligence process.

Core elements of due diligenceSections in the Sustainability StatementsPageDoes the disclosure relate to people and/or the environment?
a) Embedding due diligence in governance, strategy and business modelESRS 2 GOV-2<br>ESRS 2 GOV-3<br>ESRS 2 SBM-339-40<br>39-40<br>50People and Environment<br>People and Environment<br>People and Environment
b) Engaging with affected stakeholders in all key steps of the due diligenceESRS 2 GOV-2<br>ESRS 2 SBM-2<br>ESRS 2 IRO-1<br>S1-2<br>S4-239-40<br>44-46<br>47-49<br>75<br>93People and Environment<br>People and Environment<br>People and Environment<br>People<br>People
c) Identifying and assessing adverse impactsESRS 2 IRO-1<br>ESRS 2 SBM-347-49<br>50People and Environment<br>People and Environment
d) Taking actions to address those adverse impactsE1-3<br>S1-4<br>S4-4<br>G1-357<br>77<br>94-95<br>102-103Environment<br>People<br>People<br>People and Environment
e) Tracking the effectiveness of these efforts and communicatingE1-4<br>E1-5<br>E1-6<br>S1-5<br>S1-6<br>S1-9<br>S1-14<br>S4-5<br>G1-458<br>59<br>60<br>79<br>81<br>83<br>84<br>96<br>103Environment<br>Environment<br>Environment<br>People<br>People<br>People<br>People<br>People<br>People
Novabase SGPSPortugal

Novabase Group is solidly committed to due diligence in all of its operations, ensuring that all of its corporate processes and decisions are conducted with integrity, transparency and responsibility. Accordingly, a structured approach is undertaken in order to identify, assess and mitigate risks related to human rights, environmental impact and corporate governance, protecting the interests of Novabase shareholders and those of other stakeholders, providing access to clear information about how risks and opportunities are managed with respect to Group business.

The table below lists key information relating to sustainability due diligence as conducted by Novabase:

KEY INFORMATION ON DUE DILIGENCEREFERENCES
Integration of due diligence into corporate governance and cultureGOV-1, GOV-2, SBM-3
Identification and assessment of adverse impactsIRO-1, SBM-2, SMB-3
Develop action plans for reducing or eliminating adverse impactsGOV-2, MDR-P
Regularly assess the efficacy of actions taken for mitigating risks and impactsGOV-2
Disclose information regarding risks, impacts and actions taken to mitigate themSustainability Statement
NovartisSwitzerland

Human rights due diligence

We manage our program through three pillars, aligned with the UNGPs: due diligence, internal empowerment, and stakeholder engagement.

Due diligence: We conduct ongoing human rights due diligence across our business and ensure that we have policies and management systems in place to support our commitments. External partners are regularly assessed and monitored against the labor and human rights provisions set out in our Third Party Code.

We have a monitoring system in place that tracks remediation actions regarding human and labor rights at external partner sites, and their successful resolution through time-bound corrective action plans. We collaborate with industry partners such as the Pharmaceutical Supply Chain Initiative (PSCI) on topic-specific supply-chain projects.

Supply chain due diligence

Our external partner risk management (EPRM) framework enables risk management in a single, mandatory process and system as part of our integrated assurance system. The framework comprises governance, processes and internal controls, and applies a risk-based approach.

The due diligence efforts are applied in proportion to the level of identified risk, which is determined by the probability and severity of potential adverse impacts. We carry out risk assessments and selected audits among external partners in various risk areas including human rights; health, safety and environment; labor rights; information security; anti-bribery and corruption, and; business continuity management.

All suppliers are subject to risk assessments when we engage with them and at a regular frequency thereafter. Suppliers flagged for high risk are subject to an onsite audit by our integrated assurance team.

Main activities in 2024

In early 2024, we completed our company-wide annual human rights risk saliency assessment. This reaffirmed our focus on four previously identified priority areas.

In alignment with the evolving regulatory landscape on value chain due diligence, we also enhanced our external partner labor rights due diligence and risk assessment framework.

We concluded a pilot project aimed at engaging directly with workers in our supply chain. This involved a comprehensive survey on working conditions. To address the survey's findings, we are actively providing ongoing capability-building support to strengthen our external partners' ability to implement effective solutions.

In 2024, we continued to develop human rights due diligence tools and processes to further support our operations in high risk and conflict-affected markets. These markets present unique challenges that require businesses to adapt their strategies to navigate and operate effectively.

We published a report on our efforts to address modern slavery under UK and Australian legislation, as well as reports on child labor and conflict minerals in our supply chain under Swiss and US legislation, respectively. We also published our second human rights report under the Norwegian Transparency Act.

OMVAustria

Our Code of Conduct was updated to align with our Strategy 2030 and new regulatory requirements, such as supply chain due diligence and sustainability management best practices. We strengthened our existing commitments, particularly related to climate change and human rights, and introduced new ones to address emerging material topics like biodiversity, ecosystems, and the rights and welfare of workers in our value chain. These commitments are fundamental to our operations and continued success.

QT GroupFinland

Qt has not yet systematically created or implemented a due diligence process nor has it been incorporated it into the governance model. However, the due diligence process is applied partially, and its steps are described in the following sections of this sustainability statement: • Engaging with affected stakeholders: ESRS 2 GOV-2, SBM-2, IRO-1, S1-2 & S2-2. • Identifying and assessing negative impacts on people and the environment: ESRS 2 IRO-1, SBM-3. • Taking action to address negative impacts on people and the environment: ESRS 2 MDR-A, S1-4, S2-3, G1-3. • Tracking the effectiveness of these efforts: ESRS 2 MDR-M, MDR-T, S1-5, S2-5 and S1 & S2 & G1 topic-specific metrics.

RandstadNetherlands

Randstad is committed to preventing or mitigating adverse human rights impacts caused by or linked to operations and services, and addressing such impacts if they occur. As a signatory to the UN Global Compact, the company upholds its Ten Principles on human rights, labor rights, environmental protection, and anti-corruption. The Human Rights Policy defines responsibilities and expectations for talent as well as for employees and external stakeholders regarding human rights issues.

As part of the onboarding program, all Randstad employees are familiarized with business principles and policies. Specifically, they learn about the Human Rights Policy, which aims to prevent violations in operations, services and business relationships with employees, talent, contractors, the self-employed and other stakeholders. All new hires receive information related to the Human Rights Policy in their induction program, and all employees must complete mandatory compliance and refresher training in human rights.

Randstad actively focuses on supporting groups at risk of exclusion, including women, youth, people with disabilities, the LGBTQI+ community, older workers, refugees, migrants and locally-defined underrepresented groups.

RepsolSpain

This entire process of transforming our business would not be possible without the talent of our employees, who make up a diverse and multicultural team of more than 25,000 people in more than 20 countries and who are our greatest asset. We remain focus on complying with the Global Compact's Ten Principles on human rights, labor standards, anti-corruption and the environment, and on initiatives such as the CEO Water Mandate.

Repsol's corporate governance system is based on the principles of transparency, independence and accountability and is fully compliant with current national and international standards. The Group's corporate structure is aligned with the needs and objectives of the businesses, complies with the applicable legal and tax framework, and avoids the use of artificial and opaque structures.

RocheSwitzerland

Due Diligence Statement

Roche conducts due diligence to ensure risks are mitigated and managed across our operations and value chain. We have policies in place as well as a risk management approach to prevent, detect and mitigate risk of potential infringement on human rights and its adverse impacts, including the assessment of whether there are reasonable grounds to suspect child labour.

Risk Management Process: Our Pharmaceuticals and Diagnostics Divisions and global functions conduct a formal risk and opportunity assessment at least once a year and must develop response plans for their most material risks and opportunities. The effectiveness of Roche's risk management process is regularly monitored by the Group Risk Advisory team. The overall process is reviewed by the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors and also externally when appropriate.

Supply Chain Due Diligence: We communicate our expectations to suppliers through the Roche Supplier Code of Conduct. We assess suppliers failing to provide equal pay for work of equal value and suppliers failing to provide a workplace free of harsh treatment, harassment and discrimination.

Human Rights Due Diligence: Roche upholds human rights principles across our own operations and our value chain. In a globalised world, business value chains often span across international borders, giving millions of people an opportunity to participate in the global economy; however, this also brings challenges to ensuring workers' human rights. We have implemented processes to identify, prevent, mitigate and account for actual and potential adverse impacts.

SanofiUnknown

Mapping of core elements of due diligence

Mapping of core elements of due diligence, for impacts on people and the environment, to the relevant disclosures in Sanofi's sustainability statement:

Core elements of due diligenceParagraphs in the sustainability statement
A. Embedding due diligence in governance, strategy and business model3.1.2.1. GOV-1: The role of the administrative, management and supervisory bodies<br>3.1.1. Overview of our business, governance and strategy
B. Engaging with affected stakeholders in all key steps of the due diligence process3.1.1.2. Dialogue with our stakeholders
C. Identifying and assessing adverse impacts3.1.4. Double Materiality Assessment Methodology
D. Taking actions to address those adverse impacts3.7.2. Duty of vigilance risk table
E. Tracking the effectiveness of these efforts and communicating3.7.2. Duty of vigilance risk table
SAPGermany

Statement on due diligence

SAP conducts due diligence processes as part of its governance and risk management framework. The Executive Board advised the Supervisory Board about the terms of the settlement agreement that SAP reached with the U.S. Department of Justice regarding ongoing compliance matters. The Supervisory Board and Executive Board agreed that the Company must have a zero-tolerance policy on compliance breaches.

The Supervisory Board discussed with the Executive Board the stipulations of the German Supply Chain Due Diligence Act and the action SAP is taking to ensure responsible AI practices. SAP's Chief Sustainability Officer reported on new statutory reporting requirements and due diligence processes.

The Audit and Compliance Committee regularly discussed ongoing compliance matters, the status of SAP's internal investigations, and its cooperation with authorities on respective cases. The Committee also dealt with the monitoring of SAP's risk management system, internal control system, sustainability reporting, and compliance system.

SAP has established processes to identify, assess, and manage impacts, risks, and opportunities (IROs) related to sustainability as part of its due diligence framework. This process was reported to and discussed by the Supervisory Board and relevant committees throughout 2024.

Siili SolutionsFinland

Statement on due diligence

Siili has integrated compliance with the due diligence obligation into its corporate governance, strategy and administration, which adheres to the Finnish Corporate Governance Code for listed companies. Moreover, Siili has considered material sustainability topics in its strategy process, key business processes and operating systems, policies and ethical guidelines. Siili does not have a separate due diligence process related to sustainability.

TAG ImmobilienGermany

Against the background of the existing discussion about simplifying the requirements of the CSRD and the associated legal uncertainty, particularly with regard to the content and scope of the sustainability reporting standards applicable in the future, the Management Board of TAG has decided in favour of partially applying the first set of ESRS as a framework within the meaning of Section 289d HGB for the non-financial Group statement for the 2024 financial year.

TeamViewerGermany

Statement on due diligence

TeamViewer has established comprehensive due diligence processes across multiple areas of its operations, as evidenced by the following measures:

Security and Risk Management Due Diligence

Cybersecurity Incident Response: When TeamViewer experienced a cyberattack in June 2024, the company demonstrated robust due diligence through:

  • Swift detection, investigation, and remediation of the incident
  • Diligent investigation conducted with leading cybersecurity experts from Microsoft
  • Confirmation that the incident was contained within the internal corporate IT environment
  • Verification that the separated product environment, connectivity platform, and all customer data were not affected
  • Transparent communication to ensure customers' continued trust

Third-Party Risk Assessment:

  • TeamViewer's IT infrastructure, complete product and solutions portfolio, and relevant suppliers are subjected to detailed audits and stress tests by specialized international security service providers
  • Results and potential improvements are discussed at Security Steering Board meetings held every two weeks
  • All data centers where TeamViewer processes data are ISO 27001 certified

Data Protection Due Diligence

Privacy Management Framework:

  • Company-wide data protection organization integrated within the TeamViewer Privacy Management Framework
  • Dedicated internal data protection department within Legal and Compliance
  • External, independent Data Protection Officer appointed in accordance with GDPR Article 37
  • Complete record of processing activities maintained
  • Data protection impact assessments conducted where required
  • Technical and organizational measures (TOMs) reviewed at least annually, with last update in October 2024

Certification and Compliance:

  • Data protection certification from TÜV Informationstechnik GmbH received in October 2024
  • Trusted Site Privacy certificate awarded for TeamViewer Remote and Tensor products
  • Compliance with HIPAA/HITECH, SOC 2, SOC 3, and TISAX requirements
  • Compliance with EU cybersecurity and data protection requirements per NIS2 Directive confirmed by independent third-party assessment

Product Development Due Diligence

Secure Software Development:

  • Secure Software Development Life Cycle (S-SDLC) implemented across all development phases
  • Software Bill of Materials (SBOM) maintained for all software components
  • Security tests embedded in development phases to identify vulnerabilities
  • Responsible Disclosure principle followed with Vulnerability Disclosure Policy (VDP)
  • Bug Bounty Program transitioned from private to public model in 2024

Supply Chain Due Diligence

Vendor and Partner Assessment:

  • Regular monitoring for unauthorized changes and anomaly detection
  • Supply chain attack detection and prevention measures
  • Regular security reviews of suppliers and partners
  • Business Continuity Management (BCM) to improve organizational resilience

Financial and Operational Due Diligence

Acquisition Due Diligence: For the 1E acquisition announced in December 2024:

  • Thorough review of market developments and customer feedback
  • In-depth assessment of market opportunities and competitive landscape
  • Comprehensive evaluation of strategic advantages and technology integration potential
  • Due diligence processes supported the USD 720 million enterprise value determination

Continuous Monitoring and Improvement

TeamViewer maintains continuous due diligence through:

  • 24/7 security monitoring via external Security Operations Center (SOC)
  • Regular threat intelligence integration
  • Quarterly business performance reviews and strategic assessments
  • Annual security audits and certifications
  • Regular updates to policies and procedures based on emerging risks and regulations
TKHNetherlands

Statement on due diligence

TKH conducts due diligence processes to identify, assess, and mitigate actual and potential negative impacts on people and the environment throughout its operations and value chain.

Supply chain due diligence

  • We conduct supplier audits to assess sustainability-related risks, such as raw material extraction impact
  • 59.0% of our Tier-1 copper suppliers are certified by The Copper Mark (target > 80%)
  • 78.2% of copper suppliers were assessed with our 2024 risk management assessment
  • We enter into active dialogue with our strategic suppliers to improve the sustainability of their products and processes

Human rights due diligence

  • We assess risks related to child/forced labor and health and safety in our value chain
  • Working conditions and other work-related rights in the value chain are regularly evaluated
  • We have processes in place to remediate negative impacts and channels for workers to raise concerns

Environmental due diligence

  • We consider environmental impact in every business decision we take
  • Implementation of energy-saving, emissions and waste reduction programs
  • Operation in accordance with ISO 14001 environmental management standards
  • Regular assessment of pollution risks related to air, soil, and water

Governance and oversight The Executive Board is responsible for the implementation of due diligence processes, with regular reporting to the Supervisory Board on the effectiveness of these measures and any identified risks or impacts.

UbisoftFrance

The Group has implemented due diligence processes as described in section 5.7 Duty of care plan. This includes procedures to identify, prevent and mitigate serious violations of human rights and fundamental freedoms, serious bodily injury or environmental damage, and health and safety risks that could result from the activities of the company, its controlled subsidiaries, and subcontractors and suppliers with whom established commercial relationships are maintained.

VestasDenmark

Vestas has implemented comprehensive due diligence processes across its operations and value chain:

Human Rights Due Diligence: Vestas updated its Human Rights Policy in 2024 to reflect evolving best practice and was ranked first in the Danish Institute for Human Rights' benchmark of large Danish companies. The company conducts Social Due Diligence on projects, achieving 83% coverage in 2024 compared to 59% in 2023.

Supply Chain Due Diligence: Vestas works closely with suppliers through various mechanisms including the annual Vestas Supplier Forum and enhanced engagement and integration with supply chain partners. The company maintains risk mitigation frameworks taking into account potential disruption of operations.

Value Chain Oversight: The company has established processes for engaging with value chain workers about impacts and maintains channels for workers to raise concerns. Vestas conducts due diligence across its complex supply chain involving both product and project manufacturing models.

Community Engagement: Vestas engages with impacted communities near projects to minimize and address potential grievances, with community grievance mechanisms in place. The company reported 2 community grievances in 2024 and supported 7,919 community beneficiaries.

Business Conduct: The company maintains policies and processes for prevention and detection of corruption and bribery, with 757 EthicsLine cases reported in 2024, of which 147 were substantiated.

WithSecureFinland

WithSecure's Board of Directors and the President and CEO are responsible for the company's governance. WithSecure's corporate governance practices are based on applicable Finnish laws, the rules of Helsinki Stock Exchange (NASDAQ Helsinki Oy) and the regulations and guidelines of Finnish Financial Supervisory Authority as well as the company's Articles of Association.

WithSecure's sustainability due diligence process ensures that the company identifies, prevents, mitigates and accounts for how WithSecure addresses the actual and potential negative impacts the company might have both in its own operations as well as within the value chain.

Due diligence has been embedded in the governance, strategy and business model of WithSecure. This is showcased through the level of information provided to and the sustainability matters addressed by the company's administrative, management and supervisory bodies.

Core Elements of Due Diligence:

Core ElementReference
Embedding due diligence in governance, strategy and business modelSection "GOV-1, GOV-2 The role of, information provided to and sustainability matters addressed by the administrative, management and supervisory bodies"
Engaging with affected stakeholders in all key steps of the due diligenceSection "SBM-2 Interests and views of stakeholders"
Identifying and assessing adverse impactsSection "SBM-3 Material sustainability-related impacts, risks and opportunities"
Taking actions to address those adverse impactsTopic-specific action descriptions
Tracking the effectiveness of these efforts and communicatingTopic-specific target descriptions and related performance statuses

Affected stakeholders are engaged with in all key steps of the due diligence process. Their views were integrated in the double materiality analysis to identify WithSecure's material impacts, risks and opportunities ensuring that they have had the possibility to influence and guide the company's conduct.

WithSecure's due diligence is an ongoing process that responds to changes both in the company's operations as well as the surrounding environment and society. The company is planning on updating its double materiality analysis during the year 2025 to ensure that the most current information and stakeholder views are taken into account.

GOV-5

Risk management and internal controls over sustainability reporting

58 companies
AcerinoxSpain

Acerinox is also developing a Internal Control System over Sustainability Reporting (ICSSR) to guarantee the accuracy and integrity of the data, the availability of qualitative and quantitative indicators throughout the value chain, and the availability periods for information.

To this end, risks related to the reporting of sustainability information, which are not significant, have been identified in collaboration with the internal data owners, and a comprehensive set of internal monitoring measures will be implemented to ensure its accuracy and reliability.

The methodological approach is aligned with the three lines of defense (COSO) risk model. Key to the model is the establishment of projected roles and responsibilities to ensure and oversee compliance with the ICSSR: Board of Directors, data management and monitoring officers, internal monitoring, internal audit, etc.

The ICSSR Manual establishes the roles and responsibilities in the system's monitoring and control process, as well as regular reporting to the Audit Committee.

Amadeus ITSpain

Risk management and internal controls over sustainability reporting

Amadeus' management has endorsed a Risk Management Framework to identify the main risks the Group faces, the effective controls to mitigate them, and information systems for their periodic monitoring. This framework has been developed based on awareness of the principles set out in the COSO ERM and ISO 31000 risk management frameworks, as well as best practices to ensure that risks are identified, analyzed, evaluated, managed, controlled, and monitored systematically.

The Enterprise Risk Management Policy, applicable to all Amadeus Group majority-controlled companies in relation to all their activities, processes, projects, products and services, sets out the basic principles of the risk management framework and focuses on: • Achieving its long-term objectives; • Contributing to the maximum level of assurance to shareholders and clients to defend their respective interests; • Protecting the Group's earnings; • Protecting the Group's image and reputation; • Maintaining Corporate stability and financial strength sustained over time, involving every member of the Group.

Three Lines of Defense Model Amadeus formally adopted the Three Lines of Defense Model ('Three Lines Model') with the endorsement of the Board and the Executive Committee.

Roles and ResponsibilitiesThe Board of Directors is responsible for approving the risk management and control policy, including tax, financial and non-financial risks, as well as the periodic monitoring of internal reporting systems and controls.

The Audit Committee:

  • Assesses the effectiveness and integrity of the management and control function of the financial and non-financial risks
  • Supervises the effectiveness of internal control and risk management systems as a whole, embracing both financial and non-financial risks (including operational, technological, legal, sustainability, political and reputational or those related to corruption)
  • Supervises the internal audit area
  • Supervises relations with the statutory auditor and with the sustainability assurance provider
  • Supervises the compliance with the Company's policies in sustainability related matters, and internal rules of conduct

The Risk Steering Committee is a decision-making body empowered by the Executive Committee to provide oversight and guidance on risk management activities and issues across the Amadeus Group, including risk assessment and prioritization, risk mitigation strategies and crisis responses.

Risk Categories Risks are classified into the following categories: • Strategic: Risks related to Amadeus objectives. • Financial: Financial risks relative to market, credit, interest, liquidity, reporting, internal systems, planning, funding, etc. • Legal and Compliance: Risks resulting from violations of laws, regulations, codes of conduct, or organizational standards. • Operational: Risks resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people, including talent, and systems, or from external events or IT service failures. • Sustainability: Risk related to environmental, social and people, business conduct and ethical aspects not included in the Legal and Compliance risks category.

Sustainability related-risks are embedded in the overall risk management and internal control processes and systems.

Internal Control over Sustainability Reporting (ICSR) In 2024, Amadeus' Group Internal Control unit has started to develop an internal control environment model -Internal Control over Sustainability Reporting (ICSR) matrix-, based on COSO. Amadeus ICSR model contains a sustainability risk and control matrix for the Group that includes the material sustainability topics and the entity specifics identified through the double materiality assessment.

The Sustainability Office at Amadeus is accountable for producing the consolidated Non-Financial Information Statement and sustainability information 2024, using a specific sustainability reporting software.

AMAG Austria MetallAustria

Risk management and internal controls over sustainability reporting

Risk management is implemented as an integral component for identifying, assessing and controlling all significant strategic, technical and operational risks and opportunities at AMAG. It makes a significant contribution to the successful implementation of the corporate strategy and the objectives derived from it. Risks are to be recognised at an early stage and proactively managed wherever possible in order to limit or completely avoid potential negative impacts. In addition to mitigating risks, business opportunities should be utilised in a targeted manner. It is crucial to identify scarce resources in order to deploy them proactively, efficiently and effectively and to make timely and risk-oriented decisions on new investments and (business) activities in order to minimise risk. A sufficiently high level of risk awareness at all organisational levels of AMAG is essential for this. AMAG's risk management is based on the "Risk Management" standard (ISO 31000) and the COSO ERM Framework. The risk management guideline for the Ranshofen site and the AMAG components sites (Germany) regulates the efficient and responsible handling of risks and opportunities in order to minimise the legal and economic consequences.

The two pillars of strategic and technical risk and opportunity management are supplemented at an operational level by the derivation of risks and opportunities from maintenance (risk-based maintenance) and technology (assessment of process error risks with an impact on products).

RESPONSIBILITY, TASKS AND INTERNAL COMMUNICATION: The Management Board is responsible for defining AMAG's risk strategy and adopting the risk management programme. This takes place at least once a year as part of risk meetings convened by the Management Board. As a consequence, the Management Board is also responsible for updating and adapting AMAG's risk management system to changing conditions, assumes the tasks of monitoring the overall system, and ensures that risk management is integrated into all activities at AMAG. The Management Board regularly informs the Supervisory Board and the Audit Committee about AMAG's risk situation.

Responsibility for the risks of the AMAG companies lies with the respective management. The risk officers are responsible for the identification, assessment, documentation and, if necessary, monitoring of performance indicators and the definition of early warning signals for risks in their area of responsibility. They obtain information on the respective risk situation and take this into account in their risk reports within their reporting line. Significant new risks and opportunities that arise in the meantime or the significant intensification or improvement of a risk situation are reported directly to the Management Board and the Risk Management department. The latter provides support in assessing the risks and updates the risk management system.

At the end of the year, the implementation of the measures taken for the individual risks is reviewed. At the beginning of the year, the effectiveness of the risk management system is verified externally.

RISK AND OPPORTUNITY ASSESSMENT: The classification and resulting prioritisation of risks is based on the probability of occurrence and the potential impact on EBITDA using a five-point scale. The assessment of financial impacts on EBITDA is based on various risk aspects defined in the guideline, such as sources, affected areas and trends, which are weighed up and evaluated in a professional discourse. To date, opportunities have only been assessed qualitatively in risk management (see materiality assessment).

DOUBLE MATERIALITY ASSESSMENT: In the course of defining the material topics for non-financial statement, a double materiality assessment is carried out. On the one hand, it includes those impacts that emanate from the company or its value chain and can have a positive or negative effect on the corporate environment (inside-out approach). On the other hand, these impacts are - where possible - linked to the risks and opportunities (outside-in) from the existing risk management system. The double materiality assessment can also identify ESG risks and opportunities, especially in the social and human rights area, which are not (yet) mapped in risk management, as their consequences and financial impacts are complex and difficult to capture.

SIGNIFICANT RISKS IN THE ESG SECTOR: Climate-related risks are divided into transitory and physical risks, the latter in turn into acute and chronic risks. The acute and chronic physical risks are derived from data from GeoSphere (Austria's national meteorological and geophysical service) and data from the IPCC (Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change). Acute physical events that can lead to risks for AMAG include storm damage, high water/flooding, heavy rain, heavy snow and hail. Chronic risks such as long-term climatic changes or threats can in turn increasingly lead to acute physical risks for the company. All types of physical events are monitored and evaluated in AMAG's risk management system. The measures taken are documented and regularly reviewed. In order to manage these risks, comprehensive measures are taken to counteract the progression of climate change. A central step here is decarbonisation, for which AMAG has drawn up a roadmap.

Transitory risks for AMAG can arise from regulatory, legal and technological changes, as well as changes in supply security, among other things. In order to prevent regulatory risks due to changes in climate and environmental protection requirements or energy policy, for example, the legal situation and draft legislation are constantly monitored, and dialogue with stakeholders is stepped up.

In the environmental area, potential risks were also identified as a result of air, water and soil pollution, for example in the form of environmental incidents or non-compliance with regulations and limits, at the sites and along the value chain. A shortage of raw materials and related supply bottlenecks, as well as inadequate or incorrect disposal, can also represent a significant risk for AMAG. Climate and environment-related risks are dealt with outside of risk management in relevant specialist departments (environmental and energy management) and in the environmental management team (see E1 - Management of impacts, risks and opportunities). Climate and environmental risks are also considered in a study on the avoidance of significant adverse impacts in accordance with the EU Taxonomy (Regulation (EU) 2021/2139).

Social and human rights risks and opportunities are also subject to close monitoring. High employee turnover, (cyber) attacks and data protection breaches have been identified as significant potential risks for the AMAG sites (see S1 – Own workforce). To mitigate these risks, concepts and measures are developed and evaluated together with the HR department. Along the supply chain, potential violations of certain human and social rights are defined as risks that are to be largely mitigated or prevented through responsible procurement management (see S2 - Workers in the value chain).

In order to effectively prevent legal and compliance violations, among other things, AMAG has a comprehensive compliance system, which is explained in section G1 - Business conduct. AMAG counters all risks through responsible corporate governance, compliance with all laws and regulations, and transparent communication with all stakeholders. Technology risks can affect various areas, including climate and environmental protection and decarbonisation. In order to develop technologies for climate-neutral aluminium production and ultimately use them on an industrial scale, concrete scientific approaches, long-term stable political framework conditions and targets, investments in research and development and - if implemented - sufficient renewable energy that is available at affordable prices are required. AMAG is already actively working on solutions here. Far-reaching investments are always assessed in terms of key conditions such as security of supply and competitiveness. The framework conditions and various factors are continuously recorded and monitored in risk management. Measures to promote innovation and technology can be found primarily in Section E1 - Climate change and G1 – Business conduct.

The information published in the non-financial statement was subjected to an independent third party audit to obtain limited assurance on the basis of ISAE 3000 (Revised) by Ernst & Young Wirtschaftsprüfungsgesellschaft m.b.H. More comprehensive audit procedures were performed for the TRIFR (Total Recordable Injury Frequency Rate) and the specific emission indicators with the aim of obtaining reasonable assurance. Ernst & Young Wirtschaftsprüfungsgesellschaft m.b.H. was also commissioned to audit the consolidated financial statements and management report for 2024. The Management Board instructed the responsible employees in the respective departments to provide the complete and correct documentation and information required for the audit.

Banco SabadellSpain

The main function of the Internal Controls over Sustainability Reporting (hereinafter, ICSR) unit is the design and implementation of the general control framework corresponding to Banco Sabadell Group's Sustainability Report.

This includes the identification of significant quantitative data generation processes involved in generating the quantitative information contained in the Sustainability Report. A data generation process is considered to be one which generates quantitative indicators associated with the Impacts, Risks and Opportunities (IROs) stemming from the double materiality analysis and one which comprises common elements, such as a data origination source and the processing and analysis of those elements prior to final disclosure.

The ICSR unit analyses those data generation processes, through a thorough analysis with the expert areas involved, and identifies the risks associated with those processes, which are related to the content of the Comisión Nacional del Mercado de Valores (CNMV) guidance that serves as the frame of reference, and controls are designed and incorporated, jointly with those responsible for the data, to mitigate the previously identified risks.

The resulting matrix of risks and controls provides a holistic view of the processes and systems involved in producing the Sustainability Report. The matrix can be consulted to identify the executor and the reviewer of the control, the data that it covers and the process to which it belongs, among other fields.

Furthermore, with the entry into force of the new European Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive (CSRD), the ICSR unit has identified risks and designed controls over the new double materiality exercise in order to ensure the correct execution of this exercise and its completeness.

Based on the above-mentioned Directive, content controls have been established over the qualitative information disclosed throughout the Sustainability Report in relation to policies, actions, metrics and targets, as these are considered to constitute sensitive information and there are risks involved in their disclosure to the markets.

With regard to the assessment of the established controls, which mitigate the associated risks through their prevention or detection, this is carried out using the Bank's Governance, Risk and Compliance (GRC) tool, which is managed by the ICSR unit, where the areas responsible complete assessment forms accompanied by evidence supporting each of the controls.

Having completed the assessment, the GRC tool managed by the ICSR unit has a certification module that can be accessed by members of Senior Management. The certification process is based on the hierarchical and organisational ratification, at three levels, of the result achieved in the assessment of the controls.

The Board of Directors delegates the supervisory function regarding the internal control systems to the Board Audit and Control Committee. Every six months, the current situation of the ICSR as a result of new applicable regulatory requirements is reported to the Board Audit and Control Committee and to the Technical Committee on Accounting and Financial Disclosures. In addition, every year after the end of the tax year, the result of the assessment of the controls and the conclusions derived from it are escalated to the Board Audit and Control Committee.

Banque Internationale à LuxembourgLuxembourg

BIL has established a comprehensive risk management and internal control system specifically tailored for sustainability reporting. This system is governed by a centralised Sustainable Development Team that leads the sustainability reporting process and ensures compliance with relevant regulations.

Key components include:

Governance and Oversight

The ESG Strategic Steering Committee oversees the non-financial reporting process, providing regular updates to senior management, including the Executive Sponsor (Head of Strategy, SGO, and Balance Sheet Management) and the Executive Committee.

Timetable and Accountability

The Sustainable Development and Finance departments have developed a detailed timetable that outlines internal deadlines and identifies key contributors for the non-financial reporting process, ensuring accountability and timely delivery.

Internal Audit Assessment

The activities of the Bank have been split-up in 'audit units'. The list of all audit units is called the 'audit universe'. All audit units are included in the pluri-annual audit plan, scored and audited as foreseen in the methodology. The frequency of review is linked to the scoring of the audit unit that is calculated on a yearly basis through the risk assessment exercise. ESG is part of the audit universe. In 2024, the internal audit function assessed the risks and internal control systems relating to the production of BIL's Non-Financial Reporting (NFR), with findings reported to senior management to promote continuous improvement and accountability.

Risk Assessment Approach

The risk assessment approach on sustainability reporting involves a thorough evaluation of risks associated with non-financial reporting. Key risks are identified through discussions with internal and external auditors, as well as external ESG reporting experts. Periodic assessments of regulatory compliance are conducted to identify and address potential gaps effectively.

Key risks identified in the sustainability reporting process include:

  • Data Accuracy and Completeness: Mitigated through a two-level control framework that ensures the reliability and timeliness of reported data. A dedicated reporting tool enhances data collection processes, including stakeholder identification and real-time monitoring.

  • Regulatory Compliance Risks: Addressed by pursuing adherence to the Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive (CSRD) and European Sustainability Reporting Standards (ESRS), with external support utilised to close identified gaps.

  • Governance Risks: Managed through the establishment of clear roles and responsibilities within the ESG governance structure, promoting accountability and effective oversight.

  • Methodology Coherence: The methodology behind the Double Materiality Assessment is documented and periodically reviewed by both internal and external auditors to ensure consistency and transparency.

Integration and Reporting

The findings from risk assessments and internal controls are integrated into relevant internal functions through:

  • Cross-Departmental Collaboration: Regular engagement meetings ensure that all stakeholders are aware of their responsibilities and adequately prepared for disclosures.

  • Four-Eyes Control: Information undergoes validation through a hierarchical review process, ensuring accuracy and accountability at the N-1 level of Executive Committee.

  • Regular Updates to the ESG Strategic Steering Committee: Progress on the reporting process and the CSRD project is communicated routinely to the ESG Strategic Steering Committee.

The results of risk assessments and internal controls are reported periodically to the administrative, management, and supervisory bodies through:

  • Status of Internal Assessments: Updates on findings from internal audits are provided to ensure transparency and informed decision-making.

  • External Assessment: A third-party external assurance provider conducted a gap assessment to evaluate overall compliance with the CSRD, assess the effectiveness of certain data collection processes, and ensure adherence to the EU Taxonomy.

This structured approach ensures that BIL's sustainability reporting is thorough, compliant, and effectively managed, fostering a culture of accountability and continuous improvement within the organisation.

BASFGermany

Internal control mechanisms ensure the reliability of the information presented in this report.

The data and information for the reporting period were sourced from the expert units responsible using representative methods. More information on our sustainability parameters and collection of the underlying data can be found under General Disclosures in the (Consolidated) Sustainability Statement from page 150 onward.

BBVASpain

Risk management and internal controls over sustainability reporting

ESG Reporting Committee

The Group has an ESG Reporting Committee. The Committee serves as a coordination and support body at executive level aimed at ensuring that the information to be disclosed on Sustainability matters that is to be formulated by the corporate bodies of the BBVA Group reflects the Sustainability objectives and strategy, risk management model and relevant quality standards.

The Committee is led by the Finance area and the following areas participate in it: Global Sustainability Area, Global Risk Management, Regulation & Internal Control, Legal Services, General Secretary, Data, Chair Office, Talent & Culture, and Internal Audit.

Verification of non-financial information

The information contained in the NFIS has been subject to a limited review by Ernst & Young Auditores, S. L., in its capacity as an independent verification services provider, with the scope indicated in its Verification Report which is included in the Appendix of this Management Report.

Risk management integration

The Risk and Compliance Committee supports the Board in integrating Sustainability into the analysis, planning and management of the Group's financial and non-financial risks, and in supervising their execution.

The Audit Committee supervises the process of preparing and the content of the information that must be formulated by the Corporate Bodies in matters of Sustainability for publication, as part of the public information of the Group.

Internal control processes

BBVA is constantly working on defining and adapting processes to ensure operational efficiency and adequate internal controls, including:

  • The definition of solid criteria for classifying sustainable business
  • Special attention to data quality
  • The evaluation of non-financial risks
  • The definition of mitigating measures

This process implementation is based on the integration of sustainability in the organization with a solid governance model and an identification and evaluation of aspects related to the sustainability of customers.

Data and estimates

In preparing the Consolidated Non-Financial Information Statement (NFIS), a series of estimates and assumptions has been made in various areas, including:

  • Calculation of emissions
  • Establishment and monitoring of transition objectives for portfolio alignment
  • Estimation of the potential impacts of climate and environmental risks, as well as social and governance risks

These estimates have been made using the best information available as at December 31, 2024. The Group is pursuing various work streams to enhance the accuracy and reliability of the data. During the 2024 financial year, no significant changes have been made to the estimates from previous years.

BechtleGermany

Thanks to the timely and detailed information received from the Executive Board and its own audits, the Supervisory Board was able to comply fully with its monitoring and consulting duties. We confirm that the Executive Board has acted lawfully, correctly and economically in every respect. The Executive Board regularly consulted the legal and compliance department as well as group controlling and actively used the risk management system.

The audit committee dealt with transactions that require approval, especially acquisition plans, location-related issues and long-term contracts. Other subjects discussed included the interim financial reports, the revenue and earnings performance under the difficult framework conditions, the development of the cash flow and of the working capital as well as their further optimisation, the preliminary audits of the annual and consolidated financial statements, the non-financial group statement and the proposal for the appropriation of profits, the review of the internal control and risk management system and the materiality analysis in accordance with CSRD.

Following the commissioning by the Supervisory Board, the auditor audited the annual financial statements of Bechtle AG, the consolidated financial statements and the combined management reports of Bechtle AG and of the Bechtle Group for the 2024 fiscal year, including the accounts as well as the risk management and early risk detection system, with unqualified auditor's opinions. The audit also included the implemented monitoring system for early identification of risks and the internal control and risk management system with respect to the accounting process. The auditor has confirmed that the installed systems are suitable for identifying developments endangering the company's going concern at an early stage.

Beiersdorf AGGermany

As part of a risk analysis, the relevant positions and their associated processes were identified along with the key risks for sustainability reporting. Group-wide safeguarding and control measures have been defined for these positions and processes.

These measures include, among others, segregation of duties, manual approval processes based on the four-eyes principle, IT controls, access restrictions, and authorization concepts within the IT system, as well as system-supported procedures for data processing.

Compliance with recording and control mechanisms is regularly reviewed by Internal Audit. Sustainability-related risks are recorded and consolidated in an integrated IT system. In close coordination with Internal Audit, the Executive Board continuously monitors and oversees these safeguarding and control measures.

To meet the increasingly complex requirements of sustainability reporting, Beiersdorf will continue to expand its internal control system in the future.

BMW GroupGermany

Internal Control System Structure

The BMW Group has established comprehensive internal control systems for sustainability reporting integrated into its governance structure:

Board Level Controls

Board of Management Oversight: The Board of Management regularly discusses:

  • The effectiveness of the risk management system and internal control system
  • Material impacts, risks and opportunities arising from business development
  • ESG risks as part of comprehensive risk reporting

Committee Structure

Audit Committee Responsibilities: The Audit Committee is responsible for:

  • Monitoring the effectiveness of the internal control system
  • Overseeing the internal audit system
  • Monitoring the internal Compliance Management System
  • Reviewing sustainability reporting and the financial reporting process
  • Preparing internal and external audits for sustainability reporting

Risk Management Integration

Risk Reporting: The Committee receives detailed reports every six months on:

  • Risk management and risk strategy
  • Current risk situation
  • Extent to which risk cover funds have been utilised
  • ESG risks are included in these reports

Compliance Reporting: The Chief Compliance Officer reports to:

  • The Audit Committee twice a year on compliance matters and Compliance Management System changes
  • The Supervisory Board once a year

Sustainability-Specific Controls

Sustainability Function: The Sustainability and Mobility function:

  • Ensures high-level management of sustainability topics as part of Group strategy
  • Identifies areas where the Company potentially needs to take action
  • Defines targets to be achieved
  • Ensures sustainability issues are considered in all material Company decisions

Progress Monitoring: Progress reports on overarching sustainability targets are submitted to the Board of Management at least three times a year.

Data Quality and Verification

Skills Assessment: Both Board of Management and Supervisory Board members are surveyed annually on their sustainability expertise. The Legal, Patents and Group Compliance Management department verifies the plausibility of information provided.

External Validation: For materiality assessment mapping, the BMW Group arranged for its mappings to be validated by two external consulting firms.

Regulatory Compliance

ESRS Implementation: The Board of Management holds regular discussions on:

  • Processes and actions for implementing new regulatory requirements
  • Ensuring compliance with external reporting requirements in sustainability
  • The extent to which CSRD/ESRS requirements have been implemented
Cementir HoldingNetherlands

The Audit Committee prepares the decision-making of the Board regarding the supervision of the integrity and quality of the Company's financial reporting and the effectiveness of the Company's internal risk management and control systems.

The Audit Committee focuses on monitoring the Board of Directors, among others, in the following matters: • relations with the internal and external auditors, and compliance with and follow-up on their recommendations and comments.

The internal audit function has sufficient resources to execute the internal audit plan and has access to information that is important for the performance of its work. The internal audit function has direct access to the Audit Committee and the external auditor. Records are kept of how the Audit Committee is informed by the internal audit function.

The internal audit function reports its audit results to the Board and the Audit Committee and informs the external auditor. The findings of the internal audit function include the following:

  • any flaws in the effectiveness of the internal risk management and control systems;
  • any findings and observations with a material impact on the risk profile of the Company and its subsidiaries; and
  • any failings in the follow-up of recommendations made by the internal audit function.

During 2024, the Audit Committee met 4 times. During these meetings, the Audit Committee examined and discussed the activities carried out by the Internal Audit function and the Ethics Committee during 2023; examined the activities of the Internal Audit function referring to the first quarter and half-year of 2024, agreeing on methods and timing for the receipt of periodic or event-based information, with particular reference to significant events subject to audits, whistleblowing reports and litigation; the Audit Committee then examined the Audit Plan prepared by the Internal Audit function for 2025, together with the budget for that function for the same year. It also examined the Group's Enterprise Risk Assessment.

Crayon Group HoldingNorway

Risk management and internal controls over sustainability reporting

The Board is careful to secure systematic management of risk in all parts of the business and regards this as critical for long-term value creation. The Board of Directors regularly reviews Crayon Group's risk profile through the lens of the organization's lines of business and control functions.

Crayon considers good corporate governance to be a prerequisite for value creation, trustworthiness and access to capital. In order to secure strong and sustainable corporate governance, we work continuously to implement good and healthy business practices, reliable financial reporting and compliance with legislation and regulations across Crayon Group.

The Board has adopted instructions for the Group's employees and primary insiders relating to inside information and trading in financial instruments, including the duty of confidentiality, prohibition of trading, investigation, and reporting requirements, and ban on giving advice.

In 2024 we renamed our Audit Committee to the Audit and ESG Committee, and revised its mandate to reflect this broader scope. The Audit and ESG Committee is responsible for overseeing the Group's financial reporting process, internal controls, and risk management systems, as well as ESG-related matters.

The Board ensures that the Company has proper management with a clear internal distribution of responsibilities and duties. All members of the Board regularly receive information about the Company's operational and financial development.

Additionally, the Board prepares an annual evaluation of its own work, including its performance, expertise, composition and how its members function (both individually and as a team) in relation to the objectives set out for its work.

Danica PensionDenmark

Risk management and internal controls over sustainability reporting

As part of Danica's sustainability reporting process, governance structures and processes have been established to ensure that risk management and controls are implemented.

Danica has established a working group and a steering committee to manage day-to-day decisions related to sustainability reporting. Danica's Audit Committee receives regular project status updates, and the project is also closely monitored by the internal and external auditors and Compliance. Danica's Board of Directors is responsible for approving sustainability reporting before its publication.

In relation to quantitative data, an audit tool has been developed that provides an overview of datapoints, data sources, data quality, data use, calculations, documentation, a description of risk and control environments, etc. Mitigating data controls include spot checks and four-eyes controls.

Danica will work continually to improve risk management and controls in order to improve data quality over time. In the coming years, Danica will invest in and improve existing controls, for example by implementing a higher degree of automation.

DanoneFrance

Risk Management Framework: Danone maintains an active risk identification and management policy aimed at protecting and developing its assets and reputation. The Company Strategy Department is responsible for identifying and monitoring strategic risks and coordinating different risk management processes.

Risk Committee Structure: The Risk Committee, composed of senior executives from key functions, ensures:

  • Emerging risks are identified and qualified
  • Internal and external inputs are incorporated
  • Mitigation plans are elaborated and executed
  • Regular supervision by the Advisory Committee (CFO, General Secretary, Company Strategy Head)

Risk Monitoring Process: Risk management operates through:

  • Annual strategic risk mapping updates
  • Country Management Committee reviews (at least annually)
  • Regular Risk Committee meetings throughout the year
  • Annual presentations to Executive Committee and Board of Directors

Internal Controls Over Sustainability Reporting: Specific controls for sustainability reporting include:

  • Structured data collection and validation processes
  • Regular monitoring of Danone Impact Journey progress
  • Integration with financial reporting controls
  • External assurance processes including statutory auditor certification

Sustainability Risk Integration: Key sustainability risks are integrated into the overall risk framework:

  • Climate change impacts on value chain
  • Packaging regulations and circularity requirements
  • Consumer preferences evolution
  • Raw materials and energy price volatility
  • Regulatory compliance including CSRD requirements

Control Environment: The control environment encompasses:

  • Risk management policies and procedures
  • Internal control framework integration
  • Regular assessment and updating of risk mitigation measures
  • Coordination between Company Strategy, Finance, and operational teams
DemantDenmark

Risk management activities in the Demant Group include a variety of risk areas, many of which may impact the performance and reputation of the Group. The overall responsibility for risk management lies with the Executive Leadership Team, but risk management activities are carried out throughout the organisation on a day-to-day basis.

Risk management is an integral part of the management of the Demant Group. Risks to which business areas, markets and operations are exposed are identified, monitored and mitigated at all management levels. Through frequent and transparent reporting, these measures ensure that key risks are escalated to the business area leadership, to functional boards, to the Executive Leadership Team, and if relevant, to the audit committee and ultimately the Board of Directors.

We have established a number of functional boards to ensure focus on governance, development and risk management in key areas globally, i.e. IT, Finance, HR, Sustainability and Legal & Compliance. The functional boards are responsible for risk management in their respective areas and for ensuring that policies, guidelines and processes are established to monitor risks and new legislation.

The audit committee oversees the risk management processes related to financial risks, including sufficient and efficient internal controls.

DigiaFinland

The company has a finance business partner function that reports to the CFO and is tasked with ensuring the accuracy of monthly financial reporting. The CFO reports on the financial performance of the company and its divisions to Management, the Board of Directors, and the Board's Audit Committee.

The company uses a reporting system that compiles subsidiaries' reports into consolidated financial statements. There are also written directives for completing the financial reports of subsidiaries. The company's CFO monitors compliance with these instructions. The company also has the separate reporting facilities required for monitoring business operations and asset management.

The Group's financial administration unit prepares management's interim reports, consolidated interim reports and consolidated Financial Statements. This financial administration unit has centralised control over the Group's funding and asset management, and is in charge of managing financial risks.

Internal control helps to ensure the reliability of the Digia Group's financial reporting. Digia's financial administration unit provides guidance on financial reporting matters. The Group's business is divided into areas of responsibility led by Senior Vice Presidents (SVPs) reporting to the CEO. Reporting and supervision are based on annual budgets that are reviewed monthly, on monthly income reporting, and on updates of the latest forecasts.

The SVPs report to the Group Management Team on development matters, strategic and annual planning, business and income monitoring, investments, potential acquisition targets and internal organisation matters related to their areas of responsibility. Each area of responsibility also has its own management team.

Digia's operational management and supervision adhere to the corporate governance system described above.

Digia has not yet established a separate function responsible for internal auditing. The need for an internal audit function is regularly assessed. With the company's current business volume, its legal and financial management functions are able to handle internal auditing tasks.

DSBDenmark

Risk management and internal controls

DSB has established various risk management and internal control systems to support sustainability reporting and operations:

Data quality controls

We are making proactive efforts to enhance data quality in our calculations, including through quality control in our internal KPI processes and through audits performed by DSB's internal audit function. Enhanced data quality will not only improve the accuracy of our reporting, but also provide a better basis for making informed decisions on our environmental impacts.

Compliance function

DSB's Data Protection Officer (DPO) Compliance function is responsible for advising and following up on laws, rules and regulations of relevance to the company as a whole which do not fall under other specialist areas.

Emergency planning and crisis management

We continuously work to improve our emergency plans and risk management systems for rapid responses to any service disruption and crisis situation that may occur.

Climate risk assessment

To mitigate potential challenges from climate change, we have conducted an analysis of the risks associated with them. The analysis has been carried out using the Climate Atlas tool developed by the Danish Meteorological Institute (DMI), which incorporates the UN Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) climate scenarios in a Danish context.

Review by external auditors

The sustainability report is covered by the review (limited assurance) performed by external auditors.

EniItaly

Risk management and internal controls over sustainability reporting

Integrated Risk Management Model

Eni has developed and adopted an Integrated Risk Management Model (IRM Model) supporting Eni's management awareness in taking risk-informed decisions through risk assessment and analysis with an integrated, comprehensive and prospective vision.

The IRM Model is based on a system of methodologies and skills that leverages on criteria ensuring consistency of the evaluations to improve the effectiveness of the analyses, adequacy of support for the main decision-making processes (definition of the Strategic Plan) and to guarantee the disclosure to the administration and control bodies.

Three-Level Control System

The IRM Model is characterized by a structured approach, based on international best practices and considering the guidelines of the Internal Control and Risk Management System, that is structured on three control levels:

Control LevelResponsibilityFunction
1st LevelLine Management/Risk Owner (Business & Support Process)Identification and management of relevant risks of competence and related controls
2nd LevelSpecialist Functions (Integrated Risk Management, Integrated Compliance, Corporate Affairs and Governance, HSE, etc.)Monitoring of main risk categories and adequacy of controls
3rd LevelInternal Audit FunctionAssurance and independent advisory on the 1st and 2nd levels and internal control system as a whole

Risk Assessment Process

The IRM process ensures the detection, consolidation and analysis of all Eni's risks and supports the BoD to verify the compatibility of the risk profile with the strategic targets, also in a medium/long-term approach.

In 2024, two assessment sessions were performed: the Annual Risk Assessment performed in the first half of the year and in the second half of the year the 4Y Plan Risk Assessment, to support the elaboration process of the 4Y Strategic Plan. The assessment involved all business lines in Italy and abroad (over 40 Countries). The two assessment results were submitted to Eni's management and control bodies in July 2024 and December 2024.

Three monitoring processes were performed on Eni's top risks. The monitoring of such risks and the relevant treatment plans allows to analyze the risks evolution and the progress in the implementation of specific treatment measures planned by management. The top risks monitoring results were submitted to the management and control bodies in March, July and October 2024.

Top Risks Portfolio

Eni's top risks portfolio consists of 20 risks classified in: (i) external risks, (ii) strategic risks and, finally, (iii) operational risks.

Governance Structure

Governance attributes a central role to the Board of Directors (BoD) which defines, on the basis of the analyses proposed by the Chief Executive Officer (CEO) and with the support of the Control and Risk Committee (CCR), with reference to the four-year Strategic Plan, the nature and level of risk compatible with the company's strategic objectives.

Eni's Chief Executive Officer (CEO) implements the BoD's guidelines; the analysis is based on the scope of the work and risks specific of each business area and processes aiming at defining an Integrated Risk Management policy. The CEO also ensures the evolution of the IRM process consistently with business dynamics and the regulatory environment.

Reporting Frequency

At least quarterly, the IRM function presents the relevant results to the CEO, to the Control and Risk Committee, as well as, where required, to the other control and supervisory bodies. The CEO submits the results of the analysis on Eni's main risks to the Board of Directors at least quarterly.

EquinorNorway

Risk management and internal controls over sustainability reporting

Enterprise risk management framework

Enterprise risk management (ERM) relates to managing uncertainties so that we can deliver Equinor's purpose in line with our core values. Risk, which refers to both threats and opportunities, is considered through strategy selection and managed through execution in order to deliver the strategic pillars and objectives throughout the company. On behalf of the Board, the BAC oversees and reviews the effectiveness of the corporate ERM framework.

Equinor's ERM framework is integrated across all our activities with a focus on creating value whilst avoiding unwanted incidents. We assess risks in short-, medium- and long-term perspectives, including strategic and emerging risks that can impact achievement of our corporate objectives.

Risk management process

Equinor's risk management process is based on ISO 31000: Risk Management and seeks to ensure that risks are identified, analysed, evaluated, and appropriately managed. Our standardised approach enables consistent risk-informed decisions and risk response that supports delivering value in a sustainable frame.

Risks from across the company are integrated into the company's management information system, where they are linked with Equinor's strategic, objectives and KPIs. This information tool is used to capture risks, to follow up risk- adjusting actions and related assurance activities, and supports a risk-based approach in the context of a three line model.

Risk oversight and management

Everyone has a role related to risk management, whether at executive level, line managers, employees or in collaboration with stakeholders and suppliers. As a general principle, risks are managed in the business line as an integral part of employee and manager tasks at all levels.

The CEO and the BAC maintain oversight of the risk management framework, risk processes, top enterprise risks and the development of corporate risk picture throughout the year. Top enterprise risks are the risks and uncertainties currently of most concern to the CEC in delivering company objectives.

Sustainability-related risk management

Climate and other material sustainability-related factors are integral aspects of our strategy and planning decisions, and we seek to be open around our approach through our Energy transition plan and use of recognised reporting methodologies.

As part of continuous improvement through 2024, Equinor has progressed activities to strengthen our ERM practices, including increased focus on follow-up and assurance of risk response effectiveness, and progressing the corporate risk appetite framework. Through 2025, we will also continue to refine our approach to sustainability-related financial risks and use of dual materiality good practices.

Internal control systems

Equinor manages risks related to external reporting through early consideration of future reporting requirements, cross-functional collaboration and implementation of established internal control systems with assigned roles, responsibilities and third-party review.

A comprehensive set of performance indicators and monitoring reports are made available to all employees in Equinor's management information system. Performance indicators are reported on a regular basis from operational levels to governing bodies, ensuring transparency in risk management.

F SecureUnknown

Control over sustainability matters is organized and formalized through policies, procedures, and processes, as described in this sustainability statement. ESG-related policies and procedures are proposed and developed by the ESG Council or relevant functions and approved by the CEO, the Board or a member of management depending on the policy. The Audit Committee reviews the policies presented to the Board and the Code of Conduct is approved by the Board.

F-Secure has internal control operating procedures in place which apply to the entire company. Principles and recommendations introduced in the Finnish Corporate Governance Code for listed companies are reflected in our Internal Control Framework. Based on risk assessment the key processes are identified. For the identified processes key risks and related internal control points have been defined and documented in internal control matrices. ESG has been identified as one of the key processes and we've developed internal controls for material ESG topics. Internal Control definition as adopted by F-Secure consists of e.g. policies, procedures, control activities, and monitoring, executed by F-Secure's Board of Directors supported by the Audit Committee, the CEO, F-Secure's Leadership Team and other operative management, and all F-Secure employees, designed to provide assurance regarding the achievement of F-Secure's objectives.

Main risks, mitigation plans and controls

F-Secure has analyzed the risks for each material topic including sub and sub-sub-[text appears cut off]

FrequentisAustria

Risk management and internal controls over sustainability reporting

For information on risk management and internal controls over sustainability reporting, see ↗ Opportunity and risk management and ↗ Internal control system (ICS) for the accounting process.

Fuchs PetrolubGermany

Risk management and internal controls over sustainability reporting

There was an update on opportunity and risk management, compliance, and the results and recommendations of the internal audit. The Supervisory Board was informed about the current status of the implementation of the CSRD at FUCHS. It also dealt with the procedure and the assessment of the effects, risks and opportunities in accordance with the CSRD.

Additionally, the Audit Committee reviewed financial reporting, monitored the financial reporting process, and assessed the effectiveness of the internal control system, risk management system, and internal audit function.

In particular, the auditor confirmed that the Executive Board had set up a suitable monitoring system in accordance with Section 91 (2) of the German Stock Corporation Act (AktG) capable of identifying developments that jeopardize the continued existence of the company at an early stage.

Gjensidige ForsikringNorway

Risk management and internal controls over sustainability reporting

THE AUDIT COMMITTEE: Reviews quarterly sustainability report, internal control over non-financial reporting, sets materiality threshold and reviews the double materiality analysis. The committee determines the process for processing the annual report, including the sustainability report, and pre-processes the report for decision by the board.

THE RISK COMMITTEE: Reviews proposals for sustainability targets, discusses identified influences, risks and opportunities, and ensures that risk appetite includes sustainability topics and risk exposure.

We are dependent on the trust of our surroundings to carry out our social mission. A comprehensive understanding of risk, with clear roles and responsibilities, is essential in our corporate governance.

The governance structure is described in more detail in our statement on corporate governance at gjensidige.com, in Note 3 to the accounts and in the Pillar 3 report.

The Board has overall responsibility for ensuring that the Group is managed responsibly, including responsibility for strategy, finances, the environment, social conditions and compliance with laws and regulations. This includes ensuring that the work on risk management and internal control is organised, documented and reported on in an expedient manner.

Identified climate risks and opportunities are assessed at least once a year and are included in our ORSA process. The assessments are based on when they are expected to materialise (short, medium or long term) and based on both a qualitative and (when possible) quantitative impact assessment.

Our definition of short (<1 year), medium (1-5 years) and long term (>5 years) is in line with the requirements of the ESRS, except for climate risk. We have continued our long-standing work on climate risk and have chosen to use the same timeline as before. For climate risk assessments, short term means 0–3 years, medium term 3–10 years and long term more than 10 years.

GN Store NordDenmark

Risk Management and Internal Controls Over Sustainability Reporting

Risk Management Framework

GN has established a comprehensive risk management framework that encompasses sustainability-related risks:

Risk Governance Structure:

  • Risk governance at GN is overseen by the Board of Directors
  • Risks are identified and governed by a risk department and the Executive Leadership Team for each division and selected functions
  • Risks are evaluated based on their impact and likelihood

Risk Assessment Process:

PhaseTimingActivities
Initial risk assessmentQ1Prioritized areas receive automated risk and maturity questionnaires
Executive impact reviewQ4Executive Leadership Team collectively challenges, validates, and prioritizes risks
Financial reviewQ3Meeting with Finance to assess and validate impact of potential financial risks
Board Top Risk ReviewDecemberBoard of Directors' annual risk review
Audit Committee ReviewQ2Audit Committee reviews Organization Risk Governance process

Sustainability Risk Categories Managed

GN systematically manages several categories of sustainability-related risks:

Environmental Risks:

  • Climate change impacts on operations
  • Supply chain environmental risks
  • Product lifecycle environmental impacts

Social Risks:

  • Human rights in the value chain
  • Workforce development and retention
  • Product quality and safety

Governance Risks:

  • Cybersecurity and data protection
  • Regulatory compliance
  • Geopolitical environment impacts

Internal Controls

GN has implemented internal controls over sustainability reporting through:

  • Integration of sustainability considerations into existing business processes
  • Regular monitoring and assessment of sustainability performance
  • Annual review and approval of sustainability-related risks by the Board of Directors

GN's approach ensures that sustainability risks are not managed separately but are integrated into the overall business risk management framework.

HELLENiQ ENERGY HoldingsGreece

Risk management and internal controls over sustainability reporting

Main Features of the Systems of Internal Controls and Risk Management

The Group System of Internal Controls and Risk Management in relation to the financial statements' and financial reports' preparation process includes controls and audit mechanisms at different levels within the Organization.

Risk identification, assessment, measurement and management

The prevention and management of risks forms a core part of the Group's strategy. The scope, size and complexity of the Group's activities require a composite system of methodical approach and treatment of risks, which is applied by all Group companies.

The identification and assessment of risks is carried out mainly during the strategic planning and the business plan preparation phase. The benefits and opportunities are examined both in the context of the Company's operations, but also in relation to the several and different stakeholders who may be affected.

The examined risks include a) operational, b) financial and c) strategic risks, as well as d) regulatory compliance and supervision risks. More specifically and indicatively, issues that are examined include the effect of operational availability of units, supply chain, human resources, technological developments, taxation, interest rates, commodity prices, exchange rates, among others. Also, issues related to health, safety and environmental, corporate governance and regulatory compliance risks are assessed, risks related to the business model and strategy, as well as market trends (competition, geopolitical developments, regulatory developments).

Planning and monitoring / Budget

The Company's progress is monitored through a detailed budget per operating sector and specific market. The budget is adjusted at regular intervals to consider the changes in the development of the Group's financials that depend greatly on external factors, including the international refining environment, crude oil prices and the euro / dollar exchange rate. Management monitors the Group's financial results through regular reporting, comparisons vs the budget, as well as through Management Team meetings.

Adequacy of the Internal Control System

The Internal Control System (ICS) consists of the policies, procedures and tasks which have been designed and implemented by the Group's Management for the effective management of risks, the achievement of business objectives, for ensuring the reliability of the financial and managerial information and compliance with Laws and regulations.

The independent Group Internal Audit General Division (GIAGD), through conducting periodic assessments, ensures that the risk identification and management procedures applied by the Management are adequate, that the ICS operates effectively and that information provided to the BoD regarding the ICS, is reliable and of good quality.

The Internal Audit General Division draws up a short-term (annual), as well as a rolling long-term (three-year) Audit Plan based on ad-hoc risk assessment, as well as on other issues identified by the Audit Committee and the Management also in past audit reports. The Audit Committee is the supervisory body of the Internal Audit General Division.

The Internal Audit General Division submits quarterly reports to the Audit Committee, in order for the systematic monitoring of the Internal Audit System's adequacy to be feasible.

Monitoring and Risk Management Division

The purpose of the Monitoring and Risk Management Division is to centrally monitor and coordinate the management of the Group's exposure to internal and external risks. The Division was formed in 2024 and is independent from executive activities and supports the ICS's operation through determining principles and setting up and implementing appropriate and updated policies and procedures governing their identification, assessment, quantification/measurement, monitoring and management.

Compliance Office

Compliance Office is responsible for monitoring the Group's Compliance Risk and forms part of the Internal Control System (ICS) and reports at an operational level to the Audit Committee and at an administrative level to the Director of Monitoring and Risk Management. By its report to the Audit Committee, it contributes to the ICS's improvement and adequacy, as its objective is to ensure that appropriate and updated policies and procedures are set up and implemented, in such a way that the Company's full and constant compliance to the applicable regulatory framework is achieved.

Information systems' controls

Given the critical dependency of financial reporting processes on information systems, the Group has implemented a series of measures to ensure the effective operation of security controls. These measures preserve the completeness and accuracy of financial records and information that generate financial reporting, while also ensuring the continuity of IT services in the event of unexpected events that could cause loss of system availability (Disaster Recovery).

To this end, the Group has appointed a Chief Information Security Officer (CISO), who reports to the Audit Committee on a quarterly basis and is responsible for managing the Information Security Framework. This Framework includes cybersecurity policies and procedures aligned with international best practices and standards, reflecting Management's commitment to managing cyber risks.

The Group employs a multi-layered approach to protect its information, supported by a strategic plan that incorporates state-of-the-art technologies and top-tier information systems, while ensuring compliance with the required regulatory frameworks and directives, such as the Personal Data Protection Regulation and the NIS2 Directive (L. 5160/2024).

Financial fraud prevention and detection

In the context of risk management, the areas that are considered to be of high risk for financial fraud are monitored through appropriate Control Systems and accordingly increased controls are in place. Examples include the existence of detailed organizational charts, operation regulations (procurement, investment, oil products' market, credit, treasury management), as well as detailed procedures and approval authority levels. In addition to the internal controls applied by each Division, all Company operations are subject to audits by the Group Internal Audit General Division (GIAGD), the results of which are submitted to the BoD.

HiltiLiechtenstein

Information on risk management and internal controls over sustainability reporting is incorporated by reference in the chapter Notes to the Consolidated Sustainability Statements.

HUGO BOSSGermany

Overall Responsibility: The Managing Board of HUGO BOSS has overall responsibility for an effective risk management system, including sustainability-related risks.

Risk Management Structure:

  • The central Risk Management and Internal Controls department coordinates the execution and continuous development of the risk management system on behalf of the Managing Board
  • Monitoring the effectiveness of the risk management system is the responsibility of the Supervisory Board
  • The Audit Committee of the Supervisory Board exercises this task with involvement of the Internal Audit department

ESG Risk Integration: The process for identifying, evaluating and managing ESG risks was integrated into the overarching risk management system and can be used to evaluate the Company's overall risk profile and risk management processes. The results of the ESG risk and opportunity assessment were integrated into the Company's existing risk management system to streamline processes.

Internal Controls: As part of the reporting process, HUGO BOSS has not identified any risks associated with its own business activities, business relationships, products or services that very likely have or could have serious adverse impacts on the five mandatory aspects as set forth in Sec. 289c HGB.

Sustainability Governance:

  • Strategic responsibility for ESG matters is assigned to the Group Strategy and Corporate Development division, reporting directly to the CEO
  • Operational responsibility lies with Business Operations
  • Group Finance & Tax is responsible for Group-wide ESG data collection, consolidation, and validation
  • The CFO/COO assumes responsibility for the central Sustainability Committee
KoneFinland

KONE's sustainability reporting is based on the group-level principles of risk management and internal control. The aim of risk management is to identify risks and opportunities in relation to the achievement of sustainability objectives and assess the likelihood and magnitude of the impacts these may have, as well as to identify actions to manage the impacts. The identified risks and opportunities are managed through KONE's sustainability, risk management and internal control governance models.

KONE's internal control framework is built and based on corporate values, the KONE Code of Conduct, a culture of honesty and high ethical standards. The framework is supported by a dedicated leadership, training programs, a positive and diligent corporate culture and working environment as well as by attracting and promoting dedicated and competent employees. Global and local policies and principles are a key part of the internal control framework.

KONE's internal controls are designed to manage relevant sustainability reporting risks, as part of KONE's processes and employee job roles. Internal controls over sustainability reporting are supported by global and local policies and principles that are continuously maintained by incorporating changes and developments from the business operations and information systems.

KONE's Global Risk Management function facilitates risk assessments which includes the assessment of risks and opportunities in relation to sustainability reporting. Dedicated sustainability risk and impact or materiality assessments are conducted to ensure systematical identification, assessment, and treatment of risks, impacts and opportunities. Risks and opportunities are prioritized according to KONE's Risk Management Policy which applies to sustainability reporting.

KONE's Global Risk Management function facilitates sustainability risk assessments, including double materiality analysis (DMA) and the assessment of impacts, risks and opportunities (IROs), which are reviewed and managed jointly with relevant functions. Internal control activities to manage the identified material risks related to the accuracy and timeliness of sustainability reporting are adopted as part of KONE's processes that produce sustainability information.

The management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal controls and for monitoring their effectiveness as part of operative management.

KRONESGermany

Sustainability-related risks are regularly tracked, assessed and prioritised in our group-wide risk management system. The assessment of existing risks is updated and newly identified risks are added in a half-yearly risk inventory. Risks can be reported informally at any time by submitting an ad-hoc report.

The risk of providing inaccurate, incomplete or misleading information in the non-financial statement was identified as a material risk. Policies, work instructions and manuals are established in order to identify and reduce risks in the area of sustainability reporting. In this connection, we have developed control mechanisms to ensure the accuracy and completeness of our sustainability reporting and thus the provision of precise, complete and clear information. Our sustainability reporting processes and controls are continually reviewed to ensure they meet changing needs and are adjusted as necessary to improve their effectiveness.

Group-wide Sustainability Accounting Guidelines provide the uniform basis for the definition, calculation and presentation of sustainability information. The sustainability-related quantitative metrics to be determined are collected by the operating departments and are generally based on process data systems, measurements, readings, calculations and procurement data. Financial information is taken from the financial reporting that is prepared in parallel. Any adjustments and changes to sustainability data – whether in terms of definition, calculation or presentation – are clearly identified and communicated.

We have established control mechanisms as part of our data collection process. The process of quantitative data collection, verification and consolidation in the Krones Group is implemented in centralised software. To ensure the comparability and accuracy of the reported data, all metrics are converted into a standardised reference unit directly in the software. Uniform conversion factors are applied to enable consistent and efficient data processing.

LeonardoItaly

The risk governance model is in line with national and international standards and best practices and is compliant with the Corporate Governance Code for Listed Companies, the Organisational, Management and Control Model and the Group's Anti-Corruption Code. It has three levels, provides for clear-cut roles and responsibilities for the various departments and ensures a suitable exchange of information flows, to guarantee effectiveness.

The operating risk management, which involves the entire organisation, is based on the identification, assessment and monitoring of the enterprise and project risks and the related mitigation plans. It is supported by specific methodologies, instruments and metrics for the related analysis and management.

Leroy Merlin EspañaSpain

The sustainability reporting information request process consists of six stages:

  1. Materiality analysis (every two years): third quarter of current year
  2. Launch of process and collection of qualitative information: third quarter of current year
  3. Collection of quantitative information: fourth quarter of current year and first quarter of following year
  4. Drafting of Sustainability Report document: first and second quarter of following year
  5. Validation of information by areas and Executive Committee: first and second quarter of following year
  6. Publication of Sustainability Report: second quarter of following year

The ESG Reporting team, within the Positive Impact area, coordinates and monitors the entire sustainability reporting process, applying various forms of validation and control:

  • During information collection phase, data reporters must validate information with their direct supervisor
  • ESG Reporting team thoroughly reviews all data and requests clarification when necessary
  • Document is periodically reviewed by the team with several final rereads
  • Final document is shared with Executive Leader Team for knowledge, review, and validation

Main risks identified:

  • Points of error or failure in data processes, from origin to consolidation and reporting
  • Failure to comply with established deadlines for collecting information and evidence
  • Lack of understanding by those responsible for reporting about required data or evidence
  • Inconsistencies in information traceability due to use of different digital platforms or formats

To mitigate these risks, validation and control processes include review and approval processes, verifications, and controls carried out by both the organization and an independent third party.

In 2024, no periodic notifications have been made to the administrative, management and supervisory bodies related to risk management and internal controls for sustainability information disclosure.

LundbeckDenmark

Risk management and internal controls over sustainability reporting

Risk management framework for sustainability: Lundbeck has established comprehensive risk management and internal control systems that encompass sustainability-related risks and opportunities. Our approach ensures that material sustainability matters are appropriately identified, assessed, managed, and reported.

Governance structure:

  • Board oversight: The Board of Directors has ultimate responsibility for risk management including sustainability risks
  • Audit Committee: Provides detailed oversight of risk management systems and internal controls
  • Executive Management: Responsible for implementing risk management strategies and maintaining effective controls
  • Risk Management function: Dedicated team coordinating enterprise-wide risk management activities

Sustainability risk identification and assessment:

  • Regular risk assessments: Systematic identification of current and emerging sustainability risks and opportunities
  • Materiality assessment: Annual evaluation of material sustainability topics based on stakeholder input and impact assessment
  • Climate risk assessment: Specific evaluation of physical and transition climate risks following TCFD recommendations
  • Integration with enterprise risk management: Sustainability risks are integrated into our broader ERM framework

Internal controls over sustainability reporting:

  • Data management systems: Robust systems for collecting, validating, and reporting sustainability data
  • Process controls: Defined procedures for sustainability data collection with clear roles and responsibilities
  • Review and verification: Multi-level review processes including management review and external assurance
  • Documentation: Comprehensive documentation of methodologies, assumptions, and data sources
  • System access controls: Appropriate access restrictions and approval processes for sustainability data systems

Control activities:

  • Monthly monitoring: Regular tracking of key sustainability KPIs and performance against targets
  • Quarterly reviews: Management review of sustainability performance and control effectiveness
  • Annual assessments: Comprehensive evaluation of internal controls over sustainability reporting
  • External assurance: Limited assurance provided by external auditors on selected sustainability metrics

Monitoring and reporting:

  • Dashboard reporting: Real-time monitoring of key sustainability indicators
  • Management reporting: Regular reports to Executive Management and Board on sustainability performance
  • Public disclosure: Annual sustainability reporting in accordance with CSRD/ESRS requirements
  • Continuous improvement: Regular updates to controls based on internal assessments and external feedback
NesteFinland

Our compliance program includes risk management and internal controls over sustainability reporting. We carry out annual compliance risk assessments to support us in our risk-based approach and to guide us in our compliance efforts and risk prevention and mitigation actions in the organization. Risk management processes are described in detail on pages 79-83, including specific sustainability-related risks and their management. The company has established processes for ensuring the accuracy and completeness of sustainability data through our Sustainability data package and internal verification procedures.

NNITDenmark

Risk management and internal controls over sustainability reporting

As part of the annual risk assessment performed by the NNIT Group Management in 2024, any identified ESG risks were subsequently assessed by the Board of Directors. As part of Double materiality assessment, NNIT has identified risks related to each of the parameters of Environment, Social and Governance. Please refer to page 47-52 for information on material risks identified.

Risks related to reporting

NNIT's sustainability reporting is susceptible to the risk of material misstatement caused by human error or incomplete data. ESRS aligned accounting principles have been adopted to manage this risk, in addition to external auditing providing limited assurance. Our annual risk management process is designed to manage the risks associated with NNIT's operations. During that process, we also monitor risks related to sustainability reporting. In 2024, the risk management and reporting included risks related to sustainability reporting, governance and compliance reporting.

Successfully Managing E and S Risks

NNIT has comprehensive emergency response plans in place across all geographies and works diligently to ensure sustainable consumption to the extent possible (Please refer to page 24-26 in Risk Management, ESRS 2 GOV-2)

Our enterprise risk management process is part of the Company Performance Management Process and includes the methods and processes used to collect and consolidate a complete risk picture of NNIT. Finance in collaboration with responsible person from quality and security undertakes a process of risk re-evaluation and risk assessment. Risks are evaluated and top 20 risks are presented to NNIT Group Management along with how they can be managed and their mitigating actions. Following, NNIT Group Management report top 10 risks to the Board along with their risk mitigation plan. This process also includes risks related to sustainability and ESG.

Controls over sustainability reporting

Reported data and descriptions in the Sustainability Statements are reviewed and validated by relevant owners of the different functional areas. In connection with the review process, KPI figures are controlled and documentation reviewed. Reviews are carried out in connection with the annual preparation of the Sustainability Statements.

Novabase SGPSPortugal

Novabase Group is subject to normal market risk and the specific risk that underlies its business. Novabase believes that risk management policy is crucial to conducting and developing a business that historically has exhibited higher risk appetite, keeping in mind how intrinsically necessary it is in such a dynamic and disruptive sector.

Novabase also employs internal control procedures and systems that are used to prevent and manage risk within its organization and activities.

Additional information regarding internal control and risk management at Novabase can be found in Part I, Letter C., Section III. 'Internal Control and Risk Management' of the Corporate Governance Report for the year 2024.

NovartisSwitzerland

Integrated assurance model

We have an integrated assurance model, which involves a comprehensive and consistent approach across the company to governance, risk management, compliance and internal controls. The integration is supported by an efficient operating model, processes and consistent methods, enabled by collaboration and data insights.

The integrated assurance model is driven by members of the Ethics, Risk and Compliance (ERC) function as business stewards, in collaboration with Internal Audit.

As the basis of our integrated assurance system, we follow a model for managing our risks developed by the Institute of Internal Auditors that describes three lines of assurance.

Employees addressing potential risks that might arise through their business activities represent the first line. Second-line roles provide expertise, support, monitoring and challenge on risk-related matters. In the third line, our Internal Audit function provides assurance that other lines are operating effectively.

Corporate ERC Assurance Team

The Corporate ERC Assurance Team serves as the backbone of our second line of assurance, ensuring one functional standard for how we approach assurance, including internal review, external partner audit activities, and remediation.

Its scope comprises internal reviews of compliance with our Doing Business Ethically, Health, Safety and Environment (HSE), and Ethical Use of Data and Technology policies, guidelines and handbooks. Corporate ERC Assurance also initiates audits with external partners on anti-bribery, labor rights, and HSE.

Through our Enterprise Monitoring Coordination process, we avoid overlaps of activities carried out by different assurance functions, including Internal Audit.

Internal Audit

As a third-line assurance function, Internal Audit assists the Board of Directors and the Executive Committee of Novartis (ECN) by providing assurance and advice on the effectiveness, efficiency and adequacy of processes and controls that support Novartis in achieving its strategy, managing major risks, and ensuring compliance with applicable policies, laws and regulations.

Internal Audit works according to an audit plan approved by the Board's Audit and Compliance Committee. During 2024, Internal Audit carried out 52 audits. These include the review of ethical standards.

OMVAustria

In 2024, the Audit Committee looked at important topics related to the accounting process, the internal audit program, risk management, and the Group's internal control system.

Information security is a top priority at OMV. We continuously adapt our security measures to address changing threats, new business needs, and digitalization efforts, ensuring the protection of our data, systems, and assets. Our Information Security Management System (ISMS), certified to ISO/IEC 27001, provides comprehensive security monitoring of our IT infrastructure and services. We also have specific security controls for AI technologies and adhere to responsible AI principles, regularly verifying our AI solutions to maintain ethical standards.

Our internal security measures are supported by regular external assessments and audits, following various security frameworks and legislative guidelines.

ØrstedDenmark

Risk assessment is carried out on an ongoing basis in all business segments and regions as part of our daily business operations. Our 'Enterprise risk framework' sets out the general principles, the roles and responsibilities, and the main processes by which all risks must be identified, assessed, managed, monitored, and communicated throughout the Group. We will also continue our work to manage future breakaway profiles for asset projects by scrutinising financial commitments before taking final investment decision (FID).

PandoraDenmark

RISK MANAGEMENT MATRIX

The Board of Directors (the Board) reviews and discusses key risks that could threaten Pandora's business model or the future performance, solvency or liquidity.

SUSTAINABILITY RISKS ASSESSMENT Sustainability risks are assessed on a quarterly basis and insights from the 2024 double materiality assessment have been incorporated into the enterprise risk management calibration process and reporting. We do not consider sustainability risks to be among our top risks. As part of our climate risk assessment, we evaluate risks across various criteria, with key risks reviewed by the Board. In 2022, we conducted a scenario analysis aligned with our risk management matrix to explore climate risks and opportunities across our value chain, identifying areas crucial to transitioning to low-carbon operations. Insights from an on-site risk assessment conducted at the end of 2024 at our crafting sites in Thailand, will enable us to proactively implement tangible recommendations to mitigate potential future supply chain disruptions caused by climate change.

INTERNAL CONTROL AND RISK MANAGEMENT The Board and Executive Management are responsible for Pandora's internal control and risk management systems in relation to the financial and sustainability reporting process.

Control environment The Group's internal control framework identifies key processes, inherent risks and control procedures to reduce and mitigate financial and sustainability risks and ensure reliable financial and sustainability reporting. The Audit Committee assists the Board in supervising the financial and sustainability reporting process and monitoring the effectiveness of the internal control and risk management systems. Executive Management is responsible for maintaining and strengthening the overall control environment, identifying weaknesses and ensuring necessary steps are taken to mitigate financial and sustainability risks through standardisation and process optimisation. A central Internal Audit and Compliance Controlling (IACC) function has been established to help Pandora accomplish its objectives by bringing a systematic and disciplined approach to evaluating and improving the effectiveness of internal control, compliance and governance processes. In 2024, the head of the IACC function reported to Pandora's Senior Vice President, Corporate Finance, with a dotted reporting line to the Audit Committee Chair. In 2025, the reporting line will be changed to the Chief Financial Officer, still with a dotted reporting line to the Audit Committee Chair.

Risk assessment The Board and Executive Management assess risks on an ongoing basis, including risks related to the financial and sustainability reporting, and they assess measures to manage, reduce or eliminate identified risks. The IACC function assists Executive Management and the Audit Committee in identifying and monitoring financial and sustainability risks in the reporting process. The Audit Committee frequently reviews selected high-risk areas, including significant accounting estimates and material changes to accounting policies. Pandora's Global Risk & Insurance function facilitates identification and monitoring of material enterprise risks and validates measurements taken to reduce the risks to an acceptable level.

Control activities The financial and sustainability information reported by Pandora A/S and its subsidiaries follows a formalised and structured process and is controlled by local controllers with local market knowledge as well as the controlling function within Pandora Global Business Services and Corporate Finance. The Group controlling function is continuously trained in new accounting, sustainability and reporting requirements and monitors compliance with relevant legislation and regulations on an ongoing basis. The financial and sustainability reporting process is dependent on the Group's IT systems. Any weaknesses in system controls and related risks to the financial and sustainability reporting are mitigated by manual controls. Each entity and Global Business Services assess their control environment through a self-assessment of the effectiveness of the implemented controls, including those related to sustainability. The sustainability processes continue to evolve alongside the maturation of the guidance of the requirements in this area. The IACC function evaluates the effectiveness of the Group's control environment on an ongoing basis and reports its findings to the Audit Committee.

Monitoring Pandora's internal control procedures and risk management systems, including the whistleblowing function, are continuously monitored, tested and documented. The Audit Committee monitors internal control and the risk management process to ensure that identified risks are mitigated. In addition to monitoring of procedures and systems, financial and sustainability risks are reviewed through audits performed by the IACC function.

Information and communication Group entities are assigned dedicated controllers within Corporate Finance to ensure a direct line of communication. The Corporate Finance function reports to the Chief Financial Officer. In addition, the IACC function is present at all Audit Committee meetings and provides regular status updates on the control environment. Furthermore, the head of IACC has regular meetings with the Chief Financial Officer and meetings with the Audit Committee without the presence of the management team. This setup ensures transparency, and that communication is shared with the Audit Committee on a timely basis. The Board has adopted an Investor Relations Policy that requires all communication to stakeholders, including financial and sustainability reporting, to be conducted adequately, timely and openly – both internally and externally – and to be conducted factually and truthfully and in compliance with laws and applicable regulations.

QT GroupFinland

In 2024, Qt began to integrate sustainability-related impacts, risks and opportunities into its risk management. The process will continue in 2025 with an assessment of risks related to sustainability reporting; how easily and accurately the necessary information is available and how these risks should be taken into account in policies and practices. However, during 2024 Qt has not yet established a clear model or method for managing these risks or determining their order of priority.

RandstadNetherlands

The Business Risk & Audit function performs audits on specific financial, operational compliance and non-financial information. The company has further improved controls around non-financial reporting, both at the local and global level, to increase alignment with strategic focus.

Operating companies report on non-financial data every quarter through the financial system in accordance with global non-financial reporting guidelines. At Group level, the data is consolidated, validated, and discussed with management. At both local and global level, the governance has been further enhanced, data reviews are performed and, in the event of irregularities, discussed with the relevant data and content owners.

Protecting the personal data and privacy of employees, talent, clients and suppliers is a top priority. The company has rigorous policies and procedures to protect the business from cyber threats and to protect data, and continually reviews and refines these. To address the complexities of collecting global data amid varying local privacy legislations, an innovative pilot scheme was launched in 2024 focusing on empowering individuals to voluntarily self-identify, enabling meaningful insights while respecting privacy.

RepsolSpain

Repsol's corporate governance system guides the structure, organization and operation of its corporate bodies in the best interests of the company and its shareholders. It is based on the principles of transparency, independence and accountability and is fully compliant with current national and international standards.

The governance structure adequately differentiates governance and management functions from oversight, control, and strategic definition functions.

The Audit and Control Committee is one of the specialized Board committees responsible for oversight and control functions, including risk management and internal controls.

Sustainability information is presented in accordance with the requirements of the Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive (CSRD) and the European Sustainability Reporting Standards (ESRS) adopted through the European Commission's Delegated Act of July 31, 2023.

RheinmetallGermany

Risk management and internal controls over sustainability reporting

The Audit Committee dealt with the monitoring of the accounting process, the effectiveness and further development of the internal control system (including the sustainability-related internal control system), the risk management system, the internal audit system, the business continuity management and the compliance management system including data protection management.

The audit focus of 2024 was explained. In this context, the new requirements were further addressed by the implementation law on CSRD, the regulations of EU sustainability reporting and the specific aspects of accounting, as well as the audit requirements for the sustainability statement, including the resulting expansion of the task list of the Audit Committee due to CSRD.

As a result, the Audit Committee has not become aware of any circumstances that would contravene the adequacy and effectiveness of these systems in their entirety. The Audit Committee has ensured that the Company continuously reviews the systems and systematically and consistently expands them.

During the year, the members of the Audit Committee were also informed in the meetings by executives of the company on the corporate function Legal, Corporate Sustainability Responsibility (CSR), Compliance and Tax Compliance, Risk Management and Internal Audit in the Rheinmetall Group.

Internal Control Systems

The members of the Audit Committee were able to gain a deeper impression of the existing structures and organizations, processes and regulations, as well as to question and comment on the further developments and planned improvement measures presented in these topics.

RocheSwitzerland

Risk Management and Internal Controls

Risk Management Framework: Risk and opportunity management is embedded into our business practices at all levels of the Roche Group. Our Risk Management Policy outlines Roche's approach to identifying, analysing, managing and reporting material risks and opportunities.

Our approach is formalised within the Group risk management process, which establishes how our divisions and Group functions assess risks and opportunities and develop response plans for the most material ones identified. This happens in parallel to the development of our business plans.

Sustainability Risk Management: Through our business environment risk and opportunity assessment process, we identify and assess the impact of environmental, social, economic and governance trends. The Corporate Sustainability Steering Committee evaluates and selects the ten trends most relevant to Roche annually.

Internal Controls: The Group Risk Advisory team fosters best practice by raising awareness of the importance of risk and opportunity management through educational initiatives including online training targeted at all employees, as well as practice labs and customised training for line managers and risk and opportunity managers.

Oversight: The effectiveness of Roche's risk management process is regularly monitored by the Group Risk Advisory team. The overall process is reviewed by the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors and also externally when appropriate. A consolidated Group Risk Report covering all material risks and opportunities is discussed with the Corporate Executive Committee and reviewed by the Board of Directors annually.

SalzgitterGermany

The Audit Committee focused on the independence of the statutory auditor and of the auditor of sustainability reporting, in particular the scope of non-audit services provided by the auditor and the quality of the audit. The consultations of further meetings of the Audit Committee concerned IT security and IT structures, monitoring the accounting process, as well as the effectiveness of the accounting-related and non-accounting-related internal control system, the risk management system, and the internal audit system.

The Salzgitter Group operates a groupwide monitoring system for the early risk detection and a risk management system.

SanofiUnknown

Risk management and internal controls process for sustainability data

Description of scope, main features and components of risk management and internal control processes and systems in relation to sustainability reporting

Sanofi applies the Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued in 2013 by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), reflecting its listing on the US market and in light of obligations under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. The COSO framework is considered equivalent to the reference framework of the Autorité des Marchés Financiers (AMF, the French Financial Markets Regulator). Internal Control is a process, performed out by an entity's Board of Directors, management and other personnel, and is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the achievement of objectives related to: • the effectiveness and efficiency of operations; • the reliability of reporting, particularly with regard to accounting and financial information; and • compliance with applicable laws and regulations.

Sanofi's Internal Control system has adopted the COSO guidance "Achieving Effective Internal Control Over Sustainability Reporting (ICSR): Building Trust and Confidence through the COSO Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2023)" as the foundation for establishing and maintaining an effective system of internal control over sustainability reporting.

Approach to the assessment of reporting risks

Description of risk assessment approach

During the first year of the CSRD rollout, the Internal Control function focused on review processes impacted by the European directive using a risk-based approach to identify main metrics to focus on. Priority was given to document quantitative data across the impacted processes, collected through interviews with multiple data points owners.

Additionally, the Internal Control function used the "List of ESRS Data Points — Implementation Guidance" released by EFRAG to collect, at data point granularity, the information (policies, systems used, scope of applicability, operational risks, etc.) pertaining to the quantitative and qualitative data to be disclosed under the CSRD.

At the end of this financial year, the Internal Control function delivered a mapping of the IROs by end-to-end process, as well as a systems and risks inventory, the first step in rolling out the internal control system.

Risks identified and strategies implemented in the sustainability reporting process to mitigate these risks

Activities that seek to mitigate identified risks are in progress and being rolled out over time by corporate support functions as part of their operational remit. The main mitigating activities in place are mainly consistency checks, gap analysis, variance analysis versus prior year, and reconciliations. As part of the mitigating activities implemented across the processes impacted by the CSRD, a similar review process is implemented using the "four eyes" principles. When the global team performs consistency checks, variations are investigated and explanations sought from local contributors; if corrections are needed, actions are taken either at local or global level.

Those mitigating activities were not part of an established internal control process. Further mitigating activities and formalization might be necessary and will be assessed by the Internal Control function as part of the deployment process.

The Internal Control function is developing a risk management strategy for sustainability reporting that will continue to draw on a training program for functions impacted by the CSRD. In July 2024, the Internal Control function delivered an introduction training for data point owners, addressing key concepts around risks and how to design and implement mitigating actions.

The Internal Control function already worked on a multi-year plan to develop and deploy a control environment to cover the CSRD-related material topics. The multi-year plan includes a training program to educate certain relevant contributors (globally and locally) in risk management and the control environment required in the context of audited sustainability reporting.

Integration of risk assessment findings and internal controls into sustainability reporting processes, with periodic updates to the Board or its Committees

Starting from 2025, the Internal Control function will integrate findings reporting and monitoring related to sustainability reporting into its standard process, in a similar way to the process used for its Severe Impact Controls & Sarbanes-Oxley controls.

At present, the Audit Committee, whose remit includes assessing the effectiveness of internal control, works with the Appointments, Governance and CSR Committee on monitoring the rolling out the ongoing program and processes to improve the reliability of and control over our ESG data and reporting processes.

SAPGermany

Risk management and internal controls over sustainability reporting

The Audit and Compliance Committee comprehensively monitored SAP's risk management system, internal control system, sustainability reporting, and compliance system. The Committee regularly discussed these systems as recurring agenda items.

The Committee confirmed that, as part of its supervisory work, it had addressed the SAP Group's internal control, risk management, and internal auditing systems, and found the systems to be effective.

The auditor reported that it had not identified any material weaknesses in SAP's internal control and risk-management systems for financial reporting. Both the Audit and Compliance Committee and the Supervisory Board asked detailed questions about the form, scope, and results of the audit.

SAP has established processes to identify, assess, and manage the impacts, risks, and opportunities (IROs) related to sustainability. The Committee and the Supervisory Board were informed about this process throughout 2024.

The Audit and Compliance Committee looked closely at the new European Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive (CSRD) and at how SAP technologies for sustainability reporting, such as the SAP Sustainability Control Tower solution, can be used to track ESG data so that companies can meet sustainability targets.

BDO AG Wirtschaftsprüfungsgesellschaft provided limited assurance on the group sustainability statement included in the combined management report, and reasonable assurance on selected sustainability information in accordance with International Standard on Assurance Engagements (ISAE) 3000 (Revised).

Siili SolutionsFinland

Risk management and internal controls over sustainability reporting

Sustainability reporting is carried out in compliance with Siili's principles and processes for regulatory reporting, risk management and internal control. Internal control for sustainability reporting has been organised based on the Group's governance model for internal control.

The assessment of risks related to sustainability reporting focuses particularly on reporting related to risks concerning the highest-materiality impacts, risks and opportunities based on the double materiality analysis as well as metrics involving the highest degree of calculation technical uncertainty. Prioritisation is made in connection with the risk assessment primarily based on the materiality of the sustainability theme being reported and secondarily on the related calculation technical uncertainty.

Siili's Board of Directors is informed of internal control for sustainability reporting as part of other reporting on internal control. The outcomes of internal control are monitored, and the control is steered by the Board of Directors and the Management Team.

The identified risks associated with sustainability reporting are the accuracy of the reported information and the timeliness of reporting. To ensure the accuracy of reported information and the timeliness of reporting, Siili is committed to continuously develop systematic collection and management of data and the assignment of roles and providing instructions for responsible personnel.

The Board of Directors, supported by its Audit Committee, holds ultimate responsibility for the proper organisation of internal control related to financial reporting. The Board of Directors reviews and adopts sustainability reporting in connection with the financial statements. The Chief Executive Officer (CEO), supported by the CFO and the General Counsel, is responsible for implementing internal control related to financial statement reports.

Stora EnsoFinland

Risk Management and Internal Controls: Stora Enso has established comprehensive risk management and internal control systems over sustainability reporting:

Risk Management Structure:

  • Risk management is integrated into the governance structure with dedicated risk management functions
  • Internal control systems are established to ensure reliable sustainability reporting
  • The Financial and Audit Committee oversees risk management and internal controls

Sustainability Reporting Controls:

  • The Company prepares its sustainability statement in accordance with the European Sustainability Reporting Standards (ESRS)
  • Internal controls ensure the accuracy and completeness of sustainability data
  • Regular monitoring and evaluation of sustainability performance metrics

Data Management Systems:

  • Systematic collection and verification of sustainability data across operations
  • Integration of sustainability metrics into regular reporting processes
  • Quality assurance procedures for sustainability data and disclosures

Oversight and Assurance:

  • Board-level oversight through the Sustainability and Ethics Committee
  • Internal audit functions include sustainability reporting areas
  • External assurance processes for key sustainability metrics
  • Regular review and updating of sustainability reporting procedures
TAG ImmobilienGermany

The Audit Committee is responsible for the preliminary audit of the documents relating to the annual financial statements and the consolidated financial statements, as well as the preparation of the adoption or approval of these and the Management Board's proposal for the appropriation of profits. The committee discusses with the Management Board, among other things, the principles of compliance, the risk management system and the appropriateness and functionality of the internal control systems.

TeamViewerGermany

Risk management and internal controls over sustainability reporting

Risk Management Framework

TeamViewer has established a comprehensive risk management system that encompasses sustainability-related risks and internal controls over sustainability reporting.

Audit Committee Role in Sustainability Risk Management

The Audit Committee serves as the Sustainability Committee and monitors:

  • Risk Management: Oversight of risk management effectiveness related to sustainability matters
  • Internal Control System: Monitoring of internal control systems including sustainability reporting controls
  • Compliance: Dealing with compliance issues including environmental, social and governance (ESG) topics
  • Sustainability Reporting: Monitoring and control of CSRD (Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive) preparation and implementation

CSRD Implementation and Controls

During 2024, the Audit Committee received regular updates on:

  • CSRD Implementation Status: Ongoing monitoring of Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive implementation progress
  • Reporting Preparation: Controls over the preparation of sustainability reporting in accordance with ESRS (European Sustainability Reporting Standards)
  • Quality Assurance: External limited assurance engagement by PricewaterhouseCoopers for the Group non-financial statement

Internal Control System for Sustainability

Information Security Management System (ISMS):

  • ISO 27001 certified Information Security Management System
  • Successfully passed surveillance audit in 2024
  • Integrated with overall risk management framework

Data Protection Controls:

  • Privacy Management Framework with comprehensive data protection controls
  • Technical and organizational measures (TOMs) reviewed annually (last update October 2024)
  • Data Protection Officer providing independent oversight
  • Regular data protection impact assessments

Sustainability Risk Monitoring

Environmental Risk Controls:

  • Carbon footprint monitoring and reporting
  • Climate-related risk assessment processes
  • Monitoring of net zero emissions commitment progress

Social Risk Controls:

  • Workforce diversity and inclusion monitoring
  • Health and safety risk management systems
  • Data protection and privacy risk controls

Governance Risk Controls:

  • Cybersecurity risk management with 24/7 monitoring
  • Business continuity management (BCM) for operational resilience
  • Compliance monitoring across multiple jurisdictions

External Assurance and Verification

Independent Verification:

  • PricewaterhouseCoopers conducted limited assurance engagement on Group non-financial statement
  • Multiple ESG rating agencies assess and verify sustainability performance (MSCI, ISS, Sustainalytics, CDP, EcoVadis)
  • Third-party certifications for data protection and security standards

Continuous Improvement:

  • Regular reviews of sustainability reporting processes
  • Integration of stakeholder feedback into risk assessments
  • Alignment with evolving regulatory requirements and best practices

Board Oversight

Supervisory Board Monitoring:

  • Regular reporting on sustainability strategy and performance
  • Oversight of ESG-related risks and opportunities
  • Monitoring of sustainability rating performance and index inclusion (STOXX DAX ESG 50+)

Management Board Responsibility:

  • Regular updates to Supervisory Board on sustainability strategy
  • Integration of sustainability considerations into strategic decision-making
  • Accountability for sustainability performance and reporting accuracy
TietoevryFinland

Internal control and risk management

Tietoevry is committed to upholding a strong internal control environment and managing risks effectively to ensure the integrity of its financial reporting, protect its assets, and achieve strategic goals.

Our internal control framework supports strategic execution and ensures regulatory compliance. It is built on key components such as the risk management framework, financial control, internal audit, and supporting policies and processes.

The aim of Tietoevry's internal control framework is to ensure that operations are efficient and aligned with strategic objectives. It is designed to guarantee accurate, reliable, complete, and timely financial reporting and management information.

This framework promotes ethical values, good corporate governance, and sound risk management practices. Internal control and risk management activities are integrated into Tietoevry's management practices and business planning processes.

Risk management framework

Tietoevry employs a systematic approach to risk management to enhance the efficiency, control, profitability, sustainability, and continuity of business operations. This involves a comprehensive process of assessing, identifying, evaluating, and analysing risks that could impact business objectives, and also people and the environment from ESG perspective. By implementing appropriate risk treatment actions, the impact and likelihood of risks are minimized.

The risk management framework comprises the risk management organization, along with related policies, processes, tools, and standardized practices. This organization is responsible for developing and maintaining the framework, which includes risk reporting, governance, and monitoring of risk exposures across strategic, financial, operational, compliance, and personnel areas.

The risk management organization consists of the Corporate Risk Management unit, nominated Risk Managers and Business Continuity Managers in the businesses and key stakeholders in functions. A group-wide Risk and Resilience Forum (for Risk and Continuity activities) has been established for information sharing, setting the direction of risk and continuity management, as well as crisis management, collaboration between units and reviewing steering documents.

Tietoevry has also specified its compliance management system, including the compliance organization, steering model, and annual plan for compliance-related activities. The Group Compliance Officer is responsible for maintaining the whistleblowing channel and coordinating investigations as well as ensuring the effectiveness and functionality of the governance model for compliance work.

Financial control

The purpose of internal control over financial reporting is to ensure the correctness of financial reporting, including interim and annual reports and the compliance of financial reporting with regulatory requirements. The ARC has the oversight role in Tietoevry's external financial reporting.

Internal audit

The purpose of Tietoevry's internal audit function is to provide independent, objective assurance and advisory services designed to add value and improve Tietoevry's operations. The internal audit functionally reports to the ARC and administratively to the Chief Financial Officer (CFO).

Core services aim at assessing and assuring the adequacy and effectiveness of risk management and internal control within Tietoevry. Assurance and advice is delivered via data-driven business partnering, enabling digital end-to-end assurance and assurance by design.

TKHNetherlands

Risk management and internal controls over sustainability reporting

Risk management framework TKH has implemented comprehensive risk management and internal control systems that include sustainability-related risks. Our risk management approach covers environmental, social, and governance risks that could impact our business operations and stakeholder value.

Sustainability reporting controls

  • We have established internal controls over the collection, measurement, and reporting of sustainability data
  • Data quality controls ensure accuracy and completeness of ESG metrics
  • Regular internal reviews and assessments of sustainability performance indicators
  • External assurance obtained on sustainability statements to verify accuracy and reliability

CSRD preparation and controls Although there is not yet a formal statutory requirement to report in accordance with the CSRD due to the delayed implementation, TKH prepared its sustainability statements 2024 based on the CSRD on a voluntary basis. At the same time, we obtained a voluntary assurance on the sustainability statements. This confirms our focus on sustainability and further integration of sustainability in our own operations, and value chains.

Monitoring and oversight

  • The Supervisory Board regularly reviews sustainability risks and the effectiveness of related controls
  • The Audit and Risk Committee provides oversight of sustainability reporting processes
  • Regular monitoring of key sustainability performance indicators and progress against targets
  • Integration of sustainability risks into enterprise risk management framework

Continuous improvement We continuously enhance our risk management and internal control systems for sustainability reporting, incorporating best practices and regulatory developments such as the CSRD requirements.

TotalEnergiesFrance

Risk management system

TotalEnergies has implemented a comprehensive risk management system to address sustainability-related risks and opportunities. The Company's risk management framework covers:

Climate-related risks and opportunities

  • Physical risks: Managing impacts from climate change on operations
  • Transition risks: Addressing risks from the energy transition
  • Climate opportunities: Capitalizing on opportunities in low-carbon energies

Operational risk management

  • Safety and environmental risks: Comprehensive systems to prevent incidents and minimize environmental impact
  • Regulatory compliance: Monitoring evolving regulations related to sustainability
  • Supply chain risks: Managing sustainability risks across the value chain

Financial risk assessment

  • Climate scenario analysis: Using IEA scenarios to assess business resilience
  • Capital allocation: Incorporating sustainability factors into investment decisions
  • Performance monitoring: Regular tracking of sustainability metrics and targets
UbisoftFrance

Risk management and internal controls over sustainability reporting are detailed in section 3.2. The Group has established internal control and risk management procedures covering sustainability reporting. This includes processes to identify and assess material impacts, risks and opportunities related to sustainability matters, and ensure the reliability of sustainability disclosures.

VestasDenmark

Vestas has established comprehensive risk management and internal controls over sustainability reporting:

Governance Structure: The Audit Committee has specific oversight responsibilities for sustainability reporting and related risks. Sustainability risk management is integrated into the company's overall risk management framework.

Reporting Controls: This is Vestas' first integrated Annual Report addressing Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive requirements. The sustainability statement has been prepared in compliance with ESRS and includes assurance procedures.

Risk Assessment: The company conducts double materiality assessments to identify and evaluate sustainability risks and opportunities. Material topics identified include Climate change, Water and marine resources, Biodiversity and ecosystems, Circular economy and resource use, Own workforce conditions, Workers in the value chain, Affected communities, and Business conduct.

Management Systems: Vestas has implemented management systems across key sustainability areas with regular monitoring and reporting. The company tracks performance against targets with quarterly reporting to Executive Management and the Board.

Assurance: Sustainability key figures for 2020-2023 were subject to limited assurance by previous auditors. The 2024 sustainability statement prepared in compliance with ESRS is subject to assurance procedures.

Data Quality: The company conducts regional validation and clean-up of contract data and has established accounting policies for sustainability metrics to ensure data integrity and reliability.

VirdienFrance

Risk Management System

The Group has put in place processes and working practices to manage risks across the organization at all levels, across all business lines and support functions. The management of risks is fully integrated in the Group decision-making process. The main financial and non-financial risks, with potential impact on the Group's operational and financial objectives, its reputation or its compliance with laws and regulations, have been duly identified and evaluated.

The Group has implemented a risk management system throughout the organization (business lines and functions) to identify, assess and control risks:

  • Risk identification: The identification of events that could have an impact on the Group is supported by a combination of techniques and tools including event inventories, internal analyses, risk interviews, process flow analysis, leading event indicators and loss event data methodologies
  • Risk assessment: All identified risks are assessed and prioritized as per their criticality according to their impact (critical/major/significant/low) and likelihood of occurrence (almost certain/possible/rare/unlikely). In assessing risks, managers consider the residual risks (after mitigation measures and controls in place) and their potential impact on people, health and safety, environment, finance, compliance with laws and regulations and on the Group's reputation. Additional mitigation measures and plans may be set up to better manage these risks. Their progress against those plans is monitored on a regular basis
  • Risk control: Risks are controlled through robust processes allowing their avoidance, reduction, sharing or acceptance. The Group develops comprehensive processes to reduce risk probability, risk severity or both. Control activities are followed from policies and procedures established to manage risks

The principles of the comprehensive risk management policy and framework are consistent with the recommendations issued by the professional standards (COSO ERM, ISO 31000, AMF).

The Group Risk Management System is managed by the Director of Risks Management and Insurance, who reports to the Finance and Legal organization.

Risk Mapping

One of the standardized tools of the Group's risk management program is the Risk Map, which provides a shared view of the risks having a potential material impact on the Group. Risk registers are used to classify the risks by nature: Business, Governance & Strategy risks, Operational risks, Information Assets & Technologies risks, People risks, Finance Risks and Legal, Regulatory & Compliance risks. The risk registers and the risk map are reviewed by the Executive Leadership team on an annual basis as per the Group's strategy or more frequently as appropriate. The Risk Map is presented to the Audit and Risk Management Committee on an annual basis.

Internal Control System

Viridien is listed in France and is therefore subject to the French Loi de sécurité financière. The Company complies with the 2013 COSO internal control integrated framework, established by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadeway Commission ("COSO 2013").

The internal control and risk management frameworks are designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the achievement of objectives in the following areas:

  • Safeguard of the resources and assets through the design, update and optimization of relevant processes
  • Reliability and accuracy of financial information
  • Compliance with applicable laws and regulations

The principal objective of our internal control and risk management system is to identify and control risks related to the activities of the Group, as well as the risks related to errors and omissions in accounting and financial reporting.

Control Environment

Viridien commits to act with integrity and professionalism across all locations, business lines and support functions. The Group's standards and expectations as regards to Integrity and Ethics are stated in our Ethics Policy and in the Code of Business Conduct, which apply to all Group's employees.

Internal Control Function: The Group has an Internal Control Department whose role is to support the organization in implementing and maintaining effective processes, and to ensure that control procedures effectively mitigate the identified risks. It also maintains our internal control framework and coordinates the evaluation system of internal control over financial reporting.

Internal Audit: The Internal Audit Department is an independent body that has direct access to the Executive Leadership team and reports to the Chief Executive Officer and to the Audit and Risk Management Committee. It assists the Executive Leadership team and the Audit and Risk Management Committee in carrying out their oversight responsibilities for the effectiveness of the Group's risk management, internal control and governance.

The Internal Audit Department evaluates internal controls based on the COSO 2013 framework and tools and in compliance with the Code of Conduct of the Institute of Internal Auditors (IIA). Internal Audit priorities are defined based on current operations, the assumed level of risk and Group risk analysis performed by Risk Management. The annual Internal Audit plan is defined by the Internal Audit Department and is approved by the Executive Leadership team and the Audit and Risk Management Committee.

WithSecureFinland

Risk Management

Risk management and internal control processes at WithSecure seek to ensure that risks related to the business operations of the company are properly identified, evaluated, monitored and reported in compliance with the applicable regulations.

WithSecure's Board of Directors defines the principles of risk management and internal controls which are followed within the company. The Audit Committee assists the Board of Directors in the supervision of WithSecure's risk management function. The CEO is accountable for ensuring that the risk management principles are implemented and applied constantly and consistently across the organization.

The primary goal of WithSecure's risk management principles is to empower the organization to identify and manage risks more effectively. The potential negative impact and probability of different situations arising from WithSecure's business operations on the company, its customers, or its partners are monitored as part of the risk management process.

WithSecure promotes continuous risk evaluation by the company's personnel. The relevant operational risks identified through the risk management process are regularly reviewed by the CEO and Global Leadership Team. Risk Management is an integrated part of WithSecure's governance and management, and the risk management process is aligned with the ISO-31000 standard. The Audit Committee regularly conducts a review of top operational risks and evaluates the effectiveness of the risk management system.

Internal Control

Internal Control, supported by Risk Management, is an important element of WithSecure's management system. The Board of Directors is responsible for ensuring that the operating principles for internal control have been defined, and that the company monitors the functioning of internal control.

WithSecure has defined its objectives for internal control based on the globally applied principles. Internal control consists of e.g. policies, processes, procedures as well as control and monitoring activities. Internal Control is designed to provide a high level of assurance regarding the achievement of WithSecure's objectives in following categories: • Effectiveness, efficiency and transparency of operations on all levels in accordance with the WithSecure strategy • Reporting, including financial and non-financial, external and internal, to the Board, management, shareholders and stakeholders being complete, reliable, relevant and timely • Compliance with applicable laws, regulations and WithSecure policies and instructions

Sustainability Reporting

In WithSecure's sustainability reporting, the role of internal control is important to ensure transparency and accountability. The internal control catalogue and Internal Control Operating Principles include dedicated sections to ensure that WithSecure's sustainability reporting is conducted timely and accurately, following the relevant regulations. Sustainability-related matters are regularly addressed by the administrative, management and supervisory bodies.

SBM-1

Strategy, business model and value chain

78 companies
Amadeus ITSpain

Strategy, business model and value chain

Amadeus' products and services, business model and value chain

Amadeus is a technology company dedicated to the travel industry. The Group mainly operates in the sector Information technology (IT). The company provides technology solutions and services for the travel industry: airlines, airports, ground handlers, car rental agencies, corporations, cruise and ferry operators, hotels and event venues, insurance providers, travel sellers, tourism boards, travelers themselves and more. Through its operations in more than 190 countries, Amadeus facilitates complex transactions between travel providers and travel sellers and provides mission critical IT solutions for travel providers.

Amadeus' business model creates value by being at the heart of the travel and helping to deliver great traveler experiences with more information, choices and autonomy. Amadeus' purpose is to make the travel experience better for everyone, everywhere by inspiring innovation, partnerships and responsibility to people, places and planet.

Business Lines

Air Distribution Amadeus' Air Distribution comprises travel customers where the primary offering is Amadeus GDS platform. It generates revenues mainly from booking fees that the Group charges to travel providers for bookings made, as well as other non–booking revenues but excluding Hotel and Car providers.

Air IT Solutions Air IT Solutions, also focused on travel customers including results from both, Airline IT and Airport IT businesses. The Group offers a portfolio of technology solutions (primarily Altéa Passenger Service System (PSS) and New Skies) that automate mission-critical processes for travel providers.

Hospitality & Other Solutions Hospitality & Other Solutions, mainly focused on hospitality customers including, both the distribution and IT solutions services, and composed of hotel and payments distribution, hotel and payment IT solutions, mobility, insurance and ferry and travel advertising.

Workforce Distribution As of December 31, 2024, Amadeus total workforce in terms of headcount was 20,643, that is 2,013 more than previous year. This workforce is spread across 100+ offices around the globe.

Geographical Areas20242023
France4,5804,404
India4,1453,501
United States2,2062,241
Spain1,9411,630
Germany1,2191,251
Philippines788717
United Kingdom691620
Colombia552398
Turkey479387
Australia430419
Other geographies2,6122,262
Total20,64318,630

Value Chain

Upstream Some of the principal suppliers comprising Amadeus' supply chain (upstream) by spend fall under the following categories: • Consulting and marketing services. • Hardware vendors. • Software vendors. • Data cloud providers.

The majority of spend is concentrated on a limited number of vendors, mainly hardware producers (servers) and consultancy companies. With 50 key vendors accounting for more than 64% of global spend, Amadeus has a fairly stable situation in terms of vendor concentration.

Downstream As a Business-to-Business (B2B) company, Amadeus' downstream refers mainly to the services provided to travel related companies worldwide. Amadeus has built commercial relationships with stakeholders across the travel industry globally, including airlines, travel agencies, hotels and airports, among others.

Sustainability-related goals

In order to effectively integrate sustainability across the business units and corporate functions, in 2023 Amadeus approved its renewed sustainability strategy, the "ESG ambition". The strategy is structured around four areas of commitments:

Environment – foster environmental sustainability • Social (External) – drive social impact • Social (Internal) - empower talent journeys • Governance - be a reference for trust and integrity

To achieve the sustainability commitments, the company is aware of the importance of collaborating with others. In this way, Amadeus actively engages in three circles of influence: • Ourselves, transforming the business to meet sustainability practices. • Stakeholders, supporting its direct customers and their customers to achieve their sustainability goals. • Industry partners, leveraging collective expertise to address global sustainability challenges.

AMAG Austria MetallAustria

Strategy, business model and value chain

ABOUT AMAG

Diversity - whether in terms of products or sustainability - is at the centre of the AMAG Group's business activities and is supported by a unique value chain.

BUSINESS MODEL

AMAG Austria Metall AG produces high-quality semi-finished aluminium products and components as well as primary aluminium. The company uniquely combines the highest product quality, production efficiency, a broad product portfolio with a high share of specialities and the highest level of expertise in aluminium recycling.

The AMAG Group's headquarters are located in Ranshofen, Austria. On the one hand, recycled cast alloys are produced there, which are supplied to the processing industry in the form of ingots and sows, but also in the form of liquid aluminium, and are used in particular for mould casting. High-quality aluminium rolled products in the form of sheets, coils and plates are also produced in Ranshofen. The broad product portfolio includes high-strength materials, tread plates, bright products, brazing sheets, pre-rolled aluminium bands for the packaging industry, precision plates and cathode elements. These products are used in many different industries, such as the aerospace, automotive, mechanical engineering, packaging, electrical, sports and consumer goods industries as well as in the architecture sector.

The rolling slabs required for the manufacture of rolled products are largely produced in the company's own wrought alloy casthouse. The raw material base for the two casthouses consists on average of around 75 to 80% recycled aluminium scrap, which, in addition to the Group's internal cycle, comes in particular from the final production of the processing industry and from products at the end of their life cycle. As aluminium can be recycled infinitely without any loss of quality, aluminium scrap can be reintroduced into the value chain and used to manufacture high-quality aluminium products. Recycling aluminium requires only around 5% of the energy needed to produce primary aluminium.

AMAG is continuously expanding its recycling expertise and can therefore provide customers with innovative products that have an optimised ecological footprint. Rolling and cast products from the AMAG AL4® ever family are particularly noteworthy. In addition to the use of renewable electrical energy and the highest possible proportion of recycled materials, energy and resource efficiency also play an important role in achieving the lowest possible carbon footprint. In 2024, the AMAG AL4® ever portfolio was expanded to include primary aluminium products with a guaranteed low CO2 footprint. The calculation of the product-related CO2 footprint is externally verified in accordance with ISO 14067, whereby the recycled content is defined in accordance with the latest version of ISO 14021 - both recognised and globally valid standards. A certificate guarantees customers the low emission values of AMAG AL4® ever products.

AMAG also holds a 20% stake in the Alouette smelter in Canada, the largest smelter in North and South America. The smelter produces primary aluminium in the form of low-profile sows. Production takes place through the efficient use of electrical energy from hydroelectric power, accompanied by an exemplary environmental balance, especially with regard to CO2 emissions.

Alouette's alumina supply is ensured by the shareholders. The raw material requirements are procured from large mining groups and raw material traders.

At the AMAG components sites in Übersee am Chiemsee and Karlsruhe, special components made of aluminium and carbide (titanium, steel) are manufactured for the international aerospace industry by mechanical processing (e.g. milling and drilling).

CORPORATE STRUCTURE

As the Group holding company, AMAG Austria Metall AG manages its business across the four divisions Metal Division, Casting Division, Rolling Division and Service Division.

Metal Division: The Metal Division includes the 20% stake in the Alouette smelter and is responsible within the AMAG Group for managing metal flows, hedging the operating AMAG companies against aluminium price risk and marketing primary aluminium. The Canadian Alouette smelter is one of the most efficient smelters in the world, with a secure long-term renewable energy supply from hydroelectric power in a politically stable country.

Casting Division: The Casting Division within the AMAG Group includes the production of high-quality recycled casting alloys from aluminium scrap. The product portfolio includes customer-specific aluminium materials in the form of ingots, sows and liquid metal.

Rolling Division: Within the AMAG Group, the Rolling Division is responsible for the production and sale of rolled products (sheets, coils and plates), precision cast plates and precision rolled plates. The rolling mill specialises in premium products for selected product markets. The rolling slab casthouse supplies the rolling mill with rolling slabs with a predominantly very high scrap content and low CO2 intensity. AMAG components is also recognised within the Rolling Division.

Service Division: In addition to Group management, the Service Division includes services such as facility management (building and space management), energy supply, waste disposal and purchasing and materials management. This division thus creates the conditions for the operating segments to concentrate on their core business. The innovative electronic data processing service provider coilDNA is also included in this division.

AMAG'S BUSINESS DIVISIONS AT A GLANCE

External revenue of the AMAG Group in EUR million*

Division2024 (EUR million)2023 (EUR million)
Rolling990.9991.6
Casting141.3153.8
Metal311.1308.3
Service5.45.5
Total1,448.81,459.2

*incl. 20% revenue share of Alouette

Employees

Division2024 (heads)2023 (heads)
Rolling1,7991,774
Casting119122
Metal78
Service267260
Total2,1922,164

Shipments in tonnes

Division2024 (t)2023 (t)
Rolling205,400204,800
Casting93,20094,500
Metal126,400126,500
Service00
Total425,000425,800

CURRENT TRENDS AND OUTLOOK

AMAG's strategy is based on the four values of innovation, sustainability, diversity and human touch. They are the pillars of a profitable growth course and the consistent further development of the company. Thanks to the holistic approach to sustainability, the company is also able to navigate through uncertain and price-volatile times in a stable manner and to counter changes. The year 2024 continued to be characterised by global trends and geopolitical conflicts, which clouded the market environment and negatively affected demand for aluminium products in certain industrial sectors. Nevertheless, the company's broad positioning ensured a solid revenue and performance performance in the 2024 reporting year.

Sustainable corporate success is based in particular on human resources, which must be handled responsibly. AMAG sets targets and defines measures to create conditions that support long-term employee loyalty, recognise and promote development potential, and ensure a safe and healthy working environment. Compliance with labour, human and social rights is monitored both at the production sites and in the supply chain.

Diversity as a core value is reflected both in the diversity of the workforce (see S1 - Diversity and equal opportunities) and in AMAG's broad product portfolio. Around 5,000 different products based on over 200 alloys are the performance of an innovative clout paired with a flexible plant park. Research and development (R&D) activities at the Ranshofen site are a key driver for increasing competitiveness and developing customised solutions. Many of the product innovations - including in particular the AL4® ever product portfolio - directly or indirectly address current and global social and ecological issues such as the scarcity of fossil resources, the circular economy, climate change and mobility. Particular attention is paid to solutions that enable closed-loop concepts with customers and alloy-to-alloy recycling or allow recycling-compatible alloys and crossover alloys, reduce environmental impact (e.g. lightweight components) and offer new and improved application possibilities.

AMAG endeavours to comprehensively meet the growing regulatory requirements and those of its customers as well as internal objectives. This also harbours challenges that need to be met with foresight. For example, AMAG is dependent on economic and political framework conditions for decarbonisation, on the security of supply of energy from renewable sources and on the availability of suitable input materials (including scrap).

AMAG underscores its corporate values with a comprehensive sustainability programme that defines targets based on material impacts, risks and opportunities.

The various thematic sections set out in detail the objectives, concepts and measures as well as performance relating to the key aspects of sustainability.

Responsible aluminium production and processing at AMAG meets the comprehensive requirements of the Aluminium Stewardship Initiative (ASI), which is why AMAG is certified to both standards (ASI Performance and Chain of Custody (CoC) Standard).

AMAG'S VALUE CHAIN

In Ranshofen, AMAG operates one of the most modern aluminium plants in the world. The fully integrated site includes a recycling centre, two casthouses, two hot and two cold rolling mills including finishing lines, as well as a materials research and a testing centre. In addition to primary aluminium, rolling slabs, alloying metals and scrap are purchased as essential raw materials from over 250 suppliers. These suppliers are also evaluated with regard to ESG risks as part of a defined procurement process. Where necessary, measures are taken to contribute to an ecologically sustainable and socially fair supply chain. AMAG recognises its sphere of influence here, particularly with regard to the workforce in the supply chain and the promotion of human, labour and social rights. With regard to impacts, risks and opportunities on the environment (biodiversity and ecosystems) and on affected communities in the supply chain, the company requires suppliers and their supply chain to comply with the same high standards as AMAG in terms of responsible procurement management.

The aluminium semi-finished products produced at the AMAG site in Ranshofen are further processed in various industries, including at AMAG components (Germany) for the production of ready-to-install structural parts and assemblies for the aerospace industry. By recycling production waste and using scrap after product utilisation, the resource conservation cycle is closed at the Ranshofen site.

Due to the predominant production of semi-finished aluminium products, AMAG has hardly any direct relationships with end users. The downstream value chain extends across the industries supplied by AMAG for further processing.

AMAG also holds a 20% interest in the Alouette smelter in Canada, the largest primary aluminium producer in the Americas. This is a strategic investment, as the annual production of over 600,000 tonnes of primary aluminium secures AMAG's supply of raw materials. Thanks to the supply of electrical energy from hydroelectric power and ongoing optimisation of production technology, Alouette has an exceptionally low CO2 footprint by international standards. The fact that Alouette fulfils very high standards in its primary production not only at its own production site, but also in the upstream supply chain, is also confirmed here by certification in accordance with both the ASI Performance Standard and the ASI Chain of Custody Standard. For the Alouette's alumina supply, the Alouette partners agreed to prioritise sourcing from ASI-certified sources. This confirmation of compliance with comprehensive sustainability requirements by the independent ASI institution is a key element in ensuring transparency and quality.

SUSTAINABILITY PROGRAMME 2024

[Detailed sustainability programme table with targets, performance measures and achievements for 2024 across all ESG areas including climate change, pollution, resource use and circular economy, workforce, value chain workers, and business conduct]

AtosFrance

Business model

Sustainable Digital Transformation

It has become mandatory for enterprises and public organizations to "future‑proof" their organizations to successfully navigate disruptions beyond their control and previously seen as outside of their sphere of influence or activity.

This is achieved through a robust digital strategy underpinned by a long‑term sense of purpose that leverages reliable, innovative and sustainable partners.

In line with our purpose of helping to design the future of the information space, Atos has a strong ambition to be recognized as one of the companies that may act as such partner. We use our expertise and services to support the development of knowledge, education and research in a multicultural approach and contribute to the development of scientific and technological excellence.

The past year has seen continued economic uncertainty, with enterprises having to take decisive action on their digital transformation, with Data and Artificial Intelligence at the heart of it. Decision makers continue to run securely the business but must accelerate their AI‑readiness. This is fully supported by our innovation and business model within the digital solutions value chain, where we leverage or integrate solutions from upstream partners—such as computing hardware providers (Dell, EMC, HPE, IBM, Intel, Nvidia, etc.), hyperscalers (AWS, Microsoft, Google Cloud, etc.), and software providers (SAP, ServiceNow, Oracle, etc.)—to deliver consulting, integration, and managed services and solutions to our downstream customers and end‑users, primarily large public and private organizations. As a world leader in cybersecurity services and a recognized player in sustainability consulting, we embed trust, security, compliance, and sustainability at the core of our business across the entire value chain.

Across the world, the Group enables its customers, employees and members of societies at large to live, work and develop sustainably, in a safe and secure information space.

The Atos raison d'être

The Atos raison d'être, as included in its articles of association on April 30, 2019 at the General Meeting of shareholders of Atos, describes how the Company's entire operations contribute to the common good. The raison d'être guides Atos to engage with its stakeholders, or its "ecosystem": employees, customers, shareholders, academia and research centers, industrial partners and public authorities.

"The purpose of Atos is to help design the future of the information space. Its expertise and services support the development of knowledge, education and research in a multicultural approach and contribute to the development of scientific and technological excellence. Across the world, the Group enables its customers and employees, and members of societies at large to live, work and develop sustainably, in a safe and secure information space."

By adopting this raison d'être, Atos pledges its responsibility to design the digital space by building it in a trusted manner, tackling climate change and contributing to scientific and technological excellence.

Architecture of Atos' contribution

Atos organized its raison d'être into three pillars with a dedicated ambition for each one:

Trust - Building a trusted digital space to provide everyone with the skills to use digital technologies confidently, and to mitigate the risk exposure of individuals, companies and states in the digital space

Environment - Tackling climate change to improve the environmental performance of digital solutions and turn new technologies into allies in the fight against global warming.

Excellence - Contributing to scientific and technological excellence to promote excellence in scientific and technological advancement, knowledge‑sharing, and research.

This organization in three pillars, illustrates Atos' commitments to its raison d'être and allows employees to better link their daily contribution to it. The ambition of the Group to be a leader in a secure and decarbonized digital space is completely aligned on the first two pillars (Trust and Environment), while leveraging the expertise and knowledge of Atos' human capital promoted by the third pillar (Excellence) to achieve it.

Atos profile

Atos is a global leader in digital transformation with c. 78,000 employees and annual revenue of c. € 10 billion. European number one in cybersecurity, cloud and high‑performance computing, the Group provides tailored end‑to‑end solutions for all industries in 68 countries.

A pioneer in decarbonization services and products, Atos is committed to a secure and decarbonized digital for its clients. Atos is a SE (Societas Europaea) and listed on Euronext Paris.

Value chain

In its mission, the Group leverages the capital it has built over years, and a business model based on distinctive expertise, technologies, platforms and business solutions.

Our Capitals

Over the years, Atos has built assets that bring the Group a distinctive position on the digital transformation market, and constitute a firm foundation, which its business model relies on:

Industrial capital with delivery teams, data centers and customer innovation labs covering 68 countries. Harnessing the latest hybrid cloud technologies and digital design, development and operation tools, processes and best practices with Gen AI at their core. These centers enable Atos to serve and support its customers 24/7 anytime, anywhere, with the ability to provide a combination of local, nearshore and offshore delivery.

Human capital of c. 78,000 business technologists. Atos experts include consultants, developers, integrators and operation specialists, sourced from tier one universities worldwide. Highly skilled on the whole spectrum of digital technologies, Atos people benefit from a steady investment in the latest technological and leadership trends through intensive and dedicated training programs.

Intellectual capital with significant Digital and Cloud R&D spending per year, leveraging the innovation of 18 R&D centers with a focus on strategic technologies. Atos excellence in R&D is illustrated by a world‑class portfolio of IP solutions and 2,400 patents. It is nurtured by a Group- wide community of experts and fellows.

Extended social and relationship capital, relying on a strong network of partners featuring leading technology providers (Amazon Web Services, Cisco, Dell Technologies, Google Cloud, Microsoft, Oracle, Red Hat, SAP, Siemens, VMware, Worldline, and many more), customers, research institutions and industry consortia. As a leading digital transformation company, Atos is committed to supporting society, with strong contributions to diversity and social inclusion programs.

Strong natural capital relying on Atos' deep commitment to sustainability. Atos involvement in sustainability is embodied in pioneering an ambitious environmental program to reduce its carbon emissions through measurement, reporting, optimization, offsetting and the use of decarbonized energy sources.

The value we create for stakeholders

As a result of its capital assets and of its business model, Atos strives to generate value for all its stakeholders:

People: Putting "people first" is the foundation of the Atos way of working and growth strategy. Atos is committed to attract and nurture today's most talented digital experts from diverse backgrounds and offer them the opportunity to build the new digital world. Atos is a responsible employer, promoting collaborative working, diversity, inclusion and well‑being at work.

Clients: Atos aims to be the trusted partner of its customers in their digital transformation journey and was the first Information and Communication Technology (ICT) Company to obtain the approval of its Binding Corporate Rules (BCR) by European data protection authorities putting data protection as a key component of its business culture, for clients, partners and suppliers.

Investors: Atos remains committed to long‑term investor and shareholder value creation.

Partners: Atos offers strong business growth and co‑innovation opportunities to its large ecosystem of partners, ranging from large Groups of startups, that are deeply supported by Atos Labs and Business Technology Innovation Centers.

Suppliers: Atos is committed to delivering high value to its networks of suppliers. The Group has built solid governance, using ethics and compliance to drive organizational processes, and business, thereby securing a sustainable supply chain.

Community & society: The group aspires to achieve excellence in its community and societal contributions. Atos ranked in the Top 5% of the S&P Global Corporate Sustainability Assessment (CSA) and was featured in the S&P Global Sustainability Yearbook for the 12th consecutive year.

Banco SabadellSpain

The Institution's business model is geared towards profitable growth that generates value for shareholders. This is achieved through a strategy of business diversification based on criteria related to profitability, sustainability, efficiency and quality of service, together with a conservative risk profile, while maintaining high standards of ethics and professional conduct combined with sensitivity to the interests of all stakeholders.

The Group's strategy promotes sustainable financing and investment to drive forward the transition towards a more sustainable model and a low-carbon economy, offering customers and investors the best possible solutions. Thus, the Bank committed to mobilise €65bn in sustainable finance between 2021 and 2025. Up to December 2024, more than €57.9bn had been mobilised, €19bn of them during this year.

Sustainable financing solutions:

1. Corporate & Investment Banking (CIB)

As at the end of 2024, the Bank had taken part in 112 sustainable financing and investing transactions in the area of CIB:

TypeNo. of TransactionsVolume (€m)
Corporate922,873
Investment Banking104,251

Corporate Banking: 92 transactions were signed for a total of 2,873 million euros, increasing by 41% compared to 2023. Of these, 50 transactions amounting to 1,298 million euros are considered green and social loans, and 42 sustainability-linked loans were carried out amounting to 1,575 million euros.

Investment Banking: In 2024, Banco Sabadell was the placement entity of green and sustainability bonds in the primary debt market, participating as Joint Lead Manager in public issuances including: • Basque government: sustainability bond of €600 million • Madrid autonomous community: sustainability bond of €1 billion • Xunta de Galicia: sustainability bond of €500 million • Junta de Andalucía: sustainability bond of €500 million • FCC Servicios de Medioambiente: sustainability bond of €600 million

Project Finance: Over the year, 39 projects received a total of 1,228 million euros in finance. According to Infralogics, the Bank featured in the ranking of banks that provide finance for renewable energy projects in Spain and Portugal, ranking second in terms of number of transactions and third in terms of volume of transactions.

Country# TransactionsAmount (€m)%
Spain2892377%
UK1101%
USA1029523%
Total391,228100%
Technology# TransactionsAmount (€m)%
Wind1648640%
Photovoltaic2166954%
Solar + BESS2736%
Total391,228100%

2. Business Banking

Green and social loans: In 2024, more than 4.1 billion euros were mobilised through companies using the funds for purposes aligned with the Bank's Sustainable Financing Framework.

Sustainability-linked loans: As at the end of 2024, the Bank had mobilised more than 3 billion euros in sustainability-linked loans for corporates and SMEs to fund green purposes only.

Sabadell Renting's mobility solutions: In 2024, ECO vehicles (hybrid and electric vehicles) accounted for 67% of all vehicles on offer, while the number of new contracts signed for ECO vehicles as a percentage of the total was 43%.

Social loans: In 2024, SMEs and micro-entities were granted more than 2.8 billion euros in finance. This brings the cumulative amount granted between 2021 and 2024 to over 11.5 billion euros, representing 77% of the target set for the 2021-2025 period of 15 billion euros. Out of all SMEs and micro-entities that received financing in 2022, over 68% maintained or increased their number of employees and over 73% improved their sales volumes. In relation to financing granted in 2024 to self-employed professionals, 46% was granted to women.

3. Retail Banking

Green financing solutions for individuals: • Green mortgages: In 2024, the volume of new mortgages with sustainable certification came to more than 589 million eurosSabadell green renovation loan: financing for home renovations that improve sustainability and energy saving capacity • Sabadell green car loan: for purchasing 'zero emissions' or 'ECO' labelled vehicles • Renting mobility solutions: ECO or green vehicles offered to retail customers

Social financing solutions for individuals: • Basic Payment Accounts: 580 Basic Payment Accounts were opened in 2024 including 70 opened by vulnerable customers • Benefits for customers aged 65 or over • Customer service model particularly mindful of vulnerable customers • Code of Good Practice applied when granting financing transactions

4. Sustainable savings and responsible investment solutions

As at 2024 year-end, 24 Sabadell Asset Management funds (€8,303 million) promoted environmental or social characteristics (Article 8 funds under SFDR). Combined with Amundi mutual funds distributed by Banco Sabadell (€5,717 million), €14,020 million or 84% of Banco Sabadell customer assets invested in non-guaranteed funds promote environmental or social characteristics or have environmental or social objectives.

BanSabadell Pensiones currently manages nine pension funds that explicitly incorporate a Socially Responsible Investment (SRI) mandate in their investment policy, with assets of 1,006.1 million euros as at 2024 year-end.

5. Issuance of Banco Sabadell sustainability instruments

In 2024, Banco Sabadell issued two green bond deals amounting to a total of 1 billion euros. With these deals, Banco Sabadell now has nine outstanding green bond deals amounting to a total of 4,445 million euros. On 21 June 2024, the first green synthetic securitisation was carried out on a project finance portfolio of 1.1 billion euros.

6. Sinia Renovables

As at 2024 year-end, Sinia Renovables has investments in projects with an overall installed capacity of 1,645 MW, equivalent to the electricity consumption of about 1,164,577 households. Of this capacity, the portion attributable to Sinia through its direct shareholding is 271 MW, equivalent to the generation of 619 GWh of sustainable electricity every year. In 2024, Sinia Renovables mobilised more than 37.7 million euros, between invested capital and financing.

7. Green financing in Mexico

In 2024, Banco Sabadell Mexico granted green financing in the amount of approximately €135m. The Bank has access to lines of credit including a $100m facility from the International Finance Corporation (IFC) and a $50m credit facility with the German Development Finance Institution (DEG).

Banque Internationale à LuxembourgLuxembourg

Strategy, Business Model and Value Chain

Significant Groups of Products and Services Offering

Sustainable Financing Initiatives

Real Estate Financing

Green Loans

BIL currently offers two specific sustainable financing products:

  • low-interest climate loans – loans subsidised by the Luxembourg government to encourage energy retrofitting; and
  • renewable energies loans – special preferential rate loans to finance the installation of solar panels, heat pumps and geothermal systems (especially for retail clients).

However, most of BIL's sustainable financing comes through more traditional products such as mortgages and consumer loans for individuals, and business loans for corporate and institutional clients.

BIL is trying to progressively raise the quality of its non-financial data in order to better identify its sustainable financing in the future; for example, in 2024, better identification has been carried out internally to be able to allocate loans for energy renovation.

Energy Performance Certificate (EPC) Collection Process

From the last quarter of 2023, BIL has required an EPC for any new residential property used as a collateral to secure a loan. This document is mandatory, influences the credit rate and must be submitted before the loan is provided. In 2024, the emphasis has been placed on implementing a plan to remediate energy performance certificates from the stock of existing credits.

Motor Vehicle Financing

BIL supports e-mobility by offering special terms for the financing of 100% electric vehicles on both consumer loans for retail clients and on finance leases for business clients provided through BIL Lease.

Corporate Lending

Apart from the renewable energy loans, most of BIL's sustainable financing for corporate and institutional client comes through more traditional products such as business loans or finance leases. BIL is trying to raise the quality of its non-financial data in order to better identify its sustainable financing in the future. BIL has planned to define a green loan framework by 2025 in order to define what type of financing will be considered as sustainable and then determine how to flag them into its systems.

Responsible Investment Solutions

Responsible Investment Products

BIL is committed to develop its Responsible Investment (as per BIL's Sustainability Investment Framework) to clients with an interest in responsible investing.

BIL Luxembourg achieved a new milestone towards responsible investment practices by renewing its LuxFlag ESG Label accreditation for the BIL Invest Patrimonial, the BIL Invest Bonds EUR Corporate Investment Grade and the BIL Invest Equities Europe funds. Currently, six of BIL Invest's 17 in-house funds benefit from the LuxFlag ESG Label.

Assets Under Management in Article 8 Funds (EUR million)2024
BIL Invest Patrimonial Defensive5.41
BIL Invest Patrimonial Low133.07
BIL Invest Patrimonial Medium120.06
BIL Invest Patrimonial High49.13
BIL Invest Bonds EUR Corporate Investment Grade160.89
BIL Invest Equities Europe122.62
Total Assets Under Management591.18

BIL Sustainability Investment Framework

In response to evolving ESG regulations, current market demand, and operational and data challenges, BIL established its Sustainability Investment Framework (SIF) in 2023, aligning with SFDR requirements. This framework aims to identify improvement areas to enhance compliance with regulatory guidelines when defining sustainable investments.

Markets in Financial Instruments Directive (MiFID)

In July 2024, BIL launched an updated version of its investor risk profile, which integrates the BIL sustainability questionnaire, replacing the previous separate questionnaire. This new approach enables automatic collection of clients' ESG preferences and classifies them into three sustainable profiles: neutral, moderate, or substantial.

BIL Green Bonds

In 2022, BIL was the first bank in Luxembourg to establish a Green Bond Framework dedicated to issuing green bonds. After a strong start with new issues in 2022, BIL Luxembourg has raised over EUR 500 million in Green Bonds since its launch by the end of 2024.

BIL Green Bonds2024
Number of issuances (target market: Institutional and Professional only)17
Number of issuances (target market: Retail eligible)10
Outstanding amount (EUR million)519.30

Markets and Customer Groups Served

BIL provides a broad range of services to meet the needs of its clients:

Retail Banking

Retail Banking serves the diverse retail and personal banking needs of both resident and non-resident individuals. BIL is represented in Luxembourg by a network of branches and advice centres located throughout the country.

Corporate & Institutional Banking (CIB)

CIB activities serve business owners, start-ups, small – medium – large companies, financial and non-financial institutions and public sector clients in Luxembourg and abroad.

Wealth Management

The Wealth Management business line provides financial and non-financial products and services to a wide range of clients, with a tailor-made approach.

Financial Markets

Financial Markets is primarily responsible for Balance Sheet Management which includes the Investment Portfolio, Treasury, Long-Term Funding and Asset and Liability Management (ALM).

BIL's Sustainability Strategy

BIL is committed to playing a strategic role in the transition to a sustainable world. BIL adheres to international sustainability frameworks, specifically committing to the United Nations Principles for Responsible Banking (UNPRB) and the United Nations Global Compact (UNGC).

In 2024, BIL established an ESG Charter that embodies BIL's dedication to sustainable banking practices that not only drive economic growth, but also contribute positively to society and the environment.

Specific goals include:

  • Advance green and transition finance services: The Bank aspires to continue providing green and transition financing solutions that empower clients on their sustainability journeys.

  • Integrate ESG factors across lending practices: The Bank aims to fully integrate Environmental, Social, and Governance (ESG) factors into its lending processes.

  • Strengthen client engagement: The Bank aims to deepen its engagement with individual and corporate clients, providing tailored financing solutions and advisory services.

  • Collect and analyse sustainability preferences: The Bank strives to establish a systematic approach to collecting and analysing clients' sustainability preferences.

  • Enhance sustainable investment offerings: The Bank seeks to develop a comprehensive suite of sustainable investment products.

Value Creation

InputValue Created
Human and educational capital: A skilled and committed workforce is vital for operational efficiency, risk mitigation, innovation, compliance, and competitiveness at BIL.• 1,902 employees under BIL Group<br>• A total of EUR 253 million paid in salaries and benefits<br>• 28.35 average training hours per employee
Digital and intellectual capital: BIL offers innovative digital solutions which provide clients with multi-channel access.• 190,367 active BILnet users<br>• 4.5/5 rating for the BILnet application on App store and 3.2/5 on Google Play Store<br>• 216 employees trained on cybersecurity
Relationship capital: BIL's relationship managers are the heart of its business.• 72% positive client satisfaction score<br>• 22% market share for corporate clients and 13.2% for retail clients
Financial capital: Financial capital allows BIL to grant loans to businesses and individuals, fostering economic growth.• Net income of EUR 170 million<br>• 13.04 CET 1<br>• Total customer deposits of EUR 18.8 billion<br>• Total customer loans of EUR 16.2 billion<br>• EUR 5.7 million of green car financing<br>• 185 renewable energy loans amounting to EUR 4,247,200<br>• 30 green renovation loans amounting to EUR 505,902
Social capital: BIL supports local communities through sponsorship, donations and philanthropic action.• Total taxes paid of EUR 20 million<br>• Donations of EUR 126K<br>• 190 volunteers active throughout the year
Environmental capital: The Bank recognises the profound impact that its activities can have on the ecosystems in which it operates.• EUR 519.3 million outstanding of green bonds issued<br>• 42% share of electric vehicles in BIL's leasing fleet<br>• 28% SIF-compliant assets under Discretionary Portfolio Mandates; 22% SIF-compliant assets under Advisory Mandates<br>• 26.89% ESG share in Bank portfolio<br>• 100% renewable energy used in BIL's headquarter building
BASFGermany

Our Strategy

Chemistry is our passion. We set a new direction for ourselves with the introduction of the "Winning Ways" strategy in September 2024: Our ambition is to be the preferred chemical company to enable our customers' green transformation. We aim to grow profitably and create value for our shareholders with our broad portfolio of chemicals businesses as well as our product and process innovations.

Humankind is facing enormous challenges in its efforts to preserve a world worth living in for future generations. The climate is changing, natural resources are becoming scarcer, pressure on ecosystems is increasing and our growing world population needs to be fed. More and more urgently than ever, solutions are needed for a more sustainable future.

Business Model

At BASF, we create chemistry for a sustainable future. Our ambition is to be the preferred chemical company to enable our customers' green transformation. We combine economic success with environmental protection and societal responsibility. Our portfolio is structured into core businesses and standalone businesses.

BASF had 111,822 employees in 92 countries in the 2024 business year and operated 235 production sites worldwide. These include six Verbund sites, which are located in Ludwigshafen, Germany; Antwerp, Belgium; Freeport, Texas; Geismar, Louisiana; Kuantan, Malaysia; and Nanjing, China. A seventh Verbund site is currently under construction in Zhanjiang, China.

Our Strategic Levers

Focus: Under the Focus lever, we have redefined our portfolio management approach. BASF now makes a distinction between core businesses and standalone businesses, which serve specific industries and operate independently. The core businesses comprise the Chemicals, Materials, Industrial Solutions and Nutrition & Care segments.

Accelerate: With the Accelerate lever, BASF is targeting more speed in value creation. We will streamline the way in which we collaborate and complete tasks at BASF and become faster as a result.

Transform: The Transform lever represents shaping and successively implementing our market-oriented green transformation toward a more sustainable product portfolio. Going forward, we will intensify our focus on products with sustainability attributes where we see increasing customer demand.

Win: The Win lever is how we want to drive change in corporate culture throughout the entire company. Our "Winning Culture" is based on three cultural topics – Accountability (Own it!), Speed (Drive it!) and Improvement Mindset (Excel in it!).

BBVASpain

Strategy, business model and value chain

BBVA Group's Value Chain

The ESRS consider that the scope of sustainability information extends beyond an entity's own operations and encompasses material impacts, risks, and opportunities throughout its value chain. This value chain comprises the activities, resources, and relationships that the entity employs and relies upon when defining its products or services, ranging from conception through to delivery, consumption, and end of life, across all the geographies in which it operates.

As a result of analysis, the BBVA Group's value chain has been categorized into three elements or phases:

Upstream

This phase includes entities that supply resources and provide services necessary for the development of the Group's activity. It primarily involves relationships with suppliers and partners for technology, information systems, legal or consultancy services, general supplies, among others.

Own Operations

This encompasses BBVA's own assets and internal processes that enable it to provide financial solutions, from product design and development to risk management. It also covers all BBVA Group companies and their employees.

Downstream

This refers to the phase in which BBVA markets and distributes its products and services to customers, as well as the monitoring of the effects those products and services generate in the broader environment. The Group identifies customers in its three main business segments, banking, insurance, and asset management, as the stakeholders involved in this phase of the value chain.

Business model and strategy

BBVA has defined sustainability as one of its six strategic priorities, covering the following three dimensions in the geographies where it operates:

  1. Climate: Business opportunities related to global warming: electric transport, energy efficiency, renewable energy, etc.
  2. Natural Capital: Business opportunities related to nature: water, land, biodiversity, and waste and pollution.
  3. Inclusive growth: Business opportunities related to inclusive economic growth: inclusive infrastructures, financial inclusion, entrepreneurship, job creation, access to basic goods and services.

Strategic objectives

The execution of this strategy is based on the achievement of two main objectives:

  1. Promoting new business through sustainability: Channeling 300 billion euros in sustainable business between 2018 and 2025, already achieved one year ahead of schedule with 304 billion euros channeled by 2024.

  2. Achieving net zero emissions by 2050: With specific decarbonization targets for high-emission sectors and intermediate targets for 2030 for 11 sectors.

Additionally, BBVA has set itself the goal of contributing 550 million euros in social programs to benefit 100 million people between 2021 and 2025.

Business approach by customer segment

BBVA adopts a customized approach for each customer segment:

Wholesale customers (corporate and institutional)

  • Sectoral solutions based on innovation and specialized knowledge
  • Support in sustainability strategy implementation
  • Offering sustainable products (bonds, loans, transactional banking activities)
  • Preparation and monitoring of alignment plans with customers

Enterprise customers

  • Simple and scalable solutions enabling economic savings (energy efficiency, fleet renewal)
  • Consultation tools based on advanced data analytics
  • Carbon footprint calculator for companies

Retail customers

  • Customized digital solutions based on data analysis
  • Focus on energy savings, mobility solutions, and financial inclusion
  • Digital solutions accompanying customers throughout the entire process

Value creation approach

BBVA is promoting the creation of new business around sustainability with three priority areas:

  1. Development of financial solutions: Promoting specialized solutions for customers to capture sustainability-related business opportunities
  2. Differential risk management capabilities: Focusing on financing customer emissions reduction while leveraging competitive advantage in sustainability
  3. Implementation of control processes: Ensuring operational efficiency and adequate internal controls, including solid criteria for classifying sustainable business
BechtleGermany

Business Model - One-stop shop: With more than 120 locations in 14 European countries, Bechtle enjoys close proximity to its customers, making it one of the leading IT companies in Europe. We also have a worldwide network of partners that fulfils the requirements of customers who operate globally. Even after more than 40 years of company history, the Neckarsulm-based IT company combines the strength and solidity of a financially strong international group with the proximity, personal support and flexibility of a regional service provider. We guide more than 70,000 customers from trade and industry, the public sector and the financial market on their digital transformation journey and offer a comprehensive, cross-vendor portfolio of IT infrastructure and IT operation solutions.

Business Segments:

The IT System House & Managed Services segment covers a service spectrum ranging from the sale of hardware and software solutions, IT strategy consulting, IT infrastructure consulting, modern workplace, application solutions, project planning and implementation, system integration, maintenance and training to the provision of cloud and managed services, IT security services and artificial intelligence.

In the IT E-Commerce segment, the focus is primarily on the retail business. In this segment, we offer our customers hardware and standard software as well as accompanying logistics services via telephone and the Internet, with a product portfolio that comprises around 35,000 products in total.

Strategy: Based on its firmly established corporate culture, Bechtle has been formulating its long-term goals at intervals of about ten years ever since it was founded. The Vision 2030 was published in 2018 under the heading "Bechtle: Integrate IT. Architect the future." It determines goals in the following areas: • customer orientation, measured on the basis of the customer's success; • our competence, professionalism and passion in handling IT, combined with the promise to the workforce that at Bechtle, everything can be achieved; • the quest for market leadership; and • the necessity to achieve profitable growth in order to be able to invest in Bechtle's future.

According to the vision, the group intends to generate revenue of €10 billion with an EBT margin of at least 5 per cent by 2030.

Value Chain: Our service and solution portfolio is subject to ongoing review and adaptation to market and customer requirements. The service employees and certified specialists, system engineers and consultants offer customers specialist knowledge, a high level of detailed expertise, many years of IT project experience and rapid implementation of individual requirements in the realisation of services.

Bechtle has pooled specialist know-how on complex IT solution topics in more than 70 nationally active competence centres and passes this knowledge on both internally and externally in training courses.

Beiersdorf AGGermany

With a portfolio of global brands, Beiersdorf has developed into one of the world's leading companies in the consumer goods industry over the past 143 years – with over 190 international subsidiaries and more than 22,000 employees worldwide. Our business is divided into two separate, independently operating business segments: Consumer and tesa. As a wholly-owned subsidiary of Beiersdorf AG, tesa SE has been operated as an independent subgroup with its own management and corporate strategy since 2001.

In the Consumer Business Segment, our focus is on skin and body care for end consumers. We are represented in three market segments with our worldwide brands NIVEA, Eucerin and La Prairie: the mass market, dermocosmetics, and the premium segment. Our products are sold in 180 countries, with Europe representing our main sales market.

In the tesa Business Segment, we concentrate on developing innovative adhesive tapes and self-adhesive solutions for industry, craft businesses, and end consumers. In the Industry division, tesa supplies specialized product and system solutions directly to industrial customers, especially in the automotive, electronics, printing and paper, and building and construction industries worldwide.

The tesa Consumer division encompasses those markets in which retail partners or retail-like channels supply end consumers with market-driven products. These include product ranges aimed at private consumers and craftspeople. tesa also uses e-commerce business to offer products for sale directly to end customers. The Consumer business is focused on Europe and Latin America. It sells both long-established and innovative product solutions intended for various applications, including for daily use in offices, at home, and in crafts.

In total 22,678 employees had an active employment contract with Beiersdorf as of December 31, 2024.

RegionConsumertesaTotal
Europe9,1923,38412,576
Americas3,4876454,132
Africa/Asia/Australia4,6201,3505,970
Total17,2995,37922,678

Value chain

Beiersdorf relies on extraction of raw materials for the production of its products. The raw materials used are associated with the following activities: cultivation and harvesting of agricultural raw materials (primarily palm oil, soy, coconut, wood, and natural rubber), animal husbandry (tallow), and mining and extraction of fossil and mineral raw materials. These raw materials are processed and refined to produce emulsifiers, surfactants, oils, adhesives and other substances, as well as packaging materials. We procure these raw materials from our suppliers via multi-tier supply chains and use them at our production sites. The intermediate products that we procure directly are primarily chemical products and packaging materials comprising plastic, aluminium, glass and paper.

Beiersdorf manufactures a wide range of products in its own operations. The Consumer Business Segment focuses on development and production of skin and body care products, and the tesa Business Segment makes self-adhesive product solutions for industrial customers and consumers. There are 15 production centers for the Consumer Business Segment, located in Europe, North and South America, Africa and the Asia-Pacific region. These centers focus on mixing and filling activities and produce primarily for their local and regional markets. tesa has seven production centers in Germany, Italy, the USA, China and Vietnam. The production network is supplemented by selected third-party manufacturers (3PMs).

Our production sites and 3PMs deliver the goods to our customers via a network of warehouses and distribution centers. Most warehousing and transportation services are purchased externally. Two warehouses are owned and operated by Beiersdorf. Individual adjustments to products shortly before dispatch (last minute adjustments and co-packing) are largely integrated into warehouse operations. Products are largely distributed to customers by truck and sea freight, increasing also by rail, and in exceptional cases by air freight.

Products in the Consumer Business Segment are predominantly delivered to food retail partners, who sell our products to the end consumers. The tesa Business Segment primarily supplies industrial customers, and to a lesser extent retail partners from the food and building materials sectors.

We rely on agile supply chains, and perform ongoing analyses of our production and supply networks and update them as necessary to ensure procurement of our most important materials and address the needs of our customers and consumers.

BMW GroupGermany

BMW Group Strategy and Business Model

The aim of the BMW Group Strategy is to find the right balance between business, the environment and society. The key areas of focus within the strategy are:

  • Electrification
  • Digitalisation
  • Sustainability or circularity

Sustainability encompasses the strategic organisation of the entire value chain. Sustainability considerations are therefore integrated in corporate structures and processes in a comprehensive and holistic manner.

Operating Segments

The BMW Group's business model comprises three segments:

Automotive Segment

  • Development and manufacturing of premium automobiles
  • Focus on all drivetrain technologies with strong emphasis on electromobility
  • 17.4% of total deliveries in 2024 were all-electric vehicles

Motorcycles Segment

  • Development and manufacturing of premium motorcycles
  • Various drivetrain technologies including electric options

Financial Services Segment

  • Credit financing and leasing of BMW Group vehicles
  • Fleet business for commercial customers
  • Key role in the sales system

Value Chain Structure

Upstream Value Chain

Comprises a multi-layered network of suppliers providing:

  • Production materials
  • Raw materials
  • Components
  • Capital goods
  • Services for vehicle and parts production

Own Operations

  • Global production network with plants being transformed for electromobility
  • Research and Innovation Centre (FIZ)
  • Vehicle testing facilities
  • Component production

Downstream Value Chain

  • Global sales network for vehicle distribution
  • Customer care and maintenance services
  • Vehicle recycling and dismantling (thousands of vehicles recycled annually)
  • Use phase of vehicles by customers

Workforce

At 31 December 2024, the BMW Group employed 158,441 people worldwide.

Strategic Sustainability Goals

Climate Targets

  • Net zero carbon emissions across entire value chain by 2050 at latest
  • Aligned with 1.5°C pathway of Paris Agreement for Scope 1 and 2 emissions
  • Well-Below-Two-Degree (WB2C) approach for Scope 3 emissions
  • Reduce carbon emissions by at least 40 million tonnes by 2030 compared to 2019

Circular Economy

  • Guided by principles: Re:think, Re:duce, Re:use, Re:cycle
  • Increasing secondary raw material quota
  • Closing material loops within automotive industry

Product Innovation

  • NEUE KLASSE model generation launching 2025 with emphasis on efficiency and supply chain sustainability
  • Hydrogen fuel cell variant planned for 2028
  • Technology openness approach across all drivetrain types

Workforce Development

  • Strategic goal of increasing proportion of women in management positions
  • Continuous investment in employee expertise and training
  • "Just Transition" approach combining transformation with modern, safe workplaces
CD PROJEKTPoland

In the framework of its strategy adopted in 2022 (see the Strategy Update), in the coming years the Studio intends to focus on:

  1. Creating revolutionary role-playing games, by developing and publishing the following releases: ■ A new Witcher trilogy, the first installment of which is The Witcher 4 (previously codenamed Polaris); ■ Project Orion – the second game set in the Cyberpunk universe; ■ Project Sirius – a game with multiplayer features set in The Witcher universe; ■ The Witcher Remake – a retelling of the first part of The Witcher, developed with the use of modern technologies, in collaboration with Fool's Theory.

In addition, CD PROJEKT RED is carrying out conceptual work on the third proprietary IP codenamed Hadar.

  1. Implementing the franchise flywheel concept, which involves developing an ecosystem of mutually supporting products, rooted in the potential of the Studio's franchises. The Group has announced its openness to collaboration with various external partners in order to create new ways to interact with its franchises. In the framework of the Cyberpunk universe, the Company is involved, among others, in animation and live action projects.

  2. Further enrichment of our franchise ecosystem with games offering multiplayer features. In addition to flagship projects listed in the Strategy Update, the Studio also engages in work on other unannounced projects which augment the franchise flywheel concept. These include game projects, along with various initiatives which match the broad definition of digital entertainment and will be publicly revealed once the Company has verified its commercial potential or launched the corresponding information campaigns.

Achieving the Group's ambitious business goals depends, among others, on its commitment to increasing team engagement by shaping a robust, healthy organizational culture based on mutual respect and observance of legal and ethical standards while promoting continuous talent development. Our initiatives, rooted in the so-called five ambitions, support our plan to ensure sustainability at the CD PROJEKT Group and contribute to long-term increases in its value.

Key products and business model

Videogame development commenced in 2002 and initially focused on the studio's RPG debut: The Witcher. This game, set in Andrzej Sapkowski's fantasy world, was released in October 2007.

The Studio's key product portfolio currently includes the following videogames: ■ The Witcher; ■ The Witcher 2: Assassins of Kings; ■ The Witcher 3: Wild Hunt with two expansion packs – Hearts of Stone and Blood and Wine; ■ Cyberpunk 2077 with its expansion pack – Phantom Liberty.

Sales of CD PROJEKT RED games are carried out under the following core business models: ■ sales of territorial distribution rights (for box and digital editions), settled post factum on the basis of monthly or quarterly sales reports / licensing reports submitted by the Company's business partners; ■ supplies of physical box editions to the Company's business partners for retail resale; ■ sales of batches of activation codes which permit the game to be downloaded and installed; ■ sales carried out through optional microtransactions in GWENT: The Witcher Card Game.

Digital distribution agreements concluded by the Company are typically settled in monthly cycles, while distribution of physical videogame editions follows quarterly reporting cycles. Depending on the specific partner or contract, the Company also collects licensing reports – these are submitted 30, 45 or 60 days following the end of each reporting period (typically each month or quarter).

Key suppliers and clients in the value chain

Development of large-scale RPGs is a process which involves collaboration with dozens of companies – this includes typical B2B relationships as well as contractual arrangements with representatives of the creative industry and artists from around the world. Thus, our business partners include actors, musicians, graphic artists, writers and translators, as well as – among others – videogame distributors, manufacturers of gaming consoles and computer hardware, developers of software, technologies and game engines, external studios (e.g. audio and motion capture) or providers of streaming services.

In 2024 CD PROJEKT RED sales to two clients – Valve Corporation and Sony Interactive Entertainment – exceeded 10% of the Group's consolidated sales revenues and totaled 395 746 thousand PLN and 181 562 thousand PLN respectively (40.2% and 18.4% of the Group's sales revenues respectively). These clients are not affiliated with CD PROJEKT S.A. or any of its subsidiaries. No other client accounted for more than 10% of consolidated sales revenues of the CD PROJEKT Group.

The videogame development process relies on certain bought-in tools and technical solutions; however, these do not result in significant concentration of supply. No CD PROJEKT RED supplier accounted for more than 10% of the segment's total revenues in 2024.

Cementir HoldingNetherlands

Group Profile

Cementir Holding N.V. is a multinational company with its registered office in the Netherlands, listed on the Euronext Star Milan segment. The company operates in the building materials sector and focuses on four main business lines: grey cement, white cement, ready-mixed concrete and aggregates.

Cementir is the world leader in the niche segment of white cement. The company is the largest producer of cement in Denmark and ready-mixed concrete in the Scandinavian area, the third largest cement producer in Belgium, and one of the main international operators in Türkiye, with two companies listed on the Istanbul Stock Exchange. In Belgium, the Group operates one of the largest aggregate quarries in Europe, and in Türkiye it processes industrial waste to produce fuel for its cement plants.

Group Strategy

Cementir strategy is built upon five pillars defined in the Group Industrial Plan: Sustainability, Enhancement of people, Innovation, Competitiveness Improvement, Growth and Positioning.

1) Sustainability

Cementir commitment is to constantly reduce its carbon footprint and achieve net zero emissions by 2050. This decarbonization path, articulated in a detailed Roadmap, sets sustainability objectives consistent with those of the United Nations and reflected in management incentive schemes. The main actions are:

  • Clinker reduction: Cementir aims to progressively replace clinker with alternative materials such as fly ash, slag and calcinated clay, leading to the development of low-carbon cements like FUTURECEM® and D-Carb®.
  • Alternative fuels and Energy: the Group is continuously increasing both the use of alternative fuels, such as biomass and gas, and the proportion of alternative energy sources, including renewables through long-term Power Purchase Agreements (PPAs).
  • Recycling and Reuse: Cementir promotes the recycling and reuse of materials as part of its circular economy approach, such as concrete recycling as a substitute for natural aggregates and water usage optimization in the production process.
  • Thermal efficiency optimization: the Group is constantly optimizing thermal efficiency, in order to reduce energy consumption and carbon emissions.
  • Transport and Logistics: Cementir is implementing initiatives to reduce the climate impact of transport, procurement and logistics, including e-procurement, electric ready-mix trucks and fuel-efficient vessels.
  • Adoption of breakthrough technologies such as Carbon capture and storage (CCS): the ACCSION project, based in Aalborg, Denmark, will be Cementir first carbon capture initiative and one of the first and largest full onshore carbon capture and storage project in Europe. By 2030 it is expected to reduce CO2 emissions by 1.5 million tons per year.

2) Valuing people

The Group's commitment is to promote a strong safety culture with the goal to achieve Zero Accidents through regular training and awareness programs. It also aims to prioritize employee development and foster a positive, inclusive work environment that champions diversity and inclusion, leveraging on learning platforms such as the Cementir Academy.

3) Innovation

Innovation is a core driver of Cementir long-term success. This pillar focuses on:

  • Developing sustainable solutions: Cementir invests in research and development to create new low carbon solutions and other sustainable and high added-value products such as FUTURECEM®, and D-Carb®.
  • Digital transformation: the company embraces digital technologies to enhance operational efficiency, improve customer experiences, and drive innovation across its operations, also with the adoption of Artificial Intelligence solutions.
  • Breakthrough technologies: Cementir actively collaborates with external partners, including research institutions and universities, to accelerate the development and adoption of new technologies.

4) Improve competitiveness

The Group is implementing a series of actions to further enhance profitability and operational efficiency, including process digitization, preventive and predictive maintenance, advanced production control systems, intelligent logistics, warehouse management and integrated digital sales planning.

5) Growth and Positioning

Cementir strives to combine organic growth, strategic acquisitions, and targeted investments in key markets. Whilst strengthening its vertically integrated model in the Nordic & Baltic, Belgium and Türkiye regions, the Group aims to consolidate its global leadership in white cement through targeted actions in strategic markets.

CovestroGermany

Strategy, business model and value chain

Business Model

Covestro is one of the leading global suppliers of high-tech polymer materials and application solutions developed for these materials. The company delivers a broad portfolio of products. In its core business, Covestro produces precursors for polyurethane foams and the high-performance plastic polycarbonate as well as precursors for coatings, adhesives, sealants, and specialty products, including films. Other noncore precursors in Covestro's product portfolio include chlorine and by-products like styrene.

The company's materials are used in many areas of modern life. Covestro offers its customers innovative and sustainable solutions that enable improved performance and help reduce carbon footprints. Our products are used in many applications ranging from insulation for refrigerators and entire buildings, through laptop and smartphone cases, to medical technology. They are also used to produce scratch-resistant and fast-drying vehicle coatings, film coverings for personal identification cards, and medical equipment.

Key Industries Served:

  • Automotive and transportation
  • Construction
  • Furniture and wood processing
  • Electrical, electronics, and household appliances
  • Sports and leisure
  • Health
  • Chemical industry

Corporate Strategy - Sustainable Future

Purpose and Vision: Covestro's purpose, "To make the world a brighter place," remains the foundation of our actions. In an environment shaped by geopolitical tensions, volatile markets, and economic challenges, Covestro is rigorously determined in the pursuit of its vision of becoming fully circular. This vision forms the basis of our Group's Sustainable Future strategy and is aligned with the global challenges we have to face: Advancing climate change, rising environmental pollution, the growth of the global population, increasing urbanization, as well as new forms of mobility and the transition to renewable energies.

Strategy Update 2024: The world is constantly changing, and staying ahead requires agility and foresight. That's why, in 2020, Covestro launched its corporate strategy "Sustainable Future", designed to guide us toward our overarching goals, even in times of transformation. This year, we revisited and updated our strategy to ensure it remains aligned with global developments and our vision for a sustainable tomorrow.

While the core direction remains unchanged – positioning Covestro optimally, driving sustainable growth, and achieving climate neutrality and a circular economy – we have made key adjustments. These include an even sharper focus on our customers, a clear commitment to climate neutrality, and a more precise path to sustainable growth. We have also highlighted new enablers for success: artificial intelligence, a strong corporate culture, and a future-ready workforce.

At the heart of this updated strategy lies the customer perspective, embedded in every aspect of our approach under the motto: "You are never more than 10 meters away from a Covestro product." This reflects our commitment to being a reliable partner, expanding our portfolio, and delivering solutions tailored to customer needs.

Strategic Pillars:

  1. Unlocking our full Potential: We want to become the best of who we are. Central to this: improving plant availability, enhancing cost efficiency, and expanding high-margin business areas.

  2. Driving sustainable Growth: Combining sustainability and economic success. To achieve this, we are expanding our portfolio both organically and inorganically. Another core element: developing innovative technologies and processes that set new sustainability standards.

  3. A fully circular future: To become fully circular, we are analyzing our value chains, anticipating changes in areas such as procurement, and driving forward innovative recycling technologies. At the same time, we are focusing on strong partnerships to jointly shape sustainable solutions.

  4. On the Path to Climate Neutrality: Our transformation toward climate neutrality prepares us for the future: We are focusing on energy efficiency, sustainable production processes, climate-neutral energy sources, and moving away from fossil fuels. Target: operational climate neutrality by 2035 and complete climate neutrality by 2050.

Value Chain

Segments and Business Entities:

Covestro is divided into two reportable segments: Performance Materials (PM) and Solutions & Specialties (S & S). While the Performance Materials segment forms one separate business entity, the Solutions & Specialties segment is made up of six business entities.

Performance Materials: The Performance Materials segment forms a separate business entity comprising the development, production, and supply of high-performance materials such as polyurethanes and polycarbonates, as well as base chemicals. This includes diphenylmethane diisocyanate (MDI), toluene diisocyanate (TDI), long-chain polyols, and polycarbonate resins, among others. These materials are used in sectors such as the furniture and wood processing industry, the construction industry as well as the automotive and transportation industry. The focus in the Performance Materials segment is on reliably delivering standard products at competitive cost.

Solutions & Specialties: The Solutions & Specialties segment combines Covestro's solutions and specialties business; it has six business entities: Engineering Plastics; Coatings & Adhesives; Tailored Urethanes; Thermoplastic Polyurethanes; Specialty Films; and Elastomers. In this segment, Covestro combines sophisticated products with a high pace of innovation, complementing its offering with application technology services and customer-specific system solutions.

Global Presence: Covestro operates production and research and development (R&D) sites for various product groups throughout the world. The company has 46 production sites and 13 R&D sites in the EMLA, NA, and APAC regions.

Intangible Resources:

  • Innovative capital: Through targeted investment in research and development, we create the basis for new products and applications to accelerate the transition to the circular economy
  • Human capital: Skills, expertise, and motivation of our employees, who are crucial to our company's success
  • Structural capital: Procedures, methods, processes, and systems that support the attainment of our corporate targets
  • Relational capital: Based on trust and long-term collaboration with customers, suppliers, and other partners in the value chain

Customer Focus: A regular exchange of information and transparent communication are a solid foundation for sustainable partnerships, and we regularly measure the satisfaction of our customers, for example, using the Net Promoter Score (NPS). In the 2024 fiscal year, the Net Promoter Score serves Covestro as a measure of customer satisfaction (ranges from –100 to +100), achieving a score of +42.

Crayon Group HoldingNorway

Strategy, business model and value chain

Our Business Model

Crayon is a customer-centric information technology (IT) consultancy that enables customers to maximize their technology investments. We help customers reduce costs, optimize their software and cloud, and leverage new opportunities in AI.

Founded in Norway 22 years ago, our international presence has grown. Today, our key markets are the Nordics (our largest and most mature), Europe, Asia Pacific, Middle East, Africa, and the United States.

Crayon's success and driver for growth is grounded in one key aspect: Our customer-first focus. Since our start in 2002, we differentiated our value proposition to be a strategic partner and advisor to our customers. In doing so, we were able to acquire customers and develop long term relationships through the trust created.

Our Strategy

We must integrate our AI capabilities into our tools to help us gain better insights and understanding of our customers' needs, spend patterns, and security vulnerabilities. In doing so, we will increase the value we provide to our customers, which is and will always remain a top priority.

To position ourselves tactically to enhance the value we deliver to our customers, our current and future go-to-market offerings increasingly emphasize the following key elements:

Drive customer success through cost optimization: Leverage our unique SAM / SCA capabilities as the enabler for putting Crayon on the customers' side of the table. • Grow the Channel business: Realize the market potential in the channel business to drive growth and profitability across the markets we are in. • Manage the Microsoft incentive changes: Approach changes as a business opportunity for Crayon, leveraging our core business model and legacy, and market position. • Growth on multi-vendor software: Accelerate sales on multi-vendor software to drive incremental growth and profitability across regions. • Scale on Cybersecurity: Growth on Cybersecurity services through a scalable Microsoft offering. • Realize the potential from AI driven applications and custom AI: Realizing the potential in GenAI and custom AI projects.

Four Main Service Offerings

1. Software Procurement: We help customers choose, acquire, consume and support the software services that fit their business needs and budget. As a global leader, we leverage our extensive expertise to deliver tailored procurement solutions that meet the diverse needs of our clients.

2. IT Cost Management: We show customers the way to make the most out of their software and cloud investments (average 30% IT cost savings). Crayon provides expert guidance to streamline and control IT expenses. Our tailored IT cost optimization services – from software asset management to FinOps and compliance – empower our clients' business to achieve efficiency and cost savings in a dynamic digital environment.

3. Cloud Services: We offer expert advice, migration, management, deployment, and security of customer IT services, no matter the platform or technology. Our business cloud solutions and cloud transformation services are designed to help our clients navigate the complexities of modern IT with confidence.

4. Data and AI Solutions: We provide cutting-edge solutions and expertise to help customers harness the full potential of data and AI. Crayon delivers tailored AI solutions and AI consulting services to help businesses gain a competitive edge.

Lines of Business

Crayon is divided into four primary business areas:

  • Software & Cloud Direct (part of Software division - 55% of Gross Profit)
  • Software & Cloud Channel (part of Software division - 55% of Gross Profit)
  • Software & Cloud Economics (14% of Gross Profit)
  • Consulting (28% of Gross Profit)

Market Presence

Crayon's geographical presence is divided into four market clusters: the Nordics, Europe, APAC & MEA, and the US. As a result of increased international expansion, the international markets have been the primary driver of gross profit growth and now represents 57% of gross profit in 2024.

Gross Profit by Market (2024):

  • Nordic: 26% (NOK 2.4bn)
  • Europe: 53% (strong 24% growth)
  • US: 25%
  • APAC & MEA: 21%
Danica PensionDenmark

Strategy, business model and value chain

Business model

Danica is owned by Danske Bank and is one of the largest life insurance and pension providers in Denmark. The Board of Directors holds overall responsibility for decisions about Danica's business model to balance the interests of customers and owners. Danica's business model applies to Danica Livsforsikringsaktieselskab.

Pension savings products: Danica offers pension savings products and various risk products, including life and disability insurance. Danica focuses particularly on investments that reflect environmental, social and governance (ESG) factors.

Risk products: Customers have a choice of various risk products including cover for loss of earning capacity, waiver of contribution, covers on death and spousal covers. The insurance rules are intended to provide a balance between the desired return and the related risk. Danica also offers risk products through Forenede Gruppeliv as well as health insurance and health packages. Danica has not identified any particular products or services in relation to material impacts, risks or opportunities.

Customer segments and sales channels: Danica writes pension schemes for customers, mainly in Denmark, within these two categories:

  1. Personal customers with individual agreements
  2. Personal customers with an agreement under a framework agreement with Danica, e.g. PFS (Pension for Selvstændige) or employees of an undertaking that has entered into a company pension agreement setting out the terms of the pension schemes and insurance covers of its employees

Sales are made according to a multi-channel distribution strategy via Danica's own sales force, brokers, partners and in collaboration with Danske Bank. Danica has not identified any particular customer groups in relation to material impacts, risks or opportunities.

Investment and financial risk management: Danica focuses on generating competitive investment returns for its customers. Consequently, the objective of its investment strategy is to achieve systematically high net returns. The investment strategy is based on calculated required rates of return and on analyses and simulations to ensure the security, quality, liquidity and profitability of the portfolio.

Investment limits are determined so as to ensure that Danica does not assume concentration and liquidity risks on individual products that jeopardise the customers' interests. In addition to the investment limits, the Board of Directors adopts separate risk management frameworks. The purpose of these limits and frameworks is to accurately reflect Danica's actual risk in a Solvency II scenario as well in a more commonly occurring market scenario.

Value chain

Danica's own operations and value chain activities: Danica has upstream value chain activities involving the use of services from suppliers, own operations comprising administrative activities, and downstream value chain activities in the form of investments and management of products and services for customers.

Danica's own operations are defined as activities related to the Executive Board, the Board of Directors, employees and building operations.

Included under own operations are employees' working terms and conditions, such as working hours, remuneration, diversity and employment security. Another component is the management structure of the business, including corporate culture, degree of political engagement and prevention of corruption and bribery. Included in building operations are Danica's carbon emissions and energy consumption from office buildings, resource consumption and waste management.

Danica's upstream activities mainly comprise services provided by suppliers. Central services include the supply of data, energy and heating, IT equipment, canteen and services and healthcare providers' services.

Danica's downstream activities comprise the management of pension and insurance products (Danica's services and products), investment activities and business relationships with external stakeholders such as NGOs, industry associations, media houses, professional bodies and politicians.

DanoneFrance

Danone's Mission and Strategy: Danone's mission is to bring health through food to as many people as possible. This mission is rooted in Danone's dual project, defined in 1972 by Group founder Antoine RIBOUD, creating both shareholder and societal value.

Business Model: Danone operates in healthy and on-trend Categories growing faster than the average food and beverages sector:

Essential Dairy & Plant-Based (EDP) - 49% of Sales:

  • Fresh fermented dairy products and dairy specialties
  • Plant-based products (beverages, yogurt alternatives, cheese, ice creams)
  • Coffee creations (creamers and ready-to-drink coffee beverages)
  • More than 60% of EDP revenues from value-added functional segments (immunity, gut health, high protein)

Specialized Nutrition - 33% of Sales:

  • Infant milk formulas and complementary feeding for babies and young children
  • Medical nutrition for children with specific medical conditions
  • Adult medical nutrition including oral nutritional supplements and tube feeding

Waters - 18% of Sales:

  • Plain water, flavored water and functional beverages
  • Balanced portfolio between safe and non-safe tap-water markets

Geographic Presence: Operations across five geographical zones:

  • Europe (35% of sales) - largest zone with balanced portfolio across all categories
  • North America (24% of sales) - strong positions in yogurt, coffee creations, plant-based
  • CNAO (13% of sales) - leadership in infant formula, medical nutrition, functional beverages
  • Latin America (11% of sales) - strong local and global brands
  • Rest of the World (16% of sales) - emerging markets focus

Value Chain: Integrated value chain from:

  • Raw materials sourcing (primarily milk, fruits, sugar)
  • Production facilities (151 production sites globally)
  • Distribution across multiple channels (retail, traditional, e-commerce, away-from-home, specialized)
  • Research & Innovation network (2,000+ experts, 200+ clinical studies)

Competitive Positioning: Global leadership positions:

  • #1 worldwide for fresh dairy products
  • #1 worldwide for plant-based foods and beverages
  • #2 worldwide for packaged waters
  • #2 worldwide for early life nutrition
  • #4 worldwide for adult medical nutrition

Strategic Transformation - Renew Danone: Four strategic pillars implemented 2022-2024:

  1. Win where we are - strengthening competitiveness in core categories
  2. Expand where we should be - selective expansion in segments, channels, geographies
  3. Seed the future - exploring opportunities through partnerships and innovation
  4. Manage our portfolio - active portfolio rotation (~9% of revenues 2022-2024)

Next Chapter Strategy: Building on fundamentals re-established 2022-2024:

  • Pivoting category approach (gut health, protein, healthy hydration)
  • Broadening business models (away-from-home, medical nutrition)
  • Expanding geographic footprint
  • More active portfolio management

Value Creation Model: Committed to long-term value compounding:

  • Like-for-like net sales growth target: +3% to +5% (2025-2028)
  • Structurally double-digit ROIC target
  • €3 billion free cash flow ambition

Société à Mission Status: Entreprise à Mission since July 2020, integrating purpose into business model with commitment to health, nature, and social impact.

DemantDenmark

Our Purpose and Strategy

Our PURPOSE is to create life-changing differences through hearing health

Our AMBITION is as the leading hearing healthcare company to improve as many lives as possible

Our PRIORITISATION is to support the entire journey to better hearing by focusing on personalised care and innovative solutions

Our Strategy

Leading hearing healthcare - In 2024, we communicated our Group strategy – leading hearing healthcare – reflecting our ambition as the leading hearing healthcare company to improve as many lives as possible. In doing so, we contribute to building a more sustainable world and enable more people the opportunity to enjoy life in full.

With our strategy, we are focused on creating value by growing our business at a rate exceeding the market growth rate, while improving our profitability through economies of scale and efficiency. Our strategy comprises three choices and three enablers:

Choices:

  • Fuel innovation and core technology development: An important organic growth driver is to bring superior technological solutions to the market timely and in high quality. We are therefore firmly focused on investing in R&D in both Hearing Aids and Diagnostics, aiming to advance technology further in our R&D programme.

  • Participate in consolidation of distribution and leverage commercial position: Another key growth driver is the acquisition and integration of hearing care clinics worldwide into our existing network as well as potential acquisitions within Diagnostics.

  • Grow across geographies and channels and in adjacent business activities: To enable future growth, we focus strongly on growing sales in our existing markets and channels. We aim to gain market share among independents and drive profitable growth with strategic accounts and in export markets.

Enablers:

  • Leverage scalability and increase business resilience: We need to leverage our size and ensure efficiency in everything we do to increase profitability across the Group.

  • Continuously drive a culture of inclusion and engagement: Our employees are our most valuable resource, as they are critical to Demant's future success.

  • Drive responsible and sustainable business practices: We are committed to adding value responsibly and sustainably.

Business Model and Operations

We operate a focused hearing healthcare company, consisting of three business areas: Hearing Aids, Hearing Care and Diagnostics.

Hearing Aids: The Hearing Aids business area engages in the development, manufacturing and wholesale of hearing aids, developing innovative and leading technological solutions that create life-changing hearing health.

  • Serves customers in 130+ countries
  • 900+ employees in Hearing Aids R&D
  • External revenue in 2024: DKK 10,022 million

Hearing Care: The Hearing Care business area comprises the Audika Group, which is a global retail company that provides personalised hearing care to customers worldwide through several strong local brands.

  • 4,000+ clinics worldwide
  • Hearing care clinics in 25+ countries
  • Revenue in 2024: DKK 9,932 million

Diagnostics: The Diagnostics business area consists of a group of international companies and is the global market leader in hearing and balance assessment solutions used by audiologists, ENT doctors and balance clinics worldwide.

  • Facilitated screening of 200+ million people
  • Holds a market leading position in relevant categories
  • Revenue in 2024: DKK 2,465 million

Operating Model

Our operating model is designed to steer us in operating our three business areas – Hearing Aids, Hearing Care and Diagnostics – in a setup that is ensuring that we remain focused on excelling in each business area, while leveraging synergies across the Group through strong collaboration.

Research and development: Innovation is an integral part of Demant's strategy, and we constantly strive for technological advancements in our R&D activities. Our main R&D sites are located in Denmark, Poland and Malaysia and we have smaller R&D sites in other countries.

Manufacturing and service: Demant has a strong manufacturing set-up with two main locations in Poland where we manufacture hearing aids and diagnostic equipment for global markets. We also have a site in Mexico, primarily for custom devices and servicing.

Sales and distribution: Demant serves customers in more than 130 countries globally. In over 30 countries, we sell our products directly through our own local sales organisations and hearing care clinics. The remaining markets are serviced by distributors.

Value Creation

Input:

  • Employing 22,000+ people
  • More than DKK 1.4 billion invested annually in R&D
  • Growing portfolio of 3,500+ patents and designs as well as a portfolio of 1,400+ registered trademarks
  • Global distribution network, comprising over 4,000 hearing care clinics, distribution of hearing aids to more than 130 markets and a comprehensive distribution set-up of diagnostic products, spanning around 100 countries
  • Core expertise within audiology
  • Strong brand value across our multi-brand set-up
  • Strong relationships with component suppliers

Output:

  • Diagnostic equipment that increases the quality of patient care
  • High-quality hearing aid solutions
  • Personal and individualised treatment offering the highest level of expertise in audiology

Outcome:

We create life-changing differences through hearing health by helping people overcome hearing loss and improving their lives supported by innovative solutions and hearing care.

  • Customers: We deliver a user experience that exceeds expectations by providing life-changing hearing health through innovative, state-of-the-art products. This benefits both individuals and society, improving the lives of 11 million people in 2024.
  • Employees: We are a great place to work with engaged employees who feel included and empowered to develop, grow and do what they do best. In 2024, our engagement score increased to 4.13 from 4.11 the year before.
  • Investors: We deliver attractive financial returns and growth based on a resilient business model and a strategy that focuses on value-creating growth.
DigiaFinland

Digia is a growing software and service company that combines technological possibilities and human capabilities to build smarter businesses and societies – and a sustainable future. Our mission is to keep our customers at the forefront of digital evolution by harnessing our well-rounded expertise, comprehensive offering and operational models that suit the customer's needs. Digia is a smart business partner with the most comprehensive IT service offering in Finland: we provide all the layers of digitalisation from business systems to integrations, digital services and 24/7 monitoring and service management. We operate internationally with our customers.

Strategy - "Unlock Your Intelligence"

We combine technological possibilities and human capabilities to build smarter businesses and societies – and a sustainable future. We ensure that our customers are at the forefront of digital evolution, with an operational model and rhythm that are right for them. We harness Digia's well-rounded expertise and comprehensive offering as well as operational models that suit the customer's needs. We constantly renew our own operations and expertise, and work with reliable partners. As a versatile company, Digia can offer its employees meaningful job tasks and things to learn. We are building a responsible society and a sustainable Digia.

We implement our strategy by tapping into our strengths and the specialist expertise of our service areas. As a unified company, we provide our customers with extensive solution packages and the expertise of our specialised service areas for their individual needs. We build long-term customer relationships and partnerships.

Main Strengths

• reliability and long-term customer relationships • diverse and constantly evolving top expertise • a well-rounded offering that can be combined to expand customer relationships • a strong financial position • a business model in which continuous services yield operational stability • the ability to carry out successful acquisitions and grow the acquirees as part of Digia.

Specialised Service Areas

Digital Solutions: Smart solutions for data utilisation and the customer experience. Digital Solutions provides our customers with comprehensive digital services for developing smart business and enhancing their customer experience. Key areas include data utilisation solutions, AI-based solutions, state-of-the-art customer relationship management, e-commerce solutions, versatile online and mobile services, digital marketing as well as service design and business services.

Business Platforms: Versatile and comprehensive ERP solutions. Business Platforms provides our customers with versatile and comprehensive solutions for smart financial management and ERP. Smart ERP integrates systems, data and processes into a data-driven solution, unlocking the power of automation, AI, and business development. Our offering comprises Microsoft Dynamics 365 solutions, Oracle NetSuite and our own Digia Envision ERP product.

Financial Platforms: Service and system packages for fund management companies, asset managers and stockbrokers. Financial Platforms provides versatile system packages for customers in the financial sector. Our business revolves around the Digia Financial Systems product family (DiFS), which is one of the most extensive financial systems for fund management companies, asset managers and brokers in the Nordic countries.

Managed Solutions: Service packages and outsourcing for maintenance, continuous development and security. Managed Solutions provides customers with the cornerstones of smart digital business, including cloud services, Finland's leading integration and API solutions, robotics and AI automation services, knowledge-based and change management services, information security, high-security solutions and continuous services (24/7 Managed Services).

Value Chain

Digia operates in ten locations in Finland. Abroad, we operate in Stockholm and Malmö in Sweden and in Hengelo in the Netherlands. Service for our Danish customers is provided from Sweden. Our headquarters are located in Helsinki. The Digia Hub brings together top freelance IT professionals in Northern Europe, and enables our customers to acquire versatile business, design and technology expertise to meet the varying needs of their projects.

Group Structure

On 31 December 2024, the Digia Group included the parent company Digia Plc and the following subsidiaries: • Digia Finland Oy and its subsidiary Most Digital Sweden AB • Productivity Leap Oy • Digia Sweden AB • Climber International AB and its subsidiaries Climber Finland Oy, Climber Benelux B.V., Climber Danmark ApS, Climber Holding AB, and its subsidiary Climber AB • Top of Minds AB

All subsidiaries are wholly owned by Digia.

DSBDenmark

DSB's business model and value chain

Purpose and strategy Our purpose is 'A sustainable way forward with room for all of us.'

By saying 'with room for all of us', we mean: • Room for more customers - in all areas • Door-to-door travel must take place with a minimum of congestion • Attractive offers for everyone - at reasonable fares • Safe, secure and positive station experiences • Business partners and partnerships • Customers must be able to take travel safety for granted • A workplace committed to a high degree of wellbeing and cross-cutting collaboration

And by saying 'a sustainable way forward', we mean: • Mobility with minimal climate impact • Minimal environmental impact at all stages of operation • Waste must be recycled into new resources • A financially sustainable DSB

Our strategy is Market-oriented DSB. This implies that we must be 'As attractive to our customers and as competitive and sustainable as the best operators in Europe'. Our strategy unfolds in three areas: • Attract more customers and improve customer satisfaction • Deliver a competitive and sustainable DSB • Develop employees and corporate culture

Business model DSB's business model is built around the ambition to provide a seamless travel experience for customers.

Timetable The timetable has been prepared to support growth and deliver the best possible customer experience with the available railway infrastructure. This applies both to Long-distance & Regional Trains and to S-trains. We achieve this through timely planning and robust traffic management in collaboration with Banedanmark.

Operations management DSB has more than 3,800 operating staff to ensure that daily rail services keep to the timetable. They also ensure that our fleet of over 400 trains undergoes systematic maintenance and preparation. The workshops are spread across Denmark, which supports reliable and efficient operations.

Services Our services must support our objective of delivering more than 500,000 seamless travel experiences every day.

We invest in technological solutions to make it easier for our customers to travel on public transport in Denmark.

DSB's app combines national traffic information and ticket purchases, and its new Check-in feature allows customers to travel by swiping their mobile phones without having to worry about their departure point or destination.

We are making a dedicated effort to create opportunities for first and last-mile services through third-party partnerships.

DSB manages and develops almost 200 stations across Denmark. Customers should feel well guided at clean and secure stations. In the period to 2030, we are investing more than DKK 1 billion in station improvements.

DSB Service & Retail operates 61 7-Eleven stores at our stations. The stores play an active role in our customers' overall travel experience, especially their experience at the stations.

Value chain partnerships DSB collaborates with various stakeholders, including our customers and local communities (for instance in the form of meetings with commuter clubs and an annual commuter rally), NGOs, disability organisations, suppliers, business partners (for instance Banedanmark as regards the common traffic information) and other public transport market players.

DSB operates train services on infrastructure that is owned and managed by Banedanmark and Sund & Bælt, among others.

Embla MedicalIceland

Strategy, Business Model and Value Chain

Embla Medical's business is about improving people's mobility so they can live a Life Without Limitations®. We develop and manufacture a wide range prosthetic, neuro orthotic and bracing & supports solutions in addition to serving patients in need of various mobility solutions in our patient care facilities across the globe.

The company operates within three business segments: Prosthetics & Neuro Orthotics (49% of total sales), Bracing & Supports (17% of total sales), and Patient Care (34% of total sales).

Business Model Components

Innovation: New product introductions every year. Embla Medical develops and manufactures prosthetic, neuro orthotic and bracing & supports solutions, from an idea to a finished product. We aim to deliver cost effective medical solutions that provide value for patients and the healthcare system.

Manufacturing: Off-the-shelf and customized solutions. Manufacturing of prosthetic solutions takes place in Iceland, Scotland, United States and Mexico. Neuro orthotics are manufactured in Germany, and manufacturing of bracing solutions takes place in Mexico with outsourcing of soft goods to China.

Sales and Marketing: Mainly direct sales but also distribution. Products are delivered through healthcare providers who specialize in assisting individuals who suffer from impaired mobility. We have operations in 36 countries and largely sell our products through our own direct sales network.

Patient Care: Own O&P clinics and independent providers. Embla Medical products are serviced through a global network of patient care clinics. In selected countries, Embla Medical manages its own Patient Care facilities under the ForMotion brand.

Prescribers and Payers: Over 90% of products and services reimbursed. Prescribers include healthcare professionals who prescribe products and services. Payers include healthcare systems, insurance companies and individuals. Around 90% of Embla Medical's product sales and services are estimated to be reimbursed by a third party.

Strategy: Growth'27

Embla Medical introduced its five-year Growth'27 strategy in 2023. The focus is to reach more people in need of mobility solutions and addresses key industry themes while supporting transformation into an increasingly patient-centric company.

The three growth drivers are:

  1. Patient Reach: Connecting directly with patients and reaching out to payers and prescribers
  2. Innovative Solutions: Embracing innovation in all actions, providing innovative and patient-centric solutions combining product and service
  3. O&P Value Creation: Offering business solutions to customers, including O&P clinics enabling seamless service and close partnership

Financial Ambition for Growth'27 Period

  • Sales Growth: 7-10% local currency growth p.a. on average = 5-7% organic growth + 2-3% acquisitive growth
  • EBITDA Margin: Gradually increase EBITDA margin before special items
  • Capital Allocation: Prioritize growth opportunities, value-adding investments and acquisitions, while maintaining a healthy balance sheet with target range of 2.0-3.0x NIBD/EBITDA before special items
EniItaly

Strategy, business model and value chain

Business Description

Eni is an energy company, integrated along the entire value chain. It has a significant presence in the traditional activities of exploration and production of conventional oil and gas and in the marketing of gas/LNG through an extensive supply portfolio.

In the downstream oil/petrochemicals industry, a major process of transformation and reconversion is underway. Eni is engaged through innovative business models in the development of new energies and decarbonisation services: renewables from solar/wind, biofuels, biochemistry, CO2 capture/sequestration and research lines on new energy paradigms (magnetic fusion, chemical recycling of plastics).

Global Presence

Eni operates in 64 Countries worldwide with ~32,500 employees across:

EUROPE: Albania, Austria, Belgium, Cyprus, Czech Republic, Estonia, France, Germany, Greece, Hungary, Italy, Norway, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Slovak Republic, Slovenia, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, The Netherlands, The United Kingdom, Turkey

AFRICA: Algeria, Angola, Congo, Côte d'Ivoire, Egypt, Ghana, Kenya, Libya, Mozambique, Namibia, Nigeria, Rwanda, Tunisia

ASIA AND OCEANIA: Australia, Bahrain, China, Hong Kong, India, Indonesia, Iraq, Kazakhstan, Lebanon, Malaysia, Oman, Pakistan, Qatar, Russia, Saudi Arabia, Singapore, South Korea, Timor Leste, Turkmenistan, United Arab Emirates, Vietnam

AMERICA: Argentina, Brazil, Canada, Colombia, Mexico, The United States, Venezuela

Strategic Approach

The Group's distinctive strategy is founded on competitive advantages, in-house expertise and proprietary technologies as reference points with the aim to grow, create value and transform the Company.

In traditional activities, growth and returns leverage on successful exploration, with an option for early monetisation of discoveries, efficient resource development and the establishment of independent entities in synergy with qualified partners, in focused geographic areas, to pursue development opportunities and profitability.

In activities related to the energy transition, Eni's satellite model involves the establishment of entities engaged in the development of products and solutions with reduced carbon footprint, capable, thanks to the entry of dedicated capital, of growing autonomously and financially independently, releasing value for the parent company, as evidenced by the successes of Enilive and Plenitude.

Business Model Framework

Eni's business model supports the company's commitment to a socially fair energy transition and is aimed at achieving solid financial returns and creating long-term value for the stakeholders through a strong presence along the energy value chain. The company's mission integrates the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) of the 2030 Agenda of the United Nations.

The business model combines the use of technologies, largely proprietary, enhancing the value of internal skills and a strategic network of collaborations, with the development of an innovative model which provides for the creation of dedicated companies capable of autonomously finance their growth and, at the same time, to bring out the real value of each business.

Value Chain Overview

Eni is present along the entire value chain – from exploration, development and extraction of resources to the marketing of energy, products and services to end customers – developing robust models of integrated business that enhance their industrial assets and customer base.

Upstream Activities: Oil and gas production, exploration and development, purchase of gas from third parties

Midstream Activities: Trading & shipping, transmission network

Downstream Activities: Traditional and biorefining and petrochemicals, electricity generation, purchase of bio and renewable raw materials, waste and residues, development of agri-feedstock

Customer-Facing Activities: Retail markets, business markets, sustainable mobility, e-mobility, services, food, energy efficiency, photovoltaic, network services, CCUS

Support Activities: Remediation, water and waste into development

Satellite Model

The satellite model is Eni's distinctive approach to creating value:

  • Vår Energi (Upstream satellite)
  • Azule Energy (Upstream satellite)
  • Ithaca (UK Upstream satellite)
  • Plenitude (Renewable energy and retail)
  • Enilive (Sustainable mobility and biorefining)
  • CCUS (Carbon capture utilization and storage)

Strategic Direction

Eni's industrial Plan aims to accelerate value growth and Group diversification, maximizing the benefits of the satellite model, maintaining a robust capital structure and a distribution policy at the top of the industry.

The main elements of the Strategic Plan include:

  • Implementation of distinctive and consistent strategy addressing energy market transformation opportunities
  • Focussed portfolio of established, new and emerging businesses with robust and integrated business models
  • Strengthened financial framework enabling long term sustainable value creation
  • Attractive investment proposition with enhanced shareholder distributions
EquinorNorway

Strategy, business model and value chain

Our purpose and ambition

We are an international broad energy company founded in 1972 and headquartered in Stavanger, Norway. Our portfolio encompasses oil and gas, renewables and low carbon solutions.

Our purpose: Energy for people. Progress for society. Searching for better.

Our ambition: To be a leading company in the energy transition.

Our values: Open. Courageous. Collaborative. Caring.

What we deliver

Oil and gas We produce around two million barrels of oil equivalent daily, where two-thirds of our equity production comes from the Norwegian continental shelf (NCS) and plays a vital role in Europe's energy security. We expect substantial value creation from the NCS in the years to come, and the shelf is also our testing ground for new technologies for energy efficiency, higher recovery rates, and emissions reductions.

Outside Norway, we produce oil and gas in countries including the US, UK, Angola, Algeria and Brazil, while building a next generation portfolio focused on growing cash flow, creating optionality for portfolio longevity and reducing emissions.

Renewable energy We are developing some of the world's largest offshore wind farms, located in Europe and the US, and we already supply more than one million European homes with renewable power. Our share of renewable power generation in 2024 was 2.93 TWh.

We have expanded into onshore renewables, with solar plants and onshore wind in Poland and Brazil, and are building positions in onshore renewable and energy storage in the UK, US, and Denmark.

Refining, processing and marketing We refine and sell crude oil and natural gas for export as petrol, diesel, gas and heating oil to continental Europe, the UK, North America, Asia and Africa, including the Norwegian state's share of production from the NCS.

Danske Commodities is a leading tech-driven energy trading house wholly owned by Equinor, trading power, gas and certificates across 40 markets worldwide, connecting producers and large-scale consumers to wholesale markets.

Carbon capture & storage (CCS) We are a leading CCS developer and will operate the world's first commercial cross-border CCS transport and storage facility, Northern Lights, which opened in Norway in 2024.

We have nearly 30 years' experience with successful CCS in Norway and aim to develop more projects on the NCS as we pursue new business models for commercial CCS.

Our global presence

Equinor has offices in more than 20 countries, and around 25,000 employees. We are operator of assets in Brazil, Norway, UK, USA, and Poland across exploration, development & production, renewables, marketing & trading, refining & processing, and low carbon activities.

Our strategic beliefs

The world's energy systems are in transition to meet the challenge of climate change. Our strategic beliefs stand firm in an increasingly complex and uncertain world:

Creating value through the energy transition Fast, structural changes can create new localised business models and offer new ways for consumers to access energy. Oil and gas will stay in our long-term energy mix, but only the most robust upstream projects can be expected to be developed, and carbon considerations will continue to influence all our portfolio choices.

Net-zero ambition gives rise to new industry opportunities Climate change in combination with energy security and affordability are main concerns for governments, societies and investors. As policy and regulations shape energy markets, the social licence to operate and the ability to run a profitable business will be closely tied to how companies act on their net-zero ambitions.

Technological excellence and innovation will define winners As the magnitude and speed of change intensify, technology, digitisation and innovation will be key enablers. New ways of working will evolve. We will continue to build on our existing competence and experience and develop capabilities in new areas.

Emerging market dynamics put margins under pressure Worldwide energy demand is expected to grow in the short to medium term. However, an abundance of energy from intermittent sources such as wind and solar could lead to increased volatility in energy prices, exposing the industry to new competition and increasing the pressure on margins.

Our strategic pillars

Always safe • Safeguarding our people • Protecting our assets and the environment • Committed to a just transition

High value • Competitive at all times • Value creation through the transition

Low carbon • Reducing our own emissions • Investing in lower carbon solutions for society • Industrialisation of renewables and low carbon

Strategic focus areas

Optimised oil and gas portfolio We expect our oil and gas portfolio to continue to provide strong cash flow for many years. Equinor will pursue activities where we have the competence, experience, scale, and an overall competitive advantage to secure a leadership position.

High-value growth in renewables We are focusing on high-value growth in renewables, both onshore and offshore, and take a long-term view of their potential to meet growing electricity demand.

New market opportunities in low-carbon solutions We are actively contributing to maturing CCS and hydrogen markets, aiming for 30-50 mtpa of CO2 transport and storage.

ErametFrance

Our strategic focuses

The Group's strategy has two main focuses: to sustainably support global economic development and to contribute to the energy transition.

With a diversified portfolio of assets and world-class mining deposits, Eramet is well-equipped to deliver premium solutions tailored to the demands of this new era of metals. To uphold its corporate purpose, the Group has established and implemented a strategy aligned with the main macroeconomic trends.

Strategic pillars

Growth in metals supporting global economic development

MANGANESE ORE AND ALLOYS | NICKEL | MINERAL SANDS

Continued global economic development should support growth in the demand for metals related to infrastructure (carbon steel), construction (pigments, ceramics) and consumer goods (stainless steels). The initial focus of the strategy is to expand the Group's activities in these robust markets, for which Eramet boasts world-class assets. The Group supplies high-grade ores, enabling its customers to mitigate their carbon impact, along with manganese alloys, boasting one of the best CO2 footprints in the industry.

Given the calibre of these assets, the growth in these metals will primarily occur through organic growth, by improving the use of current assets and their productivity.

Sustainably develop critical metals for the energy transition

LITHIUM | NICKEL FOR BATTERIES | BATTERY RECYCLING

At the same time, the demand for metals used in electrification (primarily for electric mobility and energy storage), which participate in decarbonising global economies, is seeing exponential growth. The second strategic focus relates to the expansion of the portfolio into metals essential for the energy transition. Leveraging the substantial mineral resources of the Centenario salt flat (Argentina) for lithium and the Weda Bay mine (Indonesia) for nickel, the Group aims to establish itself as a leading player in metals for the energy transition.

Deploy an exemplary responsible approach

In 2024, Eramet's corporate social responsibility was enhanced by a new CSR roadmap called "Act for Positive Mining". At the heart of this initiative lies a vision: to go beyond environmental and social management and foster, wherever possible, a positive impact for the Group's stakeholders and ecosystem, promoting a proactive and responsible approach centred on the continuous improvement of our practices. The roadmap is organised around three ambitions, encompassing all of Eramet's responsibilities and interactions, and is broken down into ten objectives for 2024-2026 and three objectives for 2035.

Creating value via operational excellence

Eramet is deploying the Eramet Production System (EPS) in its subsidiaries to improve the productivity of operations and sustain positive results in terms of safety. The EPS is based on proven techniques for improving operational performance that aim to establish the best operational standards and the adoption of these standards by all employees. The objective is to maximise value creation by making the best use of resources and production tools, and to take full advantage of the Group's leading geological potential.

Business model

Our purpose

Become a reference for the responsible transformation of the Earth's mineral resources for "living well" together.

Our value creation

Employees

  • 100% employees covered by the Eramet Global Care social protection agreement
  • 71%: employee commitment rate measured in the 2024 survey

Customers

  • Major industrial customers in 47 countries
  • Deployment of EraTrace (traceability platform) on the mineral sands activity and on the European production of manganese alloys

Suppliers

  • Over 150 EcoVadis assessments completed
  • More than 55% domestic purchases

Shareholders and investors

  • €1.6 billion market capitalisation at 31/12/2024
  • Proposed dividend of €1.50 per share for 2024
  • €814 million adjusted EBITDA (excluding SLN) in 2024

Local communities and regions

  • €16 million: community investment and sponsorship expenses including €11 million for the Group and €5 million for PT Weda Bay Nickel
  • €440 million: taxes paid to states and local governments

Environment

  • 68% of the electricity consumed in 2024 came from a low-carbon source (renewable and nuclear energy)
  • Our biodiversity commitments validated by Act4nature and Business for nature
  • 10% reduction in our scopes 1 and 2 CO2 emissions between 2023 and 2024 (2024 carbon footprint: 2.6 MtCO2eq)
EVN AGAustria

Business areas

EVN's headquarters are located in Lower Austria, ­further core markets are Bulgaria and North Macedonia. In total, EVN was active in 13 countries during the 2023/24 financial year.

Energy

Our integrated business model covers the entire value chain:

• Energy generation • Operation of distribution networks • Supply of electricity, natural gas and heat to end customers (with ­different focal points in our individual markets)

Environmental services

The environmental services business covers the following activities:

• Drinking water supplies in Lower ­Austria • For the international project business further strategic options are under evaluation consistent with EVN's focus on the core energy business following the termination of the process for the complete sale of WTE in April 2024.

Investments

Investments in areas related to the core business supplement and hedge our value chain:

• Verbund AG (12.63%) • Burgenland Holding (73.63%), which, in turn, holds 49.0% of ­Burgenland Energie • RAG (50.03%)

Markets and business areas

Austria

• Generation: electricity, heat, thermal waste utilisation • Network operations: electricity, natural gas, heat, internet, telecommunications • Energy supplies: electricity, natural gas, heat • Environmental services business: drinking water supplies

Germany

• Generation: electricity • Energy supplies: electricity • Environmental services business: drinking water supplies and wastewater treatment, thermal sludge utilisation

Croatia

• Network operations: natural gas • Energy supplies: natural gas • Environmental services business: wastewater treatment

North Macedonia

• Generation: electricity • Network operations: electricity • Energy supplies: electricity

Bulgaria

• Generation: electricity, heat • Network operations: electricity, heat • Energy supplies: electricity, heat

Albania

• Generation: electricity

Other countries

• International project business: WTE is responsible for the construction and operation of plants for drinking water supplies, wastewater treatment and thermal waste and sludge utilisation in Germany, Poland, Romania, Slovenia, Croatia, North Macedonia, Cyprus, Bahrain and Kuwait.

Key data

Employees: 8,006 (International: 4,894, National: 3,112)

Networks: 155,853 km total

  • Electricity: 140,909 km
  • Natural gas: 13,966 km
  • Heat: 978 km

Electricity generation: 3.3 TWh (84.4% Renewable, 15.6% Thermal)

Energy sales volumes: 22.3 TWh

Customers: 4.9m

  • Electricity: 3.6m
  • Natural gas: 0.3m
  • Drinking water: 0.6m
  • Heat: 0.1m
  • Internet and telecommunications: 0.3m

Description of material business activities

Electricity generation

The focus for electricity generation reflects our ­Strategy 2030 and lies on the further expansion of renewable generation capacity, especially in the areas of wind power and photovoltaics. Based on our currently operational renewable plants – hydropower and wind power, photovoltaics and biomass – the share of renewable generation will continue to increase in the future.

We have significantly reduced our conventional energy production in recent years as part of our decarbonisation ambitions. The current thermal capacity of 470 MW in the Theiss power plant serves solely as a reserve for the transmission network operator APG. Consequently, this power plant only generates electricity when called on by APG for network stabilisation.

Electricity network infrastructure

Our electricity distribution networks and the smooth operation of the technically complex infrastructure form the basis for reliable supplies to our customers. EVN acts as the distribution network operator for electricity in Lower Austria, Bulgaria and North Macedonia.

The integration of electricity from renewable sources, which is delivered from a growing number of decentralised plants, and the related changing and volatile energy flows represent a growing challenge for our networks.

Changing consumption patterns driven primarily by heat pumps and e-mobility as well as more intensive interaction with customers who generate electricity or are part of an energy community are making network planning, management and operations more complicated. In the end, our networks must also be able to meet these users' needs when there is no local energy generation.

The energy transformation has turned the network ­infrastructure into a data hub for the energy future and made intelligent networks the backbone of our future electricity system. Innovative solutions and continuous investments are required to maintain the same high­quality performance. The massive expansion, ongoing modernisation and digitalisation of this infrastructure is a necessity – including high-voltage power lines, transformer stations and medium-voltage capacity as well as substations, local networks and smart meters. To support the energy transformation, we plan to invest roughly EUR 3bn alone in our network infrastructure in Lower Austria by 2030. Our focus for the low- and ­medium-voltage levels is on digitalisation and sensor technology. Therefore, more than 98% of all equipment in the Netz Niederösterreich supply area was equipped with smart meters as of 30 September 2024.

Natural gas

The EVN Group operates natural gas distribution ­networks in Lower Austria and in four counties in ­Croatia. Against the backdrop of the decarbonisation trend in the energy business, we are concentrating ­primarily on maintenance and repairs in this area to ensure safe power line operations. Our network ­investments have also already turned to preparations for the future transport of hydrogen.

Our long-term contracts for natural gas storage facilities ensure uninterrupted supplies, especially during periods with temperature-related higher consumption or possible shortages at the European level (e. g. due to political crises in transit or origin countries). This strategy has proven to be very successful, especially in the challenging environment that has characterised the energy ­market in recent years, and enables us to remain a ­reliable partner for our customers.

Our stake in RAG – with its focus, above all, on the ­natural gas storage business – has high strategic importance in this context. In the development of hydrogen technologies and green natural gas, RAG is seen as a pioneer for the branch due to successful pilot projects and is therefore also a key element in our strategy for the future renewable energy system.

Energy supply

­E VN supplies energy to end customers in Austria, Bulgaria and North Macedonia. In Austria, this takes place within the framework of EnergieAllianz through the equity accounted supply company EVN KG. In Bulgaria and North Macedonia, EVN also has separate companies that cover the liberalised and regulated market segments.

District heating

According to the Renewable Energy Expansion Act, district heating will make a significant contribution to meeting Austrian and European climate goals through expansion and decarbonisation in Austria. The use of renewable energy in the heating business has played an important role at EVN for many years. As the largest natural heat supplier in Austria, we currently operate more than 80 biomass district heating plants and ­biomass-based combined heat and power plants in Lower Austria. Three large cross-regional district heating transport pipelines – including the longest such line in Austria from the energy hub in Dürnrohr to St. Pölten (32 km) – as well as four natural cooling plants complete our extensive natural heating infrastructure. We are currently working on the construction of a new biomass combined heat and power plant in St. Pölten, which will be the fifth of this type for EVN.

Our biomass plants with a capacity of 20 MW or more only operate with biomass certified as sustainable under RED II.

The use of renewable energy will also lead to further changes in the heating sector. EVN has already become Austria's leading provider of natural heat and uses regional biomass for its production. We are continuously expanding our natural heat portfolio by consolidating district heating networks and expanding our generation capacity. In St. Pölten, we are currently constructing our fifth biomass combined heat and power plant and, at the energy hub in Theiss, we are pursuing new and innovative approaches. We have a warm water storage facility and a power-2-heat plant at that location. When we operate this plant with surplus electricity from solar power, we can produce and store warm water and thereby save biomass for the winter half of the year. Our plans include the increasing use of these power-2-heat ­systems for district heating supplies in the future because we can then use renewably produced ­electricity across sectors.

Drinking water

Demographic trends in our supply area as well as ­changing climatic conditions are responsible for a ­continuous increase in the demand for drinking water. In addition to the ongoing operation of numerous local networks that are supplied by EVN Wasser with drinking water, connecting water-rich and water-poor areas via cross-regional transport pipelines represents a particular challenge. This pipeline network is fed by well fields and high-level tanks throughout Lower Austria. In order to offset a climate-related decline in precipitation or regional breakdowns, we must construct new pipelines, improve the performance of our current network and develop new well fields.

The responsible use of drinking water involves new pipeline construction as well as the upgrading of the existing infrastructure – primarily through the identification and repair of leaks and the protection or improvement of the water quality while minimising the negative impact on the environment. One good example is the construction of natural filter plants to improve quality through the physical softening of water. Magnesium, calcium and other trace substances are dissolved and removed from the water with the help of modern ­technologies and without the use of chemicals.

Internet and telecommunication services

Sufficiently dimensioned, high-quality networks and technical infrastructure also form the basis for the ­reliable flow of data in this business. The high-perform­ance network operated by kabelplus offers digital cable television in HD, and partially also in UHD quality. The use of modern glass fibre technology, which is the focus of continuous expansion, also supports ­internet usage with upload and download speeds in the Gigabit range.

E-mobility

In the area of e-mobility EVN has positioned itself as a leading provider for charging infrastructure – not only for cars but also for trucks, buses and even ships. We had over 3,000 charging points in operation as of 30 September 2024. More than 20,000 fuel cards have already been issued for customers, which can be used throughout Austria based on joint roaming agreements. Further growth is expected, especially in the public sphere, and EVN is currently installing a charging infrastructure on the parking areas of two large supermarket chains. We have also started to develop an e-charging infrastructure in Bulgaria and North Macedonia.

Strategy 2030: More sustainable. More digital. More efficient.

The future-oriented development of our corporate ­strategy started in 2019/20 with a Group-wide process by EVN's management in close coordination with the Supervisory Board. The time horizon is focused on 2030.

Our strategy process was significantly influenced by the international frameworks applicable to the energy sector. Included here are the Sustainable Development Goals of the United Nations and the goals of global and European energy and climate policy (e. g. the Paris Climate Agreement and European Green Deal). These goals and policies are leading, in part, to massive changes in the framework and in the legal and regulatory requirements on energy providers. The determining change for our ­industry – and a central factor for our strategy – is the result of social and political efforts to achieve the ­fastest possible transition to a functioning renewable energy system in order to minimise sector-specific ­climate effects faster and even more clearly. It is also reflected in the inclusion of our major stakeholders' central ­concerns in the ­strategy process. Our answer to these developments is the EVN Climate Initiative, which is based on the Strategy 2030. It links relevant objectives, like the decarbonisation goals coordinated with the Science Based Targets initiative, with EVN's overall ­strategy.

The development of many basic market and environmental factors is connected with uncertainty. Our ­strategy process therefore includes sensitivity and ­scenario analyses to support reliable conclusions for the identification of concrete measures. We also ­continuously monitor energy sector conditions and ­regularly discuss developments, including deviations from plan assumptions and their effects, at the management level – for example, at the quarterly ­segment steering committee meetings where the ­members of the Executive Board and ­managers exchange information with internal experts. The ­E xecutive Board then regularly discusses the ­aggregated findings with the Supervisory Board.

Our core strategies for 2030

1) Enabling a renewable energy system

• We are committed to making a significant ­contribution to meeting Austrian and European climate goals. • This commitment is underscored by the ­preparation of a 1.5°C transition plan. • A central measure for the attainment of our goals is the expansion of our renewable generation capacity in our core markets of Lower ­Austria, Bulgaria and North Macedonia, especially in the areas of wind power and ­photovoltaics. Plans ­call for an increase in our annual ­renewable electricity production to roughly 3.8 TWh by 2030. • The increasing surplus production from renewable generation requires innovative approaches for the efficient cross-sector use of energy. We are actively working on initiatives that will allow green electricity to also support decarbonisation in other areas like the heat and transport sectors. For this purpose, we are investing in the expansion of the e-charging infrastructure and in the increased use of heat pumps. • In addition to sector coupling, we are working on projects to store the surplus production from renewable energy. Concrete projects involve the operation of large battery storage systems and the generation and storage of green hydrogen.

2) Network expansion for a renewable energy future

• An efficient, high-performance and digital ­electricity network infrastructure is the ­requirement for an CO2 -free energy system. The steadily increasing feed-in of wind and solar electricity combined with changes in ­consumption behaviour – above all, through e-mobility and the transformation of the ­heating sector – require substantial expansion in our network areas. We are therefore realising an ambitious investment programme in the coming years. It covers the installation of ­additional power lines at all voltage levels as well as the construction of ­further transformer stations and substations. • In addition to these construction projects, we are increasing our focus on digitalisation. The ­use of smart technologies and applications in network operations optimises load management as well as the feed-in and use of green electricity, above all during production peaks. Intelligent digital network controls will allow us to optimise the necessary hardware investments. • The infrastructure previously used for natural gas is being prepared for the future transport of hydrogen and renewable gas.

3) Digital offerings for customers

• The transformation of the energy system is changing the roles and behaviour of our ­customers. Private electricity generation with photovoltaic equipment and separate storage batteries, heat pumps and e-charging stations are converting electricity customers into active participants on the energy market. • Our claim is to support these developments with special services and offerings as a way of meeting the changing needs of our customers. Based on our expertise in the energy sector, we are also developing software solutions and applications that will allow our customers to easily and reliably participate in the energy market, for example through energy communities. • EVN's strategy for all customer groups involves the consequent digitalisation of our marketing processes to make internal operations more efficient and thereby continuously improve the service quality and offering for our customers.

4) Reliable drinking water supplies

• As in the energy business, the highest possible claims for supply security and quality also apply to our drinking water business in Lower Austria. Developments like the increase in water consumption due to demographic changes and the rising number of weather-related consumption peaks make additional investments in drinking water supplies unavoidable in the coming years. • These investments will focus on the expansion of cross-regional pipeline networks and capacity increases in the pump plants. These measures will guarantee that sufficient water resources can be distributed as efficiently as possible into all regions of our supply area. • We are also investing continuously in the improvement of the water quality. For this purpose, we are constructing natural filter plants that soften and purify the water physically with membrane technology – in other words, without the use of chemicals.

5) Solutions for the circular economy

• EVN operates a modern, ecologically optimised thermal waste utilisation plant in Lower Austria. The energy gained from waste incineration is used to generate electricity and district heat. • Based on our know-how and our many years of experience in thermal waste utilisation, we also operate thermal sewage sludge utilisation plants that generate electricity and district heat. • This knowledge is flowing into our evaluations for the construction of a further plant for the thermal treatment of sewage sludge, whereby we plan to recover phosphorous from the sewage sludge.

Supply security as our top priority

The infrastructure provided and operated by EVN creates the foundation for reliable supplies and the smooth functioning of society and the economy. Consequently, supply security has always been our central goal and our promise to our customers. This promise also determines our investment programme, which is directed primarily to network investments.

The central parameters for the quality of our network infrastructure are network losses and the indicators for power interruption. In Lower Austria, network losses have remained stable for many years at roughly 4%, which is a very low level in international comparison. A direct comparison with our supply areas in Bulgaria and North Macedonia is not possible due to the different customer and network structures. As the indicators in these two South Eastern European markets are higher, our investment programmes in these markets concentrate on the further reduction of network losses and the continuous improvement of efficiency. We have successfully reduced our network losses in Bulgaria from approximately 20% at the time of our market entry in 2004/05 to a recent level of 5.8% and from approximately 25% in 2005/06 to currently 14.5% in North ­Macedonia.

The reliability of our electricity supplies is also confirmed by externally calculated indicators such as SAIFI (System Average Interruption Frequency Index) and SAIDI (System Average Interruption Duration Index). They have confirmed our company's constantly reliable supply performance in Lower Austria for many years. Information is currently not provided on the respective indicators for our South East European markets in Bulgaria and North Macedonia due to the lack of an appropriate database.

SAIFI in the 2023 calendar year: 0.84 ­(previous year: 0.86)

That means an EVN customer was affected by an average of one unplanned power interruption in 2023.

SAIDI in the 2023 calendar year: 26.21 minutes (previous year: 17.19 minutes)

The SAIDI was again clearly below the ­Austrian average of 61.03 minutes (­previous year: 39.36 minutes).

FrequentisAustria

Strategy, business model and value chain

Business model

Wherever Frequentis' solutions are used, people bear responsibility for the safety of other people and property. Its mission is "For a safer world". The Frequentis Group is an international provider of communication and information systems for safety-critical control centres. Custom-tailored control centre solutions are developed and marketed by the Air Traffic Management segment (for civil and military air traffic control, AIM [aeronautical information management], and air defence) and the Public Safety & Transport segment (police, fire service, emergency rescue services, railways, coastguards, and port authorities).

The primary objective of a control centre is to protect people and property from danger. Optimised solutions for this are especially important to customers operating in safety-critical sectors. More than 90% of the customers are state-run authorities / individual governments or the administrative arms of other public authorities. The products supplied by the Frequentis Group are part of the safety-critical infrastructure of the respective country. This underscores the robustness and long-term nature of Frequentis' business model. It is difficult to reduce or halt investment in safety-critical infrastructure. It has to be available and ready for operation at all times – irrespective of the number of flights / flight movements or how often the police, fire service, and emergency rescue services are deployed.

Customer requirements often include requests for even more efficient and sustainable solutions and the need to adapt quickly to constantly changing conditions. That increases the demand for integrated solutions. A human-centric design process enables the provision of a secure, efficient, and stable working environment for operators, air traffic controllers, and dispatchers. As a recognised specialist for the supply of safety-critical infrastructure, Frequentis develops future-oriented solutions for control centres in collaboration with key account customers and makes new technologies usable for safety-critical applications. Frequentis has an international network of companies and local representatives in more than 50 countries. In addition to its headquarters in Vienna, Austria, Frequentis' locations include Australia, Brazil, Canada, the Czech Republic, France, Germany, Italy, Norway, Romania, Singapore, Slovakia, Switzerland, the UK, and the USA.

The central focus is on long-term customer relationships. Customers – public authorities, organisations, and companies with safety-critical tasks – often use the solutions provided for several decades. That requires a deep understanding of the customer's requirements, maximum reliability, and long-term trust. The extensive installed base also drives the sustained growth of the Frequentis Group.

Governance organisation

Frequentis' business model is based on a strong governance organisation, which is reflected in a three-dimensional matrix and ensures optimised interaction between the central units, the business domains, and the international subsidiaries.

Frequentis' two segments and the business domains grouped in these segments focus on successful business operations as their contribution to the Group's overall performance. The main responsibility is allocated to local value-generating functions such as Domain Sales, Key Accounts, Product Management, and Project Management. Innovation is very important to Frequentis. At all stages in the Frequentis innovation process, close and interdisciplinary collaboration with the business domains is ensured on topics with high relevance for the business.

As an integral part of the value chain, the subsidiaries and equity investments make a significant contribution to the overall success of the Frequentis Group. They have different areas of responsibility and competencies within the value chain. Governance and process orchestration take place within the framework of the management of the Frequentis Group to ensure harmonised rollout of governance requirements based on accountability.

The Central Group Functions, most of which have governance responsibility, are divided into value-generating functions such as Sales, Production, and the provision of services, and central functions with a statutory governance remit, such as Human Resources, IT, Finance & Controlling, and Compliance.

Strategy

The Frequentis Group's objective, as set out in its vision, is to be the global number one on the market for safety-critical control centres. Its strategy defines the direction to be pursued. It is influenced by the wide range of industries and solutions covered. Internally, the strategy is divided into a corporate strategy and the strategies of the segments, business domains, and all other areas.

The segment and business domain strategies form the heart of the Group's strategy. They comprise specific strategies for the industries they serve or the products and solutions within these industries. Other areas such as the regions and central functions develop their strategies in conformance with the corporate strategy and the business domain strategies in order to provide the best possible support.

Frequentis' aspiration includes a sustained growth strategy which aims to raise profitability while keeping risk exposure reasonable. To this end, the first step is to fully utilise the potential of existing products and solutions before investing in significant new solutions. The strategy defines guidelines for sustained growth, for example focused growth in the regions, driven by the Regional Sales Units, and scope for interesting equity investments to extend the product portfolio.

Further, the strategy is aligned with the three relevant megatrends, i.e. mobility, safety & security, and technological change, which have a major influence on the future development of the industries served. These megatrends are still responsible for the steadily rising demand for additional safety-critical infrastructure.

Value chain

The value chain is defined as the entire spectrum of activities, resources, and relationships associated with the company's business model and the external environment in which it operates. In this context, Frequentis concentrates on monitoring its direct upstream and downstream relationships.

In the upstream value chain, these are mainly relationships with suppliers and subcontractors and various service partners up to and including company catering. The focus of Frequentis' own value chain is on product development and production, domain sales, key accounts, and product and project management.

Downstream activities comprise implementation partners and service providers who support delivery and the wide range of customers. Customers are organisations and authorities to which the Frequentis Group supplies its solutions (air traffic management, emergency services, railways, and the air traffic controllers, operators, and dispatchers they employ); these are the end-users of Frequentis systems.

Further, domain partners, affiliated companies, and financial partners make a contribution to both the upstream and the downstream value chain.

Fuchs PetrolubGermany

Strategy, business model and value chain

LUBRICANTS. 100% focus

Our focus is 100% on the production, development, and distribution of highly efficient lubricant solutions and functional fluids. And on a high level of technical service. This clear orientation defines us. Our holistic products are tailored and customer-specific. We respond flexibly and quickly to challenges in a wide range of application areas and meet a wide range of national and international standards. We have a broad range of more than 10,000 products. It is roughly divided into automotive and industrial lubricants. In a highly fragmented market, FUCHS is a leading provider of systemic solutions with global reach. We are present in virtually all industry segments and provide holistic support to customers throughout the entire product lifecycle. Everywhere in the world.

TECHNOLOGY. Holistic solutions

Advanced, process-oriented and holistic solutions for lubricants and functional fluids are central to FUCHS' success. Almost 10% of employees are active in research and development. A worldwide network of professionals supports them with specialized skills so that intelligent solutions are created, tailored and customized: whether it is a single product, services or a digital solution. Or everything as a whole package. Our products and solutions reduce friction and wear, and sometimes even improve the manufacturing process itself, for example, with 360-degree project monitoring, digital lubricant monitoring, and sustainable supply processes. We continue to build our technology leadership in strategically important application areas. These include the areas of digitalization, new mobility, and sustainability. In doing so, we rely on the effectiveness, safety and sustainability of our lubricants and functional fluids along the entire process and value chain.

PEOPLE. Personal commitment

Over 6,700 employees around the world are committed to satisfaction of our customers and thus form the basis of our success. In an intensive and trusting dialogue with our customers, they are constantly working to offer the best lubricant solution and to fulfil our purpose of MOVING YOUR WORLD.

Global customer service through internationality and scale

FUCHS' business success is based on our global presence and our extensive product and customer portfolio. We are where our customers are. As of the end of the reporting period, out of our 80 operating subsidiaries and our 11 companies consolidated at equity, 58 were active in the Europe, Middle East, Africa (EMEA) region, 11 in the Americas, and 22 in the Asia-Pacific region. This broad geographical structure allows FUCHS to serve global customers worldwide while also offering local customers tailor-made solutions on site.

With more than 10,000 products, FUCHS not only ensures that the increasing specialization requirements of mature markets are met, but is also able to participate in the growth of developing markets. The diversification across regions and industries helps to balance economic and sector-specific cycles.

Group structure

Simple Group structure with largely decentralized management

FUCHS' Group structure has been kept intentionally simple. FUCHS usually holds 100% of the shares in its subsidiaries. Exceptions to this are the joint ventures and associates in Germany, Africa, the Middle East, Saudi Arabia, and Turkey.

The companies are organized into the three geographical regions of EMEA, Asia-Pacific, and North and South America, which is reflected in the management and reporting system. Business is generally managed by the local subsidiaries and the regional managers in charge of them. In addition, local managers are increasingly included in our global excellence networks. Within these networks, joint solutions for current challenges and issues are developed based on an exchange of experience and knowledge across national and corporate boundaries.

Customer Segmentation

Customer SectorShare
Aftermarket and Trading26%
Primary Industry and Energy18%
Automotive – On-Highway18%
Vehicle components15%
Industrial Equipment and Machinery9%
Off-Highway Vehicles and Transportation6%
Processing industry6%
Others2%

Product Portfolio

Product GroupShareValue (€ million)
Industrial lubricants and specialties53%€1,853 million
Automotive lubricants44%€1,546 million
Other products3%€126 million

FUCHS 2025 Strategy

With digitalization, e-mobility, globalized customer requirements, and sustainable products and solutions, FUCHS lives in a highly dynamic world full of new challenges. We see these challenges as opportunities to shape our future and continue to succeed. Our FUCHS 2025 strategy and transformation program, published in July 2020, represents this commitment, and we will continue its consistent implementation through 2025.

Being First Choice Vision

With the "Being First Choice" vision, we are reinforcing and expressing our sharpened focus. Building on our strengths, we want to be first choice worldwide: for customers, employees, and investors.

Six Strategic Pillars

Global strength

  • Use segmentation as a basis for strategic and global business development and align the organization accordingly
  • Generate above-average growth in Asia-Pacific and North and South America, thereby achieving a balance between our regions
  • Enhance brand appeal by 2025 with strong, differentiated positioning and clear brand architecture in all relevant FUCHS segments

Customer and Market Focus

  • Establish the greatest possible proximity to customers – strengthen the principle of "one face to the customer" and take advantage of cross-selling opportunities: become the full-line supplier for our customers
  • Increase our market share in order to taking a leading position in our target segments
  • Develop a global service portfolio by 2025 – from a product-oriented to a solution-oriented approach
  • Systematically introduce new business models in the broader lubricant environment

Technology leadership

  • Encourage innovation-oriented thinking and strengthen our innovative capabilities. Strengthen / establish our technology leadership in all defined target segments
  • Introduce digital solutions and platforms to establish even closer connections with our customers beyond lubricants
  • Strengthening regional structures and leveraging the expertise and know-how of the three R&D centers in China, the USA and Germany at a global level

Operational Excellence

  • Establish a global production and sales network; independent supply and technology centers in the three global regions by 2025
  • Further standardize production and procurement processes, equipment, and output in order to improve efficiency in the supply chain
  • Establish data transparency on the basis of global structures and harmonization of systems

People and Organization

  • Be the preferred employer for existing and future employees
  • Optimize working conditions and promote global cooperation
  • Further improve development programs, skills models, and succession planning; strengthen global recruitment and retention of talented employees
  • Promote the internationalization of business units, remote leadership, international job changes, etc.

Sustainability

  • Economic sustainability: Annual sales revenues growth in the mid-single-digit percentage range, EBIT of €500 million as the target and an EBIT margin of around 15% at Group level in the long term, an average cash conversion rate of 0.8 and an annual increase in the dividend
  • Environmental sustainability: Net zero emissions targets for Scope 1 and 2 emissions by 2040 and Scope 3 emissions by 2050. Conversion of FUCHS sites to green electricity by 2025
  • Social sustainability: Each FUCHS company invests at least 0.1% of local EBIT in social projects every year

Further development FUCHS 100

Our FUCHS 2025 strategy cycle ends with the 2025 financial year. We are already working on its evolution through our new strategy program, FUCHS 100, which will be published at the end of 2025. Building on FUCHS2025, FUCHS100 will be more of an evolution than a revolution. We plan to increase focus and achieve disproportionate growth in a few defined areas. And of course, we will set new goals – for 2031, the year in which FUCHS will celebrate its 100th anniversary.

Increase in company value

With FUCHS 2025, FUCHS is continuing to pursue the objective of continually increasing the company's value. We create value for our customers, employees and shareholders. Securing and strengthening our market position in mature markets and sustainably expanding our market position in emerging markets form the basis for this. The conditions for achieving these goals are created through organic growth and – insofar as prudent and possible – external growth, as well as through activities to secure the technological leadership of the FUCHS Group.

Independent lubricant manufacturer

Maintaining the independence of FUCHS SE remains a factor of particular strategic importance. Our independence enables us to focus on lubricants and related specialties in an efficient environment, while providing scope to further increase company value. It is based, firstly, on the Fuchs family as an anchor shareholder and, secondly, on stable financial support, which allows a sustainable dividend policy and also creates scope for acquisitions.

Gjensidige ForsikringNorway

Strategy, business model and value chain

Our Mission, Vision and Values

OUR MISSION: We safeguard life, health and assets.

OUR VISION: We shall know the customer best and care the most.

OUR POSITION: Gjensidige is the insurance company that leads the way and finds new ways to create a sense of security.

OUR CORE VALUES:

  • CREATING A SENSE OF SECURITY: Security is achieved by leaving room for error, showing trust, openness, and listening to, seeing and supporting each other. Security creates the space to challenge and takes us further. A secure setting gives us courage.
  • APPLYING NEW THINKING: New thinking is about being inquisitive and being willing to do things better, be they big or small. Share your own thoughts and ideas and actively engage in those of others. New ideas lead to learning, create dynamics, challenge us and take us one step further.
  • GOING FOR IT: Dare to go for it. Demonstrate determination and finish in style. Go for it! That's how we face the future head-on.

Business Model

Gjensidige creates value by carrying risk for customers and compensating losses that arise. One of our core competencies is thus assessing risk. Throughout our history, it has been natural for us to focus on preventing damage, and we advise customers and society at large on how to avoid or limit losses.

Our business model can be described through five core processes, in line with the UN Principles for Sustainable Insurance (UN PSI):

1. RISK ASSESSMENT AND MANAGEMENT: We need to understand the risk we take on and set the right price to cover future compensation for losses that may and will occur. We must also have sufficient capital to meet our obligations. Risk assessment is therefore a core competence in general insurance. We use this expertise to advise customers and society at large on damage prevention.

2. PRODUCTS AND SERVICES: We develop and offer insurance that covers customers' need for peace of mind, and develop related services for, among other things, damage prevention and claims processing. We generally distinguish between property and liability insurance, often called general insurance, and accident and health insurance.

3. DISTRIBUTION AND SALES: Our customer service centres account for most of our distribution, but we also sell insurance through partners, agents and brokers. All our sales representatives and advisers are well trained and certified in accordance with industry standards. We have an established culture of deep customer orientation and seek to foster long-term customer relationships.

4. CLAIMS HANDLING: Our customers shall receive the correct claims settlement as soon as possible after a loss has occurred. We increasingly use automated processes to achieve quick and precise settlements, while our experienced and competent claims handlers process complex cases. We keep accounts of GHG emissions from claims handling and work systematically on circular solutions to reduce emissions.

5. RESPONSIBLE INVESTMENTS: We manage substantial capital assets to ensure that we are able to meet our obligations to customers and other stakeholders at all times. The capital is managed with low risk exposure and with as high a return as the risk profile allows. We comply with internationally recognised principles for responsible investments, and have adopted a target of net zero emissions for the portfolios by 2050.

Strategic Focus Areas

Our overarching ambition is to be a leading general insurance company in the Nordic region. We will achieve this through continued profitable growth driven by three strategic focus areas:

  1. Strong customer orientation throughout the value chain
  2. Being the best at general insurance
  3. Being an attractive alliance partner in larger ecosystems

Value Creation

We create peace of mind for customers, and through knowledge sharing, we contribute to security for society as a whole. We offer competence-based jobs that make high demands of, and create good opportunities for, skills development for our employees and room for a good work-life balance. We help finance society through direct and indirect taxes, and we aim to deliver a competitive return to our owners.

Factor Inputs

Our factor inputs are mainly skilled labour, technology, data and capital. Throughout our more than 200 years of history, we have built in-depth expertise in all our core processes, and we have developed one of Norway's best known brands regardless of industry. Outside Norway, the brand name is in a challenger position.

The Nordic Region as Home Market

We have defined the Nordic region as our geographical home market. We continue to see attractive long-term growth opportunities in this market, where we will continue to seek growth in general insurance, our core area of activity. The Nordic general insurance markets are among the most well-developed, profitable and digitally advanced in Europe.

Sustainability Integration

Sustainability is integrated into the strategy and our core processes. Our business is conducted within the framework of our strategy, our ethical principles and strict compliance with laws and regulations in the countries in which we operate. We mainly perform all core processes ourselves.

Throughout our history, we have demonstrated social responsibility. This responsibility comes from our role as one of the Nordic region's largest insurance companies, where we have helped our customers by providing advice on damage prevention and been there when the damage was done.

Going forward, Gjensidige will attend to this social responsibility by contributing to a sustainable society, in relation to both our insurance and investment activities. Gjensidige's sustainability work focuses on four areas: a safer society, sustainable claims handling and responsible investments, and order in our own house.

GN Store NordDenmark

Strategy, Business Model and Value Chain

Business Purpose and Strategy

GN's purpose is Bringing People Closer. For more than 155 years, GN has developed technology solutions with the purpose of bringing people closer to one another. Today, GN develops, manufactures, and markets innovative hearing aids for people with hearing loss; headsets, speakerphones, and video equipment for collaboration at work; and a broad range of gear for gaming aficionados.

Business Model

GN operates as an innovation-focused company with deep digital sound and visual processing competencies. As an integrated hardware, software, and AI enabled innovation powerhouse, GN delivers personalized and customer-centric experiences by providing the seamless interface between the user and technology ecosystems.

Three Focused Divisions:

  1. Hearing Division: Develops and markets hearing aids and accessories for people with hearing loss
  2. Enterprise Division: Provides audio and video collaboration equipment and services for businesses
  3. Gaming Division: Creates gaming peripherals and software solutions for gamers

Shared Capabilities Model

GN's business model leverages shared capabilities across divisions:

  • Customer-centric innovation: Unified R&D organization utilizing scale, talent, processes, and facilities
  • Multiplying impact through partnerships: Strategic partnerships with technology leaders like Microsoft, Zoom, Google, and Apple
  • Agile and scalable operations: Integrated manufacturing, sourcing, and supply chain operations
  • People and culture: Fostering engaged employees who thrive, grow, and perform

Value Chain Overview

Research & Development:

  • R&D centers in Denmark, United States, Netherlands, Poland, France, Italy, and China
  • Unique blend of expertise in human ear, audio, video, speech, gaming, wireless technologies, miniaturization, software, and AI
  • DKK 1.9 billion invested in R&D in 2024

Manufacturing:

  • Central and regional manufacturing sites for hearing aids in Australia, China, Denmark, Japan, Malaysia, South Korea, Spain, and United States
  • Enterprise and gaming products produced by carefully selected manufacturers mainly in Asia
  • Components sourced from suppliers primarily in Asia
  • Works with tier 1 manufacturers supported by more than 100 sub-suppliers

Sales and Distribution:

  • Hearing aids sold in around 100 countries with own customer teams in 30+ countries
  • Enterprise products sold via distributors, retailers, and own webstores in 80+ countries
  • Partners handle logistics, local customization, and final packaging from four regional centers in Mexico, Poland, China, and Hong Kong

Value Creation

GN's business model creates value by:

For Customers:

  • Hearing: Helping 11.2 million people with hearing loss lead better lives
  • Enterprise: Improving productivity, performance, and efficiency for businesses
  • Gaming: Enhancing gaming experiences for 160 million gamers globally

For Society:

  • Supporting remote collaboration to reduce carbon emissions from travel
  • Advancing hearing health awareness through initiatives like LISTEN TO THIS
  • Providing active entertainment that builds social connections

For Shareholders:

  • Asset-light business model generating solid cash flows
  • Strong margin focus supported by group-wide synergies
  • Financial targets: 5-8% organic revenue growth and 16-17% EBITA margin by 2028
HeinekenNetherlands

Our business model - From barley to bar

We generate value by brewing and selling premium beers, ciders and more, bringing people together for moments of joy, sociability and connectedness.

Agriculture

HEINEKEN sources key ingredients like barley, hops, corn and bittersweet apples (for cider) from farmers, working closely with suppliers to improve crop yields and quality.

As one of the world's top three users of malted barley, our sourcing strategy is designed to bring flexibility to the supply chain. We obtain barley from across the world, including Western and Central Europe, the UK, Scandinavia, Egypt, Ethiopia, Australia, the US, Argentina, Mexico and Brazil.

In Africa, where barley is scarce, we primarily import malt and rely on local ingredients like cassava, sorghum and rice, sourced from over 150,000 smallholder farmers.

~300 low carbon farming projects underway.

Packaging

Most of our beer and cider is served in bottles, cans and kegs, with glass and aluminium as primary packaging materials and plastic and paper for secondary packaging. Packaging plays a vital role in protecting our products through preserving freshness and in enhancing our marketing and branding with distinctive designs that convey their premium nature.

In most cases our packaging is sourced from suppliers, who compete in a competitive market on price, capacity, volume and quality. Driving efficiencies along our end-to-end supply chain is a key success factor: we are unifying, digitalising and streamlining operations across all our breweries.

98% of packaging recyclable by design at the end of 2024

Brewing

We operate 181 breweries, cider plants and other production facilities worldwide. Currently, 90 breweries are connected to our Connected Brewery programme, enabling them to utilise Smart Brewery technology. This integration helps reduce waste and maximise output. Additionally, our connected worker apps empower over 20,000 operators with smart instructions and support, further enhancing efficiency.

Elsewhere, Total Productivity Maintenance streamlines performance reporting and enhances equipment reliability, and robotics are increasingly used to automate and improve safety, maintenance and other critical tasks. By connecting thousands of machines generating billions of data points, we optimise productivity and quality while delivering recurring cost savings.

~90 breweries where our Connected Brewery programme is live

Logistics

Most of our products are produced in the countries where they're consumed. We manage profitability by enhancing productivity in our warehouses, carefully selecting third-party carriers and optimising our transport network.

This is supported by our digital transformation programme and the ongoing replacement of existing fragmented technologies with a modern, modular architecture and standardised cloud-based platforms. This helps us improve ways of working, transport planning, and warehouse management. Scaling these capabilities across our operations helps us improve customer experience, drive end-to-end efficiencies, reduce emissions and save costs.

~4,700 logistics service providers used across our operations

Customers

Our customers include retailers, wholesalers and distributors, bars, restaurants and clubs where consumers enjoy moments of connection and celebration. In some countries, such as the UK, Mexico and Egypt, we also own and operate bars and retail outlets.

Our scale combined with new artificial intelligence (AI) solutions helps us continuously improve customer experiences and grow revenues. Digital innovation is providing insight that transforms sales representatives into strategic business advisors and delivers personalised recommendations to customers, boosting sales on our eB2B platform. Elsewhere, increasingly connected outlets are helping customers automate stock replenishment and optimise inventory.

190 countries where our brands can be enjoyed

Consumers

Every day, millions of consumers across 190 countries enjoy one of our more than 500 brands. Our premium portfolio approach offers consumers choice while strengthening pricing power and driving revenues.

Innovation, particularly in low and no-alcohol categories, caters for evolving tastes. HEINEKEN's global scale allows us to sponsor major events like Formula 1 and the UEFA Champions League, enhancing brand visibility. We use digital tools and apps to enrich the experiences of existing consumers and win new ones, simultaneously delivering valuable data that informs ongoing marketing optimisation and boosts revenue.

500+ brands across our portfolio

HELLENiQ ENERGY HoldingsGreece

Strategy, business model and value chain

About Us

The Group consists of 96 companies, including the Parent Company, which is listed on the Athens Exchange and on the London Stock Exchange (through Global Depository Receipts -GDRs-). The Group has established a business structure to manage and monitor its activities. Specifically, all Group activities are classified into the following key segments (Strategic Business Units):

• Refining, Supply and Trading • Marketing (Domestic and International) • Production and Trading of Petrochemicals • Electricity Generation (from conventional and renewable energy) and Trading & Natural Gas • Exploration and Production of Hydrocarbons • Electromobility

Additionally, the Group is engaged in other activities that, despite their strategic importance (e.g., Engineering Services), do not constitute a significant part of the Group's financial position.

Strategy

Aligned with the "Vision 2025" strategic plan, the Group's strategy focuses on three strategic pillars, underpinned by cross-functional initiatives related to the operating model and governance. The ultimate goal is to broaden and diversify the business portfolio, enhance profitability and create long-term value for shareholders.

The three strategic pillars are:

1. Strengthen and decarbonize the downstream business: evolve refining and petrochemicals through decarbonization and digital transformation, expand international market reach and focus marketing efforts on customer needs by further utilizing digital technologies.

2. Grow in adjacent areas by leveraging downstream position: establish a meaningful presence in biofuels, enhance offerings through e-mobility services, and examine pathways for developing renewable fuels such as green hydrogen and synthetic fuels.

3. Develop a vertically integrated green utility: grow renewables portfolio, expand the geographical footprint and integrate the utility business, while maximizing synergies across the green utility platform and the Group.

Operating model & governance

These horizontal initiatives encompass a range of actions aimed at attaining diverse objectives. They include further extending digital transformation, increasing the focus on operational excellence, reorganizing and further investing in human capital, integrating risk management best practices into our business model, and redefining the ESG strategy. Our target is to achieve a 30% improvement in our GHG footprint by 2030, along with a 20% additional emissions avoidance through the expansion of the RES portfolio, with a commitment to achieving net-zero emissions by 2050.

Main objectives per business area

a) Refining, Supply & Trading and Petrochemicals

Key strategic initiatives include: • Prioritizing safety through comprehensive training programs, the implementation of stringent standards, and the enhancement of operational procedures • Facilitating digital transformation by optimizing the supply chain through mass balance and load point management, predictive maintenance, and process safety management systems • Implementing energy efficiency and energy autonomy projects across all refineries • Investing in the production of biofuels through the development of a new stand-alone 150ktpa Sustainable Aviation Fuel (SAF) production unit • Developing carbon capture and storage (CCS), with options for fuels production through the conversion of the Steam Methane Reforming (SMR) unit at the Elefsina refinery • Developing the 'Green Hub North' project, which involves the installation of a photovoltaic/battery energy storage system (PV/BESS) project and a direct high-voltage line to the Thessaloniki refinery • Establishing a new trading company in Geneva to manage the supply of all refining systems' crude and feedstocks, as well as the trading of products • Exploring opportunities within the hydrogen economy, recycling and synthetic fuels, including the production of: E-methanol and e-jet fuels by utilising a portion of the captured CO2 from the CCS unit and green hydrogen derived from renewable sources; E-ammonia by using the excess electricity from the 'Green Hub North' project at the Thessaloniki refinery and green hydrogen from renewable sources • Investing in the production of high value-added petrochemical products by increasing the polypropylene production capacity to 300 ktpa from the existing 240ktpa.

b) Marketing

Domestic Marketing The EKO Excellence strategic transformation program progressed in 2024 through its second and third phases, aiming to strengthen the business's position in the fuel and energy market, significantly enhance profitability, expand into new fuels and services, and move towards net-zero energy by installing EV chargers and photovoltaic systems at our petrol station network.

The main initiatives include: • Rationalizing and expanding the network • Increasing the market share of COMO service stations and premium products • Expanding the range of products and services (NFR, EV charging services, loyalty program) • Implementing a "net-zero energy" approach at COMO stations • Developing a commercial strategy for industrial clients

International Business Key priorities include: • Maintaining a leading position in Cyprus, Montenegro and the Republic of North Macedonia • Pursuing further expansion in Bulgaria and Serbia through targeted network growth and optimization of the supply chain • Expanding the range of products and services through by implementing loyalty programs and establishing EV charging points • Installing photovoltaic systems across our petrol station network to achieve net zero emissions • Improving the profitability of OKTA and resuming the operation of the VARDAX pipeline • Exploring the potential for cross-border electricity trading

c) Renewable Energy Sources (RES)

The Group aims to establish a regional leading position in the renewables market through: • Developing a 1 GW portfolio of operational capacity by 2026, and 2 GW by 2030 consisting of PV, wind and energy storage projects both in Greece, as well as internationally. • Developing offshore wind projects. • Strengthening its energy management capabilities.

The Group has already positioned itself as a leading player in both the Greek market and selected international markets, with a portfolio of projects under development exceeding 5.2 GW. The total installed capacity in 2024 reached 494 MW, with projects in Greece and Cyprus, while 0.6 GW of projects are currently being constructed or are in advanced stages of development.

d) Power Generation & Natural Gas

HELLENiQ ENERGY's ambition is to build a best-in-class green utility of the future, while also leveraging synergies with its refining, marketing, renewable energy and e-mobility businesses.

e) Exploration & Production

The Group is focusing on specific offshore blocks in Crete and the Ionian Sea: • Processing of 3D seismic data for the Southwest Crete and West Crete blocks in collaboration with ExxonMobil. • Interpreting 3D seismic data for three offshore regions, namely "Ionian", "Block 2" and "Block 10" will contribute to further evaluations and final decisions for the next steps.

f) E-mobility

The Group is steadily growing its position in the EV charging market in Greece and internationally, by expanding its range of mobility products and services. These include further developing customer e-mobility solutions, expanding the DC charging network at petrol stations and other points of interest while developing an AC charging network at public, semi-public and private locations of interest.

g) Digital Transformation

HELLENiQ ENERGY's Horizon Program, an essential component of the Group's transformation strategy (VISION 2025), is progressing successfully, by upgrading the way our people work, supporting performance improvement initiatives and expanding its footprint in new areas of business activity.

So far, more than 120 digital initiatives have been initiated or completed across the organization, involving over 500 people in various working groups and utilizing more than 2,500 hours of specialized training.

The multi-year action plan consists of initiatives across 4 pillars:

  1. Digital Refinery, with the objective of evolving into a modern, collaborative, interconnected refinery.
  2. Digital Retail, with the objective of delivering the service stations of the future, offering enhanced digital experiences, more information and improved services to partners and corporate customers.
  3. Digital Enterprise Operations, aiming at more efficient operations through automation and more effective decisions by utilizing a wide range of data.
  4. Digital Core, aiming at the modernization of the central enterprise resource management (ERP) system by leveraging the latest technological advancements.

The Digital Transformation program, initiated five years ago with a total investment of €65 million, has generated substantial financial returns. The cumulative financial benefit has surpassed €100 million and is projected to reach €200 million by the end of 2026. Additionally, the estimated annualized benefit is projected to surpass €50 million from 2025 onwards and €70 million by the end of 2028.

HiltiLiechtenstein

Business model and value chain

Construction is the largest industry globally. About 15% of global GDP is generated by construction and about 10% of global employment is in construction. Construction covers one of the basic human needs and touches practically everyone living on our planet. The Hilti Group ("Hilti" or "the Group") supplies this worldwide industry with technologically leading products, systems, software and services that provide sustained added value and is therefore making construction better.

Products and services

The Group's product range includes tools and systems covering demolition, drilling, sawing, cutting and grinding, direct and screw fastening, diamond coring and cutting, anchoring, firestop, installation, measuring and software construction services. These products and services provide professional end users with innovative and differentiated solutions. The development of new products, software and services is driven by ten business units.

Operations and structure

Sales operations are organized across country organizations to ensure a localized, customer-focused approach. Europe and North America are the largest markets. They are led by their strongest respective contributors: Germany and the United States. Overall, the Group has sales organizations in over 80 countries and has over 34,000 employees worldwide.

Value chain components

Creating Hilti's unique range of products and services involves a value chain that encompasses diverse activities across upstream, own operations and downstream stages:

Upstream value chain

  • Extraction and sourcing of raw materials
  • Processing of semi-finished and finished goods
  • Upstream transportation of raw materials and goods
  • Engagement of service providers in areas like energy, coating, packaging and assembly

Own operations

  • Research and development on materials and products
  • Sourcing of raw materials, semi-finished and finished goods
  • Manufacturing
  • Branding, marketing and sales

Downstream value chain

  • Direct sales model supported by distribution and aftermarket services
  • Product maintenance and repair
  • Technical advice and training
  • Disposal, reuse or recycling of end-of-life products from the Fleet Management program and Tool Park management service

Business model inputs and outputs

Inputs:

  • Financial Capital: Investments, revenue streams, financial reserves
  • Intellectual Capital: Patents and proprietary innovations
  • Natural Capital: Sustainable resource management practices with focus on environmental responsibility
  • Manufactured Capital: Virgin or recycled materials and efficient use of renewable energy
  • Human Capital: Skilled and engaged team members
  • Social and Relationship Capital: Trusted partnerships and ethical sourcing

Outputs:

  • Hardware: Tools and systems covering demolition, drilling, sawing, cutting and grinding, direct and screw fastening, diamond coring and cutting, anchoring, firestop, installation, measuring
  • Software: Asset, jobsite, business and workforce management solutions
  • Services: Fleet Management, BIM services, value engineering

Value creation

Hilti's strategic objective is value creation through leadership, built on differentiation and direct customer relationships. Value creation goes beyond economic value. Hilti aims to create value not only for the Group's shareholder, but also for customers, suppliers and partners, team members and society as a whole.

Outcomes and stakeholder benefits:

  • Shareholder: Consistent profitability and growth driven by innovative and sustainable business practices
  • Customers: We aim to be our customers' best partner for productivity, safety and sustainability
  • Employees: Employer of choice and great place to work based on caring and performance-oriented corporate culture
  • Suppliers and Business Partners: Long term relationships fostering stability, collaboration and innovation in the value chain
HUGO BOSSGermany

Business Model: HUGO BOSS is a leading global fashion and lifestyle company in the premium segment, headquartered in Metzingen, Germany. The Company offers high-quality women's and men's apparel, shoes, and accessories through two globally renowned brands – BOSS and HUGO.

Strategy: The Company pursues the "CLAIM 5" growth strategy, introduced in August 2021, built on five strategic pillars:

  1. Boost Brands - Increase relevance and perception through 360-degree brand campaigns, collaborations, and unique brand events
  2. Product is Key - Develop 24/7 lifestyle brands with superior price-value proposition, focusing on premium quality, innovation, and sustainability
  3. Lead in Digital - Drive digitalization along the entire value chain, with goal of developing >90% of products digitally by 2025
  4. Drive Omnichannel - Provide seamless brand experience across >8,000 points of sale globally and 74 digital markets
  5. Organize for Growth - Transform organization into platform of speed and growth with streamlined, brand-led setup

Vision: To be the leading premium tech-driven fashion platform worldwide.

Value Chain:

  • Upstream: Tier 1-4 suppliers covering assembly, materials production, raw material processing, and extraction/farming
  • Own Operations: 5 production sites, logistics, distribution, product design, marketing, retail operations, administration
  • Downstream: Distribution via wholesale partners, consumer use phase, end-of-life/recycling

Geographic Presence: Operations in 129 countries across three regions - EMEA (61% of sales), Americas (24%), and Asia/Pacific (13%), plus licensing business (3%).

Sustainability Integration: Sustainability strategy focuses on five pillars: increasing circularity, driving digitization & data analytics, leveraging nature-positive materials, fighting microplastics, and pushing towards zero emissions, with goal of creating "a planet free of waste and pollution."

KomerÄnà banka asUnknown

Business model and client service organisation

Business model As a leading Czech bank, Komerční banka's has centred its business model around providing a wide range of financial services to individual, business, public sector, and institutional clients. Its core activities include retail, corporate, and investment banking.

Komerční banka is the parent company and main component of KB Group. Its subsidiaries contribute with their know-how and capacities in specific areas of the financial markets. The Group enhances its offer to clients in co-operation with external services providers, either in commercial partnerships or by acquiring ownership participations.

Komerční banka Group is active on the financial market in Czechia. Through its branch as well as via the activities of some subsidiaries, it is present also in Slovakia.

Inputs and resource management The main inputs to Komerční banka's business model are financial capital inclusive of liquidity; human capital represented by the skills, knowledge, and commitment of the staff; as well as intellectual capital in the forms of accumulated expertise and an advanced technology base. Other resources critical for the successful operation of KB Group's business are capital in the form of relationships with customers and other stakeholders, which implies responsibility in relation to the communities and the social and economic environment within which the Group operates. KB Group is dependent also on the natural environment and uses a range of natural resources. It is committed to contributing to the protection of the environment.

Key approaches to securing and developing these inputs include maintaining strong relationships with clients, regulators, investors, and communities; fostering a positive work environment and developing talent; collecting and analysing data; managing risks; developing technology and innovation; adhering to compliance and governance standards and best practices; and integrating ESG criteria into decision-making processes.

Outputs and benefits of the Group's activities for clients, investors, and other stakeholders The main benefits of KB Group's activities for customers include access to financial services. Clients benefit from a wide range of financial products and services, including payment, saving and investment solutions, mortgages, and other loans. Furthermore, clients receive financial advice and support from experienced professionals, helping them make informed decisions and achieve their financial goals.

KB is a universal bank with a multi-channel distribution model. Its business model is founded upon building long‑term relationships with customers and offering relevant solutions for situations occurring during clients' lives. KB's investment in digital banking and innovative technologies provides customers with effective, secure, and user-friendly banking services.

The business strategy focuses on reinforcing or achieving market‑leading customer satisfaction status in the target client segments. KB differentiates itself in the market by best-in-class advisory, a relevant and comprehensive product offer leveraging the global scale of the Komerční banka and Société Générale groups, and a highly effective model of servicing clients.

The services provided by subsidiaries include housing loans and building savings (Modrá pyramida), pension savings (Penzijní společnost KB), consumer financing (ESSOX), life and property insurance (Komerční pojišťovna), financing of equipment and technologies (SGEF), and factoring (Factoring KB). Another Komerční banka subsidiary, KB Smart Solutions, administers the Group's participations in several companies mainly from the fintech sector, such as upvest, Finbricks and ENVIROS.

Investors benefit from KB's prudent financial and risk management, which aims to protect their capital, provide a fair and attractive return on their investment, and ensure the long-term stability and resilience of the Group.

KB's commitment to transparent reporting and compliance with regulatory standards ensures that investors have access to accurate and timely information on the Group's performance and sustainability initiatives.

KB Group's activities contribute to economic development by financing businesses and individuals' private projects, supporting job creation, and promoting entrepreneurship and innovation.

The Group's adherence to regulatory requirements and ethical standards ensures that it operates responsibly, supports financial stability, and maintains the trust of regulators, customers, and the public.

KB's commitment to sustainable finance and environmental conservation helps mitigate climate change and promotes the transition to a low-carbon economy.

The human resources management practices applied across KB Group contribute to a fulfilling and supportive work environment, enabling employees to thrive both personally and professionally.

Through corporate social responsibility (CSR) initiatives, the Bank supports numerous activities, including environmental protection, disadvantaged families and children, palliative care, and other social programs that benefit society.

KoneFinland

In 2024, KONE launched a new strategy 'Rise' for years 2025–2030 where leading in sustainability is part of the strategic ambition and 'Cut Carbon' is one of the four strategic shifts. In this strategic shift, the focus is both on reducing KONE's own emissions as well as on helping KONE's customers to decarbonize with sustainable solutions. Sustainability continues to also be one of KONE's core principles together with safety and quality.

Progress toward the sustainability-related strategic ambition is measured using an internal sustainability index. Under the 'Cut Carbon' strategic shift, KONE measures emission reductions in the value chain, revenue from sustainable solutions, and market share in sustainable opportunities.

With the new strategy, KONE remains committed to provide the most sustainable solutions to its customers and help them decarbonize throughout the buildings' life cycle with the following key objectives: • Overall reduction of product related Scope 3 emissions: Reducing emissions related to the materials used and lifetime energy consumption per product ordered • Smart use of materials and circularity: Optimizing material use and reducing the materials, energy, and other resources used in KONE's solutions and operations • Extending product lifetime: Extending lifetime of equipment through service and modernization including intelligent KONE 24/7 Connected Services and predictive maintenance • End-user safety: Having safety as KONE's top priority in all operations • Accessibility: Providing accessible, safe, and convenient solutions for all groups of End-users

Business model and value chain

KONE has a lifecycle business model where it provides elevators, escalators, building doors and related smart solutions for buildings and urban mobility. KONE maintains and modernizes the equipment to ensure the longevity, safety, and efficient operation of equipment, thereby contributing to sustainability by extending the product life cycle. By offering energy-efficient and sustainable products, KONE aims to reduce environmental impact throughout the entire product life cycle, from raw material sourcing to end-of-life. Furthermore, KONE requires that its supply chain partners adhere to sustainability requirements, including ethical sourcing and minimizing environmental impact.

A significant part of the value KONE creates is the result of collaboration with the large network of customers, partners, and suppliers, as well as through the use of elevators and escalators manufactured and/or maintained by KONE. Key customer groups include construction companies, building owners, facility managers, developers, and housing associations. Architects, authorities, and consultants are also key influencers in the decision-making process regarding elevators and escalators.

KONE creates value to its customers by providing innovative, safe, and energy-efficient solutions that enhance the flow of people in urban environments. The company's digital solutions, such as predictive maintenance and smart elevators, offer improved user experience, safety and uptime. KONE strives to ensure health and safety for employees through high safety standards and practices. For its employees, KONE promotes diversity, inclusion, and continuous learning within its workforce. For its shareholders, KONE creates value through its resilient, sustainable and capital light business model, which creates strong and stable cash flow.

KONE has identified the following strategic inputs that are crucial in creating value for customers, shareholders and society: • Competent and engaged people and strong leadership • Innovative sustainable offering and global processes and systems • Best partners • Efficient manufacturing and delivery chain • A solid financial position • Environmentally sustainable operations • High safety record, strong brand, solid reputation and commitment to safety • Life cycle business model and the existing maintenance base

KONE ensures the availability of key inputs in its value chain through a combination of strategic sourcing, supplier management, and risk mitigation. To secure key talent, KONE invests in continuous employee development, diversity and inclusion, and retention through a supportive and innovative culture.

In this Sustainability Statement, KONE's value chain is defined to cover upstream activities related to component and raw material production, and downstream activities related to the use of KONE's products and to the disposal and recycling of equipment at the end of the building's life cycle.

KRONESGermany

The Krones Group is a globally leading provider of packaging and filling technologies for the food and beverage industry. Our business model is based on the development, manufacture and sale of machines and entire lines for process, filling and packaging technology. Krones products include bottle washers, fillers, labellers, inspection devices, complete packaging lines, recycling systems, and process technology and intralogistics solutions. Our services encompass consulting, planning, installation, maintenance and training. We serve a wide variety of customers, from small breweries to large multinational beverage producers.

In sales, we work closely with our customers to offer tailored solutions that meet their specific requirements. Our own operating processes begin with research and development. This is where we create innovative solutions that enable our customers to produce more efficiently and sustainably and that digitalise the related processes. Manufacturing takes place in state-of-the-art production facilities intended to ensure high quality and precision for our products. Subsequent to installation, we offer comprehensive after-sales services to ensure system longevity and performance.

Our upstream value chain includes sourcing high-quality materials and components from trusted suppliers and working with logistics partners to ensure problem-free transportation and timely delivery. Outcomes of our business activities include not only our sales of machines and lines, but also positive impacts on our customers' production processes such as increased efficiency, reduced resource consumption and improved product quality. Trust-based working relationships with our business partners, risk management and auditing and security measures help to ensure that we can gather, develop and secure the inputs from our business model and supply chain as resiliently as possible.

Value Chain

Upstream value creation:

  • Who? Suppliers: Indirect Suppliers (Raw material sourcing and production), Direct Suppliers (Manufacturers, infrastructure providers, trading companies, service providers, worker agencies, logistics)
  • Where? Germany (57.4%), United States (8.2%), China (5.5%), Italy (5.5%), Switzerland (3.0%), Poland (1.6%), Hungary (1.6%), Czech Republic (1.4%), Austria (1.4%), Netherlands (1.3%), other countries (<1.0%)
  • What? Raw materials (stainless steel, steel, aluminium, plastic), Production materials (Components & parts), Infrastructure (energy, water), Services (temporary workers), Logistics/distribution

Own operations:

  • Who? Temporary workers, Krones blue collar, Krones administration, Krones service techs, Ext. service techs
  • Where? Production sites: Germany, Hungary, Austria, Switzerland, Italy, China, India, USA, Brazil; LCS centers: South Africa, Nigeria, Kenya, Thailand, Russia, Belgium, Mexico, UK, UAE
  • What? Production & assembly for Bottling and packaging equipment, Process technology, Digitalization Services, Intralogistics, Recycling solutions

Downstream value creation:

  • Who? Customers (B2B): Beverage industry and non-beverage sector (food, dairy, chemicals, pharmaceuticals, diagnostics, medical equipment, healthcare and cosmetics) + plastics recyclers
  • Where? Europe (33.3%), Central Asia (2.2%), Middle East/Africa (11.0%), Asia-Pacific (12.3%), China (7.7%), North- and Central America (23.1%), South America/Mexico (10.4%)
  • What? Planning, consulting, collaboration; Lifecycle Services; Logistics, distribution; Construction, installation, commissioning, testing, acceptance; Service, maintenance, spare parts, reparation, overhaul; Operating supplies; Customer's finished end beverage or liquid food product; Usage of machinery; Recycled materials; Recycling & end of life
LeonardoItaly

Business Model

Strategic Vision: Leonardo's Industrial Plan 25-29

Leonardo operates in 150 countries in the world offering customised solutions and innovative, value-added after-sales support services in order to be a trusted partner for its customers. It competes in the most important international markets by leveraging technology and product leadership in its business areas (Helicopters, Aircraft, Aerostructures, Electronics, Cyber Security and Space).

Business Sectors

Leonardo is organised into six business Sectors. It also operates through subsidiaries, such as Leonardo DRS (Defence Electronics), joint ventures and investees.

SectorOrders 2024Revenues 2024EBITA 2024Main Countries
Helicopters5,8675,249465Italy, United Kingdom, Poland, United States, Switzerland
Electronics10,3297,7581,014Italy, United Kingdom, United States, Germany, Israel, Canada, France
Cyber & Security solutions83364849Italy, United Kingdom
Aircraft2,8922,861417Italy
Aerostructures692746(151)Italy, France
Space95790631Italy, France

Main Trends Impacting Business Model

Geopolitical tensions - The continuation of ongoing conflicts in Ukraine and the Middle East, and potential hotbeds in Africa and the Indo-Pacific region are destabilising global geopolitical balances, thus leading to increased focus on security and defence issues in the political debate and the stated willingness to further increase the defence budgets of major countries.

Innovation and Sustainability - The global scenario sees a transition from an exclusively Defence need to a broader concept of Global Security where digital technologies will be increasingly decisive for the management of complex scenarios, strategic and sensitive information, the management of climate and environmental emergencies, and the optimisation of available resources.

Reducing strategic dependencies - Reducing strategic dependencies is a crucial issue in ensuring a country's economic and technological security.

Integrated sustainability and sustainable finance - Sustainability is increasingly being used as a reference framework to assess how a company creates and sustains long-term value, managing the risks and opportunities in an ever-changing environment.

New skills and inclusion - The implementation and management of ecological and digital transition requires widespread development of new skills, scientific and digital above all, on which the competitiveness of businesses depends.

Leroy Merlin EspañaSpain

We are a company dedicated to home improvement and renovation, part of ADEO, a group focused on home improvement, DIY, construction, and renovation projects. LEROY MERLIN aims to be a relevant company in Spain, contributing positively to employees, customers, suppliers, and society. Our business model is based on values, placing people at the center of our decisions.

Value Chain

Previous stages: Activities related to manufacturing, extraction, storage, and transportation of products. Main agents are strategic suppliers responsible for extracting raw materials and finished products.

Company position: Key position focused on selling products and providing services to consumers through:

  • Products: Wide range segmented into Project, Rehabilitation, Garden, Technical and Decorative categories
  • Services: Installation services, tool rental, B2B solutions, Hogami Platform
  • Sales channels: 130 stores, e-commerce website, mobile app, marketplace, telephone sales
  • After-sales service: Customer service, complaint management, Club Leroy Merlin loyalty program

Later stage: Responsible end-of-life management promoting circular economy practices through repair, rental and sale of products with minor cosmetic damage.

Products and Services

Products: Furniture, bathrooms, garden, lighting, decoration, wood, kitchens, doors/windows/stairs, flooring, heating/air conditioning, tools, paint, construction materials, electricity/home automation, ceramics, hardware/security, plumbing, renewable energies

Services: Hogami installation service, project service, telephone sales, tool rental

Markets and Customer Groups

  • Final consumer/resident: entire Spanish market
  • Corporate clients: managed by Major Accounts Department
  • PRO Clients: professional clients in renovation and construction sector

Financial Results

Total Income (thousands €)20232024
Total income or net turnover3,410,7863,589,618

Strategy Objectives 2024

Battle 1: Platform business model - 5-star omnichannel experience, improving customer experience, reducing friction

Battle 2: Improving value proposition - Competitive portfolio coverage, strengthening omnichannel brand proposition

Battle 3: Sustainability of business model - Improving net margins, supply chain efficiency, quality stock management

Battle 4: Leaders of positive future - Diverse and inclusive workforce, employee safety, sustainable living through Home Index, circular consumption, social action commitment

LEROY MERLIN Spain is integrating sustainability into its business model through the Home Index project (measuring environmental and social impact of products), energy efficiency market focus, and circular economy services (rentals, repairs). The Circlewood project promotes wood recycling and transformation into new products.

LundbeckDenmark

Strategy, business model and value chain

Business Model

Our purpose: Advancing brain health and transforming lives

Lundbeck is one of the few biopharmaceutical companies in the world working exclusively within neuroscience. We discover, develop, and commercialize treatments that make a difference to people affected by psychiatric and neurological disorders.

We cover the full value chain:

  • Research: We build a strong pipeline consisting of promising molecules and antibodies
  • Development: We develop our drug candidates into new medicines
  • Manufacturing: We manufacture medicines at highly advanced production sites and continue to supply our drugs to patients in need
  • Commercialization: We make our medicines available through healthcare systems in more than 100 countries

Our focus areas:

  • Psychiatry: Covers psychotic disorders like schizophrenia, mood and anxiety disorders like depression, bipolar disorder, and post-traumatic stress disorder
  • Neurology: Covers disorders like migraine, dementia, and movement disorders like Parkinson's disease, epilepsy, and multiple system atrophy (MSA)

Global presence: We are around 5,600 highly specialized employees across +50 countries

Value Chain

Input:

  • Energy and raw materials to produce medicines
  • Research organizations to conduct clinical studies and establish evidence for new drug candidates
  • Medicines produced by contract manufacturers and partners
  • Key opinion leaders e.g., healthcare professionals

Transformation: Lundbeck is headquartered in Denmark and operates in over 50 countries, covering:

  • Research & Development
  • Production & Supply
  • Marketing & Sales
  • Business enabling functions, such as Corporate Functions, People & Culture, Corporate Communications & Public Affairs

Output and Outcome:

  • Value based treatment options for healthcare systems
  • Improvement of health outcomes for patients
  • Profitability to shareholders
  • Reinvestment into R&D
  • Jobs and skills development for employees
  • Tax contributions to societies we are part of

Strategic Direction - Focused Innovator Strategy

In 2024, we launched our Focused Innovator Strategy addressing three main action points:

1. Securing mid-term growth:

  • Strong foundation of strategic brands with double-digit growth rates
  • Strategic brands reached DKK 16,462 million (+21% CER) representing 75% of total revenue
  • Four strategic brands: Rexulti®, Brintellix®/Trintellix®, Abilify LAI franchise, Vyepti®

2. Leading with focused innovation:

  • Transformation of R&D building innovative pipeline in neuro-specialty and neuro-rare conditions
  • 90% of development pipeline focused on neuro-rare and neuro-specialty areas
  • Acquisition of Longboard Pharmaceuticals enhancing neuroscience pipeline
  • Four biological clusters: Hormonal/neuropeptide signaling, Circuitry/neuronal biology, Neuroinflammation/neuroimmunology, Protein aggregation/folding/clearance

3. Delivering sustainable profitability:

  • Continual reallocation of finances and resources to ensure focused innovation and long-term growth
  • Record revenue of DKK 22,004 million (+14% CER)
  • Adjusted EBITDA of DKK 6,347 million (+20% CER)

Key Markets and Products

Geographic presence: Products registered in more than 80 countries with employees in more than 50 countries

Revenue by region (2024):

  • United States: DKK 11,325 million (52% of group revenue)
  • Europe: DKK 5,146 million (24% of group revenue)
  • International Operations: DKK 5,219 million (24% of group revenue)

Strategic brands performance:

ProductRevenue (DKKm)Growth (CER)% of Total Revenue
Rexulti®5,20216%24%
Brintellix®/Trintellix®4,84714%22%
Abilify LAI franchise3,50410%16%
Vyepti®2,90972%13%

Sustainability Integration

Access to health as core strategy:

  • 7.2 million estimated full-year patients reached in 2024
  • Commitment to making innovative treatment available through R&D, promoting equitable accessibility, enhancing cultural acceptability, and providing efficacious medical products

Patient-centric approach:

  • "Let the patient speak" events integrating patient perspectives into development programs
  • Diversity commitments in clinical trials
  • Focus on underrepresented populations and health equity

Environmental commitments:

  • Science Based Targets initiative (SBTi) approved targets
  • Climate transition plan towards net-zero
  • 38% reduction in Scope 1 & 2 GHG emissions since 2019
  • Construction of new chemical recovery unit to increase recycling rates

Innovation for sustainability:

  • Focus on neuro-rare diseases addressing high unmet medical needs
  • Partnerships with academia and other organizations to advance brain health research
  • AI and digitization driving innovation efficiency
Modern Times Group MTGUnknown

Business Model

MTG owns and operates six international gaming studios that develop and publish a wide range of popular titles, which are enjoyed by players all over the world. Our games are available on mobile and other platforms, and we generate revenues via in-app purchases, in-app advertising, and from third-party distribution.

Our studios are responsible for developing, launching, marketing, and operating the high-quality games that make up our portfolio. Many of our games are based on popular, international IPs, across a wide range of casual and mid-core genres.

Long-term value creation

Our business model is designed to generate long-term value for our shareholders through consistent profitable growth. The built-in operating leverage in our business model enables us to deliver stronger profits in periods of lower growth. Due to our financial discipline and operational efficiency, we are also highly cash generative.

Nearly all our games are available to consumers on a free-to-play (F2P) basis and we generate a majority of our revenues from in-app purchases and in-app advertising. Our group's main focus is on mobile gaming, which accounts for 76% of total group revenues. An important part of our revenues also comes from games that are available via browser and on third-party platforms like Steam, Apple Arcade, and Netflix.

A synergetic common layer

In order to accelerate further growth by driving synergies and encouraging our studios to share knowledge and best practices with each other, we are building out a synergetic common layer, the "Flow Platform". It is focused on providing our companies with commercial technology, skills and tools that can help them accelerate growth. The acquisition of Plarium is expected to strengthen this part of our strategy.

Accretive & strategic M&A

The recent acquisition of Plarium positioned us as a top 10 mobile games developer in the West and the #1 listed mobile gaming company in Europe. We remain committed to accretive and strategic acquisitions of gaming studios all over the world and it will continue to contribute to our future growth.

Venture Capital Fund

To complement and support our strategy, we also operate a venture capital fund that has invested a total of USD 40 million in a total of 26 companies, ranging from start-up game developers across several genres to MMO (massively multiplayer online games) and game creation platforms in the USA and Europe.

NesteFinland

At Neste, we are leading the way towards a sustainable future. We are committed to further strengthening our position as the world's leading producer of sustainable aviation fuel and renewable diesel.

We at Neste have a successful history with strong value creation over the past 20 years. Our investments in renewable fuels have made us the market leader in sustainable aviation fuel (SAF) and renewable diesel. As the world needs to mitigate climate change and shift away from fossil fuels, there will be a growing market for lower-emission fuels in the long term.

Neste is able to utilize low-quality renewable raw materials to produce high-quality renewable fuels at scale. Our key sources of competitive advantage stem from global raw material sourcing and unique pretreatment capabilities. We also have refining capacity on three continents, enabling global value-chain optimization.

Neste continues to seek growth in renewable fuels targeting market leadership, cost competitiveness and technology advantage. Our renewables production capacity will be increased to 6.8 million tons in 2027. With world-class operations on three continents, Neste will be well positioned to create value in the future.

Neste provides renewable, lower-emission fuels for transportation, aviation, marine and other industrial uses, as well as renewable and circular solutions for the chemical and plastics industries. We produce renewable products at our refineries in Finland, the Netherlands and Singapore, as well as through our joint operation with Marathon Petroleum in Martinez, California.

NetcompanyUnknown

Strategy, Business Model and Value Chain

Our Business Model

Built to innovate Europe with responsible digitalisation

Netcompany is a leading provider of next-generation IT solutions, focusing on three key elements: People, Sales & Delivery, and Execution. We create products, platforms, and solutions that ensure transparent and easy access to government activities, prioritising citizen engagement and upholding transparency and trust through robust data protection and open governance.

People

  • Attracting and nurturing top talent through a structured career path, mentoring, and coaching programmes.
  • Offering an inclusive environment where employees thrive through onboarding and continuous learning initiatives.
  • Supporting personal and professional growth with wellbeing initiatives and challenging, meaningful tasks.
  • Empowering employees with ownership and responsibility to drive innovation and sustainable growth.
  • Collaborating with authorities, universities, and businesses to promote long-term digital transformation.

Sales & Deliveries

  • Implementing an industry-driven Go-To-Market strategy with tailored, high-quality solutions.
  • Balancing strategic top-down decision-making with frontline customer engagement for responsiveness.
  • Enhancing customer satisfaction by addressing challenges with innovative and scalable solutions.
  • Streamlining delivery through reusability, rapid execution, and efficient resource allocation, reducing waste.
  • Strengthening collaboration between market units to foster synergies and drive regional growth.

Execution

  • Delivering business-critical solutions with agile, transparent, and methodologies focused on responsible digitalisation.
  • Ensuring solutions for cloud, on-premises, or hybrid models to meet diverse needs.
  • Leveraging open-source technologies for flexibility, transparency, and customer-driven customisation.
  • Reducing risks and accelerating time-to-market through reusable and well-documented solutions.
  • Building robust digital infrastructures that support transparency, trust, and responsible digitalisation.

Our Equity Story

Netcompany's ambition is clear and resolute: to become a market leader in IT services in Europe by 2030. This goal is underpinned by a strategic focus on expansion, innovation, and leveraging our unique delivery capabilities and methodologies.

Leading Europe's digital future by 2030

Our ambition is supported by our unique value proposition, which includes:

Delivery Capability and Technical Foundations: We have a proven track record of delivering high-quality, on-time, and on-budget solutions across various markets. This success is underpinned by our robust library of platforms, accelerators, and reusable components that significantly lower risks, enhance productivity, and ensure the efficiency of our delivery processes.

Industry Insight and Go-To-Market strategy: Deep expertise in selected industries, enabling us to provide tailored solutions that meet specific market needs, combined with a structured Go-To-Market approach driven by domain insight and a commitment to helping governments.

Investing in talent and societies

By investing in societies and citizens to stand independently and resiliently, we empower a modern Europe rooted in democracy, justice, and social security:

Talent development: We attract and rigorously train top talent, providing continuous learning opportunities and career development. This ensures our teams are equipped to deliver high-quality solutions and drive innovation.

Societal contribution: We believe in the power of technology to make a positive impact on societies. Our solutions aim to balance innovation, growth, welfare, and political stability, contributing to a modern and democratic Europe.

Driving responsible digitalisation

At the heart of our ambition is a commitment to responsible digitalisation, focusing on transparency, trust, and sustainability:

Citizen empowerment: We prioritise solutions that foster citizen engagement, promote inclusivity, and ensure transparent access to government activities and processes. By leveraging open data initiatives, secure digital identities, and user-centric design principles, we empower citizens to interact with public services more efficiently and confidently.

Sustainable Practices: Our approach to sustainable digitalisation involves developing technology-agnostic, reusable IT solutions that not only enhance efficiency but also promote environmental responsibility. We actively avoid vendor lock-in by building adaptable, modular systems that can evolve with technological advancements and shifting market needs.

Leveraging products and platforms

A cornerstone of our ambition is the effective utilisation of our extensive and diverse portfolio of platforms and products.

Common tools and methodologies: Our delivery model is underpinned by common tools and methodologies that ensure consistency, reliability, and efficiency. This approach reduces time-to-market and lowers the total cost of ownership for our clients.

Reusable solutions: By emphasising reusability, we provide proven, flexible solutions that can be rapidly adapted to meet diverse customer needs across different sectors. This not only enhances our competitive edge but also fosters innovation and sustainability.

Exporting and implementing our business model

Our unique business model and methodologies are integral to our success:

Proven methodology: Our approach to developing and implementing complex solutions is unique and difficult to emulate. This methodology will be applied to new joint projects with acquired companies, ensuring a seamless transition and integration.

Targeted market expansion: In smaller markets, we will establish greenfield operations, while transformational acquisitions will be reserved for opportunities that add significant value through products, platforms, and customer bases.

Expanding market presence in Europe

Netcompany is poised to strategically expand its market presence across Europe to realise its ambition of being a leader in responsible digitalisation. Our expansion strategy will involve a combination of large-scale acquisitions and organic growth initiatives designed to penetrate new markets, increase our footprint, and position us as a key player in the European digital landscape.

Strategic acquisitions: We aim to enter new countries or accelerate growth in established countries by acquiring well-run companies with existing products and customer bases, instantly achieving scale and market penetration.

Organic growth: Simultaneously, we will build our market presence organically by winning significant projects with new clients. This dual approach ensures robust and sustainable growth.

NNITDenmark

Strategy, business model and value chain

NNIT is a highly specialized IT consultancy focusing on life sciences internationally and the public and private sectors in Denmark. We provide IT and business solutions in Asia, Denmark, Europe and the US. We focus on high complexity industries and thrive in environments where regulatory demands and complexity are high. Our focus is internationally exclusively on the life sciences industry, helping customers digitalize key parts of their value chain.

From the Danish headquarters, we also focus on the public and private sectors. We advise on and develop sustainable digital solutions that serve end-users, customers and employees effectively. The NNIT Group consists of parent company NNIT A/S and subsidiaries including SCALES, Excellis Health Solutions and SL Controls, who together employ over 1,700 people.

1,851m Total revenue. 1,736 Total headcount.

Region breakdown:

  • 818 Headcount Region Denmark
  • 181 Headcount Region US
  • 297 Headcount Region Asia
  • 440 Headcount Region Europe

Region: Europe, US and Asia | Region: Europe, US and Asia

Strategy

NNIT's overall aspiration is to make a mark in business and society, bringing digital transformation to life. We want to build a successful business while contributing with our expertise and capabilities towards creating a sustainable future.

NNIT has for many years worked on reducing carbon emissions, including setting Science-Based targets for reducing our carbon footprint. Moving forward, NNIT will continue to develop our sustainability reporting processes for future CSRD reporting.

These initiatives are taken to support the political initiatives, and customer wishes to reduce environmental impact. As a highly specialized consulting company, where the ability to attract the right people to the organization is key to delivering the strategic targets, NNIT have a strong focus on providing good working conditions, treating all employees fairly and respectfully as well as supporting political and societal initiatives and agendas on diversity and inclusion.

2024 represents our first year as a pure IT consultancy, with a complete legal, technical and operational split from our former infrastructure operations. During 2024, we continued our strategical focus on growing in Life Sciences globally and in the Danish public sector.

Business Model

Deploying strategic assets to address business potential and plans → Value creation

Strategic Assets:

  • Customer experience & Digital solutions that work & Industry mastery
  • Talented people with a business first approach & Superior quality & Domain knowledge

Value Creation:

  • Customers
  • Employees
  • Investors

People: the right people + good work environment = strong business Environment: reduce emissions to support climate targets
Governance: Strong governance to manage risks and operations

For more details on business model and strategy, refer to the Management Review on pages 5-7 and 14, and more information on the Carbon Reduction Plan, see page 54 in E1 Climate Change. For information on material impacts, risks and opportunities and their relationship to NNIT's business model and value chain, refer to SBM-3.

For more details on our value chain, refer to IRO-1 on page 47-49.

Norsk HydroNorway

Business Strategy and Model

Hydro is a leading aluminium and renewable energy company committed to a sustainable future. Hydro's purpose is to create more viable societies by developing natural resources into products and solutions in innovative and efficient ways. Hydro is present throughout the global aluminium value chain, from energy to bauxite mining and alumina refining, primary aluminium, aluminium extrusions and aluminium recycling.

Business Areas

Hydro Bauxite & Alumina represents the first two steps in the aluminium value chain through bauxite mining and alumina refining. Hydro Bauxite & Alumina covers Hydro's bauxite mining activities in Paragominas and the company's 62 percent interest in the Brazilian alumina refinery, Alunorte, both located in Pará State, North of Brazil. Alunorte is the biggest alumina refinery in the world outside China, with nameplate capacity of 6.3 million tonnes per year.

Hydro Aluminium Metal is the world's (excluding China) sixth largest producer and supplier of primary aluminium and value added casthouse products. The business area consists of five wholly owned aluminium metal plants in Norway, five partly owned plants in Qatar, Brazil, Canada, Australia, and Slovakia (currently curtailed), in addition to several advanced R&D facilities. Hydro's total annual primary aluminium capacity is about 2.1 million tonnes.

Hydro Metal Markets consists of the Recycling and Commercial business units. The Recycling business unit consists of 12 recyclers in Europe and the U.S., producing extrusion ingot and recycled foundry alloys with a total annual capacity of 995,000 tonnes. The Commercial unit supplies Hydro's value added products to a global market through a wide range of product offerings and services, including low-carbon aluminium products.

Hydro Extrusions operates the world's largest network of aluminium extrusion and recycling plants, counting 70 production sites in 20 countries. The extrusion production capacity amounts to 1.4 million tonnes annually, and the market shares are 16 percent in Europe and 19 percent in North America in 2024.

Hydro Energy is one of the three largest operators of hydropower production in Norway, and a large power market player in the Nordic region and Brazil. In Norway, Hydro Energy operates 40 renewable power plants, with combined installed capacity of 2.8 GW. In a normal year, Hydro Energy operate 13.7 TWh production, of which 9.4 TWh is captive power.

Value Chain

Hydro's main inputs and outcomes include:

Main inputs

  • Bauxite: Bauxite resources, water
  • Alumina: Bauxite, caustic soda, coal, lime, natural gas, oil, water
  • Energy: Water resources, wind resources
  • Primary aluminium: Alumina, aluminium fluoride, anodes, coke, pitch, power, water
  • Casting: Alloying materials, natural gas, NGLs, post-consumer scrap, primary aluminium, process scrap
  • Extrusion: Electricity, extrusion ingot
  • Recycling: Standard, sheet and extrusion ingots, primary foundry alloys and wire rod, forge stock

Main outputs and outcomes

  • Bauxite: Bauxite, rehabilitated land, tailings, land use change
  • Alumina: Alumina and alumina hydrate, bauxite residue, GHG emissions, non-GHG emissions
  • Energy: Hydropower, flood control, regulated watersheds, land use change
  • Primary aluminium: Primary aluminium, GHG emissions, non-GHG emissions, spent potlining
  • Products: Extruded products, Hydro CIRCAL, Hydro REDUXA, primary foundry alloys, wire rod and forge stock, standard, sheet and extrusion ingot

Ultimate outcomes: A more viable society by developing natural resources into products and solutions in innovative and efficient ways; Income and shareholder value; Salaries, taxes and supplier income; Community and industry impact; Full value chain provenance

Novabase SGPSPortugal

Information regarding the business activity and organization of Novabase Group is available for consultation in the 2024 Annual Report and Accounts (Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for the Year ended 31 December 2024), along with the Corporate Governance Report for the 2024 financial year (Part I, Section B., Point 21).

The business model is described in Part I Letter B., Section II. 'ADMINISTRATION AND SUPERVISION (Board of Directors, Executive Board of Directors and the General and Supervisory Board)' of the Corporate Governance Report for the 2024 financial year.

NovartisSwitzerland

Strategy and business model

Novartis is a focused medicines company. We use science-based innovation to address some of society's most challenging healthcare issues. Our mission is to improve and extend people's lives through innovative medicines, and we strive to be the most valued and trusted medicines company in the world.

Our strategy

Our strategy is to build a focused medicines company with leading positions in selected areas of high unmet medical need. We are organized into a single operating unit with an integrated research, development and commercial model designed to efficiently and effectively bring innovative medicines to patients who need them.

Our business model

We discover, develop, manufacture and market innovative medicines. Our business model is built around four strategic priorities:

  1. Build leading positions in select areas of high unmet medical need: We focus our efforts on therapeutic areas where we can make the biggest difference for patients and where we have or can build competitive advantages.

  2. Accelerate innovation with novel technologies and enhanced speed and quality: We leverage breakthrough technologies and reinvent R&D to deliver innovative medicines faster and more efficiently.

  3. Grow and expand to new patient populations through innovative commercial approaches: We maximize the value of our medicines by reaching more patients through innovative commercial models and access strategies.

  4. Leverage capabilities, scale and efficiency through a focused business model: We operate as one integrated medicines company to maximize efficiency and effectiveness across all our operations.

Value chain

Our value chain encompasses research and development, manufacturing and supply, distribution, and commercial activities. We work with suppliers, healthcare professionals, payers, and other stakeholders to ensure our medicines reach patients who need them.

In 2024, our medicines reached 296 million patients around the world. Our medicines are sold in approximately 120 countries worldwide.

Novo NordiskDenmark

Purpose and strategy

At Novo Nordisk, our purpose is clear: driving change to defeat serious chronic diseases. Through our life-changing innovations, we are building a healthier future for generations to come.

We are dedicated to reinforcing our leadership in diabetes and obesity, securing a leading position in rare diseases and establishing ourselves as a key player in cardiovascular disease. Additionally, we are actively building our presence in the treatment of metabolic dysfunction-associated steatohepatitis, chronic kidney disease and Alzheimer's disease.

Value chain

Our value chain is similarly comprehensive, encompassing every stage from the initial concept of a new treatment to its final delivery to people living with serious chronic diseases. This includes our own operations in R&D and manufacturing, as well as collaborations with suppliers to source materials and distribute our treatments effectively.

Business model

We create value on multiple fronts. Through the Novo Nordisk Way, we ensure our employees thrive in a supportive and innovative environment. We operate as a responsible business, striving to address environmental and social impacts, to create value for society and fulfil our financial commitments to shareholders, ensuring sustainable growth and success.

Strategic focus areas

  • Diabetes: Strengthen leadership by offering innovative medicines and driving patient outcomes
  • Obesity: Strengthen leadership through market development and by offering innovative medicines and driving patient outcomes
  • Rare Disease: Secure a leading position by leveraging full portfolio and expanding into adjacent areas
  • Cardiovascular & Emerging Therapy Areas: Establish position in cardiovascular disease and build a presence in emerging therapy areas

Key metrics

  • Reached more than 45.2 million people living with serious chronic diseases
  • Added 13,030 employees bringing Novo Nordisk's total workforce to 77,349
  • Invested more than DKK 52 billion in R&D
  • Invested more than DKK 129 billion in production capacity
  • Reached 8.4 million vulnerable people living with diabetes
NykreditDenmark

Business model and value chain

Nykredit is a Danish financial services group serving personal customers, business customers and institutional customers in Denmark. The Group's business activities are predominantly in Denmark and comprise banking, mortgage lending, estate agency services, administration and management of investment funds, leasing and insurance mediation.

A central part of our business model and value chain is our partnerships through Totalkredit and Sparinvest. Together with the business partners in the Totalkredit partnership, Nykredit arranges mortgage loans across the country.

In Sparinvest, Nykredit collaborates with a large number of banks across Denmark on the distribution of wealth and investment products to personal and business customers.

The Group's upstream value chain includes a number of suppliers of goods and services for the daily operation of Nykredit's offices, such as IT systems. The Nykredit Group strives to have a strong capital structure and wants to be able to maintain its business activities throughout Denmark regardless of fluctuations in economic trends. Nykredit's 3,900 employees are tasked with the development and sale of financial products as well as customer advisory services.

Being customer-owned, Nykredit differs significantly from other Danish SIFIs as the Group pays dividend to its owners, including our main owner, Forenet Kredit.

Forenet Kredit can then make contributions to the Nykredit Group, which Nykredit and Totalkredit can give back to their customers. It is our customer-ownership structure that sets the Nykredit Group apart from other comparable financial institutions by highlighting our unique business model and approach to value creation.

The Nykredit Group's value creation lies in ensuring that homeowners and businesses across Denmark have access to competitive and reliable financing – through the good times and the bad. Through its advisory services, the Nykredit Group helps customers stay on top of their finances and provides financial security. At the same time, the Nykredit Group, as Denmark's largest lender, contributes to economic growth and development in society.

Primary business activities (downstream value chain)

Personal customers:

  • Mortgage lending: DKK 921.6 billion
  • Bank lending: DKK 21.1 billion
  • Wealth management services with assets under management: DKK 498.9 billion

Agricultural sector:

  • Mortgage lending: DKK 83.2 billion

Business customers:

  • Mortgage lending: DKK 358.7 billion
  • Bank lending: DKK 82.2 billion

Public and cooperative housing:

  • Mortgage lending to public housing: DKK 84.7 billion
  • Mortgage lending to housing cooperatives: DKK 35.6 billion

Other services:

  • Investment portfolio administration for institutional clients: DKK 1,127.9 billion assets under administration
  • Estate agencies (Nybolig, Estate and &LIVING) arrange sale and purchase of residential and commercial properties
  • Non-life insurance through Privatsikring
OMVAustria

OMV is an integrated company with three robust pillars: Chemicals, Fuels & Feedstock, and Energy. It supports the transition to a lower-carbon economy and has the ambition to become a net zero emissions business by 2050 for Scope 1, 2, and 3 emissions. The majority of its nearly 24,000 employees work at its integrated European sites. In 2024, Group sales amounted to EUR 34 bn.

OMV's purpose, "Re-inventing essentials for sustainable living," is a fundamental part of the Strategy 2030 to become an integrated sustainable chemicals, fuels, and energy company – rooted in our firm commitment to achieving net zero emissions by 2050.

OMV's goal is to transform into an integrated sustainable chemicals, fuels, and energy company. A fundamental part of its strategy is the ambition to become a net zero emissions company by 2050. The Group will carefully balance investments in new areas while optimizing the traditional business operations, recognizing its responsibility to be a reliable supplier.

Strategic Pillars: • Strengthen, expand, and diversify the chemicals portfolio • Establish a leading position in renewable and circular economy solutions • Become a leading European producer of renewable fuels • Focus on natural gas and low-carbon solutions

In Chemicals, OMV is one of the world's leading providers of advanced and circular polyolefin solutions, with total polyolefin sales of 6.3 mn t in 2024. With operations in over 120 countries, it offers value-adding, innovative, and circular material solutions for key industries in its five industry clusters: Consumer Products, Energy, Health care, Infrastructure, and Mobility.

In Fuels & Feedstock (F&F), OMV operates three refineries in Europe: Schwechat (Austria) and Burghausen (Germany), both of which feature integrated petrochemical production, and the Petrobrazi refinery (Romania). Fuels and other sales volumes in Europe totaled 16.2 mn t in 2024 and the retail network consisted of 1,702 filling stations in eight European countries at the end of 2024.

In Energy, OMV explores, develops, and produces crude oil and natural gas with a focus on its three core regions of North, Central and Eastern Europe (CEE), and South. Daily hydrocarbon production was 340 kboe/d in 2024. OMV's Gas Marketing & Power business markets and trades natural gas and power in several European countries.

ØrstedDenmark

Our strategic aspiration is to be the world's leading green energy major. This aspiration builds on three strategic pillars: 1) One of the world's leading developers, constructors, and generators of renewable assets, 2) The leading talent platform in renewable energy, 3) Globally recognised sustainability leader. We create value by developing, constructing, operating, and owning renewable assets and by providing sustainable energy products to our customers. Our portfolio includes offshore and onshore wind farms, solar farms, energy storage, and heat and power plants. For more details on our business model, see pages 65-66.

PandoraDenmark

BUSINESS MODEL

Pandora is one of the world's most valuable brands, owning the space of jewellery with a meaning. Our unique business model builds on the Pandora brand and our in-house excellence. This translates into a fully integrated ecosystem, with both crafting and distribution at an unparalleled scale. With a strong commitment to sustainability, we deliver industry-leading growth and profitability while minimising our environmental footprint and supporting the communities we touch. Acknowledging both positive and negative impacts, as well as risks and opportunities, we have conducted a double materiality assessment, detailed on page 50.

KEY RESOURCES APPLIED

  • An average of 37,000 employees globally
  • State-of-the-art crafting facilities, powered by 100% renewable electricity
  • Recycled silver and gold and lab-grown diamonds
  • Water, energy and other raw materials

VALUE CREATED

  • Safe and engaged workplace with an employee Net Promoter Score (eNPS) that puts us in the top 5% in the consumer sector globally
  • 865 million customer visits to our stores and online channels, with more than 3 pieces sold every second
  • DKK 1.7 billion paid in corporate income taxes
  • DKK 5.5 billion in dividends and share buybacks to shareholders

OUR OPERATIONS

INNOVATIVE DESIGN World-class creative design process with built-in consumer testing

RESPONSIBLE SOURCING Materials sourced in a responsible, transparent and traceable way

HIGH-QUALITY JEWELLERY CRAFTING Artistry and craftsmanship unmatched in the industry

GLOBAL BRAND AND MARKETING Top brand equity in our key markets, guided by data and analytics

PACKAGING AND DISTRIBUTION Serving customers and stores by delivering the jewellery safely and on time

OMNICHANNEL RETAIL Personalised experiences for consumers, shoppers and brand lovers

PRODUCT REUSE AND REPAIR Remelt of returning surplus and faulty products and minor repair services

OUR SEGMENTS

The Core segment represents the charms and carriers and is covering the collections Pandora Moments, Pandora ME and Collabs. In 2024, Core made up 74% of revenue and delivered stable like-for-like growth of 2%.

Pandora Moments, which has been established as a key Pandora icon over two decades, is still by far the largest collection and contributes to growth with solid like-for-like growth of 3%. It remains an ever-evolving canvas for personal expression, resonating with customers who seek to capture and celebrate life's precious moments through our iconic charms.

Pandora ME has found a place in the market as a symbol of individuality and self-expression. It makes up 3% of our revenue, with another year of strong double-digit like-for-like growth of 13%.

Collabs are closely tied to storytelling, allowing customers to express their identities through iconic partnerships. In 2024, we launched an exciting collaboration with Netflix, beginning with designs inspired by the popular show Stranger Things. Collabs contributed 8% to our revenue, with a like-for-like decline of -9%, as 2023's "Disney 100" collection, celebrating Disney's centenary, had driven a strong surge in interest.

Fuel with more is made up of the collections Pandora Timeless, Pandora Signature, Pandora Lab-Grown Diamonds and the latest collection launched globally in the spring of 2024, PANDORA ESSENCE. Fuel with more made up 26% of revenue, up from 22% in 2023, as a result of strong like-for-like growth of 22%.

Pandora Timeless is by far the largest collection within Fuel with more, making up 20% of revenue. The momentum from 2023 was carried into 2024, underscoring that we are on the right path to be perceived as a full jewellery brand. Pandora Timeless generated like-for-like growth of 22%, striking a chord with consumers looking for elegance and craftmanship. Pandora Signature represented 3% of our revenue, and whilst the performance was impacted by a cleanup of the assortment, the collection continues to serve as an important offering for our customers.

The new PANDORA ESSENCE collection, which was launched globally in Q2 2024, was off to a solid start and already makes up 2% of revenue. The collection expands into the aesthetic space of organic, fluid and natural jewellery design, which constitutes 17% of the global jewellery market, and draws inspiration from the beauty and simplicity of nature's organic shapes.

Our Pandora Lab-Grown Diamonds collection continues to gain ground, with like-for-like growth of 43% in 2024. The collection has also had a notable positive halo effect on the Pandora brand, increasing consideration to purchase jewellery from any of the collections. We believe the demand for lab-grown diamonds will keep gaining traction, and to facilitate this we added our new microfine diamonds range towards the end of the year. Our goal is to become the most desirable brand in the category while making diamonds accessible to everyone.

OUR MARKETS

The US remains our largest market in terms of revenue, with a share of business of 31% in 2024, yet our market share is just around 2%. Despite a turbulent 2024 for US consumers, like-for-like growth was strong, driven by the brand momentum, and was further enhanced by the BE LOVE campaign and the positive halo effect from Pandora Lab-Grown Diamonds. This translated into like-for-like growth of 8% and organic growth of 14%, as network expansion further fuelled the growth.

Our key markets in Europe delivered like-for-like growth of 4% and a combined share of business of 31%. Growth here was predominantly driven by Germany, which delivered very strong like-for-like growth of 45%, coming into 2024 with strong brand momentum that carried on throughout the year. This momentum was supported by the always-on media model and the BE LOVE campaign, that resonates very well with the consumers. France delivered like-for-like growth of -5% and organic growth of 2%.

In the UK, like-for-like growth ended at -2% with organic growth at 0%, in a market which is impacted by dampened consumer sentiment. In Italy, we delivered like-for-like growth of -7% and organic growth of -3%. Pandora's brand metrics are moving in the right direction for France, the UK and Italy, although this is yet to translate into higher in-store traffic in a still tough consumer environment.

Australia was impacted by low consumer sentiment and subdued purchasing power with like-for-like growth ending at -4%.

China delivered like-for-like growth of -21%. The Chinese economy is still navigating its recovery from the pandemic's aftermath, with significant impact on our business in China. In 2023, following the lifting of restrictions, we initiated a restaging of the brand focusing on Shanghai. While performance in Shanghai is better than in the rest of mainland China, the demand generation is not yet sufficient to establish an attractive business model. We remain committed to build the brand in China and are currently considering the next steps on the journey. During 2025, the store network will be optimised with an anticipated closure of at least 50 stores. The closures has minimal impact on the growth from network expansion in 2025.

In Rest of Pandora, Pandora continued to demonstrate the broad-based appeal of the brand across numerous geographies where brand penetration is still building with a long runway ahead. Like-for-like growth was strong at double-digit levels of 13%, which reflected broad-based growth with strong contributions from many markets. Spain, Canada, Mexico and Poland are the biggest markets in this segment and delivered a combined like-for-like growth of 8%. Overall, Rest of Pandora ended 2024 with a revenue of DKK 10.6 billion.

SUSTAINABILITY — A CORNERSTONE OF OUR STRATEGY Sustainability is integral to Pandora's operations and remains a cornerstone of the Phoenix strategy. Our approach includes setting some of the industry's most ambitious sustainability targets to lower environmental impact while driving positive outcomes for the people and communities we engage with.

Our three strategic sustainability priorities – low-carbon business, circular innovation and fostering an inclusive, diverse and fair culture – remained central to our 2024 performance, driving our actions and underscoring our commitment to responsible practices across the value chain.

This report shows how our sustainability initiatives support the Phoenix strategy. The Sustainability Statements detail impacts, risks and opportunities (IROs) and address our material sustainability matters identified through our double materiality assessment, which informs our disclosures in alignment with the Danish Financial Statements Act.

QT GroupFinland

Qt Group is an international software company whose main products and tools are the Qt development environment and quality assurance and testing solutions. The company's products support the customers' product development process comprehensively. The products can be used either as an integrated chain or as separate tools and development environments, depending on the customer's needs. Qt's customers operate in more than 70 industries. They produce devices and applications in the automotive, health technology, industrial automation, and consumer electronics industries, for example.

Qt Group's primary business operations consist of five parts: • Research and development related to products and services • Product management • Sales and marketing • Delivery (management & automation) • After-sales services (customer support, consulting and training)

The core business is supported by the HR function, the corporate infrastructure (legal services, accounting and finance) and technological infrastructure (external servers, databases and data) and procurement (professional services and IT services).

For the production of its products and services (upstream value chain), Qt requires, for example, IT, product development, sales and marketing tools and tools used by employees (computers, phones, etc.). Products and services are delivered as software, tools and services tailored to customers' various needs (downstream value chain).

The EU and the United States both have restrictions on software exports. The export permit depends on the nature of the software and the country to which it is intended to be exported, and export is not necessarily permitted. Qt Group's products do not contain any functionality that would make them subject to strict export regulations. The restrictions are mainly related to the economic sanctions currently in place. Qt's policy is that Qt's products or related technical information may not be exported, re-exported or transferred directly or indirectly to countries or entities that are subject to sanctions.

RandstadNetherlands

Randstad is the world's leading talent company, a partner of choice to talent and clients. The company is committed to providing equitable opportunities to people from all backgrounds and helps them remain relevant in the rapidly changing world of work. Randstad has a deep understanding of the labor market and helps clients to create the high-quality, diverse and agile workforces they need to succeed. Randstad was founded in 1960 and is headquartered in Diemen, the Netherlands.

Randstad aspires to be the world's most equitable and specialized talent company. As a global market leader with truly local expertise, the company is passionate about fostering equity not only within its culture but also across the society and labor market it serves. Core values that have stood the test of time since the company was founded more than 60 years ago are sustained.

Business Model and Value Chain:

Randstad partners with clients to deliver end-to-end talent solutions ranging from recruitment to skilling, advisory, coaching and outplacement. The company also provides deep insights-led understanding, responding to four specific areas of client need: operational, professional, digital and enterprise.

The specialization approach means talent and clients receive the focused expertise they are looking for both locally and globally. Randstad understands their industries, markets and skills needs, and is uniquely positioned to transform their workforce so they can meet current and future business imperatives and ambitions.

Four Specializations:

Randstad Operational: Connects talent with businesses that need critical pre-qualified operational roles in the right quantity at the right time. Key areas supported are logistics; manufacturing; supervision and individual management; hospitality, retail and events; contact center and customer service.

Randstad Professional: Offers comprehensive services backed by the Randstad Talent Platform, global footprint, deep insights into market dynamics and specialized recruiting processes. Places talent across finance and accounting; office and administrative support; HR and legal; sales and marketing; healthcare and education; and engineering.

Randstad Digital: A trusted digital enablement partner that facilitates accelerated transformation for businesses by providing global talent, capacity and solutions across specialized domains. Serves clients in more than 39 markets, supported by a global delivery model that includes global talent centers in Canada, India and Romania.

Randstad Enterprise: Supports top global clients across all strategic services. Delivers strategic talent solutions across the talent life cycle – from talent acquisition to employee engagement and outplacement support – via Randstad Sourceright and Randstad RiseSmart.

Value Creation Model: Randstad operates via an extensive global network, ensuring both best-in-class local services as well as global delivery. The company leverages the best expertise for talent and client needs. Randstad Operational and Randstad Professional solutions are executed via the vast market network and Randstad Digital and Randstad Enterprise solutions via the global delivery model, supported by digital marketplaces seamlessly connecting clients and talent.

RepsolSpain

Business Model

Repsol's activities are structured into four business segments:

Upstream (Exploration & Production)

Exploration and production of crude oil and natural gas reserves, as well as the development of low-carbon geological solutions (geothermal, carbon capture, storage and use, etc.).

Key Activities:

  • Exploration: After acquiring new acreage, we carry out geological and geophysical work, conduct environmental impact studies, and perform exploratory drilling to evaluate its potential, using cutting-edge digital technologies.
  • Development: We drill wells, build collection systems and processing plants and evacuation and transport systems, under sustainability, safety and transparency policies.
  • Production: We extract hydrocarbons from the reservoir to market and sell them, using artificial intelligence technologies and following sustainability and safety policies.
  • Low-carbon geological solutions: We optimize subsoil resources associated with geothermal energy, CO2 storage and renewable hydrogen as a decarbonization tool.

Industrial

Oil refining, petrochemicals and trading, transportation and marketing of crude oil, natural gas and fuels, including the development of new growth platforms such as hydrogen, sustainable biofuels and synthetic fuels.

Key Activities:

  • Refining: We transform crude oil and various alternative raw materials into value-added products such as fuels, renewable fuels and circular materials. We have among our priorities the production of renewable hydrogen.
  • Chemicals: We produce and market a wide variety of petrochemical products used in everyday objects that improve people's quality of life.
  • Trading: We supply crude oil, intermediates, chemical raw materials and lipid residues consumed by our industrial complexes and market petroleum products, renewable fuels and petrochemicals in international markets.
  • Lubricants, Asphalts, Aviation and Specialized products: We develop, produce and market these products in more than 90 countries worldwide.

Customer

Mobility (service stations) and marketing of fuels (gasoline, diesel, aviation kerosene, liquefied petroleum gases, biofuels...), electricity and gas and lubricants, asphalts and other specialties.

Key Activities:

  • Mobility: We have the largest network of service stations in Spain, offering multi-energy solutions linked to the Waylet app. We introduce renewable fuels and electric charging points.
  • Retail supply of electricity and gas: We supply low-emission gas and electricity in Spain and Portugal with cutting-edge digital solutions and energy management initiatives.
  • LPG: We distribute and sell liquefied petroleum gas in Spain, Portugal and France in various formats.
  • Retail and wholesale supply of gas: We engage in wholesale marketing and trading of natural gas and LNG globally.

Low Carbon Generation (LCG)

Low-emissions electricity generation (combined cycle natural gas plants) and renewable sources.

Key Activities:

  • Low-emission electricity generation: Repsol has projects including hydroelectric plants, combined cycles, cogeneration plants, wind and photovoltaic farms.
  • Renewable development: Building new renewable assets to increase capacity.

Global Presence

Repsol Group, whose parent company is Repsol, S.A., is made up of more than 600 companies with a presence in 40 countries.

Value Chain Integration

Repsol operates as an integrated energy company across the entire value chain from exploration and production through refining, chemicals, and retail supply, positioning itself as a multi-energy supplier capable of offering customers comprehensive energy solutions.

RheinmetallGermany

Structure of the Rheinmetall Group

Rheinmetall is an international group in various markets with high-tech products and services. The sales focus is on the security technology and mobility. With its product portfolio, Rheinmetall fulfills these basic key needs of modern society.

Divisions:

  • Vehicle Systems Europe: Armored tracked vehicles, CBRN protection systems, artillery, turret systems, wheeled logistics vehicles, wheeled tactical vehicles
  • Vehicle Systems International: Similar portfolio but focuses on the markets of Australia, the US and Great Britain
  • Weapon and Ammunition: Weapons and ammunition, propellants, protection systems, international projects and services
  • Electronic Solutions: Air defence systems, radar technology, soldier systems, command/control and reconnaissance systems, fire control systems, sensors, simulation
  • Power Systems: Emissions reduction, actuators, solenoid valves, pumps, engine blocks/components, plain bearings, global replacement parts business

Business Model and Value Chain

Vehicle Systems Europe, Vehicle Systems International, Weapon and Ammunition and Electronic Solutions offer system and subsystem solutions in the defence and security industry and a broad service portfolio for mobility, surveillance, management, impact and protection.

Power Systems is a system provider for high-quality and innovative (mobility) solutions, control technologies and digital applications, among other things, for the automotive and energy industry, but also increasingly for industrial applications.

Key Markets and Customers

Defence and Security Technology Markets: The product and capability spectrum of Rheinmetall is tailored to the central defence requirements, which result nationally and internationally from the continued high technical modernization or replacement needs of numerous armed forces.

Key strategic markets include:

  • Germany (armed forces modernization)
  • Eastern Europe (Hungary, Ukraine, Lithuania)
  • UK and Australia (long-term partnerships)
  • USA (growing through acquisitions)

Civilian Products and Mobility Applications: The business performance is largely determined by the production trends of international customers in the automotive industry. The business units of Power Systems assume a Tier 1 position within the value chain of automotive production, supplying automotive manufacturers directly.

Strategic Position

Rheinmetall's overarching goal is to be a leading integrated technology group that develops solutions for a secure and livable future. The transformation from a provider of security and mobility applications to a fully integrated technology group was initiated in 2020.

Key strategic growth areas include:

  • Artillery systems, rocket artillery and ammunition
  • Ground-based Air Defence
  • Main Fighting Tank and Infantry Fighting Vehicles
  • Aviation (F-35A production, helicopter maintenance)
  • Military Unmanned Air Systems
  • Digitalization and networking solutions
  • Civil sector diversification (hydrogen, electrification)

Technology Transfer and Integration

The technology transfer between the individual areas is firmly integrated into the structure. Power Systems is increasingly integrated integrally into the value chain of the other divisions, representing Rheinmetall's organizational umbrella for key technological competencies in civilian markets.

RHI MagnesitaNetherlands

Our business model and value chain

We are masters of heat, the leading global supplier of high-grade refractory products, systems and solutions. We have a vertically integrated value chain ranging from raw material sourcing to refractory production and performance-based solutions.

Our purpose: to master heat, enabling global industries to build sustainable modern life. We offer refractory products and services that shape tomorrow's world. Our advanced products are essential for our customers in the steel, cement, metals, glass and chemicals industries.

Value chain activities:

  • Raw materials: RHI Magnesita operates raw material sites in Austria, Brazil, China, Czechia, Türkiye and USA. 67% of magnesite and dolomite raw material usage by volume was sourced internally in 2024, contributing 0.8% to Group Adjusted EBITA margin.
  • Refractory production: The Group operates 53 refractory production plants in Europe, Türkiye, India, China and the Americas.
  • Logistics: Timely raw material and finished goods deliveries with effective inventory management strategies.
  • Research & Development: Development of new products, customisation and improved production techniques. R&D is essential to maintaining our position as market leader and achieving longer-term sustainability objectives.
  • Services: Design, installation, monitoring, maintenance, optimisation, removal and recycling of refractory solutions.

Business model evolution - 4PRO: A comprehensive offering that reflects our expanded capabilities including sustainable products, robotics, systems, sensors, digital solutions, decarbonisation solutions and clean and green steel solutions. 80% of customers are interested in the 4PRO offering when made aware of it.

RocheSwitzerland

Strategy, Business Model and Value Chain

Our Purpose: Doing now what patients need next

We believe it is urgent to deliver medical solutions right now – even as we develop innovations for the future. We are passionate about transforming patients' lives. We are courageous in both decision and action. And we believe that good business means a better world.

Our Ambition: With our combined strength in Diagnostics and Pharmaceuticals we are uniquely positioned to lead the way in addressing healthcare challenges. Our ambition is clear: to prevent, stop and cure diseases, and by doing so, improve people's health while significantly reducing costs for patients and healthcare systems worldwide.

Our Business Model:

Our focus: Fitting treatments to patients Our distinctiveness: Excellence in science
Our delivery: Value for all stakeholders Our leadership: Inspiring outcomes that matter Our ways of working: Agile and networked Our set-up: Built for innovation

Strategic Priority Areas: Our shared priority areas across the Diagnostics and Pharmaceuticals Divisions are oncology, neurology and cardiovascular-metabolic diseases. By 2035, they will account for almost half of the global disease burden.

Value Chain: With our deep understanding of diseases, we will continue to address the most complex challenges in healthcare. We will accelerate our research and development and deliver truly transformational diagnostic solutions, digital products, and medicines to better serve the needs of patients along their entire journey – from prevention and screening to diagnosis, treatment and monitoring.

Innovation Ecosystem: Our autonomous research and development centres and alliances with more than 250 external partners foster a diversity of scientific approaches and agility. Our global geographical scale and reach enables us to attract talent in the leading global science clusters and to quickly bring our solutions to people who need them.

Value Creation: We create value for all our stakeholders: bringing significant medical benefit for patients, doctors and payers, being a partner of choice, offering a great place to work for employees, delivering a sustainable positive contribution to society and earning competitive returns for our investors.

Royal SchipholNetherlands

Business model

Schiphol Group's core activities are concentrated within three business areas: Aviation, Schiphol Commercial and Alliances & Participations.

As one of the largest hub airports within Europe, we serve a range of market segments to sustain our societal value for the Netherlands and beyond. In addition to earning aeronautical revenue from our airlines, we also generate income from other sources. These include concession fees from retail operators, rental revenues from our existing real estate property, parking fees, advertising revenue and income from the provision of our (inter)national alliances and participations.

Value chain

Royal Schiphol Group's value chain outlines all the activities involved in running its airports, from start to finish. The value chain includes the four sectors that RSG contributes to, has responsibility for, or both. These are: 1. aviation, 2. construction and real estate, 3. retail, food & beverage and 4. services and transport. Within the four sectors, there are three value chain scopes. These include upstream impacts, airport location impacts (encompassing both our own operations and activities by third parties taking place on our premises) and downstream impacts.

We used the value chain to identify the impacts, risks and opportunities (IROs) within our value chain, which served as input for the double materiality assessment (DMA). The value chain also helps RSG identify its key partners and stakeholders, allowing for a better understanding of its position within the chain and how it connects to both upstream and downstream processes.

RSG's other policies, actions, metrics and targets mainly focus on the following upstream and downstream activities: air traffic arriving and departing, cargo transport to and from the airport, residual management, and passengers, staff and other visitors travelling to and from the airport. These are the activities where RSG has the most impact on its relevant stakeholders and can reduce its negative impact or even have a positive impact.

SaabSweden

Strategy, Business Model and Value Chain

Business Model

Saab's global operations span across continents, with a presence in key markets and emerging regions. Leveraging decades of expertise in defence, security, and advanced technology, Saab offers innovative solutions tailored to the specific needs of each market. From aerospace to underwater defence, Saab's global footprint ensures that we remain at the forefront of technological advancements, collaborating closely with governments, industries, and defence forces to meet their security challenges.

Core Areas and Value Proposition

Saab has defined five core areas where the company has a strong market position and a leading product portfolio:

Fighter Systems: Saab's latest fighter version, the Gripen E, is certified for military use by both the Swedish and Brazilian Air Forces. The E-series has several new features including cutting-edge sensors, enhanced weapon capability and electronic jammer pods.

Advanced Weapon Systems: The area holds products ranging from ground combat support weapons to missiles and training systems. Saab's Ground Combat systems hold an undisputed market leading position.

Sensors: Saab is a world-leading supplier of sensors, radar technology and electronic warfare solutions. The sensor portfolio comprises systems such as the Giraffe radar family and the GlobalEye AEW&C system.

Command and Control Systems: Saab provides complete command and control solutions for land, air and naval use, with a particularly strong position within the naval domain.

Underwater Systems: Saab is a leading provider of naval systems primarily to the Swedish Navy. The offer ranges from surface vessels with stealth characteristics to advanced conventional submarines, autonomous underwater systems and combat boats.

Strategic Markets

Saab operates in over 100 countries worldwide. In addition to Sweden, Saab is focusing on the U.S., the U.K., Germany and Australia as the main platforms for future growth. In these selected strategic markets, Saab sees opportunities for further growth in niches and technology areas where Saab has a strong position such as sensors, underwater systems and command and control systems.

Value Chain

Saab serves customers in over 100 countries and operates in more than 30 countries. Research and development is concentrated in Sweden with employees in Europe, the U.S., Australia and South Africa. The company has 24,500 employees globally with operations spanning across continents.

SalzgitterGermany

Business Activities and Products

With external sales of € 10.0 billion and more than 24,000 employees in the financial year 2024, the Salzgitter Group ranks among Europe's leading steel and technology corporations. The Group has an annual capacity of around 7 million tons of crude steel and comprises more than 130 subsidiaries and affiliated companies.

Our core competences lie, on the one hand, in the production and processing of rolled steel and tubes products and global trading in these products. Strip steel articles, seamless and welded steel pipes and tubes, sections and heavy plate count among our most important products in this field. On the other hand, we also operate a business in special machinery and plant engineering.

Customer Sectors

A breakdown by customer sector shows that around 25 % of our external sales in the reporting year was attributable to trading and the Steel Service Centers that sell directly or process beforehand – generally in smaller batches. Other significant customer sectors include primarily the food and beverages industry (17 %), the vehicle manufacturing (16 %) and the construction sector (11 %).

Geographic Focus

In the financial year 2024, we generated 76 % of our external sales in Europe. With a share of 41 %, Germany is traditionally by far our most important single market.

Group Structure

The Salzgitter Group is structured into four business units:

  • Steel Production Business Unit: Including Salzgitter Flachstahl GmbH (SZFG) with crude steel capacity of around 4.7 million tons a year, and Peiner Träger GmbH (PTG) with around one million tons annual capacity
  • Steel Processing Business Unit: Concentrates on downstream value chain links and combines heavy plate activities and steel tubes producing companies
  • Trading Business Unit: Maintains distribution network with stockholding locations for steel products in Europe
  • Technology Business Unit: Three manufacturers of special machinery, with KHS Group accounting for more than 90% of sales
SanofiUnknown

Sustainability goals for our products, services, customers and geographical areas

Sanofi's goals cover four areas of sustainability:

Access to healthcare

In 2024, two billion people around the world still lacked access to quality medicine and healthcare. We aim to change this by offering affordable access to medicines for underserved communities, while helping to build sustainable healthcare systems. • We are using our expertise to provide affordable access to quality care for the deprived populations who need it the most. We have created the Sanofi Global Health Unit (GHU), a non-profit business unit that operates in some of the poorest countries where it initially offers 30 of its essential medicines in therapeutic areas including cardiovascular diseases, diabetes, and cancer. The GHU aims to provide care to two million people with non-communicable diseases (NCDs) in 40 countries by 2030. • We are also helping 1,000 patients with rare diseases who lack access to treatments by donating 100,000 vials of medicine each year. This fulfills a commitment of over 30 years to patients with rare diseases, such as Fabry, Gaucher or Pompe disease. • For many people, the affordability of our medicines is not the only barrier to access – availability is a further barrier. That is why we are developing a global access plan to make all new products available in selected markets with unmet needs, within two years of initial launch.

R&D for unmet medical needs

As part of our commitment to society, we believe it is essential to determine how our science can benefit vulnerable communities: • we continue to contribute to efforts led by the World Health Organization (WHO) to eradicate poliomyelitis and eliminate sleeping sickness – two diseases that affect marginalized communities – with vaccines and new therapeutics; and • we have identified significant disparities in treatment for children with cancer. Our R&D teams of world-renowned researchers have a deep understanding of the specific challenges of pediatric oncology and are keenly aware of the need for appropriate treatments. We have therefore devoted our teams to this cause.

A healthy planet

We are mindful of our ambition to support initiatives to protect the planet. Planet Care is our environmental program that seeks to reduce the direct and indirect impacts of our operations and products on the environment. It covers the entire life cycle of our products — from raw materials to their potential end-of-life impact. We commit to: • on climate change mitigation (i) reducing our greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions (Scopes 1 & 2) by 55% and our Scope 3 emissions by 30% by 2030 (versus 2019), and our emissions across all Scopes by 90% by 2045 (targets validated by the SBTi – Science Based Target initiative), (ii) supplying all of our sites with 100% renewably-sourced electricity by 2030, (iii) establishing an eco-fleet by 2030, (iv) committing the supply chain to reduce its Scope 3 emissions; and • on products, improving the environmental profile of our products by eco-designing all new products by 2025. By 2027, we will no longer use plastic in our vaccine syringe blister packs. This truly complex industrial task will address the problem of plastic waste in the environment and help to minimize our climate impact.

Inclusion and diversity of employees and communities

We are driven to make our workplace and communities inclusive and diverse by: • achieving gender representation in senior leadership; • fostering sustainability and inclusion in the ecosystems where we operate, serving communities through volunteering; and • making our commitment to society an integral part of our leaders' career development paths, thus strengthening the social impact of their decisions. The Leaders to Citizens program was launched in 2022 to encourage the Company's senior leaders to actively advocate CSR efforts and continue embedding these principles in all of its operations.

Elements of Sanofi's CSR Strategy that relate to or impact sustainability matters

Incorporating the CSR strategy, Sanofi's Play to Win core business strategy outlines our ambition to become a leading immunology company. This shift in portfolio focus has implications for our CSR strategy regarding our impact on people and the environment. There may be positive impacts on environmental sustainability matters: most immunology products are biologics, meaning fewer pharmaceuticals are released in the environment via patient use, and fewer chemicals are required for production. There may also be implications for our access to healthcare strategy, as immunology products are generally more expensive and produced at lower volumes. Furthermore, acquisitions made to fuel Sanofi's R&D pipeline may further challenge our ability to meet our access to healthcare commitments, such as access planning for products developed or commercialized under strategic external partnerships.

Description of products, services, markets, customers

Sanofi's activities are organized around the following categories: Immunology, Rare Diseases, Neurology, Oncology, Other pharma, Vaccines, and Opella (divestment process in-progress).

We have business operations in approximately 63 countries and our products are available in more than 160 countries. Sanofi is the tenth largest pharmaceutical company globally by sales. Our main markets in terms of net sales are the United States, followed by the European region, and other markets such as China and Japan.

We work with regulatory bodies who approve our medicines and vaccines for safety and efficacy, health authorities who valuate our products, healthcare practitioners who prescribe treatments and patients who benefit from our medicines and vaccines.

Sanofi employees around the world

Sanofi's workforce comprises 82,878 employees — see section 3.3.1. Own workforce (ESRS S1). The company operates through 52 manufacturing sites and has 13 research and development (R&D) facilities in countries across the globe.

Description of the business model and value chain

Our business model is centered on pharmaceutical innovation, with research and development (R&D) as the primary input. We gather inputs from a global network of suppliers and partnerships with research institutions. Inputs are secured by investing in R&D, maintaining quality control measures, and seeking to ensuring compliance with regulations. We also actively participate in collaborations and alliances on cutting-edge technologies and compounds to enhance our product pipeline.

Our outputs include a diverse portfolio of pharmaceutical products and vaccines to address a wide range of therapeutic areas, benefiting various stakeholders: • patients (end-users), through access to innovative and effective treatments that improve their health and quality of life; • other stakeholders, with healthcare providers gaining access to advanced medical solutions, and communities benefiting from our commitment to corporate social responsibility and public health initiatives.

Investors may benefit from Sanofi's financial performance and growth potential, driven by a steady stream of new product launches and expanding market share.

Sanofi operates within a complex value chain that spans upstream and downstream activities and stakeholders. • Upstream operations include: – sourcing raw materials and active pharmaceutical ingredients (APIs) from a network of key suppliers who are selected based on pre-established criteria; – partnering with contract manufacturers for production; – partnering with clinical sites and research institutions to advance scientific research and clinical trials; and – purchasing/using capital goods and using financial services to fund its operations. • Downstream operations and stakeholders include: – transportation and distribution — we use both direct sales and partnerships with distributors, and work with service providers to transport products to their destination; – customers — health authorities, hospitals and healthcare professionals that prescribe and administer our Sanofi products; and – patients (end-users) who use Sanofi products and dispose of packaging and unused products (end-of-life).

The description above has considered the following: a. Key operations, resources, distribution channels and customer segments: Sanofi's key operations include R&D, manufacturing and marketing of pharmaceuticals and vaccines. Its key considerations are skilled personnel, state-of-the-art research facilities, and a global supply chain network. Distribution channels are diversified to include direct sales and working with wholesalers and pharmacies. b. Key business relationships and their characteristics: Sanofi's relationships with customers and suppliers are long-term collaborations that adhere to standards of quality and foster mutual commitment to innovation and public health. c. Cost structure and revenue: Sanofi's cost structure comprises substantial investment in R&D, production costs and marketing expenses. Revenue streams are primarily derived from the sale of pharmaceuticals and vaccines, with a focus on high-growth therapeutic areas. d. Potential impacts, risks and opportunities: Sanofi has in place a process to identify potential impacts, risks and opportunities within its sector, including regulatory changes, market competition and advancements in medical technology.

SAPGermany

Strategy, business model and value chain

Our Purpose

At SAP, we remain steadfast in our purpose to "help the world run better and improve people's lives." Together with our customers, we not only rise to meet today's challenges, but we are also shaping the future by empowering each other to continuously improve and deliver better outcomes.

Our Vision

Our vision of bringing out the best in every business reflects our commitment to transform organizations globally. We aim to build a future where businesses adapt rapidly to changes and opportunities, embed sustainability in their operations, and drive efficiency throughout the value chain. Our commitment to this vision is based on three pillars:

Agile Business Transformation at Scale

To stay competitive in a rapidly changing landscape, businesses need to transform at scale with agility. Our cloud solutions and real-time data insights, supported by our platform, enable organizations to achieve greater flexibility and efficiency and to adapt rapidly to evolving demands.

Achieve More Across the Value Chain

We assist organizations in utilizing collective intelligence to help achieve efficiency, resilience, and agility across the whole value chain. By embedding AI and connecting end-to-end business processes – from finance to supply chains, and human resources to customer relations – we fuel efficient growth throughout businesses.

Sustainability at Your Core

We have evolved beyond mere sustainability aspirations to actionable, sustainable outcomes. Our SAP Green Ledger solution aims to ensure robust, auditable sustainability practices are a natural extension of business operations.

Our Business Model

We create value by first identifying the business needs of our customers and then developing and delivering a portfolio of cloud solutions, services, and support that address these needs. We strive to continuously improve our solutions, identify further business needs, and deliver enhanced value to our customers.

We derive revenue from fees charged to our customers for subscriptions to use our cloud solutions. Software licenses, on-premise support, consulting, development, training, and other services also contribute significant revenue.

Our Product Strategy

The recently launched SAP Business Suite leverages the powerful combination of applications, data, and AI. It offers a comprehensive set of integrated solutions, combining our core cloud ERP and line-of-business (LoB) applications to seamlessly connect functions across the business end to end.

We have adopted an AI-First, Suite-First strategy:

AI-First means we are fundamentally rethinking our approach to product development, offering our generative AI copilot, Joule, available in many of our most frequently used process steps.

Suite-First describes our objective of delivering a consistent, or suite-like, experience across our portfolio, aiming to ensure faster time to value for customers.

Geographic Presence and Value Chain

SAP is a global company headquartered in Walldorf, Germany, with a global presence employing more than 109,000 people as at December 31, 2024. The SAP Group has operations across multiple regions and serves customers worldwide through our cloud solutions, software licenses, support services, and consulting offerings.

Siili SolutionsFinland

Strategy, business model and value chain

BUSINESS The Siili Group is an independent provider of information systems development services, which provides services to both private companies and the public sector. Siili serves its customers end-to-end in the planning, development, and maintenance of digital services. The Siili Group consists of the parent company Siili Solutions Plc and its subsidiaries. The subsidiaries are located in Finland, Poland, Germany, the USA, Hungary, the UK and the Netherlands. The domicile of Siili Solutions Plc is Helsinki, and its shares are listed on Nasdaq Helsinki Ltd. Companies of the Siili Group comply with local legislation and requirements in all of their activities.

Siili does not operate in the fossil fuel, natural gas, chemical production, controversial weapons or production of tobacco sectors, and the sale of its services is not banned in any certain markets.

2024 Financial Results

MetricValue
Total Net SalesEUR 111,899 thousand
Sales of work96,396
Project deliveries8,816
Licence sales1,573
Maintenance and other services5,114

Total number of workforce with employment contracts by head count

AreaNumber of personnel
Finland623 / 66%
Poland122 / 13%
Hungary170 / 18%
Rest of Europe and North America27 / 3%
Total number of employees942

STRATEGY Siili has placed artificial intelligence at the core of its strategy. Siili has three strategic priorities that strengthen its position as a leading company in the utilisation of artificial intelligence.

Significant growth in Data and AI business: We expand our business in the growing market of data and generative AI, aiming to be the preferred partner for customers in the GenAI transformation. – Pioneer in AI-powered digital development: We reinforce our position as a pioneer in AI across the entire software development lifecycle, from design to implementation and maintenance. For Siili's customers, this means faster development cycles, and for Siili, improved productivity. – Community of top talent: We strengthen our strong corporate culture and continuous learning opportunities. Our goal is to be the most desirable community among digital development professionals.

Siili's competitive advantage is its ability to combine strong software development, AI, and industry expertise. This unique combination makes Siili a pioneer in utilizing and developing AI solutions and strengthening customers' competitiveness.

In its customer relationships, Siili focuses on large enterprises and the public sector in Finland, the UK, Germany, and the Netherlands. Siili will continue to strengthen its delivery capabilities by expanding its skill base both in Finland and Eastern Europe, for example in Poland and Hungary.

Siili's long-term financial goals for 2025–2028:

  • Annual revenue growth of 20%, of which organic growth accounts for about half
  • EBITA of 12% of revenue
  • Keep the ratio of net debt to EBITDA below two
  • Pay a dividend corresponding to 30–70% of net profit annually

VALUE CHAIN The majority (approximately 90%) of Siili's business consists of the sales of work, which means in practice that Siili's expert team complements the customer's own organisation in designing, developing and maintaining digital services. In addition, Siili implements projects for its customers and functions as a retailer of licences. In the sales of work, the value chain consists of just Siili and the customer. In these services, Siili utilises both its own personnel and experts working for Siili on an entrepreneurial contract.

In the sale of end-to-end solutions, the value chain may begin from the suppliers of licences and off-the-shelf software used in the project and proceed from the customers to the end users of digital services. In addition, the value chain includes a small group of service providers supporting Siili's administration and operations, such as suppliers of work equipment, landlords and providers of advisory, accounting and IT services.

The most critical resources in Siili's value chain are competent employees. Siili invests in its employees' development opportunities by providing assignments where they can enhance their expertise. Well-being at work is maintained and enhanced, among other things, by focusing on the work community and culture through various types of training, events and activities promoting well-being, putting an emphasis on management and leadership, facilitating flexible ways of working and providing comprehensive occupational health services. The recruitment of new employees is supported by Siili's strong reputation as an employer.

SOLVAYBelgium

We are essential chemistry, making progress possible for generations

We are essential chemistry. We represent a unique type of company in the chemical industry landscape, with specific requirements in terms of our operating model and success factors.

Essential chemicals are neither commodity nor specialty chemicals – they can be found on the spectrum between commodity and specialty chemicals. Essential chemistry has distinct characteristics, some being very different from commodities and specialities, some being common. Being "essential" also impacts the way we do business.

Our Purpose: "We are essential chemistry, making progress possible for generations." This is the foundation of our strategy. Our ambition is to be the best at what we do; be a leader in essential chemistry.

Global reach, close to our clients

  • 80% sales regional, from local production plants

  • 41 countries
  • 44 Production sites
  • €4.7bn Underlying net sales
  • ~9,000 Employees

Our businesses

Solvay holds a high quality and focused portfolio of industry benchmark assets including five global technologies – soda ash, peroxide, silica, fluorine, and rare earths – and a solid regional business in Latin America, focused on solvents and the polyamide chain.

Two essential business segments

Basic Chemicals 61% (Soda Ash & Derivatives, Peroxides)

  • Chemical intermediate businesses focused on mature and resilient markets in which Solvay is a reference player.
  • Serve major markets such as consumer goods, healthcare, food, electronics and building & construction.

Performance Chemicals 39% (Silica, Coatis, Special Chem)

  • A wider range of products that are subject to customization based on unique formulations and application expertise. These high-quality assets hold strong positions in their markets.
  • Serve various markets like automotive, consumer goods, electronics, etc.

Essential to multiple end-markets

Our key technologies make us a vital supplier of chemical products and intermediates for a broad array of industries. Our products serve a variety of end markets, none of which make up more than 24% of Solvay's sales, allowing for a good balance between our segments' performance.

End Market% of Group underlying net sales
Chemical industry and Industrial applications24%
Automotive19%
Consumer, Home & Personal Care, Healthcare17%
Food and Feed15%
Resources, Environment and Energy12%
Building and Construction9%
Electronics4%

End markets driven by megatrends

Our portfolio aligns with megatrends that drive our businesses' main end markets and provide us with opportunities in our main business lines. This includes a move toward sustainable resources, resource efficiency, and reduced environmental impact; implementing shorter supply chains with local sourcing and manufacturing; and the swift development of AI and digitalization across organizations and end‑consumers' life.

Sopra SteriaFrance

Sopra Steria's Business Model and Value Chain

Our Vision

The digital revolution has triggered a radical transformation in our environment. It is speeding up changes in our clients' business models, internal processes and information systems. In this fast-changing environment, we bring our clients new ideas and support them in their transformation by making the most effective use of digital technology.

Our Business

Sopra Steria provides end-to-end solutions to address the core business needs of large companies and organisations, helping them remain competitive and grow, supporting them throughout their digital transformation in Europe and around the world.

End-to-end Approach

Our approach encompasses:

  • Advise: Strategic analysis and programme definition
  • Develop: Implementation and IT infrastructure transformation
  • Operate: Managing and operating systems and services
  • Secure: Cybersecurity across all operations

Shifting from Service-based Approach to High Value-added Offers

Embedding consulting into our value proposition

Comprehensive response to our customers' transformation needs

Expanding in digital platform management

  • Cloud and associated infrastructure services

Ramping up in next-generation technologies

  • Cloud
  • AI
  • Data
  • Emerging technologies

Solutions

  • SAP S/4HANA
  • ServiceNow
  • Related salesforce

Stepping up Cybersecurity

  • Prevention
  • Protection
  • Detection & Response

The Value Creation Model

Sopra Steria's DNA

Entrepreneurial culture, close customer relationships, sense of commitment and corporate responsibility

Innovation & Technology

Cloud, Data, AI, Blockchain, Cybersecurity, Mobility, 5G, IoT

Our Culture and Resources

  • Employees, strategic partners, startups, schools and universities
  • Suppliers and subcontractors

Business/technology Expertise - End-to-end Approach

Extensive range of offers

Focus on Major Clients

  • 8 priority verticals
  • Targeted business areas

Strategic Positioning

Sopra Steria is keen to establish itself as a European leader in digital services and position itself as a trusted, credible European alternative to global operators. The Group is developing and strengthening its foothold in four strategic markets (Public Sector, Financial Services, Defence & Security, Aerospace), where issues relating to sovereignty and responsible digital technology are becoming increasingly critical in Europe.

Business Lines

Consulting and Systems Integration – 68% of 2024 Revenue

Consulting – 9% of 2024 revenue Sopra Steria Next, the Group's consulting brand, has over 40 years' experience in business and technological consultancy for large companies and public bodies, with over 3,500 consultants in France and Europe.

Systems Integration – 59% of 2024 revenue Systems integration is Sopra Steria's original core business and covers all aspects of the information system life cycle and major transformation programmes.

Digital Platform Services

With over 30 years' experience and a team of over 6,500 infrastructure and cloud experts around the world, Sopra Steria offers solutions tailored to clients' needs.

Cybersecurity Services

With over 2,200 experts and several state-of-the-art cybersecurity centres in Europe and worldwide, Sopra Steria has an international reach as a European leader in protecting critical systems.

Development of Business Solutions – 6% of 2024 Revenue

Sopra Steria offers business expertise via packaged solutions in three areas: banks and other financial institutions, human resources, and real estate.

Business Process Services – 15% of 2024 Revenue

Sopra Steria offers a full range of business services and business process services (BPS) solutions incorporating next-generation technologies such as AI, hyperautomation, robotics and natural language processing.

Vertical Markets

Sopra Steria has chosen eight major vertical markets that constitute its areas of excellence and make up 89% of revenue:

  • Financial Services – 16% of 2024 revenue
  • Public Sector – 26% of 2024 revenue
  • Aeronautics, Space, Defence & Security – 22% of 2024 revenue
  • Energy and Utilities – 6% of 2024 revenue
  • Telecoms, Media & Entertainment – 4% of 2024 revenue
  • Transport – 7% of 2024 revenue
  • Insurance – 4% of 2024 revenue
  • Retail – 4% of 2024 revenue
SSABSweden

Strategy, business model and value chain

This is SSAB

SSAB is a Nordic and US-based steel company that builds a stronger, lighter and more sustainable world through value added steel products and services. SSAB has employees in over 50 countries and production facilities in Sweden, Finland and the USA. SSAB is listed on Nasdaq Stockholm and Nasdaq Helsinki.

SSAB is organized across five business segments consisting of three divisions: SSAB Special Steels, SSAB Europe and SSAB Americas, and the fully-owned subsidiaries: Tibnor and Ruukki Construction.

SSAB Special Steels

has global responsibility for sales of SSAB's quenched and tempered (Q&T) steels and advanced high-strength steels (AHSS) as well as for the production sites in Oxelösund, Sweden, and in Mobile, USA.

SSAB Europe

is responsible for sales of strip, heavy plate and tubular products in Europe, the global business in the Automotive customer segment (AHSS) and for the production sites in Raahe and Hämeenlinna, Finland, and in Luleå and Borlänge, Sweden.

SSAB Americas

is responsible for sales of heavy plate in North America and for the production site Montpelier, USA.

Tibnor

is the Group's distributor of a full range of steel and non-ferrous metals in the Nordics and Baltics. Tibnor buys and sells materials produced both by SSAB and other suppliers.

Ruukki Construction

produces and sells energy-efficient building solutions, with a focus on northern and eastern Europe.

SSAB's home markets

SSAB's home markets are the Nordics (heavy plate, strip and tubular products) and North America (heavy plate). High-strength and quenched and tempered steels are sold worldwide. Our production plants are in Sweden, Finland and the USA and have an annual crude steel production capacity of 8.8 million tonnes.

Strategy - Building an even stronger steel company

SSAB's strategy is to deliver sustainable, industry-leading profitability by strengthening and innovating products that increase added value for customers.

Leading position in home markets

SSAB is the market leader on our home markets – flat steels and tubular products in the Nordics and heavy plate in North America. A proximity to customers has built up partnerships through the years. These partnerships continue to evolve. It is key for customers to receive top-quality steel with good delivery accuracy and short lead times. SSAB's competitive edge is that production is relatively close to customers, which also facilitates product development. This leading position on our home markets creates a stable platform from which to further develop SSAB' offering.

Global leadership in special and premium steels

SSAB has a wide range of premium steels and is the global market leader in quenched and tempered (Q&T) steels and advanced high-strength steels (AHSS). These steels create great value for SSAB's customers, for example through longer product lifespan, lighter products that consume less energy in use and higher productivity. SSAB's unique special products have higher margins and more stable earnings than standard steel over business cycles. The strategy is to continue to increase sales of special and premium steels by upgrading customers from standard steels to high-strength premium alternatives, and to enter new markets and segments. Combining the growth of these products with a more stable development of standard products will improve SSAB's product mix.

Leading the green transformation of the steel industry

Many of SSAB's customers and other market actors, not least in the mobility, construction and construction machinery industries, have set ambitious goals to reduce their climate impact from materials. In many cases, steel accounts for a significant share of CO2 emissions related to materials and manufacture of these products. By offering these customers steel with lower CO2 emissions, SSAB helps them to reach their climate goals and in turn sell products and applications with a lower carbon footprint. This shows how the development of steel with lower climate impact creates great value for our customers and adds a further dimension to SSAB's range of premium products. Back in 2023, we introduced a unique steel, SSAB Zero, based on recycled steel scrap and fossil-free energy. SSAB's flexible production system means that we can offer SSAB Zero in most product categories and on many markets in Europe and North America.

Customer segments

The customer segments include heavy transport, construction and infrastructure, automotive, industrial applications, construction and construction machinery (including lifting cranes) and energy and material handling (including mining). In the Nordic and North American home markets, standard steel is sold to a certain extent via service centers and distributors. SSAB has its own sales channels in 50 countries.

SSAB's customer segments

Share of total shipments in 2024: • Heavy transport, 13% • Construction, 10% • Automotive, 12% • Industrial applications, 12% • Construction machinery, 5% • Energy, 5% • Material handling, 4% • Service centers, 38% • Others, 2%

Market segment

SSAB operates in the so-called flat carbon steel market (steel with a certain carbon content) that is rolled into sheets of varying thickness. With an annual production capacity of approximately 8.8 million tonnes of crude steel, SSAB is a smaller player on the global market, but has leading positions in four segments: Special steel (Advanced High-Strength Steel, AHSS, and toughened steel), premium steel for vehicles (AHSS), flat steel and tubular products in the Nordic region and heavy plate in North America. SSAB is also a retailer of steel and other metals via the subsidiary Tibnor and offers steel-based construction products via the subsidiary Ruukki Construction.

SSAB's transformation enables increased premium product range

SSAB has decided on an ambitious agenda to increase and strengthen its leadership in strategic areas. SSAB plans to invest in modern, cost-effective and almost emission-free production technology at a number of our sites. These investments will allow us to expand our range of premium products and increase sales of steel with a low climate footprint. The transformation will also strengthen SSAB's competitiveness by lowering costs, converting fixed costs into variable costs and not least avoid the future costs of CO2 emissions resulting from the phasing out of free allocations to for example the steel industry under the EU Emission Trading System (EU ETS).

Strategy for profitable growth

SSAB's strategy is to grow in special products and premium steels, areas where we can stand out from the competition and deliver unique value to the customer. We will strengthen this focus, which will permeate all our business areas as we develop new products and services.

The focus is key to reaching our financial target – to be the most profitable steel company. Our planned investments combined with our dedicated employees give us the tools we need.

StellantisNetherlands

Stellantis Overview

Stellantis is a global automaker and mobility provider engaged in designing, engineering, manufacturing, distributing and selling vehicles and components worldwide. Stellantis designs, engineers, manufactures, distributes and sells vehicles across five portfolios: (i) luxury vehicles under the Maserati brand; (ii) premium vehicles covered by Alfa Romeo, DS and Lancia brands; (iii) global sport utility vehicles under the Jeep brand; (iv) American brands covering Dodge, Ram and Chrysler vehicles and (v) European brands covering Abarth, Citroën, FIAT, Opel, Peugeot and Vauxhall vehicles.

Dare Forward 2030 Strategic Plan

The strategic plan is built on three pillars:

Tech: Focus on electrification development, connected services and software-enabled features Care: Sustainability initiatives including carbon footprint reduction, circular economy activities, employee engagement Value: Investment in new markets and business opportunities

Business Model and Value Chain

Stellantis centralizes design, engineering, development and manufacturing operations, to allow it to efficiently operate on a global scale. The Company supports its vehicle shipments with the sale of related service parts and accessories, as well as service contracts, worldwide. Additionally, Stellantis provides retail and dealer financing, leasing and rental services available through its subsidiaries, joint ventures and commercial arrangements with third party financial institutions.

Stellantis' activities are carried out through six reportable segments: North America, Enlarged Europe, Middle East & Africa, South America, China and India & Asia Pacific, and Maserati.

Stora EnsoFinland

Business Model and Strategy

Our Purpose:

  • Do good for people and the planet
  • Replace non-renewable materials with renewable products

Our Values:

  • Lead
  • Do what's right

Business Model: We create better choices for society by accelerating the transition to a circular bioeconomy. Our aim is to contribute positively to nature, and ensure the most effective use of fiber-based renewable materials.

Value Chain:

Forest

Our value creation has its foundation in the forest, where wood represents the largest part of our raw material. The forest is a value accretive real asset and functions as a long-term fiber supply for our products. Sustainable forest management ensures that new generations of trees replace those that are harvested.

Suppliers

With over 20,000 contractors, sub-contractors and suppliers, we prioritise responsible raw material sourcing and foster long-term relationships with key partners.

Operations

We constantly improve resource efficiency and make use of material streams that would otherwise end up as waste. Operating in a circular economy, many of our products and materials can be reused and recycled to reduce environmental impact and maximise value.

Customers

Our investments in energy, raw material efficiency, and product development enable customers to achieve their climate and circularity goals. By partnering with customers and other stakeholders, we create sustainable, valuable products that enhance our customer relationships and market share.

Consumers

Stora Enso supports its customers in meeting the growing consumer demand for low-carbon, circular products and, when possible, replacing fossil-based products with renewable ones. Consumers world-wide use our products daily, such as milk cartons, boxes for products bought online, and wooden housing.

Growth Areas: We are positioned in the following growing segments:

  • Renewable packaging – driven by high demand for circular packaging. We hold leading global market positions in consumer board segments with high barriers-to-entry.

  • Sustainable building solutions – driven by a growing wooden buildings market. We are a leading global supplier of building solutions, offering alternatives to fossil-intense construction materials.

  • Biomaterials innovation – our agenda targets new applications in fiber products, lignin and biochemicals, focusing on novel products that replace fossil-based materials.

Our Divisions:

DivisionProductsMarket Position2024 Sales
Packaging MaterialsLiquid packaging board, foodservice board, fresh cartonboard, containerboard#1 globally in liquid packaging board, #1 in Europe in fresh cartonboardEUR 4,502 million
Packaging SolutionsBoxes and trays, packaging design and automation#3 in corrugated boxes in Nordic countriesEUR 987 million
BiomaterialsPulp, hard carbon battery material, lignin, biobased binders#1 fluff producer in EuropeEUR 1,587 million
Wood ProductsMass timber construction materials (CLT, LVL), sawn timber, services#1 globally in construction cross-laminated timber, #2 in Europe in classic sawn woodEUR 1,522 million
ForestWood procurement, forest managementOne of the largest private forest owners in the worldEUR 2,827 million

Strategic Transformation: We are transforming from traditional forest products toward strategic growth areas:

  • 2006: 70% traditional products (paper), 30% strategic growth areas
  • 2024: 53% foundation business (pulp, traditional wood products, forest), 47% strategic growth areas
  • 2030 target: 80% strategic growth areas, 20% foundation business
TAG ImmobilienGermany

TAG Immobilien AG (hereinafter also referred to as "TAG" or the "Group) is a property company focused on the residential real estate sector, based in Hamburg. The properties of TAG and its subsidiaries are spread across various regions in Northern and Eastern Germany and North Rhine-Westphalia, and since the 2020 financial year, also in Poland, where the business model includes not only building and managing a residential real estate portfolio but also sales activities. As of 31 December 2024, TAG managed a total of around 82,500 (31 December 2023: around 84,700) of its own residential units in Germany and around 3,200 (31 December 2023: around 2,400) in Poland.

TAG's business model in Germany is based on the long-term rental of residential units. All the functions essential for real estate management are performed by our own employees. In addition, caretaker and craftsman services are provided for TAG's own portfolio. The rental business focuses on affordable housing that appeals to broad sections of the population. The Group's own multimedia company supports the multimedia needs of tenants and expands the range of property management services. Energy management is bundled in a subsidiary and includes the commercial supply of heating to the Group's own portfolio with the aim of optimising energy management. In the medium term, these services are to be further expanded and new services for tenants are to be added.

In Germany, TAG's investments are primarily in medium-sized cities and in the surrounding areas of large metropolitan areas, because we see not only growth potential there, but also better opportunities for returns compared to investments in large cities. The vacancy rates of newly acquired portfolios are regularly higher, but these are then reduced after acquisition through targeted investments and proven asset management concepts. Within Germany, investments are made almost exclusively in the regions already managed by TAG, in order to utilise existing administrative structures. In addition, local market knowledge is essential when acquiring new portfolios.

The expansion of business activities into Poland began in 2020 with the acquisition of Vantage Development S.A. ("Vantage"), a real estate developer based in Wrocław. The acquisition of Warsaw-based ROBYG S.A. ("ROBYG") expanded TAG's platform for developing residential units for its own portfolio in the existing regions of Wrocław, Poznań, and especially Tricity, and also enabled a comprehensive market entry in Warsaw. At the same time, TAG expanded its business model to include the development of residential units for sale.

In Poland, TAG had c. 3,200 completed residential units in its rental business as of the reporting date (31 December 2023: c. 2,400). A further c. 1,100 (31 December 2023: c. 1,400) rental units are under construction as of the reporting date. In addition, there are land reserves for the future construction of c. 6,100 (31 December 2023: c. 5,700) further residential units.

In the area of sales business, which also includes joint ventures, c. 3,400 residential units (31 December 2023: 4,300) were under construction as of the reporting date (including c. 100 completed residential units not yet sold (31 December 2023: 502)). The land reserve in this business segment includes a further c. 22,000 (31 December 2023: c. 15,600) future residential units. In the past financial year, a total of 1,936 (previous year: 3,586) residential units were sold in Poland and 2,666 (previous year: 3,780) residential units were handed over to the buyers.

TAG's medium-term growth target is to build up a portfolio of c. 10,000 rental units in Poland by the end of 2028. In addition, the existing sales activities in Poland are to be continued in order to support further growth of the rental portfolio with the surplus liquidity generated there. The investment focus is on new-build apartments in large cities with a favourable population development, close to universities and with a well-developed infrastructure.

TeamViewerGermany

Strategy, business model and value chain

Business Model

TeamViewer is a global technology company headquartered in Germany that provides remote connectivity solutions and augmented reality-based solutions to enhance efficiency of manual processes.

Core Products and Services

TeamViewer Remote:

  • Provides IT departments of small and medium-sized businesses (SMBs) remote connectivity solutions
  • Enables control and management of IT (information technology) devices
  • Offers fast, secure and device-independent connectivity
  • Latest generation launched April 2023 with revised user interface, web client, and enhanced security

TeamViewer Tensor:

  • Enterprise connectivity solutions for supporting, controlling, and managing corporate IT, smart devices, and non-standardized OT (operational technology) equipment
  • Includes industrial machinery, robots, medical devices, and other specialized systems
  • Customized security functions and granular control options for companies
  • Comprehensive overview of companies' IT and OT device landscapes

TeamViewer Frontline:

  • Augmented reality (AR) and mixed reality (MR) based solutions
  • Enhances efficiency of manual processes in logistics, manufacturing, and aftersales operations
  • Provides step-by-step training and workflow instructions via smart glasses or mobile devices
  • Complete digital end-to-end process documentation

TeamViewer Digital Employee Experience (1E Platform):

  • Added through acquisition completed January 31, 2025
  • Enables companies to detect IT issues across applications and devices in real-time
  • Automated troubleshooting on end devices for rapid problem solving
  • Proactive issue detection and automatic resolution before users notice problems

Strategic Direction

Updated Strategy Following 1E Acquisition

With the acquisition of 1E, TeamViewer's strategy is now centered on two well-defined growth areas:

  1. IT Automation: Leveraging digitalization advances in the IT sector with AI and automation
  2. Digital Transformation of Industry: Smart services for technical support and digital frontline workflows

This is built on robust software platforms that enable:

  • Device networking and remote control
  • Digital support for field service and industrial professionals
  • Convergence of IT and OT systems

Previous Three-Dimensional Strategy (Through 2024)

  1. Expansion in Use Cases:

    • Remote access to IT devices (core business)
    • Digital transformation in industrial sector
    • Vision picking for logistics workflows
    • Digital support for skilled workers and service technicians
  2. Coverage of Customer Segments:

    • Private users (free version for non-commercial use)
    • SMB customers (small and medium businesses)
    • Enterprise customers (large corporations)
    • Key account business development
  3. Geographic Expansion:

    • EMEA (Europe, Middle East and Africa)
    • AMERICAS (North, Central, and South America)
    • APAC (Asia, Australia and Oceania)
    • Focus on strengthening AMERICAS sales organization

Value Chain

Research & Development

  • 450 FTEs in R&D (31 Dec 2024)
  • R&D expenses: EUR 79.9 million (2024)
  • Multiple R&D locations: Germany (Göppingen, Stuttgart, Karlsruhe, Bremen), Greece (Ioannina), Austria (Linz), Portugal (Porto)
  • Focus areas: AI integration, security, product innovation

Sales Model

Webshop Sales:

  • Free version for non-commercial use (brand awareness strategy)
  • Commercial subscriptions through own webshop
  • 30-day free trials and product extensions (add-ons)

Inside Sales:

  • Language-region organized teams
  • Focus on SMB customer acquisition and expansion
  • Cross-selling product extensions like Remote Management

Enterprise Sales:

  • Dedicated sales organization for Tensor and Frontline
  • Customized solutions for corporate customers
  • Solution engineers for AR/MR implementations
  • Customer Success Managers for adoption support

Channel Sales:

  • Resellers, distributors, referral partners
  • Managed Service Providers (MSPs)
  • System integrators
  • "TeamViewer TeamUP" partner program

Technology Partners:

  • Integration with RealWear, EPSON, dynabook, Zebra
  • Apple Vision Pro integration
  • Sony BRAVIA Professional Displays integration

Strategic Partnerships

Co-selling Partnerships:

  • Microsoft: Teams Partner of the Year Award 2024, Azure Marketplace availability, Teams and Copilot integration
  • SAP: Solution integration, presence at innovation centers, Hannover Messe participation
  • Google: Cloud Marketplace availability, Workspace Marketplace integration
  • Siemens: AR solutions integrated with Teamcenter PLM
  • Manhattan Associates: Vision picking integration
  • Deloitte: Joint marketing of vision picking solutions

Global Operations

Geographic Presence:

  • Headquarters: Göppingen, Germany
  • 16 fully consolidated subsidiaries in 15 countries
  • Regional sales hubs: Clearwater FL (USA), Singapore, Adelaide (Australia)
  • Local offices: Tokyo, Shanghai, Seoul, Guadalajara, Toronto, Paris, Amman
  • Shared services: Mumbai (India), Yerevan (Armenia)

Customer Base:

  • Over 640,000 software subscribers (2024)
  • Global customers across diverse industries
  • SMB and Enterprise segments
  • Notable customers: Volvo Trucks, Sony, Henkel, Coop, Amada, Bobst, Uniting

Value Creation

Financial Performance

  • Revenue: EUR 671.4 million (2024, +7% YoY)
  • Adjusted EBITDA: EUR 296.7 million (44% margin)
  • Strong cash generation enabling shareholder returns

Market Trends Addressed

  • Hybrid work models and remote work
  • Increasing complexity of internet-enabled endpoints
  • Growing demands for workforce skills and training
  • Digital transformation in industry ("Smart Factory")
  • Sustainability management and CO₂ savings
  • AI and automation adoption

Long-term Value Creation Strategy

2025-2028 Targets:

  • Revenue growth to EUR 1,030-1,060 million by 2028
  • Enterprise segment >40% of revenue by 2028
  • Adjusted EBITDA margin: 44-45% by 2028
  • Adjusted earnings per share: 70% higher than 2024 (standalone basis)
  • Sustainable double-digit annual revenue growth from 2027

The integration of TeamViewer and 1E technologies aims to develop the industry's leading end-to-end solution for IT processes, intelligent endpoint management, and enhanced digital workplace user experience.

TietoevryFinland

Strategy, Business Model and Value Chain

About Tietoevry

We are a leading technology company with a strong Nordic heritage and global capabilities. Specializing in cloud, data and software, we serve thousands of enterprise and public-sector customers in approximately 90 countries. The company's shares are listed on the NASDAQ exchange in Helsinki and Stockholm, as well as on Oslo Børs.

Our specialized end-to-end businesses create business transformation in the era of data, cloud, automation and AI.

Tietoevry Create provides design, data and digital engineering services to customers all over the world across a wide range of industries including manufacturing, telecom, healthcare, financial services and the public sector. Combining local expertise with the technical skills of a large global team, Tietoevry Create builds tailored digital solutions that align with its customers' business objectives and maximize their value.

Tietoevry Care provides health and social care software in the Nordics. The business is modernizing the health and social care sector with modular, open and interoperable Lifecare software. Through a data-driven approach, Tietoevry Care ensures a smoother and more personalized care experience for everyone.

Tietoevry Banking provides financial Software-as-a-Service solutions for the Nordics and beyond. The business is modernizing banks with the low-risk implementation of market leading software for cards, transaction banking, credit & lending, financial crime prevention and wealth management, as well as a modular Banking-as-a-Platform solution.

Tietoevry Industry offers a high performing portfolio of modern software products. With deep industrial knowledge, the business delivers customer-centric and data-driven software solutions to specialized segments and niche markets in both the private and public sectors.

Tietoevry Tech Services is a transformation and managed services provider, focusing on Nordic-based private and public customers across various industries. With its cutting-edge digital solutions – including applications, multi-cloud, data and AI, and security services – the global team helps businesses thrive and keeps Nordic societies running.

Specialization-based strategy for greater value to all stakeholders

Tietoevry's strategy aims to capture cloud-native and AI-enabled market opportunities through specialized software, digital engineering and managed services businesses. Each business aims to be among the best in the market. Specialization drives a best-in-class customer proposition and attracts talent.

From 2022, after a long period of operating as an integrated IT company, we have established specialization as our foundation for competitiveness and value creation to our stakeholders. This specialization is delivered through our five distinct businesses.

In our view, the software and digital engineering businesses provide the strongest potential for value creation.

TKHNetherlands

Strategy, business model and value chain

Business model TKH Group N.V. (TKH) is a leading technology company. We specialize in the creation of innovative, client-centric technology systems that drive success in automation, digitalization, and electrification. By integrating hardware, software, and customer-focused insight, our smart technologies provide unique answers to customers' challenges. In doing so, we work to make the world better by creating ever more efficient and more sustainable systems.

With more than 7,000 employees, TKH pursues sustainable growth in a culture of entrepreneurship, working closely with customers to create one-stop-shop, plug-and-play innovations combined with software and Artificial Intelligence for Smart Vision, Smart Manufacturing, and Smart Connectivity technology.

Mission and Vision Mission: Making the world a better place by unlocking the potential of our differentiated technologies.

Vision: We develop class-leading technologies tailored to the needs of our customers. By making their operations ever more efficient, we aspire to be the strategic partner they trust to deliver long-term value that benefits people, the planet, and future generations.

Strategic approach Our growth strategy is built around our core technologies, creating highly differentiated, customer-centric technologies that drive sustainable long-term value. Through constant innovation, we develop leading positions across our chosen markets in which growth is accelerated by the megatrends automation, digitalization, and electrification.

Technology segments Our Smart Technologies are centered around three segments:

  • Smart Vision systems (28% of turnover): Advanced vision systems for machine vision, security, and automation
  • Smart Manufacturing systems (35% of turnover): Automated manufacturing systems, primarily tire building systems
  • Smart Connectivity systems (37% of turnover): Energy and data connectivity solutions for electrification and digitalization

Value chain Our value creation process involves:

  • R&D and engineering: €80.7 million investment in R&D with over 750 people dedicated to R&D and software development
  • Manufacturing: Outsourced and in-house manufacturing with focus on operational excellence
  • Service and support: Complete lifecycle support including assembly, installation, and maintenance
  • Circular economy: Focus on recycling and return of materials, components and products to appropriate value chains

Operating model We work with a decentralized business model, coupled with our entrepreneurial, customer-focused culture. Our short lines of communication enable our operating companies to respond swiftly and effectively to geopolitical and social developments that affect the challenges our customers face.

TotalEnergiesFrance

Our business model

Integrated value chain

TotalEnergies is a global integrated energy company that produces and markets energies: oil and biofuels, natural gas, biogas and low-carbon hydrogen, renewables and electricity. Our more than 100,000 employees are committed to provide as many people as possible with energy that is more reliable, more affordable and more sustainable. Active in about 120 countries, TotalEnergies places sustainability at the heart of its strategy, its projects and its operations.

A two-pillar multi-energy strategy

TotalEnergies reaffirms the relevance of its balanced integrated multi-energy strategy considering the developments in the oil, gas and electricity markets. Anchored on two pillars, Oil & Gas, notably LNG, and electricity, the energy at the heart of the transition, the Company plans to increase its energy production (hydrocarbons and electricity) by +4% per year between 2024 and 2030.

Resources and ecosystem

Proven expertise:

  • 102,887 employees
  • Close to 170 nationalities
  • More than 513,000 days of training
  • More than 400 talent developers

Innovation:

  • R&D budget: $805 million
  • 15 R&D centers worldwide
  • More than 250 patent applications in 2024

Industrial and commercial assets:

  • 26.0 GW of gross installed renewable power generation capacities
  • Close to 78,000 operated and supervised EV charging points
  • Proved reserves of 11.1 Bboe and hydrocarbon production of 2,434 kboe/d
  • 14 refineries including 1 biorefinery (La Mède)
  • More than 13,000 service stations in approximately 60 countries

Financial strength:

  • Cash flow from operations excluding working capital (CFFO): $29.9 billion
  • Net investments: $17.8 billion
  • Gearing ratio (excluding leases): 8.3%

Shared value creation

For employees:

  • $9.5 billion payroll (including social security charges)
  • More than €220 million for training
  • 92.7% of employees on permanent contracts

For customers:

  • Sales: $215 billion
  • 3rd largest LNG player worldwide with 39.8 Mt of LNG sold in 2024
  • 41.1 TWh of net power production, including 26 TWh from renewable sources

For shareholders:

  • $7.7 billion distributed as dividends
  • More than 1.8 million individual shareholders

For communities:

  • $10,212 million in income tax
  • $11,783 million in production taxes paid by EP activities
  • $18,940 million in excise taxes

Geographic reach

Present in about 120 countries with hydrocarbon exploration and production in about 50 countries.

TrygDenmark

Tryg is the leading non-life insurer in Scandinavia. We are the largest player in Denmark, the third-largest in Sweden and fourth-largest in Norway. Our 6,621 employees provide peace of mind for around 6 million customers and handle approximately 2.2 million claims on a yearly basis.

Business Model and Value Chain

Leading market position

  • Market position in Denmark: 1 (12.9% market share)
  • Market position in Norway: 4 (24.4% market share)
  • Market position in Sweden: 3 (16.5% market share)

Revenue distribution by geography:

  • Denmark: 47%
  • Norway: 31%
  • Sweden: 22%

Business segments:

  • Private (68% of insurance revenue): Provides insurance products to private customers in Denmark, Sweden and Norway. Private offers a range of insurance products including motor, content, house, accident, travel, motorcycle, pet and health.
  • Commercial (25% of insurance revenue): Provides insurance products to small and medium-sized commercial customers in Denmark, Sweden and Norway. Commercial offers a range of insurance products including motor, property, liability, workers' compensation, travel and health.
  • Corporate (7% of insurance revenue): Provides insurance products to corporate customers in Denmark, Sweden and Norway. Corporate offers a range of insurance products including motor, property, liability, workers' compensation, travel and health.

Distribution channels:

  • Online • Call centres • Own sales agents • Partner • Franchises • Bancassurance • Car dealers • Real estate agents • Insurance brokers

Tryg's business model is built around providing peace of mind to customers through comprehensive insurance coverage while maintaining strong market positions across Scandinavia.

UbisoftFrance

Ubisoft is a leader in the video game industry. The Group's main business activities are centered around the production, publishing, distribution and 'operation' of video games for consoles, PC and mobile. Ubisoft stands out thanks to a unique production organization which enables the Group to create and own all of its most significant franchises, enter organically successfully new segments and to release high quality new content and games on a regular basis. Taking advantage of these assets, the Group has considerably transformed and expanded its portfolio of franchises over the past 10 years, which now focus more on long-term player engagement: Assassin's Creed®, Brawlhalla®, The Crew®, Far Cry®, For Honor®, Just Dance®, Mario + Rabbids®, Skull and Bones™, Tom Clancy's Ghost Recon®, Tom Clancy's Rainbow Six® and Tom Clancy's The Division®. Ubisoft is adapting to converging industry trends and prioritizing its efforts on two key verticals, Open World Adventures and GaaS-native experiences.

VeoliaFrance

Strategy, business model and value chain

Veolia is a world leader in environmental services and offers a complete range of solutions for managing Water, Waste and Energy on five continents. In 2024, the Group operated in 56 countries, generated revenue of €44,692 million and employed 215,041 people.

Business Model

Veolia's organization is divided into seven geographic zones (France and Special Waste Europe, Central and Eastern Europe, North America, Asia Pacific, Iberia and Latin America, North America, Italy-Africa-Middle East) and an additional worldwide zone (Water technologies).

The Group operates in two key markets:

  • Municipal market (44% of client base): Essential services for cities and communities
  • Industrial market (56% of client base): Services for companies and service sector

Value Chain and Business Lines

Water Management (40.3% of revenue, €18,033 million)

  • 111 million people supplied with drinking water
  • 98 million people connected to sanitation systems
  • 3,879 drinking water production plants managed
  • 3,198 wastewater treatment plants managed

Water value chain activities:

  • Sustainable management of water resources from abstraction to discharge
  • Collection and transport of water
  • Water treatment for drinking water, industrial process water, and wastewater
  • Customer service through multichannel management tools
  • Water treatment equipment and technologies (over 550 proprietary technologies)

Waste Management (35.0% of revenue, €15,662 million)

  • 43 million people provided with collection services
  • 65 million metric tons of treated waste
  • 861 waste processing facilities operated
  • 572,834 business customers

Waste value chain activities:

  • Waste collection across all categories (household, industrial, hazardous)
  • Recycling and material recovery with focus on circular economy
  • Recovery of organic waste through composting and anaerobic digestion
  • Waste-to-energy recovery producing steam and electricity
  • Treatment of hazardous liquid waste and decontamination
  • Urban and industrial cleaning services

Energy Management (24.6% of revenue, €10,997 million)

  • 42 million MWh produced
  • 49,037 thermal installations managed
  • 604 heating and cooling networks managed
  • Over 2,043 industrial sites managed

Energy value chain activities:

  • Heating and cooling networks as European leader
  • Bioenergy and flexibility solutions for local energy production
  • Energy services for buildings and industry to reduce consumption and CO2 emissions
  • Multi-business integrated offerings for industrial customers

Strategic Direction: GreenUp 2024-2027

Veolia's strategic program focuses on ecological transformation through solutions that decarbonize, depollute and regenerate resources. The strategy combines:

Three Strongholds (70% of activity):

  • Municipal water
  • Solid waste
  • District heating

Three Growth Boosters (30% of revenue, 70% of growth):

  • Water technologies and new solutions
  • Hazardous waste treatment
  • Bioenergy, flexibility and energy efficiency

Key Strategic Commitments for 2027:

  • 30% increase in erased CO2 emissions (scope 4)
  • 1.5 billion m³ freshwater saved
  • 9 million metric tons of hazardous waste and pollutants treated
  • Revenue growth in priority segments
  • EBITDA ≥ €8 billion
  • Net income growth of ~10% per year (2023-2027)

Geographic Presence and Value Creation

Revenue by geography:

  • France and Special Waste Europe: 20.5%
  • Europe excluding France: 41.7%
  • Rest of the world: 37.8%

The Group's global presence enables replication of proven solutions across 56 countries while maintaining strong local relationships with municipalities and industrial customers.

VestasDenmark

Business Model

Vision: To become the Global Leader in Sustainable Energy Solutions. By leading across our four business areas, Onshore, Offshore, Service, and Development, we aim to lead the energy transition forward.

Core Business Areas

Onshore: Vestas is the market leader with more than 40 years of experience in Onshore wind. Based on our own onshore wind turbine product design and development, we offer customers wind power solutions, and we take care of everything from siting, manufacturing, construction, and installation to final commissioning in cooperation with our partners.

Offshore: Vestas is becoming a leading player in Offshore wind with almost 30 years of experience. Based on our own offshore wind turbine product design and development, we offer customers wind power solutions, and we take care of all stages from siting through final commissioning.

Service: Vestas is the global market leader in Service within wind power with around 16,000 employees across 67 countries. Our people service 155 GW for our customers on long-term subscription-based contracts, making their assets operate more effectively.

Development: Development helps our customers grow their business, which in turn generates order intake for Vestas. More than 100 employees across 16 countries secure land rights and permits, design sites, ensure grid connection, and secure project offtake agreements to create quality projects for our partners' investments.

Key Inputs (SBM-1-42a)

Viewed through the lens of sustainability and the ESRS, our key inputs are:

  • Raw materials
  • Capital employed
  • Energy
  • Employee working hours

We gather these inputs through business relationships in the supply chain and in our own operations spanning from own workforce to contractors. Development and securing of the inputs is primarily through continuous improvement efforts, formal contractual agreements and risk mitigation frameworks taking into account any potential disruption of operations.

Key Outputs and Outcomes (SBM-1-42b)

Viewed through the lens of sustainability and the ESRS, the key outputs and outcomes of our business model are wind turbines installed. The value we create for our employees, investors, customers, and other stakeholders includes:

  • Salaries
  • EBIT margin before special items
  • Total recordable injuries
  • GHG emissions avoided

Global Operations

We operate globally with a track record of 189 GW capacity installed in 88+ countries. Our full suite of wind energy solutions ensures we can grow market presence in regions with significant wind potential, serving a wide array of customers across multiple regions, including Europe, North & South America, and Asia Pacific, while expanding our offshore wind capabilities to new markets.

Customer Base

Our main customers are utility companies, which seek to integrate renewable energy into their power grids. We also work with independent power producers that develop and operate wind farms relying on our technology to deliver consistent energy output.

VirdienFrance

Strategy

Our strategy is to deliver the leading technology, data, equipment and services that help our industry to discover and responsibly manage the Earth's natural resources. We provide the best understanding of the subsurface – always increasing the precision and the value that we bring to the Exploration, Development and Production value chain.

We are a People, Data and Technology Company with strong and growing leadership positions in our three core businesses of Geoscience, Earth Data and Sensing & Monitoring. Viridien has set three clear objectives:

1. Ensuring the Group's Sustainability

First and foremost, we need to ensure that our Group generates positive net cash flow throughout industry cycles thanks to our asset-light business model.

2. Reinforcing and Taking Advantage of Our Know-How

Secondly, we must reinforce our businesses that are already performing well and capitalize on our capabilities and expertise so that Viridien can grow in an improving market. Viridien will continue to invest in human capital and R&D, specifically in development of algorithms, software, high-performance computing and digital platform, to further strengthen its Geoscience activities that continue to maintain leading market share as a result of their technology differentiation. Viridien will also continue to pursue its investment strategy in the Earth Data business, which has also always performed well. In Sensing and Monitoring, Viridien continues to lead the market as a result of its continuing investments in R&D.

3. Diversifying Our Expertise and Industry-Leading Capabilities

Thirdly, we want to diversify our core expertise and industry-leading capabilities outside the traditional oil and gas activities. We want to build on our expertise in new markets adjacent to the ones where we operate today, such as low carbon energy (Carbon Capture Utilization and Storage, minerals and mining), digital platform and the use of analytical technologies, artificial intelligence and machine learning, High Performance Computing (HPC), or Structural Health Monitoring (SHM).

Business Model

Company Overview: Viridien is a global technology and HPC leader that provides data, products, services and solutions in Earth science, data science, sensing and monitoring. Our unique portfolio supports our clients in efficiently and responsibly solving complex digital, energy transition, natural resource, environmental, and infrastructure challenges for a more sustainable future. Viridien employs around 3,400 people worldwide.

Capital Resources:

  • Financial: EQUITY: $1.12bn, NET DEBT: $921m, LIQUIDITY: $392m, CAPITAL EMPLOYED: $2.044bn
  • Industrial: MANUFACTURING SITES: 5, IMAGING CENTERS: 23, DATACENTERS: 3
  • Human: PERMANENT EMPLOYEES: 3,378, NATIONALITIES: 86, GENDER DIVERSITY: 70%/30%
  • Intellectual: R&D INVESTMENT: $57m, EMPLOYEES IN R&D: 509, PATENTS: 915

Value Creation:

  • Financial: SEGMENT REVENUE GROWTH: -1%, SEGMENT ADJUSTED EBITDAS MARGIN: 41%, NET CASH FLOW: $56m
  • Industrial: PRODUCTION/HEAD: $343K, K. CHANNELS DELIVERED: 233, STREAMER SECTIONS DELIVERED: 338
  • Human: EMPLOYEES WITH >5 YEARS SENIORITY: 68%
  • Environmental: Direct & Indirect GHG emissions - Scope 1: 2 kt eq. CO2, Scope 2: 14 kt eq. CO2, POWER EFFICIENCY (PUE): 1.33, % OF REVENUES ALIGNED TO TAXONOMY: 32.3%

Business Description

Viridien is organized into two segments:

1. Data, Digital & Energy Transition (DDE)

Includes Geoscience (GEO) and Earth Data (EDA)

  • Revenue 2024: $787 million (70% of consolidated revenues)
  • Geoscience: Advanced subsurface imaging with 23 data imaging centers globally providing region-specific expertise and technology. Computing power: 520 Pflops. Production/head: $343k.
  • Earth Data: Portfolio of geographical opportunities building geoscience database with high prefunding. Investment in surveys: $252m. Data library regional split: Europe-Africa 38%, Latin America 29%, North America 24%, Others 9%.

2. Sensing & Monitoring (SMO)

Offers full spectrum of systems, sensors, sources for seismic acquisition and structural health monitoring through Sercel brand.

  • Revenue 2024: $330 million (30% of consolidated revenues)
  • Production breakdown: Land $157m, Marine $117m, BTC $56m

Geographic Revenue Distribution 2024:

  • North America: $282m (23%)
  • Latin America: $192m (16%)
  • Europe, Africa, and Middle East: $547m (45%)
  • Asia Pacific: $191m (16%)

Strategy Implementation

Growing Core Businesses: We continue to invest in key high-end geoscience technologies. In 2024, Geoscience segment revenue grew 20% year-on-year, outperforming E&P capex. Earth Data segment sales were up 14% year-on-year, with prefunding rate of 81%.

New Businesses Growth: New Businesses achieved over 30% growth in 2024, reaching close to $120 million revenue, with strongest contributors being Carbon Storage and Infrastructure Monitoring.

Technology Leadership: We continually develop technologies to improve high-quality images, with key developments in full waveform inversion (FWI) and FWI Imaging, especially when combined with high-end data acquisition such as OBN (ocean bottom node).

Market Environment: The industry has stabilized with improved visibility. E&P companies can achieve goals with oil prices of US$65-85 per barrel. Offshore exploration gaining traction as clients seek to replenish opportunity portfolios. Core basins in US Gulf, Norway, and Brazil benefit from this environment.

Financial Performance 2024: Generated organic positive net cash-flow of US$56 million, exceeding initial target of c.US$30 million. Net debt reduced to US$921 million through US$60 million bond repurchase.

WithSecureFinland

As part of WithSecure's strategy, WithSecure has implemented a sustainability program, to ensure that sustainability issues are addressed in the company's strategy. The leading guideline of WithSecure's sustainability program is Maximizing Net Impact – on the planet, people and society. The objective of the program is to ensure that sustainability is embedded in all the company's decisions. WithSecure also wants to ensure transparency of the company's activities to the users of its reporting.

WithSecure offers cyber security products and services for business customers globally. The company's role of protecting the digital society and preventing damages and losses caused by cybercrime is its most important contribution to a more sustainable world. With this role, WithSecure's activities will always generate a positive impact on society. By preventing cyberattacks, WithSecure helps businesses to avoid financial losses and data breaches, which supports economic stability and trust in digital society. A well-functioning digital society is a major enabler of sustainability. Through its efforts, WithSecure helps create a secure digital society, reducing the need for materials and transportation. This supports a more sustainable world.

Business Model and Value Chain

WithSecure's business model is based on providing cyber security software and services to its customers. The company's clientele consists of other companies, mainly sales partners and their customers who then make up the end-user base of WithSecure's services.

Defining WithSecure's value chain ensured that the materiality assessment considered sustainability topics, sub-topics and sub-sub-topics broadly and throughout the value chain. All the ESRS Standard topics have been screened throughout WithSecure's value chain.

Value Chain Overview:

  • Upstream: Equipment and materials manufacturing, where for example hardware and data transmission networks for WithSecure's suppliers is processed. The value chain continues to WithSecure's suppliers who provide WithSecure with software and cloud services, equipment and third-party services, such as marketing.
  • WithSecure Operations: Digital product design and cyber security solutions
  • Downstream: WithSecure's sales partners, and lastly WithSecure's customers companies and end users, including WithSecure's customer companies and their employees.

People are also at the heart of WithSecure's sustainability endeavours. WithSecure employs highly skilled experts around the world and want to support their wellbeing and growth opportunities. The company's aim is to reach the sustainability goals with the support of the 961 employees divided between the 15 offices globally. The major office locations are Helsinki (Finland), London (UK), Kuala Lumpur (Malaysia) and Poznan (Poland). The rest of the global offices are scattered across Europe, North America, Japan, and Asia Pacific.

WithSecure does not operate in the fossil fuel sector or with chemical production, controversial weapons, and cultivation and production of tobacco. WithSecure's internal operations must always follow high ethical standards. None of WithSecure's products and services are banned in certain markets. For corporate responsibility reasons, WithSecure has however chosen to not conduct business with any Russian or Belarussian parties, even in cases where it would be permitted by the export control regulations.

WithSecure's sustainability related goals are followed on group level, which aligns with the financial reporting being followed based on one segment. Due to the nature of the business, revenue is reviewed at group level. There are no separate sustainability goals per individual product or service group, customer category, geographical area or stakeholder relationship.

SBM-2

Interests and views of stakeholders

52 companies
AcerinoxSpain

Stakeholder dialogue and communication was conducted both through online surveys (questionnaires for employees, customers, suppliers and investors, and voting advisors) and interviews (the format used for dialogue with Company senior managers and directors).

Listening results are reported to the Board of Directors. It was not thought necessary to change this strategy or the business model in 2024.

Amadeus ITSpain

Interests and views of stakeholders

Amadeus maintains dialogue with its stakeholders on a regular basis depending on need and the type of stakeholder, at least once a year. Additionally, Amadeus' stakeholders have easy access to up-to-date information about the company through different communication channels.

In order to identify material sustainability matters, Amadeus considered the opinion of different stakeholders using both directly and indirectly mechanisms. Additionally, to define the ESG Ambition, Amadeus internal responsible experts at corporate level who had deep knowledge of affected stakeholders and the context in which the company operates, participated in the process. This is how the views of stakeholders have been considered in the definition of the sustainability strategy.

Stakeholder Engagement

StakeholderCommunication channelsEngagement purposeOutcomes
Employees and external candidates• Direct engagement through local, regional and global Amadeus People & Culture teams<br>• Engagement surveys<br>• Collective bargaining agreements<br>• Intranet and internal weekly communications<br>• Participation in external events<br>https://jobs.amadeus.com/<br>• Speak Up Channel• Contribute to a sustainable workplace and working life<br>• Attract, grow and engage talented people<br>• Have a productive, stimulating career, on equal terms<br>• Look out for employees feel valued<br>• Promote diversity and inclusion• Inclusion of views and perspectives of employees in Amadeus' actions<br>• Improvement of health and well-being measures<br>• Culture of business integrity<br>• Increased interest in sustainability topics<br>• Culture of belonging and fair treatment
Shareholders, investors, ESG ratings• Direct engagement through Investor Relations team and periodic reports<br>• Annual General Meeting<br>• Roadshows and conferences<br>• Investor Relations Inbox<br>• Website for investors<br>• Financial and non-financial information (reports, etc)<br>• ESG rating• Promote two-way communication, inform about the Amadeus' financial and non-financial performance<br>• Have knowledge of the main areas of investors' interests<br>• Understand financial and ESG expectations• Financial and ESG ratings<br>• Satisfaction of information needs of financial stakeholders<br>• Secured financing<br>• Response to investors interests
Customers• Regular press releases<br>• Guest blog posts<br>• Direct engagement through sales channels and customer management teams<br>• Voice of the Customer Program<br>• Local and global customer support centers<br>• Customer-focused events• Monitors customers' experiences<br>• Transform feedback into actionable insights<br>• Build confidence and trust<br>• Provide sustainable solutions• Stronger alignment with customers values<br>• Improvement of products/services according to customers' needs and expectations
Suppliers and vendors• Direct contact through Corporate Purchasing department<br>• Amadeus Vendor Portal<br>• ESG questionnaire<br>• Speak Up Channel• Identify candidates for strategic relationships<br>• Comply with Amadeus' principles<br>• Protect human and labor rights of workers and decarbonizing activity chain• Improvement of supplier standards, including ESG<br>• Increased awareness about sustainability importance<br>• Streamlined supplier expectations

As mentioned in section ESRS 2 GOV-4, at the end of 2024 a project kicked off to map Amadeus stakeholders and communication channels with the aim of defining a communication framework and improving its stakeholder engagement. Amadeus aims to maintain and even strengthen the relationship with its stakeholders.

AMAG Austria MetallAustria

Interests and views of stakeholders

It is essential for every company to identify interest groups and understand their different concerns and needs in order to derive potential for optimisation. This requires structured stakeholder management and regular dialogue.

Stakeholders are generally defined as those individuals or groups who have legitimate economic, ecological or social concerns and claims against the company in connection with its (in)direct business activities. AMAG not only has a responsibility to a wide range of stakeholders as a result of its core business - the production of semi-finished aluminium products as an important material for the processing industry - and as a strong company in the Innviertel region, but also as a public limited company.

Stakeholder management is based on the following structural approach:

› Stakeholder mapping › Dialogue and exchange › Evaluation of the feedback and derivation of relevant topics › Identification of impacts, opportunities and risks of the relevant topics › Assessment of impacts, risks and opportunities in the dual materiality assessment › Reporting and communication on material topics

As part of stakeholder management, it is of great importance to AMAG that interest groups are involved in a transparent decision-making process in good time and that satisfactory solutions are found for all parties involved.

A continuous and open dialogue takes place in order to take into account the concerns and expectations of the various stakeholder groups. In addition to the online stakeholder survey accessible to all via the AMAG homepage, a wide variety of dialogue formats such as personal discussions at local, national and international level, participation in committees and associations, topic-related stakeholder events, including at the Ranshofen plant and in the AMAG Forum (Braunau town square), participation in trade fairs and conferences, and communication via social media are used.

The AMAG magazine AluReport, the non-financial statement in the annual report, press releases and publications in regional media provide ongoing information about the AMAG Group's activities. The internal AMAG Connect app is also available to employees to provide an opportunity for dialogue and feedback. More information on employee stakeholder involvement can be found in section S1 – Own workforce.

In order to promote dialogue with employees as an internal stakeholder group and to be able to take individual perspectives and concerns into account, an annual development and target achievement meeting (MAZEG) has been established. AMAG-internal contact points such as the Works Council, shop stewards, the AMAG Youth Council of Confidence, the occupational psychologist or the Women's Representative pass on relevant, anonymised information to those responsible in order to effectively address concerns and initiate measures if necessary. Feedback from employee satisfaction surveys is also taken into account.

Another information channel is the AMAG Compliance Line - a reporting system that is publicly accessible for communicating concerns about AMAG's business activities and associated misconduct, or for contacting a person of trust in personal matters. The persons responsible for the internal reporting office are trained accordingly, and a guideline defines the responsibilities and processes in detail. Further information and contact addresses can be found in section G1 – Business conduct.

The feedback from the stakeholder groups is systematically analysed and discussed with the Management Board and the department heads as part of the annual sustainability committee. Stakeholder interests play a key role in the assessment of materiality and therefore also serve as a basis for selecting the topics to be prioritised for annual reporting.

Stakeholder mapping table showing:

Stakeholder GroupStakeholdersCommunication FormatsTopics 2024
Shareholders & investorsPrincipal owner, Shareholder:inside, Banks, InvestorsIndividual discussions, Financial reporting, Ratings, Annual General Meeting, Investor conferences, Roadshows, Investor fairs, Plant visitsEnergy supply and cost development, decarbonisation, business model, ESG ratings, sustainability strategy, upcoming investments, market development, EU Taxonomy, innovation, Green Financial Framework
Business partnersCustomers, Suppliers, Employees in the supply chain, Science & ResearchWorking groups, Audits, Reporting, Complaints management, Research projects, Communication via social media, Co-operations with universities, Trade fairs and conferences, Training courses, Company website, Plant visits, Scientific-technological advisory boardEnergy supply and costs, decarbonisation, CO2 footprint, aluminium price development, raw material supply, shortage of skilled workers, ESG responsibility, sustainability strategy, responsibility in supply chain, legal compliance, innovation, new products, customer relationship, risk management, recycling, circular economy, ASI, digital transformation, responsible sourcing
Internal stakeholdersEmployees, Works Council, Management, Management Board, Supervisory BoardIntranet, AMAG Connect app, Continuous improvement process, Apprentice coach, Youth Council of Confidence, Women's Representative, Employee surveys and meetings, Employee appraisal (MAZEG), Dialogues with employees and management, Works Council meetingsAMAG as employer (remuneration, dividends, work-life balance, working hours), Job security, energy supply, products, occupational safety, respectful treatment, mentoring programme for women, regional environment, company restaurant, health check, healthy eating
PublicScience & Research, Society, Regional and local communities & municipalities, Media, Competitor, Associations & organisationsActive participation in associations, Reporting of non-financial information, Communication via social media, Stakeholder surveys, Press relations, conferences, Events and dialogues, Factory tours and visits, Complaints managementEnergy supply and costs, decarbonisation, innovation, emissions, biodiversity, raw materials supply, responsibility in supply chain, shortage of skilled labour, sustainability strategy, recycling, occupational safety, waste and water management, equal opportunities and diversity
Social partners & state bodiesSocial partner, Authorities, Legislator (EU, federal government, state)Authorisation procedure, Dialogues and expert discussions, Statements, Plant visits, Stakeholder surveysEnergy supply and costs, shortage of skilled labour, legal requirements (German Supply Chain Duty of Care Act, EU Supply Chain Act, CBAM, EU Taxonomy, ETS trading, EU Renewable Energy Directive, Industry emissions directive)
ESG trendsettersPolitics, Market trends, Rating agenciesRatings, Active participation in associations, Statements, Stakeholder surveysESG responsibility, business model, sustainability strategy, decarbonisation, investments, market development, supply chain management, resource planning, recycling, occupational safety, waste and water management, human rights, equal opportunities and diversity
Banco SabadellSpain

Banco Sabadell Group is firmly committed to ensuring sustainability across all its dimensions and, as a financial institution, it is aware of the important role that it plays in its economic, social and environmental surroundings, fostering care for the environment, supporting social progress and upholding a model of good governance, aligned with international best practice.

The Group, in keeping with its commitment, has been conducting materiality assessments of topics related to sustainability, aligning with best practice in relation to sustainability and transparency. Specifically, in 2022, the double materiality approach was included for the first time and the concept of impact included in the 2021 review of GRI standards was introduced.

In line with this development and with the entry into force of the new European Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive (CSRD), a new double materiality exercise has been carried out in order to identify the material impacts, risks and opportunities related to sustainability. Under the double materiality approach, this exercise includes assessing the effect of different sustainability topics from two points of view:

1. Impact materiality: referring to the Bank's effects on the environment and society through its activities, both directly and indirectly.

2. Financial materiality: referring to the effects of the environment and society on the Bank's financial position.

Methodological phases:

The methodological performance of the double materiality analysis carried out comprises four key phases:

  1. Definition of the perimeter under analysis
  2. Impact materiality assessment
  3. Financial materiality assessment
  4. Definition of materiality thresholds

Definition of the perimeter under analysis:

a. The key sustainability topics for the Institution:

To identify the possible material topics to be evaluated in the double materiality exercise, an analysis was carried out to identify those topics that are, in principle, more important for the Institution from an ESG perspective. The topics referred to in the ESRS were comprehensively analysed, in addition to the topics deemed to be material in previous materiality exercises and the Principles for Responsible Banking, among others.

b. Stakeholder groups to be involved in the exercise:

The Bank's main stakeholder groups were identified. The groups identified for the double materiality exercise were the following:

Financial Community: investors, shareholders and rating agencies • Employees: Banco Sabadell Group workforce • Suppliers: main suppliers that might be more affected by ESG topics • Customers: retail and business customers • Bodies and Institutions: regulators of the domestic and European framework • Society: citizens, communities and organised civil society • Peers: comparable institutions in the sector

After identifying the stakeholder groups, channels to listen to what they had to say were determined. In the case of suppliers, employees, retail banking customers and business banking customers, questionnaires were sent out through surveys. To determine the number of responses needed to be considered statistically significant, the smallest representative sample of each sample universe was calculated, considering a confidence interval of 95%.

For the General Management stakeholder subgroup, a total of 20 interviews were held with managers from different areas of the Bank.

The way in which the Institution's strategy has embedded material topics for its stakeholder groups is described in detail in the sections included for that purpose in the material disclosures:

5.1.3. Strategy (in relation to climate change) • 5.2.2. Strategy (in relation to own workforce) • 5.3.2. Strategy (in relation to consumers and end-users) • 5.4.2. Strategy (in relation to business conduct) • 5.5. Entity-specific disclosures: Tax responsibility

The results of the double materiality analysis, as well as the process and methodology applied, were reported to the Sustainability Committee, the Management Committee and to the Board Audit and Control Committee of the Institution. The double materiality analysis also underwent an ESRS readiness audit carried out by the Bank's third line of defence in 2024.

Banque Internationale à LuxembourgLuxembourg

BIL actively engages with a diverse range of key stakeholders, which include clients (retail, wealth management, and corporate clients), employees of the BIL Group, suppliers, shareholders (notably Legend Holdings Corporation), non-profit organisations, governments and regulators, rating agencies and sustainability experts, supranational organizations focused on sustainability, and the Luxembourg Bankers' Association (ABBL).

Engagement with these stakeholders occurs regularly and is tailored to meet the specific needs of each group. For example, clients are engaged through relationship managers, branch offices, digital channels, and client satisfaction surveys. Employees provide feedback through regular feedback meetings, surveys like the Employee Net Promoter Score (E-NPS), and townhall meetings. Regulators and shareholders maintain open lines of communication regarding performance and expectations.

The organisation of this engagement is structured through various channels, ensuring that each stakeholder group has the opportunity to voice their opinions and concerns. This includes formal surveys, direct meetings, collaborative events, and ongoing communication through both digital and traditional platforms.

The outcomes of stakeholder engagement are systematically analysed and integrated into BIL's decision-making processes. Feedback received informs strategic adjustments and operational improvements, ensuring that the Bank remains responsive to its stakeholders. In response to stakeholder views, BIL has amended its strategy to develop sustainable financing solutions, enhance digital services, and improve employee health & well-being.

BIL incorporates the interests, views, and rights of its employees through inclusive policies, regular feedback mechanisms, and collaboration with unions and employee representatives. The Bank emphasises fair treatment, competitive remuneration, career development opportunities, and a healthy work environment, reflecting its values of caring and reliability. BIL integrates consumer interests and rights into its strategy by ensuring transparency in communications, providing access to financial education, and maintaining ethical banking practices.

Category of StakeholderMode of DialogueInterests and Views of Key Stakeholders
Clients (retail, wealth and corporate)• Relationship managers and advisors<br>• Bank branch offices (physical channel)<br>• BILnet – BIL's banking application (through secure messaging)<br>• Digital channels (website, social media channels)<br>• Client satisfaction (TNS ILRES) surveys and engagement surveys<br>• Complaints handling and management process<br>• Client events and conferences• Product awareness, services, transparency<br>• Access to financial services and education<br>• Satisfaction, suggestions and complaints from clients<br>• Suggestions and opinions on the Bank's future strategic plans
Employees of BIL Group• Regular feedback culture between employees and managers, based on the Feedback Model Policy of the Bank<br>• E-NPS (Employee Net Promoter Score) survey that allows employees to voice their opinions on the internal operations of the Bank<br>• Regular townhall meetings and webinars given by top and senior management with Q&A<br>• Blink – the Bank's internal social channel<br>• Representation in social bodies and a network of union representatives<br>• A network for psycho-social support• Training and education<br>• Fair and competitive remuneration as per the Collective Bargaining Agreement and the Bank's Remuneration Charter<br>• Coaching and career guidance<br>• Healthy and safe working conditions<br>• Transparency around the Bank's strategy, organisation, policies, results, and performance
Suppliers• Regular dialogue with the Bank's suppliers<br>• ESG assessment survey• Supplier selection process<br>• Collaboration and performance<br>• Contractual and payment-related dialogue
Shareholder• Regular consultation and operational contacts with Legend Holdings Corporation• Transparency around company performance and results<br>• Ad hoc information for answering external questions<br>• Risk management
Non-profit organisations and communities• Various events and collaborative sessions for charitable causes<br>• Dialogue with various organisations and associations• Selection of environmental and social themes and challenges where BIL can have positive impact<br>• Feedback and expectations of non-profit organisations vis-à-vis BIL
Governments and regulators• Regular and ad hoc exchanges with supervisors and regulators in the context of Banking Supervision (European Central Bank, Commission de Surveillance du Secteur Financier, Single Resolution Board, Banque Centrale du Luxembourg, etc.)• Compliance with regulations and statutory obligations<br>• Proper financial and non-financial reporting<br>• Topics falling within the scope of the supervision of significant banking institutions such as governance, risks to capital, risks to liquidity, business model
Rating agencies, sustainability experts and consultants• Active engagement with rating agencies<br>• ESG performance assessments• Transparency regarding how the business is conducted, proper financial and non-financial communication<br>• Materiality of sustainability topics
Supranational organisations focused on sustainability• Periodic reports to the UN Global Compact (UNGC) on progress as an early adopter through the enhanced Communication on Progress (CoP)<br>• Impact analysis and annual reports on progress on the UNEP FI Principles for Responsible Banking (PRB), as required<br>• Signatory of the Women in Finance initiative by the Financial Sector Diversity Charter• 10 UNGC principles relating to human rights, labour, the environment and anti-corruption<br>• 6 UNEP FI PRB principles relating to governance, alignment of business with SDGs and the Paris Agreement, impactful target setting, transparency and accountability and building & sharing ESG expertise<br>• Measuring and rebalancing gender differences at every level of the Bank
Luxembourg Bankers' Association (ABBL)• Regular expert meetings and working groups<br>• Conferences and events• Evolution of the banking sector<br>• Risks and opportunities<br>• Collaborative actions and initiatives<br>• Regulatory watch

The administrative, management, and supervisory bodies are regularly informed about stakeholder views and interests through specific and topic-related presentations done to the Executive Management (for e.g. client surveys, employee satisfaction, double materiality assessment, etc.).

BASFGermany

We focus on a business-to-business model and on being a partner for a wide range of downstream industries throughout the world. BASF supplies products and services to around 74,000 customers from various sectors in almost every country in the world. Our customer portfolio comprises mainly major global customers and medium-sized enterprises.

We work with over 70,000 Tier 1 suppliers worldwide. They provide us with important raw materials, chemicals, investment goods and consumables, and perform a range of services.

In identifying, prioritizing and validating material sustainability-related topics, we are guided by the principle of double materiality, taking into consideration financial materiality and impact materiality (see page 167 onward).

BBVASpain

Interests and views of stakeholders

Main stakeholder groups

The General Sustainability Policy identifies BBVA's main stakeholders and other groups:

  • Customers
  • Employees
  • Shareholders and investors
  • Suppliers
  • Regulators and supervisors
  • Investment in the community

Stakeholder engagement approach

BBVA maintains a dialogue with customers based on:

  • Sector knowledge of the implementation and execution of sustainability strategies
  • Specialization in sectors that face the greatest challenges in the transition to a low-carbon economy
  • Support in the analysis of the sustainability of the entire value chain of customers
  • Offering sustainable products that meet financial needs and support transition
  • Preparation and monitoring of alignment plans with customers

Customer engagement by segment

Wholesale customers

BBVA engages through:

  • Development of sectoral roadmaps aligned with Paris Agreement objectives
  • Analysis of value chain sustainability including carbon footprint of suppliers
  • Dialogue on transition strategies and decarbonization plans

Enterprise customers

Engagement includes:

  • Personalized dialogue adapted to sector, size, country and business maturity level
  • Advisory tools such as carbon footprint calculator
  • Training events with managers on sustainability solutions

Retail customers

BBVA engages through:

  • Digital solutions for energy savings and sustainable mobility
  • Financial inclusion initiatives for unbanked populations
  • Education and awareness on sustainability issues

Industry and public sector engagement

BBVA has played an active role in various global initiatives for more than two decades, participating in:

Global initiatives:

  • UN Global Compact
  • Principles for Responsible Banking UNEP-FI
  • Net-Zero Banking Alliance (NZBA)
  • Partnership for Carbon Accounting Financials (PCAF)
  • Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD)
  • Task Force on Nature-related Financial Disclosures (TNFD)

Regional and sectoral engagement:

  • Institute of International Finance (IIF)
  • Association for Financial Markets in Europe (AFME)
  • European Financial Services Roundtable (EFR)
  • Spanish Banking Association (AEB)
  • High Level Expert Group (HLEG) of the European Commission

Supervisory engagement

In 2024, BBVA has actively participated in working sessions with various supervisory bodies:

  • European Central Bank (ECB)
  • Bank of Spain
  • Banking Regulation and Supervision Agency (BRSA) of Turkey
  • Mexican authorities including the Bank of Mexico

Community investment

BBVA undertakes community investment programs and activities to address the most relevant challenges of the communities in which the Group is present, with the aspiration of creating opportunities for all.

The Group aims to invest 550 million euros in social programs to benefit 100 million people between 2021 and 2025, acting as an agent of social change alongside other stakeholders.

BechtleGermany

Customer Engagement: We endeavour to identify the best possible individual IT solution to address the needs of each and every customer. In this connection, we have gained a very high level of expertise in servicing different customer groups. Even though our core target group is the upper SME market, we are also increasingly successful in the large company sector. Usually, we define our customers on the basis of the number of seats. Generally, our customer group ranges from 50 to upwards of 10,000 seats.

Our nationwide network of regional system houses and their sales staff offer our customers, most of whom have regional roots, decisive added value as personal contacts in overcoming increasingly complex IT challenges. The decentralised structure of Bechtle is a key criterion that makes proximity possible, while direct, usually long-term contact with customers helps sales staff to develop a trusting customer relationship.

In the IT E-Commerce segment, there is direct personal contact between the sales staff and the customer, which is ensured through active contact by telephone or videoconferencing. The sales team plays a key role in realising business volumes by acquiring new customers and expanding business with existing customers. Customers with complex requirements in particular benefit from the personal contacts, who offer individual solutions that are tailored to customer needs.

Capital Market Engagement: We regard Bechtle's success as the result of a joint effort and trusting cooperation with our stakeholders. This cooperation takes place in accordance with the principles of openness and transparency and is shaped by the fundamental values anchored in our corporate culture. In their capacity as owners, our shareholders are among the most important stakeholders of our company.

Investor Relations: Visits to the company's headquarters and participation in numerous conferences and roadshows allow both analysts and investors as well as us to engage in intensive dialogue. This underpins our open and continuous communication with our stakeholders. At a total of 18 roadshows and investor conferences held throughout 2024, we provided information about our company's economic situation, business strategy and outlook in individual and group discussions.

Personal contact with private investors is also very important to us. In 2024, we once again welcomed around 160 shareholders to the group headquarters in Neckarsulm for the shareholder days that have been very popular for many years.

Beiersdorf AGGermany

The transition to a more environmentally-friendly and socially responsible economy requires collective action. We are therefore in continual dialog with our stakeholders and endeavor to understand their positions, concerns and expectations. We share the insights from this dialog several times per year in the relevant decision-making bodies and with the Executive Board and Supervisory Board. This enables us to subject our business strategy to constant scrutiny and make targeted adjustments as necessary.

StakeholdersRelevance and purpose of engagementType and examples of engagementFrequency
Own workforceAs an employer, we have a significant impact on the personal and professional development of our employees. We can have a positive influence on our employees by offering them a safe workplace, and personal and professional development opportunities, as well as promoting a healthy work-life balance with fair pay and social benefits. These factors may have a profound effect on the personal development, satisfaction, health, and general well-being of our employees outside of their working lives.Our engagement with our own workforce involves open and transparent communication, fostering employee development, and designing an attractive working environment. The dialog between Beiersdorf and its employees takes place at various levels, such as at staff meetings, through employee representatives, via annual employee surveys and in one-on-one employee meetings.Several times per year
ConsumersDialog with our customers as a key stakeholder group is extremely relevant.Participation in the "Consumer Goods Forum," an organization that brings together consumer goods retailers and manufacturers from around the world to work on trusting and future-ready relationships with consumers.Ongoing
Industrial customersDialog with this group of stakeholders is highly relevant, as industrial customers have their own sustainability targets that we must address with our products and technologies. Demanding customer requirements may also have the effect of accelerating our own transformation. On the other hand, we must convince industrial customers of our own commitment and illustrate the added value of more sustainable products.Communicating and raising awareness of the Beiersdorf sustainability agenda, targets, progress and specific examples of sustainability measures among industrial customers. Each tesa business unit has its own sustainability manager to coordinate customer requirements and enable specialist cooperation.Ongoing
SuppliersOur suppliers can have a positive impact throughout our value chain, and are therefore key stakeholders. Open dialog with suppliers enables us to work together to define sustainability standards, initiate improvements, and increase transparency in the supply chain.Integrating external knowledge and promoting close cooperation with our suppliers through dialog and joint projects. Strategic supplier management with clearly defined standards in terms of quality, working conditions, and environmental protection. Dialog with suppliers on decarbonizing the value chain (Net Zero/reducing Scope 3 emissions). Involvement in the "AIM-Progress" international collaboration initiative, a global forum of leading fast-moving consumer goods (FMCG) manufacturers.Ongoing
Retail partnersDistributors are a relevant group of stakeholders as they are involved in the daily shopping decisions of customers and can steer them towards more sustainable products. Our partnerships with retailers enable us to make the supply chain more sustainable while also meeting the needs and expectations of consumers in an increasingly environmentally conscious market.Participation in events, programs, campaigns and platforms offered by retailers on sustainability. Participation in annual reporting via retail or third-party platforms; provision of our latest sustainability data. Strategic top level dialog on sustainability, e.g., top-to-top meetings; participation in annual discussion formats between sustainability experts.Ongoing
InvestorsInvestors play a key role in the long-term performance of our company and are therefore a relevant stakeholder group. We convey our sustainability strategy and performance to investors to enable them to make well-founded decisions as well as to understand their expectations of our company.Annual/regular events based on the financial calendar at which sustainability information is also provided (Annual General Meeting, annual report publication, etc.). Specific meetings with investors who specialize in sustainability and/or demand certain minimum standards. Ongoing support from Investor Relations (responding to investor/rating queries; needs-based, topic-specific meetings with investors/rating agents on sustainability matters). Annual participation in the CDP rating process.Several times per year
Policy makersPolicy makers are a relevant group of stakeholders as they shape the framework for corporate and market development. We raise policy makers' awareness of the value chain for the beauty and body care industry and the key role played by the sector in both economic and societal terms.Cooperation with companies from the beauty and body care sector for the "Value of Beauty" alliance. The alliance's mission since January 2024 has been to foster a fundamental understanding of the beauty and body care industry in relation to the economy, sustainability and innovation, health and well-being, and society and culture. The alliance underscores the role of the industry in driving sustainability and climate action at European level, such as through sustainable sourcing of raw materials and product development, production, transportation, consumption, research and innovation.Ongoing
Local communitiesThe nature of our business means that we always operate in social spaces, which makes local communities and neighborhoods relevant stakeholders. We also consider the local communities directly linked with our value chain to be key stakeholders. We are therefore keen to make a contribution to social development, environmental protection, and climate change mitigation at local level.Cooperation with various organizations at local level with the aim of giving back to the local communities and being visible in the community (e.g., through the "Hanseatic Help" and "Die Arche" charities). Activity directly in palm (kernel) oil cultivation areas with the aim of improving the local working and living conditions of farmers for the long term.Ongoing
Value chain workersThe well-being of workers along our entire value chain is a key priority for us, making them a relevant group of stakeholders. We ensure good working conditions and monitor our suppliers accordingly.Establishing various grievance mechanisms to enable workers in the supply chain and all other stakeholders to report noncompliant behavior or voice concerns. Various media channels and audit reports of our direct and indirect business partners; we receive information via these channels if business partners in upstream supply chains have, or are suspected to have committed breaches of human rights or labor and environmental standards. Participation in multi-stakeholder initiatives such as the "Roundtable on Sustainable Palm Oil" (RSPO) and "Action for Sustainable Derivatives" (ASD), which offer comprehensive reporting systems. Reports from affected communities of suspected noncompliance are investigated jointly, and assessed for veracity, and suitable actions determined. Partnerships with non-governmental organizations (NGOs); we consider the perspective of vulnerable groups in our strategy.Ongoing
NGOsNGOs expect us to actively advocate for sustainable development. Our close and critical dialog with NGOs helps us to refine our sustainability strategy and scrutinize past behavior.Strategic partnership with the "World Wide Fund for Nature" (WWF); since 2016, this cooperation has enabled us to understand the WWF's perspective on a range of sustainability matters and to integrate them into our sustainability strategy. Cooperation with aid organizations "Care" and "Plan International." Additional cooperation with NGOs at local level (e.g., "Das Geld hängt an den Bäumen" and "Hanseatic Help").Ongoing
BMW GroupGermany

The BMW Group attaches great importance to regular, frank and transparent dialogue with its stakeholders. The goal is to build trust, increase transparency and awareness, and facilitate the transfer of knowledge by providing information and opportunities for dialogue.

Stakeholder Policy and Groups

The Company revised its ↗ Stakeholder Engagement Policy in 2024, reviewing and redefining its key stakeholders. A distinction is made between:

  • Affected stakeholders - directly or indirectly affected by business activities
  • Users of sustainability statements - mainly consumers of general reporting (e.g., investors, business partners)

Key Stakeholder Groups

Internal Stakeholders

Employees (158,441 worldwide):

  • Company-wide employee survey conducted every two years
  • Participation through company ideas management system
  • Works council representation and collective bargaining
  • Due diligence processes for human rights apply to own workforce

Board of Management and Supervisory Board:

  • Regular briefings on stakeholder feedback and views
  • Direct dialogue with stakeholders such as investors and political decision makers
  • Attendance at Annual General Meeting

External Stakeholder Groups

Investors and Financial Community:

  • Regular conferences and analyst meetings
  • Financial statement press conferences
  • Incorporation of feedback into corporate and business strategies

Customers:

  • Market research through global surveys to determine needs and expectations
  • Customer satisfaction surveys and market research (e.g. Corporate Reputation Study)
  • My BMW App for direct engagement
  • Discussions with consumer bodies

Suppliers and Business Partners:

  • Supplier theme days
  • Various dialogue formats
  • Integration into due diligence processes
  • Partner academy programs

Affected Communities:

  • Work directly with affected communities or local representatives
  • Example: Local stakeholders closely involved in planning new battery assembly plant in Irlbach-Strasskirchen
  • Designated contacts at BMW Group locations for stakeholder relations
  • Ongoing dialogue regarding critical raw materials in supply chain

Scientific Community:

  • International Sustainable Mobility Research Platform (ISMO) established 2024
  • Partnership with four renowned universities: Cambridge (UK), Friedrich-Alexander-Universität Erlangen-Nürnberg (Germany), Harvard (USA), Tsinghua University (China)
  • Board of Management involvement in discussing research results twice yearly from 2025

Civil Society and NGOs:

  • Regular participation in public and political discussions
  • Engagement during events like London Climate Week
  • BMW Group award for social responsibility

Political Stakeholders:

  • Participation in committees and working groups
  • Memberships in initiatives and associations
  • Regular briefings before major events (OECD conferences, AGM)

Industry and Multi-Stakeholder Initiatives

Active engagement in:

  • Branchendialog Automobilindustrie
  • Supply Chain Sustainability Working Group of German Association of Automotive Industry (VDA)
  • Responsible Business Alliance (RBA)
  • Drive Sustainability
  • RBA Voices - standardised, cross-industry grievance mechanism

Communication Channels

Multiple channels available for stakeholder engagement:

  • Main email addresses
  • ↗ BMW Group Compliance Contact
  • ↗ BMW Group SpeakUP Line (available in 30+ languages via toll-free numbers)
  • Plant tours, BMW Welt, BMW museum
  • Social media, company website, press releases
  • Conferences, industry dialogues, studies

Integration into Decision Making

Strategy Development: External viewpoints and expectations help develop strategy and promote BMW Group's innovative strength.

Environmental Analysis: Stakeholder feedback incorporated into environmental and trend analyses, which feed into corporate and business department strategies.

Materiality Assessment: Most important external stakeholders included in materiality assessment through structured interview formats and virtual stakeholder forums with external moderators.

Board Level: Chairman of Supervisory Board maintains regular contact with stakeholders; Supervisory Board members interact with stakeholders through other activities and mandates.

Crayon Group HoldingNorway

Interests and views of stakeholders

Crayon engages with various stakeholders as part of our business operations and sustainability efforts:

Key Stakeholders

Shareholders and Investors: Crayon aims to provide value creation and attractive, long-term return to shareholders by delivering on its business plan and maintaining timely and accurate communications with the capital markets. The objective of Crayon's investor relations is to ensure that the share price accurately reflects the Company's value, risk and growth opportunities. As of December 31, 2024, Crayon had 5,960 private and institutional investors.

Employees: Crayon values its employees and strives to create a safe and rewarding work environment for them. Our network of local human resources (HR) representatives, led by the Chief Human Resources Officer, develops, and implements policies and strategies to recruit, select and engage employees. We have 4,182 full-time equivalent employees worldwide representing 90 nationalities.

Customers: We help customers reduce costs, optimize their software and cloud, and leverage new opportunities in AI. Our total suite of products and services resulted in scores of new agreements across our markets in both the public and private sector. We have +140,000 customers from SMEs to large enterprises, with a high share of public sector.

Software Vendors and Partners: Crayon has strong strategic relationships with all key global software vendors. Microsoft is a significant part of the business, and in 2024 Crayon was recognized as the global winner Microsoft Scale Solutions (LSP) Partner of the Year. We also have distribution partnerships with AWS and Broadcom.

Communities: Our ESG initiatives support various communities through our charitable giving focus area and Tech4Good software and services for social impact.

Stakeholder Engagement

Investor and business partner expectations help shape our ESG strategy and provide opportunities for collaboration, thereby facilitating stakeholder outreach and engagement.

Our ESG initiatives also support employer branding, contributing to talent attraction and employee engagement and loyalty.

To the extent customers are interested in our sustainability initiatives, mutual benefits include customer acquisition and retention for Crayon.

All investor relations activities are conducted in compliance with relevant rules, regulations and recommended practices. The Group publishes quarterly financial results with live earnings presentations held by senior management. All reports and presentations are open to the wider investor community and made available online at crayon.com/investor-relations.

Danica PensionDenmark

Interests and views of stakeholders

Stakeholder engagement in double materiality assessment

Danica has interviewed several stakeholders to gain a better insight into the stakeholders' view of Danica's sustainability efforts, to validate the double materiality assessment and to exchange experience. The interviewees were an employee, a key customer, an NGO and an industry association.

The stakeholders' feedback confirmed that the outcome of the double materiality assessment largely met the stakeholders' expectations. Moreover, Danica received inputs for its future work on the sustainability strategy, including inspiration for new employee initiatives, the green transition, trends in real estate investment and on maintaining focus on returns and financial security.

The stakeholders' inputs will be taken up at steering committee meetings and in other relevant forums and will also be a natural part of Danica's regular reviews of the sustainability strategy. In addition, inputs will also be included in work on the revised sustainability strategy to be developed during 2025. Danica expects to revisit the double materiality assessment during 2025.

DanoneFrance

Stakeholder Engagement Framework: Danone engages with various stakeholder groups as part of its mission to bring health through food to as many people as possible and its commitment as an Entreprise à Mission.

Consumer and Patient Focus: Danone's strategy places consumers and patients at the center:

  • Serving more than 500 million consumers across Europe alone
  • Products designed for different life stages from infants to seniors
  • Health-focused portfolio with 87.7% of volumes scoring ≥ 3.5 stars on Health Star Rating
  • #1 position in 2024 Global Access To Nutrition Index (ATNi)

Customer Partnerships: Strategic collaboration with retail customers:

  • Top 10 customers account for ~20% of consolidated sales
  • Global partnerships based on joint business plans
  • Collaboration on sustainability projects (food waste, recycling, health programs)
  • Development of category growth strategies
  • Channel-specific commercial strategies across mass retail, e-commerce, away-from-home

Healthcare Professional Engagement: For Specialized Nutrition:

  • Ongoing relationships through medical representatives
  • Engagement with general practitioners and specialists
  • Present in over 90% of top-tier hospitals in China
  • Collaboration with pharmacists and healthcare systems

Supplier and Partner Relationships: Value chain collaboration:

  • Local milk producer agreements and cooperative partnerships
  • Implementation of Sustainable Sourcing Policy (SSP) in 2024
  • Support for farmers' transition to Regenerative Agriculture
  • Global procurement programs for optimization

Employee Engagement: Nearly 90,000 employees across 55+ countries:

  • 2024 People Survey results: 78% engagement (+7% vs FMCG norm)
  • 85% intention to stay (+7% vs FMCG norm)
  • HOPE Values (Humanism, Openness, Proximity, Enthusiasm) as cultural foundation
  • Danone People Journey with DanSkills, DanLife, and Leadership Factory initiatives

Community and Social Impact:

  • Danone Communities investment fund for social businesses
  • Danone Ecosystem program for local community inclusion
  • B Corp™ certification covering 92.8% of sales
  • Focus on affordable nutrition access in emerging markets

Investor Relations: Commitment to dual project creating both shareholder and societal value:

  • Regular communication on Renew Danone progress
  • Integration of sustainability performance in financial reporting
  • Transparent reporting on long-term value creation strategy

Regulatory and Government Relations: Active engagement with authorities:

  • Compliance with complex regulatory environment across 55+ countries
  • Participation in policy discussions on sustainability regulations
  • Advocacy for circular economy initiatives and packaging regulations

NGO and Industry Partnerships: Collaborative approach to sustainability:

  • Ellen MacArthur Foundation partnership on circular economy
  • WWF advocacy for UN Global Plastics Treaty
  • Science-Based Targets initiative participation
  • Access To Nutrition Index engagement

Innovation Ecosystem: Partnership approach to Research & Innovation:

  • Collaboration with universities and academic research centers
  • Partnerships with suppliers and industry players
  • Start-up ecosystem engagement through Danone Ventures
  • Microsoft AI Academy collaboration announced in 2024
DSBDenmark

Stakeholder engagement

In pursuing our business activities, DSB collaborates with various stakeholders, including our customers and local communities (for instance in the form of meetings with commuter clubs and an annual commuter rally), NGOs, disability organisations, suppliers, business partners (for instance Banedanmark as regards the common traffic information) and other public transport market players.

Customer engagement DSB engages with customers through:

  • Commuter clubs and annual commuter rally
  • DSB's app with more than 1.8 million unique users
  • DSB Plus loyalty programme with more than 1.8 million customer profiles
  • Customer service and feedback mechanisms
  • Regular customer satisfaction monitoring

Community partnerships DSB seeks out and enters into partnerships with organisations that support our purpose while demonstrating a strong commitment to social responsibility:

  • We collaborate with the 'Natteravnene', a project that contributes to the sense of safety at the stations
  • Partnership with 'Livslinien' on focused efforts to prevent suicide on the railway
  • Strategic partnership with the Danish Red Cross to develop activities aimed at supporting vulnerable people in both Denmark and the world's hot spots
  • Collaboration with 'VELKOMMEN HJEM', an association supporting veterans in making a balanced and realistic transition from the military to the civilian labour market
  • Corporate member supporting InterForce, making it possible for our employees to be allowed time off to serve as reservists in the Danish Armed Forces and the Danish Home Guard

Local community involvement We involve local communities in and around the station improvements.

In connection with our major civil engineering and construction projects, we minimise the risks of nature and biodiversity impacts through engagement of local communities in the form of public meetings and collaboration with the authorities on EIA processes and local development plans.

Supplier engagement We demand high standards from all our suppliers and business partners. Not only in relation to the goods and services they provide, but also in relation to how they demonstrate social responsibility and treat their employees. Our suppliers must respect fundamental human rights, including the prohibition on the use of child labour and of forced labour or the exploitation of involuntary labour.

Ethical guidelines have been incorporated into our supplier contracts, which demand that suppliers meet occupational health and safety standards, maintain proper pay and working conditions and respect fundamental human rights.

EniItaly

Interests and views of stakeholders

Stakeholder Engagement Approach

Eni implements a transition strategy based on a technologically neutral and pragmatic approach, aimed at maintaining the competitiveness of the production system and social sustainability. Essential to achieve these objectives, the partnerships and alliances with stakeholders are used to ensure an active involvement in the definition of Eni's activities and in the transformation of the energetic system.

Local Communities and Development

According to the so-called "Dual Flag" approach, Eni's action is based on a deep respect for the individual, on knowledge of local instances and on the willingness to engage alongside countries to promote the sustainable development, also through partnerships with nationally and internationally recognized actors.

Eni aims to contribute to the reduction of energy poverty in the countries in which it operates, integrating the development of industrial projects and initiatives aimed at host communities, transferring know-how and skills to local partners.

Partnerships and Collaborations

Eni promotes initiatives to support local communities to promote, in addition to the access to energy, economic diversification, training, community health, access to water and sanitation and land protection, in collaboration with international actors and in line with National Development Plans and the 2030 Agenda.

Collaboration agreements with national and international organizations towards Public Private Partnership (FAO, UNDP, UNESCO, UNIDO) are part of Eni's approach to stakeholder relationships.

Customer Engagement

Eni supports its customers by offering cutting-edge energy solutions to help them play a leading role in the energy transition and communicates with them in an honest and transparent way, providing quality products and services in line with their needs.

Supply Chain Stakeholders

Eni promotes the sustainable development of its supply chain, recognizing its key role in the transformation path undertaken. Through a systemic and inclusive approach, Eni shares values, commitments and targets with its suppliers, supporting and involving them in the growth path.

Institutional Engagement

Institutional activities with relevant national and international counterparties are conducted to overcome crisis situations and manage geopolitical risks. This includes:

  • Continuous environmental monitoring focused on critical political/institutional developments
  • Regulatory issues monitoring which can potentially affect the businesses
  • Monitoring and enhancement of Eni's presence and economic promotion initiatives in countries of interest

Community Investment and Local Development

Integration of targets and sustainability projects (i.e. Community Investment) within the Strategic Plan ensures stakeholder interests are embedded in business strategy.

Over 20 million people are targeted to be reached by 2030 through initiatives to support local communities in the energy access sectors (including clean cooking initiatives), education, water access, economic diversification, health and protection of the territory.

Dialogue and Transparency

Continuous dialogue with stakeholders to disclose the Eni's sustainable approach, also through social and local development projects and local content valorization, ensures ongoing engagement and transparency in communications.

Gas and Power Customer Base

Eni serves 101 million gas & power customers globally, demonstrating the scale of its retail stakeholder engagement.

Investments for local development totaled €88.8 million in 2024, showing concrete commitment to community stakeholders.

ErametFrance

Stakeholders

Dialogue with each stakeholder is ensured by the departments responsible for the topics of interest, such as finance, social impact and human rights, sales, public affairs, communication, human resources and ESG performance. These departments are in direct contact with the correspondents and liaise with the various governance bodies through their regular reporting.

AFFECTED STAKEHOLDERSTOPICS OF INTERESTMETHODS OF COMMUNICATION AND DIALOGUEMEASURING ITEMS
Employees and representativesEmployee and subcontractor health and safety, management of careers and compensation, staff development and training, managerial transformation, work environment and processes, diversityLocal and internal Group communication (emails, intranet, social networks, manager meetings, newsletters etc.), annual reviews, engagement surveys, thematic questionnaires, whistleblowing system, Social and Economic Committee, European Works Council, Group Works Council· Employee commitment rate (71% in 2024)<br>· 100% of employees covered by a social protection agreement<br>· 116 Integrity line reports
CustomersProduct quality and innovation, competitive positioning, traceability, ESG performance, Duty of Care and supply chainGroup publications, trade relationships, meetings, trade shows, customer requests· 9 meetings dedicated to CSR topics<br>· 37 questionnaires completed<br>· EraTrace (traceability platform) deployed on the Mineral Sands activity and on the European production of manganese alloys, and deployment underway in the Group's other BUs
CommunitiesJobs and subcontracting, community investment projects (infrastructure, economic diversification), impact managementInformation meetings, public meetings, tripartite committees, consultations, community relations offices, site visits, complaint management systems, local and Group publications· Monitoring of local complaint management mechanisms<br>· 181,242 project beneficiaries (Eramet Beyond programme and community investments)
Suppliers and subcontractorsProduct quality and innovation, market opportunities, performance improvement, Duty of Care and supply chain, ESG performanceRegular meetings, trade relationships, supplier portal, trade shows, supplier qualifications, Code of Conduct, CSR/Ethics assessments, monitoring of responsible purchasing action plans, awareness-raising, Group publications· Over €2.5 billion in purchases made<br>· Over 150 EcoVadis assessments completed<br>· Over 300 Know Your Supplier questionnaire response<br>· More than 55% of purchases in the countries where we operate
States, elected representatives and national and local authoritiesSharing value, contribution to the national and local economy and development, job creation, mining contracts and agreements, complianceGroup publications, meetings, site visits, institutional letters· Eramet HATVP sheet<br>· Organisational data - European Union<br>· Report on the Group's financial transparency at 31 December 2024 - eramet.com website
EVN AGAustria

EVN places high value on a regular, proactive and open dialogue with all stakeholders. The overriding principle in this context is to create and maintain an appropriate and equitable balance between the diverse concerns shared with us by our stakeholder groups. We are convinced that the social acceptance of our work is a basic requirement for EVN's sustainable, long-term ­success and positive perception by the public.

We therefore rely on an institutionalised exchange at all hierarchy levels and in formats tailored to the respective target groups. This communication takes place at regular scheduled meetings or as required. In this way, we want to ensure the structured and timely identification and management of our stakeholders' concerns.

EVN's stakeholders and the type of involvement

Stakeholder GroupRegular surveysOngoing and regular ­contactWorking groups, forums, Annual General Meeting (1–2 times per year or more often)Advisory boards, expert committees (1–2 times per year or more often)Supervisory Board
Employees+++++
Customers+++++
Business partners+++++
Civil society++++
Media+++
Capital market+++++

Various organisational processes ensure that the ­E xecutive Board is informed of important feedback from stakeholders. The quarterly steering committee meetings, which cover all segments as well as sustainability and public affairs, and the project steering ­committees are used for this purpose. These committees include the Executive Board as well as management ­from the respective areas.

Due diligence audits based on ecological and social aspects are integrated in the early phase of construction projects. They cover internal decisions as well as project approval by the Executive Board or – for larger projects – approval by the Supervisory Board.

In addition to the continuous exchange with internal experts, our Executive Board and Supervisory Board can draw on several advisory boards in which external experts from various disciplines contribute their expertise and outside perspectives on ESG issues: the Sustainability Advisory Board, the EVN Social Advisory Board and the EVN Art Advisory Board.

We carried out an online survey during 2023 in preparation for the CSRD to identify and synchronise the ­viewpoints of stakeholders with the material impacts.

FrequentisAustria

Interests and views of stakeholders

In the materiality assessment conducted in late 2023 / early 2024, the following stakeholder groups of key significance for Frequentis were asked to assess the relevance of the ESRS topic list (37 ESRS sub-topics) plus four sub-topics relating to the entity-specific issue of safety & security:

• Employees • Supervisory Board • Managers • Executive Board members and Managing Directors of Frequentis companies • Shareholders / capital market representatives • Banks • Suppliers and subcontractors • Customers • NGOs and advocacy groups • Project partners (sales, execution)

Active engagement with these stakeholders and target-group specific reporting remain important to Frequentis. Regular dialogue with stakeholders plays a key role in this. Here is an overview of current communication measures:

StakeholdersCommunication and collaboration formatsTopics addressed
Supervisory Board, Executive Board, and Managing Directors of Frequentis companiesSupervisory Board meetings, Executive Board meetings, Group-wide platforms such as the monthly MD call, annual Group SummitSustainability strategy, ESG measures, including planned actions, risk management
(Prospective) employees (including managers)Intranet, career fairs, communication via social media, CFO Talk, CEO Dialogues, Board Chat, IDEAS, various communities and events, internal training sessions, Q&A formats, team workshops, employee newsletter, meetings of the workers' councilFrequentis as an employer, work-life balance, collaboration, leadership issues, occupational safety, support for women, corporate culture, health-related measures, environmental management, energy-saving measures
Shareholders, capital market representativesFinancial reporting (internet), regular mailshots, Annual General Meeting, roadshows, capital market events, surveys, one-on-one meetings with investorsSustainability-related measures, ESG strategy and targets, governance, ratings
BanksSpecialist conferences, financial reporting, one-on-one meetings with representatives of banksSustainability strategy, governance, ratings, (trade) compliance, responsibility within the supply chain
Subcontractors and suppliersSupplier visits and audits, various events and trade shows, regular mailshotsESG strategy, governance, responsibility within the supply chain, social and employee matters, environmental management
CustomersCustomer projects and presentations, customer satisfaction survey, company presentation, customer events, trade showsResponsibility within the supply chain, sustainability of products, sustainability-related measures (energy supply, social and employee matters, governance), safety awareness, security, cybercrime, (trade) compliance
Sales and project partnersPartner portal, regular newsletter, trainingInnovation, sustainability of products, governance, (trade) compliance, safety-awareness, cybercrime, ESG strategy
Advocacy groups, associations, NGOsFrequentis website, social media, conferences, research projects, cooperations, active involvement in associations and committeesESG strategy, innovation, sustainability of products, safety awareness, security, fail-safety of systems, cybercrime, support for women in the company, energy-saving measures, careful use of resources

For communication with stakeholders, extensive use is made of digital platforms – videoconferencing, virtual training sessions, social media. In addition to this, personal contact is very important, for example, through local meetings and at a wide range of international trade shows.

Furthermore, Frequentis offers all internal and external stakeholders a whistleblower service, which is available via the Frequentis website www.frequentis.com/whistleblowing. This service allows simple and anonymous reporting of concerns about possible non-compliant behaviour.

Fuchs PetrolubGermany

Interests and views of stakeholders

FUCHS relies on an intensive dialogue with its shareholders, analysts and all other capital market participants. The aim is to strengthen trust in our company on a sustained basis. All capital market participants are always informed promptly, transparently, and comprehensively of all major events in the FUCHS Group.

In recent years, the company stepped up its investor relations activities. In 2024, the Chair of the Executive Board, the Chief Financial Officer, and the Investor Relations team shared information through international conferences and roadshows as well as in numerous one-on-one meetings with institutional investors and maintained regular contact with retail investors.

The public were also kept regularly informed of current developments through press releases and ad hoc disclosures. Furthermore, the Investor Relations team was always available by phone and email.

In an intensive and trusting dialogue with our customers, they are constantly working to offer the best lubricant solution and to fulfil our purpose of MOVING YOUR WORLD.

FUCHS SE has been offering employees at the companies in Germany employee shares at preferential conditions since 1985. In 2024, each employee could purchase a maximum of 30 shares at a discount of €5 per share. Overall, 386 (402) employees made use of this opportunity, purchasing 10,893 (11,483) shares in total.

Gjensidige ForsikringNorway

Interests and views of stakeholders

Customer orientation is essential to Gjensidige and permeates the entire organisation. We shall deliver the best customer experience and solutions for a safer tomorrow. Real customer orientation requires an established culture in which advisory services, sales, claims handling, products, services and systems development form integral elements.

We are concerned with understanding developments in society and being relevant in our customers' lives. Possible consequences of climate and environmental challenges, demographic changes and changed health needs are examples of areas we explore.

Good customer experiences over time have created strong trust in Gjensidige as a brand. Our ambition is to create the best customer experiences in our industry. We call this the Gjensidige Experience, which reflects our vision and our strong customer orientation culture.

We have very satisfied customers and high customer loyalty, especially in Norway, where we have the strongest reputation in the financial sector and one of the strongest regardless of sector.

Satisfaction with the Company and our customer advisers is measured on a continuous basis, and improvement measures are initiated based on feedback from customers. We have defined clear goals for customer satisfaction. The level of goal attainment influences the payment of bonuses to executive personnel and collective bonuses to all employees.

Customer Dividend - Unique Advantage

Every year since Gjensidige was listed on Oslo Børs, general insurance customers in Norway have received a customer dividend. Over the years, they have received around NOK 30 billion, corresponding to between 11 and 16 per cent of their annual insurance premium. The background for the customer dividend model is that Gjensidige was established as a company owned by customers. Today, the customers' interests are safeguarded by Gjensidigestiftelsen, the largest shareholder in Gjensidige.

Employee Engagement

Employee engagement is measured on a regular basis to identify challenges we need to address. As an organisation, we must be able to meet changing needs and requirements, deal with challenges effectively, at the same time as we make courageous choices and get things done. We are also open to new ideas and solutions and adapt to new ways of working.

We are ambitious and always focus on people. Attracting and retaining a diverse and competent workforce is essential to be able to mirror customers and provide the best customer experiences. Gjensidige offers a secure workplace, good development and learning opportunities and room to be who you are.

Supplier Engagement

All suppliers must sign the Supplier Code of Conduct. We work systematically with our value chain to ensure sustainable deliveries from our suppliers in their claims process.

Society and Communities

We contribute to security for society as a whole through knowledge sharing and damage prevention advice. We help finance society through direct and indirect taxes. We are a member of Skift – Business Climate Leaders – which is a solutions-oriented network for climate-conscious companies in Norway. We are also working with research institutions to gain more knowledge about how wilder and wetter weather will impact us and our customers.

Investor Relations

We will make sure that financial market participants have an adequate basis for assessing the Group's value through simultaneous access to the same correct, clear and relevant information at all times. Each quarter, we meet with investors and analysts to discuss our results and business operations.

GN Store NordDenmark

Interests and Views of Stakeholders

Stakeholder Engagement Approach

GN is committed to consistently creating value for customers, employees, shareholders, and the communities in which we operate. Building on our long history of responding to changing demands from our stakeholders, sustainability has over the past years become increasingly integrated into GN's business strategy.

Key Stakeholder Groups and Their Interests

Customers:

  • Hearing customers: Seek innovative hearing solutions that improve quality of life and social connections
  • Enterprise customers: Require reliable, secure, and efficient collaboration tools that enhance productivity
  • Gaming customers: Demand high-performance gaming peripherals that enhance their gaming experience
  • Interests: Product quality, innovation, reliability, customer service, and value for money

Employees:

  • Interests: Safe and inclusive workplace, career development, fair compensation, work-life balance
  • GN's approach: Fostering a great workplace where aspirations meet opportunities, where talent comes to fuel their professional passion, and where employees feel they truly belong regardless of who they are

Shareholders and Investors:

  • Interests: Competitive returns, sustainable growth, transparent communication, strong governance
  • GN's approach: Delivering competitive shareholder return through combination of dividend payments and share price appreciation, maintaining active dialogue with existing and potential shareholders

Communities and Society:

  • Interests: Positive societal impact, environmental responsibility, local economic development
  • GN's impact: 11.2 million people benefit directly from hearing solutions; supporting remote collaboration to reduce carbon emissions; advancing hearing health awareness

Partners and Suppliers:

  • Interests: Fair business practices, long-term partnerships, mutual growth opportunities
  • GN's approach: Building strong partnerships across the value chain, including technology partnerships with Microsoft, Zoom, Google, and Apple

Healthcare Professionals:

  • Interests: Access to innovative hearing solutions, professional development, patient outcomes
  • GN's initiatives: LISTEN TO THIS initiative to raise awareness of hearing loss and support hearing care professionals with insights into hearing health, brain health, and quality of life

Stakeholder Engagement Methods

Investor Relations:

  • Active dialogue through investor meetings, conferences, and presentations
  • Regular financial reporting and company announcements
  • Roadshows following interim and annual results
  • Coverage by sell-side analysts with research reports

Customer Engagement:

  • Customer-centric innovation approach across all divisions
  • Direct customer teams in 30+ countries for hearing business
  • Channel network of 20,000 resellers for enterprise business
  • Close collaboration with e-sports teams and gaming communities

Industry and Professional Engagement:

  • LISTEN TO THIS global initiative uniting industry leaders, academic institutions, and NGOs
  • Partnerships with major technology companies
  • Collaboration with hearing care professionals through education and training programs

Stakeholder Value Creation

GN's stakeholder engagement is guided by the principle of creating shared value:

  • Customer value: Through innovative products that solve real problems and enhance experiences
  • Employee value: Through inclusive culture, professional development, and meaningful work
  • Shareholder value: Through sustainable growth and strong financial performance
  • Societal value: Through products that improve lives and contribute to social connection and productivity
HiltiLiechtenstein

Key stakeholders identification

Hilti puts great emphasis on regular communication and dialogue with the internal and external stakeholders. The Group's key stakeholders are customers and employees. Other relevant stakeholders are the Group's large base of suppliers.

Customer engagement

Direct and regular on-site contact with customers is a key element of the Group's business model. In Hilti's sales model, there are typically no intermediaries between the company and end users, fostering long term relationships with customers. In addition to direct contact through account managers, Hilti interacts with customers on a daily basis via customer service, by phone and e-mail, in Hilti Stores and through digital channels like the Group's Hilti Online website and social media.

Hilti systematically asks for customers' opinions as part of regular customer surveys, which include specific questions on sustainability. Engagement on sustainability-related topics with key accounts has intensified, supported by a dedicated corporate Sustainability Business Development Team and regional or local customer sustainability managers. These roles were newly established in recent years. Insights from these numerous customer exchanges help Hilti better understand evolving needs and trends and contribute to the Group's goal of being the customers' best partner for sustainability.

Employee engagement

Regular exchanges with employees are promoted not only in the daily working environment, but also through various internal media and event formats. Hilti conducts its annual Global Employee Opinion Survey (GEOS), covering topics such as team members' engagement, perception of working conditions, equal treatment and opportunities and sustainability efforts. GEOS is an anonymous online survey facilitated by an external provider, with results segmented by teams, departments and functions for targeted insights. Open-ended comments are analyzed globally, and leadership teams define action plans based on findings, ensuring continuous and transparent updates on the implementation of employee feedback. The action plans are globally guided to ensure a uniform approach. It is recommended that three key focus areas are identified, with teams sharing their primary concerns. Together with the manager, the teams will define measures to address issues effectively. The Head of Global Human Resources oversees the survey process, and the results are presented to the Executive Board and the Board of Directors. GEOS serves to better understand employees' needs, concerns and overall engagement with Hilti. Additionally, Hilti encourages employee involvement through events and open dialogues.

Supplier engagement

Internationally, Hilti works with many suppliers and business partners. It is important for Hilti to build partnerships on equal terms and to engage in regular personal discussions. Cooperations are based on the highest ethical standards, which are set out in the Group's Code of Conduct for Suppliers. Before embarking on a business relationship with Hilti, suppliers must contractually agree to follow Hilti's principles against bribery, corruption and the violation of human rights, and to be in favor of humane working conditions and minimum wages, as well as environmental protection and the correct handling of hazardous substances. Regular audits are conducted to assess compliance with this Code of Conduct and the Sustainable Sourcing Policies.

Stakeholder view consideration

The views and interests of the Group's key stakeholders regarding sustainability-related impacts were considered during Hilti's double materiality assessment. Based on the stakeholder engagement, the Group does not currently plan to significantly amend its strategy or business model.

HUGO BOSSGermany

Stakeholder Engagement Approach: HUGO BOSS actively engages with stakeholders, valuing their input as essential to shaping both Group and sustainability strategies. The Company maintains systematic dialog with all relevant stakeholders including employees, shareholders, customers, business partners, and society.

Stakeholder Analysis: Guided by stakeholder analysis conducted in accordance with the AA 1000 SES standard, HUGO BOSS employs standardized formats and approaches for effective communication including:

  • Corporate website
  • Annual Report
  • Social media channels
  • Dedicated stakeholder events

Key Stakeholder Event: In 2024, HUGO BOSS held a Stakeholder Dialog at Group headquarters in Metzingen, bringing together industry experts, academics, NGOs, and supply chain partners for in-depth discussions on sustainability within the fashion industry's supply chain.

Double Materiality Assessment: HUGO BOSS conducted a comprehensive double materiality assessment in 2024, engaging with numerous internal stakeholders through interviews and desk research. External stakeholder perspectives were incorporated through internal experts who regularly engage with relevant interest groups.

Customer Engagement:

  • Launched HUGO BOSS XP loyalty program in 2024 - a hyper-personalized omnichannel member experience
  • Increased member base by ~25% to more than 10 million members
  • Focus on building brand loyalty and customer lifetime value

Investor Relations: Extensive activities including participation in national and international conferences, global roadshow activities, and regular presentations to private shareholders. Won multiple awards including "Investors' Darling Award" and "ESG Transparency Award" for comprehensive sustainability reporting.

KoneFinland

Sustainability is embedded into KONE's strategy and business model. KONE collaborates and maintains an active dialogue with its stakeholders to understand their needs and expectations, also related to human rights matters, and to provide input for KONE's planning processes as well as to the continuous improvement of KONE management system, thus creating a predictable business environment for everyone. Applicable administrative, management and supervisory bodies are informed about the outcomes by the responsible topic owners and subject matter experts through various channels, and appropriate actions are taken to address the material impacts.

Stakeholder views have been considered as part of the strategy setting process. To enable employee's participation and to ensure employee consultation in health and safety matters, KONE runs and participates in local safety forums and councils with employees and their representatives. To represent the interests of employees and actively involve them in shaping the company, an employee engagement survey 'Pulse' is conducted annually.

The learnings from the various stakeholder engagement activities including the employee engagement and customer surveys were taken into account in strategy development by lifting the key findings to the relevant Executive Board discussions.

The views of employees, value chain workers and equipment users are also collected through KONE management system which harmonizes safety management practices across KONE and sets minimum requirements to protect the health and address the safety of KONE equipment users, employees and anyone else KONE works with. KONE considers the interests, views, and rights of its value chain workers in KONE's strategy and business model as feasible, mainly through management level discussions.

Stakeholder engagement table:

StakeholderInterestChannels of dialogueAssessment method
Customers, consumers and end-users• Reliable and safe solutions, as well as service and modernization<br>• Competitive pricing, value• Meetings, events, seminars and conferences<br>• Dialogue through solution support<br>• Information shared through company reports, marketing materials, website, and social media channels<br>• Continuous dialogue through daily interactions, digital solutions, user feedback, social media channels• Net promoter score<br>• Customer surveys<br>• KONE Compliance Line<br>• Monitoring feedback
Own workforce (Employees and non-employees)• Safe working environment<br>• Well-being<br>• Career development<br>• Fair compensation• Daily interactions<br>• Regular employee performance discussions<br>• Internal channels and forums for company-wide discussions<br>• Training opportunities and innovation tools• Pulse employee engagement survey<br>• Annual employee performance discussions<br>• Idea management system, innovation tool<br>• KONE Compliance Line
Investors and analysts• Sustainable financial performance and growth<br>• Transparency• Financial and other company reports, stock exchange releases, company website<br>• Events, such as annual general meetings and capital markets days<br>• Investor and analyst meetings• Direct feedback from financial market representatives<br>• Feedback from the financial community also through surveys
Suppliers and subcontractors (Workers in the value chain)• Long-term partnerships<br>• Fair business practices<br>• Safe working environment• Continuous one-to-one dialogue with suppliers<br>• Trade fairs, steering group meetings, supplier workshops and an annual supplier day for selected strategic suppliers<br>• Supplier assessments including audit and an annual supplier excellence certification program• Annual supplier survey<br>• Supplier quality audit and performance assessment with the Supplier Maturity Certification Program<br>• Monitoring of high-risk suppliers<br>• KONE Compliance Line
Distributors and agents (Workers in the value chain)• Market reach<br>• Efficiency<br>• Logistical expertise<br>• Risk mitigation• Daily interactions, account planning, regular country visits and distributors' meetings<br>• KONE tools<br>• Reward programs and business development initiatives• Monitoring of sales-related activities and direct feedback from distributors<br>• KONE Compliance Line
Partners• Collaboration<br>• Resource sharing<br>• Innovation• Continuous one-to-one dialogue<br>• Developer portal for application programming and interface building<br>• Engaging in co-innovation programs<br>• Industry and innovation events and competitions, such as hackathons• Bi-annual partner information review<br>• Annual partner feedback survey<br>• Feedback from 1-to-1 partner discussions
Media• Content<br>• Engagement<br>• Transparency• Press releases and events, interviews, background briefings and visits<br>• Publications, as well as the company website and social media channels<br>• Monitoring and analyzing media coverage about KONE• Surveys and media analysis
Educational and research institutions• Research opportunities<br>• Internships<br>• Knowledge sharing<br>• Partnerships• KONE's apprentice programs and summer traineeships<br>• KONE is a member of the CEMS global alliance of academic and corporate institutions<br>• Collaborations to provide information about KONE in schools, universities, and other relevant institutions<br>• Thesis opportunities, recruitment fairs, projects, guest lectures, and research programs• Most attractive workplace surveys, online tracking<br>• School collaboration and social media visibility in order to enhance KONE's brand as an employer and to attract talent
Countries KONE operates in• Environmental impact<br>• Contribution to local development• Company website and social media channels<br>• Sustainability surveys and reputation studies<br>• Volunteer work through the KONE Centennial Foundation• Sustainability surveys and reputation studies<br>• KONE Compliance Line
KRONESGermany

The interests of our stakeholders range from product quality and innovation to working conditions, environmental protection, economic performance and social responsibility. Ongoing communication with our stakeholders is an integral part both of our sustainability initiatives and of our project and process design to ensure that we are aligned with our stakeholders' interests and views. The insights we gain from this dialogue are incorporated into our due diligence processes and into the double materiality assessment. The management and supervisory bodies are briefed on stakeholder interests in reports and meetings to ensure that those interests inform strategic decisions.

Stakeholder Engagement

Stakeholder groupStakeholder interactionExamplesPurpose
EmployeesRegular interaction, unidirectional; information on relevant ESG topicsEmployee reviews, Executive Board members in dialogue, Works meetings, Survey on corporate vision, Employee magazine, Regular communication between Works Council and Human ResourcesEngagement with employee expectations and experiences; contribution to an attractive and sustainable working environment
CustomersRegular interaction; discussions and collaboration for a sustainable portfolioCustomer meetings, Customer support, Business partner due diligence, Trade fairs and eventsPromoting trust and collaboration; sale of sustainable solutions; supporting our customers in achieving their goals
SuppliersRegular interaction; discussions and collaboration on ESG topics within the supply chainSupplier meetings, Business partner due diligence, Audit formats, Sustainability Assessments, Supplier daysCompliance with the Supplier Code of Conduct and protection of human rights; decarbonisation of our supply chain
InvestorsAs the need arises, unidirectional; publication of ESG information and rating results at events/communicationESG ratings and rankings, Investor calls, Capital Market Days, Regular information for investorsUnderstanding expectations; increasing transparency on sustainability performance
AuditorsAs the need arises, bidirectional; interviews to validate ESG reportingAudit meetingsReview of ESG reporting
ManagementRegular interaction; collaboration on the company's sustainable developmentQuarterly reporting, Topic-specific communication, Direct Report: SustainabilityStrategic decision and deciding action
Supervisory BoardAs the need arises, unidirectional with questions; communication of ESG information and rating results at events/communicationMeetings of the Audit and Risk Management CommitteeStrategic decision and deciding action
ApplicantsRegular interaction; selective interviews (rarely on ESG)Job interviews, Social media communicationEnhancing Krones' attractiveness as an employer and employee recruitment
CompetitorsRegular dialogue in industry associations; mostly unidirectional; research on competitors' sustainability performanceResearch/benchmarkingCompetitiveness
Public and mediaRegular interaction, unidirectional; information on relevant ESG topics and projectsPress releases, Communication channels (such as Krones magazine and social media)Enhancing Krones' attractiveness for new employees; competitiveness; supplier and customer communication
ResearchRegular interaction; discussions and collaboration on sustainable portfolioJoint workshops and research and development projects with universitiesProblem solving; development of new innovations
Works CouncilRegular interaction, bidirectional; information on relevant ESG topicsWorks meetings, Communication between Works Council and Human ResourcesEngagement with employee perspective
Local communitiesAs the need arises, bidirectional; interaction on employment and infrastructure topics (such as water and energy)Interaction in connection with local topics and eventsFeedback on questions and concerns; positioning as an attractive employer
NGOs/civil societyAs the need arises, bidirectional, communicationInteraction in connection with local topics and eventsFeedback on questions and concerns; positioning as an attractive employer
Trade unionsAs the need arises, unidirectional with questions; communication of ESG information and rating results at events/communicationCollective bargaining-
Ratings and rankingsRegular interaction, unidirectional; information on relevant ESG topics and projectsQuestionnairesImproving sustainability performance; competitiveness; customer communication
Leroy Merlin EspañaSpain

The purpose of stakeholder engagement is to foster communication and dialogue with key groups affected by our decisions and actions. Stakeholder engagement allows us to align interests, identify and manage potential impacts, and ensure decisions reflect the needs and expectations of those involved.

Stakeholder Engagement Process

During 2023, to determine material issues impact on stakeholders:

  • Surveys and direct interviews with suppliers, customers, and unions
  • In-depth interview with CEO of LEROY MERLIN Spain
  • Session with internal working group of key company areas

Key Stakeholders and Communication Channels

StakeholderCollaborationEvaluationMaterial Topics
Customers and consumersFinding solutions for better living environments through customer service, educational content, advertising, social media, training workshopsNPS (Net Promoter Score) across 12 touchpoints from physical stores to online sales, delivery and servicesResponsible culture/governance, data protection/cybersecurity, digitalization/innovation, excellent customer service, energy renewal/sustainable solutions, quality/security of solutions
Parent company ADEOSubject to policies and reporting requirements, sharing synergies and working groupsMeetings and synergies guide strategic development alignmentResponsible culture/governance
SuppliersRelationship based on Code of Conduct for Responsible Purchasing, joint value creation initiatives through Extranet, annual conventions, individual meetingsMonitoring suppliers' NPS evaluating relationship with LEROY MERLIN SpainResponsible culture/governance, responsible value chain
SocietyAllies in global improvement initiatives, collaboration in forums, workshops, institutional platformsContinuous monitoring by Legal, Corporate Communications, HR, and Positive Impact departmentsResponsible culture/governance, contribution to national economy, development of local communities
CollaboratorsParticipatory management through results sharing, management meetings, quarterly progress committees, internal training, Campus and Workplace platformsEmployee engagement monitored through eNPS and satisfaction with projectsResponsible culture/governance, quality employment, occupational health/safety, comprehensive team well-being, equality/diversity/inclusion, attracting/retaining talent, training/capacity building
Institutions and business communityParticipation in business organizations managed by Legal DepartmentMonitoring company position in rankings (MERCO Reputation, MERCO Talent, MERCO ESG)Responsible culture/governance, quality employment
PlanetWithin dual materiality study framework, considering company's impact on stakeholders and planetN/AEnergy renewal/sustainable solutions, decarbonization/adaptation, circular economy, waste management

In 2024, the administrative, management, and oversight bodies were not informed about stakeholder opinions regarding sustainability-related impacts, as this was the first dual materiality study using this methodology. The company's strategy considers ongoing stakeholder interests and opinions, particularly customer and employee satisfaction results.

LundbeckDenmark

Interests and views of stakeholders

Key Stakeholders

Patients are an integral part of Lundbeck's full value chain ecosystem and fundamental to our patient-centric go-to-market approach. Their lived experiences and ability to point to unmet medical needs enable us to drive focused innovation across all aspects of our business.

While patients are the end-users of our pharmaceutical products, Lundbeck's customers are healthcare professionals (HCPs), including physicians and specialists, as well as authorities, such as regulatory bodies, and public and private healthcare providers. Our customers play an important role across our value chain, where HCPs are the point of contact with patients in the downstream value chain, and the authorities are regulating our access to the market.

Operating in a highly regulated industry, Lundbeck has strong procedures and internal processes in place to ensure compliance with pharmaceutical regulations, achieve operational excellence and instill trust across our value chain.

Leveraging our key partnerships across the value chain, including R&D, commercial and other types of partnerships, e.g., civil society and NGOs enables Lundbeck to drive our business, increase awareness and ensure societal impact.

As a listed company with many investors and shareholders, Lundbeck is committed to communicating a consistent message and delivering sustainable growth.

To pursue all these goals and serve people affected by brain disorders and society at large, Lundbeck relies on highly qualified and specialized employees. Furthermore, suppliers and the workers in the value chain are key to providing the fundamental inputs to produce Lundbeck's high-quality products.

Stakeholder Engagement Approach

Patient engagement:

  • "Let the patient speak" events focusing on integrating patient perspectives into development programs
  • Patient and caregiver insights incorporated into clinical trial designs
  • Collaboration with patient advocacy groups to enhance clinical trial diversity
  • Global platform launched in 2024 to provide medical education to healthcare professionals

Healthcare professional engagement:

  • Medical education programs and scientific conferences
  • Clinical trial collaborations and research partnerships
  • Advisory boards and key opinion leader networks
  • Regulatory dialogue and submissions process

Employee engagement:

  • Annual employee surveys measuring engagement and satisfaction
  • "Let the patient speak" internal events to maintain patient focus
  • Training programs on neurodiversity and inclusion
  • Company-wide training on sustainability and Code of Conduct (100% completion rate in 2024)

Supplier engagement:

  • Supplier Code of Conduct requirements
  • Regular supplier assessments and audits
  • Capability building programs for suppliers
  • Collaboration on sustainability improvements including GHG emission reduction

Community and civil society engagement:

  • Partnerships with patient advocacy organizations
  • Collaboration with academic institutions and research centers
  • Participation in industry initiatives and standards development
  • Support for low- and middle-income countries and areas affected by war and civil unrest

Investor and financial community engagement:

  • Regular financial reporting and investor communications
  • ESG-focused investor meetings and presentations
  • Participation in sustainability rating assessments
  • Transparent disclosure through annual reporting including CSRD compliance

Regulatory and policy engagement:

  • Active participation in regulatory consultations and guideline development
  • Engagement with health technology assessment bodies
  • Policy advocacy on patient access and healthcare innovation
  • Compliance with evolving regulatory requirements including sustainability reporting

Stakeholder Feedback Integration

Material topic identification: Stakeholder input is integral to our annual materiality assessment process, helping identify and prioritize the most significant sustainability impacts, risks, and opportunities.

Product development: Patient and healthcare professional feedback directly influences our R&D priorities, clinical trial design, and product development strategies.

Sustainability strategy: Stakeholder perspectives inform our sustainability commitments, target-setting, and performance measurement across environmental, social, and governance dimensions.

Business strategy alignment: Regular stakeholder engagement ensures our Focused Innovator Strategy remains aligned with stakeholder needs and expectations while driving long-term value creation.

NesteFinland

We actively listen to employee feedback by conducting global employee engagement surveys regularly. The survey results are discussed systematically across the organization and translated into actionable plans at all levels of the organization. In addition, we conduct employee surveys targeted at specific groups – for example, new joiners and summer trainees, as well as employees leaving the company.

At a local level, a key element of employee cooperation is that it is driven by local requirements in each country of operation. Neste is committed to following applicable local collective agreements and has local cooperation bodies or works councils in Finland, Rotterdam and Singapore. In 2024, a works council was also established in Amsterdam.

As a result of requests from Neste employees, Neste started negotiations with employee representatives aiming to establish a European Works Council (EWC) that is based on EU legislation.

Stakeholder engagement is a key component of Neste's human rights due diligence, extending across our operations, supply chains, and communities. We actively seek opportunities to collaborate with our stakeholders to advance positive systemic change and enhance our leverage to address the root causes of adverse human rights impacts.

NNITDenmark

Interests and views of stakeholders

Stakeholder engagement plays a crucial role in identifying material issues and serves as the foundation for developing initiatives and solutions that support more sustainable operations. This engagement remains a dynamic process, fostering ongoing dialogue between NNIT and key stakeholders to continuously refine strategies based on the insights gained from these interactions.

Employee engagement and collaboration with their representatives are central to shaping our human resources strategy. Feedback from employees is integrated into the planning and execution of HR initiatives, while consultations with workers' representatives ensure alignment on employment conditions and terms. The Board of Directors, informed by input from across the organization, takes the lead in setting our strategic direction.

To date, no adjustments to our strategy or business model have been deemed necessary because of stakeholder feedback.

There is no formal collection of stakeholder input for NNIT from stakeholders on sustainability matters, however information is derived from NNIT Project teams, sustainability ambassadors (appointed employees), managers and management team as input to NNIT's sustainability committee. The committee process information in regular meetings, and build an understanding of stakeholder views, considering how this relates to the business model and strategy of NNIT.

StakeholdersEngagementPurpose
Value chain workersIndirect engagement through internal Vice Presidents, for geographic areas of operation, working with supplier and procurement activities.To promote ethical labor practices and sustainability across the supply chain while staying aligned with guidance from organizations like the UN Global Compact.
Suppliers of hardware equipment, etc.Indirect engagement through internal Vice Presidents, for geographic areas of operation, working with supplier and procurement activities.To evaluate suppliers' ESG practices in alignment with international standards, ensuring ethical sourcing and sustainability throughout the supply chain.
EmployeesIndirect engagement through HR representatives, including the Vice President for HR, with a focus on employee satisfaction and engagement.To incorporate a broad employee perspective representing the entire company to assess the company's sustainability practices.
Customers & business partnersIndirect engagement through the Vice President of Communication, Marketing and Commercial Excellence, who oversees and administrates the engagement with customers and business partners on daily basis.To align ESG goals with client expectations and ensure a clear understanding within NNIT.
Society (citizens/patients)Indirect engagement through the Vice President of Communications, Marketing and Commercial Excellence and the CFO who oversees the public opinion and engage themselves in societal trends through participation in networks.To align ESG goals and procedures with the surrounding society's expectations of NNIT.
ShareholdersIndirect engagement through the Board of Directors, who has the role of representing the shareholders' interests.The shareholders of NNIT hold ultimate authority over the company and exercise their decision-making rights during general meetings.

For more information on stakeholders, refer to IRO-1 on page 48.

Novabase SGPSPortugal

The first year in which Novabase Group undertook its double materiality analysis was 2024. Considering the complexity of the ESRS principles regarding double materiality and the assessment requirements, the Group decided to limit the number and groups of stakeholders involved in the assessment of our impacts, risks and opportunities relating to sustainability exclusively within the company itself, namely internal specialists and executive and non-executive members of the Board of Directors.

Collection of the responses allowed the most significant impacts to be identified, as well as any possible risks and opportunities associated with the company's activities, as explained in further detail below, 'Material impacts, risks and opportunities and their interaction with strategy and business model'.

NovartisSwitzerland

Stakeholder engagement

As a global healthcare company, we engage with diverse stakeholders including patients, healthcare professionals, governments, payers, investors, employees, communities, and suppliers. We recognize that meaningful progress on healthcare challenges requires collaboration across the entire healthcare ecosystem.

We assess political, legislative and regulatory decisions that have a potential impact on patients and our industry. Furthermore, we participate in policy discussions with partners through various stakeholder dialogues and industry platforms.

Employee engagement

We measure employee engagement every quarter through a voluntary and anonymous survey. It is sent to all employees and carried out by an external vendor to ensure independence. Aggregated results are used to identify potential risks and make improvements to working conditions, training and development, access to support programs and other areas where necessary.

Human rights stakeholder engagement

Stakeholder engagement: We engage across industries, listen to stakeholder concerns, and take individual or collective action. We also engage in collaborative efforts with stakeholders from civil society, investor communities and international institutions (e.g., PSCI and Business for Social Responsibility's Human Rights Working Group) on our approach to human rights.

Supply chain engagement

We engage with key suppliers on their carbon footprint that contribute significantly to our Scope 3 emissions. We have so far onboarded and engaged with suppliers covering more than two-thirds of Scope 3 emissions.

We have introduced an Environmental Sustainability Supplier Playbook, which is designed to provide comprehensive guidance to our suppliers on transitioning to sustainable business models. The playbook has been shared with more than 1,000 suppliers and integrated into the Pharmaceutical Supply Chain Initiative's (PSCI) standard supplier learning plans.

Novo NordiskDenmark

Stakeholder engagement

We focus on creating lasting value for society and our business with a strong commitment to financial, environmental and social responsibility. Following the Novo Nordisk Way, we are dedicated to delivering long-term value for people living with serious chronic diseases, our employees, partners, shareholders and society at large.

Key stakeholder groups

  • People living with serious chronic diseases: Our primary focus is reaching more people with our life-changing medicines
  • Employees: We are sustainably scaling our organisation to 77,349 colleagues worldwide
  • Shareholders: Paid out more than DKK 64 billion via dividends and share buybacks to shareholders, including Novo Holdings A/S
  • Partners and suppliers: We work closely with suppliers and partners across our value chain
  • Society: The Novo Nordisk Foundation awards grants in three strategic areas: health, sustainability and the life science ecosystem. In 2024, more than DKK 10 billion were awarded.

Foundation ownership model

Our unique ownership structure, underpinned by the Novo Nordisk Foundation as controlling shareholder, provides us with the stability we need to navigate uncertainties. This model supports our sustainable growth by allowing us to take a long-term view on our investments and strategies; crucial in a volatile world where short-term market pressures can often lead to reactive decision-making.

The Novo Nordisk Foundation holds 77.3% of votes and 28.1% of shares in Novo Nordisk A/S through Novo Holdings A/S. This unique ownership structure supports sustainable growth by allowing us to take a long-term view on our strategies and investments while maintaining short-term transparency on performance.

NykreditDenmark

Stakeholder involvement

Key stakeholders

Politicians, civil servants and authorities

  • Formal and informal written enquiries, meetings etc
  • Preparation of consultation responses
  • Collaboration with authorities and politicians on new initiatives, studies and reports when they request views and knowledge etc from Nykredit

Trade organisations

  • Coordination of shared viewpoints and advocacy via Nykredit's representation on boards, committees, working groups etc of trade organisations
  • Cooperation on joint initiatives and proposals
  • Sectoral collaboration on joint solutions

Purpose of stakeholder involvement

Through interest representation, Nykredit will contribute constructively to the drafting of new regulation (such as acts, technical standards, executive orders, guidelines and supervisory decisions or market standards). For this purpose, Nykredit is in close, ongoing dialogue with policymakers and authorities, ensuring that Nykredit is aware of their expectations and requests for Nykredit's business. Nykredit also ensures that it has the necessary expertise to comply with current regulation.

Nykredit participates in representing shared interests on behalf of the Danish financial sector in areas where, as part of the sector, Nykredit can make a positive contribution to society.

Interest representation of a unified financial sector is particularly relevant in areas where Nykredit's viewpoints do not significantly differ from those of the broader sector but are still aligned with Nykredit's interests.

Coordination across Nykredit

Ongoing coordination takes place across Nykredit's organisation and management in order to provide information on the views and interests of the relevant stakeholders.

Nykredit has clear internal procedures for managing upcoming or new regulation with the aim of ensuring a well-defined division of tasks and responsibilities across the organisation and providing timely, appropriate involvement of Nykredit's various management levels. This is done through established formal coordination forums within the organisation and ongoing collaboration across relevant departments.

Coordination across the organisation ensures that Nykredit can adapt to new political proposals and initiatives, new guidelines and recommendations from authorities, and requests from key partners etc.

OMVAustria

Feedback from investors plays an important role in the work of the Supervisory Board. As in previous years, the exchange between investors and the Supervisory Board was strengthened again in February 2024 at the Corporate Governance Roadshow. During numerous virtual and in-person meetings in Vienna and Frankfurt, I was able to answer questions from investors and proxy advisors on governance topics. The feedback we received reinforced our commitment to our transformation strategy and provided valuable input for our Supervisory Board work.

Ensuring active, candid dialogue with the capital market is a top priority at OMV. The Investor Relations department's mission is to provide comprehensive insights into OMV's strategy and business operations to all capital market participants, thereby guaranteeing the equal treatment of all stakeholders.

QT GroupFinland

Stakeholder Engagement:

StakeholderEngagement methodsPurpose of engagementImpacts on strategy and stakeholder relationsPlanned measuresInforming the administrative, management and supervisory bodies
CustomersSales, Customer Success, customer support, product managers' contact with key customers, customer surveys about products and customer relationships.Creating value for customers through our products and services, ensuring customer satisfaction and collecting feedback to support continuous development.Incorporating feedback into product development, steering of strategic and operational decisions.Continuous developmentYes
EmployeesPersonnel survey, orientation training, leadership training, individual development discussions, team meetings and team activities, regular business reviews, communication tools, culture-related efforts and remuneration.Employee well-being, strategy execution, dialogue between teams and management.Updated processes and policies, reviews of benefits, clearer communication and clear action plans.Continuous developmentYes
Board of DirectorsBoard meetings, committee meetings and Annual General Meeting.The Board of Directors sees to the administration of the company and the appropriate organization of its operations.The Board of Directors draws up the agenda for its work and sees to its implementation. The Board also approves the company's strategy and operating model based on the proposal of the Management Team.Annual strategy workYes
AnalystsInterim reports and financial statement bulletin, analyst seminars and roadshows.Analysts follow listed companies and write analyses.Participation in events proposed by analysts.-No
Business and technology partnersRecurring and occasional meetings online, at events and face-to-face, as well as management-level policy setting meetings on a case-by-case basis.Harmonization of product interoperability, establishment of marketing collaboration, training of partner networks to increase Qt awareness, promotion and indirect sales.Development and support of various partner products, budgeting, future tactics and strategy for product and demo development.Continuous developmentYes
Open source communityQt Forum/CommunityThorough testing of releases, community-enabled achievement of commercial readiness as quickly as possible by ensuring stability, versatility and quality.Bug fixes, new product releases and new product ideas for research and development.Continuous developmentNo
ShareholdersInterim reports and financial statement bulletin, Annual General Meeting.Sharing information to shareholders about Qt's operations and results.Shareholders have voting and decision-making power over the proposals discussed at the Annual General Meeting.Shareholders are informed of the strategy and business model at general meetings.No
Holders of educational institution licensesCooperation through Qt's University & Talent Network: for example, visiting lectures, guidance and mentoring of student projects or event sponsorship according to the needs of the university.Close cooperation with universities and students promotes the growth of the Qt ecosystem and the number of skilled Qt users, thereby improving the coverage of Qt's products, and reaching future employees.Regular reporting to product managers. Students receive information about job vacancies at Qt and in customer companies.Expanding Qt's University & Talent Network over the next three years (including an annual event and increasing global visibility).No
External consultantsE-mail, monthly and quarterly contact calls, office visits, procurement expert visits to partners' offices annually.Increasing business and visibility for both parties (suppliers and Qt Professional Services) and strengthening the Qt ecosystem.Improvement of contracts and price negotiations (regular meetings), maintaining and developing trust and long-term business relationships, better understanding of the supplier's operations (audits).Continuous developmentYes

Qt has engaged all of the stakeholders listed above as part of the double materiality assessment.

RandstadNetherlands

Randstad actively engages with a wide range of stakeholders including clients, talent, employees, shareholders, governments, policymakers, trade unions, and employers' organizations at local and international levels.

Client Engagement: Randstad measures client satisfaction through its Customer Delight program launched in 2018, collecting feedback from talent and clients to better understand the transactional and latent drivers of satisfaction. In 2024, the average client satisfaction score was 8.2 out of 10. The company has established global client satisfaction tools in six markets, giving real-time insight into customer satisfaction and ensuring quality issues can be addressed more effectively and quickly.

Talent Engagement: Over 30,000 new talent register with Randstad daily, on top of 50,000 daily returning talent visits. The average talent satisfaction score in 2024 was 8.4. Increased talent engagement via specialized talent centers has resulted in overall higher satisfaction scores.

Employee Engagement: Randstad actively tracks engagement with employees via regular surveys at least four times each year, with results shown in a real-time dashboard. The engagement score in 2024 was 7.7 with a healthy participation rate of 88%. Markets can tailor questions and employees can share comments or have conversations anonymously.

Social Dialogue and Policy Engagement: As part of the Partner for Talent strategy, Randstad aims to play a leading role in achieving necessary social innovation worldwide by voicing views in influential settings and taking part in dialogue with institutional stakeholders. Through position papers, the company contributes to societal debate such as fair and quality work for all and the future impact of AI on jobs and work.

Randstad is in favor of strong social dialogue (negotiations and consultation between trade unions, employers and government representatives) and collective labor agreements in countries where this is relevant and institutionalized. Collective bargaining is one of the key elements of the human rights policy.

Stakeholder Value Creation: The company's ambition is to contribute to global societal needs positively by promoting a fair labor market, fostering equity at work and supporting the green transition. Through daily interaction with clients and talent, and continuous dialogue with governments, employers and labor organizations, Randstad seeks to create value for all stakeholders.

RepsolSpain

Shareholder Engagement

Shareholder Structure: There are no controlling or significant shareholders represented on the Board. Approximately 35% of the company's institutional investors are socially and environmentally responsible investors.

Key Shareholders (latest available information):

  • BlackRock, Inc.: 6.20%
  • Millennium Group: 4.97%
  • Norges Bank: 1.01%
  • Other: 87.82%

Customer Focus

Multi-energy Customer Solutions: Our customers are at the center of decisions made by our company. We offer digital solutions such as Waylet, our payment app, which brings all of Repsol's multi-energy and commercial products and services together in a single app. At year-end 2024, we had nearly 9.3 million digital customers (mainly active on Waylet), marking an increase of more than one million unique customers.

Customer Growth Strategy:

  • Electricity and gas customers increased to 2.5 million customers (15% growth)
  • More than 800 service stations supplying 100% renewable fuel in Spain and Portugal
  • Around 2,800 public charging points installed
  • Growth strategy based on highly competitive propositions and strong focus on customer loyalty

Employee Engagement

Diverse Workforce: Our employees make up a diverse and multicultural team of more than 25,000 people in more than 20 countries and are our greatest asset.

Employee Commitment: We remain focused on complying with the Global Compact's Ten Principles on human rights, labor standards, anti-corruption and the environment.

Supplier Relationships

Strategic Partnerships:

  • Strategic alliance with Bunge Ibérica to increase access to low-carbon feedstocks for renewable fuels
  • Agreement to acquire 40% stake in Genia Bioenergy for biomethane plant development
  • Partnership with ConnectGen adding 20 GW renewable project portfolio

Community Engagement

Repsol contributes to economic development and job creation:

  • Paid €12,382 million in taxes in 2024, of which €8,427 million was paid in Spain
  • Industrial projects create jobs and wealth, particularly in rural areas through circular economy initiatives
  • Support for strategic sectors of the Spanish economy through industrial investments
RHI MagnesitaNetherlands

Stakeholder engagement

RHI Magnesita engages with key stakeholder groups through various channels:

Shareholders: Regular engagement via one-on-one meetings, investor presentations, AGM, industry conferences. Priority topics include company strategy, operational performance, geopolitical outlook, sustainability agenda, climate strategy.

Customers: Day-to-day contact, technical consulting, customer satisfaction surveys with Net Promoter Score as key metric. The Board meets customers during site visits. Priority topics include service levels, climate change opportunities, health & safety.

Employees: Communication through townhall meetings, Workvivo app, Culture Champions network. Board engages through Employee Representative Directors and plant visits. Priority topics include operational performance, health & safety, business restructuring, salary growth, work/life balance.

Communities: Member of UN Global Compact supporting UN SDGs. Local engagement at operational level. Focus areas include education, health and medical care, environment. Community investment increased in 2024.

Governments and authorities: Ongoing dialogue with government agencies. Hosted Director General from EU Commission at Breitenau mine. Key discussions on raw materials, sustainability, infrastructure.

RocheSwitzerland

Interests and Views of Stakeholders

Patient Community Engagement: Roche engages with 1,292 patient organisations around the world to help strengthen healthcare systems. Our approach focuses on embedding the patient voice into every aspect of our disease area strategies internally, as well as on working alongside patient communities to drive meaningful change within healthcare systems externally.

Global Patient Think Tank (GPTT): Following the United Nations High-Level Meeting (UNHLM) on UHC in 2023, we established the Global Patient Think Tank – a dynamic, diverse coalition of patient community representatives – supporting the amplification of the patient community's voice within the global movement for UHC and driving on-the-ground implementation of the newly approved WHO resolution on social participation in health and well-being.

Patient Benefits and Societal Impact Framework: This framework was co-created by Roche and patient organisations to systematically capture patient benefits and impact to society. The framework covers:

  • Disease and treatment/solution benefits
  • Health-related quality of life improvements
  • Patient pathway enhancements
  • Financial impact reduction
  • Patient empowerment
  • Societal impact

Healthcare System Partnerships: We collaborate with health systems, organisations and governments to overcome access barriers, ensuring Roche innovations reach those who need them and delivering better health outcomes. Key partnerships include EMPOWER Kenya, pre-eclampsia screening programs in Latin America, and the African Breast Cancer Ambition.

Supplier Engagement: We communicate our expectations to suppliers through the Roche Supplier Code of Conduct, addressing working conditions, equal treatment, and human rights across our value chain.

Employee Engagement: Our people are at the heart of our business. We are committed to fostering an inclusive work environment where people can thrive and which keeps employees safe and healthy, embraces diversity and reflects the communities we serve.

SanofiUnknown

Key stakeholder groups and engagement

Below is a list of our key stakeholder groups. The overall goal of our engagement process is to build relationships, advance Sanofi's objectives and sustainability commitments and obtain outside views. We consider the outcomes of this dialogue in our CSR strategy. The examples provided in the table are not exhaustive.

Stakeholder groupExamplesPurpose of engagementOrganization of engagementExamples of outcomes from engagementConsulted for DMA
Employees• Dialogue with trade unions<br>• Employee Resource Groups<br>• Annual engagement survey<br>• Employee representatives on the Board of DirectorsFostering respect and dialogue by regularly exchanging views, negotiating, developing and updating specific agreements and implementing them. Ensuring employee engagement and wellbeing to create a stimulating work environment and encourage their participation in decisions.The People & Culture team oversees most of the Company-employee relationship. A Labor Relations team ensures social dialogue with employees.• Collective bargaining agreements<br>• Internal policy updates<br>• New project to simplify organizational processesYES (Secretary of the Sanofi European Works Council)
Patients (end-users)• Patient organizations (such as patient associations)Understanding patients' experiences, needs and expectations to foster trust and better serve their needs.The Public Affairs team leads patient engagement, together with clinical operations teams. Sanofi has a Head of Integrated Patient Engagement who coordinates engagement efforts.• Patient assistance programs<br>• Innovative treatmentsYES (three patient associations)
Shareholders and investors• Shareholders<br>• Potential investors<br>• BrokersExplaining our CSR strategy, performance and ESG-related risk management. Understanding and considering investors' expectations and ensure their continued confidence.The Investor Relations team is responsible for investor engagement, with support from Sanofi's ESG team.• Improved transparency in Sanofi's ESG disclosures<br>• Alignment with new ESG standards and frameworks (such as TNFD)YES (large EU asset manager)
Business partners and competitors• Industry associations (such as IFPMA)<br>• Business partners (such as alliance partners)Addressing industry-wide challenges and jointly advocating for beneficial regulatory changes. Promoting ethical standards across the healthcare sector. Combining expertise, resources and competencies to accelerate innovation.The Public Affairs team leads engagement with industry associations. Subject-matter experts participate in specific working groups where appropriate. The GBUs directly engage with their relevant business partners.• Research partnership to reduce environmental impacts (e.g. SMI)<br>• Joint supplier ESG audits and training (e.g. PSCI)<br>• Joint access-to-healthcare initiativesYES (IFPMA)
Workers in the value chain• Meetings with the IndustriALL global trade union<br>• Engagement in the Pharmaceutical Supply Chain Initiative (PSCI) human rights sub-groupEngaging with workers from a multitude of sectors worldwide. The PSCI sub-group's efforts are focused on regions, such as India and China, where supplier conferences are organized to raise awareness about labor and human rights issues. These conferences serve as a platform for dialogue and education on best practices.The People & Culture team leads dialogue with the trade unions. The Procurement teams lead engagement via the Pharmaceutical Supply Chain Initiative (PSCI).• Alignment with best practices in labor and human rights issuesYES (supplier)
Media• International and national pressMaintaining a flow of information for transparent communication and sharing news with the wider public.Sanofi's Media Relations team owns the relationship with all media outlets.• Better understanding of Sanofi's policies, commitments, decisions, etc.YES (specialized ESG media)
Civil Society• Humanitarian associations<br>• NGOs<br>• Think tanksEnsuring a comprehensive understanding of societal needs and ethical concerns and building partnerships for initiatives such as donating medicines and vaccines.The Public Affairs team leads engagement with civil society organizations. The CSR team, Global Health Unit and Foundation S may also enter certain external relationships directly.• Donations (monetary, medicines, vaccines)<br>• Collaboration for access to healthcare initiativesYES (medical NGO, ESG think tank, human rights expert)
Rating agencies• ESG and mainstream rating agenciesAllowing rating agencies to assess Sanofi's financial heath and sustainability to showcase performance and improve credibility for an investor audience.The CSR team leads the engagement with extra-financial agencies and Treasury (Finance) with mainstream rating agencies.• Internal improvements for financial and extra-financial matters<br>• Greater transparency in ESG disclosuresYES (large financial and extra-financial rating agency)
Regulatory authorities• World Health Organization (WHO)<br>• U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA)<br>• European Medicines Agency (EMA)Preparing sustainable business growth by fostering dialogue with policy makers and ensuring early awareness of regulatory developments and new standards. Improving support for innovation and access to Sanofi's medicine.Depending on the topic, responsibility may lie within Public Affairs, the Medical or the Regulatory function.• Dialogue on prioritization of healthcare expenditures<br>• Contribution to WHO Global Diabetes CompactYES (WHO)
Scientific community• Universities<br>• Research organizationsEnhancing Sanofi's research capabilities and sharing knowledge, accelerating innovation and scientific progress.Sanofi's Medical function and R&D organization lead engagement with the scientific community.• Advances in medical researchYES (Bioethics expert)
Healthcare professionals (HCPs)• HCPs professional associations<br>• Specialist associations<br>• Medical societiesBuilding a comprehensive understanding of HCPs' needs and expectations, sharing information and collecting feedback, building trust and improving access to medicines and vaccines for patients and nurturing Sanofi's business strategies.Depending on the interaction, the lead may be with Sanofi's Medical function, the R&D organization or the sales teams.• Information sharing from clinical trials<br>• New business strategies (e.g. digital engagement)YES (Pharmacist association)

The sustainability report was presented to the Bureau of the Comité de Groupe France on February 13, 2025.

Amendments to strategy and business model to address the views and interests of stakeholders

In 2021, Sanofi built its CSR strategy based on the perspectives of internal and external stakeholders via a materiality assessment and in alignment with its business priorities. The identified topics were used to design the CSR strategy — built into Sanofi's core strategy and business model — thereby addressing stakeholders' views and interests.

We regularly engage with our patients to ensure that their key concerns and expectations are included in our strategy, especially regarding products and geographical markets. We are also involved in several health and pharmaceutical trade associations that address various CSR topics. This gives us further insight into sector trends and stakeholder interests with respect to products and geographical markets in particular.

The table below indicates some of the key shareholder views and interests, as identified through ongoing dialogue, which influence our corporate and CSR strategies in the years ahead.

Material topicStakeholderAmendment made to core and CSR strategies
Access to healthcareGlobal health advocatesExpansion of Global Health Unit programs and partnerships, Global Access Plan commitment
BiodiversityInvestorsAssessments of impacts and dependencies ongoing in order to set meaningful objectives
Pharmaceuticals in the environment (PIE)RegulatorsTake-back program for insulin pens pilots launched in Denmark and Germany over the past year
Living wageUnionsCommitment to pay a living wage for all employees, published in 2024
Climate changeCustomers/Health authoritiesCommitment to reduce GHG emissions aligned with science-based targets
Animal welfareActivistsReduction in the use of animals in research and testing

Plans for continuously improving stakeholder engagement

In 2024, we launched the Sanofi Patient Promise to further strengthen our engagement with patient organizations. We will report back on its effectiveness in 2025. Through ongoing dialogue, we are deepening our commitment to patients to better understand and serve their needs. For more information, see section 3.3.3.3. Patient Engagement.

How administrative, management and supervisory bodies are informed of views and interests of affected stakeholders with regards to impacts

The CSR strategy and its performance is presented to the Board of Directors at least once a year. The presentation includes new insights and views gathered from stakeholders. The quarterly presentations to the Appointments, Governance and CSR (AGC) Committee also address stakeholder views and interests in light of Sanofi's CSR strategy and proposed adjustments. The Audit Committee oversees the Double Materiality Assessment process and outcomes performed in 2024 in accordance with the CSRD and related methodology established by EC, EFRAG and other guidance - refer to the CSRD Disclaimer and Explanatory Note. and thereby seeks to be well informed of Sanofi's analysis of its impacts on affected stakeholders.

The executive leadership team is also regularly informed of views and interests of affected stakeholders via the communication of results of key stakeholder surveys, such as One Voice (employee survey) and an annual ESG investor perception study. Key functions in contact with stakeholders, such as CSR, Public Affairs and Media Relations, report directly to Sanofi's Head of Corporate Affairs who is a member of the Executive Committee.

SAPGermany

Interests and views of stakeholders

SAP maintains active dialogue with various stakeholder groups to understand their interests and incorporate their views into our strategy and business model development.

Investors and Financial Community

SAP maintained strong engagement with the investment community in 2024. Throughout the year, members of the Executive Board and the Investor Relations team engaged with institutional investors, analysts, and private investors worldwide to discuss the company's strategy, execution, business developments, and how SAP is helping customers meet organizational challenges.

The IR team, together with senior management, conducted more than 500 meetings in 2024 to maintain active dialogue with investors and analysts. These included one-on-one phone calls, video conferences, and roadshows. Members of the Executive Board and IR team attended more than 20 conferences across an expanded geographical mix.

We continued our dialogue with investors, focusing on environmental, social, and governance (ESG) topics, and provided them with insights into our sustainability policies and products.

Customers

We create value by first identifying the business needs of our customers and then developing and delivering a portfolio of cloud solutions, services, and support that address these needs. Our interests and views of stakeholders in relation to strategy and business model are continuously incorporated into our product development and service delivery.

2024 was another year of strong customer wins, including companies from the "who is who" of the tech, energy, retail, automotive, and manufacturing sectors. By the end of 2024, more than 34,000 cloud customers worldwide use SAP Business AI.

Employees

Employee engagement and feedback are integral to our strategy development. Employee surveys are conducted regularly to gather insights on engagement, management feedback, and other aspects of the work experience. The results of employee surveys are discussed in detail at the People and Culture Committee and inform actions and improvements in our people strategy.

Shareholders

SAP representatives engaged with retail shareholders at virtual and in-person events. We provide a wide range of information online about SAP and its stock, and maintain regular communication through various channels including LinkedIn, telephone hotline, and email.

Given the company's success in 2024, the Supervisory Board and Executive Board propose a dividend of €2.35 per share for approval at the Annual General Meeting in May, marking an increase of 6.8% compared to the previous year.

Siili SolutionsFinland

Interests and views of stakeholders

The Siili Group's key stakeholders are its employees and potential employees, customers, cooperation partners, shareholders and the capital markets, including supervisory authorities, financiers, the surrounding societies and the media.

Siili engages in dialogue with its stakeholders and develops its activities based on stakeholder feedback received. The most important stakeholders with the most significant impact on the strategy and business are customers and employees. Siili's strategy is formulated on the basis of current and future customer need, and based on the strategy, an action plan is formed to outline the development of Siili's business. At Siili, employees are encouraged to participate in the continuous development of the business and service offering. Employee well-being is also a strategic objective.

The views of the key stakeholders were considered in the double materiality analysis.

Stakeholder engagement:

StakeholderMain topicsStakeholder engagement and communication channels
EmployeesDevelopment opportunities, Wellbeing and support by working community, Work-life balance, Rewarding and equal remunerationGrowth discussions, Vibemetrics tool, Internal meetings and info events, Personnel representation in Finnish Management Team, Events and parties, Internal communications channels (e.g. Slack), Employee Sounding Board, Whistleblowing channel
Potential employeesSmooth recruitment process, Interesting employment opportunitiesWebsite, recruitment channels
CustomersExpertise and know-how, Good reputation and ethical practices, Effective and productive operations, Sufficient resourcesCustomer feedback and surveys, Meetings, discussions and negotiations, Events and conferences, Website and social media channels
Cooperation partners and workers in the value chainFair and equal treatment of partners, Productive cooperation, Good reputationMeetings, discussions and negotiations, Events
ShareholdersDevelopment of shareholder value, Transparent and topical communications, Corporate governance and risk management, Good reputationInvestor communications, Investor meetings and events, Annual General Meeting, Capital Markets Day
FinanciersGood financial performance, Access to sufficient informationMeetings, discussions and negotiations
SocietyCompliance with legislation, Payment of taxes, Employment, Supporting societal development
MediaUp-to-date interesting informationPress releases, discussions and interviews

Employee well-being is monitored by the Board of Directors at least quarterly, and themes related to employee satisfaction, well-being and development are discussed by the HR Committee on a regular basis, at least annually.

SOLVAYBelgium

We are equally grateful to our shareholders old and new, who are confident in the stable and at the same time exciting opportunity that an essential company like Solvay provides in our uncertain world.

Our concrete achievements, our ambitions and our ability to innovate are, we hope, why our customers place their trust in us. We are genuinely grateful that they continue to recognize the high quality and reliability of our products and technology.

And, finally, committed industrialists are nothing without a highly engaged and skilled workforce – our colleagues are at the heart of our exciting journey. Our sincere gratitude also goes to them.

With an employee engagement rate of 80%, they are the foundation of our success. In our first year our regular Pulse survey among employees achieved an employee engagement score of 80%. Our employee net promoter score (eNPS) – which measures the likelihood of recommending Solvay as a workplace – rose 3% throughout the year to 84%. Also the input we received from our employees will help us create an even better work environment.

Social dialogue is essential to us. We continue to engage with our employees through diverse channels and have renewed our global agreement with IndustriALL, the union for the chemical industry.

Sopra SteriaFrance

Stakeholder Engagement and Interests

Main Stakeholders and Value Creation

Sopra Steria's value creation model addresses the needs and interests of its main stakeholders:

Clients

Over 80% satisfaction rate of our 100 strategic clients according to the Customer Voice survey. The Group's commitment is being a long-lasting partner, meeting their needs as effectively as possible by providing them with the best technology as part of a responsible and sustainable value-creating approach.

Annual "Customer Voice" satisfaction survey: The Group continued its annual satisfaction survey of its top 100 strategic clients across the Group with the aim of fostering, organising and sustaining high-quality, trust-based dialogue with clients. More than 650 interviews were conducted with clients in 2024. The qualities highlighted during interviews revolve around expertise, listening, proactivity, partnership, engagement and professionalism.

Client Advisory Board: The "France" reporting unit made progress with the Client Advisory Board initiative alongside a dozen core strategic clients to share progress made by its transformation programme and work on areas of common interest.

Employees

  • Attrition rate: 14.1%
  • 30% of the Group's employees (including 48.2% of employees in France) owned shares in the Group through an employee share ownership plan at 31/12/2024
  • 7,436 new hires within the Group
  • 23,096 Group employees (45.3% of the workforce) received AI training for a total of 79,242 hours

Shareholders

  • €4.65 proposed dividend in respect of financial year 2024
  • €150m Share buyback programme for retirement in 2024

Suppliers & Subcontractors

836 suppliers were awarded positive EcoVadis assessments in 2024, covering more than €900 million of expenditure, in accordance with the targets set by the Group. This accounts for 77% of target expenditure for 2024.

Government & Society

  • A List CDP Ranking
  • More than 3,200 hours pro bono donated, benefiting more than 24,000 vulnerable people at risk of social and/or digital exclusion

Strategic Approach to Stakeholder Relations

The Group develops lasting relationships of trust with its stakeholders that enhance their performance and help make the value chain more resilient. The primacy of customer service is one of Sopra Steria's core values and delivering satisfaction is one of the Group's top priorities.

Employee Engagement

The Group prioritises close relationships with employees, with people and the management approach at the heart of the Company's strategy, promoting protection and trust, supporting human development, and encouraging accountability by valuing high standards and critical thinking.

Share ownership structure includes:

  • 28.4% (43.0%) Controlled share ownership
  • 68.0% (57.0%) Free float
  • Employee participation: 6.2% (8.4%) Investments managed on behalf of employees

Dialogue with Investors

The Investor Relations Department engages in dialogue with the financial community throughout the year, meeting with all shareholders, investors and financial analysts. In 2024:

  • 716 Individuals met
  • 310 Institutions met
  • 15 Conferences
  • 15 Countries
  • 27 Cities
  • 37 Roadshows
Stora EnsoFinland

Stakeholder Engagement:

Stora Enso maintains active relationships with various stakeholder groups to understand their interests and views:

Customers: Our customers include packaging converters, food producers, brand owners, retailers, construction companies, wholesalers, and industrial manufacturers. We prioritize close relationships and engagements with customers, achieving high scores in customer satisfaction surveys. We help customers achieve their climate and circularity goals through sustainable product offerings.

Employees: We have 19,000 employees across multiple countries. Our 2024 global employee engagement survey had a 79% response rate with an engagement score of 7.8, slightly above the industry benchmark. We conduct regular engagement surveys to understand employee perspectives and measure progress on our People Promise.

Forest Owners and Local Communities: We work with approximately 21,000 private forest owners and maintain close relationships with local communities where we operate. We purchased wood from private forest owners and engage through community representatives and direct contact.

Indigenous Peoples: We engage with indigenous Sámi communities in Sweden through ongoing dialogue about forestry and reindeer herding. We consult with Sámi communities before commencing forestry operations and hold annual evaluation meetings. In Brazil, we work with Pataxó and Tupinambá communities near our Veracel joint venture.

Suppliers and Partners: We work with over 20,000 contractors, sub-contractors and suppliers, prioritizing responsible raw material sourcing and fostering long-term relationships with key partners.

Investors and Shareholders: We maintain regular communication with investors through financial reporting, investor meetings, and the Annual General Meeting. In 2024, 66.7% of shares were represented at the AGM.

Regulatory Bodies and NGOs: We partner with organizations such as the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN) on biodiversity initiatives and work with various certification bodies for forest management standards.

TeamViewerGermany

Interests and views of stakeholders

Customer Stakeholders

Customer Success Stories and Engagement

TeamViewer actively engaged with customers to understand their needs and showcase success stories:

  • Global Customer Base: Serves companies of all sizes, industries, and regions - from SMBs to large corporations
  • Customer Testimonials: Some customers shared their unique success stories in video format, including:
    • Swiss machine manufacturer Bobst using TeamViewer for global technical support
    • Australian healthcare company Uniting using augmented reality to improve elderly care processes
  • Enterprise Customers: Include global corporations like Volvo Trucks, Sony, Henkel, Swiss retailer Coop, and Japanese machine manufacturer Amada

Customer Trust and Communication

Following the cybersecurity incident in June 2024:

  • Transparent Communication: Swift solution of the incident and transparent communication ensured customers' continued trust in TeamViewer's products
  • Product Security: Clear communication that products remained secure at all times
  • Open Disclosure Approach: Continuous communication to customers and the public throughout the incident response

Shareholder Stakeholders

Capital Market Engagement

TeamViewer maintained extensive dialogue with capital markets throughout 2024:

  • Analyst Coverage: Covered by 18 German and international financial analysts
  • Regular Communication: Quarterly conference calls with CEO and CFO
  • Roadshows and Conferences: Participated in numerous events including Goldman Sachs European Technology Conference, J.P. Morgan European TMT Conference, and others
  • Technology Field Trip: Hosted investors and analysts at Mercedes-AMG PETRONAS F1 factory in Brackley, England

Shareholder Returns

  • Share Buyback Program: Completed EUR 150 million share buyback program in December 2024
  • Earnings Per Share: 20% increase in adjusted earnings per share to EUR 1.05
  • Value Creation: Strong cash generation benefits passed on to shareholders

Employee Stakeholders

Workforce Development and Engagement

  • Headcount Growth: Expanded to 1,586 FTEs by end of 2024 (+9% year-over-year)
  • Diversity and Inclusion: Employer of people from diverse national backgrounds, fostering corporate culture built on social, economic, and political inclusion
  • Equal Treatment: Regardless of age, gender, ability, ethnicity, origin, religion, or economic/social background
  • Recognition: Diversity recognized as one of the Group's core values

Leadership Appreciation

Management expressed gratitude: "We extend our sincere gratitude to our employees worldwide for their outstanding dedication to making 2024 a successful year. Each and every team and department played a vital role in executing our growth initiatives, strengthening our unique corporate culture, and embodying our company values."

Technology Partner Stakeholders

Strategic Partnerships

TeamViewer strengthened relationships with key technology partners:

  • Microsoft: Recognized with "Microsoft Teams Partner of the Year Award" in "Microsoft Apps & Solutions" category
  • RealWear: Partnership strengthened through Almer acquisition, with TeamViewer providing financial and strategic support
  • SAP and Siemens: Continued collaboration showcased at Hannover Messe
  • Manhattan Associates: New strategic partnership for warehouse logistics optimization
  • Deloitte: Collaboration to position vision picking as industry standard
  • Google: TeamViewer Tensor available on Google Cloud Marketplace

Community and Society Stakeholders

Educational and Social Initiatives

  • Cyber Robotics Competition: Hosted first-ever competition giving 750 students from U.S. and Germany opportunity to learn programming fundamentals
  • Code Week: Participated in Europe-wide "Code Week" initiative, welcoming students to explore coding and digitalization
  • Knowledge Transfer: Commitment to education and digital literacy in communities

Environmental Responsibility

  • Carbon Removal: Partnership with Neustark to remove additional 1,200 tons of CO₂ from atmosphere over six years
  • ESG Leadership: Maintained AAA rating in MSCI ESG Rating and improved ISS ESG Rating
  • Sustainable Business: Focus on sustainable management, CO₂ and energy savings as core business driver

Regulatory and Compliance Stakeholders

Data Protection and Privacy

  • TÜV Certification: Received data protection certification from TÜV Informationstechnik GmbH in October 2024
  • GDPR Compliance: Comprehensive Privacy Management Framework with external Data Protection Officer
  • Trust Center: Expanded publicly accessible Trust Center with transparent information for users

Security and Law Enforcement

  • Cybersecurity Collaboration: Worked with leading cybersecurity experts from Microsoft during security incident
  • Fraud Prevention: Prepared to cooperate with law enforcement authorities to prevent fraudulent use of platform
  • Industry Partnerships: Member of Forum of Incident Response and Security Teams (FIRST) and Stop Scams UK

Supplier and Channel Partner Stakeholders

Partner Ecosystem Development

  • TeamViewer TeamUP: Strengthened collaboration with selected focus partners in partner program
  • MSP Model: Introduced dedicated model for Managed Service Provider partners
  • Channel Sales: Supported various sales partners including resellers, distributors, referral partners, and system integrators

Industry and Competitive Stakeholders

Market Leadership and Innovation

  • Industry Recognition: PAC ranked TeamViewer as top provider of connected worker platform in augmented reality
  • Awards: XR Today recognized TeamViewer Frontline as best AR solution for field service applications
  • Thought Leadership: Demonstrated leadership in AI integration, industrial digitalization, and remote connectivity solutions

TeamViewer's stakeholder engagement demonstrates a comprehensive approach to understanding and addressing the interests and views of all key stakeholder groups, with particular emphasis on transparency, innovation, and long-term value creation.

TKHNetherlands

Interests and views of stakeholders

Our stakeholders are those groups and individuals who directly or indirectly influence the activities of TKH and our operating companies.

TKH recognizes and acknowledges the importance of having a meaningful dialogue with its stakeholders about sustainability and the company's strategy including business model and value chain (stakeholder dialogue). Meaningful stakeholder dialogue is characterized by two-way communication and depends on the good faith of participants on the sides of both TKH and the stakeholders. TKH uses various methods and channels to engage in dialogue with its stakeholders, depending on the nature, purpose, and frequency of the interaction.

Key stakeholder groups:

  • Customers: We measure, monitor, and evaluate customer loyalty and appreciation through customer satisfaction surveys. Our average customer satisfaction survey score for 2024 is 8.6 (2023: 8.6), which is above the benchmark score of 7.8.
  • Employees: Employee satisfaction rate reached an all-time high at 7.8 in 2024. We provide an inspiring, safe, healthy and rewarding environment for all our employees.
  • Shareholders and investors: We maintain transparent communication through regular reporting and investor relations activities.
  • Suppliers: We enter into active dialogue with our strategic suppliers to improve the sustainability of their products and processes.
  • Communities: We invest in and contribute to the society around us through local engagement and sustainable business practices.

Stakeholder engagement methods:

  • Customer satisfaction surveys and regular business dialogue
  • Employee engagement surveys and workplace consultation
  • Investor meetings and transparent financial reporting
  • Supplier audits and sustainability assessments
  • Community engagement through local operations

Key engagement topics:

  • Innovation and technology development
  • Sustainability and environmental impact
  • Health and safety
  • Economic performance and value creation
  • Diversity and inclusion
  • Supply chain responsibility
TotalEnergiesFrance

Interests and views of stakeholders

An ongoing dialogue with our stakeholders

TotalEnergies maintains active engagement with various stakeholder groups to understand their interests and concerns regarding the Company's strategy and operations.

Key stakeholder groups

Employees:

  • More than 100,000 employees across nearly 170 nationalities
  • More than 70% of employees are shareholders
  • Ongoing dialogue through training programs and development initiatives

Shareholders:

  • More than 1.8 million individual shareholders
  • Approximately 76.5% institutional shareholders
  • Regular engagement through investor relations activities

Customers:

  • 6.1 million BtB and BtC client sites for gas and power
  • Global customer base across multiple energy products
  • TotalEnergies OneB2B Solutions assists large companies in their transition

Communities:

  • Present in about 120 countries
  • Global integrated local development approach (in-country value)
  • Supporting social and economic development in host countries

Suppliers:

  • Network of more than 100,000 suppliers
  • $31 billion worth of purchases supporting hundreds of thousands of jobs

Stakeholder engagement on sustainability

  • More than 27,000 employees participated in workshops in 2022 to set up indicators related to SDGs
  • In 2023, nearly 250 of the Company's most important sites defined local action plans with objectives to achieve by 2025
  • More than 400 large companies are accompanied in their transition through 850 potential projects worldwide
  • About 7 TWh/year of low-carbon energy sales have been committed to industries by 2030
TrygDenmark

Tryg maintains regular dialogue with various stakeholder groups:

Shareholders and Investors Tryg's Investor Relations (IR) department maintains regular contact with analysts and investors. Together with the Executive Board, the Investor Relations team organises investor meetings, conference calls and participates in conferences in Denmark and abroad. The Supervisory Board is regularly informed about the dialogue with investors and other stakeholders.

Customers Tryg achieved a customer satisfaction level of 87 in 2024, an improvement of 3 percentage points since 2020. Customer satisfaction remains paramount to Tryg, and the company continues to work diligently to meet and exceed customer expectations. Around 6 million customers are served across Scandinavia.

Employees With 6,621 employees, Tryg maintains focus on employee engagement, diversity and talent retention to deliver on ambitious sustainability targets by 2027.

TryghedsGruppen TryghedsGruppen owns 48.1% of Tryg and contributes to projects that create peace of mind via TrygFonden. In 2024, TrygFonden contributed approximately DKK 680m to these projects. For the ninth consecutive year, TryghedsGruppen paid out a member bonus of approximately DKK 1bn to 1.5m Tryg customers in Denmark.

All stakeholders are provided with comprehensive information through Tryg's website, quarterly reports, investor presentations and regular communications to ensure transparency in the company's position and performance.

UbisoftFrance

Player communities are at the very heart of our games and the digital transformation seen in the last decade has enabled Ubisoft to establish a direct relationship with them. The Group engages with various stakeholder groups including players, employees, business partners, shareholders, and affected communities. Stakeholder engagement processes are implemented to understand their interests and views on sustainability matters affecting the business.

VestasDenmark

Vestas engages with a diverse range of stakeholders and considers their interests and views in business strategy and operations:

Key Stakeholder Groups

Customers: Our main customers are utility companies seeking to integrate renewable energy into power grids and independent power producers. We maintain a customer-centric approach prioritizing value creation over volume. Priority customers have global account managers and leading access to our siting capabilities and Development projects. In 2024, we achieved a Customer Net Promoter Score of 59 for Onshore.

Employees: With approximately 35,000 employees globally, we prioritize their growth and development through comprehensive training, leadership development, and talent programmes. In 2024, we provided almost four million hours of training globally. Our 'learn and grow' score improved from 73 in 2023 to 76 in 2024 in our Employee Engagement Survey.

Suppliers: We work closely with strategic suppliers through enhanced engagement including the annual Vestas Supplier Forum. Key partnerships include Maersk, ZF and ArcelorMittal. We are shifting our industrial system from push to pull to optimize resource use and supply chain lead time.

Communities: We engage with impacted communities near our projects to minimize and address potential grievances. In 2024, we supported 7,919 community beneficiaries and received 2 community grievances. We conduct Social Due Diligence on 83% of projects in scope.

Investors and Shareholders: We aim to deliver stable profits returned through dividends and/or share buybacks. We issue sustainability-linked bonds and maintain regular communication about financial and sustainability performance.

Value Chain Workers: We have established processes for engaging with value chain workers about impacts and maintain channels for workers to raise concerns through our supply chain oversight.

Government and Regulators: We engage in political advocacy including our 'This is not a wind farm' campaign highlighting the need for redesigned wind farm auctions. We campaign for sustainable scale-up of renewable energy and alignment of public policy with climate commitments.

Stakeholder Engagement Methods

  • Regular customer dialogues and partnership meetings
  • Employee engagement surveys and leadership forums
  • Annual supplier forums and strategic partnerships
  • Community engagement programs and grievance mechanisms
  • Investor relations and sustainability reporting
  • Industry advocacy and policy engagement
  • EthicsLine reporting system for raising concerns

Integration of Stakeholder Views

Stakeholder input influences our strategy development, particularly in:

  • Sustainability target setting and validation
  • Product development and technology priorities
  • Supply chain management and partnerships
  • Community impact mitigation
  • Policy advocacy positions
  • Safety and quality improvements
WithSecureFinland

WithSecure has identified six different groups of stakeholders. Three stakeholder groups – namely the employees, the partners, and the investors and financial analysts – have participated in the company's double materiality analysis directly. This ensures that their views have been integrated in WithSecure's material impacts, risks and opportunities related to the scope of the standard topics ESRS S1 "Own workforce" and ESRS S4 "Consumers and end-users".

Other stakeholders' views were gathered through different means, such as surveys and interviews. As a part of the information gathering, the stakeholder groups' expectations for WithSecure were determined, the engagement and their possibilities of communicating with WithSecure were evaluated, and the expected outcomes as well as activities were also identified.

Stakeholder Engagement Overview:

Stakeholder GroupExpectations for WithSecureEngagement MethodsExamples of Expected Outcomes and Activities
EmployeesFair compensation, Secure working environment, Equity, diversity of workplace, Professional development, Work/life balance supportTownhalls, other regular and ad hoc communications, Continuous development – training opportunities, Personal Development Plan maintenance, Employee surveys, Employee rep Board memberIncreasing awareness on WIDE topics and Code of conduct, Sharing knowledge of sustainability, Enhancing PDP process and follow-up, Equal pay (or similar) assessments
Partners / Direct customersReliable products, easy interface, Fair compensation model, Seamless collaboration and business support, Up-to-date knowledge of cyber security worldPartner Advisory Board, Partner programs, Regular engagement via sales teams, Support in technical matters, training, Assistance in ESG queries, answering 3rd party platform questions (EcoVadis, CDP)Up to date sustainability website, Ability to provide CO2 footprint/eur to customers, Increasing energy efficiency of products
End-customersReliable products, Support in case of emergenciesFeedback received and improvements to productsSharing knowledge on cyber security, Up to date Incident Response services for smaller customers
Investors and financial analystsConsistent growth, Predictability of results, Transparency of communication, Good governanceRegular meetings, attending group meetings and presentations, Capital Market Days, ESG ratings of 3rd partiesUp to date sustainability website, Improvement of ESG ratings
SuppliersFair compensation for products/services, Favourable terms & conditions, Good business ethicsSupplier onboarding and verifications if necessary, Cyber security scanning of IT related vendorsDevelop a lean way of managing supply chain sustainability
RegulatorsCompliance with regulations, Transparent sustainability reportingParticipation in key legislation preparations regarding cyber security as an advisory body, Following up regulation to ensure complianceAlignment of activities on sustainability with regulation

WithSecure's stakeholder inclusion in the double materiality analysis process highlights the company's commitment to actively listen to and engage with its stakeholders. To enable the understanding of the stakeholders' expectations and concerns, an ongoing engagement is maintained. The continuous dialogue facilitates the communication of WithSecure's sustainability efforts and processes.

The administrative, management and supervisory bodies of WithSecure are informed about the views and interests of affected stakeholders regarding WithSecure's sustainability-related impacts. Most recently, the views and interests of affected stakeholders were thoroughly determined as part of the double materiality analysis.

SBM-3

Material impacts, risks and opportunities and their interaction with strategy and business model

53 companies
AcerinoxSpain

In the dual materiality analysis, all sustainability aspects with significant relevance for the Group were identified and evaluated. Included in the 2024 list of material impacts, risks and opportunities are those related to climate for the Company's own operations. For more information on the materiality process, see the Result of the dual materiality analysis section in the 7.1 General disclosures chapter.

The following table shows climate-related impacts, risks, and opportunities and their categorization as physical or transitional climate risks, according to the Task Force on Climate-Related Financial Disclosures (TCFD) methodology. The IPCC scenarios for physical risks were taken into account in the climate risk analysis. For transition risks, the International Energy Agency's Stated Policies Scenario (STEPS) and Sustainable Development Scenario (SDS) scenarios were evaluated.

Acerinox manages significant IROs associated with climate change mitigation and adaptation at all levels of the organization. For example, in the Sustainability Master Plan, which sets targets for the most significant climate-related IROs: energy, emissions and water use.

With respect to the last point, the Group has calculated its water footprint and is currently working on various projects to improve the efficiency of its water consumption.

IRODescriptionType of risk/opportunityDescription
Negative impactHigh energy consumption in factories due to the company's business model.Transition - MarketEnergy efficiency
Positive impactUse of efficient equipment and heat recovery in furnaces in factoriesTransition - MarketEnergy efficiency
Negative impactGreenhouse gas emissions due to the company's business model.Transition - LegalCarbon mechanisms and carbon taxes
Positive impactReduction of greenhouse gases due to the implementation of measures to mitigate climate change.Transition - MarketEnergy efficiency, Use of renewable or low carbon energy
Positive impactImplementation of systems and measures for the minimization and reuse of water resources in all factories (including sanitation, rainwater, groundwater, seawater, etc.).Physical - ChronicWater stress and drought
RiskIncrease in energy costs due to the geopolitical situation.Transition - MarketTransition to low carbon technologies
RiskIncrease in energy costs due to Acerinox's high energy consumption due to its business model.Transition - MarketTransition to low carbon technologies
OpportunityReputational improvement due to the contracting of energy with a guarantee of renewable origin (PPAs and GoOs)Transition - MarketUse of renewable or low carbon energy
RiskIncrease in costs derived from the purchase of electricity due to poor implementation of energy efficiency measures.Transition - MarketEnergy efficiency, Transition to low carbon technologies
OpportunityCost reduction due to the implementation of measures such as heat recovery.Transition - MarketEnergy efficiency
RiskLoss of market share due to non-compliance with CO2 rates.Transition - MarketChanges in consumer preferences, Carbon mechanisms and carbon taxes
RiskIncrease in costs due to non-compliance with CO2 rates.Transition - LegalCarbon mechanisms and carbon taxes, More demanding environmental regulation
RiskIncrease in costs (CAPEX and OPEX) to meet emission reduction targets.Transition - MarketTransition to low carbon technologies
RiskProduction stoppages have occurred due to water consumption limitations in areas of high water stress, such as Columbus (South Africa) and Algeciras (Spain).Physical - ChronicWater stress and drought

In the process of reviewing and updating the decarbonization plan, no significant changes were identified in the business model or in the company's assets, demonstrating the company's resilience to climate change.

Amadeus ITSpain

Material impacts, risks and opportunities and their interaction with strategy and business model

Based on the double materiality assessment conducted in 2024, Amadeus has identified the following material sustainability topics and their related impacts, risks and opportunities (IROs). The assessment considered both impact materiality and financial materiality dimensions, taking into account Amadeus' own operations and upstream and downstream value chain.

Material Topics Identified:

  • ESRS E1 - Climate change
  • ESRS S1 - Own workforce
  • ESRS G1 - Business conduct
  • Entity-specific topics: Fair and transparency tax practice, Cybersecurity, Data privacy

These material IROs are embedded in Amadeus' sustainability strategy (ESG Ambition) and business model, influencing strategic decisions and resource allocation across the organization. The company addresses these through its three circles of influence: transforming its own business, supporting stakeholders, and collaborating with industry partners.

The material topics directly interact with Amadeus' business model as a technology company serving the travel industry, affecting how the company operates, develops products and services, manages its workforce, and maintains trust with customers and stakeholders globally.

AMAG Austria MetallAustria

Material impacts, risks and opportunities and their interaction with strategy and business model

In order to develop a systematic sustainability programme and pursue it in a targeted manner, it is necessary to identify and select relevant focal points. This is done using a materiality assessment, which was carried out in accordance with the European Non-financial Reporting Standards (ESRS) and is divided into the following four steps:

1. UNDERSTANDING THE CORPORATE CONTEXT

At the beginning of this process, an overview of AMAG's activities and business relationships is drawn up. For this purpose, regulatory requirements and sector standards are used, external and internal stakeholders are involved and performance from internal risk management are taken into account in order to identify relevant sustainability issues for the company. The previously defined stakeholders and their involvement are critically evaluated in this phase and adjusted if necessary. Stakeholder dialogue takes place in various forms. All internal and external stakeholders can use an online questionnaire, which is available all year round on the homepage, to identify important topics and their material impacts, and to bring their concerns to AMAG's attention. This first step leads to the definition of topics and sub-topics ("longlist"), which are analysed and evaluated in terms of their potential materiality for the company and its activities, including the value chain.

REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS: › Sustainability & Diversity Improvement Act (NaDiVeG) › European non-financial Reporting Standards (ESRS) › EU Taxonomy Regulation (2020/852) › OECD Guidelines for Multinational Enterprises › UN Global Compact (10 principles) & UN Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) › German Supply Chain Due Diligence Act (LkSG)

SECTOR STANDARDS: › Aluminium Stewardship Initiative: ASI Performance Standard, ASI Chain of Custody Standard › Ratings: Sustainalytics, EcoVadis, CDP, VÖNIX

2. IDENTIFICATION OF ACTUAL & POTENTIAL IMPACTS, RISKS AND OPPORTUNITIES

The pre-selection of potential sustainability topics (longlist) includes impacts emanating from the company (inside-out), as well as risks and opportunities (outside-in) that have an external impact on AMAG. New topics are identified by means of a top-down process, i.e. topics are analysed and included in the longlist if they have relevant impacts, risks or opportunities (IRO) or feedback from stakeholders. Existing material topics are evaluated in terms of the topicality and relevance of the impacts, risks and opportunities and adapted if necessary. The impacts can be both positive and negative, short and long-term, and have already materialised or are relevant for the future. This evaluation, which is carried out in dialogue with stakeholders, experts and specialist departments, results in a "shortlist" of topics that initially only includes the naming and explanation of the impacts, risks and opportunities - an assessment only takes place in the next step.

3. ASSESSMENT OF IMPACTS, RISKS & OPPORTUNITIES

In this step, a qualitative assessment of the significance of the impacts is carried out by the specialist departments, which are in close dialogue with various stakeholders. Their feedback on the issues and impacts is also taken into account in the assessment. The Sustainability department collates all the information and prepares it for a quantitative assessment. Depending on the nature of the impact (positive/negative; actual/potential), factors such as severity, probability of occurrence and time horizon are included in the assessment. The severity is based on an estimate of the extent, scope and remediability of impacts, whereby a five-point scale is used for categorisation (1 = low extent/low scope/very easy to remedy; 5 = very high extent/large scope/very limited remediability). In principle, the assessment of the impact is primarily based on the two factors of extent and probability of occurrence. The other aspects of severity (scope and mitigability) are especially taken into account in the assessment if impacts would fall below the threshold value for materiality due to a low probability of occurrence, but this impact is associated with a potentially large scope (4) or medium mitigability (3). In the case of possible negative impacts on the environment (in the form of incidents) and human rights, the severity of the impact takes precedence over its probability of occurrence.

In close coordination with risk and opportunity management, risks and opportunities are assessed based on their probability of occurrence and potential impact on EBITDA and the company's reputation.

The following chart illustrates the categorisation of material impacts and risks:

[Chart shows materiality matrix with probability of occurrence on y-axis and impact severity on x-axis, with significance thresholds marked]

Those impacts and risks that are rated with a probability of occurrence or severity of 4 or above are significant (light blue area) or prioritised (dark blue area) for AMAG. In the case of the probability of an occasional occurrence, a moderate degree of impact is sufficient; a rare occurrence must be linked to a significant degree of impact in order to be considered material. The EBITDA impact ranges from a low materiality threshold of EUR 250,000 (up to EUR 3 million in the low range) to a very high financial impact of over EUR 150 million.

To date, AMAG's risk management has primarily considered opportunities from a qualitative perspective, as this enables a deeper and more comprehensive assessment that goes beyond pure figures. A qualitative assessment allows market trends, technological trends, customer expectations and social changes to be taken into account, which have a significant influence on strategic planning.

A qualitative approach also promotes the exchange of expertise and experience within the company and sharpens the understanding of complex interrelationships and strategic decisions. As part of the materiality assessment, initial quantifications of opportunities were carried out in coordination with risk management.

The impacts, risks and opportunities assessed as material in this third step are linked to targets and measures, if necessary, in order to strengthen positive impacts and opportunities and prevent or eliminate negative impacts and risks.

4. REPORTING AND MONITORING OF MATERIAL TOPICS

The key sustainability aspects, including targets and measures, are presented to the Management Board and the managing directors as part of the annual sustainability committee and approved for reporting by a Management Board resolution.

The specialist departments are responsible for implementing and monitoring the measures and report to the Management Board on progress at least once a year or as required. Detailed information can be found in the respective topic sections.

SIGNIFICANT IMPACTS, RISKS & OPPORTUNITIES 2024

The following overview lists those topics that were assessed as material in the course of the materiality assessment as they are associated with significant impacts, risks or opportunities. Topics from the ESRS that are not considered material due to the corporate context or no relevant impacts, risks and opportunities identified are briefly explained at the end of the chart.

The specific impacts, risks and opportunities, including information on key stakeholders, characteristics (including localisation and time horizon), concepts and activities are listed at the beginning of each ESG area.

OVERVIEW OF THE KEY TOPICS FOR 2024

● = actual ○ = potential

Topic according to ESRSImpacts (positive/negative)RisksOpportunities
E1 - Climate change●●●●●● / ●●●●○○○○○○○○○○●●
E2 - Pollution● / ○○○○○○○○○○○-
E4 - Biodiversity and ecosystems- / ○●--
E5 – Resource use and circular economy●●●●●●○ / ●○○○○○○○○●○
S1 – Own workforce - Working conditions● / --
S1 – Own workforce - Occupational health and safety● / ○--
S1 – Own workforce - Diversity and equal opportunities●● / --
S1 – Own workforce - Training and further education●● / --
S1 – Own workforce - Human rights (other labour-related rights)● / ○-
S2 - Workers in the value chain● / ○-
G1 – Business conduct - Corporate culture●● / -●●
G1 – Business conduct - Protection of whistleblowers● / --
G1 – Business conduct - Prevention and detection of corruption and bribery● / ○-
G1 – Business conduct - Political commitment● / ○--
G1 – Business conduct - Management of relationships with suppliers●●● / ○
AtosFrance

Material impacts, risks and opportunities

From September 2023 to March 2024, the Atos Group conducted a double materiality assessment to identify its material impacts, risks and opportunities covering the whole value chain, including providers, clients and NGOs. PricewaterhouseCoopers Advisory (French entity of PwC international network) has accompanied Atos on the methodology of the double materiality analysis. This exercise is fully aligned with the obligations set out by the ESRS. As an outcome of its double materiality assessment, Atos Group has identified 63 material IROs, covering 9 ESRS.

The complete list is to be found in section 5.1.1.3.2.

Atos sets priorities in the areas of Environment, Social and Governance (ESG) in which it can contribute, in particular with its core digital strengths.

Atos Group contributes to 10 out of the 17 Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs), which are defined by the United Nations and highlighted in the Group's double materiality assessment.

Environment

Science based actions

Approach: Aiming to reduce its GHG footprint in line with international scientific standards and contributing to limiting global warming to 1.5°C, as outlined in the Paris Agreement.

Priorities: • Reducing carbon emissions full scope (1, 2, 3) by 50% until 2025 (SBTi near-term target) • Improving energy efficiency of the Group's operations • Reducing Atos' environmental footprint (including waste)

Low footprint IT for a Sustainable Portfolio

Approach: Striving to gradually reduce the environmental impact of Atos operations and its supply chain. Developing "sustainable by design" IT solutions supporting customers in their own sustainability journey.

Priorities: • Developing digital solutions and technologies with increased energy efficiency • Developing decarbonization digital solutions and technical services to reduce clients' carbon footprint

Social

Tech for Good

Approach: Becoming an employer of choice with programs to attract and retain talents and to manage careers within an inclusive, creative, responsible and collaborative workspace.

Priorities: • Promoting diversity, equity and inclusion across the organization and supply chain. • Reinforcing key programs in talent attraction, retention and skill development to become an employer of choice • Client relationships • Digital inclusion • Data privacy & cybersecurity

Governance

Enhance trust

Approach: Being recognized as a trustworthy digital company from corporate governance, ethics and data safety perspectives.

Priorities: • Being an ethical and fair player within its sphere of influence through maintaining the highest standards in corporate governance and business conduct. • Creating value for clients and partners through innovative and secured solutions to navigate the digital space.

Banco SabadellSpain

As a result of the double materiality exercise, the following material impacts, risks and opportunities have been identified:

Material Impacts

Sustainability topicMaterial impactsValue chain
Climate changeReduction of the effects of climate change through the provision of finance for projects that promote the reduction of greenhouse gas emissions and/or the capture of CO2Downstream
Contribution to reducing global warming due to the Institution's goal to have carbon-neutral operationsOwn operations
Contribution to a more sustainable economy by consuming electricity from renewable sourcesOwn operations
Granting of finance to companies involved in GHG emissions-intensive industries and which have no plans to transition to a sustainable economy, which contributes to global warmingDownstream
Contribution to the mitigation of the effects of climate change through digital management of servicesOwn operations
Own workforceExistence of a pay gap due to insufficient development of initiatives to promote gender equalityOwn operations
Professional development of the workforce thanks to the implementation of a training planOwn operations
Establishment of competitive salaries for people in the organisationOwn operations
Improvement in the quality of life of the workforce thanks to the implementation of fair working hours, a safe work environment and the development of work-life balance policiesOwn operations
Social inclusion of consumers and end-usersImprovements in the economic, social and cultural rights of communities by offering finance so that they may access housingDownstream
Contribution to a robust business fabric, by offering finance to startups and SMEs in the geographies in which the Bank operatesDownstream
Access for vulnerable groups in society to basic financial services, fostering equality and reducing the economic divideDownstream
Negative impact on the finances of vulnerable groups due to their over-indebtedness, as a result of taking out certain financial products that are not suited to their profilesDownstream
Ethics, integrity and good corporate governanceImproved levels of customer trust thanks to the Bank's ethical and transparent conductOwn operations
Contribution to the stability of the financial system, by exercising good corporate governance, taking ethical actions that benefit society and other playersOwn operations
Improved levels of confidence among investors, shareholders and the market in general, due to transparent disclosure of the Institution's financial and non-financial informationOwn operations
Tax responsibilityTax contribution to the economic development and sustainable growth of all jurisdictions in which the Group operatesOwn operations

Material Risks and Opportunities

Sustainability topicMaterial risks and opportunitiesValue chain
Climate changeOpportunity to build customer loyalty by offering advisory services for the climate transitionDownstream
Opportunity to improve the position in the market by offering sustainable finance solutions (green & social loans and sustainability-linked loans)Downstream
Credit risk for the Institution caused by physical climate risks affecting its customers, ultimately reducing their creditworthinessDownstream
Risk of a loss of business and higher costs for customers who fail to transitionDownstream
Customer satisfactionOpportunity to increase turnover by cross-selling financial productsDownstream
Social inclusion of consumers and end-usersRisk of increased costs to adapt solutions for vulnerable groupsDownstream
Privacy and cybersecurityRisk of higher costs and investments in cybersecurity to tackle increasingly sophisticated attacksOwn operations
DigitalisationOpportunity to increase income by attracting new customers through digital channelsOwn operations
Risk of digital fraud for the BankOwn operations

Double materiality analysis results

The table below shows the results of the double materiality analysis, indicating the sustainability topics analysed (ESRS) with their relative weight or importance in terms of materiality:

ESRS TopicImpact materialityFinancial materialityDouble materiality Result
ESRS E1 - Climate changeVery significantSignificantMaterial
ESRS E2 - PollutionNon-materialNon-materialNon-material
ESRS E3 - Water and marine resourcesNon-materialNon-materialNon-material
ESRS E4 - Biodiversity and ecosystemsNon-materialNon-materialNon-material
ESRS E5 - Circular economyNon-materialNon-materialNon-material
ESRS S1 - Own workforceVery significantMaterialMaterial
ESRS S2 - Workers in the value chainMaterialNon-materialNon-material
ESRS S3 - Affected communitiesMaterialNon-materialNon-material
ESRS S4 - Consumers and end-usersVery significantSignificantMaterial
ESRS G1 - Business conductVery significantSignificantMaterial
Tax responsibilityVery significantMaterialMaterial

Following the analysis, Banco Sabadell concluded that the current risks identified in the double materiality analysis currently produce no significant effects. This conclusion was reached after evaluating the impact that they currently have on the Bank's financial statements, having verified that they have no material significance.

In relation to current opportunities, including those related to sustainable finance solutions and climate transition advice, as well as digital customer acquisition and cross-selling opportunities, it was concluded that they have material significance and the Institution is working to benefit from them.

Thus, the Bank committed to mobilise €65bn in sustainable finance between 2021 and 2025. Up to December 2024, more than €57.9bn had been mobilised. As a result of the digitalisation strategy, over 150,000 customers were onboarded digitally in 2024.

Specific qualitative analysis of the financial materiality of environmental risks

Every year, the Institution reviews the impact materiality assessment of environmental risks (physical and transition risks stemming from climate change and environmental degradation), identifying all possible factors that can transmit these risks, evaluating them according to a scale of impact intensity and taking different time horizons into account.

The qualitative materiality analysis for 2024 showed that:

Physical risks: acute climate events continued to occur and chronic climate trends continued to get worse, with a noticeable "tropicalisation" of the climate • Transition risks: remained stable compared to 2023, with a certain decrease of regulatory transition risks

The results showed that the risk with the biggest effect continued to be credit risk:

Credit risk: Physical risks are expected to increase impact intensity over the time horizon considered. Transition risks are estimated to have a gradually increasing overall impact on counterparties • Market, liquidity and operational risks: The impact intensity of inherent environmental risks is low

Inherent risk results of the 2024 qualitative environmental risk assessment

Risk TypeShort termMedium termLong term
PHYSICAL RISK
CreditMedium-lowMediumMedium-high
MarketLowLowLow
LiquidityLowLowLow
OperationalLowLowLow
TRANSITION RISK
CreditMediumMedium-highHigh
MarketLowLowMedium-low
LiquidityNo impactNo impactLow
OperationalLowLowLow

After considering the rollout of mitigating factors and the initiatives of the Institution's Sustainable Finance Plan, the residual environmental risk is concluded to be low for all of the risks under analysis.

Banque Internationale à LuxembourgLuxembourg

BIL conducted a Double Materiality Assessment with the aim of identifying all material impacts, risks, and opportunities. The objective was two-fold: to confirm that the Bank's strategy and sustainability commitments are tackling issues that its stakeholders consider to be relevant and to identify any additional topics that are a priority for those stakeholders.

The assessment results were grouped and categorised into 12 material topics for clearer representation:

BIL's Material TopicsClassification
1. Data protection, privacy and cybersecurityEntity-specific
2. Innovation and digitalisationEntity-specific
3. Responsible business conductG1 Business Conduct
4. Developing sustainable productsEntity-specific
5. Environmental impact of own operationsE1 Climate Change
6. Bank profitabilityEntity-specific
7. Products and services transparencyS4 Consumers and end-users
8. Transition support to clientsE1 Climate Change
9. Employee developmentS1 Own Workforce
10. Diversity and inclusionS1 Own Workforce
11. Human RightsS1 Own Workforce
12. Client engagementS4 Consumers and end-users

BIL's Material Impacts on the People and the Environment

Positive Impacts:

  • Retail & Corporate Lending: By offering green loans to retail customers for energy-efficient home improvements, electric vehicles, and renewable energy installations, BIL supports the transition to a low-carbon economy. Similarly, the Bank's green loans to corporations for sustainable projects—such as renewable energy initiatives, green buildings, and sustainable supply chains—contribute to environmental sustainability and economic resilience.

  • Investment Services: BIL provides investment solutions with an ESG focus, directing client funds towards projects and companies that support climate change mitigation and adaptation. This approach not only helps in reducing carbon footprints but also aligns investments with clients' sustainability preferences, ensuring that their financial goals are met in a responsible manner.

  • Green Funding: Through the issuance of green bonds and other sustainable finance instruments, BIL directs funds towards projects that mitigate climate change and enhance resilience.

  • Bank Portfolio Management: By allocating a portion of its own investment portfolio to sustainable investments, the Bank supports projects that promote climate resilience and reduce carbon emissions. Developing a sustainability-focused internal investment framework enhances long-term profitability by capitalising on the growing market for sustainable investments.

  • Risk Management: Implementing climate risk management strategies reduces BIL's vulnerability to climate-related disruptions, ensuring the overall stability and resilience of the financial system. This proactive approach safeguards not only the Bank's assets but also those of its clients and stakeholders.

  • Facilities Management: By adopting green building practices, the Bank enhances energy efficiency, reduces waste, and promotes a healthier environment—both for its employees and the communities in which it operates.

  • Transparent Marketing and Communication: The Bank's effective marketing campaigns raise awareness about climate change and the importance of adaptation and mitigation efforts, encouraging customers to make environmentally friendly choices. By promoting sustainable practices, the Bank contributes to a broader cultural shift towards sustainability.

  • Human Resources Practices: The Bank is committed to providing stable job opportunities, promoting diversity and inclusion, and upholding human rights practices. These initiatives contribute to employee development and satisfaction, while robust data protection measures safeguard employees' personal information and privacy.

  • Client Centricity: Engaging in two-way communication with its clients allows the Bank to address their complaints and grievances effectively. This leads to better product and service offerings, enhancing client satisfaction and retention, and fostering long-term relationships built on trust.

  • Compliance: Enforcing strict anti-corruption and anti-bribery policies maintains a fair and transparent working environment, while a strong anti-discrimination policy ensures equitable treatment of employees and clients.

Negative Impacts:

  • Retail & Corporate Lending: Financing projects for high-emitting clients, thermal vehicles, or low energy-efficient houses contributes to financed GHG emissions, negatively impacting the environment.

  • Bank Portfolio Management: Allocating investments into non-sustainable projects increases the Bank's financed emissions, undermining its sustainability goals.

  • Facilities Management: The Bank's own operations, including buildings and travel, contribute to GHG emissions.

  • Compliance: Extensive data collection can lead to privacy violations and misuse of personal information.

  • IT: Increased reliance on digital platforms exposes the Bank and its customers to cyber threats and data breaches.

  • Client Centricity: Absence of two-way engagement with clients can result in difficulty retaining them.

  • HR Practices: Violating human rights can lead to dissatisfied workers, impacting employee satisfaction and retention.

The impacts vary in their time horizons. Actual impacts, such as those from current lending practices and investment services, are immediate. Potential impacts, like those from future green building practices and sustainability-focused investment frameworks, are expected to materialise over the medium to long term. The Bank's ongoing efforts in climate risk management and employee development also have long-term implications for stability and resilience.

The Bank is involved with these impacts through its direct activities and business relationships. For instance, retail and corporate lending directly influences financed emissions and the promotion of green projects. Investment services and green funding are connected to the Bank's strategy of directing client funds towards sustainable initiatives. The Bank's internal operations, such as facilities management and HR practices, also contribute to its overall environmental and social footprint. Additionally, the Bank's relationships with clients and stakeholders, including through client engagement and compliance policies, play a crucial role in shaping these impacts.

Interaction with Strategy and Business Model

The Bank recognises the increasing demand for sustainable client solutions, which impacts its service offerings and necessitates a shift in strategy to assist clients in transitioning to more sustainable practices. This commitment aligns with the Bank's dedication to conducting business responsibly while strategically growing to support the global economy. As part of this commitment, the Bank is enhancing its sustainability initiatives throughout its value chain to reduce the environmental impact of its operations. The demand for innovative and sustainable banking products shapes the Bank's product development strategy, driving efforts to create tailored solutions that meet client needs and align with sustainability goals.

The Bank actively integrates diversity and inclusion into all relevant operations, ensuring that its hiring practices and internal culture reflect these values. Additionally, the Bank is focusing on employee engagement, thus promoting a culture of caring, empathy, and open-mindedness.

In light of growing cybersecurity risks, the Bank acknowledges the need for robust data protection measures, influencing its decision-making regarding technology investments and data governance to safeguard user safety and privacy. To address this, the Bank is prioritising investments in cybersecurity infrastructure and employee training, ensuring that it is well-equipped to protect client data.

Moreover, the Bank is dedicated to upholding human rights across its employees, supply chain, and clients. In this context, the Bank is enhancing its engagement with suppliers to ensure they adhere to the same standards of human rights and ethical practices.

Fostering the skills and competencies of its employees is also a priority, enabling the workforce to better serve clientele and adapt to evolving market demands. The Bank is investing in employee development programs and training to enhance the capabilities of its team.

Resilience of BIL's Strategy and Business Model

BIL employs quarterly scenario analyses that assess various risks defined in the Bank Risk Taxonomy. These analyses not only help gauge the Bank's situation under potential future scenarios but also establish a basis for an additional Economic Capital Assessment (ECAP) buffer linked to ESG features. By closely monitoring these impacts, BIL aims to ensure resilience in its financial position, performance, and cash flows.

No material risk or opportunity presents a significant risk of a material adjustment within the next annual reporting period to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities reported in the related financial statements.

Under European Central Bank (ECB) Supervisory expectations relating to business models and strategy, regulatory expectations were addressed through the identification and assessment of material risks: building a robust risk management framework, using scenario analysis and stress testing, strengthening risk corporate governance to ensure board-level oversight of climate risks and compliance with evolving regulations.

  • BIL annually conducts its Global Risk Cartography, integrating an ESG risk mapping exercise, with the objective of identifying the transmission channels for climate-related risk drivers, social and governance risk drivers on financial and non-financial risks, considering a medium and long-term horizon.

  • BIL applies ESG stress testing scenarios to identify potential weaknesses in its exposure across different activity sectors, challenges the business strategy and provides quarterly a high-level view of the impacts of ESG drivers on credit, market, liquidity and non-financial risks to the Bank's Management bodies.

  • Since 2023, BIL developed an ESG Dashboard to monitor the impact of climate change and environmental degradation, providing a global overview on the Lending portfolio, Bank Investment Portfolio, Client Investment Portfolio, its carbon footprint and its climate targets.

  • In the context of the Bank's Risk Appetite Framework (RAF), BIL classifies its loan book exposures according to SASB criteria, taking into account ESG features, with a focus on those subject to Biodiversity Risk and losses. These assessments are included in the Global Risk Dashboard and presented quarterly to the Management.

In September 2024, the Board of Directors approved new indicators and limits related to Transition and Physical risks for the Residential and Commercial Real Estate Portfolio as part of the Risk Appetite Statement. These indicators will help monitor and manage risks associated with energy performance and collateral classifications, ensuring alignment with environmental standards. Additionally, in December 2024, new ESG risk indicators were validated, focusing on exposure to ESG bonds, concentration in top emitting sectors, and the impact of ESG factors on non-financial risks.

The Bank regularly focuses on technological innovations and maintaining an agile business model in order to quickly respond to market and regulatory changes while taking advantage of identified opportunities.

BASFGermany

Material topics along the value chain form the focal points of our reporting and define the limits of this report. In identifying, prioritizing and validating material sustainability-related topics, we are guided by the principle of double materiality, taking into consideration financial materiality and impact materiality (see page 167 onward).

The results of our double materiality assessment are included in the presentation of external factors and impacts of our business activities. A comprehensive explanation of the impacts, risks and opportunities identified as part of our double materiality assessment can be found from page 170 onward.

BBVASpain

Material impacts, risks and opportunities and their interaction with strategy and business model

Material topics identified

BBVA has identified material impacts, risks and opportunities in four general topics:

  1. Climate change
  2. Own workforce
  3. Consumers and end-users
  4. Business conduct

Climate Change

Climate change is material for BBVA because it has significant effects both on the environment and on its own operations. This consideration aligns with BBVA's strategy, which integrates climate action as one of its fundamental pillars.

Material IROs for Climate Change:

SubtopicIRO DescriptionI/R/OActual/PotentialTime horizon
Climate change mitigationReduction of emissions associated with increased demand for sustainable financial servicesPositive ImpactActual-
Increase in GHG emissions from portfolio due to financing high-emission companies without transition strategiesNegative ImpactActual-
Growth in demand for sustainable financial products, increasing customer base and revenueOpportunityActual-
Channeling sustainable business towards decarbonization activitiesOpportunityPotentialShort term
Climate change adaptationContributing to customer adaptation to climate effects through sustainable business channelingPositive ImpactPotentialShort term
Financial risk from financing customers affected by transition to low-carbon economyRiskPotentialLong term
EnergyContributing to customers' transition towards sustainable energy systemsPositive ImpactActual-
Channeling sustainable business into energy efficiency and transition activitiesOpportunityPotentialShort term

Integration with strategy: The key role of banks in financing the transition to a decarbonized economy has been considered. BBVA can promote decarbonization and enhance customer resilience, generating value for both society and the Group.

Own Workforce

BBVA recognizes the importance of people as a fundamental pillar of its corporate strategy. The commitment to creating a positive work environment is material because employees contribute directly to achieving business objectives.

Material IROs for Own Workforce:

SubtopicIRO DescriptionI/R/OActual/PotentialTime horizon
Working ConditionsGeneration and adoption of robust corporate culture by employeesPositive impactPotentialShort term
Increased employee satisfaction and productivity through quality job offers and competitive remunerationPositive impactPotentialShort term
Equal treatment and opportunitiesPromoting and supporting equal opportunities among employeesPositive impactPotentialShort term

Consumers and End Users

Consumers and end users are fundamental to the Group's activity. Their satisfaction and financial security have direct impact on the Group's performance and reputation.

Material IROs for Consumers and End Users:

SubtopicIRO DescriptionI/R/OActual/PotentialTime horizon
Information-related incidentsDesign and implement cybersecurity procedures safeguarding customers' financesPositive ImpactActual-
Identify risks in personal data processing to prevent security incidentsPositive ImpactActual-
Promoting customer education and awareness on sustainability issuesPositive ImpactActual-
Various risks related to data protection, cybersecurity, and transparencyRiskActual/PotentialVarious
Social inclusionIncreased accessibility of financial services through digitalizationPositive ImpactActual-
Growth in customers through innovation and digital productsOpportunityActual-

Business Conduct

Material IROs for Business Conduct:

SubtopicIRO DescriptionI/R/OActual/PotentialTime horizon
Corruption and BriberyContribution to socio-economic well-being through AML and terrorism financing preventionPositive ImpactActual-
Risk of legal sanctions and reputational damage from unethical practicesRiskPotentialMedium term
Corporate CultureRisk of sanctions from non-compliance with AML and terrorism financing regulationsRiskActual-
Protection of WhistleblowersRisk of legal penalties from inadequate claim mechanismsRiskPotentialMedium term

Strategic integration

The results of the double materiality analysis are related to the definition of the Group's strategy and are consistent with various internal exercises to assess climate risks and non-financial risks. They reflect:

  • Growing activity around sustainable business channeling
  • Advances in digitalization
  • Best practices in business conduct

The material IROs are concentrated in the downstream phase of the value chain, except for those related to corporate conduct and the Bank's own workforce, which fall under the Group's own operations phase.

Beiersdorf AGGermany

The table below lists the material sustainability-related impacts, risks, and opportunities (IROs) that we have identified in our ESRS-compliant materiality assessment. The IROs are allocated to the topical ESRS and the sub-topics listed in ESRS 1. All listed IROs are covered by the ESRS requirements and no further entity-specific topics were identified. The IROs generally apply to both, the Consumer Business Segment and the tesa Business Segment; exceptions are clearly indicated in the table.

The identified impacts on the environment and people are all to be put into the context of our business model as a global consumer goods manufacturer. The impacts in our own operations are primarily associated with the process of manufacturing our products. Impacts in the upstream and downstream value chain arise through our business relationships with suppliers that supply us with raw materials and intermediate products or deliver our products. Impacts also arise through the use and disposal of our products by consumers or at the end of the product life cycle.

Our business model and strategy are heavily influenced by the necessity for sustainable conduct. The direct effects of the impacts, risks, and opportunities listed below are already noticeable: They include the increasing regulatory pressure, potential reputational risks, transitioning our production sites, and the need for good working conditions both for our own staff and throughout the value chain. We expect additional challenges going forward, such as rising costs, stronger shifts in consumer preferences, and operational adjustments to meet regulatory requirements.

Beiersdorf performed a qualitative analysis of the resilience of its corporate strategy and business model with a view to the material IROs in 2024. The focus was on the extent to which these topics are integrated in the business processes, strategy, and reporting. The results of the analysis underpin the assessment that the company is capable of addressing the material impacts and risks and taking advantage of its material opportunities. Sustainability is firmly enshrined in our business strategy and integrated in our strategic planning with the objective of ensuring the long-term success and resilience of our company.

As regards the identified opportunities and risks, we do not expect any material financial effects on Beiersdorf's net assets, financial position, results of operations this reporting year or next.

E1 Climate Change

IROValue chainDescriptionTime horizon
Climate change adaptation
Risk (physical)Own operationsThe increase in extreme weather events due to climate change increases the risk of damage to material property and higher insurance costs at our sites in regions under climate threat.Medium term
Risk (transition)UpstreamPrices of raw and other materials may rise due to the effects of resource depletion caused by climate change and because of new regulations.Medium term
Risk (physical)Upstream and downstreamThe increase in extreme weather events due to climate change increases the risk of disruptions in the supply chains and transportation networks, which may result in delayed dispatch of goods, damage to the infrastructure, and increased costs for rerouting.Medium term
Climate change mitigation
Negative impact (actual)Own operationsSome of the energy used for production and office buildings is from non-renewable sources and therefore causes greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions.Short term
Negative impact (actual)UpstreamThe business activities in the upstream value chain, such as sourcing of raw materials and packaging manufacture, are energy intensive and currently rely on fossil fuels, which results in GHG emissions.Short term
Negative impact (actual)DownstreamThe end products are distributed via fleets with internal combustion engines operated with non-renewable fuels, and the disposal of products results in GHG emissions.Short term
Risk (transition)Own operationsGovernments around the world are introducing policies to mitigate climate change. The European Commission's "European Green Deal" laid down a large number of new climate-related requirements for businesses. Companies that fail to comply with these requirements can expect fines, legal action, or reputational damage.Medium term
OpportunityOwn operations (Consumer Business Segment)Consumers increasingly expect companies to have a positive impact on the environment. Developing products with a reduced carbon footprint drives innovation and presents Beiersdorf with an opportunity to set itself apart from the competition.Medium term
Energy
Negative impact (actual)UpstreamThe extraction and production of some materials used, such as aluminum for packaging purposes, is highly energy intensive.Short term

E2 Pollution

IROValue chainDescriptionTime horizon
Pollution of air
Negative impact (actual)UpstreamEnergy-intensive business activities in the upstream value chain, such as sourcing of raw materials, manufacture of packaging, management of third-party manufacturers (3PMs), and transportation and distribution of raw materials and intermediate products are often associated with the use of fossil fuels. This may cause emissions of pollutants and adversely affect air quality.Short term
Pollution of water
Negative impact (potential)UpstreamWater pollution caused by suppliers in the chemical industry who may release pollutants into the environment. Production of paper (pulp) for tesa is among the largest industrial water pollutants in some countries.Long term
Negative impact (actual)Downstream (Consumer Business Segment)Use of skin care products by consumers may transfer substances into wastewater, thereby adversely affecting the water quality.Long term
Substances of very high concern
Negative impact (potential)Downstream (Consumer Business Segment)Some products such as deodorants may contain substances of very high concern. Use of such products may cause these substances to be released into wastewater and build up in the environment.Medium term
Microplastics
Negative impact (actual)Downstream (Consumer Business Segment)Some products may contain microplastics that can be released into the environment through consumer use. They do not decompose, but build up and may have an adverse effect on the environment, and – via the food chain – also on human health.Long term

E3 Water and Marine Resources

IROValue chainDescriptionTime horizon
Water consumption and withdrawal
Negative impact (actual)Own operations (Consumer Business Segment)The Consumer Business Segment in particular manufactures products that require large amounts of water in the production process that cannot be returned to the water cycle.Long term
Negative impact (potential)UpstreamLarge amounts of water are consumed for some intermediate products and raw materials (e.g., on palm oil and cotton plantations, etc.) that cannot be returned to the water cycle in the region.Long term
Negative impact (potential)Own operationsThe major water withdrawal in the production process may lead to water scarcity in the vicinity of production sites. This ultimately has an impact on the natural environment and may result in a depletion of groundwater.Medium term
RiskUpstreamThe shortage of raw materials for materials with high water consumption (e.g., agricultural products) may result in an increase in procurement costs.Medium term
RiskOwn operationsAn acute water shortage in regions with very high water risk may disrupt industrial processes and lead to production delays, reduced efficiency, increased downtime, and costs for alternative solutions.Medium term

E4 Biodiversity and Ecosystems

IROValue chainDescriptionTime horizon
Direct impact drivers of biodiversity loss
Negative impact (actual)UpstreamBeiersdorf sources palm oil and natural rubber from Southeast Asia. The associated destruction of habitats through deforestation of large areas of tropical rain forest for the purpose of expanding plantations and monocultures results in a loss of biodiversity.Medium term

E5 Resource Use and Circular Economy

IROValue chainDescriptionTime horizon
Resource inflows
Negative impact (potential)Own operationsA large volume of many different biological materials, new fossil materials, and packaging are used in the manufacture of our products.Short term
RiskOwn operationsA plastic tax on packaging made from fossil plastics has been agreed at European level. This results in increased procurement costs, as Beiersdorf products fall under this rule.Medium term
Resource outflows
Negative impact (potential)Own operationsThe products contribute to a significant outflow of materials and plastic packaging.Short term
Negative impact (actual)Downstream (tesa Business Segment)Most tesa products (e.g., adhesive tape) cannot be recycled at the end of their life cycle, which has a negative impact on the circular economy of the plastics stream.Long term
RiskOwn operationsNew EU regulations concerning the circular economy are causing additional fees and investment in sustainable packaging innovations.Medium term
Waste
Negative impact (potential)DownstreamPackaging waste is created at the end of the life cycle. The products are primarily packaged in plastic and/or cardboard boxes, and although these can be recycled, they are not fully biodegradable. These may ultimately be incinerated in countries without a proper recycling system.Medium term

S1 Own Workforce

IROValue chainDescriptionTime horizon
Working conditions (working time, work-life-balance)
Positive impact (actual)Own operationsThe enforcement of collective agreements ensures that working conditions for our own workforce are appropriate or above the industry standard (in terms of working time, work-life-balance, parental leave, etc.).Medium term
Working conditions (social dialog, freedom of association, collective bargaining)
Positive impact (actual)Own operationsOur own workforce is represented by a trade union. There is a works council that ensures the involvement and consultation of the employees, freedom of association, and collective bargaining.Medium term
Working conditions (health and safety)
Negative impact (actual)Own operationsThe staff at the production sites handle dangerous materials and machinery that could jeopardize their general health and safety.Medium term
Equal treatment and equal opportunities (gender equality and equal pay for work of equal value)
Positive impact (actual)Own operations (Consumer Business Segment)By signing the "Consumer Business Gender Parity Ambition," the Consumer Business Segment committed to achieving gender parity across all management levels (1-4) by 2025.Medium term
Equal treatment and equal opportunities (diversity)
Positive impact (actual)Own operations (Consumer Business Segment)The principles of diversity and inclusion are incorporated in the "Global DE&I Roadmap" and enable a strategic approach to promoting diversity in the corporate culture and company processes.Medium term
Equal treatment and equal opportunities (training and skills development)
Positive impact (actual)Own operationsTraining and upskilling programs enable employees to develop their skills on an ongoing basis. These programs are supported by regular, constructive performance appraisals. The aim of this approach is to provide the best possible support for employee development and ensure the effectiveness of the programs.Medium term

S2 Workers in the Value Chain

IROValue chainDescriptionTime horizon
Working conditions (working time, adequate wages, freedom of association)
Negative impact (potential)UpstreamThe business activities in the supply chains of our global activities are associated with high pressure on workers in various sectors, such as agricultural products. This is an indirect contribution to difficult working conditions, particularly at the lower end of high risk supply chains, such as production of raw materials based on palm oil or rubber. Negative impacts may include deductions from wages, working time or wage violations under local law, and suppression of freedom of association.Medium term
Equal treatment and opportunities for all (measures against violence and harassment)
Negative impact (potential)UpstreamThe business activities in the supply chains of our global activities are associated with high pressure on workers in various sectors, such as agricultural products. This is an indirect contribution to difficult working conditions, particularly at the lower end of high risk supply chains, such as production of raw materials based on palm oil or rubber. Negative impacts may include discrimination in the workplace.Medium term
Other work-related rights (child labor, forced labor)
Negative impact (potential)UpstreamThe business activities in the supply chains of our global activities are associated with high pressure on workers in various sectors, such as agricultural products. This is an indirect contribution to difficult working conditions, particularly at the lower end of high risk supply chains, such as production of raw materials based on palm oil or rubber. Negative impacts may include child or forced labor.Medium term

S3 Affected Communities

IROValue chainDescriptionTime horizon
Rights of indigenous peoples (free, prior, and informed consent)
Negative impact (actual)Upstream (Consumer Business Segment)The expansion of palm oil plantations may be associated with displacement of indigenous communities and conflicts regarding land rights.Long term

S4 Consumers and End-Users

IROValue chainDescriptionTime horizon
Personal safety of consumers (health and safety)
Positive impact (actual)Downstream (Consumer Business Segment)The products from the Consumer Business Segment help to prevent and treat dermatological conditions for end consumers.Short term
Negative impact (potential)Downstream (Consumer Business Segment)Despite a detailed and comprehensive safety assessment of all products, individual sensitivities, improper application or misuse of products may result in adverse health effects to consumers, for example, skin reactions such as irritant or allergic contact dermatitis. This is unavoidable and does not confirm that the products have not been properly evaluated.Short term
RiskDownstream (Consumer Business Segment)The sale of products that are not safe or do not meet quality criteria may result in product recalls and potential legal action. This would involve financial loss due to the associated costs. Reputational damage is another possible consequence.Short term
OpportunityOwn operations (Consumer Business Segment)Beiersdorf's focus on high quality, safe, and health-promoting products enables it to set its brands apart in the market, build a loyal customer base, and position itself as a leading company in the health-conscious cosmetics sector.Short term

G1 Business Conduct

IROValue chainDescriptionTime horizon
Corporate culture
Positive impact (actual)Own operationsThe Consumer and tesa Business Segments have guidelines on business conduct that promote the corporate culture. This creates the obligation to actively identify, report, and investigate behavior that violates the law or the Code of Conduct.Long term
Protection of whistleblowers
Positive impact (actual)Own operationsThere are whistleblowing channels open not only to our own employees, but also to customers, consumers, suppliers, and other external stakeholders who wish to report possible misconduct.Long term
Corruption and bribery
Positive impact (actual)Own operationsThere is a Group-wide compliance management system (CMS) that helps to prevent and detect corruption and bribery through targeted training. The participation rate has been close to 100% in recent years.Long term
RiskOwn operationsIf employees are not properly trained on preventing and detecting corruption and bribery, this may result in unintended breaches with legal consequences, fines and penalties.Medium term
RiskOwn operationsCases of corruption – even if they are unintentional – may result in negative attention in the media, which causes reputational damage and a potential threat to the brand value of the company.Medium term
BMW GroupGermany

Material Sustainability Topics Identified

The BMW Group's ESRS-based materiality assessment identified 85 material impacts, risks and opportunities across 31 sustainability sub-topics and sub-sub-topics. These are categorized across the entire value chain:

Environmental (E)

  • E1 Climate Change: Climate change adaptation, Climate change mitigation, Energy
  • E2 Pollution: Pollution of water, Pollution of soil, Microplastic
  • E3 Water and Marine Resources: Water consumption, Water withdrawals
  • E4 Biodiversity: Direct exploitation
  • E5 Circular Economy: Resources inflows including resource use, Resource outflows related to products and services, Waste

Social (S)

  • S1 Own Workforce: Health and safety, Gender equality and equal pay, Diversity, Training and skills development, Secure employment, Social dialogue
  • S2 Workers in the Value Chain: Working time, Freedom of association including work councils, Health and safety, Training and skills development, Measures against violence and harassment, Child labour, Forced labour
  • S4 Consumers and End-Users: Access to quality information, Privacy, Health and safety, Protection of children

Governance (G)

  • G1 Business Conduct: Political engagement and lobbying activities, Corruption and bribery prevention and detection including training

Interaction with Strategy and Business Model

Climate Change Integration

The BMW Group directly and indirectly generates greenhouse gas emissions worldwide through:

  • Upstream processes and raw material procurement
  • Development and production activities
  • Supply and use of products and services

Strategic Response:

  • Offering electrified vehicles (BEV, PHEV, FCEV)
  • Expanding use of CO2e-free energy including through PPAs
  • Contributing to progressive decarbonisation
  • Target: Reduce carbon emissions by at least 40 million tonnes by 2030 compared to 2019

Circular Economy Integration

Incorporating circular economy principles into business models and products is an important step towards:

  • Reducing use of natural and limited resources
  • Contributing to CO2 emissions reduction
  • Preserving biodiversity
  • Mitigating environmental and social impacts from primary material extraction

Strategic Elements:

  • Re:think, Re:duce, Re:use, Re:cycle principles
  • Increasing proportion of recycled materials in products
  • Closing material cycles within automotive industry

Workforce Diversity

Diversity is an important element of the BMW Group's competitiveness:

  • Strategic target: Increasing proportion of women in management positions
  • Consistent support for employees to acquire new professional qualifications
  • Investment in training and education at all locations

Material Impacts Assessment

Methodology: Double materiality approach considering:

  • Inside-out perspective: BMW Group's impacts on environment and society
  • Outside-in perspective: External sustainability factors influencing business model

Value Chain Coverage:

  • Upstream: Multi-layered supplier network
  • Own Operations: Production, R&D, testing facilities
  • Downstream: Sales network, customer use phase, recycling

Resilience Analysis

Strengthening resilience is a key concern through:

  • Early Recognition: Changes in environment identified early
  • Scenario Planning: Alternative development scenarios considered
  • Risk Management: Effective management of risks and opportunities
  • Supply Chain Resilience: Expanding resilient global supply chains
  • Digitalisation: Across entire supply chain for sustainable management

Environmental Analysis: Regularly updated analysis based on selected relevant topics including assessment of political and regulatory framework conditions.

Financial Effects

Current Impacts:

  • Competition in electrified vehicle market intensified in reporting year
  • Regulatory restrictions on certain energy sources (e.g., biogas) - financial effects avoided through hedging activities

Forward-Looking: No material risks or opportunities identified with significant probability of occurrence in 2025 that would result in material adjustment to carrying amounts of assets and liabilities.

Time Horizons

  • Short-term: 2024 financial year
  • Medium-term: 2025-2030 (2025-2035 for climate-related impacts)
  • Long-term: After 2030 (after 2035 for climate-related impacts)

Most material impacts have already materialised, with ongoing management through established policies, targets, and measures across the value chain.

Crayon Group HoldingNorway

Material impacts, risks and opportunities and their interaction with strategy and business model

In December 2024, our board of directors approved an enhanced ESG strategy designed to propel us into the future by building on our progress to date. Our 16 focus areas are derived primarily from the material impacts, risks, and opportunities identified in our 2024 double materiality assessment, as well as some additional components that emerged through further internal stakeholder consultations.

Strategic Integration

Our wide-ranging ESG initiatives contribute to our business strategy and business success by helping to strengthen relationships with existing and potential customers worldwide, across all our lines of business. Our ESG initiatives also support employer branding, contributing to talent attraction and employee engagement and loyalty.

Some of our ESG initiatives have the co-benefit of enabling us to anticipate and comply with regulatory requirements, mitigating the financial and reputational risks associated with regulatory non-compliance.

Key Strategic Priorities

In order to focus, allocate resources efficiently, and maximize the chances for success, three of the 16 ESG focus areas will be prioritized in 2025:

i. Greenhouse gas emissions and climate-related risks ii. Diversity, equity, inclusion and belonging iii. Responsible AI

Business Model Integration

Our ESG strategy has a five-year window between 2025 and 2030. We believe this is a sufficient timeframe to achieve results in the more immediate and foreseeable future, whilst laying a strong foundation for success beyond 2030.

The 16 ESG focus areas are segmented into four pillars that align with our business operations:

Pillar I: Environment

  • Vision: To protect the planet by being a responsible steward
  • Focus areas: GHG emissions and climate-related risk; E-waste and circular economy

Pillar II: Services and solutions

  • Vision: To integrate ESG into the services and solutions we offer customers
  • Focus areas: Tech4Good software and services; Cloud services that minimize carbon footprint; ESG software solutions

Pillar III: Social

  • Vision: To serve and develop people inside and outside our organization
  • Focus areas: Diversity, equity, inclusion & belonging; Employee advocacy, well-being and growth; Talent attraction and recruitment; Employee remuneration and benefits; Labor and human rights in value chain; Charitable giving

Pillar IV: Governance

  • Vision: To infuse honest and ethical conduct into everything we do
  • Focus areas: Business ethics and integrity; Data privacy and information security; Responsible AI; Enterprise risk management; Corporate governance

Future Opportunities

Realise the potential from our ESG initiatives - Our various ESG initiatives position Crayon as a player attuned to industry and societal trends. Our existing ESG-related services and solutions, if scaled up could also contribute to our go-to-market offerings and revenue generation.

Danica PensionDenmark

Material impacts, risks and opportunities and their interaction with strategy and business model

Sustainability-related risks

Sustainability risks are environmental, social and governance (ESG) events or circumstances that, if they occur, may have a material negative impact (including financial and/or non-financial), on society, the environment or people or on Danica's assets and performance. Risks arise, for example, through Danica's strategic obligations and activities in investee companies.

Taking a risk-based approach, Danica prioritises its efforts by managing sustainability risks where the adverse impact is deemed to be high on the basis of the double materiality assessment.

The principal financial risks related to sustainability are linked to the investments as they may affect Danica's responsibility to comply with the prudent person principle. This principle implies that the investment strategy and the actual investments must support long-term financial and sustainability objectives, including ensuring the best possible return for the customers.

Danica considers sustainability risk to extend to all aspects of the business, and sustainability risk is thus integrated in all other risk factors via the risk management framework. Danica therefore has access to external data providing insights into material environmental, social and governance (ESG) issues in investee companies. For example, Danica has access to ESG data on investee companies' working conditions, how they handle the green transition, fight corruption, and whether management possesses the right skills.

Danica has company exclusions within coal, tar sand, controversial weapons, norms and tobacco. Countries are also excluded if they appear on sanction lists and on the basis of a number of sustainability criteria. At 31 December 2024, Danica furthermore implemented exclusions in the fossil fuel area.

Most material sustainability risks

Climate risk is the most pressing ESG-related investment risk, and risk analyses are evolving in line with growing requirements from regulators, public authorities and developments in the pension sector in general.

Danica Risk Management does not currently monitor and report on climate-related risks. Today, ongoing risk monitoring is only able to detect indirect effects of climate-related risks through financial markets fluctuations.

Climate risks are described in detail in section E1 Climate and environment in this statement.

Follow-up on goals

Danica reports on the sustainability strategy on a quarterly basis via an internal KPI dashboard. The KPI dashboard data describes environmental, governance and social issues that are relevant in order to assess progress on the implementation of the sustainability strategy.

Sustainability information provided to the Board of Directors and the Executive Board

Danica has identified three sustainability topics on which to focus: Climate and environment, Financial security and A healthier lifestyle. These three topics are all material to varying degrees in terms of impact, risk and opportunities. The Executive Board and the Board of Directors are notified of the status of each of the three topics as part of the regular strategy follow up. The Board of Directors and the Executive Board are also informed of the outcome of Danica's double materiality assessment.

DanoneFrance

Material Impacts, Risks and Opportunities: Danone has identified material impacts, risks and opportunities through its strategic risk mapping process and sustainability assessment, integrated with its Renew Danone strategy.

Strategic Material Impacts and Risks:

1. Over-reliance on Principal Markets (Strong Risk):

  • Top-5 markets account for 52% of consolidated sales
  • Particular exposure to China (11% of sales, largest profit contributor)
  • Geopolitical, economic and societal instability impacts
  • Interaction with Strategy: Driving portfolio balance across categories and geographies; local-first organization model

2. Packaging Transition (Strong Risk):

  • 1.40 million tons total packaging (0.67 million tons plastic)
  • Regulatory pressures on plastic reduction and circularity
  • Consumer and retailer expectations for sustainable packaging
  • Interaction with Strategy: Danone Impact Journey commitment to 100% circular packaging by 2030; 30% virgin fossil-based plastic reduction by 2030

3. Fast Changes in Consumer Preferences (Strong Risk):

  • Health, environmental and social consciousness driving purchase decisions
  • Affordability pressures and increased scrutiny
  • Demand for transparency and local sourcing
  • Interaction with Strategy: Focus on health portfolio (87.7% products ≥3.5 Health Star Rating); innovation in functional segments; B Corp™ certification

Environmental Material Impacts:

4. Climate Change Impact on Value Chain (Strong Risk):

  • Physical risks: soil, biodiversity, raw material availability/quality/prices
  • Water availability impacts on operations and stakeholder relationships
  • Transition risks: regulations, technology, market evolution, reputation
  • Interaction with Strategy: Danone Impact Journey climate commitments; regenerative agriculture; watershed protection; decarbonization

5. Raw Materials and Energy Volatility (Strong Risk):

  • ~€10 billion annual material costs (75% of COGS)
  • Weather, regulatory, geopolitical supply/demand impacts
  • Energy price volatility affecting European operations
  • Interaction with Strategy: Diversified sourcing; hedging strategies; renewable energy transition (50% by 2030)

Social Material Impacts:

6. Health Through Food Mission:

  • Positive impact through nutritious product portfolio
  • Access to nutrition in emerging markets
  • Medical nutrition for patients with specific needs
  • Interaction with Strategy: Core to mission and Société à Mission status; #1 ATNi ranking; specialized nutrition growth

7. Talent Attraction and Retention (Medium Risk):

  • Nearly 90,000 employees across 55+ countries
  • Skills shortages in key capabilities (digital, sustainability)
  • Competition for talent in emerging markets
  • Interaction with Strategy: Danone People Journey; HOPE Values culture; continuous learning programs

Governance Material Impacts:

8. Regulatory Compliance (Medium Risk):

  • Complex, changing regulatory environment across markets
  • Sustainability regulations (CSRD, CS3D, packaging)
  • Food safety and marketing practice regulations
  • Interaction with Strategy: Legal and compliance organization; proactive regulatory engagement; sustainability reporting excellence

Material Opportunities:

1. Health and Nutrition Trends:

  • Growing consumer focus on health, immunity, gut health
  • Aging populations driving medical nutrition demand
  • Plant-based and flexitarian trends
  • Strategic Leverage: Leadership positions in functional dairy, plant-based, medical nutrition

2. Sustainability Leadership:

  • B Corp™ certification differentiating in market
  • Regenerative agriculture value creation
  • Circular economy innovation
  • Strategic Leverage: Pioneering sustainability position; license to operate; consumer preference

3. Digital and Technology Integration:

  • E-commerce growth acceleration
  • AI and data analytics capabilities
  • Digital health technologies
  • Strategic Leverage: Microsoft AI Academy; digital transformation; personalized nutrition

Integration with Business Model: Material impacts, risks and opportunities are fully integrated into:

  • Annual strategic planning cycle
  • Country Business Unit risk assessments
  • Investment allocation decisions
  • Innovation prioritization
  • Geographic expansion choices
  • Portfolio management decisions
  • Sustainability target setting through Danone Impact Journey
DSBDenmark

Material impacts, risks and opportunities and their interaction with strategy and business model

Climate change impacts and strategy interaction Due to direct and indirect emissions from our energy consumption for traction and non-traction operations, we have a material climate impact. Most of our overall climate impact comes from our value chain (Scope 3), while primary cause our direct emissions is the use of our diesel-powered trains.

The core effort is the investment in modern, electric trains. But the effort applies to our entire business: We develop more sustainable workshops. We are switching to renewable energy sources. We demands ambitious climate reduction targets from suppliers. We reduce energy and resource waste and aim to recycle everything from rolling stock to uniforms and surplus products in DSB 7-Eleven stores.

DSB has been given a political mandate to purchase new electric rolling stock in replacement of the ageing diesel-powered train fleet. This is the biggest investment in DSB's history.

Climate adaptation and resilience Climate change presents DSB with the greatest challenges when it affects the use of traffic infrastructure. The more severe weather conditions caused by climate change are also expected to increasingly cause disruption to train operations. The greatest risks to DSB's business are related to storms and strong winds, which can tear down overhead lines and cause trees to fall, and to flooding of low-lying areas by storm surges and cloudbursts as well as landslides along railway lines.

Based on DSB's experience of service disruption incidents due to climate conditions, it is estimated that the consequences will most often be relatively short-lived (half to two days), and the disruptions will often be restricted to reduced speed, reduced service frequency or briefly suspended train operations.

Banedanmark has drawn up contingency plans in collaboration with the railway companies in Denmark. The traffic consequences are thus known, and contingency plans can be implemented quickly with as little disruption as possible.

Air pollution impacts Air pollution has an impact on the surrounding environment that derives from our train operations across the country. The direct impact is local and consists primarily of ultrafine and fine particulate matter connected with the burning of diesel for traction operations. Running our electric trains contributes indirectly to air pollution, where electricity generation results in local air pollution to a varying extent depending on the method of generation.

Biodiversity impacts DSB impacts biodiversity and ecosystems directly as well as indirectly. Our direct impacts arise from the fact that we carry on our activities in areas with a share of potentially valuable nature, which impacts local flora and fauna.

The indirect impacts arise through the purchase of goods and services in our value chain. Our indirect impacts on biodiversity have been initially mapped. As biodiversity is a new area and calculation methodologies and reporting standards are still subject to significant uncertainty, the indirect impacts are currently not reported.

No assessment has been made as to whether our operations impact threatened species, as their vulnerability varies greatly, and therefore it cannot be concluded at present whether their presence on or near DSB's areas of land entails a risk of impact.

Social impacts and workforce strategy The ability to attract and retain employees is essential to the realisation of our targets. We want to create a culture that makes our employees feel valued, recognised for their efforts, feel that they are being listened to and feel committed, which is essential to achieving a high level of employee loyalty.

The consequences of failure to succeed in this area are higher employee turnover and, as a result, increased loss of productivity.

With a good physical and psychological working environment, we join forces to make DSB an attractive workplace with low absence due to illness and few workplace accidents.

EniItaly

Material impacts, risks and opportunities and their interaction with strategy and business model

Strategic Risk Integration

The IRM process ensures the detection, consolidation and analysis of all Eni's risks and supports the BoD to verify the compatibility of the risk profile with the strategic targets, also in a medium/long-term approach. The IRM supports management in the decision-making process by strengthening awareness of the risk profile and the associated mitigations.

Top Risk Categories

Eni's top risks portfolio consists of 20 risks classified in: (i) external risks, (ii) strategic risks and, finally, (iii) operational risks.

Key Strategic Risks and Business Model Impacts

Climate Change Risk

Climate change refers to the possibility of changes in the scenario/weather conditions determining risks related to the energy transition (legislative, market, technological and reputational risks) and physical risk for Eni business in the short, medium and long term.

Treatment measures include:

  • Strategic Plan foreseeing operational actions for each business to sustain the industrial transformation and to reach targets in the short, medium and long term
  • Resilience through the flexibility of the Strategy, portfolio diversification by developing lower carbon businesses and products
  • Assessment of the portfolio resilience through stress test based on low carbon scenarios

Commodity Price Scenario Risk

Commodity Price Scenario involves risks deriving from unfavourable commodities price fluctuation (Brent, natural gas and other commodities) compared to planning assumptions.

Strategic responses include:

  • Focus on portfolio resilience and flexibility by monitoring traditional businesses cash generation, new businesses growth, portfolio and capital budgeting optimization
  • Diversification of gas/LNG supply portfolio leveraging upstream and GGP integrated initiatives
  • Development of biorefining capacity through conversion of traditional refining and selective partnerships

Fall in Demand/Competitive Environment

Risks relating to market demand and supply imbalance or increased competitiveness leading to sale volumes reduction, customer base difficulties, and adverse price trends.

Mitigation strategies:

  • Growth in sustainable mobility business and selective development of service stations network
  • Restructuring plan for basic chemicals and development of new platforms (specialized polymers, biochemicals, recycling)
  • Growth in customer portfolio mainly abroad and increase in power customers share
  • Maximization of integration synergies with production from renewable sources and with e-mobility

Material Opportunities and Strategic Alignment

Energy Transition Opportunities

The business model is designed to capture energy transition opportunities through:

Satellite Model: Creation of dedicated companies (Plenitude, Enilive, CCUS satellites) capable of autonomous financing their growth while unlocking value for the parent company

Technology Integration: Use of technologies, largely proprietary, enhancing internal skills and strategic collaborations

Portfolio Diversification: Development of renewables, biofuels, biochemistry, CO2 capture/sequestration and research on new energy paradigms

Operational Excellence Opportunities

Exploration Success: Eni is the leading international explorer with 1.2 Bboe of new resources discovered in 2024, creating future development opportunities and options for early monetization

Integrated Value Chains: Robust business models that enhance industrial assets and customer base across the entire energy value chain

Financial Framework Alignment

Strengthened financial framework to support business resilience and innovation while enabling long-term sustainable value creation, with:

  • Leverage in the range of 10-20%
  • Cumulative investments of €27 billion by 2028 (net of portfolio transactions)
  • CFFO/share growing at 14% CAGR to 2028

Sustainability Integration

The operation of the business model ensures informed and strategic decisions through:

  • Materiality analysis that explores the most significant impacts generated by Eni on the economy, environment and people, including those on human rights
  • Integrated Risk Management process functional to assess risks and opportunities of the reference context
  • Integration of business plan with principles of environmental and social sustainability
EquinorNorway

Material impacts, risks and opportunities and their interaction with strategy and business model

The energy trilemma

Equinor's strategic beliefs stand firm in an increasingly complex and uncertain world. We are committed to creating value in the energy systems of today, during the energy transition, and in a low-carbon future.

Energy is essential to the fabric of modern society, and our business is directly affected by geopolitical tensions and shifts around the world. We see that countries, regions and industries seeking to address security of supply and cost of energy whilst delivering progress on the energy transition face growing challenges and uncertainties.

The energy trilemma of delivering secure, affordable and lower carbon energy to society will require policymakers and industry to work together to reconcile these objectives in the shorter and longer term.

Key global trends affecting our business

A challenging geopolitical situation We have witnessed greater focus on energy security in the turbulent geopolitical environment following military conflicts and increased tensions between superpowers. These events can have significant and unexpected impacts on global trade and the energy industry, and are affecting renewables as well as oil and gas due to the complex interplay of supply chain disruptions, regulatory shifts, and increased pressure on energy security.

Climate change 2024 was the hottest year on record, surpassing previous highs, with significant temperature anomalies and extreme weather events such as heatwaves, hurricanes and wildfires, highlighting the need for comprehensive action to mitigate climate change.

A need for stable decarbonisation policies and commercial frameworks Although the energy transition generates new business opportunities, the supporting policies and frameworks needed to drive large scale investment are lagging in many countries and regions. Choosing where to invest and how fast to transition therefore poses significant strategic and financial risks which must be balanced with needs for financial stability, resilience, and value creation for shareholders.

Growth in renewables, but significant challenges The transition to renewable energy is accelerating in many countries, driven partially by the need to meet growing power demand without increasing imports. Although this presents business opportunities for energy companies, rising costs fuelled by inflation, financing and supply chain issues have affected the renewables sector in general, and offshore wind in particular.

An acute cost-of-living crisis could have broad fallout High general inflation and a cost of living crisis have made energy affordability a key concern, with the potential for social unrest and policy backtracking on decarbonisation ambitions or political interventions that could increase uncertainties.

Our transition ambitions

Our strategic direction remains firm, with a value driven plan for execution. We demonstrate how we create value, cut emissions and develop energy solutions to strengthen our competitiveness and resilience.

Emissions reductions Our ambition is a 50% net reduction in operated (scope 1+2) emissions by 2030 compared to 2015 levels.

Renewables installed capacity Our ambition for growth within renewables is a capacity of 10-12 GW by 2030, including capacity derived from financial investments and shareholdings.

CO2 transport and storage capacity Our ambition is to store 30–50 million tonnes of CO2 per year by 2035.

Net zero Our ambition is to reduce the net carbon intensity of the energy we provide by 15–20% by 2030, and by 30-40% by 2035 compared to 2019 levels, on our way to net zero by 2050.

Risk management integration with strategy

Flexibility in our strategy combined with effective risk management practices enables us to adapt to the changing context and emerging transition pathways. Our current most material enterprise risks cover strategic, operational and financial perspectives and have executive ownership for follow-up, including implementation and effectiveness of risk response. Areas of particular risk oversight currently relate to progress on net-zero emissions, renewable and low-carbon value creation, political and regulatory frameworks, human rights, major accidents, IT and cyber security, and cost inflation.

ErametFrance

Major risks

The risk factors mentioned below were identified in the 2024 risk mapping. A description of these risks and the associated management measures is provided in Chapter 4.5.

CATEGORYRISK FACTORS 2024 URDQUALITATIVE SCALE OF IMPORTANCE
Strategic and financialRisks of geopolitical tensions and impacts on the supply chainHigh
Risks related to non-execution of the development strategy for energy transition metalsHigh
Risks of major structural changes in raw materials marketsHigh
Risks of non-recovery of under-performing Group activitiesHigh
OperationalRisks of a serious railway accidentHigh
Risks of failure of information systems, data protection and cyberattacksHigh
Risks of physical impacts of climate change (extreme weather conditions) or major natural eventsMedium
Risks of difficulties in decarbonising activities in a competitive mannerMedium
ComplianceRisks of unethical behaviourHigh
Risks of non-execution of the Group's environmental and social strategyMedium
FrequentisAustria

Material impacts, risks and opportunities and their interaction with strategy and business model

The double materiality assessment identified the six material ESRS sustainability topics E1, E5, S1, S2, S4, and G1 and one entity-specific sustainability topic: safety & security. The outcome is presented in a materiality matrix encompassing three dimensions:

• Impact materiality on the x axis shows the outcome of the expert workshop. This identifies sustainability aspects that are connected with the company's impact on people and the environment. • The y axis shows financial materiality. This assesses the impact of sustainability aspects on the company's financial and business performance. • The size of the dots indicates the significance of the topics identified in the stakeholder survey. The larger the dot, the more significant the topic is for the stakeholders.

The following tables list the material impacts, risks, and opportunities identified:

E1 – Climate change

Positive impactsNegative impacts
Optimisation of traffic flows and efficiency enhancement with Frequentis systems (e.g. air traffic management, shipping, drone management)Pollution caused by GHG emissions in the value chain (e.g. business travel, purchase of goods and services)
Securing customers' operations during extreme weather events with Frequentis systemsEnergy consumption in production, integration and the use of systems by customers
OpportunitiesRisks
Sale of products and solutions to optimise traffic flows and enhance efficiencyTransition risk of higher costs for business travel (GHG emission pricing) and energy

E5 – Circular economy

Positive impactsNegative impacts
Resource efficiency through durability and maintenance of Frequentis' productsPotential purchase of non-recyclable products and components for use in production and integration
Frequentis as a valuable partner in customers' value chainsWaste: hazardous and electronic waste and disposal of products at the end of their life cycle

S1 – Own workforce

Positive impactsNegative impacts
Advancing working conditions through flexible working time models and in the area of health carePotential short-term peak workloads in individual project phases or long-term overworking
Focus on training and skills development in accordance with the lifelong learning philosophyLow proportion of women in the industry
Fostering diversityPotential incidents of discrimination
Potential data loss or breaches of data protection in the handling of employees' personal data
OpportunitiesRisks
Loss of personnel with specialist knowledge
Failure to utilise the potential of diversity and innovation
Reputational damage or administrative fines as a result of a potential breach of data protection

S2 – Workers in the value chain

Positive impactsNegative impacts
Advancing working conditions for workers in the value chainPotential failure to comply with labour standards and human rights of workers in the value chain
OpportunitiesRisks
Failure by suppliers to comply with the Supplier Code of Conduct in the areas of labour standards and human rights

S4 – End-users

Positive impactsNegative impacts
Potential data loss or breaches of data protection in the handling of customers' personal data
Potential accidents involving the use of Frequentis systems by customers
OpportunitiesRisks
Reputational damage or administrative fines as a result of a potential breach of data protection
Loss of orders or criminal consequences of an accident involving the use of Frequentis products

G1 – Business conduct

Positive impactsNegative impacts
Fostering responsible conduct based on integrity and a non-punishment cultureNon-respect of social and ecological criteria in the company's own business activities or in the value chain
Anonymous reporting of irregularities or non-compliance (whistleblowing)Potential incident of bribery or corruption
Establishment of good relationships with stakeholders
OpportunitiesRisks
Strengthening stakeholders' trust through continuous dialogue with stakeholdersLoss of orders, loss of employees or criminal consequences of failure to comply with principles

Safety & security

Positive impactsNegative impacts
Fail-safety and reliability of systems e.g. maintaining cybersecurityEndangering critical infrastructure with potential consequences for human life
Integrated approach to safety and securitySecurity threat caused by cybercrime
Internationally recognised system safety expertise
OpportunitiesRisks
Reputational damage or loss of orders due to outage of safety-critical systems
Cybercrime and increased demands on system development and engineering
Gjensidige ForsikringNorway

Material impacts, risks and opportunities and their interaction with strategy and business model

The material sustainability topics for Gjensidige, based on the double materiality assessment, include:

Environmental Topics:

  • Climate change (E1): More frequent weather-related events, greater attention to the consequences of climate change give rise to a need for more sustainable insurance solutions. Climate change adaptation and damage prevention are important responsibilities.
  • Pollution (E2): Material for addressing environmental impacts from operations and value chain.
  • Water and marine resources (E3): Relevant due to water-related claims and environmental impacts.
  • Biodiversity and ecosystems (E4): Important for long-term risk assessment and environmental responsibility.
  • Resource use and circular economy (E5): Critical for sustainable claims handling and reducing environmental impact.

Social Topics:

  • Own workforce (S1): Essential for attracting and retaining diverse and competent workforce to mirror customers and provide best customer experiences.
  • Workers in the value chain (S2): Important for ensuring sustainable deliveries from suppliers in claims processes.
  • Affected communities (S3): Relevant through our role in contributing to security for society as a whole.
  • Consumers and end-users (S4): Central to our customer orientation and creating the best customer experiences.

Governance Topics:

  • Business conduct (G1): Fundamental to maintaining trust and ensuring all activities stand up to public scrutiny.

Strategic Integration

These material topics are integrated into our strategy through:

Customer Orientation: We prioritise supplying a wide range of solutions where products are fairly standardised and demand is stable, with direct customer contact to create peace of mind and develop customer relationships.

Risk Management: Our core competence in risk assessment is used not only for pricing but also for advising customers and society on damage prevention, particularly related to climate change.

Operational Excellence: Efficiency through automated processes, circular solutions in claims handling, and sustainable investment practices.

Sustainability Focus Areas:

  1. A safer society: Contributing to damage prevention and climate adaptation
  2. Sustainable claims handling: Reducing GHG emissions and promoting circular economy
  3. Responsible investments: Net zero emissions target by 2050
  4. Order in our own house: Ensuring sustainable operations and good governance

Interaction with Business Model

The material sustainability topics interact with our five core processes:

  1. Risk Assessment: Climate change creates new risks requiring updated assessment methods
  2. Products and Services: Development of sustainable insurance products and damage prevention services
  3. Distribution and Sales: Customer education on sustainability and climate adaptation
  4. Claims Handling: Implementation of circular solutions and emission reduction measures
  5. Investments: Integration of ESG criteria and climate risk assessment

Time Horizons

Risks and opportunities are assessed using different time horizons:

  • Short term (<1 year for general topics; 0-3 years for climate)
  • Medium term (1-5 years for general topics; 3-10 years for climate)
  • Long term (>5 years for general topics; >10 years for climate)

Identified climate risks and opportunities are assessed at least once a year and are included in our ORSA process, based on both qualitative and (when possible) quantitative impact assessments.

GN Store NordDenmark

Material Impacts, Risks and Opportunities and Their Interaction with Strategy and Business Model

Material Impacts Overview

GN has identified several material impacts, risks, and opportunities that significantly influence our strategy and business model:

Positive Impacts of GN's Business Model

Social Positive Impacts:

  • Hearing health improvement: GN's hearing instruments help users lead better lives – currently, more than 11.2 million people across the world benefit directly from our hearing solutions
  • Health risk mitigation: As connections between hearing loss, cognition, and health become clearer, untreated hearing loss becomes much more than a daily nuisance but rather a serious health risk
  • Enhanced collaboration: Audio and video solutions help customers choose remote collaboration over carbon-emitting travel or commuting, improving work-life balance with increased workplace flexibility
  • Social connection: Gaming solutions support people of all ages in their social interactions with other gamers, representing a more active form of entertainment than passive viewing

Environmental Positive Impacts:

  • Reduced carbon emissions: Enterprise solutions enable switching from long-distance travel to virtual meetings, reducing enterprises' climate footprint
  • Sustainable design focus: Developing product designs that impact the experience of products, not the environment

Material Risks and Their Strategic Integration

Geopolitical Environment Risks:

  • Impact: Economic uncertainty may decrease discretionary spending; supply chain dependencies in China/Asia face escalating geopolitical instability
  • Strategic Response: Pursuing operations and supply chain strategy to increase agility and resilience; reducing dependency on manufacturing in China; diversifying to serve almost entire U.S. market from manufacturing outside China

Market and Competitiveness Risks:

  • Impact: Highly competitive dynamics, market consolidation, product commoditization, and new competitors
  • Strategic Response: Embedding brand awareness into regional planning; proactive competitive modeling; nurturing relationships and unique propositions through customer-centric innovations; strengthening partnerships

Technology and Innovation Risks:

  • Impact: Need to access and deploy latest technologies in hardware, software, and services; maintain product quality throughout lifecycle
  • Strategic Response: Merged R&D teams into one organization for better scale and utilization of common technologies; customer-first innovation approach; centralized quality function

Cybersecurity Risks:

  • Impact: Products connecting to internet have inherent compromise risks; poor availability or data breaches could impact operations and reputation
  • Strategic Response: Secure practices in software development; Product Security Framework implementation; comprehensive training and risk management

Strategic Opportunities

Market Growth Opportunities:

  • Hearing: Aging population and health awareness drive growth; adoption still relatively low with opportunities for expansion
  • Enterprise: Hybrid work normalization creates demand for collaboration technology; AI integration opportunities through voice interaction
  • Gaming: Gaming becoming mainstream entertainment with growing global market

Technology Leadership Opportunities:

  • AI Integration: Years of combined AI and machine learning expertise across product areas, now utilized in close collaboration
  • Personalization: Increasing user demand for personalized technology experiences aligns with GN's capabilities
  • Sustainability: Growing focus on sustainability presents opportunities for business development and customer attraction

Integration with Business Strategy

One-Company Transformation: The material risks and opportunities have directly influenced GN's transformation into a one-company setup:

  • Simplified organizational structure for stronger resilience
  • Shared capabilities across R&D, Operations, and key functions
  • ~DKK 600 million in cost synergies identified across COGS and OPEX by 2026
  • DKK ~430 million synergies realized in 2024

Financial Targets Aligned with Material Factors:

  • 5-8% organic revenue growth (CAGR) targeting market share gains
  • 16-17% EBITA margin by 2028 leveraging operational synergies
  • 2.0x leverage by 2028 maintaining financial resilience

Sustainability Integration: Material environmental and social impacts drive three focus areas:

  1. Sustainable design – addressing product environmental impact
  2. Decarbonization58% reduction in scope 1 and 2 emissions vs 2021, targeting net-zero by 2050
  3. Supply chain responsibility – safeguarding human rights across value chain

Risk-Opportunity Balance

GN's business model balances material risks through:

  • Geographic diversification mitigating geopolitical risks
  • Technology leadership maintaining competitive advantages
  • Partnership strategy multiplying market reach and capabilities
  • Operational resilience ensuring supply chain flexibility

The material impacts, risks, and opportunities are systematically integrated into GN's strategic planning, risk management, and operational execution, ensuring the business model remains resilient and value-creating across all stakeholder groups.

HiltiLiechtenstein

Material impacts, risks and opportunities overview

Hilti's identified material IROs are summarized in clusters within the following topical standards:

TopicCluster
Climate Change (E1)Decarbonization
Low carbon footprint solutions
Sustainable energy consumption
Resource Use and Circular Economy (E5)Circular operations
Circular solutions
Own Workforce (S1)Well-being of team members
Safety of team members
Contribution of team members
Human rights of team members
Workers in the Value Chain (S2)Human rights in the value chain
Business Conduct (G1)Corporate culture and values
Anti-corruption and anti-bribery
Supplier sustainability

Integration with strategy and business model

At Hilti, sustainability has been a core value for decades. However, the growing challenges posed by climate change and societal issues demand a greater commitment. Recognizing these needs, Hilti has significantly intensified its sustainability efforts to meet the rising expectations of stakeholders – including customers, society, regulators and team members.

Hilti recognizes the pivotal role of the construction industry, one of the largest industries globally, in driving economic growth and providing essential infrastructure. As one of the largest contributors to global carbon emissions and a sector facing significant work-related health and safety challenges, the construction industry is transforming. Sustainability is becoming a key factor for business success while health and safety are increasingly prioritized. Hilti's customers are thus looking for a partner in this transformation.

Hilti is ideally positioned to be this partner. With a focus on innovation, the Group helps customers to do things better. That is why Hilti has defined "Making Construction Better" as its purpose. Better means improved productivity, safety and sustainability. Hence, Hilti's commitment to sustainability is deeply integrated in its corporate strategy and reflected in its customer promise. To realize the ambition of being its customers' best partner for sustainability, Hilti is accelerating its existing activities to become a more sustainable company while placing increased emphasis on making customers' businesses more sustainable.

Sustainability strategy framework

The Group's sustainability strategy is based on the three pillars Environment, People and Society, under the overarching purpose of "Making Construction Better".

Value2Society™ model insights

Since 2022, Hilti has used the Value2Society™ model to better understand and quantify its impacts across its upstream value chain and own operations. The V2S model highlights that Hilti's most significant positive impacts stem from both direct and indirect contributions to economic welfare, including job creation, salaries, taxes and retained profits. Further positive impacts relate to employee well-being, created through benefits like voluntary insurance and pension plans and opportunities for development and volunteering for team members employed at Hilti. The analysis also indicates possibilities for improvement. Leveraging these insights, Hilti is committed and continuously works to further improve its V2S.

Financial materiality considerations

While the systematic identification and assessment of sustainability-related opportunities and the Group's overall sustainability risk profile are being developed (including the use of a sustainability risk assessment tool) as part of the overall management process, the management of identified material opportunities is already integrated into Hilti's sustainability governance. The double materiality assessment emphasizes gross impacts and risks; Hilti's risk management system adopts a net risk perspective. Sustainability-related risks are not prioritized over other types of risk.

HUGO BOSSGermany

Double Materiality Assessment: HUGO BOSS conducted a comprehensive double materiality assessment (DMA) in 2024 in preparation for ESRS compliance. The assessment identified material sustainability impacts, risks, and opportunities through engagement with internal stakeholders via interviews and desk research, while incorporating external stakeholder perspectives.

Impact Materiality (Inside-out): The ESG impact assessment developed a comprehensive catalog of ESG impacts, mapping existing impacts to ESRS methodology. The assessment covered potential and actual impacts on environment and people across the value chain - from own operations to upstream and downstream stages. Using ESRS criteria, negative impacts were classified as material if they fell in the upper half of the combined assessment scale, while positive impacts were material if they fell in the upper quarter.

Financial Materiality (Outside-in): The ESG risk and opportunity assessment was led by Risk Management and Internal Controls, analyzing risks and opportunities in accordance with ESRS criteria. All risks with combined likelihood and magnitude rated as either high or critical were assessed as material. The assessment was conducted on a gross basis, excluding implemented mitigation measures.

Material Topics Identified: The DMA indicated that nine of the ten ESRS topics are generally considered material for HUGO BOSS in fiscal year 2024.

Integration with Strategy: Material impacts, risks and opportunities are closely integrated with the "CLAIM 5" strategy, particularly through:

  • Sustainability strategy focusing on five pillars (circularity, digitization, nature-positive materials, fighting microplastics, zero emissions)
  • ESG targets integrated into executive compensation (LTI programs)
  • Risk management system integration of ESG factors
  • Strategic initiatives addressing material topics across environment, social, and governance aspects

Business Model Interaction: Material sustainability matters directly influence business model execution through operational changes, product development innovations, supply chain management, and stakeholder engagement strategies.

KoneFinland

Current financial effects of KONE's material risks and opportunities do not expose KONE's financial position, financial performance or cash flows to significant risks for material adjustments to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities. During 2024, KONE's strategy and business models showed resilience in harnessing the material opportunities and addressing material impacts and risks stated in this report, mainly driven by healthy geographic and business line mix, supported by robust supply chain. The conclusion was supported by a qualitative assessment based on KONE reaching the set strategic targets and KPIs during the reporting period.

KONE's material impacts, risks and opportunities have been considered thoroughly in the planning of the new strategy and during strategy implementation in 2024.

KONE has identified material risks and negative and positive impacts related to climate change and energy, negative health and safety impacts related to own employees, value chain workers and end-users, and positive impacts related to corporate culture, protection of whistle-blowers and corruption and bribery.

KRONESGermany

The various negative and positive impacts, risks and opportunities already directly and indirectly influence our business model, our value chain and our strategic decisions. Investment in implementing sustainability-related actions and optimising our value creation processes is a key part of our corporate strategy to manage the wide variety of effects influencing our business. Our sustainable business strategy is therefore a dynamic and continuous process that evolves with changing circumstances, with the aim of developing innovative and sustainable solutions that not only meet our customers' needs, but also have a positive impact on the environment and promote social values. At the same time, we have implemented a systematic approach for monitoring, analysing and thus tracking the impacts of our business activities on people and the environment. The time horizons over which we expect our business activities to have a significant impact on the environment and society are very varied, reflecting the complexity of our global operations.

Resilience of strategy and business model in relation to material impacts, risks and opportunities

In line with our corporate vision of »Solutions beyond tomorrow«, the Krones Group's strategy and business model are geared to sustainability and efficiency. Krones proactively incorporates sustainability risks such as climate change, the need for responsible use of packaging materials and feeding the world's population into its strategic planning and thus into investment, development and sales decisions. The vision of making sustainable products widely available drives innovation and reinforces Krones' market position, enabling it to seize opportunities and increase its resilience in a changing market environment. Viewed over the medium term, Krones benefits from a stable international beverage and liquid food market and from customers who show constant willingness to invest. We have the strategic flexibility to repurpose, modernise or decommission assets as needed to maintain our competitiveness and sustainability. Furthermore, we invest in the professional development of our employees to ensure that our team has the skills needed for any adjustments in our product and service portfolio. These measures contribute to Krones' ability to operate successfully in a changing market environment.

The material topics listed below and the associated impacts, risks and opportunities are included in the monitoring of the corporate strategy, in decision-making processes and in risk management. The current materiality assessment for Krones was carried out from April to June 2024. The findings, which were reviewed in December to ensure that they are still current, comprise the basis for Krones' sustainability reporting for the 2024 financial year.

LeonardoItaly

Material Impacts, Risks and Opportunities

Risks for the Group

The Group is subject to a number of risks that may affect its objectives and results. Therefore, risk analysis and management processes are implemented systematically, including any related treatment action, with specific methodologies and practices that consider the probability of occurrence and related impacts in accordance with international regulations and standards.

Main Risk Categories and Actions:

Conflicts and geopolitical tensions - The evolution of the high tensions related to the conflicts between Israel and the Palestinians, and between Russia and Ukraine, could lead to scenario instability and new geopolitical complexities.

Government expenditure impacts - The major customers of the Group are governments or public institutions. The Group is influenced by economic and geopolitical factors at global and regional level, the rating or risk profile of countries, the expense policies of the public institutions.

Innovation and skills management - Incessant technological innovation and the growing complexity of the Group's businesses require constant alignment of skills, in order to provide high added-value products and services.

Climate change and environmental protection - The transition to a low-carbon and lower environmental impact economy may entail risks for the company, induced by greater severity of environmental and climate policies.

Cyber security risks - Companies are required to face the risks associated with cyber resilience of their products and services and their digital infrastructure, taking into account the continuous evolution of cyber threats.

Supply chain dependencies - The Group purchases, in very substantial proportions with respect to its sales, industrial products and services, materials and components, equipment and subsystems; it may therefore incur liability to its customers for operational, legal or financial risks attributable to third parties.

Leroy Merlin EspañaSpain

Material impacts, risks and opportunities have been identified through the dual materiality assessment across the value chain and their interaction with strategy and business model:

Environmental (E1 - Climate Change)

Opportunities:

  • New business opportunities associated with just transition
  • New business opportunities associated with eco-design and product innovation
  • New business opportunities associated with lifestyle changes and responsible consumption trends
  • Recognition as company committed to responsible consumption and sustainable living habits

Impacts:

  • Contribution to energy renovation and sustainability in homes through products and services (Positive, Current)
  • Contribution to responsible consumption and sustainable living habits through Home Index and communication initiatives (Positive, Potential)
  • Multiple negative potential impacts from failure to reduce carbon footprint across logistics, product manufacturing, transport, use and end-of-life

Risks:

  • Company exposure to physical and transition risks from climate change
  • Increased financial resource allocation for carbon footprint costs
  • Failure to meet sustainability goals due to inability to reduce carbon footprint

Social - Own Workforce (S1)

Opportunities:

  • Positive and collaborative work environment improving satisfaction and performance
  • Increased ability to attract and retain talent through good employer perception
  • Increased productivity through employee engagement policies

Impacts:

  • Improving job satisfaction through positive collaborative environment (Positive, Current)
  • Improved working conditions through professional growth opportunities (Positive, Potential)
  • Improved working conditions contributing to financial security (Positive, Current)
  • Various negative impacts related to work-life balance, workload, discrimination

Risks:

  • Difficulty attracting and retaining necessary talent
  • Loss of employee satisfaction due to various factors (workload, work-life balance, discrimination, harassment)
  • Legal proceedings from accidents/occupational diseases

Social - Value Chain Workers (S2)

Impacts:

  • Contribution to protection of working conditions and human rights through audits (Positive, Current)
  • Accidents/illnesses in suppliers from work for company (Negative, Current)

Risks:

  • Legal proceedings from harassment cases by subcontractors/suppliers

Social - Communities (S3)

Not extensively detailed in the provided section, but referenced in stakeholder engagement.

Social - Customers (S4)

Impacts:

  • Improved customer experience through clear environmental/social product information via Home Index (Positive, Potential)
  • Improved satisfaction through product affordability commitment (Positive, Potential)
  • Improved satisfaction through authentic experience and excellent service (Positive, Potential)
  • Improved experience through digital innovation and new business solutions (Positive, Potential)

Risks:

  • Legal proceedings from product quality/safety issues
  • Legal proceedings from store accidents affecting customers
  • Loss of customer satisfaction from inability to offer products improving housing conditions

Governance (G1)

Opportunities:

  • Culture of ethical and responsible conduct strengthening reputation
  • Positioning in sustainability increasing reputation and recognition
  • Participation in sustainability alliances fostering collaboration

Impacts:

  • Protection of sustainability and ethical principles in value chain through audits (Positive, Current)
  • Loss of information/personal data due to cybersecurity breaches (Negative, Potential)

Risks:

  • Inadequate management of ethical alerts or complaints
  • Exposure to security breaches or information leaks
  • Loss of customer confidence due to phishing attacks

These impacts, risks and opportunities are integrated into the company's four strategic 'battles' and inform the development of policies, actions, and targets across all ESG areas.

LundbeckDenmark

Material impacts, risks and opportunities and their interaction with strategy and business model

Materiality Assessment Process

Lundbeck conducted a comprehensive materiality assessment in 2024 to identify and prioritize the most significant sustainability impacts, risks, and opportunities. This assessment involved extensive stakeholder engagement and expert analysis to determine material topics under the ESRS framework.

Material Topics Identified

Based on our materiality assessment, Lundbeck has identified the following material sustainability topics:

Environmental:

  • Climate Change (E1): Material due to operational emissions, energy consumption, and climate-related physical and transition risks
  • Pollution (E2): Material given pharmaceutical manufacturing processes and chemical usage
  • Resource Use and Circular Economy (E5): Material due to raw material consumption and waste generation in pharmaceutical production

Social:

  • Own Workforce (S1): Material given our dependence on highly skilled employees and need for diverse, inclusive workplace
  • Workers in the Value Chain (S2): Material due to supply chain complexity and manufacturing partnerships
  • Affected Communities (S3): Material through our patient access programs and community health impacts
  • Consumers and End-Users (S4): Material as patients are central to our business model and purpose

Governance:

  • Business Conduct (G1): Material given highly regulated pharmaceutical industry and ethical requirements

Impact Assessment

Positive Impacts:

  • Patient health outcomes: Our treatments reached 7.2 million patients in 2024, improving quality of life for people with brain disorders
  • Healthcare system value: Providing innovative treatments that address high unmet medical needs
  • Economic contribution: Creating jobs, generating tax revenue, and supporting healthcare ecosystems globally
  • Research advancement: Contributing to scientific knowledge and neurological/psychiatric treatment development

Negative Impacts:

  • Environmental impacts: GHG emissions from operations, chemical usage in manufacturing, waste generation
  • Access limitations: Potential barriers to patient access due to pricing, geographic availability, or healthcare system constraints
  • Supply chain impacts: Potential labor and environmental impacts in complex global supply chain

Risk Assessment

Climate-related risks:

  • Physical risks: Extreme weather events potentially disrupting manufacturing and supply chains
  • Transition risks: Carbon pricing, regulations, and market shifts affecting operations and costs
  • Opportunities: Energy efficiency improvements, renewable energy adoption, and climate-adapted business models

Social risks:

  • Patient access: Regulatory changes, pricing pressures, and healthcare system constraints affecting patient reach
  • Workforce risks: Talent retention challenges, skills shortages, and changing workplace expectations
  • Supply chain disruption: Potential human rights and labor issues in global supply chain

Governance risks:

  • Regulatory compliance: Evolving pharmaceutical regulations, sustainability reporting requirements
  • Business ethics: Anti-corruption, transparency, and responsible business conduct expectations
  • Data privacy: Patient data protection and clinical trial information security

Strategic Integration

Focused Innovator Strategy alignment: Our material sustainability topics are directly integrated into our Focused Innovator Strategy:

1. Securing mid-term growth:

  • Patient access and health equity central to sustainable revenue growth
  • Climate resilience ensuring operational continuity
  • Diverse and inclusive workforce supporting innovation capability

2. Leading with focused innovation:

  • Research ethics and responsible innovation practices
  • Patient-centric development addressing unmet medical needs
  • Environmental considerations in product development and manufacturing

3. Delivering sustainable profitability:

  • ESG risk management protecting long-term value creation
  • Stakeholder trust and reputation supporting market access
  • Operational efficiency through resource optimization and circularity

Business Model Integration

Value chain integration:

  • Research & Development: Patient safety, research ethics, diversity in clinical trials
  • Manufacturing: Environmental impact reduction, worker safety, supply chain responsibility
  • Commercialization: Patient access, healthcare professional education, responsible marketing
  • Corporate functions: Governance, risk management, sustainability reporting

Performance measurement: We track progress on material topics through specific KPIs integrated into business performance monitoring:

  • Patient access metrics (7.2 million patients reached)
  • Climate targets (38% reduction in Scope 1&2 emissions since 2019)
  • Workplace safety (3.2 lost time injury frequency rate)
  • Business ethics compliance (100% Code of Conduct training completion)
  • Diversity metrics (35% women in senior management)

Opportunities

Innovation opportunities:

  • Development of treatments for underserved patient populations
  • Digital health solutions improving patient outcomes and access
  • Sustainable manufacturing and packaging innovations

Market opportunities:

  • Growing neuroscience market with 8% annual growth rate
  • Increasing recognition of mental health importance
  • Regulatory support for breakthrough therapies and patient access

Operational opportunities:

  • Energy efficiency and renewable energy adoption reducing costs
  • Circular economy principles reducing waste and resource costs
  • Enhanced stakeholder relationships supporting business resilience
Modern Times Group MTGUnknown

MTG's corporate sustainability strategy reflects our vision of a Gaming Village where entrepreneurs, and the studios they have created, can grow and thrive, supported by clear targets and collaboration. To support our strategy, we have established three pillars that reflect our sustainability-related impacts, risks and opportunities (IROs) within the areas of environment, social and governance.

During 2025 the sustainability strategy, including objectives and targets, will be reviewed following the results of the double materiality assessment (DMA) that were conducted in 2024. The result of the DMA will inform the future sustainability strategy.

NesteFinland

The company conducts regular materiality assessments to identify and prioritize the most significant sustainability impacts, risks and opportunities. Based on our materiality assessment, we have identified key focus areas including climate change, biodiversity, human rights, supply chain & raw materials, compliance, people, and safety.

Our work is guided by our sustainability vision covering climate, biodiversity, human rights, and supply chain and raw materials. With our partners, we are aiming for a carbon neutral and nature positive value chain by 2040.

The year 2024 was marked by geopolitical, economic and regulatory uncertainty. For Neste, the year was particularly challenging. New players and increased capacity have entered the renewables industry, resulting in a decline in product prices and intensified demand for waste and residue raw materials. In October 2024, we initiated a full potential analysis to identify all necessary measures to ensure solid performance in all market conditions.

Despite recent headwinds in the green transition, the challenge of climate change continues to be urgent. The coming decades necessitate a significant reduction in the use of fossil energy sources. Neste is well-positioned to address this challenge, offering solutions that enable decarbonization even in hard-to-abate sectors like aviation.

Novabase SGPSPortugal

Taking into account the business model and the double materiality assessment of 2024 undertaken by Novabase Group, the following ESRS topics were identified as non-material and were therefore excluded from this Sustainability Statement: ESRS E2 – Pollution; ESRS E3 – Water and Marine Resources; ESRS E4 – Biodiversity and Ecosystems; ESRS E5 – Resource use and circular economy.

As regards ESRS E1 – Climate Change, potential risks, impacts and opportunities related to climate were analysed and it was concluded that the Group business model is exposed to a low direct level of climate risks, impacts and opportunities, and in 2024 it was not considered material. However, and given the importance of the topic to Novabase, the risks, impacts and opportunities related to climate change combined with the increase in regulations, clients' increasing demands for sustainable services and trends in digital infrastructures, may make the topic material.

For the double materiality exercise conducted in 2024 and considering the aforementioned complexity of the ESRS principles and the assessment requirements, along with the more specific involvement of the stakeholders in this first exercise, the assessment of impacts, risks and opportunities (IROs) for the topics ESRS S2 – Workers in the value chain and ESRS S3 – Affected communities, were considered to be non-material. However, the Group is continuing to pursue the actions and policies it has already implemented in the past and which are aligned with these topics, as further described below in the sub-chapter 'Social'.

The table below lists a summary of the impacts, risks and opportunities related to sustainability which Novabase identified as being material during the double materiality assessment process conducted in 2024. For the year under review, IROs were identified as being material whenever materiality and/or financial impact were at least 2.5 on a scale of 1 to 5. For each topic assessed as being material, sub-topics with which the identified IROs are related are specified, also specifying, in the case of impacts, whether they are positive/negative and real/potential. In all cases and as described in the following chapters, the indicated IROs, although material, are considered manageable and monitored by company management and are not considered to be a source of concern.

In the Value Chain classification, the IROs identified as material in the table below refer to Own Operations of Novabase Group for ESRS S1 and Own Operations and Downstream for ESRS S4. For all material IROs identified the time frame is short and medium term.

The results of the materiality assessment were presented and approved by the Novabase Group Board of Directors.

In the coming financial years Novabase will continue to improve its double materiality process, persistently monitoring the identified material IROs and the company shall remain aligned with the best European practices for sustainability reporting.

NovartisSwitzerland

Material impacts, risks and opportunities

The material impacts, risks and opportunities identified through our materiality assessment include:

Environmental

  • Climate change: Transition risks including carbon pricing, physical risks from climate events, and opportunities from climate-related health conditions
  • Water and marine resources: Water stress impacts on operations and supply chain
  • Biodiversity and ecosystems: Nature-related impacts and dependencies
  • Resource use and circular economy: Waste reduction and circular business models

Social

  • Own workforce: Talent attraction, development and retention, diversity and inclusion
  • Workers in value chain: Labor rights and working conditions in supply chain
  • Affected communities: Community impacts from operations
  • Consumers and end-users: Patient safety, product quality, access to medicines

Governance

  • Business conduct: Ethical business practices, anti-corruption, human rights

Integration with strategy and business model

These material topics are integrated into our business strategy through:

  • ESG governance structures with Board-level oversight
  • Integration into enterprise risk management processes
  • Inclusion in performance management and compensation
  • Embedding in operational policies and procedures
  • Regular monitoring and reporting on progress

Our strategy to build a focused medicines company addresses many of these material impacts by focusing on areas of high unmet medical need, accelerating innovation, and expanding access to new patient populations.

Novo NordiskDenmark

Material impacts, risks and opportunities

This year, in line with the CSRD, we have conducted a double materiality assessment to identify the sustainability matters that are most important to Novo Nordisk, considering both societal and financial implications. The essential topics identified include patient protection and quality of life, climate change, resource use and circular economy, and own workforce – reflecting our aspirations of progress towards zero environmental impact, being respected for adding value to society and being a sustainable employer.

Strategic Aspirations 2025 integration

The outcomes of this assessment have provided us with key metrics to track our performance across our material sustainability topics. These are integrated into our Strategic Aspirations 2025, which cover our financial and sustainability ambitions.

Key material topics identified:

Environmental

  • Climate change: Progress towards zero environmental impact
  • Resource use and circular economy: Reducing plastic footprint and waste
  • Pollution: Environmental impact management
  • Water: Responsible water use
  • Biodiversity and ecosystems: Impact on nature and biodiversity

Social

  • Patient protection and quality of life: Access to medicines and health equity
  • Own workforce: Being recognised as a sustainable employer
  • Workers in the value chain: Supply chain responsibility
  • Affected communities: Community impact

Governance

  • Business conduct: Ethics and compliance

Interaction with strategy and business model

Recognising the magnitude of these challenges, we are aiming to expand the reach and societal impact of our life-changing medicines and preventive health initiatives while striving to reduce our CO2e emissions, plastic footprint and impact on nature.

As our business grows, so does our social responsibility to support vulnerable populations, and this year we were able to reach 8.4 million vulnerable people living with diabetes. The growth of our business has inevitably led to an increase in our environmental footprint, and we are stepping up efforts to mitigate this impact.

NykreditDenmark

Sustainability strategy

It is a natural part of Nykredit's responsibility as a mutual financial provider, the largest lender and one of the largest investors in Denmark to contribute to achieving the goals of society, including the UN's 17 Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs), the Paris Agreement and Denmark's ambitions in the area of the green transition.

That is why sustainability is embedded in the Nykredit's Group strategy, Winning the Double 2.0, with a clear objective regarding Nykredit's corporate responsibility:

"Nykredit wants to be the customer-owned, responsible financial provider for people and businesses all over Denmark."

This objective has been translated into three main themes:

E – A greener and prepared Denmark

As the largest lender in Denmark, Nykredit plays a role in building a greener Denmark. Our largest carbon footprint as a financial provider, or more than 99%, comes from the activities we finance and invest in.

By joining forces with our customers, we can take the greatest leap forward in the green transition. Nykredit was the first Danish financial provider to set emissions targets for real estate and owner-occupied dwellings. These targets are included in our ambition of delivering a net zero Nykredit by 2050.

Material impacts, risks and opportunities related to:

  • Climate change mitigation and adaptation
  • Owner-occupied dwellings
  • Real estate
  • Agriculture
  • Investments in businesses and energy

S – A customer-owned Nykredit

Being Denmark's largest lender, Nykredit has a special role to play. We will be active in all of Denmark and support growth – in urban and rural districts alike. This is a pledge that places demands on the Nykredit Group's business model, profitability, capital structure and lending practices in the areas of banking and mortgage lending.

Nykredit has a responsibility for ensuring that advice, products and services are responsible relative to the individual customer and in a societal context. The Group is aware of our own direct impact through product terms and the processing of customers' personal data. As a financial provider, Nykredit also holds an advanced responsibility for ensuring that financial infrastructure and products support and promote a more sustainable transition of society.

Material impacts, risks and opportunities related to:

  • Development and growth throughout Denmark at all times
  • Responsible products, advisory services and processes
  • People
  • Diversity and inclusion
  • Non-discrimination of customers and employees
  • Privacy and the right to adequate housing

G – Responsible business practices

As a financial provider, Nykredit makes decisions every day that have long-term impacts on our customers and society.

It is therefore fundamental to Nykredit that our advice, products and services are responsible, both in a societal context and relative to the individual customer. We must be well organised across the Group to act responsibly and appropriately, complying with not only the letter, but also the spirit of the law. This calls for a strong management and corporate culture alongside rigorous due diligence processes and a robust defence against financial crime.

Material impacts, risks and opportunities related to:

  • Responsible business conduct
  • Initiatives to combat financial crime
  • IT security
  • Due diligence in lending, investments and suppliers
  • Efforts to promote a healthy corporate culture
OMVAustria

OMV is committed to achieving net zero emissions (Scopes 1, 2, and 3) by 2050, with interim targets for 2030 and 2040. The 2030 strategic priorities are to reduce absolute Scope 1 and 2 emissions by 30%, Scope 3 emissions by 20%, and the carbon intensity of the energy supply by 15–20%. All reduction targets are measured against a 2019 baseline.

Key initiatives are a decrease in fossil fuel sales, a significant increase in sustainable and biobased fuels, green gas sales, and the expansion of photovoltaic electricity capacity, as well as geothermal energy. This will be accompanied by an increase in sales volumes of sustainable base chemicals and polyolefins of up to 1.4 mn t p.a. by 2030.

Because emission reductions can only be achieved with considerable effort, the Group has earmarked on average 40–50% of its organic investments for sustainable projects for the period 2024–2030.

ØrstedDenmark

Our three strategic sustainability priorities – decarbonisation, biodiversity, and community impact – play an enabling role in our strategy and project delivery. They support that we mitigate risks and deliver more resilient energy projects that also drive a positive change for society and nature. See pages 67-74 for detailed description of material impacts, risks and opportunities.

QT GroupFinland

In its double materiality assessment, Qt identified material sustainability impacts, risks and opportunities related to its own workforce (S1), external consultants (S2), business conduct (G1) and data protection (entity-specific). Most significant impacts, risks and opportunities are related to Qt's own workforce and business conduct, meaning its own operations. External consultants are employees of Qt's subcontracted service providers who typically provide support in the deployment of products and services in the downstream value chain. Data protection (entity-specific disclosure requirement) relates to Qt's subcontracting chain and to the users of its products.

Of the material impacts, risks and opportunities identified by Qt, the failure of data protection is a significant business risk, which, if realized, could have significant effects on the company's business. Data protection is an integral part of the company's risk management and processes. Qt also received the ISO27001 certification for its operations in 2024.

Following the double materiality assessment, the more extensive integration of sustainability matters in risk management was initiated in the fourth quarter of 2024. The purpose is to take sustainability risks and opportunities into account more extensively in the company's decision-making and as a factor in strategy. The process will continue in 2025.

Qt has identified material impacts on people, and they are described in more detail in the sections Own workforce (S1) and Workers in the value chain (S2). Qt has not identified material impacts related to environment.

Qt's strategy is focused on business expansion and the creation of long-term growth opportunities. The company invests in growth, particularly in product development, sales and the innovation of new solutions. The impacts on the company's own workforce are linked to the strategy, as Qt's employees who perform expert work implement the strategy in practice. The impacts related to workers in the value chain are also partly related to Qt's business model. Data protection plays a significant role in all of Qt's business operations. A more detailed assessment of the relationship between impacts, risks and opportunities and the strategy has not been carried out, and they have not yet been taken into account in strategy processes.

Qt's own operations affect its own workforce, corporate culture and data protection. Impacts on external consultants (workers in the value chain) occur through business relationships. The external consultants are employed by Qt's contracted service provider.

Qt's material risks or opportunities have not had a significant effect on its financial position, result or cash flows. The risks and opportunities have also not been identified as involving significant risks concerning the adjustment of assets.

Qt has not conducted a separate resilience analysis on the company's capacity to address its material impacts and risks or take advantage of its material opportunities.

RandstadNetherlands

Material Impacts, Risks and Opportunities:

Randstad has identified several key trends and challenges that present both risks and opportunities for the business:

Talent Scarcity: This remains a significant global challenge impacting the global labor market. Declining birth rates, low unemployment rates, coupled with larger proportions of the workforce retiring mean that the number of economically active workers has been squeezed. Since peaking in 2008, the number of working age people (15 to 64) in OECD countries has been declining.

Technological Innovation: Businesses are embracing technological innovation with artificial intelligence going mainstream, boosting efficiency and productivity across industries. The IMF found almost 40% of global employment is exposed to AI, which is replacing some roles and augmenting others. AI is creating new jobs and boosting demand for AI skills.

Changing Workforce Needs: Workforce needs and talent expectations continue to evolve with talent redefining what they want from work. Gen-Z workers bring distinct expectations to the workplace, with 43% having quit a job that didn't align with their personal lives, and 57% having left due to a company's political stance.

Green Transition: The green economy is expanding rapidly, creating demand for new, specialized skills. Randstad's specialization approach helps develop skilled talent in this sector, addressing the needs of emerging technologies, organizations and markets.

Regulatory Environment: The increasing variety of forms of work needs to be regulated appropriately. Many countries still maintain unjustified restrictions on flexible work arrangements, and according to the ILO, 61% of the global workforce are employed informally, without access to any form of security in their career.

Strategic Response: Randstad's Partner for Talent strategy directly addresses these material issues through five strategic pillars:

  1. Growth through specialization to address specific talent needs
  2. Talent and equity at the heart to ensure equitable opportunities
  3. Delivery excellence to meet client demands
  4. Randstad talent platform for digital transformation
  5. Best team in the industry to attract and retain talent

The company's specialization into four areas (operational, professional, digital, and enterprise) is designed to address structural talent scarcity and changing client needs while positioning Randstad to capture growth opportunities in high-demand sectors.

RepsolSpain

Material Impacts, Risks and Opportunities and their Interaction with Strategy

Climate Change - Key Strategic Focus

Repsol was the first energy firm to announce its ambition to become a net zero emissions company by 2050 in December 2019, starting a strategic transformation.

Decarbonization Targets:

  • 20% reduction in absolute greenhouse gas emissions (Scopes 1, 2 and 3) by 2030 compared to base year 2018 (224 Mt CO₂e)
  • Net zero emissions (NZE) by 2050
  • 2024 emissions: 192.7 Mt CO₂e, reflecting 14% reduction from base year 2018

Energy Transition Opportunities

Strategic Plan 2024-2027 focuses on seizing opportunities offered by the energy transition:

  • Investment discipline: €16,000-19,000 million planned investment, with above 35% focusing on low-carbon businesses
  • Industrial transformation: Converting industrial complexes into multi-energy hubs capable of processing all sorts of raw materials and waste
  • Multi-energy growth: Expanding renewable fuels, hydrogen, biogas, solar and photovoltaic energy while maintaining oil and gas efficiency

Technology Neutrality Approach

Comprehensive Energy Strategy: "Our objective is to capitalize on every opportunity offered by the energy transition. This is why we remain committed to developing different energy sources, such as renewable fuels, hydrogen, biogas, solar and photovoltaic energy. And we are doing so without abandoning our legacy assets, oil and natural gas, making the exploration, production and consumption of these fuels more efficient."

Key Material Risks and Opportunities

Market Volatility Risks:

  • Crude oil price volatility (Brent averaged $81/bbl in 2024, 2% below 2023)
  • Low gas prices (Henry Hub fell 15% to $2.3/MBtu)
  • Declining electricity prices in Spain (fell 28% to 63 €/MWh)
  • Refining margin decline

Regulatory and Policy Risks:

  • Spanish Temporary Energy Levy negative impact (€-450 million in 2024)
  • European industrial competitiveness challenges due to high energy costs
  • Need for stable regulatory framework for investment certainty

Energy Security Opportunities:

  • Europe's need to secure supply chain in critical technologies
  • Strategic autonomy in defense and energy sectors
  • Growing demand for renewable fuels and low-carbon solutions

Circular Economy and Innovation

New Value Chains: "This strategy will enable us to create new value chains based on the circular economy to serve as a lever for fostering industrial activity, generating new jobs and driving the economy in the depopulated rural areas of Spain."

Technology Development: Over 250 technology projects in 2024, with 58% focused on low emissions technologies

Financial Resilience Strategy

Capital Allocation Framework:

  • Shareholder return priority: 25-35% of operating cash flow
  • Financial strength: Maintaining investment grade credit rating
  • Investment focus: Low-carbon businesses while preserving profitability of conventional assets

Business Transformation by Segment:

  • Upstream: Portfolio optimization focusing on highest value creation assets
  • Industrial: Building scalable low-carbon fuels and materials platform
  • Customer: Multi-energy leadership accompanying customers in energy transition
  • LCG: Renewable energy platform construction and optimization
RocheSwitzerland

Material Impacts, Risks and Opportunities

Double Materiality Assessment: In 2024, we conducted a double materiality assessment (DMA) aligned with CSRD requirements. Through our ESRS-aligned DMA, we identified 14 material ESG subtopics:

Environment:

  • E1: Climate change adaptation
  • E1: Climate change mitigation
  • E1: Energy
  • E2: Pollution of air
  • E3: Water

Social:

  • S1: Working conditions (own operations)
  • S1: Equal treatment and opportunities for all (own operations)
  • S1: Other work-related rights
  • S2: Working conditions (value chain)
  • S4: Personal safety of consumers and/or end users
  • S4: Information-related impacts for consumers and/or end users
  • S4: Social inclusion of consumers and/or end users

Governance:

  • G1: Corporate culture
  • G1: Corruption and bribery

Integration with Strategy: The DMA outcome supported the development of the six priorities of our sustainability strategy:

Access to innovation: Access to innovation and health equity are core to our business and key to our commitment to improve patient outcomes.

Work environment: Our people are at the heart of our business. We are committed to fostering an inclusive work environment where people can thrive.

Environment: Respect for the environment has always been a priority for Roche. It is critical that we continue working across our value chain to cut emissions and minimise the impact of our products at every stage of their life cycle.

Key Business Environment Trends: Our Corporate Sustainability Steering Committee identified ten key trends most relevant to Roche, including accelerated technological transformation, increase in infectious diseases and chronic illnesses, climate change adaptation needs, and healthcare affordability challenges.

Royal SchipholNetherlands

Material topics

We conduct a yearly materiality assessment to identify our material topics, taking into account the entire consolidated Royal Schiphol Group. The material topics are linked to our Qualities and enablers and hence our strategy, and help guide our sustainability efforts. In previous years, we performed the materiality assessment with reference to the Global Reporting Initiative (GRI) guidelines. Since we are a public interest entity, the Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive (CSRD) is applicable to us from this year onwards.

We fully embraced the CSRD and performed a double materiality assessment that is compliant with this framework. The double materiality assessment considers both the impact materiality and financial materiality of sustainability matters, with impact materiality being the (actual or potential) significant impact Royal Schiphol Group has on people or the environment, and financial materiality being the risks and opportunities that (may) arise from a sustainability matter leading to a financial effect.

We identified 16 material topics during the double materiality assessment:

  • Climate change mitigation
  • Climate change adaptation
  • Air pollution
  • Soil pollution
  • Biodiversity
  • Resource use and circular economy
  • Affected communities and noise
  • Employment practices own workforce
  • Diversity, equity & inclusion own workforce
  • Employment practices in value chain
  • Airports' attractiveness to consumers and end-users
  • Safety
  • Security
  • Cybersecurity
  • Business ethics and corporate culture
  • Supplier and procurement practices
SaabSweden

Material Impacts, Risks and Opportunities

Sustainability Strategy Based on Materiality Assessment

The strategy is based on an update of the double materiality assessment (DMA) and reflects increased stakeholder expectations from the financial market, our employees, our customers and legislators.

Three Strategic Focus Areas

Saab's sustainability strategy is built on three pillars, with prioritised areas within each:

1) Resilient and safe societies

  • Business and Human Rights: Saab has an industry-leading Human Rights Programme
  • Anti-Corruption: Saab has an industry-leading anti-bribery and corruption programme
  • Information Security: Saab has a defined, well-functioning, proactive and systematic approach to information security
  • Export Compliance: Saab will remain a leader in export control through robust rules, processes and training

2) Green and social transition

  • Climate Impact: Reduce emissions by 42% (Scope 1 & 2) (compared to 2020), Reduce emissions by 25% (Scope 3) (compared to 2020), Net zero emissions by year 2050
  • Substances of Concern: Tools deployed for efficient handling of product life cycle data, Define and set target to minimise the use of "Target substances"
  • Circular Economy: Operate with circular industrial processes and develop circular products in line with definitions from the EU Circular Economy Action Plan (EU CEAP)
  • Occupational Health and Safety: Reduce number of work-related accidents, measured by decreased TRIFR by 25% (compared to 2024), Improve employees experienced work life balance and reach benchmark top 25th percentile (8.3)

3) Innovation and partnerships

  • Diversity and Inclusion: At least 30% women employees, At least 35% women managers
  • Sustainable Innovation: Design for sustainability is established in product development throughout Saab. Sustainable innovation contributes to increased competitiveness and operational value
  • Industrial Cooperation and Partnership: A significant part of our industrial cooperation activities are within the definition of sustainability. Partnerships with external actors contribute to Saab's sustainability commitments and strategy
SanofiUnknown

Material impacts, risks and opportunities

The tables below list the impacts, risks and opportunities (IROs) identified as material to Sanofi following the double materiality assessment (DMA) performed in 2024 in accordance with the CSRD and related methodology established by EC, EFRAG and other guidance - refer to the CSRD Disclaimer and Explanatory Note. The full descriptions and all disclosures in accordance with ESRS 2 - SBM-3 can be found under the relevant topical standard.

Next to each (sub) topic in the tables it is specified: • whether it has a positive impact (IP) or negative impact (IN), or is a risk (R) or an opportunity (O); and • where the topic is located in Sanofi's value chain, i.e. upstream, own operations, or downstream.

All IROs have been scored regardless of the mitigation measures implemented by Sanofi. The materiality assessment was conducted based on gross impacts, risks and opportunities in accordance with the CSRD and related methodology established by EC, EFRAG and other guidance. For more information on the methodology, see section 3.1.4.1. IRO-1: Description of the process to identify and score IROs.

ENVIRONMENT

Matter(Sub) TopicType of IROUpstream value chainOwn operationsDownstream value chain
E1 Climate ChangeClimate change adaptationRXXX
GHG emissionsINXXX
Climate change mitigationRXXX
EnergyRXXX
E2 PollutionPollution of airINXX
Pollution of waterINXX
Pollution of water (PIE from patients)INX
Substances of very high concernINXX
E4 BiodiversityDirect impact drivers of biodiversity loss: Climate ChangeINXX
Direct impact drivers of biodiversity loss: PollutionINXXX
Impacts on the state of species (such as population size, global extinction risks)INX
Impacts and dependencies on ecosystem services: Provisioning and support servicesRXX
E5 Circular Economy & WasteWaste (hazardous)INXXX

SOCIAL

Matter(Sub) TopicType of IROUpstream value chainOwn operationsDownstream value chain
S1 Own WorkforceAdequate WagesIPX
Social dialogue, freedom of association, the existence of works councils and information, consultation and participation rights of workers and collective bargainingINX
Health & SafetyIN & RX
Employee engagement & wellbeingIN & RX
Talent attraction & retentionRX
Training and skills developmentIP & RX
DiversityIPX
Gender representation and equal pay for work of equal valueINX
Employee data privacyIN & RXX
S2 Workers in the Value ChainWorking timeINXX
Adequate wagesINXX
Social dialogue, freedom of association and collective bargainingINXX
Health & SafetyIN & RXX (R only)
Child LaborINX
Forced LaborINX
S4 Consumers and End-UsersInformation-related impacts for end-users: Access to (quality) informationIN & RXX
Information-related impacts for end-users: PrivacyIN & RXXX
Personal safety of end-users (including health, safety and security of individuals and protection of children)IN & RXXX
Social inclusion of end-users: Accessible & affordable medicineIPXX
Social inclusion of end-users: Innovative treatments for unmet needsIPX
Medical and Bioethics*INXX
Supply chain continuity*IN & RXX

GOVERNANCE

Matter(Sub) TopicType of IROUpstream value chainOwn operationsDownstream value chain
G1 Business ConductProtection of whistleblowersINXXX
Corruption & bribery (prevention & detection, incidents)RXXX
Animal use and welfareINXX
Political engagementIN & RX (IN only)X
Management of relationships with suppliers including payment practicesINXX

*The following IROs are entity-specific and not explicitly covered by the ESRS: • Medical and Bioethics (I) • Supply Chain Continuity (I)

Sanofi conducted its double materiality assessment at group-level in accordance with the CSRD and related methodology established by EC, EFRAG and other guidance - refer to the CSRD Disclaimer and Explanatory Note.

Current and anticipated effect of its material IROs on Sanofi's business model, value chain, strategy and decision-making

Sanofi has longstanding experience in identifying material topics. It published its first materiality assessment in 2010, and has performed an update approximately every two years based on a formalized stakeholder engagement process. The main goal of our legacy materiality assessments was to ensure the appropriateness and relevance of our CSR strategies in addressing key business and stakeholder concerns.

The material IROs identified in the DMA are intended to generally align with the CSRD methodology, as described in ESRS 1, and previous materiality assessments results. We believe that our CSR strategy already addresses aspects of the most material impacts and risks identified in the DMA:

CSR strategy pillarsTopics (IROs) covered in CSR Strategy
Affordable AccessSocial inclusion of consumers and/or end-users: accessible and affordable medicines
R&D for Unmet NeedsSocial inclusion of consumers and/or end-users: innovative treatment for unmet needs
Planet CareClimate change, Pollution, Biodiversity, Circular economy
In & Beyond the WorkplaceEqual treatment and opportunities for all
CSR FundamentalsHuman rights, ethics & business integrity, patient safety

The IROs with lower materiality are addressed in dedicated policies and approaches to ensure adequate focus and resource allocation.

Linking material impacts to Sanofi's strategy and business model

Our impacts originate from, and are connected to, our strategy and business model. • As a pharmaceutical company with a diversified product portfolio, we are contributing to better healthcare outcomes through our medicines and vaccines and, therefore, have positive impacts on patients. • We serve patients worldwide: medical innovation seeks to balance benefits and risks to improve patients' lives, making patient safety a priority. • We have a large international industrial footprint: the production, distribution and use of Sanofi's product has environmental impacts. • Sanofi's international upstream and downstream value chain to support our efforts can create negative environmental and social impacts, such as environmental pollution and labor rights issues. • We operate in a highly regulated environment: the pharmaceutical sector has a strong focus on medical ethics and business conduct requirements.

Financial effects of Sanofi's material risks

The material risks identified in the DMA as per the CSRD methodology are already included in our risk management framework. These identified material risks are gross risks in accordance with the CSRD and related methodology established by EC, EFRAG and other guidance and do not take into account mitigation measures in place. The level of control over those risks is monitored by our risk management governance process. We therefore do not expect a material adjustment to the financial statements due to those material risks.

Resilience of Sanofi's strategy and business model regarding its material impacts and risks

Key gross resilience-related risks identified during the DMA process in accordance with the CSRD methodology are: • climate adaptation — the risk that we do not anticipate and prepare for the adverse effects of climate change by taking appropriate action to prevent or minimize the damage they can cause to our business (includes transition and physical risks); • impacts and dependencies on ecosystem services, i.e. provisioning and supporting services — the risk that we or our suppliers are unable to secure the natural resources needed to produce and package its medicines and vaccines (e.g. plant materials, animal raw materials, materials used in packaging) and the risk that the prices of such natural resources increase significantly due to scarcity and competition for dwindling resources, leading to financial risk; • talent attraction — the risk that we will be unable to attract and/or retain people with the necessary skills and experience, which could adversely affect our ability to implement our strategy and attain our objectives (financial risk); and • supply chain continuity — the risk of supply chain interruptions or loss of inventories due to unforeseen events, which could lead to loss of revenue.

The above resilience issues are monitored by Sanofi's risk management governance.

Siili SolutionsFinland

Material impacts, risks and opportunities and their interaction with strategy and business model

Siili has identified material impacts, risks and opportunities related to climate changes as well as social and governance topics. The material topics are presented in the adjacent table.

In the double materiality analysis, material negative and positive impacts, as well as risks, were identified related to climate change mitigation and greenhouse gas emissions. With respect to Siili's employees, the analysis identified positive impacts and risks related to working conditions and equal treatment, alongside negative impacts and opportunities related to equal treatment. A positive impact associated with corporate culture was identified.

Material impacts, risks and opportunities of sustainability

Sustainability topicImpact descriptionType of impactUpstream value chainOwn operationsDownstream value chainTerm (Short / Medium / Long)Further information in section
E1: Climate change mitigationGreenhouse gas (GHG) emissions generated by operationsNegative impactxS/M/LE1
Reduction of greenhouse gas (GHG) emissionsPositive impactxxM/LE1
Increase in IT sector greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions due to AI solutionsRiskxxM/LE1
S1: Working conditionsFull freedom of association for employees and diverse opportunities to participate in Siili's decision-makingPositive impactxS/M/LS1
Applicability of employee-management collaboration practices used in Finland to other operating countriesRiskxS/M/LS1
Working time tracking and flexible working hoursPositive impactxS/M/LS1
Work-life balance of employeesPositive impactxS/M/LS1
S1: Equal treatment and opportunitiesDevelopment and maintenance of employee competenciesPositive impactxS/M/LS1
Enhancement of workforce diversityPositive impactxS/M/LS1
Challenges of increasing diversity in the IT sectorNegative impactxS/M/LS1
Siili provides a safe working environment for all employeesOpportunityxS/M/LS1
Deterioration of employer brand if diversity development is not adequately prioritizedRiskxS/M/LS1
G1: Corporate cultureSiili's strong and unique corporate culturePositive impactxxxS/M/LG1

All material impacts, risks and opportunities are part of the ESRS disclosure requirements. Siili reports on the material impacts, risks and opportunities for the first time, so there are no changes in them compared to previous reporting.

In its strategy process of 2024, the Board of Directors considered the impacts, risks and opportunities determined based on the analysis. The well-being and competence of Siili's employees are a precondition for the business, and Siili's material impacts, risks and opportunities are closely tied to maintaining and enhancing them. A uniform corporate culture supports Siili's business operations. The material risks and opportunities defined based on the double materiality analysis did not result in significant financial impacts during 2024. No foreseeable financial impacts related to risks and opportunities are reported for 2024.

SOLVAYBelgium

In 2024, Solvay defined its new For Generations roadmap – our agenda for responsible business. Building on our heritage and company strengths, it sets the sustainability agenda of the company, while aligning with the new Solvay profile and strategy. This roadmap is structured around two pillars – Planet progress, focused on climate and nature, and Better life, addressing our people and communities.

Material impacts and opportunities:

Climate Change and Resource Scarcity:

  • Soda ash for flat glass is used in double and triple glazing to meet the increased demand for insulation materials in construction, and in solar photovoltaic panels that provide cleaner energy.
  • Our sodium-based SOLVAir® provides flue gas cleaning solutions that can remove up to around 99% of SOx, HF, and HCI emissions from exhausts in a range of sectors, including energy production and cement manufacturing.
  • Our breakthrough soda ash process, e.Solvay, is expected to reduce our scope 1 & 2 greenhouse gas emissions by around 50%, and the consumption of natural resources, to result in 20% less water and salt and 30% less limestone, compared to the current process.
  • Interox® Volt peroxide solutions enhance recovery of valuable metals from used batteries.
  • Our proprietary process for bio-sourced Highly Dispersible Silica made from rice husk ash, a rice byproduct, will offer the tire industry a circular silica with a reduced carbon footprint.

Regionalization: With production plants based in key geographic zones, Solvay is poised to embrace the regionalization megatrend. This positions us well to answer customers' need for local supply, ensuring reliability and reducing the environmental footprint.

Artificial Intelligence and Digitalization:

  • Our high-purity solutions are needed for advanced cleaning, an increasingly important factor as electronic devices become smaller.
  • Solvaclean®, an environmentally-friendly cleaning gas for semiconductor tools made from eco‑friendly fluorinated gas mixtures, offers the industry an alternative cleaning option that provides zero global warming potential.
  • INTEROX® Hydrogen Peroxide PicoPlus is our ultra‑purified electronic grade H2O2 primarily used in the cleaning and etching stages of semiconductor chip production.
  • Rare earths' abrasive Zenus® is used in a critical step of the semiconductor manufacturing process to remove excess materials and create a smooth surface on each wafer layer.
Sopra SteriaFrance

Material Impacts, Risks and Opportunities and Their Interaction with Strategy and Business Model

Double Materiality Assessment Results

Sopra Steria conducted a double materiality assessment, the outcome of which confirmed the Company's priorities, some of them longstanding, while providing a fresh perspective on the value chain. These priorities reflect Sopra Steria's identity, strategy and business model, which are intrinsically linked to the quality of its relationships with its partners and the role of digital technology in society.

Key Material Issues

13 key issues regarding impact materiality and/or financial materiality were identified:

Climate change adaptation (ESRS E1) ■ Reducing and mitigating the carbon footprint (ESRS E1) ■ Resource and waste management (ESRS E5) ■ Priority placed on training and skills (ESRS S1) ■ Equal opportunities and diversity (ESRS S1) ■ Employee protection and trust (ESRS S1) ■ Social dialogue (ESRS S1) ■ Regional presence (ESRS S3) ■ Contribution to essential public services (ESRS S4) ■ Business conduct and compliance (ESRS G1) ■ Cybersecurity and digital sovereigntyDeveloping responsible digital technology

Integration with Strategy and Business Model

The strategic sustainability priorities and goals have been approved by supervisory, executive and management bodies, including the Board of Directors, Executive Management and the Executive Committee. These address the key sustainability matters for Sopra Steria and have direct or indirect implications for key components of the strategy, the business model and value chain (business-specific solutions, client sectors of activity, geographical regions, stakeholders).

Main Risk Categories

The most material risks specific to Sopra Steria are set out by category and in decreasing order of criticality:

Risks related to strategy and external factors

  • Ability to offer appropriate, adapted solutions
  • Acquisitions
  • Loss of business from a major client or vertical
  • Attacks on reputation

Risks related to operational activities

  • Repercussions of major external crises
  • Cybersecurity, protection of systems and data
  • Pre-sales and delivery of projects and managed/operated services

Risks related to human resources

  • Attracting talent
  • Skills development and retention of key personnel

Risks related to regulatory requirements

  • Compliance

Opportunities and Strategic Response

Sopra Steria positions itself as a European leader in digital services and a trusted, credible European alternative to global operators. The Group is developing and strengthening its foothold in four strategic markets (Public Sector, Financial Services, Defence & Security, Aerospace), where issues relating to sovereignty and responsible digital technology are becoming increasingly critical in Europe.

Strategic priorities for responsible digital technology are likely to influence the Group's business line skills and solutions.

Artificial intelligence has created a vast range of opportunities that the Group will seize, while taking an ethical, sovereign approach through the rAIse® programme launched in 2023.

Embedding Sustainability into Business Strategy

The Group has introduced a specialised sustainability programme that sets out and adapts strategic priorities. Main sustainability-related multi-year strategic priorities approved by the Board of Directors include:

  • Environment [ESRS E1]: Net-zero emissions - Continue along the trajectory for reducing greenhouse gas emissions from the Group's direct activities
  • Sopra Steria employees [ESRS S1]: Diversity and equal opportunity - Meet the imperatives of workplace diversity and inclusion
Stora EnsoFinland

Material Impacts, Risks and Opportunities:

Climate Change - Material Impact and Strategic Integration:

Opportunities:

  • Growing demand for renewable materials to replace fossil-based products
  • Carbon storage in wood products and forest assets
  • Our products enable customers to reduce their carbon footprint
  • Potential for carbon credit revenues from forest management

Risks:

  • Physical risks from extreme weather events affecting forest assets and operations
  • Transition risks from changing regulations and carbon pricing
  • Supply chain disruptions from climate events

Strategic Response:

  • Set science-based targets aligned with 1.5-degree scenario
  • Achieved 53% reduction in Scope 1 & 2 emissions (exceeding 2030 target)
  • Targeting 50% reduction in Scope 3 emissions by 2030
  • Forest assets provide natural carbon sequestration (4.3 million tonnes CO2 annually)

Circularity and Resource Efficiency:

Opportunities:

  • Growing regulatory and consumer demand for circular products
  • Premium pricing for recyclable packaging solutions
  • Material efficiency improvements reducing costs

Risks:

  • Resource scarcity increasing raw material costs
  • Regulatory requirements for circular design

Strategic Response:

  • 94% of products technically recyclable
  • Target: 100% recyclable products by 2030
  • Integration of circularity into product development

Biodiversity:

Opportunities:

  • Enhanced ecosystem services from well-managed forests
  • Reputation and market access benefits from biodiversity leadership
  • Regulatory compliance advantages

Risks:

  • Biodiversity loss affecting forest resilience and productivity
  • Increasing regulatory requirements for biodiversity protection
  • Stakeholder pressure on forest management practices

Strategic Response:

  • 99% forest certification coverage
  • Partnership with IUCN on biodiversity framework
  • Net positive biodiversity impact target

Market Dynamics:

Opportunities:

  • Growing packaging market driven by e-commerce and sustainability trends
  • Increasing demand for wooden construction materials
  • Premium positioning in renewable materials markets

Risks:

  • Market volatility in pulp and wood products
  • Economic downturns affecting demand
  • Competition from alternative materials

Strategic Response:

  • Diversified product portfolio across growing segments
  • Leading market positions with high barriers to entry
  • Continuous innovation in biobased materials

Raw Material Security:

Opportunities:

  • Forest ownership providing supply security (36% self-sufficiency)
  • Long-term relationships with wood suppliers
  • Sustainable forestry ensuring renewable supply

Risks:

  • Wood cost inflation affecting margins
  • Supply constraints from competing uses
  • Climate change affecting forest productivity

Strategic Response:

  • 2.06 million hectares of forest assets globally
  • Sustainable forest management practices
  • Diversified sourcing across multiple regions
TeamViewerGermany

Material impacts, risks and opportunities and their interaction with strategy and business model

Material Business Opportunities

AI and Automation Opportunities

  • Strategic Focus: AI identified as dominant technology theme, with TeamViewer integrating artificial intelligence into solutions
  • Session Insights: Launched first AI-powered feature for automatic session summarization, eliminating time-consuming manual documentation
  • Microsoft Integration: AI features integrated into Microsoft Teams, Copilot, and Azure OpenAI service
  • Market Position: Well-positioned to shape the digital workplace of the future through AI and automation

Digital Workplace Transformation

  • 1E Acquisition: USD 720 million strategic acquisition to position TeamViewer in digital workplace management
  • Market Opportunity: Creating industry-leading end-to-end solution for IT processes, intelligent endpoint management, and enhanced user experience
  • Proactive IT Support: Integration enables proactive issue prevention and efficient remote problem resolution

Industrial Digitalization

  • OT Market Leadership: Global market leader in secure connectivity to embedded OT devices
  • Smart Services: Technical support and digital frontline workflows in industrial sector
  • IT/OT Convergence: Positioned to capitalize on convergence of information technology and operational technology
  • Vision Picking: Strategic partnerships with Manhattan Associates and Deloitte to accelerate warehouse logistics digitalization

Material Business Risks

Cybersecurity Risks

  • Security Incident: Experienced cyberattack in June 2024 linked to APT29/Midnight Blizzard group
  • Risk Mitigation: Incident was quickly detected, investigated, and resolved with no impact on product environment or customer data
  • Continuous Investment: Ongoing investments in preventive measures, security applications, and compliance
  • Reputation Risk: Potential impact on customer trust, mitigated through transparent communication

Macroeconomic and Market Risks

  • Economic Environment: Challenging and volatile macroeconomic conditions throughout fiscal year
  • Currency Risk: EUR/USD exchange rate fluctuations affecting international business
  • Regional Variations: Different growth rates across key markets (Germany -0.2% GDP vs U.S. +2.8% GDP)

Competitive and Technology Risks

  • Market Competition: Operating in competitive technology sector with continuous innovation requirements
  • Technology Evolution: Need to continuously adapt to evolving customer needs and technology trends
  • Talent Acquisition: Competition for skilled R&D talent, particularly in AI and security domains

Interaction with Strategy and Business Model

Strategic Response to Opportunities

Two-Pillar Growth Strategy:

  1. IT Automation: Capitalizing on AI and automation trends in digital workplace
  2. Industrial Digital Transformation: Leveraging OT connectivity and AR/MR solutions

Strategic Acquisitions:

  • 1E Integration: Expands business model from reactive remote support to proactive issue prevention
  • Technology Partnerships: RealWear/Almer investment strengthens AR hardware-software ecosystem

Risk Management Integration

Security-First Approach:

  • Zero Trust Framework: Company-wide implementation to ensure only authorized access
  • Best-of-Breed Security: Integration of world's leading security solutions
  • Continuous Monitoring: 24/7 Security Operations Center (SOC) monitoring
  • Incident Response: Dedicated CSIRT and PSIRT teams with updated response plans

Business Continuity:

  • BCM Framework: Business Continuity Management to improve organizational resilience
  • Supply Chain Security: Monitoring for unauthorized changes and supply chain attacks
  • Geographic Diversification: Operations across EMEA, AMERICAS, and APAC regions

Market Position and Competitive Advantages

Technology Leadership:

  • AI Innovation: First-mover advantage in AI-powered remote connectivity solutions
  • AR/MR Expertise: Industry-leading position in augmented reality for industrial applications
  • Platform Integration: Comprehensive solution spanning IT and OT environments

Customer Relationships:

  • Trust and Reliability: High customer retention through proven security and reliability
  • Global Scale: Serving 640,000+ subscribers across diverse industries and regions
  • Enterprise Focus: Growing enterprise segment driving higher-value solutions

Long-term Value Creation

Financial Targets (2025-2028):

  • Revenue growth to EUR 1,030-1,060 million by 2028
  • Enterprise segment >40% of revenue
  • Adjusted EBITDA margin improvement to 44-45%
  • 70% increase in adjusted earnings per share (standalone basis)

Sustainable Growth Drivers:

  • Megatrends Alignment: Hybrid work, device complexity, skills training, Smart Factory, sustainability
  • Operational Leverage: Shared technical platform costs across business areas
  • Innovation Pipeline: Continuous R&D investment (EUR 79.9 million in 2024)

ESG Integration

Environmental Opportunities:

  • Carbon Reduction: Business model enables reduced travel through remote connectivity
  • Energy Efficiency: Solutions support sustainable management and CO₂ savings
  • Climate Action: Partnership with Neustark for 1,200 tons CO₂ removal over six years

Social Impact:

  • Digital Inclusion: Educational initiatives (cyber robotics competition, Code Week)
  • Workforce Development: Supporting skills training and digital transformation
  • Healthcare and Safety: Solutions improving elderly care processes and industrial safety

Governance Excellence:

  • Data Protection: TÜV certification and comprehensive privacy framework
  • Cybersecurity: Industry-leading security ratings (BitSight top 1%, SecurityScorecard A-rating)
  • Transparency: Open communication approach and stakeholder engagement

The material impacts, risks, and opportunities are fully integrated into TeamViewer's strategic planning and business model evolution, with the 1E acquisition representing a transformational response to identified market opportunities while risk management frameworks ensure operational resilience and stakeholder trust.

TKHNetherlands

Material impacts, risks and opportunities and their interaction with strategy and business model

Material sustainability topics identified under CSRD:

  • Environmental: GHG emissions, energy efficiency and consumption (climate change mitigation), sustainable innovation, pollution of air, soil, and water, water consumption, resource inflows, waste, and waste recycling
  • Social: Health and safety, diversity, child/forced labor, working conditions and other work-related rights in the value chain
  • Governance: Corporate culture, corruption and bribery, management of relationships with suppliers, privacy (cybersecurity), AI and algorithm ethics

Interaction with strategy and business model:

Climate change and decarbonization

  • Opportunity: Electrification megatrend drives demand for our energy connectivity solutions and offshore wind inter-array cables
  • Impact on strategy: €200 million strategic investment in expanding offshore wind cable capacity at Eemshaven facility
  • Risk management: 70.3% reduction in CO2e footprint (scopes 1 and 2) achieved in 2024, targeting 100% carbon neutrality by 2030

Automation and digitalization

  • Opportunity: Industry 4.0 and "hands-off, eyes-off" manufacturing drives demand for our Smart Vision and Smart Manufacturing systems
  • Impact on strategy: Focus on automation as core strategic pillar with significant R&D investment (€80.7 million in 2024)
  • Value creation: 71.6% of turnover linked to UN Sustainable Development Goals

Supply chain sustainability

  • Risk: Dependence on worldwide supply chains for raw materials and components
  • Mitigation: 59.0% of Tier-1 copper suppliers certified by The Copper Mark, 78.2% assessed through risk management processes
  • Impact on operations: Active dialogue with strategic suppliers to improve sustainability

Talent and workforce

  • Opportunity: Diverse, skilled workforce drives innovation and operational excellence
  • Challenge: Shortage of qualified staff in challenging labor market
  • Response: Focus on diversity (21.6% female executive and senior management), employee satisfaction (7.8), and safety (LTIFR 0.7)

Technology and innovation

  • Opportunity: AI and software development create competitive advantage and customer value
  • Investment: Over 750 people dedicated to R&D and software development, 17.6% of turnover from innovations
  • Strategic focus: Acceleration of innovations that differentiate us from competitors, including AI-powered features like Foreign Object Detection
TotalEnergiesFrance

Material impacts, risks and opportunities and their interaction with strategy and business model

Climate-related impacts, risks and opportunities

Physical risks:

  • Climate change impacts on operations and facilities
  • Weather variability affecting renewable energy production

Transition risks:

  • Regulatory changes related to carbon emissions
  • Shifting energy demand patterns
  • Technology disruption in energy markets

Climate opportunities:

  • Growing demand for renewable electricity
  • LNG as transition fuel replacing coal
  • Low-carbon solutions for industrial customers

Strategic response

Two-pillar strategy:

  1. Oil & Gas pillar: Focus on low-cost, low-emission assets
  2. Electricity pillar: Integrated renewable and flexible power generation

2030 Objectives:

  • Increase energy production by +4% per year between 2024 and 2030
  • Electricity to account for nearly 20% of hydrocarbon equivalent production by 2030
  • Reduce net Scope 1+2 emissions by 40% compared to 2015
  • Reduce lifecycle carbon intensity of energy products sold by 25% by 2030

Environmental impacts and responses

Water and marine resources:

  • Fresh water withdrawal: 92 Mm³ (ESRS perimeter)
  • Implementation of water management strategies

Biodiversity:

  • Nature-based carbon sink projects
  • Environmental impact assessments for new projects

Pollution:

  • Methane emissions reduced by 55% between 2020 and 2024
  • Elimination of routine flaring initiatives

Social impacts

Own workforce:

  • 102,887 employees across about 120 countries
  • Focus on safety, diversity, and professional development
  • Total recordable injury rate of 0.55 in 2024

Communities:

  • Significant tax contributions supporting local development
  • Global integrated local development approach
  • Energy access initiatives supporting human development
TrygDenmark

Tryg has identified several material impacts, risks and opportunities that interact with its strategy and business model:

Climate-related impacts and opportunities: In a world increasingly impacted by climate change, Tryg offers customers peace of mind, ensuring coverage in the event of claims. Weather events for the full year 2024 were in line with Tryg's annual expectations, with weather claims amounting to 2.4% of insurance revenue compared to the normalised level of approximately DKK 800m annually.

Tryg is dedicated to helping its customers adapt to climate change and prevent claims from happening in the first place. The company has expanded offerings with products that can help customers adapt to climate change, while maintaining focus on minimising the use of resources in the claims handling process.

Emissions reduction: A large part of Tryg's carbon emissions stem from the handling of approximately 2.2 million annual claims. In 2024, Tryg reduced CO2e emissions of 27,825 tonnes in claims handling, exceeding the target of 20,000-25,000 tonnes.

Strategic targets 2027:

  • Customer satisfaction target of 83 for the full Group
  • Reduce CO2e emissions by 6% per average claim by 2027 compared to 2024
  • Adapt 30 product categories, corresponding to 60% of categories in scope for the EU Taxonomy
  • Increase straight-through processing for digitally reported claims to over 55%

These material sustainability themes are integrated into Tryg's business strategy 'United Towards '27' under three strategic pillars: Scale & Simplicity, Technical Excellence, and Customer & Commercial Excellence, supported by enablers including sustainability & ESG.

UbisoftFrance

Material impacts, risks and opportunities and their interaction with strategy and business model are detailed in section 3.1 Risk factors and throughout the sustainability management report in section 5. The Group has identified key risks including business risks, talent-related risks, regulatory risks, and technological risks. These material matters influence the Group's strategic direction and business model evolution toward more sustainable operations.

VestasDenmark

Material Impacts, Risks and Opportunities

Double Materiality Assessment Results

Vestas conducted a comprehensive double materiality assessment to identify material sustainability matters. The assessment identified the following material topics:

Environmental Topics:

  • E1 Climate change: Material from both impact and financial materiality perspectives
  • E3 Water and marine resources: Material
  • E4 Biodiversity and ecosystems: Material
  • E5 Circular economy and resource use: Material

Social Topics:

  • S1 Own workforce: Material across multiple subtopics including health and safety, secure employment, and equal treatment
  • S2 Workers in the value chain: Material
  • S3 Affected communities: Material

Governance Topics:

  • G1 Business conduct: Material

Key Material Impacts

Positive Impacts:

  • Climate Impact: Expected GHG emissions to be avoided over the lifetime of capacity produced and shipped in 2024: 455 million tonnes CO2e
  • Energy Transition: Delivered 13 GW of wind turbines in 2024, contributing to global renewable energy capacity
  • Economic Development: Supporting local job creation and economic development in communities where we operate

Negative Impacts:

  • GHG Emissions: Scope 1 & 2 emissions of 105k tonnes CO2e and Scope 3 emissions of 7.99 million tonnes CO2e in 2024
  • Resource Use: Material efficiency rate of 1.0 tonnes of waste per MW produced and shipped
  • Safety: 240 total recordable injuries with 2 fatal injuries in 2024

Material Risks

Climate-Related Physical Risks:

  • Extreme weather events affecting operations and supply chains
  • Sea level rise impacting coastal facilities and offshore installations

Climate-Related Transition Risks:

  • Policy and regulatory changes affecting renewable energy incentives
  • Technology risks from rapid innovation cycles
  • Market risks from changing customer preferences

Supply Chain Risks:

  • Disruption of operations due to geopolitical uncertainty
  • Raw material price volatility and availability
  • Quality issues affecting project execution

Social Risks:

  • Workplace safety incidents
  • Community opposition to projects
  • Human rights risks in value chain

Material Opportunities

Market Opportunities:

  • Growing demand for renewable energy driven by energy security concerns
  • Expanding addressable market with wind energy expected to grow 7-9% annually for onshore and 20-25% for offshore towards 2030
  • Data center and AI boom driving new power demand

Technology Opportunities:

  • Development of larger, more efficient turbines
  • Digitalization and efficiency improvements
  • Circular economy innovations including blade recycling

Partnership Opportunities:

  • Strategic partnerships across the value chain
  • Customer co-development of sustainable solutions
  • Government collaboration on energy policy

Integration with Strategy and Business Model

These material impacts, risks and opportunities are integrated into:

Corporate Strategy: The sustainability strategy with four pillars (Climate, Circularity, Social, Energy transition) addresses key material issues

Business Operations: Risk management and mitigation strategies are embedded across all four business areas (Onshore, Offshore, Service, Development)

Financial Planning: Expected financial effects from climate-related risks and opportunities are considered in strategic planning and capital allocation

Target Setting: Material issues inform sustainability target setting including carbon neutrality by 2030, zero-waste turbines by 2040, and safety improvements

The Board and Executive Management receive quarterly updates on progress against material sustainability issues, with annual reporting on scope 3 emissions and community engagement.

WithSecureFinland

As a step towards preparing for the CSRD reporting and to identify WithSecure's material sustainability-related impacts, risks and opportunities, the company conducted a double materiality assessment (DMA) during the year 2023. The assessment was conducted against the EFRAG ESRS (European Sustainability Reporting Standards). This assessment and the related DMA assumptions have been updated during the year 2024 to reflect new insights, stakeholder feedback, and changes in the regulatory environment.

The DMA includes topics where WithSecure could have a material impact (inside-out approach) and those posing financial risks or opportunities (outside-in approach). Following CSRD requirements, only material topics are included in the sustainability report. Both internal and external stakeholders participated in the assessment to identify material sustainability topics across the value chain.

Summary of Material Impacts, Risks and Opportunities:

ESRS StandardMain Impacts, Risks and OpportunitiesFinancial ImpactLikelihoodImpact MaterialityImpacts on
E1 Climate changeClimate change mitigation presents financial opportunities as customers move to cloud environments. The company's products have a material impact on protecting digital society and enabling sustainable activities of end-customers.Medium-term75-100%Concentrated to widespread, Minimal to low scale, Difficult remediabilityOwn operations, upstream and downstream value chains
S1 Own workforceEmployees are key to company success. Maintaining a diverse, equal, competent and adaptable workforce is very significant.Short-, medium- and long-term50-100%Limited to concentrated scope, Minimal to high scale, RemediableOwn operations
S4 Consumers and end-usersLarge impacts on protecting digital society and enabling sustainable activities of end-customers. Data privacy and security are very significant matters for a cyber security company.Short-, medium- and long-term75-100%Very widespread scope, Absolute scale, Very difficult remediabilityDownstream value chain
G1 Business conductGood governance and business ethics are fundamentally important for a company operating in "trust business".Short- and medium-term75-100%Concentrated to widespread scope, Low to high scale, Difficult to very difficult remediabilityOwn operations, upstream and downstream value chains

Material Sub-topics Identified:

  • Climate change mitigation (E1)
  • Working conditions (S1)
  • Equal treatment and working opportunities for all (S1)
  • Information-related impacts for consumers and/or end-users (S4)
  • Corporate culture (G1)
  • Protection of whistleblowers (G1)
  • Management of relationships with suppliers including payment practices (G1)

Non-material Environmental Topics: WithSecure has assessed various environmental impacts and determined that E2 Pollution, E3 Water and Marine Resources, E4 Biodiversity and Ecosystems, and E5 Circular Economy are not material topics. These impacts are considered to be of low significance, narrow in scope, and have a low likelihood of occurrence for WithSecure's operations due to the nature of the business as a software and services company.

WithSecure believes that the DMA presented fairly reflects the impacts, risks and opportunities WithSecure faces. Through the DMA, WithSecure identified its material sustainability-related impacts, risks, and opportunities. Stakeholder views and interests were integrated into this assessment and the outcomes.

IRO-1

Description of the processes to identify and assess material impacts, risks and opportunities

49 companies
AcerinoxSpain

The Group's climate change management model identifies and assesses the impacts of our operations on climate change following TCFD recommendations. The Greenhouse Gas (GHG) emissions inventory, conducted annually, uses methods consistent with internationally recognized standards. The carbon footprint is certified by an external verifier.

In 2024, Acerinox reviewed its activities to determine future sources of GHG emissions. In addition to calculating the carbon footprint of the factories, an estimate was made for the service centers, warehouses and sales offices. The results concluded that these emissions are not significant, as they account for less than 2.5% of the total emissions.

Scope 3 categories not previously included in the GHG inventory were also estimated, and those that were material were reported.

In 2024, the Group's total GHG emissions (Scopes 1, 2 and 3) were 6,374,512 metric tons of CO2 equivalent, 13% higher than the previous year carbon footprint, mainly as a result of the increase of emissions associated with the acquisition of materials and ferroalloys and the consideration of new reporting categories.

Corporate risk analysis analyzes short-term climate risks. The time horizon refers to the period adopted by the company as the reference period in its financial statements. The medium-term horizon (2030) is aligned with the term of the Sustainability Master Plan and its targets, while the long-term horizon (2050) is linked to the climate neutrality targets set by the most ambitious geographical area (European Union).

Climate change impacts were identified and assessed according to the methodology described in ESRS 2 SBM-3 on climate change.

The impact of climate risk on the Group's financial statements is structured into three main areas: analysis of the recoverability of non-financial assets, determination of the useful lives of plants and equipment and credit ratings. Due to Acerinox's structure and business model, at the end of this year (short term), no material impacts related to climate change have been identified; accordingly, it is considered that there is no material impact of climate change risk that should be considered in future estimates for the calculation of cash flows.

In the medium and long term, climate risk analysis using different scenarios helped us to better understand our risks and make better decisions.

In 2025, the climate risk analysis will be updated, incorporating risks related to the value chain; Haynes International will also be included.

Physical risks

Two scenarios were selected from the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC): • SSP5-RCP 8.5: High emissions scenario, with a business-as-usual perspective. It forecasts that carbon dioxide emissions levels will triple by 2075, with global temperatures rising by 4.4°C. • SSP 1-RCP 2.6: Low emissions scenario aligned with the Paris Agreement, in line with achieving net zero emissions by 2050. It forecasts global temperatures to rise and stabilize at 1.8º Celsius by the end of the century.

The difference in global emissions between RCP 8.5 and RCP 2.6 represents the implementation gap to reach the Paris Agreement's target of below 2°C.

The analysis was carried out at all the Group's factories. Site-specific climate data is extracted from each plant location for each individual climate hazard included in the CRISP platform. The analysis took into account the climate-related risks identified in the CSRD. The nine most relevant are detailed below: • Extreme heat. • Extreme cold. • River flooding. • Flooding due to extreme precipitation. • Coastal flooding. • Tropical cyclones. • Wildfires. • Rainfall-induced landslides. • Water stress and drought.

For each hazard, the platform contains a global climate indicator for the starting point and future time horizons (medium and long term).

Most physical risks take into account the duration of the risk to determine the level of criticality. The results of the climate hazards (magnitude) and degree of exposure (likelihood) are combined to calculate risk scores, which can range from 0 to 10. This allows climate hazards to be compared, determining the relative level of risk associated with each hazard.

Transition risks

The analysis was carried out using two International Energy Agency (IEA) scenarios. • Stated Policy Scenario (STEPS): provides foresight based on the latest policy measures, including energy, climate, and related industrial policies. More conservative outlook ("business as usual"), with no additional or more ambitious measures to address climate change, highlighting the risks if announced targets are not met. • Sustainable Development Scenario (SDS): aligned with the Paris Agreement, this scenario assumes that all national climate and energy sector-related targets announced by governments are met in full and on schedule.

The global emissions gap between STEPS and the SDGs represents the implementation gap that must be closed for governments to achieve their announced decarbonization targets.

Transition risks have been assessed for the Company's assets in five geographical blocks: European Union, United States, Africa, Southeast Asia, and global.

The transition risk assessment includes seven climate scenario indicators that describe the risks and opportunities associated with the transition to a low-carbon economy: • Risk: Carbon mechanisms and carbon taxes. • Risk: More stringent environmental regulations. • Risk: Changes in consumer preferences. • Risk: Transition to low-carbon technologies. • Opportunity: Increased demand for low-carbon products. • Opportunity: Energy efficiency. • Opportunity: Use of renewable or low-carbon energy.

Each indicator scores each location by combining the relevance weighting with the difference between the scenarios over the time horizons, also known as the "scenario delta." The higher the delta, the greater the difference between the scenarios and, consequently, the greater the risk. Thresholds denote high, moderate, and low risk, as well as high, moderate, and low opportunities.

The results show that transition risks are more significant for some assets depending on their location. However, no assets have been identified that are incompatible with a transition to a climate-neutral economy.

Amadeus ITSpain

Description of the processes to identify and assess material impacts, risks and opportunities

In 2024 Amadeus updated its materiality assessment following the principles of double materiality in line with the requirements of the ESRS 1 and ESRS 2, and the steps set out by the EFRAG in the Materiality assessment Implementation Guidance - IG 1.

This approach allows the Group to identify material sustainability matters, considering two dimensions: impact materiality and financial materiality. Both are inter-related and their interdependencies have been considered.

A sustainability matter may be material from a financial or impact perspective or both.

The scope of the Amadeus double materiality includes sustainability actual or potential impacts, risks and opportunities connected to Amadeus' own operations and upstream and downstream value chain, including through its products and services as well as through its business relationships.

Process Phases:

Understanding the context

• Activities, business relationships and geographies. • Value chain, upstream and downstream. • Affected stakeholders. • Other contextual information.

This first phase aims to understand Amadeus' business model, activities, value chain and main stakeholders. An analysis of Amadeus' sites and geographies, as well of the subsidiaries' activities has been carried out to understand the full reach of Amadeus operations and the whole value chain.

Identification of the Impacts, Risks, Opportunities

• Reference to the list of topics, sub-topic and sub-sub-topics as established in the ESRS 1. • Impacts: aligned to due diligence process. • Risk and opportunities: considering Corporate Risk Catalogue and the ESG Ambition.

For the identification of IROs, the list of topics, subtopics and sub-subtopics defined in ESRS 1 have been considered to predefine a list of actual and potential impacts, risks and opportunities, analyzing each one of the subtopics covered by the ESRS. Additionally, some entity-specific topics and subtopics have been identified.

Regarding impact materiality, Amadeus' human rights and environmental due diligence procedure has been taken as a starting point, considering both sustainability impacts raised from Amadeus own operations and its value chain.

For financial materiality, Amadeus has taken into account its Corporate Risk Catalogue, identifying ESG-related risks emerging from its own operations and its value chain. To identify opportunities, the ESG Ambition has been considered.

Assessment and determination of the material IROs

• Impact materiality: assessment considering the scale, scope, irremediable character and likelihood • Risk and opportunities: following the Risk Management Framework and methodology, and the Corporate Risk Map. • The input of ESG analysts has been also considered.

Actual or potential impacts have been assessed considering the following factors: • Scale: How grave the impact is for people or the environment. • Scope: How widespread is the impact. • Irremediable character (only for negative potential and actual impacts): Whether the negative impacts can be remediated. • Likelihood (only for potential impacts): Possibility for an impact to materialize, in the short, medium or long term.

Risks and opportunities in the short, medium or long term have been assessed following the Amadeus Risk Management Framework and methodology. The following have been considered: • Financial and non-financial effects, including reputational, operational and legal, if they may affect Amadeus' business. • Likelihood: Possibility for a risk or opportunity to materialize.

Internal controls and approval

Internal controls were applied throughout the process: • The double materiality assessment is aligned with internal procedures. • The method used for scoring is in accordance with ESRS requirements and the EFRAG guidelines. • The process has been documented with a detailed description of the different steps, and the related evidences.

Both the process itself and the obtained results have been approved and/or endorsed by: • The ESG steering Committee, which has gone through the entire process, including the approval of the final results. • Members of the executive Committee who, when applicable, have reviewed and approved the final results. • The Board of Directors, for endorsement.

Time Horizons: • Short horizon: 2024 • Medium horizon: from 2025 up to 5 years • Long horizon: More than 5 years

Future Steps: The company aims to revisiting the double materiality process for identifying, assessing, and prioritizing IROs, taking into account evolving trends, underlying assumptions, context and regulatory changes, if applicable.

AMAG Austria MetallAustria

Description of the processes to identify and assess material impacts, risks and opportunities

In order to develop a systematic sustainability programme and pursue it in a targeted manner, it is necessary to identify and select relevant focal points. This is done using a materiality assessment, which was carried out in accordance with the European Non-financial Reporting Standards (ESRS) and is divided into the following four steps:

1. UNDERSTANDING THE CORPORATE CONTEXT

At the beginning of this process, an overview of AMAG's activities and business relationships is drawn up. For this purpose, regulatory requirements and sector standards are used, external and internal stakeholders are involved and performance from internal risk management are taken into account in order to identify relevant sustainability issues for the company. The previously defined stakeholders and their involvement are critically evaluated in this phase and adjusted if necessary. Stakeholder dialogue takes place in various forms. All internal and external stakeholders can use an online questionnaire, which is available all year round on the homepage, to identify important topics and their material impacts, and to bring their concerns to AMAG's attention. This first step leads to the definition of topics and sub-topics ("longlist"), which are analysed and evaluated in terms of their potential materiality for the company and its activities, including the value chain.

TIME FRAMEWORKS: In accordance with ESRS 1 section 6.4, the three observation periods of one year (current reporting year), more than one and up to five years (medium term) and more than five years or longer (long term) were defined for the analysis of impacts, risks and opportunities.

2. IDENTIFICATION OF ACTUAL & POTENTIAL IMPACTS, RISKS AND OPPORTUNITIES

The pre-selection of potential sustainability topics (longlist) includes impacts emanating from the company (inside-out), as well as risks and opportunities (outside-in) that have an external impact on AMAG. New topics are identified by means of a top-down process, i.e. topics are analysed and included in the longlist if they have relevant impacts, risks or opportunities (IRO) or feedback from stakeholders. Existing material topics are evaluated in terms of the topicality and relevance of the impacts, risks and opportunities and adapted if necessary. The impacts can be both positive and negative, short and long-term, and have already materialised or are relevant for the future. This evaluation, which is carried out in dialogue with stakeholders, experts and specialist departments, results in a "shortlist" of topics that initially only includes the naming and explanation of the impacts, risks and opportunities - an assessment only takes place in the next step.

3. ASSESSMENT OF IMPACTS, RISKS & OPPORTUNITIES

In this step, a qualitative assessment of the significance of the impacts is carried out by the specialist departments, which are in close dialogue with various stakeholders. Their feedback on the issues and impacts is also taken into account in the assessment. The Sustainability department collates all the information and prepares it for a quantitative assessment. Depending on the nature of the impact (positive/negative; actual/potential), factors such as severity, probability of occurrence and time horizon are included in the assessment. The severity is based on an estimate of the extent, scope and remediability of impacts, whereby a five-point scale is used for categorisation (1 = low extent/low scope/very easy to remedy; 5 = very high extent/large scope/very limited remediability). In principle, the assessment of the impact is primarily based on the two factors of extent and probability of occurrence. The other aspects of severity (scope and mitigability) are especially taken into account in the assessment if impacts would fall below the threshold value for materiality due to a low probability of occurrence, but this impact is associated with a potentially large scope (4) or medium mitigability (3). In the case of possible negative impacts on the environment (in the form of incidents) and human rights, the severity of the impact takes precedence over its probability of occurrence.

In close coordination with risk and opportunity management, risks and opportunities are assessed based on their probability of occurrence and potential impact on EBITDA and the company's reputation.

The impacts, risks and opportunities assessed as material in this third step are linked to targets and measures, if necessary, in order to strengthen positive impacts and opportunities and prevent or eliminate negative impacts and risks.

4. REPORTING AND MONITORING OF MATERIAL TOPICS

The key sustainability aspects, including targets and measures, are presented to the Management Board and the managing directors as part of the annual sustainability committee and approved for reporting by a Management Board resolution. The specialist departments are responsible for implementing and monitoring the measures and report to the Management Board on progress at least once a year or as required.

AMAG's due diligence process essentially comprises six steps:

  1. DUE DILIGENCE: The processes implemented to fulfil due diligence in the areas of the environment, human and social rights and corruption prevention are based on applicable laws, internationally recognised standards and voluntary commitments. AMAG has certified management systems focusing on occupational safety, quality, the environment and energy, as well as a comprehensive risk management and internal control system.

  2. DETERMINATION AND ASSESSMENT OF RISKS & IMPACTS: AMAG's ongoing activities are regularly reviewed for the risk of human rights violations, environmental hazards and breaches of business ethics - with the aim of avoiding actual and potential adverse impacts in the course of business activities and along the supply chain. Impacts and risks are analysed from two perspectives: The inside-out perspective is concerned with impacts emanating from the company's business activities and value chain. The outside-in perspective analyses the risks that can have an external impact on business activities and the value chain.

  3. HANDLING OF IMPACTS & RISKS: Negative impacts on stakeholders and risks for AMAG are evaluated continuously and as part of the annual sustainability programme or risk management, and concrete concepts and measures are derived from this, or existing ones are adapted.

  4. EFFECTIVENESS MONITORING: The effectiveness of the measures taken is monitored once a year or on a risk basis. The respective departments report the progress and performance of the risk evaluation as well as any potential for optimisation.

  5. REPORTING AND COMMUNICATION: The aim of adhering to environmental compliance, basic human rights principles and fair business practices at AMAG and along the value chain is a key component of the business model and AMAG's annual sustainability programme.

  6. ENABLING EXCHANGE AND COMPENSATION: AMAG endeavours to eliminate negative impacts caused or contributed to by the company. AMAG offers its stakeholders various options for commenting on negative impacts or the measures taken, including the AMAG Compliance Line.

AtosFrance

Description of the processes to identify and assess material impacts, risks and opportunities

From September 2023 to March 2024, the Atos Group conducted a double materiality assessment to identify its material impacts, risks and opportunities covering the whole value chain, including providers, clients and NGOs.

PricewaterhouseCoopers Advisory (French entity of PwC international network) has accompanied Atos on the methodology of the double materiality analysis. This exercise is fully aligned with the obligations set out by the ESRS.

As an outcome of its double materiality assessment, Atos Group has identified 63 material IROs, covering 9 ESRS. The complete list is to be found in section 5.1.1.3.2.

Banco SabadellSpain

Identification and assessment of impact materiality

The double materiality analysis identified the main positive and negative impacts related to each sustainability-related topic that the Bank has or could have on society and the environment. Each of them are assessed according to their characteristics through the scale, scope, irremediable character and likelihood, the scale being the severity or benefit of the impacts on the environment and society, as well as the time horizon of potential negative impacts. In the case of a potential negative impact assessed as impacting human rights, severity prevails over likelihood.

During the assessment exercise carried out, 1,612 participants, broken down according to the chart below, were actively involved through ad hoc questionnaires and interviews with General Management:

Involvement of stakeholder groups

Stakeholder GroupPercentage
General Management1%
Retail customers36%
Business customers33%
Suppliers4%
Employees26%

The Bank's General Management has been involved in both the assessment of impact materiality (scale, irremediable character and likelihood, since the scope of the impact is set by means of an internal analysis) and of financial materiality (financial effects, likelihood and trend over time). On the other hand, retail customers, business customers, employees and suppliers took part in the impact materiality assessment through an analysis of the scale.

In that regard, 56 impacts were identified, which were assessed under the impact materiality perspective.

Identification and assessment of financial materiality

First, the main risks and opportunities of each sustainability-related topic that affects or could affect the Bank's financial statements were identified. These risks and opportunities were assessed in the short, medium and long term through their financial effects and likelihood of occurrence.

This assessment identified 42 risks and 21 ESG opportunities, which were assessed under the financial materiality perspective.

Definition of materiality thresholds and results

Based on the chart analysis of the normal distribution of the results obtained in the assessments of impact materiality and financial materiality, the Impacts, Risks and Opportunities (IROs) that stand out from the entire sample have been identified. The IROs belonging to the group of scores that are above the rest are classified as "material impacts, risks and opportunities".

Internal control processes for the double materiality analysis

As described in section "2.5 GOV-5. Risk management and internal controls over sustainability reporting", the Internal Controls over Sustainability Reporting (ICSR) unit identified risks and designed controls over the new double materiality exercise in order to ensure the correct execution of this exercise and its completeness.

The Board of Directors delegates the supervisory function regarding the internal control systems to the Board Audit and Control Committee. Every six months, the current situation of the ICSR as a result of new applicable regulatory requirements is reported to the Board Audit and Control Committee and to the Technical Committee on Accounting and Financial Disclosures.

Assessment of environmental degradation, social and governance risks

In addition to climate risk, the Institution assesses and monitors environmental degradation, social and governance risks. The Institution, through its own operations, does not cause any negative impacts worthy of mention in the areas of biodiversity, ecosystems or natural resources. Its stock of physical assets is located in urban hubs, away from ecosystems and biodiversity-sensitive areas.

The quantitative assessment of environmental risk materiality that the Institution carries out regularly considers that banking activity has a "Low" impact on the various vectors (air, soil, biodiversity and water) and a very limited impact on waste. This analysis is based on the sector mapping tool of the United Nations Environment Programme Finance Initiative (UNEP FI).

However, the Institution is exposed to potential non-climate-related environmental risks through its suppliers. Therefore, the Institution has several policies and procedures in place, such as: • Procurement PolicyPolicy on the Outsourcing of FunctionsSupplier Code of Conduct

The Institution carries out an assessment of various environmental aspects with tools that provide relevant information to decide whether or not to engage certain suppliers, through questionnaires based on the "statement of responsibility" of the supplier. Examples include:

General ESG: whether the supplier has an Environmental Management System or publicly disclosed environmental policy • Biodiversity and climate: whether it promotes actions that minimise impact on biodiversity • Waste and circularity: whether it quantifies waste and has improvement objectives • Water resources: whether it calculates a water footprint indicator

The Institution has outlined a dual objective for 2025: • For 80% of its relevant suppliers to have an ESG score (already achieved) • For 90% of billing with these suppliers to be with those that have the highest scores (A+, A or B)

Environmental degradation risk of the loan book

The Bank conducts an assessment of its exposure to the risk associated with environmental degradation of the business risk portfolio, based on the United Nations Environment Programme Finance Initiative (UNEP FI) methodology. This methodology assigns an environmental impact to each NACE code, obtained by consolidating five non-climate-related environmental factors:

Management of water resourcesImpact on biodiversityPollution and use of landAir qualityManagement of resources and waste

1.3% of the business exposure is classified as having "Very High" environmental degradation risk and 10% as "High" risk. The portfolio classified as having "High" and "Very High" risk remained stable compared to 2023. At a sectoral level, environmental degradation risk is concentrated in sectors such as Electricity and gas, Transport, Chemical, and Oil extraction, mining & quarrying.

To ensure that the measurement of the evolution of these risks is supervised, the portfolio's exposure to climate-related and environmental risk is monitored on a quarterly basis and reported to the Bank's Sustainability Committee.

Biodiversity risk

The World Economic Forum estimates that over half of the world's GDP, 44 trillion dollars, is potentially at risk as a result of companies' reliance on nature and its services. The Living Planet Report 2022 revealed an average decline of 69% in species populations since 1970.

Banco Sabadell's regulatory framework includes different guidelines for the protection of biodiversity. At the top level is the Group's Sustainability Policy. Based on this policy principle, the Bank defined the Environmental and Social Risk Framework, which lays down measures to protect biodiversity.

General exclusions: • Companies that pose a threat to UNESCO World Heritage Sites, Ramsar wetlands, Alliance for Zero Extinction locations, and IUCN Category I-IV areas • Companies in material breach of applicable laws and regulations on human rights and the environment

Sector-specific exclusions: • Farms involved in CITES-regulated products scandals • Farming projects involving burning of natural ecosystems or destruction of High Conservation Value Forests • Vessels operating with large drift nets or using drift nets to capture endangered species • Bottom trawling in deep waters • Mountain Top Removal mining methods • Mines without closure and site recovery plans or with improperly managed tailing dams • Mining projects discharging tailings into river systems • Desalination plants without adequate mitigation measures

The Bank monitors the impact generated by companies' activities within its loan book from two points of view:

  1. Quarterly monitoring of environmental degradation risk: sectors with the greatest impact are Electricity, Road transportation, Maritime transportation, Agriculture and fishing, and Oil and gas

  2. Classification of borrowers according to the Climate-related and Environmental Risk Indicator (IRCA): Companies with "High" or "Very High" environmental degradation risk are given a worse rating

Environmental and Social Risk Framework

This Framework consolidates the set of applicable criteria (sectoral standards) that are intended to limit the financing of customers or projects contrary to the transition to a sustainable economy or that lack alignment with international regulations or best practices.

The Framework integrates compliance with rules and standards at the level of social risk, including the International Labour Organisation (ILO) Conventions and the UN Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights.

General exclusions limiting financing of companies with high social risk: a. Companies employing child labour or forced labour, or participating in human rights violations b. Companies involved in resettlement of indigenous or vulnerable groups without their consent c. Companies in material breach of laws and regulations on human rights and the environment d. Companies without health and safety policies such as OHSAS 18001 or ISO 45001

Social risk

Social risk takes into account various social factors related to rights, well-being, and interests of people and communities. A series of actions have been implemented for identifying, measuring and managing social risk for both retail and business customers.

Additional aspects assessed include:

  1. Advanced Climate-related and Environmental Risk Indicator (IRCA): has a specific module to capture quantitative social indicators including human rights, quality employment, equality, fair compensation, talent management, occupational safety, and supplier/customer management

  2. Risk acceptance process: operations require an ESG Annex assessing potential controversies related to labour disputes, community impact, corruption, bribery, and workplace safety

These quantitative indicators are monitored quarterly and reported to the Bank's Sustainability Committee.

Governance risk

The Institution assesses governance risks of counterparties, considering different governance factors related to management and operation, such as anti-bribery and anti-corruption practices and compliance with relevant laws and regulations.

Additional aspects assessed include:

  1. Advanced IRCA: has a specific module for governance indicators
  2. Risk acceptance process: includes assessment of governance-related controversies

These are monitored quarterly and reported to the Sustainability Committee.

Banque Internationale à LuxembourgLuxembourg

The Double Materiality Assessment with the aim of identifying all material impacts, risks, and opportunities. As part of the financial materiality exercise, BIL evaluated how sustainability issues affect the Bank's financial performance and value, including risks and opportunities related to ESG topics. BIL considered the ESG risk scenarios developed as part of BIL's Risk Cartography exercise as well as ESG opportunities for the Bank.

The assessment was structured around impact materiality and financial materiality exercises:

Impact Materiality Assessment

For the impact materiality assessment, a questionnaire was prepared and sent to diverse stakeholders including employees from Management, Risk, Operations, HR, Legal, Procurement, IT, Sustainable Development, Investment and Strategy departments. The employees from BIL's subsidiaries also took part in assessing the impact materiality of topics. The questionnaire consisted of a list of 23 pre-defined ESG topics along with multiple examples of positive and negative impacts arising from BIL's own-activities or as a result of its business relationships (upstream or downstream value chain). Each stakeholder gave a score on every ESG topic based on Scale, Scope, Irremediability (for negative impacts only) and Likelihood on a range from 1 to 4. The scores given on the 4 axes (Scale, Scope, Irremediability, Likelihood) were added to give a consolidated score for each topic in a range from 4 to 16 for positive impacts and 5 to 20 for negative impacts.

Financial Materiality Assessment

For the financial materiality assessment, the questionnaire was sent to stakeholders from departments that are most likely to be impacted by sustainability topics. These included Management, Risk, Strategy, Investment, Sustainable Development and Operations. In the questionnaire, the stakeholders were asked to give a score to different ESG risks and opportunities on a Scale ranging from 1 to 4 (from low to very high) and a score on Likelihood ranging from 1 to 4 (from very unlikely to very likely). Then for each topic, a consolidated score was calculated by multiplying the average Score and the average Likelihood, resulting in a range from 1 to 16.

Materiality Assessment Results

A consolidated materiality matrix was prepared based on the results of both exercises. The final selection of material topics considered both the quantitative results of the survey and the qualitative inputs from stakeholders discussions. The materiality thresholds for impact and financial materiality were established through an iterative process that took into account the opinion of the Bank's senior management and involved reviewing the distribution of scores to identify natural cut-off points and significant gaps in the scoring. Different thresholds were tested to ensure that the final selection of material topics was representative, balanced and actionable.

The assessment results were grouped and categorised into 12 material topics. The methodology ensured a comprehensive evaluation that considered both quantitative and qualitative factors, incorporating diverse stakeholder perspectives and aligning with regulatory expectations.

BASFGermany

In identifying, prioritizing and validating material sustainability-related topics, we are guided by the principle of double materiality, taking into consideration financial materiality and impact materiality (see Double Materiality Assessment from page 167 onward).

BBVASpain

Description of the processes to identify and assess material impacts, risks and opportunities

Double materiality analysis process

The Group has previously identified its sustainability-related matters based on international reference standards and best practices. In 2024, the double materiality analysis process has been updated to incorporate the principles of the CSRD and ESRS, as well as the implementation guide for the assessment of materiality issued by the European Financial Reporting Advisory Group (EFRAG).

The double materiality principle means that a subtopic is classified as material if it has a significant impact on people or the environment (impact materiality), if it significantly affects the financial position of the entity (financial materiality), or for both reasons.

The applied methodology has been structured into three phases: context analysis, identification and definition of IROs, and their subsequent evaluation.

Phase A: Context analysis

In the 2024 exercise, the context analysis has been reinforced to enhance the identification of potential material topics for the Group. This approach includes:

Internal documentation considered:

  • Key policies (general sustainability policy, employee policies, supplier policies, corporate governance)
  • Strategic documents reflecting the Group's commitment to responsible management

External information reviewed:

  • Information from regulators and supervisory entities
  • Essential regulations such as Climate Change Law and European guidelines
  • Topics evaluated by leading ESG rating agencies (MSCI and Sustainalytics)
  • Benchmarking against key industry peers

Environmental publications:

  • Broad set of publications on biodiversity, climate change, and deforestation
  • Market standards such as GRI and SASB

Phase B: Identification and definition of IROs

Building on the context analysis findings, BBVA has incorporated specialized tools:

Key tools used:

  • UNEP-FI Impact Tool: to identify sectoral and geographic impacts from credit portfolios
  • Human rights due diligence: facilitates identification of human rights-related impacts
  • Climate Change Risk Assessment: provides comprehensive perspective in risk evaluation
  • Reputational and Non-Financial Risk matrices
  • Sector-specific standards such as SASB and European Banking Authority (EBA) guidelines

BBVA applies a perspective that acknowledges and addresses the interdependencies among IROs, for example, those tied to investments in carbon-intensive sectors.

IRO classification criteria:

  • Actual/Potential: distinguishing between current IROs and those expected in the future
  • Time Horizons:
    • Short-term: Up to 1 year
    • Medium term: From the end of the first year to four years
    • Long term: More than four years
  • Value Chain Phase: upstream, own operations, and downstream
  • ESRS Subtopic: allocation to subtopic categories defined by ESRS

Phase C: Evaluation

Impact materiality assessment

Impact materiality (inside-out perspective) assesses the positive or negative effects of the Group's activities on people, the environment and society. Assessment organized into two key axes: severity and probability.

Severity defined through three factors:

  • Scale: Measures the relevance of the impact, from minimal effects to critical consequences
  • Scope: Determines geographic or sectoral extent (local, national or global)
  • Irremediable Character: Applied to negative impacts, assesses ability to reverse damage

Probability: likelihood of occurrence, measured on a scale from "unlikely" to "almost certain"

Materiality thresholds:

  • Current impacts: materiality assigned to those with medium-high or higher severity
  • Potential impacts: materiality applies to those combining medium-high severity with medium-high probability

Financial materiality assessment

Financial materiality (outside-in approach) evaluates effects on the Group's financial position, considering:

  • Growth
  • Operational performance
  • Access to capital

Tools employed:

  • ENCORE (Exploring Natural Capital Opportunities, Risks, and Exposure): identifies risks related to natural capital
  • BBVA's Climate Risk Assessment: evaluates how climate risks could affect traditional risks
  • SASB standards: provides metrics for assessing social and governance risks

Stakeholder involvement

During this process, the heads of each area actively participated, contributing with their expertise in identification, definition and evaluation of IROs. This multidisciplinary approach provided a comprehensive view covering all business segments and phases of the value chain.

The process has been developed taking into account the control and governance mechanisms established by the Group, including the management and supervisory bodies.

Dynamic process

The double materiality analysis must be understood as a dynamic process, subject to periodic reviews and adjustments as the entity's needs, strategic priorities, market conditions, dialogue with stakeholders, availability of new tools, adoption of emerging technologies and regulatory changes evolve.

Beiersdorf AGGermany

We have relied on materiality assessments as a strategic tool to orient our sustainability strategy and our reporting since 2011. In 2024, we revised our materiality assessment process extensively in line with new requirements under the ESRS, and performed a double materiality assessment pursuant to ESRS provisions. We also consolidated the assessment at Group level for the tesa and Consumer Business Segments.

The first step of the assessment involves defining potential and actual positive and negative impacts, as well as financial risks and opportunities. To do this, we identified business activities along our entire value chain at the level of the sub-topics specified in the ESRS, in which impacts, risks, and opportunities could arise. This allocation of the value chain provided an overview of potential interdependencies between the environmental and social impacts and the associated risks and opportunities within the materiality assessment. As a player in the cosmetics and FMCG industry, our focus is on resource use, packaging management and supply chain conditions. For example, we analyze how the extraction and processing of key raw materials such as palm oil or water produce environmental risks such as deforestation or water scarcity, while addressing social challenges such as fair working conditions in the supply chain. These interactions are analyzed not only for potential risks, but also for opportunities such as innovative packaging solutions or sustainable raw material alternatives. The aim is to ensure that our sustainability strategy is not developed in isolation, but as a dynamic response to complex interdependencies.

Our data basis was drawn from internal sources such as topic-specific risk analyses, and external data sources that deal with industry-specific risks.

We considered both our own operations and the upstream and downstream value chain in identifying and assessing the impacts of our company on people and the environment. The focus was on our main business activities, product groups, business relationships, and key raw materials supply chains in which multiple negative and positive impacts, opportunities, and risks are likely. Individual sites and assets were not reviewed and affected communities were not consulted with a view to impacts, opportunities, and risks in the areas of pollution, water, resource use and circular economy. In some cases, individual impacts were assessed separately because of the different business models of the Consumer and tesa Business Segments.

In the next step, these impacts, risks, and opportunities were assessed and prioritized in several internal workshops involving representatives from all affected departments. In planning the workshops, we made sure that specialist representatives were in attendance, who were in regular dialog with relevant external stakeholders and whose perspectives could therefore be directly included in the discussions. No external experts were involved.

The assessment of impacts, risks, and opportunities was based on the methodology and thresholds set out in the implementation guidance of the "European Financial Reporting Advisory Group" (EFRAG). Negative impacts were assessed in terms of scale, scope and irremediable character, and potential impacts in terms of likelihood. Positive impacts were not assessed in terms of irremediable character. Having assessed the positive and negative impacts, we classified these according to the scales and materiality thresholds determined by the EFRAG.

In our financial materiality assessment, the likelihood of occurrence and the potential scale of the financial effect were considered. We applied the scales and thresholds used in the Group-wide risk management system. This was also a net risk assessment, in line with the Group-wide risk management system. Such methodological alignment is intended to ensure that the knowledge obtained from the materiality assessment can be integrated into the company's general risk management and thus also in the associated management processes. Sustainability risks are generally regarded as equally as important as other risk types in the Group-wide risk management system. Where sustainability risks are categorized as strategic risks, they are given special consideration.

Where an impact, opportunity, or risk exceeded the materiality threshold, the associated topic was classed as material. The final results were then validated by the relevant sustainability bodies from the two business segments: the Sustainability Council (Consumer Business Segment) and the Executive Committee (tesa Business Segment). The Executive Board and Supervisory Board (Audit Committee) of Beiersdorf AG were also informed and discussed the possible strategic implications of the results.

Based on the impacts, risks and opportunities identified as material, Beiersdorf selected the disclosures to be reported and assigned material data points to the IROs. Data points that are voluntarily reported or subject to phase-in options were eliminated. Where Beiersdorf identified individual data points or data elements in the remaining data points that were not considered material due to company-specific circumstances, these were not included in the reporting.

Monitoring identified impacts and risks is a key part of our sustainability management. Developments and progress within the framework of our sustainability strategy are measured against clearly defined KPIs and targets, allowing any necessary adjustments to be made at an early stage. The results are presented to the relevant committees so that the identified risks and impacts can be strategically addressed. Regular reviews of the materiality assessment ensure that our actions remain relevant. The materiality assessment is scheduled to be reviewed during reporting year 2025 and updated as necessary.

Assessment of climate-related impacts, risks, and opportunities

To identify climate-related impacts in the materiality assessment, we considered in particular our Scope 1–3 emissions, in order to take account of the impacts from both our own operations and the upstream and downstream value chain. We perform regular analyses to assess physical and transition climate risks and opportunities – most recently in 2023 – in line with the requirements of the "Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures" (TCFD). These results were also included in the materiality assessment. The transition risks and opportunities were assessed based on the "Net Zero Emissions by 2050" (NZE) scenario of the "International Energy Agency" (IEA). This involved assessing the extent to which certain business activities and assets are directly or indirectly affected by regulatory, technological, reputational or market risks, the scale and likelihood of the impacts, and which remediation actions Beiersdorf takes.

We also performed an additional site-specific assessment of physical risks for all production sites in 2024. This was based on currently available scientific findings and relevant methods in line with the latest report by the "Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change" and recognized scientific publications. The assessment covered both chronic and acute natural hazards, aiming to identifying all material risks to production sites under current and future climate conditions. We analyzed the hazards based on an ensemble of 20 climate models, taking into account emission scenarios SSP1-2.6, SSP2-4.5 and SSP5-8.5 for four periods (2000, 2030, 2050, 2085).

The three emission scenarios covered the entire spectrum of currently conceivable developments:

SSP1-2.6: This scenario assumes a slight increase in emissions from 2020 with an increase in temperature of below 2 °C against pre-industrial levels. This requires extensive climate change mitigation actions.

SSP2-4.5: This scenario represents a medium emission pathway, with a balance between climate change mitigation actions and economic performance. There is a moderate increase in GHG emissions as fossil fuels continue to be used, resulting in a greater need for adaptation strategies, especially in vulnerable regions.

SSP5-8.5: This scenario assumes a sharp rise in emissions. Increased use of fossil fuels and an energy intensive lifestyle result in a temperature rise of around 5 °C by the end of the century. Minimal climate change mitigation actions are implemented. Climate adaptation challenges require international coordination.

A site and building-based risk assessment was carried out for each climate-related hazard. The risk comprises the threat at the site due to natural hazards (hazard analysis) and the associated damage potential for the property assessed (vulnerability).

Assessment of impacts, risks, and opportunities related to biodiversity and ecosystems

We applied a two-step process to assess actual and potential impacts on biodiversity and ecosystems, both from our own operations and along the upstream and downstream value chain. First, we performed a traceability study on our palm oil supply chain. It then assessed biodiversity risks in the specific regions of our own sites and the oil mills in the upstream supply chain using such tools as the WWF's "Biodiversity Risk Filter" (BRF) and "Water Risk Filter" (WRF). Moreover, as a founding member of the "Action for Sustainable Derivatives" (ASD), we have been conducting an annual transparency analysis of our palm oil supply chain since 2019 to identify hotspots, disclose upstream supply chains, and support targeted local projects.

The WWF's BRF covers both the regions in which our sites are located and the sector in which we operate. Together, these factors determine the overall biodiversity risk of a site, using 33 indicators that cover different aspects of biodiversity risk. A risk score is calculated for every indicator based on an assessment of the state of the biodiversity-related issue at a specific site and the dependency/impact of the sector on this indicator. Dependency in this context means that the selected sector relies on ecosystems, for instance to provide water and wood, or to regulate and mitigate environmental impacts. On the other hand, sectors have an impact on biodiversity at their sites, for example through direct or indirect exploitation, pollution and land-use changes (including conversion, degradation and changes to ecosystems).

Physical risks were assessed based on our dependency on intact ecosystems and our exposure to ecosystem degradation and natural hazards. Sites located in regions with high water scarcity or poor soil conditions may be exposed to greater physical risks. The BRF assesses these risks by taking into account the local environmental conditions and the dependency of the industry on ecosystem services. The tool also assesses transition risks by considering how political changes, consumer trends, and technological developments could affect the business activities of a sector.

At present, Beiersdorf does not consider systemic risks in its assessment and has not directly consulted affected communities on the materiality assessment of shared biological resources and ecosystems.

None of our production centers coincide with biodiversity-sensitive areas as defined in the WWF's BRF. Therefore, the activities at these sites neither negatively affect these areas, nor lead to deterioration of natural habitats or the habitats of species. We have not so far assessed whether we need to implement actions to mitigate the impact on biodiversity associated with our business activities, as set out in Directive 2009/147/EC of the European Parliament and the Council.

BMW GroupGermany

Materiality Assessment Process

The BMW Group conducted its first materiality assessment based on the European Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive (CSRD) and ESRS, following the double materiality approach outlined in ESRS 1.

Four-Step Methodology

Step 1: Identification and Assessment

Topic Review: First step involves reviewing relevant sustainability topics identified from previous BMW Group materiality assessments, extended to meet ESRS requirements. New sustainability-related topics added in areas of:

  • Strategy
  • Board of Management remuneration
  • Competition
  • Environmental analysis

Impact Formulation: Negative or positive impacts on environment and society formulated for each sustainability topic along entire BMW Group value chain. Starting point is the Company's established environmental, social and governance due diligence processes, supplemented by new impacts not yet subject to detailed monitoring.

Assessment Methodology: Tool-supported assessment by internal experts using scale of 1 to 4. Material threshold: Impact, risk or opportunity exceeds 2.

Severity Assessment:

  • Scope × Scale = Severity
  • For negative impacts: remediation extent considered
  • For potential impacts: probability of occurrence applied
  • Risks/opportunities: financial scale × probability of occurrence

Value Chain Coverage: Both upstream (supply chain) and downstream value chain considered. Business conduct impacts focus on supplier relationship management.

Mitigating Actions: Effective mitigating actions already implemented during reporting period taken into account.

Step 2: Stakeholder Consultation

Affected stakeholders and sustainability statement users consulted:

  • Investors
  • Works Council of BMW AG (employee representatives)
  • Customers
  • Suppliers and business partners
  • Network partners
  • Civil society representatives, NGOs
  • Political and scientific representatives

Method: Structured interview formats including virtual stakeholder forums with external moderators. Stakeholders placed in E, S, or G groups based on expertise.

Step 3: ESRS Mapping

Material sustainability topics assigned to individual ESRS disclosure requirements. BMW Group mapped topics independently and arranged validation by two external consulting firms due to absence of final European Commission mapping matrix.

Step 4: Validation and Finalization

Outcomes explained to relevant bodies, particularly Board of Management and Audit Committee of BMW AG. Results discussed with decision makers and adjusted if necessary.

Climate-Related Specific Processes

Physical Climate Risks

Scenario Analysis: Three IPCC climate scenarios used:

  • Low-emissions: <+1.5°C (Paris Agreement, SSP1-1.9)
  • Medium scenario: +2.5°C (intermediate, SSP2-4.5)
  • High scenario: >+4°C (fossil-fueled development, SSP5-8.5)

Risk Assessment: Site-specific risk data from external insurance company for all relevant BMW Group and supplier sites. Average annual expected damage loss calculated using:

  • Location-related hazard situation
  • Exposure
  • Site-related vulnerabilities

Transitory Climate Risks

Assessed for medium-term using climate-related risk drivers and qualitative expert assessments. Include:

  • Regulatory risks
  • Technology risks
  • Capital and financial market risks
  • Market risks

Integration: All short-term risks from own operations and value chain assessed for transitory climate risks. Material climate-relevant risks included in scenario analysis.

Water-Related Assessment

LEAP Approach Applied: Locate, Evaluate, Assess, Prepare methodology:

Phase 1 - Locate:

  • Aqueduct tool used to identify geographic areas affected by water-related risks
  • BMW Group sites and upstream/downstream activities considered
  • Sites in areas subject to high water stress identified

Phase 2 - Evaluate: Materiality of impacts assessed using river basins as relevant level, combined with operational risk assessment. Water Framework Directive 2000/60/EG criteria considered.

Phase 3 - Assess:

  • Transitory risks/opportunities: Legal, political, technological, market, reputational changes
  • Physical risks: Water scarcity, water stress, water quality deterioration
  • Opportunities: Resource efficiency, market diversification, financing opportunities

Environmental Pollution Assessment

Site-Specific Analysis: Sites with particular influence on business activities examined. Risk assessment performed for each influential site:

  • Environmental impact assessments
  • Case-by-case certification depending on risks
  • High-risk sites subject to damage reduction measures

New Site Assessment:

  • Environmental due diligence
  • Environmental impact analysis
  • Climate risk assessments
  • Baseline biodiversity assessments (where required)

Results and Validation

Material Outcomes: 85 impacts, risks and opportunities identified as material, assigned to 31 sustainability sub-topics and sub-sub-topics.

Stakeholder Validation: Material topics identified by internal assessment confirmed by surveyed stakeholder groups. Information on adjusting topic relevance incorporated into validation.

Disclosure Mapping: 31 material sustainability sub-topics associated with over 500 individual disclosure requirements (data points) for 2024 financial year in accordance with respective ESRS.

Review Process

First-Time Application: 2024 marked first ESRS-based materiality assessment - no prior year comparison possible.

Future Reviews: Results review planned following 2024 BMW Group Report publication during 2025 financial year and ongoing in subsequent years.

Crayon Group HoldingNorway

Description of the processes to identify and assess material impacts, risks and opportunities

Our 16 focus areas are derived primarily from the material impacts, risks, and opportunities identified in our 2024 double materiality assessment, as well as some additional components that emerged through further internal stakeholder consultations.

The double materiality assessment was conducted in 2024 to identify and assess material impacts, risks and opportunities across environmental, social and governance topics. This assessment forms the basis for our ESG strategy and disclosure requirements.

The Board is careful to secure systematic management of risk in all parts of the business and regards this as critical for long-term value creation. The Board of Directors regularly reviews Crayon Group's risk profile through the lens of the organization's lines of business and control functions.

When carrying out business strategy work, the Board has taken into account financial, social, and environmental considerations. The Board evaluates objectives, strategies, and risk profiles at least once a year.

The assessment process identified material topics across the following areas:

  • Environment: Climate change (E1) and Resource use and circular economy (E5)
  • Social: Own workforce (S1) and Workers in the value chain (S2)
  • Governance: Business conduct (G1)

The results of the double materiality assessment inform our strategic priorities and guide resource allocation across our 16 ESG focus areas, with particular emphasis on the three strategic priorities for 2025: greenhouse gas emissions and climate-related risks, diversity, equity, inclusion and belonging, and responsible AI.

Danica PensionDenmark

Description of the processes to identify and assess material impacts, risks and opportunities

Double materiality assessment methodology

In 2024, Danica performed a double materiality assessment on the basis of the following steps:

1. Preparation of the materiality assessment a. Identification of internal stakeholders b. Workshops (scoring of topics) c. Establishment of impacts, risks and opportunities (IROs) d. Financial materiality assessment e. Impact assessment of downstream activities f. Preparation of template

2. Review of materiality assessment a. Presentation of assessment to Executive Board and others b. Adjustment of assessment c. Interviews with external stakeholders d. Documentation of the outcome and preparation of methodology memo

Preparation of the materiality assessment 1.a.: Danica identified employees and top management members from various departments and the Executive Board as significant internal stakeholders because they possess knowledge about Danica's business and organisation that is useful for the assessment.

1.b. & c.: These internal stakeholders participated in workshops where impacts, risks and opportunities (IROs) on own operations and customer-facing processes were identified based on specific information about Danica's business. These IROs were recorded and categorised within the relevant ESRSs, and the internal stakeholders assessed each sub-topic, scored them and argued their relevance.

1.d.: For the financial materiality analysis of own operations, a materiality level of DKK 100 million was applied to assess whether a topic was material. Whenever possible, financial reporting data was obtained to support the financial impact of the topic in question.

1.e.: Similarly, a downstream impact assessment was conducted to assess the societal impact of Danica's investments. The analysis was prepared by the Sustainability Team and the CFO.

1.f.: Subsequently, a template was prepared for the overall double materiality assessment, in which the IROs were listed at sub-topic level. In the financial materiality assessment, likelihood and a scale of the financial impact were also added.

Review of materiality assessment 2.a.: The results of the scoring and assessment were then collated by the Sustainability Team and reviewed by the Executive Board, the Responsible Investment team at Danske Bank and Danica Ejendomme. Finally, the Board of Directors was presented with the outcomes.

2.b.: On the basis of the review of the assessment with the Executive Board, Responsible Investment at Danske Bank and Danica Ejendomme, the assessment was adjusted to arrive at the final outcome.

2.c.: Interviews with relevant external stakeholders were then conducted to validate the assessment.

2.d.: Finally, Danica prepared a methodology memo describing the double materiality assessment process.

Identification of IROs

The double materiality assessment sets out IROs for environmental, social and governance matters. The IROs were the result of the workshops with internal stakeholders and the material from the preparation of the financial assessment and the downstream assessment. Policies, business procedures, employee satisfaction surveys, job satisfaction survey, reporting on the Disclosure Regulation (SFDR) and own estimates were also employed in the identification of IROs.

To each IRO is attached an evaluation, a rationale and documentation of Danica's material impacts, risks and opportunities.

Impact materiality

Danica's assessment considered both positive and negative impacts, distinguishing between actual and potential impacts. Entity-specific information is shown under S4.

Impact materiality was assessed according to four parameters: Scale, Scope, Irremediable character and Likelihood. Scale is an assessment of the intensity of an impact, Scope is an assessment of how many people or how widespread an area is impacted, Irremediable character is an assessment of how easy/difficult it would be to mitigate an impact, and Likelihood is an assessment of how likely an impact is to occur.

All four parameters were scored on a scale of 0-5. An impact with an overall average score of three or more across all parameters is considered material to Danica.

Financial materiality

Financial materiality was assessed according to two parameters: likelihood of occurrence and scope of financial impact.

The likelihood of occurrence was assessed on the basis of previous occurrences and whether measures have been taken to reduce the likelihood of occurrence. The scope of the financial impact and the likelihood of its occurrence were assessed using a scale of 0-5, zero representing no financial impact and no likelihood and five representing high impact on risks and opportunities and high likelihood. The scores were assessed on the basis of estimates of the scope of financial impact.

The financial materiality was calculated as the sum of the assessed likelihood of occurrence and the scope of the financial impact, divided by two. An underlying sub-topic is considered material when the average score of IROs within the sub-topic in question equals or exceeds three.

DanoneFrance

Process for Identifying and Assessing Material Impacts, Risks and Opportunities:

Risk Identification Framework: Danone maintains a structured approach to identify and assess material impacts, risks and opportunities through the Company Strategy Department, which is responsible for identifying and monitoring strategic risks and coordinating different risk management processes.

Risk Committee Structure: The Risk Committee, composed of senior executives from key functions, ensures:

  • Emerging risks are identified and qualified
  • Internal and external inputs are incorporated
  • Mitigation plans are elaborated and executed
  • Regular supervision by Advisory Committee (CFO, General Secretary, Company Strategy Head)

Annual Strategic Risk Mapping Methodology: The risk mapping is prepared and updated annually as part of the strategic planning cycle:

Step 1: Risk Identification

  • Country Business Units identify material risks with support from corporate functions
  • Integration of systemic risks not perceptible at local level
  • Incorporation of external trends and emerging issues

Step 2: Risk Consolidation

  • Major risks consolidated at Group level
  • Assessment of cross-functional and cross-geographical impacts
  • Integration of sustainability and ESG-related risks

Step 3: Risk Assessment

  • Ranking based on likelihood of occurrence
  • Financial impact estimation at Country Business Unit and Group level
  • Assessment considers both gross and net risk (after mitigation measures)

Step 4: Mitigation Planning

  • Determination of preventive or corrective actions
  • Global and country-specific action plans
  • Resource allocation for risk management

Sustainability Impact Assessment: Specific processes for sustainability impacts include:

  • Danone Impact Journey materiality assessment
  • Climate risk and opportunity analysis (updated early 2025)
  • Value chain impact mapping covering environmental, social and governance aspects
  • Stakeholder engagement to understand external perspectives

Integration Mechanisms:

  • Annual strategic planning cycle integration
  • Country Management Committee reviews (minimum annually)
  • Regular Risk Committee meetings throughout year
  • Executive Committee annual risk review
  • Board of Directors and Audit Committee presentations

External Input Sources:

  • Market research and consumer insights
  • Regulatory monitoring and government relations
  • Industry associations and peer benchmarking
  • NGO partnerships and stakeholder feedback
  • Academic collaborations and scientific studies
  • Investor and analyst feedback

Monitoring and Updates:

  • Continuous monitoring of risk landscape evolution
  • Regular updates to risk assessments based on internal and external changes
  • Integration of new emerging risks (e.g., AI, quantum computing, geopolitical tensions)
  • Annual validation and refresh of materiality assessment

Scope of Assessment: The process covers:

  • Strategic risks (market position, consumer preferences, portfolio)
  • External environment risks (climate, raw materials, currency, regulatory)
  • Operational risks (cybersecurity, food safety, talent, transformation)
  • Sustainability impacts across environmental, social and governance dimensions
  • Value chain impacts from suppliers to consumers
  • Geographic and category-specific risks and opportunities
DSBDenmark

Process to identify and assess material impacts, risks and opportunities

The sustainability reporting is based on our double materiality assessment (DMA) assessed for our own operations and DSB's value chain (see page 40).

All topics dealt with in the environment, social and governance sections have been assessed as material in our double materiality assessment.

A comprehensive double materiality assessment process was conducted to identify material sustainability topics. This assessment considered both impact materiality (DSB's impacts on people and the environment) and financial materiality (sustainability matters that could affect DSB's financial performance).

For a comprehensive overview of DSB's impacts, risks and opportunities, see the section on DSB's double materiality assessment on page 40.

Approach to data collection and reporting

We generally take an activities-based approach to the collection and reporting of environmental data, and we apply keys and emission factors from representative, recognised official sources such as the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) and the Department for Environment, Food & Rural Affairs (DEFRA) to support our calculations.

A large part of our current reporting is based on our own records and primary data, and we are working to increase the scope thereof rather than relying on estimates or third-party information.

We are continually working to improve our sustainability reporting and to provide a true and fair view of our material direct and indirect impacts.

Quality control measures

We are making proactive efforts to enhance data quality in our calculations, including through quality control in our internal KPI processes and through audits performed by DSB's internal audit function. Enhanced data quality will not only improve the accuracy of our reporting, but also provide a better basis for making informed decisions on our environmental impacts.

EniItaly

Description of the processes to identify and assess material impacts, risks and opportunities

Integrated Risk Management Process

Eni has developed and adopted an Integrated Risk Management Model (IRM Model) supporting Eni's management awareness in taking risk-informed decisions through risk assessment and analysis with an integrated, comprehensive and prospective vision.

The IRM Model is based on a system of methodologies and skills that leverages on criteria ensuring consistency of the evaluations to improve the effectiveness of the analyses, adequacy of support for the main decision-making processes (definition of the Strategic Plan) and to guarantee the disclosure to the administration and control bodies.

IRM Sub-processes

The process, regulated by the Global Procedure "Integrated Risk Management" is continuous, dynamic and includes the following sub-processes:

i) Risk strategy; ii) Integrated Risk Assessment; iii) Integrated Country Risk; iv) Integrated Project & M&A Risk Management.

Assessment Methodology

The risks are assessed with quantitative and qualitative tools considering both the likelihood of occurrence and the impacts that may results from the occurrence of the risk in a defined time horizon.

The assessment usually is expressed as both an inherent and a residual level (taking into account the effectiveness of the mitigation actions) and allows to measure the impact with respect to the achievement of the objectives of the Strategic Plan and for the whole life as regards the business.

The risks are represented on the basis of the likelihood of occurrence and the impact on matrices that allow their comparison and classification by relevance. Risks with economic/financial impact can be also analyzed in an integrated perspective on the basis of quantitative models that allow to define on a statistical basis the distribution of cash flows at risk or to simulate the aggregate impact of risks in the face of hypothetical future scenarios (what if analysis or stress test).

2024 Assessment Activities

In 2024, two assessment sessions were performed:

  1. Annual Risk Assessment performed in the first half of the year
  2. 4Y Plan Risk Assessment in the second half of the year, to support the elaboration process of the 4Y Strategic Plan

The assessment involved all business lines in Italy and abroad (over 40 Countries). The two assessment results were submitted to Eni's management and control bodies in July 2024 and December 2024.

Monitoring Process

Three monitoring processes were performed on Eni's top risks. The monitoring of such risks and the relevant treatment plans allows to analyze the risks evolution (through the update of appropriate indicators) and the progress in the implementation of specific treatment measures planned by management. The top risks monitoring results were submitted to the management and control bodies in March, July and October 2024.

Materiality Analysis Integration

The operation of the business model is based on the best possible use of all resources available to the organization through the implementation of the strategy. This includes:

  • Materiality analysis that explores the most significant impacts generated by Eni on the economy, environment and people, including those on human rights
  • Integrated Risk Management process, which is functional to ensure, through the assessment and analysis of the risks and opportunities of the reference context, informed and strategic decisions

Country and Project Risk Assessment

Integrated Country Risk (ICR): Activities regarding the integrated analysis of existing risks in the main Countries of presence or potential interest

Integrated Project & M&A Risk Management: Activities to support the decision-making process for the authorization of investment projects and main transactions

Governance Integration

Governance attributes a central role to the Board of Directors (BoD) which defines, on the basis of the analyses proposed by the Chief Executive Officer (CEO) and with the support of the Control and Risk Committee (CCR), with reference to the four-year Strategic Plan, the nature and level of risk compatible with the company's strategic objectives, including in its assessments all the elements that may be relevant with a view to the sustainable success of the company.

Risk Knowledge Management

Risk Knowledge, training and risk communication activities are carried out, aimed at increasing the dissemination of the risk culture, identifying, developing and strengthening the resources operating in the risk management field across Eni's various businesses and developing the risk knowledge management system.

ErametFrance

Risk management model

The risk management model is founded on dedicated and integrated governance based on the three lines of defence model, and is applied at every level of the business.

Governance Bodies

  • Board of Directors
  • Audit, Risks and Ethics Committee, Appointments Committee, CSR and Strategy Committee, Compensation Committee, Executive Committee

Three Lines of Defence

1st line of defence

  • Operational managers
  • Functional managers excluding control functions

Responsible for assessing and reducing risks, in particular by implementing a control system, allowing better control of activities.

2nd line of defence

  • Departments responsible for areas of expertise dedicated to organising the risk control system (risk management, internal control, insurance, ethics and compliance, legal etc.)

Responsible for the risk control systems of the various business lines.

3rd line of defence

AUDIT INTERNE

Provide independent, objective assurance for any issue connected with the control of the Group's main processes.

External Assurance Providers

(STATUTORY AUDITORS, OTHERS)

EVN AGAustria

Identification and assessment of material impacts, risks and opportunities

The sustainability reports previously published by EVN were focused on the materiality analysis concept defined by the Global Reporting Initiative (GRI) as a means of identifying and assessing material impacts, risks and opportunities. In consideration of the interests of various internal and external stakeholders, we identified and evaluated the topics (previously described as "areas of activity") that have the greatest importance for our stakeholders and, at the same time, the greatest economic, ecological and/or social impacts on our business activities. This structured process was repeated and updated in a three-year cycle.

In preparation for mandatory application of the CSRD, we carried out a double materiality analysis for the ­current reporting period based on ESRS requirements, updated our risk inventory and integrated it with double materiality requirements. The material topics were also aligned with the ESRS terminology, and the previously used company-specific definition of the "areas of ­activity" was discontinued.

In accordance with the requirements of the Sustainability and Diversity Improvement Act and the EU Taxonomy Regulation, we also carry out an annual risk inventory to identify potential risks and the related impacts of EVN's business activities and business relations on environmental, social and employee-related issues, the observance of human rights and the fight against corruption. Also included here is an assessment of the resulting financial impact on the EVN Group.

ESG risk management process

The primary objectives of the ESG risk management process are the targeted assessment of existing and potential impacts of EVN's business activities on mankind and society (impact materiality) as well as the ­identification and assessment of gross risks and opportunities (financial materiality), above all in a sustainability context. This identification takes place each year as part of the annual risk inventory by the centrally organised risk management with the support of the innovation and sustainability corporate function and EVN's ESG organisation.

A clearly structured process was defined for the identification and analysis of impacts, opportunities and risks and the development of suitable countermeasures. Through the involvement of the management and ­E xecutive Board levels, EVN ensures that the results and findings from the risk inventory and the related double materiality analysis are presented and discussed by the ESG risk working group and, subsequently, by the Group Risk Committee.

The identification and assessment of impacts, risks and opportunities generally reflects EVN's risk management process and includes the following steps:

Identification: An ESG risk catalogue was prepared in accordance with ESRS requirements and the previously identified, sustainability-related risk positions. This catalogue is evaluated and updated annually and, together with the material impacts, risks and opportunities, is formally released by the ESG risk working committee.

Assessment and analysis: Qualitative and quantitative assessment of the various potential impacts, risks and opportunities by the responsible risk officers in the corporate and decentralised business units of the EVN Group.

Risks/opportunities: The assessment is structured by time horizon (short, medium and long term) based on a five-step scale for the dimensions "probability of occurrence" and "impact on cash flow".

Impacts: The assessment is structured by time horizon (short, medium and long term) based on a five-step scale for the dimensions "probability of occurrence" and "degree of severity". It also includes the following factors required by the CSRD: "scale", "scope" and "irremediable character of the impact". Assessments concerning ­possible negative impacts on human rights are also included.

Reporting: Discussion of the identified impacts, risks and opportunities by the ESG risk working ­committee and subsequently by the Group Risk ­Committee; if necessary, implementation of control measures; reporting to the Audit Committee; ­presentation of the material impacts, risks and opportunities in EVN's sustainability statement.

In advance of the ESG risk inventory for 2023/24, we aligned the material impacts, risks and opportunities with the interests and viewpoints of EVN's various ­stakeholder groups and included the results in the ESG risk catalogue. This took place as part of an online ­stakeholder survey that was carried out in 2023, also in connection with preparations for the CSRD.

Analysis of climate risks

EVN has conducted a standardised annual process since the 2021/22 financial year to analyse potential climate risks and their impact on its business model as part of its activities to implement the EU Taxonomy Regulation. Scenarios are used to identify and assess potential climate risks for the years up to 2100. Physical risks involve events and changes with direct climatic causes. One example of chronic climate risk is the expected, longterm increase in global warming. Higher temperatures can have a negative impact on EVN's plants. Acute risks, in contrast, include storms, heavy rainfall or flooding. All these factors must be included in the design of plants and infrastructure.

We do not only identify climate-related fluctuations in our earnings as part of our risk management, but also evaluate potential quantitative impacts during the planning process with sensitivity and scenario analyses. ­Comparable issues also influence the selection of scenarios for the future development of energy and primary energy prices. This information forms the basis for discussions on climate change and its impacts on our business activities at the management, Executive Board and Supervisory Board levels.

Damages caused by extreme weather events represent a threat to supply security. In a broader sustainability context, the risks in this area also include supply interruptions or physical dangers to people caused by explosions or accidents. In order to ensure trouble-free operations and the technical security of our power plants – ­both of which are essential to protect reliable supplies – we conduct regular inspections and maintenance work that also involves scheduled downtime. We measure and monitor actual interruptions in network electricity supplies with the System Average Interruption Frequency Index (SAIFI) – which shows the mean supply interruption – and the System Average Interruption Duration Index (SAIDI) – which shows the average ­annualised duration of unplanned power interruptions.

Occupational safety and accident prevention are also prominent issues in all our business units. We guarantee the required high level of safety, above all, through training and by raising employees' awareness. In addition to legal requirements, we have developed an extensive set of internal rules, directives and guidelines. All work accidents in the EVN Group are recorded and analysed centrally by the occupational safety department.

FrequentisAustria

Description of the processes to identify and assess material impacts, risks and opportunities

The ESG Steering Group started to examine the extended requirements of CSRD reporting at the beginning of 2023. Based on the previous materiality assessments, the standardised ESRS list of environmental, social, and governance topics was supplemented by an entity-specific "Safety & Security" section. A corresponding concept was presented to the Executive Board and Supervisory Board. The Executive Board approved its implementation in summer 2023.

For the inside-out perspective (impact materiality), the relevant stakeholders were included through an anonymous online questionnaire. The stakeholder groups were modified and greatly extended compared with the previous materiality assessments. In all, about 3,250 people were addressed. The questionnaires were distributed by the parent company, Frequentis AG, to the entire Frequentis Group. To obtain a geographical perspective, the regions were included.

This process was accompanied by two workshops that brought together internal experts at Frequentis' headquarters, firstly for a more detailed discussion of impact materiality, and secondly to assess the financial materiality (outside-in perspective).

Phases 1 to 3 were performed in 2023. Phases 4 and 5 were completed in 2024. Based on the evaluations by Frequentis experts and the risk management team, the sustainability topics were compared and all relevant topics were presented in a materiality matrix. The outcome was presented to the Executive Board and the Supervisory Board. Together, they discussed the material topics and defined the principal areas of action. The outcome of the materiality assessment was subsequently used in planning and actions.

The following methods were used to assess the impacts, risks, and opportunities:

Impacts: The first step was determining whether Frequentis' business activities or its value chain had a positive and/or negative impact on people or the environment in connection with the specific sustainability aspect. In addition, the type of impact, time horizon, and location of the impact were established. The second step was assessing whether the impact is material. The assessment was based on a score (1-4) calculated from the average of scale, scope, irremediable character, and likelihood, depending on the type of impact. The results were compared with the stakeholder survey.

Risks and opportunities: In addition to the material impacts already identified, the risk assessment examined the dependence on resources, physical risks, and transition risks. Five risk categories were used. For each risk category, thresholds were defined for the EBIT impact in the event of the risk or opportunity materialising and assigned a score (1-4). Moreover, time horizons and probabilities were defined for the assessment.

Climate-related impacts, risks, and opportunities

The process of identifying and evaluating climate-related impacts, risks, and opportunities used the materiality assessment steps described in ESRS 2 IRO-1.

Impacts: The climate-related impacts were analysed as part of the expert workshop. This included Frequentis' own business activities and the upstream and downstream value chain. In addition, an analysis of the Scope 3 categories was performed. The business activities and value chain were analysed in particular with a view to greenhouse gas emissions.

Climate-related physical risks: A climate risk and vulnerability analysis of Frequentis' own business activities and assets was performed for the Frequentis Group's locations in 2023. As part of the materiality assessment, this was extended to the upstream and downstream value chain. The evaluation was based on three climate scenarios (SSP1-2.6, SSP2-4.5, and SSP5-8.5), reflecting different temperature developments and the related risks. Short, medium, and long-term climate risks were taken into account. Identified vulnerabilities in connection with climate-related physical risks and transition risks to assets were adapted as necessary.

Climate-related transition risks to Frequentis' own business activities, assets, and the value chain were evaluated on the basis of five risk categories. These are based on the TCFD (Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures) classification of climate-related transition events. Short, medium, and long-term time horizons and one climate scenario were used in the assessment. No assets or business activities were identified that are incompatible with the transition to a climate-neutral economy or where considerable efforts would be required to make them compatible.

Gjensidige ForsikringNorway

Description of the processes to identify and assess material impacts, risks and opportunities

We have prepared a double materiality assessment that has been discussed by the sub committees of the board throughout the year. The Audit Committee sets materiality threshold and reviews the double materiality analysis.

Identified climate risks and opportunities are assessed at least once a year and are included in our ORSA process. The assessments are based on when they are expected to materialise (short, medium or long term) and based on both a qualitative and (when possible) quantitative impact assessment.

Our definition of short (<1 year), medium (1-5 years) and long term (>5 years) is in line with the requirements of the ESRS, except for climate risk. We have continued our long-standing work on climate risk and have chosen to use the same timeline as before. For climate risk assessments, short term means 0–3 years, medium term 3–10 years and long term more than 10 years.

New and Emerging Risks Analysis

The risk situation is complex and constantly changing. New and emerging risks typically develop over time, often as a result of changes in climate, the political or social situation, or technological development.

The main purpose of the analysis is to identify and monitor such potential risks, and the consequences these may have for the Company. This will allow necessary measures and adaptations to be implemented at an early stage.

We have established a comprehensive approach to emerging risks as part of our risk management framework. We identify and analyse a broad range of new and emerging risks and consider their potential impact on the Company. Risks we consider material and/or about which we have limited knowledge are given priority and analysed in more detail.

Emerging Risks Categories Analysed:

TECHNOLOGY:

  • Cyber threats
  • Nanotechnology
  • Autonomous vehicles
  • Digital currency
  • Quantum computing
  • Loss of critical infrastructure

THE ENVIRONMENT:

  • Plastics and microplastics
  • Physical risk (climate)
  • Gene technology
  • Resource scarcity
  • Biodiversity

SOCIAL/CUSTOMER BEHAVIOUR:

  • Transition risk (climate)
  • Sharing economy
  • Mental health
  • Socioeconomic inequality

FINANCIAL/POLITICAL/REGULATORY:

  • Disruption in the supply chain
  • Class action
  • Rising debt levels
  • Geopolitical conflict

Risk Assessment Process

THE RISK COMMITTEE: Reviews proposals for sustainability targets, discusses identified influences, risks and opportunities, and ensures that risk appetite includes sustainability topics and risk exposure.

We are dependent on the trust of our surroundings to carry out our social mission. A comprehensive understanding of risk, with clear roles and responsibilities, is essential in our corporate governance.

The risk assessments consider both the impact on the business (inside-out perspective) and the impact from external factors on our business (outside-in perspective), in line with the double materiality principle.

GN Store NordDenmark

Description of the Processes to Identify and Assess Material Impacts, Risks and Opportunities

Risk Identification and Mitigation Process

GN has established a systematic process for identifying and assessing material impacts, risks, and opportunities that operates on an annual cycle:

Annual Risk Assessment Cycle:

PhaseTimingProcess
Initial risk assessment processQ1 (Jan-Mar)Prioritized areas receive automated risk and maturity questionnaires. Responses are automatically calculated into risk likelihood and risk impact. Results are evaluated and challenged by Corporate Risk Governance team and consolidated in meetings with managers from prioritized areas
Audit Committee Risk Governance ReviewQ2 (Apr-Jun)Audit Committee reviews Organization Risk Governance process
Financial reviewQ3 (Jul-Sep)Meeting with Finance to assess and validate impact of potential financial risks
Executive impact reviewQ4 (Oct-Dec)Executive Leadership Team collectively challenges, validates, and prioritizes risks and risk handling activities
Board Top Risk ReviewDecemberBoard of Directors' annual risk review and approval

Risk Governance Structure

Board Level:

  • Risk governance overseen by the Board of Directors
  • Annual approval of comprehensive risk report
  • Ensure risks are managed across the value chain

Executive Level:

  • Executive Leadership Team collectively challenges, validates, and prioritizes risks
  • Risk department works with Executive Leadership Team for each division and selected functions
  • Risks evaluated based on impact and likelihood

Operational Level:

  • Corporate Risk Governance team evaluates and challenges responses
  • Managers from prioritized areas participate in consolidation meetings
  • Finance function assesses and validates financial risk impacts

Double Materiality Assessment Process

GN conducts a double materiality assessment to identify material impacts, risks, and opportunities:

Impact Materiality Assessment:

  • Evaluates actual and potential impacts on people and the environment
  • Considers both negative and positive impacts
  • Assesses impacts across the entire value chain

Financial Materiality Assessment:

  • Evaluates risks and opportunities that affect enterprise value
  • Considers short, medium, and long-term time horizons
  • Assesses likelihood and magnitude of financial effects

Stakeholder Engagement in Risk Assessment

GN's risk identification process incorporates input from various stakeholders:

Internal Stakeholders:

  • Executive Leadership Team participation in quarterly reviews
  • Division and functional managers providing area-specific insights
  • Corporate Risk Governance team providing oversight and challenge
  • Finance team validating financial impact assessments

External Stakeholder Considerations:

  • Customer feedback and market analysis informing competitive risks
  • Supplier and partner input on supply chain and operational risks
  • Regulatory and policy developments affecting compliance risks
  • Industry trends and benchmarking informing strategic risks

Risk Categories Systematically Assessed

GN's process covers multiple risk categories:

Strategic and Market Risks:

  • Geopolitical environment and trade relations
  • Market competitiveness and commoditization
  • Technology advancement and innovation gaps

Operational Risks:

  • Manufacturing and supply chain disruptions
  • IT landscape and cybersecurity threats
  • Product quality and security by design

Financial Risks:

  • Currency fluctuations and interest rate changes
  • Credit risks and liquidity management
  • Investment and M&A risks

ESG Risks:

  • Climate change and environmental impacts
  • Human rights and labor practices in value chain
  • Data privacy and cybersecurity

Continuous Monitoring and Updates

The risk identification and assessment process is dynamic:

  • Quarterly monitoring of key risk indicators
  • Annual comprehensive review and update of risk assessments
  • Event-driven updates when significant changes occur
  • Regular benchmarking against industry best practices

Integration with Business Strategy

The identified material impacts, risks, and opportunities are systematically integrated into:

  • Strategic planning and decision-making processes
  • Business model development and transformation initiatives
  • Financial planning and target setting
  • Operational planning and resource allocation
  • Sustainability strategy and reporting

This comprehensive process ensures that GN maintains a thorough understanding of its material impacts, risks, and opportunities, enabling proactive management and strategic alignment across the organization.

HiltiLiechtenstein

Materiality assessment process

Hilti performed a double materiality assessment as a key step in developing its sustainability framework and strategic priorities. The double materiality assessment entails the analysis of both impact materiality (positive and negative impacts) and financial materiality (financial risks and opportunities). In line with the European Sustainability Reporting Standards (ESRS), Hilti's entire value chain was considered.

The double materiality assessment was conducted in the following steps:

1. Value chain identification

The Corporate Sustainability Team, with the support of internal subject matter experts, outlined the Group's value chain.

2. Stakeholder identification

The Corporate Sustainability Team identified stakeholders that are users of sustainability information and are also affected by the Group's business activities. They were grouped based on their relevance, with defined appropriate engagement approaches suitable to the respective stakeholder group. Key stakeholder groups identified for Hilti are customers and employees.

3. Impacts, risks and opportunities identification

The Corporate Sustainability Team identified and defined more than 300 group-specific impacts, risks and opportunities (IROs) along the value chain for all topics covered by the ESRS.

4. Impacts, risks and opportunities evaluation

Hilti subject matter experts reviewed, refined and evaluated the list of IROs, considering the perspective of relevant stakeholders based on their experience and business interactions. The evaluation criteria for impacts were based on severity, defined through scale, scope and remediability, multiplied by likelihood of occurrence. For risks and opportunities, the criteria included magnitude of financial impact multiplied by likelihood of occurrence. For assessments related to Hilti's key stakeholders, the subject matter experts' evaluation was further informed by insights gained from stakeholder surveys. To determine material IROs, the Corporate Sustainability Team defined and applied thresholds: "significant and above" for impact materiality and "substantial and above" for financial materiality.

5. Impacts, risks and opportunities validation

The Corporate Sustainability Team presented consolidated overviews of material IROs to senior management, who validated the evaluation. The validation was enhanced with Hilti's Value2Society™ (V2S) model, enabling an objective and impartial comparison with the help of monetized impacts and risks.

6. Impacts, risks and opportunities approval

The Corporate Sustainability Team presented a consolidated overview of material IROs to the Group's Executive Board and Board of Directors, both of which approved the results of the double materiality assessment.

Changes in approach

Hilti's process for approaching the materiality assessment changed compared to last year's sustainability reporting. Previously, reporting was prepared voluntarily with reference to the Global Reporting Initiative (GRI) standards, using a materiality matrix focused on the Group's impact materiality. For the first time, this year's reporting is based on a double materiality assessment aligned with the ESRS. This approach considers both impact and financial materiality. All material IROs identified and reported in this statement are covered by the ESRS disclosure requirements, and no entity-specific disclosures are included.

Review schedule

The next review of the double materiality assessment is planned for the year 2025.

Climate-related IRO identification

The identification and assessment of climate-related IROs is linked to Hilti's Scope 1, 2 and 3 emissions, which are calculated following the GHG Protocol.

For impacts, Hilti identified the main sources of emissions along the value chain. Next, in line with the ESRS, Hilti evaluated these climate-related impacts based on their severity and likelihood of occurrence. To determine the severity of impacts, Hilti monetized the Scope 1, 2 and 3 emissions by multiplying them with the social cost of carbon. This assessment showed that Hilti has material-negative impacts in the medium to long term across the entire value chain.

Physical risk analysis

For climate-related risks, Hilti performed a physical risk analysis for its own manufacturing locations and a transition risks analysis for its own manufacturing locations and the supply chain in 2022.

The assessment for manufacturing locations was performed using different scenarios of global emission development, based on the latest climate science. This includes the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC)'s assumptions on the key forces and drivers of climate change. The scenarios applied encompass a wide range of GHG concentrations and policy developments. Despite the inherent uncertainties within these scenarios, their broad coverage and diversity yield relatable results. Key factors include the policies and their implementation. However, the scenarios are constrained by the intrinsic limitations of complex climate models.

The following publicly available scenarios were used for an analysis that covered the period from 2022 to 2100:

  • Network for Greening the Financial System (NGFS): NGFS net-zero 2050 and NGFS delayed transition
  • Climate Action Tracker (CAT): CAT current policies
  • Representative Concentration Pathways (RCP): RCP 2.6, RCP 4.5, RCP 6.0, RCP 8.5

The physical risk and transition risk for the manufacturing locations under the above scenarios was calculated considering their location (based on postal code), a statistical model for heat stress, river flooding and tropical cyclones, and financial loss due to damages and decreased productivity.

Hilti did not identify any material climate-related physical risks.

Transition risk analysis

The assessment for manufacturing locations and the upstream supply chain considered price developments based on materials purchased and their countries of origin, taxes on fossil fuels and different scenarios of Hilti's GHG development. The analysis covered the time horizon from 2022 to 2030.

This risk assessment was one input for the double materiality assessment, which was further supplemented by engagement with internal subject matter experts. Hilti identified only material climate-related transition risk.

Climate-related opportunities were evaluated based on engagement with internal subject matter experts, supplemented with insights gained from customer surveys.

Resource use and circular economy IRO identification

For impacts, Hilti initially identified the main areas of resource consumption along its value chain. Next, in line with the European Sustainability Reporting Standards, Hilti evaluated these resource-related impacts based on their severity and likelihood of occurrence. To determine the severity of impacts, Hilti assessed the amount of resources used and the applicability and integration of circularity principles across processes. This assessment highlighted material negative impacts, particularly in the short and medium term, within the upstream value chain and Hilti's own operations.

Hilti conducted a comprehensive resource cost and availability risk analysis targeting its supply chain, as well as a reputational risk analysis for its downstream supply chain:

Risks related to availability and costs of resources

Hilti assessed the potential for supply constraints in critical materials and examined how fluctuations in raw material costs could affect operational stability. A key methodology involved analyzing market trends and geopolitical factors to assess sourcing risks, particularly for high-demand resources or materials sourced from regions with high regulatory or political volatility. Hilti also factored in resource scarcity trends due to increased global demand, which could elevate costs and impact operational efficiencies over time.

Reputational risks

The reputational risk analysis considered the potential impact of Hilti's resource use and waste management practices on its brand perception. This included reviewing the alignment of its practices with industry benchmarks and circular economy principles. Hilti analyzed feedback from stakeholders, including customer surveys, to gauge brand reputation in relation to environmental responsibility, sustainable resource management and waste reduction efforts. The review also incorporated regulatory compliance trends, evaluating how failing to meet future sustainability requirements could damage Hilti's reputation among environmentally conscious consumers and investors.

This risk assessment formed a core input for Hilti's double materiality assessment, which was informed by engagements with internal subject matter experts. Based on materiality thresholds, Hilti did not identify material resource-related risks.

To identify circularity-related opportunities, Hilti engaged internal subject matter experts and supplemented their insights with findings from customer surveys. These engagements focused on potential benefits, such as cost savings through resource-efficient production, enhanced customer loyalty through sustainable practices and the potential to access new markets by adopting circular economy practices.

For the IRO assessment, Hilti conducted consultations with its key stakeholders, employees and customers.

HUGO BOSSGermany

Double Materiality Assessment Process: In 2024, HUGO BOSS conducted a comprehensive double materiality assessment (DMA) in preparation for compliance with ESRS standards. The process was designed to identify material sustainability impacts, risks, and opportunities.

Impact Assessment Methodology:

  • Led by Investor Relations in collaboration with Corporate Sustainability and Risk Management departments
  • Started with comprehensive catalog of ESG impacts, leveraging previous GRI-based materiality analysis
  • Expanded catalog through desk research using frameworks like SASB standards for textile and apparel industry
  • Covered potential and actual impacts on environment and people across entire value chain
  • Used systematic approach with ESRS criteria for clarity and consistency
  • Conducted on gross basis, excluding influence of mitigation measures
  • Applied uniform thresholds: negative impacts material if in upper half of assessment scale, positive impacts if in upper quarter

Risk and Opportunity Assessment:

  • Led by Risk Management and Internal Controls department
  • Conducted structured interviews with internal risk and opportunity experts
  • Applied ESRS methodology with clear framework and guidelines
  • Analyzed likelihood of risks and potential business consequences
  • Assessed financial materiality on qualitative basis
  • Used likelihood and magnitude thresholds aligned with general risk assessment methodology
  • Material risks classified as those with combined likelihood and magnitude rated high or critical

Stakeholder Engagement:

  • Engaged numerous internal stakeholders through interviews and desk research
  • Incorporated external stakeholder perspectives through internal experts who regularly engage with interest groups
  • External ESG consultants monitored and reviewed the DMA process
  • Oversight by CFO/COO ensuring alignment with strategic priorities

Integration and Validation:

  • Cross-functional exchange examined correlations between impacts, dependencies, risks, and opportunities
  • Results integrated into existing risk management system
  • Joint review by Investor Relations, Corporate Sustainability, and Risk Management
  • Final validation with all internal stakeholders and senior management
KoneFinland

KONE's double materiality assessment (DMA) approach consisted of four phases to determine material topics and provide input for the strategy development. These phases included value chain mapping, impact assessment, financial assessment, and final materiality determination. The DMA was completed in 2024. The DMA results will be reviewed annually and updated when necessary. KONE's earlier materiality assessment, human rights impact assessment and third-party due diligence process, non-financial risk assessment, and climate change scenario analysis, which have been integrated into KONE's risk management processes, were used as a starting point for the DMA.

The results of the DMA including the material impacts, risks and opportunities (IROs) were reviewed by a management steering group consisting of KONE Executive Board members and other management members. These members were selected based on their ownership, roles and responsibilities in the area of sustainability and reporting. The results of the DMA were reported to the Audit Committee of the KONE Board of Directors. Internal control over the DMA process was ensured through the reviews of the results and the adopted systematic assessment methodology.

In the initial phase of the DMA, KONE mapped its value chain and listed the main business activities across upstream, own operations, downstream, and cross-cutting activities through interviews with key internal stakeholders. The geographical locations and key external stakeholders affected by these activities were identified for each, in line with the reporting principles. Specific geographies, high-risk areas, and at-risk functions were taken into account.

The impacts, risks, and opportunities were evaluated by KONE's subject matter expert teams on a scale from 1 to 5, aligning with the ESRS criteria. These results can be easily compared with KONE's risk management process and tool, allowing for the consideration of sustainability risks alongside other business risks in terms of relative position and priorities. The views of KONE's stakeholders were provided through summarized input by the involved subject matter experts through their interaction with affected stakeholders and engagement with the users of KONE's Sustainability Statement.

During the impact assessment phase, KONE evaluated, scored, and prioritized the various impacts (positive or negative) and activities within its value chain that could affect people or the environment based on their scale, scope, likelihood, and irremediability, which was considered for negative impacts. In case of a potential negative human rights impact, the severity of the impact was prioritized over its likelihood.

The financial assessment phase included identification of key risks and opportunities posing financial implications, together with an assessment of their magnitude and likelihood, as well as the timeframe. The following scales were applied:

Likelihood of occurrence:

  1. Highly unlikely to occur: >0–1%
  2. Unlikely to occur: >1–10%
  3. Possible to occur: >10–30%
  4. Likely to occur: >30–60%
  5. Highly likely to occur: >60–100%

Magnitude of financial impacts:

  1. Nominal financial impact
  2. Moderate financial impact
  3. High financial impact
  4. Significant financial impact
  5. Critical financial impact

Timeframe:

  • Short: <1 year
  • Medium: 1–5 years
  • Long: >5 years

The connections between impacts, and dependencies with the risks and opportunities, were considered as part of the identification of IROs, mainly in relation to geographical locations and IRO contents in the subtopics, however not systematically cross-referencing all connections and dependencies. Each prioritized risk, opportunity or impact is assigned to a risk owner. The risk owner appoints a person in a relevant role to be responsible for the specific IRO. The responsible person implements the necessary IRO treatment actions, and reports regarding progress to the risk owner.

KRONESGermany

For the combined non-financial statement for the 2024 financial year, a double materiality assessment for the Krones Group was carried out for the first time in accordance with the requirements of the ESRS. Under the double materiality principle, information must be provided on an ESRS topic if the assessment identifies a material impact on people or the environment or a financial impact on Krones. The materiality assessment incorporated a range of methodologies and assumptions, including stakeholder analysis, stakeholder engagement, value chain analysis and engagement, and the application of specific assessment criteria and thresholds. Following the initial double materiality assessment carried out in collaboration with internal departments and taking into account the expectations of external stakeholders, the Executive Board evaluated the identified IROs and approved them in an Executive Board resolution.

Scope

The materiality assessment identified and assessed the impacts of our business activities on people and the environment and the risks and opportunities for our business. This process takes into account the impacts connected with Krones through its own business activities and business relationships. Our assessment included actual and potential positive and negative impacts in relation to sustainability topics. The financial impact assessment took account of sustainability-related risks and opportunities that could have a negative or positive impact on our business. Our process is designed to identify specific activities, business relationships, geographies or other factors that give rise to heightened risk of negative impacts.

Stakeholder engagement

We carried out the double materiality assessment with the involvement of internal experts from various business units and corporate functions at Krones. In place of direct consultation or evaluation of material topics by external stakeholders, internal subject-matter experts with in-depth specialist knowledge examined the potential and actual impacts from the perspective of affected stakeholders. These experts are in regular contact with external stakeholders and therefore have a good insight into their interests and views.

Methodology

To determine the materiality of a sustainability matter for reporting purposes, Krones assesses the related IROs. The first step is to identify and name these IROs. Impact materiality is thus assessed 'inside-out' by looking at the (actual or potential) positive or negative impacts of Krones' business activities on people and the environment along the value chain. Next, each sustainability topic is assessed for its financial impact on Krones in order to determine whether it has financial materiality (»outside-in«).

The company's impact on people and the environment can be actual or potential, negative or positive, it can arise directly through Krones or indirectly along the value chain and it can have a short, medium or long-term effect. An impact's materiality is determined by its severity, which is based on an assessment of its scale, scope and (in the case of negative impacts) remediability and (for potential impacts) its likelihood of occurrence. Risks and opportunities are (potential) financial impacts of a sustainability matter on Krones in that it has an influence on the company's cash flows, development, performance, position, cost of capital or access to finance. This is not constrained to matters under Krones' control. Dependencies on natural, human and social resources can be sources of financial risks or opportunities. The materiality of risks and opportunities is assessed based on the magnitude of the financial effects and their likelihood of occurrence. Based on a predefined materiality threshold, which is based on the EFRAG recommendation, matters are considered material if they are associated with either a significant positive or negative impact or significant financial risks or opportunities.

Assessment Criteria

Assessment criterionDescriptionScale
ScaleHow grave the impacts areNone to very high
ScopeHow widespread the impacts areNone to global
RemediabilityHow readily the impacts can be remediatedVery easily remediable to irremediable
Likelihood of occurrenceThe likelihood of occurrence of the impactVery low to high
Magnitude of the financial impactThe size of the financial loss or gainNone to very high

Process

The materiality assessment process began with the compilation of a longlist of potentially material topics, reflecting both the ESRS criteria and entity-specific characteristics. An integral part of this process was the identification of relevant stakeholders and the analysis of their interactions and expectations. On the basis of this longlist, the positive and negative impacts, risks and opportunities along the Krones Group's value chain were analysed in detail. These IROs were assessed by recognised subject-matter experts within the company and then reviewed and validated by the Sustainability Steering Board. By applying predefined thresholds, we were able to precisely identify the material sustainability topics of greatest significance to our corporate strategy. Based on scores for the respective IROs, a given topic is identified as material and both qualitative and quantitative data is collected in accordance with the ESRS requirements. We have established control mechanisms as part of our data collection process. These are covered in the "Risk management and internal controls" section.

LeonardoItaly

The operating risk management, which involves the entire organisation, is based on the identification, assessment and monitoring of the enterprise and project risks and the related mitigation plans. It is supported by specific methodologies, instruments and metrics for the related analysis and management. The processes underlying Project Risk Management and Enterprise Risk Management (ERM), which are in turn integrated into the company business and support processes, are regularly improved, with the aim of innovating and spreading an effective risk-based organisational culture.

Risk management processes support, in fact, the risk owners, along the entire corporate value chain, in identifying and managing risks and opportunities, including those linked to ESG factors. In particular, the ERM methodology fosters the identification and management of the cause-effect link between ESG factors and the potential impact on the Company (strategic, operational, financial, compliance and reputational) and supports the preparation of the Industrial Plan, which also includes the strategic vision and sustainability initiatives.

The examination of risks and consequent actions reported below is supplemented by the more detailed information provided in Note 37 of the Consolidated Financial Statements for the component of merely financial risks, and by the information provided in the specific section of the Consolidated Sustainability Statement for sustainability risks and opportunities linked to financial materiality.

Leroy Merlin EspañaSpain

The company's risk management process and various existing risk matrices have been a fundamental basis for identifying impacts, risks, and opportunities in the dual materiality process.

The process has changed compared to last year because, this time, the assessment was conducted in accordance with the new requirements of the Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive. The latest modification was to align with these requirements, allowing better reflection of both current risks and opportunities. A further review will be conducted in 2025 to adapt to potential regulatory changes and continue improving impact management throughout the entire value chain.

Dual Materiality Assessment Process

The dual materiality study was conducted in 2024 using the new ESRS methodology. During 2023, to determine the impact of material issues on stakeholders:

  • Surveys and direct interviews with broad range of groups including suppliers, customers, and unions for the first time
  • In-depth interview with CEO to incorporate management's vision on key sustainability issues
  • Internal working group session with key company areas to review and validate material topics

In 2024, the dual materiality study was updated through identification and assessment of impacts, risks, and opportunities across the entire value chain.

Time Horizons

  • Short-term: one fiscal year
  • Medium-term: from end of short-term reference period to five years later
  • Long-term: more than five years

Stakeholder Engagement in Assessment

Stakeholders consulted included customers and consumers, collaborators, suppliers, institutions and business community, with identification of key sustainability topics as priorities for each group.

The results of the materiality assessment and risk analysis are communicated and validated annually with the Positive Impact Executive Leader, then communicated to the Executive Leader Team, and finally approved by the Board of Directors.

This is the first year implementing this dual materiality methodology, representing a significant enhancement to the company's approach to sustainability impact, risk and opportunity identification and management.

LundbeckDenmark

Description of the processes to identify and assess material impacts, risks and opportunities

Materiality Assessment Framework

Lundbeck has established a comprehensive process for identifying and assessing material impacts, risks, and opportunities related to sustainability matters. This process is conducted annually and follows the double materiality approach required under CSRD/ESRS, considering both impact materiality and financial materiality.

Process Overview

1. Topic Identification

  • ESRS topic review: Systematic review of all topics and sub-topics covered in ESRS standards
  • Industry analysis: Assessment of sector-specific sustainability issues relevant to pharmaceuticals
  • Peer benchmarking: Analysis of material topics identified by pharmaceutical industry peers
  • Regulatory scanning: Review of emerging sustainability regulations and requirements
  • Trend analysis: Identification of emerging sustainability trends and future risks/opportunities

2. Stakeholder Engagement

  • Internal stakeholders: Interviews and workshops with Executive Management, Board members, and key functional leaders
  • External stakeholders: Engagement with patients, healthcare professionals, investors, suppliers, and civil society organizations
  • Patient perspectives: "Let the patient speak" events and patient advisory input
  • Expert consultation: Engagement with sustainability experts and industry associations
  • Survey methodology: Structured questionnaires to gather stakeholder prioritization input

3. Impact Assessment

  • Value chain mapping: Comprehensive analysis of sustainability impacts across our entire value chain from R&D to patient delivery
  • Geographic analysis: Assessment of impacts across different markets and jurisdictions
  • Severity evaluation: Assessment of scale, scope, and irremediable character of negative impacts
  • Positive impact evaluation: Assessment of scale and scope of positive contributions to sustainable development
  • Time horizon consideration: Evaluation of short-term, medium-term, and long-term impacts

4. Financial Materiality Assessment

  • Risk evaluation: Assessment of financial risks from sustainability matters including climate, regulatory, reputational, and operational risks
  • Opportunity assessment: Evaluation of financial opportunities from sustainability trends and stakeholder expectations
  • Scenario analysis: Stress-testing under different sustainability scenarios including climate pathways
  • Quantification: Where possible, quantitative assessment of potential financial impacts
  • Time horizon analysis: Short-term (0-1 years), medium-term (1-5 years), and long-term (5+ years) financial implications

5. Prioritization and Validation

  • Materiality matrix: Development of materiality assessment results plotting impact materiality against financial materiality
  • Threshold setting: Establishment of materiality thresholds based on significance criteria
  • Management review: Executive Management and Board review and validation of materiality assessment results
  • External validation: Where appropriate, external expert review of methodology and conclusions

Governance and Oversight

Board oversight:

  • The Board of Directors oversees the materiality assessment process and approves final material topic identification
  • Regular updates on emerging risks and opportunities provided to Board
  • Integration of material topics into Board risk management oversight

Executive Management involvement:

  • CEO and Executive Management team actively participate in materiality assessment
  • Cross-functional working groups ensure comprehensive coverage of business areas
  • Integration of material topics into strategic planning and business performance management

Internal coordination:

  • Sustainability team: Coordinates overall process and methodology
  • Risk Management: Provides risk assessment expertise and integration with enterprise risk management
  • Business functions: Subject matter experts from relevant functions contribute specialized knowledge
  • External affairs: Manages stakeholder engagement and external perspective integration

Methodological Considerations

Double materiality approach:

  • Impact materiality: Assessment of organization's impacts on people and environment
  • Financial materiality: Assessment of sustainability matters' effects on enterprise value
  • Dynamic interaction: Recognition that impacts and financial effects can reinforce each other

Value chain perspective:

  • Upstream impacts: Supplier and raw material sourcing impacts
  • Own operations: Direct operational impacts from research, manufacturing, and commercial activities
  • Downstream impacts: Product use, patient outcomes, and end-of-life considerations
  • Business relationships: Impacts through partnerships, joint ventures, and other business relationships

Stakeholder-informed approach:

  • Diverse perspectives: Ensuring representation from all key stakeholder groups
  • Patient-centricity: Emphasizing patient and caregiver voices given our healthcare mission
  • Expert input: Leveraging external sustainability and industry expertise
  • Balanced representation: Geographic and demographic diversity in stakeholder engagement

Continuous Improvement

Annual review cycle:

  • Annual refresh of materiality assessment to capture evolving context
  • Regular monitoring of emerging issues and stakeholder expectations
  • Integration of learnings from implementation and stakeholder feedback

Process enhancement:

  • Continuous improvement of methodology based on best practices and regulatory guidance
  • Enhanced data collection and quantification capabilities
  • Strengthened stakeholder engagement approaches

Integration with business processes:

  • Embedding materiality insights into strategic planning cycles
  • Integration with enterprise risk management and internal controls
  • Alignment with sustainability target-setting and performance measurement
Modern Times Group MTGUnknown

During 2025 the sustainability strategy, including objectives and targets, will be reviewed following the results of the double materiality assessment (DMA) that were conducted in 2024. The result of the DMA will inform the future sustainability strategy. These are based on identified sustainability topics as a result of the DMA, industry and globally recognized standards.

NesteFinland

Every year we analyze the saliency of our human rights impacts based on severity and likelihood. The assessments evaluate our actual and potential impacts on people throughout the value chain at a practical and granular level. This enables us to monitor our progress, account for any new risks resulting from changes in our business and accurately focus and prioritize our work.

In 2024, we held internal workshops to expand the depth and scope of our saliency assessment across our business areas. We also evaluate the effectiveness of our current measures and assess whether existing practices are sufficient in scale and complexity to address our salient issues.

We carry out annual compliance risk assessments to support us in our risk-based approach and to guide us in our compliance efforts and risk prevention and mitigation actions in the organization.

In 2024, we continued our internal pilot to assess scope 3 hotspots and to identify our critical suppliers and partners with a significant role in supporting us in our efforts to decarbonize our value chain.

We completed our materiality analysis of biodiversity impacts according to SBTN guidance for upstream and direct operations, and concluded that freshwater and land use aspects are material for biodiversity and nature in Neste´s value chain.

NNITDenmark

Description of the processes to identify and assess material impacts, risks and opportunities

Double materiality assessment & outcome

Impact, risk and opportunity management

In 2024, NNIT Group conducted its first double materiality assessment (DMA) in accordance with the requirements of the ESRS. This included identifying and objectively scoring impacts, risks, and opportunities (IROs), as a basis for the materiality decision of the sustainability matters, resulting in a double materiality assessment.

Output from the materiality assessment

We have identified our impacts on the environment and society (impact materiality assessment) as well as the sustainability-related risks that we are exposed to (financial materiality assessment). The outcome is aggregated per ESRS topic, showing that E1, S1, S4, and G1 are our material sustainability matters. Sustainability matters have been assessed for materiality not only on a topic level, but also on a sub- and sub-sub topic level. On a sub- and sub-subtopic level, the following matters are deemed material:

NNIT's materiality matrix

[Matrix showing Impact material vs Financial material with following positioning:]

  • Double material: E1 Climate change mitigation, S1 Working Conditions
  • Impact Material: E1 Energy, S1 Working time, Work-life balance, Health and safety, Training and skills development, S4 Non-discrimination, Access to products and services, G1 Corporate culture
  • Financial Material: S1 Gender equality and equal pay for work of equal value, Diversity, G1 Protection of whistleblowers, Corruption and Bribery

Index of sustainability matters

Double material:

  • E1: Climate change mitigation, E1-1
  • S1: Working Conditions, S1-1

Impact Material:

  • E1: Energy, E1-2
  • S1: Working time S1-1-2
  • S1: Work-life balance, S1-1-7
  • S1: Health and safety, S1-1-8
  • S1: Training and skills development, S1-2-2
  • S4: Non-discrimination, S4-3-1
  • S4: Access to products and services, S4-3-2
  • G1: Corporate culture, G1-1

Financial Material:

  • S1: Gender equality and equal pay for work of equal value, S1-2-1
  • S1: Diversity, S1-2-5
  • G1: Protection of whistleblowers, G1-2
  • G1: Corruption and Bribery, G1-6

Non-material (0): Climate change adaptation, Pollution, Water and marine resources, Biodiversity and ecosystems, Circular economy, Secure Employment (OW), Adequate Wages (OW), Social dialogue (OW), Freedom of Association (OW), Collective bargaining (OW), Employment and inclusion of persons with disabilities (OW), Measures against violence and harassment in the workplace (OW), Other

Novabase SGPSPortugal

Double Materiality is a core concept of the CSRD

When taking into account both financial materiality, which analyses how environmental, social and governance (ESG) factors can affect Novabase's financial position, and impact materiality, which focuses on the effects of Novabase activities on the environment and society, double materiality ensures that all relevant aspects of sustainability are duly reported and managed.

As such, Novabase has undertaken an internal analysis to identify Impacts, Risks and Opportunities (IROs) that will be assessed on the basis of double materiality.

Methodology

In 2024 Novabase undertook its first double materiality analysis in line with the guidelines laid out in the Corrigendum to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2023/2772 of 31 July 2023 (supplementing Directive 2013/34/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council as regards sustainability reporting standards), as well as the Group's interpretation of the standards.

With the aim of obtaining a clear vision of the economic, strategic and sustainability dynamics of Novabase Group, the company was analysed in detail. Accordingly, the analysis began with an assessment of the impact (from the inside out) of the effects of Novabase operation on the environment and society, followed by a financial assessment (from the outside in), where the focus was on external trends pertaining to topics related to Sustainability and how they impact or can impact Group business.

The impact assessment took into account both positive and negative impacts, considering both real and potential ones as regards Sustainability. As regards financial assessment, potential risks and opportunities associated with Sustainability were assessed. With respect to financial assessment, potential risks and opportunities associated with Sustainability that could have a positive or negative impact on the company business were assessed.

As such, various aspects essential to the better understanding of the structure and operation of the Group were covered, including the business model, its regulatory and legal framework, identification of client, partner and supplier segments, the mapping of financial flows, characterization of the main operating activities and identification of the main stakeholders that are affected or potentially affected – positively or negatively – by Novabase operations.

On the basis of the initial assessment, a structured list of impacts, risks and opportunities (IROs) was drafted, which served as the basis for subsequent assessment of material topics.

The IROs and topics are in accordance with the ESRS standards, ensuring compliance with the regulatory requirements and ensuring transparent reporting that complies with the best European sustainability practices.

Impact Materiality

According to ESRS, a sustainability issue is material from the point of view of impact when it pertains to real or potential material impacts, positive or negative, of the company on the people or on the environment within short, medium and long time frames. Impacts include those related to operations and the value chain upstream and downstream from the company, namely via its products and services, along with its commercial relations.

In accordance with ESRS guidelines, three parameters were used to score the Severity of our real impacts:

• Scale: how severe is the negative impact or up to what point is the positive impact beneficial to people or to the environment;

• Scope: how disseminated are negative or positive impacts. In the case of environmental impacts, the scope can be understood to be the extension of the environmental damage or a geographic perimeter. In the event of an impact on people, the scope can be understood to be the number of people that are negatively affected;

• Irreparable character of the impact: if and the extent to which the negative impacts can be corrected, i.e. return the environment or the affected persons to their previous state.

The severity of real negative impacts was determined on the basis of equal weighting of the three aforementioned parameters, while for real positive impacts the severity resulted from the same score only among the parameters Scale and Scope.

For potential impacts (positive and negative) an additional parameter was included:

• Probability: This is a measure of the expectation of the occurrence of an impact, which ranges from rare events to highly probable occurrences.

For potential positive and negative impacts, the Severity and Probability were weighted equally. In the case of potential negative impacts on Human Rights, the Severity of the impact supersedes the Probability of its occurrence.

The classification of the materiality of the impact varies between 1 (very low) and 5 (very high).

Financial Materiality

According to ESRS, a sustainability issue is material from a financial point of view if it triggers or is likely to trigger material financial effects on the company. Identification of risks (negative contribution) and opportunities (positive contribution) that affect or may potentially affect Novabase Group financial performance in the short, medium or long term was the starting point for analysing financial materiality, the existence of dependencies on natural and social resources having been considered sources of risks or financial opportunities, where dependencies can:

• influence the company's capacity to continue to use or obtain the resources necessary for its processes, as well as the quality and establishment of the prices of those resources;

• affect the company's capacity to trust in the relationships that are necessary for their business processes under acceptable conditions.

Having identified the risks and opportunities, Novabase determined which of them are material for the purposes of communicating information in accordance with ESRS. The classification was based on a combination of the following:

i. Probability of occurrence, which is defined as the measure of expectation that a financial impact will occur, ranging from rare events to highly probable events;

ii. Potential size of the financial effects that are determined on the basis of suitable thresholds, the company having broken it down into the following parameters:

a. Financial position: impact on the company's financial situation and/or performance, including cash flow, based on the amount of costs, sanctions and or lost profits in terms of the company's EBITDA;

b. Continuity of the business: the dependencies were assessed by taking into account the interruption of critical commercial processes in terms of number of days and may have an impact in at least two forms:

• They can affect the capacity of the entity to continue to use or obtain the resources necessary to their business processes, as well as the quality and price of those resources;

• They can affect the company's capacity to continue to trust in the relationships necessary to their processes under acceptable terms;

c. Access to financing: impact on Novabase's capacity to obtain capital from investors, banks or other financial institutions, and the cost to the company in obtaining that capital;

d. Reputation: impact on the company's reputation and on the perception of its market value on the part of its various stakeholders;

e. Human capital: impact on performance, relationship and commitment of the employees to the organization, namely with respect to retention and rotation, as well as in terms of reputation and attraction of talents and competencies.

Similar to the classification of impact materiality, the magnitude of financial materiality varies between 1 (very low) and 5 (very high).

NovartisSwitzerland

Materiality assessment process

We conduct regular materiality assessments to identify and evaluate the sustainability topics that are most relevant to our business and stakeholders. Our materiality assessment follows a structured approach aligned with ESRS requirements and other relevant standards.

Double materiality approach

Our assessment considers both:

  • Impact materiality: How our business activities affect the environment, society and governance
  • Financial materiality: How sustainability matters affect our financial performance and enterprise value

Stakeholder engagement in materiality assessment

We engage with key stakeholders including investors, employees, patients, healthcare professionals, regulators, and civil society organizations to understand their perspectives on material sustainability topics.

Regular review and updates

We regularly review and update our materiality assessment to ensure it remains current and reflects evolving stakeholder expectations, regulatory requirements, and business context. The assessment informs our ESG strategy, reporting, and risk management processes.

Integration with enterprise risk management

ESG issues are integrated into our Enterprise Risk Management (ERM) approach. We have internal policies and controls to minimize risks in areas such as human rights, health and safety, anti-bribery/corruption and environmental sustainability.

Novo NordiskDenmark

This year, in line with the CSRD, we have conducted a double materiality assessment to identify the sustainability matters that are most important to Novo Nordisk, considering both societal and financial implications.

The essential topics identified include patient protection and quality of life, climate change, resource use and circular economy, and own workforce – reflecting our aspirations of progress towards zero environmental impact, being respected for adding value to society and being a sustainable employer.

The outcomes of this assessment have provided us with key metrics to track our performance across our material sustainability topics. You can read more about our progress towards achieving our sustainability ambitions in the Annual review on page 12, while detailed breakdowns of our performance can be found in the Sustainability statement on page 46.

ØrstedDenmark

In 2024, we conducted a double materiality assessment (DMA) to identify and assess our material sustainability-related impacts, risks and opportunities (IROs). The CSRD mandates reporting on environmental, social, and governance (ESG) practices and adherence to a double materiality assessment (DMA). These assessments are used to identify and disclose material sustainability impacts and financial risks and opportunities, inform areas for development, and track progress annually, ensuring sustainability-related financial risks are considered together with the broader risk portfolio. Based on the DMA performed in 2024, the magnitude of the identified sustainability-related financial risks were below the magnitude of the enterprise risks. See pages 67-74 for detailed methodology and results.

QT GroupFinland

Qt's material sustainability impacts, risks and opportunities were identified in a double materiality assessment process that was initiated in late 2023 and was completed in the second quarter of 2024. The project team included representatives from Qt's various functions (e.g. HR, legal, finance, procurement, communications), and the progress of the project was regularly communicated to the Management Team and the Audit Committee. In the assessment, the preliminary negative and positive impacts were first comprehensively assessed on the basis of all ESRS sub-topics and sub-sub-topics based on background material (including trend reports, benchmarking and ESRS standards) and internal interviews. The risks and opportunities in Qt's value chain were then assessed.

In the preliminary assessment, a wide range of perspectives related to the environment, human rights and business conduct were assessed in Qt's own operations and the value chain, related to, for example, pollution, water and marine resources, biodiversity and the circular economy, as well as corruption and bribery.

The initial assessment was submitted to the Management Team for evaluation. Based on the Management Team's assessments, a framework was created for a survey to be sent to stakeholders concerning sub-topics under the following themes: E1 Climate change, S1 Own workforce, S2 Workers in the value chain and G1 Business conduct, as well as the entity-specific disclosure data protection. The stakeholder survey respondents included representatives of Qt's key stakeholders in the upstream and downstream value chain, i.e. employees, the open-source community, customers, subcontractors/business partners, educational institutions, Qt's Board of Directors, shareholders, and analysts. The material topics were determined on the basis of the stakeholders' responses and the management's assessment. A larger weight was assigned to the views of the Management Team.

For negative impacts, each of the variables related to severity (scale, scope and remediability) were assessed on a scale of 1–5, which meant that the maximum value for severity was 15. Likelihood was also assessed on a scale of 1–5, where the value of an actual impact that is already occurring is 15. The likelihood of impacts received the highest rating if it was defined as already occurring (actual impact). For positive impacts, the scale, scope and likelihood were assessed on the same scale of 1–5. With regard to scale, the extent or severity of the impact on people, the environment or society was assessed, ranging from catastrophic (negative impact) or high significance (positive impact) to insignificant impact. The severity of the impacts related to business conduct was assessed on the basis of whether the impact increases (positive impact) or reduces (negative impact) trust in the industry among the general public. With regard to scope, the geographical coverage (local–global) and/or the number of people affected were examined. The irremediable character of the impact was assigned the lowest score if the impact was assessed to be easily remediated and the highest score if, for example, environmental damage or effect on human health cannot be remediated. The likelihood of an impact was assigned the highest score if the impact was identified as already occurring (actual impact).

The assessment of impacts was followed by an assessment of the financial risks and opportunities that are associated with the sustainability topics or which may be caused by Qt's impacts on people and the environment, for example. For financial risks and opportunities, their likelihood and effects on future cash flows were assessed. The effects on cash flows were assessed from three different perspectives: effects on business relationships, resources (e.g. prices, availability) and other effects on cash flows.

The materiality of the impacts, risks and opportunities was determined by calculating the the total value of the variables and dividing it by the maximum value. The threshold value was defined as 0.5. Topics for which the score was 0.5 or higher were assessed to be material.

Qt's Material Sustainability Topics:

TopicSub-topicTopic valueTypeTime horizonMateriality
S1 – Own workforce
Working conditionsSecure employmentPositive impactShort0.8
Working conditionsWorking timePositive impactShort0.8
Working conditionsAdequate wagesPositive impactShort0.7
Working conditionsSocial dialoguePositive impactShort0.6
Working conditionsWork-life balancePositive impact, opportunityShort, medium0.9
Working conditionsHealth and safetyNegative & positive impactShort0.7
Equal treatment and opportunities for allGender equality and equal pay for work of equal valuePositive impact, opportunityShort0.7
Equal treatment and opportunities for allTraining and skills developmentPositive impact, opportunityLong0.8
Equal treatment and opportunities for allMeasures against violence and harassment in the workplacePositive impactShort0.73
Equal treatment and opportunities for allDiversityPositive impact, opportunityMedium, long0.67
Other work-related rightsPrivacyNegative & positive impact, risk, opportunityShort0.67
S2 – Workers in the value chain
Working conditionsHealth and safetyNegative & positive impactShort, medium0.6
G1 – Business conduct
Corporate cultureNegative & positive impact, opportunityShort, medium0.8
Corruption and briberyPrevention and detection, including trainingNegative & positive impact, opportunityMedium, long0.9
Corruption and briberyIncidentsNegative impactMedium0.5
Entity-specificData protectionPositive impact, riskShort0.9

The double materiality assessment covered the Qt Group's entire value chain and all geographical areas, either through the company's own operations or through business relationships. The double materiality assessment will be carried out again on a regular basis to reassess material impacts, risks and opportunities. The monitoring of the material sustainability impacts, risks and opportunities will be implemented as part of risk management and internal controls. In Qt's risk management model, risks are prioritized based on their likelihood and the severity of the impact. Sustainability topics will be incorporated into the same prioritization of risk management.

Qt's Management Team has been closely involved in identifying and assessing the materiality of sustainability impacts, risks and opportunities, and the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors has addressed the progress of the identification and assessment process of sustainability impacts, risks and opportunities, i.e. all impacts, risks and opportunities as a whole. Board of Directors approves the identified impacts, risks and opportunities.

With regard to the monitoring of impacts, risks and opportunities, the decision-making process needs to be updated. When sustainability impacts, risks and opportunities have been integrated into the risk management system, they will also be incorporated into the Management Team's operating practices.

Climate-related impacts, risks and opportunities

Climate-related impacts, risks and opportunities have been identified and assessed as part of Qt's double materiality assessment. On a preliminary basis, the following were identified as potential impacts: the role of Qt's products in the development of technologies and products that support climate change adaptation (positive impact), CO2 emissions in the value chain (emissions caused by procurement and the use of products, negative impact) and the energy consumption of Qt's offices (negative impact). However, they did not exceed the materiality threshold in the Management Team's assessment or stakeholder survey, and consequently did not emerge as material themes.

In the preliminary evaluation of the double materiality assessment, the identified potential risks were physical risks caused by climate change (flood, extreme heat, storms, landslides) in production facilities in the value chain, and logistics problems in supply chains due to shortages of raw materials originating from climate change. The identified transition risks were rising energy prices and stricter climate regulations, which may increase costs related to calculating and reducing the carbon footprint, for example.

However, the physical or transition risks did not exceed the materiality threshold in the Management Team's assessment or stakeholder survey. The analysis did not take climate scenarios into account or assess the sensitivity of the business to risks in more detail.

The identification of climate impacts is based mainly on the energy consumption data of Qt's offices (Scope 2 emissions) and, in part, emissions data on business travel (Scope 3 emissions). Based on Qt's business model, the most significant part of the value chain's CO2 emissions can be estimated to arise in the upstream and downstream value chain. However, it is difficult — or even impossible — to collect reliable information about these steps, especially the use of the products, as customers can use Qt's products in many different ways as an applied component of different devices, services or products.

As risks were only identified far along the supply chain, a more detailed scenario analysis has not yet been carried out. Qt intends to carry out a climate scenario analysis in 2025.

Pollution-related impacts, risks and opportunities

The impacts, risks and opportunities related to pollution have been identified and assessed as part of the double materiality assessment. In the assessment, the impacts, risks and opportunities in Qt's supply chain were comprehensively assessed on the basis of all ESRS sub-topics and sub-sub-topics (including microplastics, air, water and soil pollution, substances of concern), firstly on the basis of background materials and interviews.

In the initial assessment, the recycling of IT hardware used by Qt in its activities was identified as a potential impact. An assessed potential negative impact was the emission of lead contained in hardware that might potentially be released into the environment if decommissioned equipment is not recycled appropriately, hence causing negative environmental impacts. However, the recycling of decommissioned IT equipment was identified as a positive impact, as Qt's offices around the world are committed to appropriate recycling. The rise in prices of IT hardware was identified as a risk in a scenario where very harmful substances, such as lead, are banned. No financial opportunities were identified. However, none of these exceeded the materiality threshold in the Management Team's assessment or the stakeholder survey.

Members of the affected communities were not separately consulted for the assessment. No material impacts, risks or opportunities related to pollution were identified.

Water and marine resources-related impacts, risks and opportunities

Impacts, risks and opportunities related to water and marine resources have been identified and assessed as part of the double materiality assessment. The consumption of clean water at Qt's offices was identified as a potential impact on a preliminary basis. An increase in the price of clean water used at Qt's offices was identified as a risk. However, neither of these exceeded the materiality threshold in the Management Team's assessment or the stakeholder survey.

No significant impacts, risks or opportunities related to water and marine resources, i.e. surface and groundwater consumption, water withdrawals and discharges of water were identified in Qt's value chain. Dependencies related to marine resources were also not identified.

Members of the affected communities were not separately consulted for the assessment.

Biodiversity and ecosystem-related impacts, risks and opportunities

Impacts related to biodiversity and ecosystem have been identified and assessed as part of the double materiality assessment. The assessment examined how the company promotes direct drivers of biodiversity loss (e.g. climate change, land-use change, freshwater use change, sea-use change, invasive species, pollution), and impacts on the state of species, ecosystems and ecosystem services. The connection between the use of natural resources (IT equipment and other procurement) and land-use change and, consequently, biodiversity loss, were identified as a potential negative impact in the preliminary assessment. However, this did not exceed the materiality threshold in the Management Team's assessment or the stakeholder survey.

Dependencies related to biodiversity and ecosystems have been identified and assessed as part of the double materiality assessment on the basis of background material and interviews. The identified dependencies on ecosystem services included, for example, the natural resources and minerals used in computers and other procurement, and lunches served at the offices.

A more detailed assessment of systemic, transition or physical risks or opportunities related to biodiversity and ecosystems has not been carried out. Members of the affected communities were not separately consulted for the assessment.

As no material impacts related to biodiversity have been identified, the company has also not found it necessary to implement mitigating measures related to biodiversity.

Resource use and circular economy-related impacts, risks and opportunities

Qt's resource use and circular economy-related impacts, risks and opportunities have been identified and assessed as part of the double materiality assessment. The assessment took into account, among other things, required resources including upstream and downstream of resources related to services and products, as well as waste and waste management. Upstream of resources, such as the procurement of IT hardware and peripherals, and waste generated at the offices were provisionally identified as potential negative impacts. Rising prices of hardware and recycling were identified initially as a potential risk, while cost savings achieved through efficient recycling were identified as an opportunity. However, none of these exceeded the materiality threshold in the Management Team's assessment or the stakeholder survey, and no resource use and circular economy-related material impacts, risks or opportunities were found in Qt's value chain.

Members of the affected communities were not separately consulted for the assessment.

RandstadNetherlands

Randstad's approach to identifying and assessing material impacts, risks and opportunities is integrated into its strategic planning and risk management processes. The company continuously monitors global trends and market conditions that affect the talent industry.

Key Assessment Areas:

Market Analysis: Randstad regularly analyzes the global HR services market, which is estimated at € 585 billion in 2024. The company tracks market share, competitive positioning, and emerging opportunities across different service segments.

Trend Monitoring: The company identifies and assesses key industry trends including:

  • Talent scarcity and changing talent expectations
  • Clients looking for more specialized support
  • Digitization & AI adoption
  • Economic and geopolitical uncertainties
  • Demographic shifts like aging populations and low birth rates
  • The transition to a green economy

Stakeholder Engagement: Through continuous dialogue with clients, talent, governments, employers and labor organizations, Randstad gathers insights on material issues affecting the labor market and talent industry.

Data and Insights: The company leverages proprietary data insights, extensive market knowledge, and in-depth understanding of operational workforce dynamics to forecast staffing demand and identify emerging needs.

Regional Assessment: Randstad monitors regulatory developments across its 39 markets, tracking changes in labor legislation, collective bargaining agreements, and industry-specific regulations that could impact operations.

Strategic Integration: Material impacts, risks and opportunities are integrated into the five-pillar Partner for Talent strategy, ensuring that identified issues are addressed through strategic initiatives around specialization, equity, delivery excellence, technology platform development, and team building.

The assessment process is ongoing and informs strategic decision-making, capital allocation, and operational planning across all business segments and geographical markets.

RepsolSpain

Repsol has established processes to identify and assess material impacts, risks and opportunities through its strategic planning framework and governance structure.

Strategic Assessment Process

Strategic Plan Updates: Repsol regularly updates its strategic direction, with the latest Strategic Plan 2024-2027 (SP 24-27) reflecting comprehensive assessment of material factors. In 2024, "having already achieved many of the objectives set out in the SP 21-25, a strategic update for the period 2024-2027 was carried out."

Technology and Risk Assessment: Repsol Technology Lab worked on more than 250 projects during 2024 (58% focused on low emissions), conducting technology and business risk assessments in close collaboration with various business units.

Materiality Assessment Integration

Business Model Integration: The materiality assessment is integrated into business strategy, with the SP 24-27 allowing for "a more robust and cost-effective energy transition, by prioritizing investments in the current integrated portfolio of high-quality assets and low-carbon initiatives."

Multi-stakeholder Approach: Assessment considers:

  • Shareholder interests (investment grade rating maintenance)
  • Customer needs (multi-energy solutions)
  • Employee perspectives (25,000+ employees across 20+ countries)
  • Regulatory requirements (CSRD compliance)
  • Market dynamics (energy transition opportunities)

Risk Management Framework

Governance Oversight: The Board structure includes specialized committees:

  • Audit and Control Committee for risk oversight
  • Sustainability Committee for ESG risk assessment
  • Governance structure that "adequately differentiates governance and management functions from oversight, control, and strategic definition functions"

Financial Risk Assessment: Regular monitoring of:

  • Credit risk (maintaining investment grade rating)
  • Market volatility (oil, gas, electricity price impacts)
  • Regulatory risk (energy levy impacts)
  • Operational risk (safety metrics, process incidents)

Digital and Data-Driven Assessment

Digital Program Integration: More than 800 digital initiatives implemented, with cutting-edge technologies including:

  • Generative AI: Over 60 use cases for risk and opportunity identification
  • Data Analytics: Integration of data and artificial intelligence across value chain
  • Scenario Planning: Development of simulation solutions for new assets

Continuous Monitoring: "We have implemented more than 800 digital initiatives in recent years within the framework of our Digital Program. This has allowed us to integrate various cutting-edge technologies, mainly related to the use of data and artificial intelligence (AI)."

RocheSwitzerland

Process to Identify and Assess Material Impacts, Risks and Opportunities

Double Materiality Assessment Methodology: In 2024, our methodology was aligned with the requirements of the Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive (CSRD) in preparation for future reporting, and the Swiss Code of Obligations (CO). This applicable legal framework requires organisations to take both an inside-out and an outside-in perspective. The inside-out view focuses on the company's impact on people and the environment, and the outside-in view looks at the risks and opportunities that impact the company's financial performance.

Environmental Topics Assessment: We assessed the materiality of environmental subtopics using a data-driven methodology. This involved gathering primary environmental data for our own operations and our upstream value chain across the different environmental subtopics. We then converted these into monetised impacts using impact valuation principles. Impact valuation is a well-established approach that aims to evaluate social, environmental and economic impacts. The impact is first assessed in physical units, such as tonnes of greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions, and is then converted into monetary equivalents.

Social and Governance Topics Assessment: For our social and governance subtopics, we conducted a qualitative assessment where we collaborated with internal subject-matter experts to identify and score the IROs.

Validation Process: To supplement our quantitative assessment, we also conducted a qualitative assessment of the IROs of our subtopics, engaging a core group of internal subject-matter experts to assess each IRO. We used the results of this phase to validate the findings of the data-driven assessment.

Business Environment Risk Assessment: We identify long-term business environment trends and the associated risks and opportunities on an annual basis through our business environment risk and opportunity assessment process. Each year, emerging trends are identified from internal and external sources and reviewed by selected internal stakeholder groups. Our Corporate Sustainability Steering Committee then evaluates and selects the ten trends most relevant to Roche.

Integration into Risk Management: Roche risk and opportunity managers are required to consider these ten trends and the associated risks and opportunities as part of their assessment of their respective business units and to formulate the appropriate response at the business unit and/or Group level as part of the Group risk management process.

External Methodology Sharing: We presented this methodology at the World Business Council for Sustainable Development (WBCSD) Enhancing Corporate Transparency forum in September 2024, welcoming input from others to further refine the process.

Royal SchipholNetherlands

We conduct a yearly materiality assessment to identify our material topics, taking into account the entire consolidated Royal Schiphol Group. The material topics are linked to our Qualities and enablers and hence our strategy, and help guide our sustainability efforts. We fully embraced the CSRD and performed a double materiality assessment that is compliant with this framework. The double materiality assessment considers both the impact materiality and financial materiality of sustainability matters, with impact materiality being the (actual or potential) significant impact Royal Schiphol Group has on people or the environment, and financial materiality being the risks and opportunities that (may) arise from a sustainability matter leading to a financial effect. We used the value chain to identify the impacts, risks and opportunities (IROs) within our value chain, which served as input for the double materiality assessment (DMA).

SanofiUnknown

Description of the process to identify and score IROs

Sanofi developed its DMA methodology in early 2024 in accordance with EFRAG's ESRS 1 guidance "IG 1 Materiality Assessment Implementation Guidance" and "IG 2 Value Chain Implementation Guidance" (December 23, 2023 versions). Sanofi consulted the final versions of the IG (May 2024). Sanofi's DMA methodology seeks to account for EFRAG's guidance with Sanofi's existing risk processes and thresholds established at Company level. Sanofi's DMA was conducted top-down at Company-level.

Identification of IROs to be assessed and their definition

Sanofi created a list of potential IROs, pre-filled with the IROs derived from the sustainability matters covered in the relevant topical ESRS as per ESRS 1, Appendix A, AR 16, up to the sub-sub-topic level for the DMA, where sub-sub topics are defined in the Standard. Some sub-sub-topics were merged into the same IRO when no difference in materiality scoring was identified. In biodiversity, for example, land degradation, desertification and soil sealing IROs were bundled under impacts on the extent and condition of ecosystems. Where no sub-sub-topics are defined in ESRS 1 AR 16, materiality was assessed at the sub-topic level.

Sanofi then added to the list other potential IROs relevant to Sanofi (e.g. Medical and Bioethics) that are not covered or not explicit enough under the sustainability matters described in ESRS 1 AR 16. These IROs were already identified in the previous materiality assessment conducted by Sanofi in 2022 (based on available guidelines at the time, for more information on the previous assessment, see our Statement of Extra-Financial Performance for 2023, Section 3.2.3. Double Materiality Assessment).

To identify additional risks not listed in the ESRS, Sanofi compared the list of potential IROs with entity-specific risk profiles (assessments updated annually) and added potential risks where necessary, identified pursuant to the DMA and the CSRD process, in accordance with the CSRD and related methodology established by EC, EFRAG and other guidance - refer to the CSRD Disclaimer and Explanatory Note.

Consideration of operational and regional specificities

Prior to the identification of IROs, Sanofi completed a context analysis as recommended under EFRAG IG 1. It identified its key products and activities, geographical regions, affected stakeholders and value chain participants, as specified in SBM-1. Sanofi is a multinational company with a broad geographical and industrial footprint, serving patients worldwide. For more context see "Evaluation of gross versus net impacts, risks and opportunities" below.

Sanofi considered that business relationships in lower-income countries are higher risk, in both human rights and environmental matters, due to less stringent national regulations in place. To identify human rights-related adverse impacts, for example, Sanofi assessed the presence of upstream and downstream business relationships in non-OECD countries.

Use of Sanofi's due diligence process for the identification of negative impacts

Sanofi is subject to the French duty of vigilance law of March 27, 2017 for parent and ordering companies. Sanofi's Vigilance Plan covers the Company's activities, those of its fully consolidated companies, and the activities of tier-one suppliers and subcontractors. The previous Vigilance Plan's salient issues — as identified and managed using Sanofi's methodology for identifying and prioritizing major risks to people and the environment — were considered when identifying IROs. Impacts identified pursuant to the DMA, from the CSRD perspective have then been used to define the Vigilance Plan salient issues, moving forward.

IRO description

For each IRO identified pursuant to the DMA in accordance with the CSRD and related methodology established by EC, EFRAG and other guidance - refer to the CSRD Disclaimer and Explanatory Note, Sanofi prepared a description of the impact, risk or opportunity as it manifests for Sanofi. It is therefore the company-specific definition, which could nonetheless be applicable to several companies. The descriptions were reviewed together with the owners of the topical ESRS.

External stakeholder consultation

Sanofi did not directly involve external stakeholders for the CSRD-specific DMA due to the short period for conducting the first analysis and because stakeholders had been consulted relatively recently, in the previous financial year (second half of 2022), and their input was still considered relevant. Sanofi may consider further involvement of external stakeholders in the DMA process in the future. Sanofi engaged with external stakeholders during its materiality analysis in 2022. In this exercise, external stakeholders were consulted on the 16 material topics that had been defined. The topics were grouped into bundles, and each stakeholder was assigned to one bundle, associated with his or her area of expertise. Stakeholders were asked their views on the IROs for Sanofi regarding the topics in their assigned bundle. The outputs of the interviews were aggregated for all interviewees and summarized in factsheets, one for each topic.

Value chain and own operations

For each IRO, it was defined whether the impact, risk or opportunity occurred in Sanofi's own operations, or its upstream or downstream value chain. An impact can occur at several levels for the same IRO. Below are the definitions of the three areas which also apply to impact and financial materiality.

AreaDefinition
Upstream Value ChainBusiness relationships, not limited to direct contractual relationships (suppliers, Contract Manufacturing Organizations (CMOs), external workforce). Participants upstream of Sanofi's operations (e.g. suppliers provide products or services that are used in the development of Sanofi's products).
SanofiSanofi's own operations (owned and controlled directly by the company)
Downstream Value ChainBusiness relationships, not limited to direct contractual relationships (distributors, customers, end-users). Entities downstream of Sanofi (e.g. distributors, customers) receiving products from Sanofi.

Evaluation of gross versus net impacts, risks and opportunities

For the materiality assessment, Sanofi assessed gross impacts, risks and opportunities in accordance with the CSRD and related methodology established by EC, EFRAG and other guidance - refer to the CSRD Disclaimer and Explanatory Note. The gross approach evaluates impacts, risks and opportunities without taking into account measures put in place by the company to prevent, mitigate or correct impacts or risks, hence without considering the level of control on impacts or risks. However, Sanofi did consider context when assessing gross impacts, risks and opportunities. The context considered includes (but is not limited to): • that Sanofi is a pharmaceutical company; • that Sanofi is a European company, subject to European (and specifically French) regulations; • Sanofi's industrial footprint; • Sanofi's product portfolio; and • that Sanofi serves patients worldwide.

Examples of "measures" or "levels of control" that were not taken into account are for instance the Planet Care program and Sanofi's anti-corruption and anti-bribery program.

This gross approach, in accordance with the CSRD methodology, does not enable any direct comparison with risk factors disclosed as part of financial disclosures which also take into account mitigation measures and level of control.

Assessment and scoring of IROs

The final materiality score was calculated as follows: • Impact Materiality = Severity² x LikelihoodFinancial Materiality = Size of Financial effect² x Likelihood

Severity and financial effect were squared to give further emphasis to the severity over the likelihood of the impact, risk, or opportunity. This practice is aligned with Sanofi's risk methodology and ensures that the most severe risks and impacts are adequately captured and reflected by the methodology.

The following materiality rating matrix was obtained using this methodology:

Materiality thresholds (risk methodology)

Likelihood \ Severity²1235
441636100
33122775
2281850
114925

Each identified IRO is rated between 1 and 100 — 100 being the highest score possible (Severity at 5² x Likelihood at 4). The threshold for the materiality of an issue was set at 18 and above by Sanofi's leadership.

An existing in-depth scenario analysis has been leveraged to assess climate related IROs.

Severity

In line with ESRS 1, for impact materiality, severity was assessed using three sub-criteria: Scale, Scope and Remediability. Any of the three characteristics of severity can make an impact severe. For the ratings, Sanofi selected those of its risk methodology where issues are rated as 1, 2, 3, or 5 for the equivalent of "severity". Sanofi put in place and applied a process to determine the correspondence of each rating number with the double materiality sub-criteria. Judgements on the ratings are based on available studies, existing function risk profiles and expert opinions, and are therefore subjective and subject to ongoing review and change in accordance with the CSRD and related methodology established by EC, EFRAG and other guidance - refer to the CSRD Disclaimer and Explanatory Note.

Severity Sub-CriteriaDefinitionRating
ScaleIntensity of the issue1: Minor harm<br>2: Severe harm<br>3: Very severe harm<br>5: Life-threatening
ScopeReach of the issue1: In one location<br>2: In a few locations<br>3: Widespread<br>5: Global or systemic
RemediabilityExtent to with the impact can be remediated (inverted scale, only applied to negative impacts)Note: Inverted scale<br>1: High remediability<br>2: Remediability with effort<br>3: Very difficult/unlikely remediability<br>5: No remediability possible

For any particular IRO under evaluation, the highest rating of the three severity sub-criteria is used as the final severity score. For example, if an IRO has a severity scale rating of 2, a scope of 5 and a remediability of 1, the final severity score is set at 5.

Decision-making process and internal control procedures

General validation process

In general terms, Sanofi performed the double materiality assessment as follows:

  1. The ESG team completed the evaluations based on internal studies and documentation or external scientific reports. The team also considered the previous materiality assessment constructed with internal and external stakeholder views.
  2. The evaluations, were then discussed, adjusted, and approved with the subject-matter experts. The evaluations were also compared to the function-specific risk profile where available (risk profiles are updated annually).
  3. The finalized file was submitted to and reviewed by Sanofi's Risk Management Team.
  4. The CSRD-related materiality ratings, determined in accordance with CSRD, were approved by Sanofi's Senior Leadership, via presentation to the relevant Committees:
    1. the Planet Care Steering Committee for Environmental IROs;
    2. the CSR Committee for Social and Governance IROs.

Integration of the identification, assessment and management of IROs in the overall risk management process

Sanofi has historically integrated risk management in its processes at the highest decision-making level. The Risk department was initially created within the CSR function, linked to the Executive Committee, to facilitate collaboration between the audit, risk and CSR functions. Initially, three areas were included in the risk analysis: • the impact on Sanofi's business which is now clarified as the impact on Sanofi's profit and growth; • the impact on patients which has since been extended to employees; and • the impact on Sanofi's reputation.

The latter, reputational risk, has undergone the most changes to become the overall impact on stakeholders. This includes Sanofi's impact on society as well as the legal risk in terms of responsibility which now goes far beyond our legal responsibility to shareholders. Given the early integration of risk assessment and management into Sanofi's strategy and business model, impacts such as those on human rights and animal welfare have been assessed for several years, independent of their financial materiality to the Company.

The finalized double materiality assessment was submitted to Sanofi's Risk Management team. The risk team performed an alignment check to ensure consistency with Sanofi Group risk ratings. Inconsistencies were discussed and adjustments were made to the double materiality assessment. Each IRO was reviewed individually, as sometimes calculated ratings do not accurately reflect the prevalence of a risk or impact.

This years' CSRD DMA was reviewed by the Risk Committee followed by the Audit Committee.

Siili SolutionsFinland

Description of the processes to identify and assess material impacts, risks and opportunities

IDENTIFICATION AND ASSESSMENT OF MATERIAL IMPACTS, RISKS AND OPPORTUNITIES Reported sustainability topics and sustainability metrics are based on a double materiality analysis carried out in two phases, the first one in 2022 and the second in spring 2024. The main objective of the double materiality analysis was to identify and assess the Company's impacts on the environment, society and governance, and to identify and assess the sustainability-related impacts, risks and opportunities that may affect the implementation of the Company's strategy and the achievement of its targets in the short, medium and long term. In assessing the impacts, risks and opportunities, attention was paid beyond Siili's own operations, to upstream and downstream operators in the value chain as well as other parties affected by the Company's operations. The assessment of Siili's own functions covered all market areas, i.e. Finland, the rest of Europe and North America.

In the first stage, stakeholders such as employees, subcontractors, customers and major shareholders were engaged in the analysis by soliciting their perspectives using both an online survey and interviews of a focus group selected among the stakeholders. Representatives of management, employees, Board of Directors, shareholders and customers, among others, were engaged in the interviews.

During the second stage, the assessment was expanded based on the requirements of the ESRS standard. The double materiality analysis of 2024 included a review of all topics listed in the Directive and with the intent to fully comply with the application requirements as well. With a view to the nature of Siili's business, there was no reason to focus on certain areas, business relations or actions in its own operations or those in the value chain.

The classification of sustainability impacts, risks and opportunities was based on a division into subtopics, i.e. topics, subtopics and sub-sub-topics. The sustainability topics were mapped in the short term, i.e. the past year, the medium term covering 1–5 years and the long term extending longer than 5 years. The total number of identified impacts, risks and opportunities related to the topics was 30, of which 10 concerned the environment, 16 pertained to social responsibility and 4 to governance. These included 13 risks and 8 opportunities.

The impacts, risks and opportunities were assessed and prioritised by estimating their severity, which reflected their scope, and for negative impacts, their remediability and financial materiality. As regards the risks and opportunities related to the topics, the estimated severity also reflected their probability of occurrence. Risks associated with human rights were deemed material due to the severity of the topic, even if the probability was low. The medium- and long-term risk associated with climate change mitigation was prioritised as a sustainability risk, and it was also deemed material based on stakeholders' information need.

The scale of measurement for severity, scale and remediability was a numerical assessment ranging from 1 to 5, while the estimated financial impact of Siili's various risk categories ranged from very low to very high. On this scale, a very low impact means an impact of less than 1% on revenue or profitability, an impact of 2–5% is regarded as medium and an impact of 5–10% as high. A very significant impact means an impact of over 10% on revenue or profitability. At a threshold value of 2, there were a total of 13 material impacts and 7 financially material impacts.

The process was carried out through workshops involving members of the Management Team and responsible personnel from various functions who presented stakeholders' views.

The results of the double materiality analysis emphasised in particular social responsibility and its sub-topics: equal treatment, working conditions and diversity. Another topic found relevant was corporate culture, which is supported by corporate governance, policies and processes. As regards environmental responsibility, the most relevant topics proved to be climate change mitigation and greenhouse gas emissions. Based on the materiality analysis, topics material from the perspective of the Company's operations, services and stakeholders were chosen.

Siili's Board of Directors confirmed the material topics in its meeting on 12 August 2024. Towards the end of 2024, preparations were launched for reporting under the Accounting Act. In this context, the datapoints to be reported on each topic were determined based on the Sustainability Reporting Standards and consulting EFRAG's Implementation Guidance, and the collection of required data was initiated.

Going forward, Siili will review its double materiality analysis on an annual basis as part of its regular business development. Siili will update and complement the double materiality analysis more extensively every other year. The identification, assessment and management process of sustainability-related impacts, risks and opportunities will be integrated into the overall risk management process. The integration of the targets and metrics to be determined based on the double materiality analysis into Siili's management system will be planned and implemented during the financial year 2025. The double materiality analysis will be reviewed during H2/2025.

ASSESSMENT OF OTHER ENVIRONMENTAL TOPICS Given the nature of Siili's business, which is based on the sale of work, environmental topics pertaining to degradation, water and marine resources, biodiversity, ecosystems, resource use and the circular economy were deemed not material with respect to Siili's business and value chain. Consequently, they were excluded from a more thorough assessment after an initial discussion. As a result, Siili did not screen or evaluate the locations of its sites, its business, assets or value chain from the perspective of impacts, risks, opportunities and dependencies concerning degradation, water and marine resources, biodiversity, ecosystems, resource use and the circular economy.

Siili's sites are offices, and therefore their location in or near biodiversity-sensitive areas was not specifically evaluated. In the double materiality analysis, Siili did not evaluate dependencies, systemic risks, transition risks, physical risks or opportunities related to biodiversity and ecosystems. Due to the nature of its business, Siili did not find it necessary to implement mitigation measures related to biodiversity. No separate consultations were conducted with respect to environmental topics.

Stora EnsoFinland

Process to Identify and Assess Material Impacts, Risks and Opportunities:

Stora Enso has established a comprehensive process to identify and assess material sustainability impacts, risks and opportunities through its materiality assessment:

Materiality Assessment Process: The Company conducts regular materiality assessments to identify the most significant environmental, social and governance topics that could affect the business or where the business has significant impacts on people and the environment.

Stakeholder Engagement: The materiality assessment process incorporates input from various stakeholder groups including:

  • Employees through engagement surveys and feedback
  • Customers through satisfaction surveys and direct dialogue
  • Investors and shareholders through regular communication
  • Local communities and indigenous peoples through consultation processes
  • NGOs and experts through partnerships (e.g., IUCN collaboration)
  • Suppliers through supply chain engagement

Risk Management Integration: The identification of material impacts, risks and opportunities is integrated into the Company's overall risk management framework, which includes:

  • Regular risk assessments across all business areas
  • Scenario analysis for climate-related risks and opportunities
  • Integration with strategic planning processes
  • Board-level oversight through committees

Continuous Monitoring: The Company continuously monitors emerging issues and trends that could affect materiality, including:

  • Regulatory developments (such as CSRD requirements)
  • Market dynamics and customer needs
  • Scientific research and expert insights
  • Global sustainability trends and megatrends

Expert Input: The Company leverages external expertise to validate and refine its materiality assessment, including partnerships with organizations like IUCN for biodiversity impacts and scientific institutions for climate-related assessments.

Integration with Strategy: The outcomes of the materiality assessment directly inform strategic decision-making, target setting, and resource allocation across the business.

TeamViewerGermany

Description of the processes to identify and assess material impacts, risks and opportunities

Risk Management Framework

TeamViewer has established comprehensive processes to identify and assess material impacts, risks, and opportunities across its business operations.

Governance Structure for Risk Assessment

Supervisory Board Level

  • Audit Committee: Monitors risk management effectiveness and serves as the Sustainability Committee
  • Regular Reporting: Management Board provides regular updates on risk position and risk management
  • Strategic Oversight: Supervisory Board involved in decisions of fundamental importance, including risk assessment for major transactions like the 1E acquisition

Management Board Level

  • Security Steering Board: Meets every two weeks to discuss security outcomes and potential improvements
  • Management Board Participation: Two Management Board members regularly attend Security Steering Board meetings
  • Strategic Risk Assessment: Regular evaluation of business performance, strategic direction, and risk position

Risk Identification Processes

Cybersecurity Risk Assessment

Multi-layered Approach:

  • Threat Intelligence: Greater use of threat intelligence to detect and mitigate potential threats early
  • Advanced Threat Protection (ATP): Daily scanning using industry tools to detect hacker activity
  • Deception Services: Integration with detection and defense mechanisms using specialized analysis tools and machine learning
  • 24/7 Monitoring: Security Operations Center (SOC) providing continuous monitoring of all environments

Incident Response Framework:

  • Computer Security Incident Response Team (CSIRT): Maintains constant readiness based on regularly updated Security Incident Response Plan
  • Product Security Incident Response Team (PSIRT): Dedicated team for product-related security incidents
  • External Monitoring: Monitoring of external attack surface for brand imitations, fake websites, and social media scams

Business Risk Assessment

Strategic Risk Evaluation:

  • Market Analysis: Thorough review of market developments and customer feedback for strategic decisions
  • Competitive Assessment: In-depth assessment of market opportunities and competitive landscape
  • Acquisition Due Diligence: Comprehensive evaluation process for the 1E acquisition, including strategic advantages assessment

Operational Risk Monitoring:

  • Business Continuity Management (BCM): Continuous improvement of organizational resilience to risks
  • Supply Chain Monitoring: Regular monitoring for unauthorized changes and anomaly detection
  • Financial Risk Assessment: Regular evaluation of financing needs and instruments

Impact Assessment Methodologies

Security Impact Assessment

Real-time Monitoring:

  • Security Metrics: Real-time security metrics benchmarked against external standards
  • Vulnerability Assessment: Bug Bounty Program transitioned to public model to encourage global security researcher participation
  • Third-party Validation: Independent assessments including BitSight rating (top 1% of technology companies) and SecurityScorecard A-rating

Business Impact Assessment

Financial and Operational Impact:

  • Performance Monitoring: Monthly monitoring of primary and secondary KPIs against planned and previous year values
  • Corrective Measures: Initiation of corrective measures when necessary based on performance deviations
  • Stakeholder Impact: Assessment of impact on customers, shareholders, employees, and partners

ESG Impact Assessment

Environmental, Social, and Governance Evaluation:

  • ESG Ratings: Regular assessment by leading agencies (MSCI, ISS, Sustainalytics, CDP, EcoVadis)
  • Materiality Assessment: Integration of ESG considerations into risk and opportunity evaluation
  • Stakeholder Feedback: Continuous engagement with stakeholders to identify material topics

Opportunity Identification Processes

Market Opportunity Assessment

Technology Trends Analysis:

  • AI and Automation: Identified AI as dominant technology theme and integrated into product development
  • Digital Workplace Evolution: Recognition of digital workplace management opportunity leading to 1E acquisition
  • Industrial Digitalization: Assessment of IT/OT convergence opportunities

Customer-driven Opportunities:

  • Use Case Expansion: Identification of new applications through customer feedback and market research
  • Partnership Opportunities: Strategic partnerships with Microsoft, SAP, Manhattan Associates, and others
  • Geographic Expansion: Assessment of regional growth opportunities, particularly in AMERICAS market

Innovation Opportunity Assessment

R&D Pipeline Evaluation:

  • Technology Roadmap: Regular assessment of emerging technologies and their application potential
  • Customer Needs Analysis: Continuous evaluation of evolving customer requirements
  • Competitive Intelligence: Monitoring of competitive landscape to identify differentiation opportunities

Integration with Business Strategy

Strategic Planning Integration

Regular Strategy Reviews:

  • Quarterly Business Reviews: Regular evaluation of strategy effectiveness and risk position
  • Annual Planning: Integration of risk assessment and opportunity identification into annual planning process
  • Long-term Strategic Planning: Assessment of risks and opportunities for 2025-2028 strategic targets

Decision-Making Process

Risk-Informed Decision Making:

  • Investment Decisions: Risk assessment integrated into acquisition and investment decisions
  • Product Development: Security and compliance considerations embedded in development lifecycle
  • Market Entry: Comprehensive risk-opportunity analysis for geographic and segment expansion

Continuous Improvement

Process Enhancement

Regular Reviews:

  • Annual Policy Updates: Regular review and update of risk management policies and procedures
  • Audit and Certification: Regular third-party audits and certifications to validate risk management effectiveness
  • Lessons Learned: Integration of incident response learnings into risk assessment processes

External Validation:

  • Industry Benchmarking: Participation in industry forums (FIRST, Stop Scams UK) for knowledge sharing
  • Regulatory Compliance: Alignment with evolving regulatory requirements including CSRD, NIS2 Directive
  • Stakeholder Engagement: Regular communication with stakeholders to validate risk and opportunity assessments

The comprehensive processes ensure that material impacts, risks, and opportunities are systematically identified, assessed, and integrated into strategic decision-making and business operations.

TKHNetherlands

Description of the processes to identify and assess material impacts, risks and opportunities

Double materiality assessment process In previous years we conducted stakeholder dialogues based on the GRI to identify material topics. In 2024, we performed a double materiality assessment based on the CSRD (Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive) through which we identified sustainability-related impacts, risks and opportunities.

Materiality assessment methodology The materiality assessment followed CSRD requirements and involved:

  • Impact materiality: Assessment of actual and potential impacts of TKH's activities on people and the environment
  • Financial materiality: Assessment of sustainability risks and opportunities that could influence TKH's financial performance, financial position, cash flows, and access to finance

Stakeholder engagement in materiality assessment We mapped material environmental, social, and governance topics based on input from key stakeholder groups:

  • Internal stakeholders: Employees, management, and board members
  • External stakeholders: Customers, suppliers, investors, and community representatives
  • Expert input: Sustainability consultants and industry experts

Material topics identified While most of the material sustainability topics under the CSRD are in line with the materiality analysis based on the reporting requirements of the GRI from the prior year, we have identified AI and algorithm ethics as an additional sustainability topic that requires attention because of more strategic focus on AI applications in the past year. Furthermore, we have now identified water consumption, pollution of air, soil, and water, and working conditions and other work-related rights in the value chain as distinct topics.

Integration into business processes The material topics identified through this assessment are integrated into:

  • Strategic planning and decision-making processes
  • Risk management frameworks
  • Performance monitoring and target setting
  • Sustainability reporting and disclosure

Regular review and updates The materiality assessment is reviewed regularly to ensure it remains current and relevant, taking into account changes in the business environment, stakeholder expectations, and regulatory requirements.

TotalEnergiesFrance

Description of the processes to identify and assess material impacts, risks and opportunities

Climate risk assessment process

TotalEnergies conducts comprehensive climate scenario analysis using IEA scenarios to assess the resilience of its business model and identify material climate-related risks and opportunities.

Scenario analysis framework:

  • STEPS (Stated Policies Scenario - 2.4°C)
  • APS (Announced Pledges Scenario - 1.7°C)
  • NZE (Net Zero Emissions Scenario - 1.5°C)

Materiality assessment methodology

Climate impact assessment:

  • Scope 1+2 emissions from operated facilities
  • Scope 3 emissions from use of sold products
  • Lifecycle carbon intensity of energy products sold
  • Physical climate risks to operations

Environmental impact assessment:

  • Water consumption and discharge impacts
  • Biodiversity and ecosystem effects
  • Air, water, and soil pollution
  • Waste generation and circular economy opportunities

Social impact assessment:

  • Workforce safety and health
  • Community impacts from operations
  • Human rights considerations
  • Supply chain worker conditions

Risk identification process

Operational risk assessment:

  • Regular safety and environmental risk assessments at all facilities
  • Methane detection and monitoring programs
  • Energy efficiency audits and improvement plans

Strategic risk evaluation:

  • Energy transition scenario planning
  • Market demand analysis for different energy products
  • Regulatory change monitoring
  • Technology disruption assessment

Opportunity identification

Market opportunities:

  • Growing electricity demand from decarbonization
  • LNG as transition fuel replacing coal
  • Industrial customer decarbonization needs

Technology opportunities:

  • Renewable energy cost reductions
  • Energy storage solutions
  • Carbon capture and storage potential
  • Low-carbon hydrogen production

Integration with business strategy

The materiality assessment directly informs the Company's two-pillar strategy and 2030 objectives, with regular review and updates to ensure alignment with evolving risks and opportunities.

TrygDenmark

During the current strategy period, Tryg has expanded its offerings with products that can help customers adapt to climate change, while maintaining focus on minimising the use of resources in the claims handling process. 2024 has been a year of preparing for the Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive (CSRD). Involving different teams, skills and disciplines across the organisation, sustainability & ESG are now integral parts of Tryg's business and customer offerings.

Sustainability and ESG are defined as key enablers to support Tryg's 2027 strategy. Under the themes 'Future-fit products', 'Climate action' and 'People at Tryg', ambitious ESG targets have been defined to bolster future business resilience and enhance competitiveness.

The materiality assessment process involved different teams, skills and disciplines across the organisation to identify material impacts, risks and opportunities related to Tryg's business activities.

UbisoftFrance

In early 2025, in an effort to improve the efficiency of internal processes and strategic intelligence, a review of the overall risk map was conducted to streamline risk classification and strengthen the prioritization of risks with a significant impact. The Group has processes in place to identify and assess material impacts, risks and opportunities through regular risk assessments, stakeholder engagement, and materiality analysis. These processes are detailed in the risk management section 3.2.

VestasDenmark

Process for Identifying and Assessing Material Impacts, Risks and Opportunities

Double Materiality Assessment Process

Vestas conducts a comprehensive double materiality assessment to identify and assess material sustainability impacts, risks and opportunities. The process follows ESRS requirements and considers both impact materiality (actual and potential impacts on people and the environment) and financial materiality (financial effects on the company).

Assessment Methodology

The double materiality assessment process includes:

  1. Stakeholder Engagement: Input from various stakeholder groups including employees, customers, suppliers, communities, investors, and regulators

  2. Impact Identification: Systematic review of potential positive and negative impacts across the value chain

  3. Risk and Opportunity Mapping: Assessment of climate-related and other sustainability risks and opportunities

  4. Materiality Evaluation: Evaluation of significance from both impact and financial perspectives

  5. Validation and Approval: Review and validation by management and Board oversight

Regular Review and Updates

The materiality assessment is regularly updated to reflect:

  • Changes in business operations and strategy
  • Evolving stakeholder expectations
  • New regulatory requirements
  • Emerging sustainability issues
  • Market developments

Integration with Business Processes

The results of the materiality assessment are integrated into:

  • Strategic planning and decision-making
  • Risk management processes
  • Sustainability target setting
  • Reporting and disclosure
  • Performance monitoring and management

Key Identified Material Topics

The process identified the following material topics:

  • E1 Climate change
  • E3 Water and marine resources
  • E4 Biodiversity and ecosystems
  • E5 Circular economy and resource use
  • S1 Own workforce (multiple subtopics)
  • S2 Workers in the value chain
  • S3 Affected communities
  • G1 Business conduct

Governance and Oversight

The materiality assessment process is overseen by:

  • Executive Management with quarterly review of sustainability matters
  • Board of Directors with oversight of sustainability strategy
  • Audit Committee with specific responsibility for sustainability reporting
  • Regional and functional leadership teams for implementation

Continuous Improvement

Vestas continuously refines its approach to identifying and assessing material impacts, risks and opportunities through:

  • Regular stakeholder feedback
  • Industry best practice benchmarking
  • Regulatory guidance updates
  • Internal capability development
  • External assurance and verification
WithSecureFinland

Background

The Double Materiality Assessment has been carried out as an iterative process with the support of third-party advisors. The initial materiality assessment was conducted in 2022. It was expanded into a double-materiality analysis in 2023 which again was complemented in 2024, to align with the updates of the regulation.

The Double Materiality Assessment topics were selected on the basis of European Sustainability Reporting Standards (ESRS), valid drafts and published standards at the time of each assessment round.

Parameters Used and Scope of Analysis

The same assessment methodology and assumptions were used for assessing all the ESRS topics, possible impacts, risks, and opportunities as well as their materiality. First the value chain perspective was considered. The time horizons were defined and WithSecure's upstream and downstream value chains were assessed. Stakeholders – including silent stakeholders – were engaged in this value chain assessment.

After scoping the value chain, the ESRS topics were evaluated holistically to assess possible material themes based on the scope of the value chain and own operation's assessments. Additionally relevant legal and regulatory landscape was considered.

Financial Materiality Assessment

The process of assessing the materiality of the risks and opportunities is multifaceted:

  • Time horizon: Defines the timeframe in which the identified risk or opportunity will occur
  • Likelihood: Assessed on a scale from 25% (more likely not to happen) to 100% (actual risk/opportunity)
  • Magnitude: Based on the potential impact on related revenue, related costs and group EBITDA

Impact Materiality Assessment

For impact materiality, the assessment uses 3 dimensions in addition to time horizon and likelihood:

  • Scale: How significant the positive or negative impact of WithSecure is on the topic
  • Scope: How widespread the company's impact is (limited to widespread)
  • Irremediability: To what extent negative impacts can be remedied and restored relatively easily

Climate-related Hazards Assessment

The process for identifying climate-related hazards at WithSecure considers one general high-emission scenario across its own operations, upstream, and downstream value chain. This assessment covers short-term and medium-term horizons. WithSecure has also assessed the extent to which its assets and business operations are exposed and sensitive to transition events. No material climate-related hazards or risks were identified.

Environmental Impact Screening

Due to the nature of WithSecure's business, the industry it operates in as well as the locations of its offices as a cybersecurity company, its business activities have been assessed to have a limited impact on pollution, water and marine resources, biodiversity and ecosystems, and circular economy. WithSecure has conducted a screening of its locations, which are all rented offices in established big cities, and found they are not near biodiversity-sensitive areas.

Outcome

WithSecure's double materiality assessment consists of impact materiality and financial materiality. The material impacts, risks and opportunities for WithSecure fall under four ESRS topics: E1 Climate change, S1 Own workforce, S4 Consumers and end-users and G1 Business conduct. Seven different ESRS sub-topics were identified:

  1. Climate change mitigation (E1)
  2. Working conditions (S1)
  3. Equal treatment and working opportunities for all (S1)
  4. Information-related impacts for consumers and/or end-users (S4)
  5. Corporate culture (G1)
  6. Protection of whistleblowers (G1)
  7. Management of relationships with suppliers including payment practices (G1)

IRO-2

Disclosure requirements in ESRS covered by the undertaking's sustainability statement

44 companies
Amadeus ITSpain

Disclosure Requirements in ESRS covered by the undertaking's sustainability statement

The table below lists the ESRS disclosure requirements in ESRS 2 and the topical standards which are material to Amadeus and which have guided the preparation of this report. Throughout the document, disclosure requirements in the topical standards E2, E3, E4, E5, S2, S3 and S4 have been omitted as these are below the materiality thresholds.

Material Standards:

  • ESRS 2 – General Disclosures (all disclosure requirements)
  • ESRS E1 – Climate change
  • ESRS S1 – Own workforce
  • ESRS G1 – Business conduct
  • Entity-specific disclosures for: Fair and transparency tax practice, Cybersecurity, Data privacy

Non-material Standards: The following topical standards have been assessed as not material and therefore disclosure requirements from these standards are omitted:

  • ESRS E2 – Pollution
  • ESRS E3 – Water and Marine Resources
  • ESRS E4 – Biodiversity and Ecosystems
  • ESRS E5 – Resource Use and Circular Economy
  • ESRS S2 – Workers in the Value Chain
  • ESRS S3 – Affected Communities
  • ESRS S4 – Consumers and End-Users

Additionally, in relation to data points that derive from other EU legislation, material data points have been included throughout this report, with references provided in the content index on page 35-36.

AMAG Austria MetallAustria

Disclosure requirements in ESRS covered by the undertaking's sustainability statement

AMAG reports on the following material ESRS topics for the 2024 financial year:

Material topics: ESRS 2, E1, E2, E4, E5, S1, S2, G1

Notes on non-material topics 2024:

In the course of understanding the corporate context and taking a comprehensive look at the supply chain, we initially excluded topics or sub-topics of the ESRS, as these do not apply to AMAG:

E2 - POLLUTION: For process-related reasons, microplastics are neither used as a raw material in the manufacturing process nor are they contained in AMAG products. Substances of concern and substances of very high concern are not used in the main processes and for the manufacture of the main products. Information on AMAG's chemicals management can be found in section E2 - Pollution.

S4 - CONSUMERS AND END USERS: As a supplier of semi-finished aluminium products, cast alloys and components for the aerospace industry, AMAG has no direct business-to-consumer business relationships, which means that topics such as information-related impacts, personal safety of consumers, social inclusion of consumers and end users are not covered by the AMAG corporate context. Product- and material-specific information is made available to AMAG customers in the form of safety data sheets and technical specifications. More detailed information can be found in section E2 - Pollution.

As part of the assessment of identified impacts, risks and opportunities for topics from the ESRS (step 3 of the materiality assessment), further sustainability aspects were excluded for the 2024 reporting year as they fell below the defined materiality threshold:

E3 - WATER AND MARINE RESOURCES: Although water is an important resource for AMAG, no significant impacts, risks or opportunities were identified within the meaning of E3. Concepts, measures and targets for resource consumption in relation to water are reported in Section E-5 – Resource use and circular economy.

S3 - AFFECTED COMMUNITIES: Affected communities within the meaning of the ESRS are indigenous peoples and minorities as well as economically dependent communities. None of these groups have been identified within the immediate areas of influence of the AMAG sites. The analysis of the AMAG supply chain did not identify any material impacts, opportunities or risks for the 2024 reporting period.

As a result, the following ESRS topics will not be reported by AMAG for the 2024 financial year:

› E2 - Pollution: microplastics, substances of (very) high concern › E3 - Water and marine resources › S3 - Affected communities › S4 - Consumers and end users

An overview of the reported data points can be found on p. 275.

Banco SabadellSpain

Once the material topics for the Bank have been identified, the sustainability information that is to be disclosed in the annual Sustainability Report is structured. Based on these material topics and the structure of the European Sustainability Reporting Standards (ESRS), this report covers environmental information first, followed by information on social aspects to finally conclude with information related to governance. Thus, the structure of the Sustainability Report follows the table of contents set out below:

Topical standardDisclosure requirementPage
ESRS E1 - Climate changeESRS 2 GOV-3: Integration of sustainability-related performance in incentive schemes55
E1-1: Transition plan for climate change mitigation56
ESRS 2 SBM-3: Material impacts, risks and opportunities and their interaction with strategy and business model58
ESRS 2 IRO-1: Description of the processes to identify and assess material climate-related impacts, risks and opportunities60
E1-2: Policies related to climate change mitigation and adaptation70
E1-3: Actions and resources in relation to climate change policies73
E1-4: Targets related to climate change mitigation and adaptation80
E1-5: Energy consumption and mix85
E1-6: Gross Scopes 1, 2, 3 and Total GHG emissions87
E1-7: GHG removals and GHG mitigation projects financed through carbon credits91
E1-8: Internal carbon pricing scheme92
ESRS S1 - Own workforceESRS 2 SBM-2: Interests and views of stakeholders94
ESRS 2 SBM-3: Material impacts, risks and opportunities and their interaction with strategy and business model94
S1-1: Policies related to own workforce95
S1-2: Processes for engaging with own workers and workers' representatives about impacts98
S1-3: Processes to remediate negative impacts and channels for own workers to raise concerns99
S1-4: Taking action on material impacts on own workforce, and approaches to mitigating material risks and pursuing material opportunities related to own workforce, and effectiveness of those actions104
S1-5: Targets related to managing material negative impacts, advancing positive impacts, and managing material risks and opportunities110
S1-6: Characteristics of the undertaking's employees112
S1-8: Collective bargaining coverage and social dialogue115
S1-10: Adequate wages116
S1-13: Training and skills development116
S1-14: Health and safety metrics117
S1-15: Work-life balance metrics119
S1-16: Compensation metrics (pay gap and total compensation)119
S1-17: Incidents, complaints and severe human rights impacts124
ESRS S4 - Consumers and end-usersESRS 2 SBM-2: Interests and views of stakeholders125
ESRS 2 SBM-3: Material impacts, risks and opportunities and their interaction with strategy and business model125
S4-1: Policies related to consumers and end-users133
S4-2: Processes for engaging with consumers and end-users about impacts136
S4-3: Processes to remediate negative impacts and channels for consumers and end-users to raise concerns137
S4-4: Taking action on material impacts on consumers and end-users, and approaches to managing material risks and pursuing material opportunities related to consumers and end-users, and effectiveness of those actions140
S4-5: Targets related to managing material negative impacts, advancing positive impacts, and managing material risks and opportunities145
ESRS G1 - Business conductESRS GOV-1: The role of the administrative, management and supervisory bodies147
ESRS 2 IRO-1: Description of the processes to identify and assess material impacts, risks and opportunities147
G1-1: Corporate culture and business conduct policies and corporate culture147
G1-2: Management of relationships with suppliers154
G1-3: Prevention and detection of corruption and bribery157
G1-4: Confirmed incidents of corruption or bribery157
Entity-specific disclosuresTax responsibility158
BASFGermany

The ESRS index can be found directly online at basf.com/esrs_index.

As a new acknowledged reporting framework in accordance with section 289d, we are voluntarily applying the first set of the European Sustainability Reporting Standards (ESRS), published as a delegated act in the Official Journal of the EU on December 22, 2023, for the first time in full – due to their importance as a reporting standard adopted by the European Commission.

BBVASpain

Disclosure requirements in ESRS covered by the undertaking's sustainability statement

Material topics covered

Based on the double materiality analysis, BBVA covers the following ESRS topics in its sustainability statement:

  1. ESRS 2 – General Disclosures: All applicable disclosure requirements
  2. ESRS E1 – Climate Change: All applicable disclosure requirements for material climate-related impacts, risks and opportunities
  3. ESRS S1 – Own Workforce: All applicable disclosure requirements for material workforce-related impacts, risks and opportunities
  4. ESRS S4 – Consumers and End-users: All applicable disclosure requirements for material consumer-related impacts, risks and opportunities
  5. ESRS G1 – Business Conduct: All applicable disclosure requirements for material business conduct-related impacts, risks and opportunities

Non-material topics

The following topics have been assessed as not material based on the double materiality analysis:

  • ESRS E2 – Pollution
  • ESRS E3 – Water and Marine Resources
  • ESRS E4 – Biodiversity and Ecosystems
  • ESRS E5 – Resource Use and Circular Economy
  • ESRS S2 – Workers in the Value Chain
  • ESRS S3 – Affected Communities

Legal framework and regulatory compliance

BBVA discloses non-financial information in line with the regulatory framework in force in Spain as of December 31, 2024, specifically:

  • Law 11/2018 on non-financial information
  • Law 7/2021 on climate change
  • European Taxonomy regulation (Regulation (EU) 2020/852 and related delegated regulations)

The new regulatory framework regarding corporate sustainability information has come into force: Directive 2013/34/EU, as amended by Directive (EU) 2022/2464 (CSRD), and Delegated Regulation (EU) 2023/2772 developing the ESRS.

In the absence of transposition of the European directive, the CNMV and ICAC issued a joint statement recommending that sustainability information for 2024 should be published in accordance with the CSRD and ESRS, additionally including certain disclosures required by Law 11/2018.

Transition periods and exemptions

BBVA, in accordance with ESRS provisions, incorporates transition periods for some information requirements:

  • Identification and disclosure of certain quantitative aspects relating to the value chain
  • Anticipated financial effects concerning material impacts, risks, and opportunities
  • Financial effects related to revenue from activities affected by physical and transition risks
  • Specific characteristics of non-salaried workers
  • Information concerning public or private protection programs for salaried workers

Content organization

The sustainability statement is organized in the following sections:

  1. General information (ESRS 2 disclosures)
  2. Environmental information (ESRS E1 – Climate Change)
  3. Social information (ESRS S1 – Own Workforce, S4 – Consumers and End-users)
  4. Information on governance (ESRS G1 – Business Conduct)
  5. Complementary information including equivalency tables
  6. Appendices with content tables for various regulatory frameworks

Verification

The information contained in the sustainability statement has been subject to a limited review by Ernst & Young Auditores, S.L., in its capacity as an independent verification services provider.

Reference to other standards

BBVA includes tables of equivalences and content references to other sustainability standards and frameworks, including:

  • Responsible Banking Principles UNEP-FI
  • ISSB (International Sustainability Standards Board)
  • Transition plan equivalency table

Although these do not form part of the applicable legal framework, BBVA has deemed them relevant to include for stakeholder information.

BMW GroupGermany

Based on the materiality assessment, the BMW Group has identified the following material sustainability topics that are covered by ESRS disclosure requirements:

Environmental Standards (E)

E1 - Climate Change

Material Sub-topics:

  • Climate change adaptation
  • Climate change mitigation
  • Energy

Associated Disclosure Requirements: The BMW Group reports on climate-related policies, targets, actions, energy consumption and mix, GHG emissions across all scopes, and anticipated financial effects from climate risks and opportunities.

E2 - Pollution

Material Sub-topics:

  • Pollution of water
  • Pollution of soil
  • Microplastic

Associated Disclosure Requirements: Covered through policies, actions, targets and metrics related to pollution prevention and management.

E3 - Water and Marine Resources

Material Sub-topics:

  • Water consumption
  • Water withdrawals

Associated Disclosure Requirements: The BMW Group reports on water-related policies, actions, targets, and consumption metrics, particularly for sites in water-stressed areas.

E4 - Biodiversity and Ecosystems

Material Sub-topics:

  • Direct exploitation

Associated Disclosure Requirements: Covered through biodiversity-related policies, actions and impact assessments.

E5 - Resource Use and Circular Economy

Material Sub-topics:

  • Resources inflows, including resource use
  • Resource outflows related to products and services
  • Waste

Associated Disclosure Requirements: The BMW Group reports on circular economy policies, actions, targets, resource inflows and outflows following the Re:think, Re:duce, Re:use, Re:cycle principles.

Social Standards (S)

S1 - Own Workforce

Material Sub-topics:

  • Health and safety
  • Gender equality and equal pay for work of equal value
  • Diversity
  • Training and skills development
  • Secure employment
  • Social dialogue

Associated Disclosure Requirements: Comprehensive reporting on workforce policies, processes, targets, and metrics including diversity statistics, training investments, health and safety performance, and collective bargaining coverage.

S2 - Workers in the Value Chain

Material Sub-topics:

  • Working time
  • Freedom of association, including the existence of work councils
  • Health and safety
  • Training and skills development
  • Measures against violence and harassment in the workplace
  • Child labour
  • Forced labour

Associated Disclosure Requirements: Covered through supply chain due diligence processes, supplier code of conduct requirements, and value chain worker protection measures.

S4 - Consumers and End-Users

Material Sub-topics:

  • Access to (quality) information
  • Privacy
  • Health and safety
  • Protection of children

Associated Disclosure Requirements: Addressed through consumer protection policies, product safety measures, and data privacy frameworks.

Governance Standards (G)

G1 - Business Conduct

Material Sub-topics:

  • Political engagement and lobbying activities
  • Corruption and bribery – Prevention and detection including training

Associated Disclosure Requirements: The BMW Group reports on business conduct policies, anti-corruption measures, compliance management systems, and political engagement activities.

General Disclosures (ESRS 2)

All material topics are supported by ESRS 2 general disclosures covering:

  • Governance: Board roles, risk management, due diligence processes
  • Strategy: Business model, stakeholder engagement, material impacts integration
  • Impact Management: Identification and assessment processes

Disclosure Scope and Coverage

Total Disclosure Requirements: The 31 material sustainability sub-topics and sub-sub-topics are associated with over 500 individual disclosure requirements (data points) for the 2024 financial year.

Value Chain Integration: Disclosure requirements address impacts, risks and opportunities across:

  • Upstream value chain (supplier network)
  • Own operations (production, R&D, testing)
  • Downstream value chain (sales, customer use, recycling)

Cross-Reference System: Detailed ↗ ESRS Index provides complete mapping of disclosure requirements and referenced data points throughout the sustainability statement.

Materiality Considerations

Bottom-up Approach: Materiality assessed at lowest topic level, meaning topics classified as non-material under ESRS may still hold significant importance for the BMW Group.

Mitigating Actions: Assessment factors in effective, Group-wide mitigating actions already implemented, which may affect materiality determinations compared to other companies.

Legal Compliance: Legally compliant behaviour remains a top priority for the BMW Group even in areas classified as non-material under ESRS.

This comprehensive coverage ensures that all material sustainability aspects of the BMW Group's operations and value chain are addressed through appropriate ESRS disclosure requirements.

Crayon Group HoldingNorway

Disclosure requirements in ESRS covered by the undertaking's sustainability statement

Based on our double materiality assessment conducted in 2024, Crayon has identified the following ESRS topics as material:

ESRS 2 – General Disclosures All general disclosure requirements apply as they provide the foundation for sustainability reporting.

Environmental Standards:

  • ESRS E1 – Climate Change: Material due to our greenhouse gas emissions and climate-related risks identified as a strategic priority
  • ESRS E5 – Resource Use and Circular Economy: Material due to our e-waste and circular economy focus area

Social Standards:

  • ESRS S1 – Own Workforce: Material given our 4,182 employees across 46 countries and diversity, equity, inclusion and belonging as a strategic priority
  • ESRS S2 – Workers in the Value Chain: Material due to our focus on labor and human rights in the value chain

Governance Standards:

  • ESRS G1 – Business Conduct: Material due to our focus on business ethics and integrity as part of our governance pillar

The following environmental and social standards were assessed as not material for Crayon:

  • ESRS E2 – Pollution: Not identified as material in our assessment
  • ESRS E3 – Water and Marine Resources: Not identified as material in our assessment
  • ESRS E4 – Biodiversity and Ecosystems: Not identified as material in our assessment
  • ESRS S3 – Affected Communities: Not identified as material in our assessment
  • ESRS S4 – Consumers and End-Users: Not identified as material in our assessment

This sustainability statement covers the material ESRS disclosure requirements identified through our double materiality assessment process. An ESRS Content Index is provided on page 115 showing where each applicable disclosure requirement is addressed in this report.

Danica PensionDenmark

Disclosure requirements in ESRS covered by the undertaking's sustainability statement

Danica's Sustainability Statement was prepared on the basis of the double materiality assessment and the material ESRSs and sub-topics mentioned below. Danica has chosen to include material IROs in this Sustainability Statement. A comprehensive list of disclosure requirements complied with are shown in the Appendix.

The following topics have been assessed to be material according to Danica's double materiality assessment:

TopicImpactRisks and opportunitiesResult
ESRS E1 - Climate changeMaterialNot materialMaterial
ESRS E2 - PollutionNot materialNot materialNot material
ESRS E3 - Water and marine resourcesNot materialNot materialNot material
ESRS E4 - Biodiversity and ecosystemsMaterialNot materialMaterial
ESRS E5 - Circular economyNot materialNot materialNot material
ESRS S1 - Own workforceMaterialMaterialMaterial
ESRS S2 - Workers in the value chainNot materialNot materialNot material
ESRS S3 - Affected communitiesNot materialNot materialNot material
ESRS S4 - Consumers and end-usersMaterialMaterialMaterial
ESRS G1 - Corporate cultureMaterialMaterialMaterial

Where possible, Danica uses the phase-in provisions in ESRS 1, Appendix C. Voluntary datapoints have been omitted when Danica assesses that such omission will not alter the quality of reporting in terms of fairly representing material topics.

DanoneFrance

ESRS Coverage in Sustainability Statement:

Based on Danone's materiality assessment and content provided in this Universal Registration Document, the following ESRS disclosure requirements are covered:

ESRS 2 - General Disclosures:

  • All governance disclosures (GOV-1 through GOV-5)
  • Strategy, business model and value chain (SBM-1 through SBM-3)
  • Impact, risk and opportunity identification processes (IRO-1 and IRO-2)

Environmental Standards:

ESRS E1 - Climate Change: Covered based on climate commitments, Net-Zero targets, Scope 1-2-3 emissions, renewable energy transition, and climate risk assessment updated in early 2025.

ESRS E2 - Pollution: Covered through environmental protection commitments and operational environmental management.

ESRS E3 - Water and Marine Resources: Covered through watershed protection programs, water usage reduction commitments, and integrated water resources management.

ESRS E4 - Biodiversity and Ecosystems: Covered through regenerative agriculture initiatives, land use impacts, and nature protection commitments.

ESRS E5 - Resource Use and Circular Economy: Covered extensively through:

  • Packaging circularity commitments (100% by 2030)
  • Virgin fossil-based plastic reduction (30% by 2030)
  • 4R strategy (Reduce, Reuse, Recycle, Reclaim)
  • Resource efficiency programs

Social Standards:

ESRS S1 - Own Workforce: Covered through:

  • Nearly 90,000 employees across 55+ countries
  • Danone People Journey initiatives
  • Health and safety programs (WISE)
  • Diversity and inclusion commitments
  • Employee engagement metrics (78% engagement)

ESRS S2 - Workers in the Value Chain: Covered through:

  • Sustainable Sourcing Policy (SSP) launched 2024
  • Farmer support and regenerative agriculture
  • Supply chain human rights commitments

ESRS S3 - Affected Communities: Covered through:

  • Danone Ecosystem program for local communities
  • Community impact in emerging markets
  • Local stakeholder engagement

ESRS S4 - Consumers and End-Users: Covered extensively through:

  • Health through food mission
  • Product safety and quality programs
  • Nutritional profile improvements (Health Star Rating)
  • Access to nutrition initiatives

Governance Standards:

ESRS G1 - Business Conduct: Covered through:

  • Compliance and legal framework
  • Supplier management through SSP
  • Anti-corruption measures
  • Transparent business practices

Materiality Assessment Results: The materiality assessment identified all major environmental, social and governance topics as material to Danone's business model and stakeholder expectations, reflecting the comprehensive nature of the Danone Impact Journey and the Company's status as an Entreprise à Mission.

Reporting Boundaries: The sustainability statement covers Danone's operations across all geographical zones and business categories, with specific attention to material impacts across the value chain from raw materials to end consumers.

Omitted Disclosures: Based on the materiality assessment, no ESRS disclosure requirements have been omitted as non-material. All environmental, social and governance topics are considered material given Danone's mission-driven approach and comprehensive sustainability commitments.

DemantDenmark

All information related to the ESRS disclosure requirements is provided with the corresponding ESRS reference throughout the report. You can find an overview of all the disclosure requirements included and their location in the report on pages 110-115.

Our sustainability reporting choices are guided by our double materiality assessment, detailed on page 57, where we outline the topics that have been identified as material. Information related to the impacts, risks and opportunities, policies, actions and progress towards our targets are included thereafter.

DigiaFinland

As part of its double materiality assessment, (double materiality has the same meaning as the term double materiality in the ESRS standards and the term two-way information in the Accounting Act) Digia has analysed those sustainability themes that are most material to the company's business, taking the entire value chain into account. Based on this assessment, the Sustainability Statement covers upstream operations for direct suppliers and downstream operations for Digia's customers and the solutions delivered to its customers' end-users.

A list of reported disclosure requirements and references to other content can be found on pages 63–65 of this statement.

DSBDenmark

Disclosure requirements covered by DSB's sustainability statement

Based on our double materiality assessment, DSB has identified the following material topics and corresponding ESRS disclosure requirements:

Material topics identified:

  • ESRS 2 - General Disclosures
  • E1 - Climate Change
  • E2 - Pollution
  • E4 - Biodiversity and Ecosystems
  • E5 - Resource Use and Circular Economy
  • S1 - Own Workforce
  • S2 - Workers in the Value Chain
  • S3 - Affected Communities
  • S4 - Consumers and End-Users
  • G1 - Business Conduct

The data points presented for material topics have been selected in accordance with the disclosure requirements (including the application requirements) related to the specific sustainability matters in the corresponding topical ESRS.

The quantitative reporting covers DSB's own operations, however, as regards the calculation of Scope 3 CO2 emissions also upstream and downstream activities.

Topics not assessed as material

Based on our double materiality assessment, the following ESRS topics were not assessed as material for DSB:

  • E3 - Water and Marine Resources

This assessment was based on DSB's business model, operations, and value chain analysis which determined that these topics do not represent significant impacts or financial risks/opportunities for the organization.

Disclosures incorporated by reference

In connection with the preparation of the sustainability report, the following disclosures have been incorporated by reference: • ESRS 2 SBM-1, ESRS 2 SBM-2 and ESRS 2 SBM-3 • ESRS E1 SBM-3 • ESRS E4 SBM-3 • ESRS S2 SBM-2 and ESRS S2 SBM-3 • ESRS S4 SBM-2 and ESRS S4 SBM-3

The above disclosures are incorporated in the section 'Strategy, business model and value chain' on page 11.

EquinorNorway

Disclosure requirements in ESRS covered by the undertaking's sustainability statement

Our sustainability statement is prepared and presented in accordance with the Norwegian Accounting Act, including implementation of the Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive (CSRD), and compliance with the European Sustainability Reporting Standards (ESRS) and Article 8 of EU Regulation 2020/852 (the "Taxonomy Regulation").

The sustainability statement (chapter 3) includes: • 3.1 General disclosures • 3.2 Environment (E1 - Climate change, E2 - Pollution, E4 - Biodiversity and ecosystems, E5 - Resource use and circular economy) • 3.3 Social (S1 - Own workforce, S2 - Workers in the value chain, S3 - Affected communities, EQN - Health and safety) • 3.4 Governance (G1 - Business conduct, EQN - Security) • 3.5 ESRS index

This report should be read in conjunction with other 2024 reporting published on www.equinor.com/reports including ESRS index.

Materiality, as used in the context of sustainability, is distinct from, and should not be confused with, such terms as defined for U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) reporting purposes. Any issues or topics identified as material for purposes of sustainability in this document, including the materiality assessment undertaken by Equinor based on European Sustainability Reporting Standards, are therefore not necessarily material as defined for SEC reporting purposes.

FrequentisAustria

Disclosure requirements in ESRS covered by the undertaking's sustainability statement

The material information relating to the impacts, risks, and opportunities to be disclosed as material were determined on the basis of the list of ESRS datapoints (EFRAG implementation guide 3 "List of ESRS Datapoints"). The ESRS metrics were evaluated for their relevance and their ability to support users of the consolidated non-financial statement in their decisions. Following a thorough analysis, some metrics were classified as not relevant and are therefore not reported. Supplementary entity-specific metrics are included. Policies, actions, and targets – where available – are reported for material sustainability aspects in accordance with the ESRS minimum disclosure requirements.

The following table lists the ESRS disclosure requirements covered in the consolidated non-financial statement, together with information on where they can be found:

StandardTitleChapter
ESRS 2General information
BP-1General basis for preparation of sustainability statements↗ ESRS 2 – General disclosures
BP-2Disclosures in relation to specific circumstances↗ ESRS 2 – General disclosures / Changes in preparation or presentation of sustainability information
GOV-1The role of the administrative, management and supervisory bodies↗ Consolidated corporate governance report / Executive Board
GOV-2Information provided to and sustainability matters addressed by the undertaking's administrative, management and supervisory bodies↗ ESRS 2 – General disclosures / ESG organisation
GOV-3Integration of sustainability-related performance in incentive schemes↗ ESRS 2 – General disclosures / Integration of sustainability-related performance in incentive schemes
GOV-4Statement on due diligence↗ ESRS 2 - General disclosures / Statement on due diligence
GOV-5Risk management and internal controls over sustainability reporting↗ Opportunity and risk management ↗ Internal control system (ICS) for the accounting process
SBM-1Strategy, business model and value chain↗ ESRS 2 – General disclosures / Sustainability strategy
SBM-2Interests and views of stakeholders↗ ESRS 2 – General disclosures / Stakeholder dialogue
SBM-3Material impacts, risks and opportunities and their interaction with strategy and business model↗ ESRS 2 – General disclosures / Materiality assessment
IRO-1Description of the processes to identify and assess material impacts, risks and opportunities↗ ESRS 2 - General disclosures / Materiality assessment process
IRO-2Disclosure requirements in ESRS covered by the undertaking's sustainability statement↗ ESRS 2 – General disclosures / Disclosure requirements in ESRS covered by the consolidated non-financial statement

| ESRS E1 | Climate change | | | E1-1 | Transition plan for climate change mitigation | ↗ E1 – Climate change / Actions | | E1-2 | Policies related to climate change mitigation and adaptation | ↗ E1 – Climate change / Policies | | E1-3 | Actions and resources in relation to climate change policies | ↗ E1 – Climate change / Actions | | E1-4 | Targets related to climate change mitigation and adaptation | ↗ E1 – Climate change / Targets | | E1-5 | Energy consumption and mix | ↗ E1 – Climate change / Energy consumption and mix | | E1-6 | Gross Scopes 1, 2, 3 and Total GHG emissions | ↗ E1 – Climate change / Greenhouse gas emissions | | E1-9 | Anticipated financial effects from material physical and transition risks and potential climate-related opportunities | Disclosure omitted in the first year of preparation as permitted by ESRS 1 Appendix C. |

| ESRS E5 | Resource use and circular economy | | | E5-1 | Policies related to resource use and circular economy | ↗ E5 – Circular economy / Policies | | E5-2 | Actions and resources related to resource use and circular economy | ↗ E5 – Circular economy / Actions | | E5-3 | Targets related to resource use and circular economy | ↗ E5 – Circular economy / Targets | | E5-4 | Resource inflows | ↗ E5 – Circular economy / Resource inflows | | E5-5 | Resource outflows | ↗ E5 – Circular economy / Resource outflows | | E5-6 | Anticipated financial effects from resource use and circular economy-related impacts, risks and opportunities | No financial risks and opportunities identified. |

| ESRS S1 | Own workforce | | | S1-1 | Policies related to own workforce | ↗ S1 – Own workforce / Policies | | S1-2 | Processes for engaging with own workers and workers' representatives about impacts | ↗ S1 – Own workforce / Engaging with own workers | | S1-3 | Processes to remediate negative impacts and channels for own workforce to raise concerns | ↗ S1 - Own workforce / Processes to remediate negative impacts and channels to raise concerns | | S1-4 | Taking action on material impacts on own workforce, and approaches to mitigating material risks and pursuing material opportunities related to own workforce, and effectiveness of those actions | ↗ S1 – Own workforce / Actions | | S1-5 | Targets related to managing material impacts, advancing positive impacts, and managing material risks and opportunities | ↗ S1 – Own workforce / Targets | | S1-6 | Characteristics of the undertaking's employees | ↗ S1 – Own workforce / Metrics | | S1-7 | Characteristics of non-employee workers in the undertaking's own workforce | ↗ S1 – Own workforce / Metrics | | S1-8 | Collective bargaining coverage and social dialogue | ↗ S1 – Own workforce / Metrics | | S1-9 | Diversity metrics | ↗ S1 – Own workforce / Metrics | | S1-10 | Adequate wages | ↗ S1 – Own workforce / Metrics | | S1-11 | Social protection | ↗ S1 – Own workforce / Metrics | | S1-13 | Training and skills development metrics | ↗ S1 – Own workforce / Metrics | | S1-14 | Health and safety metrics | ↗ S1 – Own workforce / Metrics | | S1-15 | Work-life balance metrics | ↗ S1 – Own workforce / Metrics | | S1-16 | Compensation metrics (pay gap and total remuneration) | ↗ S1 – Own workforce / Metrics | | S1-17 | Incidents, complaints and severe human rights impacts | ↗ S1 – Own workforce / Metrics ↗ G1 – Business conduct / Compliance |

| ESRS S2 | Workers in the value chain | | | S2-1 | Policies related to value chain workers | ↗ S2 – Workers in the value chain / Policies | | S2-2 | Processes for engaging with value chain workers about impacts | ↗ S2 – Workers in the value chain / Engaging with value chain workers | | S2-3 | Processes to remediate negative impacts and channels for value chain workers to raise concerns | ↗ S2 – Workers in the value chain / Processes to remediate negative impacts and channels to raise concerns | | S2-4 | Taking action on material impacts on value chain workers, and approaches to managing material risks and pursuing material opportunities related to value chain workers, and effectiveness of those actions | ↗ S2 – Workers in the value chain / Actions | | S2-5 | Targets related to managing material negative impacts, advancing positive impacts, and managing material risks and opportunities | ↗ S2 – Workers in the value chain / Targets |

| ESRS S4 | Consumers and end-users | | | S4-1 | Policies related to consumers and end-users | ↗ S4 – End-users / Policies | | S4-2 | Processes for engaging with consumers and end-users about impacts | ↗ S4 – End-users / Actions | | S4-3 | Processes to remediate negative impacts and channels for consumers and end-users to raise concerns | ↗ S4 – End-users / Actions | | S4-4 | Taking action on material impacts on consumers and end-users, and approaches to managing material risks and pursuing material opportunities related to consumers and end-users, and effectiveness of those actions | ↗ S4 – End-users / Actions | | S4-5 | Targets related to managing material negative impacts, advancing positive impacts, and managing material risks and opportunities | ↗ S4 – End-users / Targets |

| ESRS G1 | Business conduct | | | G1-1 | Corporate culture and business conduct policies | ↗ G1 – Business conduct / Policies | | G1-2 | Management of relationships with suppliers | ↗ S2 – Workers in the value chain / Actions | | G1-3 | Prevention and detection of corruption and bribery | ↗ G1 – Business conduct / Anti-corruption and anti-bribery | | G1-4 | Confirmed incidents of corruption or bribery | ↗ G1 – Business conduct / Anti-corruption and anti-bribery | | G1-5 | Political influence and lobbying activities | ↗ G1 – Business conduct / Political influence | | G1-6 | Payment practices | ↗ G1 – Business conduct / Payment practices |

Gjensidige ForsikringNorway

Disclosure requirements in ESRS covered by the undertaking's sustainability statement

The material sustainability topics for Gjensidige, based on the double materiality assessment, include:

Cross-cutting Standards:

  • ESRS 1: General Requirements
  • ESRS 2: General Disclosures

Environmental Standards:

  • ESRS E1: Climate change
  • ESRS E2: Pollution
  • ESRS E3: Water and marine resources
  • ESRS E4: Biodiversity and ecosystems
  • ESRS E5: Resource use and circular economy

Social Standards:

  • ESRS S1: Own workforce
  • ESRS S2: Workers in the value chain
  • ESRS S3: Affected communities
  • ESRS S4: Consumers and end-users

Governance Standards:

  • ESRS G1: Business conduct

All these topics are covered in the sustainability statement. The scope of consolidation for the sustainability report is in accordance with Gjensidige Forsikring Group's consolidated accounts. For our Baltic subsidiary ADB Gjensidige, we have assumed that we have operational control, which means that it is included in the sustainability report even though it is presented in the financial statements as a discontinued operation.

In addition to our own business, the sustainability report also includes upstream and downstream activities. We have conducted a value chain assessment that describes our own activities as well as upstream and downstream activities.

In our assessments of upstream and downstream activities, we have, as far as possible, used the same goals, metrics and methods as in our operational and financial follow-up. Every year, we evaluate whether we can improve our processes to collect relevant data in the value chain and improve our reporting.

GN Store NordDenmark

Disclosure Requirements in ESRS Covered by the Undertaking's Sustainability Statement

Material ESRS Topics

Based on GN's double materiality assessment, the following ESRS topics have been determined to be material:

ESRS 2 – General Disclosures:

  • All general disclosure requirements are covered as they provide the foundation for sustainability reporting

Environment:

  • E1 – Climate Change: Material due to GN's climate commitments and carbon reduction targets
  • E2 – Pollution: Material due to product lifecycle impacts and manufacturing processes
  • E5 – Resource Use and Circular Economy: Material due to focus on sustainable design and product lifecycle management

Social:

  • S1 – Own Workforce: Material due to importance of talent retention and employee engagement
  • S2 – Workers in the Value Chain: Material due to global supply chain and manufacturing partnerships
  • S4 – Consumers and End-Users: Material due to direct impact on users' health and wellbeing through products

Governance:

  • G1 – Business Conduct: Material due to global operations and partnership-based business model

ESRS Disclosure Requirements Covered

The following table outlines which disclosure requirements are covered in this sustainability statement:

ESRS 2 – General Disclosures:

  • GOV-1: Role of administrative, management and supervisory bodies
  • GOV-2: Information provided to administrative bodies on sustainability matters
  • GOV-5: Risk management and internal controls over sustainability reporting
  • SBM-1: Strategy, business model and value chain
  • SBM-2: Interests and views of stakeholders
  • SBM-3: Material impacts, risks and opportunities
  • IRO-1: Description of processes to identify and assess material impacts
  • IRO-2: Disclosure requirements covered by sustainability statement

E1 – Climate Change:

  • E1-2: Policies related to climate change mitigation and adaptation
  • E1-3: Actions and resources related to climate change policies
  • E1-4: Targets related to climate change mitigation and adaptation
  • E1-5: Energy consumption and mix
  • E1-6: Gross Scopes 1, 2, 3 and Total GHG emissions

E2 – Pollution:

  • E2-1: Policies related to pollution
  • E2-4: Pollution of air, water and soil
  • E2-5: Substances of concern and substances of very high concern

E5 – Resource Use and Circular Economy:

  • E5-1: Policies related to resource use and circular economy
  • E5-4: Resource inflows
  • E5-5: Resource outflows

S1 – Own Workforce:

  • S1-1: Policies related to own workforce
  • S1-6: Characteristics of the undertaking's employees
  • S1-9: Diversity metrics
  • S1-13: Training and skills development metrics
  • S1-14: Health and safety metrics

S2 – Workers in the Value Chain:

  • S2-1: Policies related to value chain workers
  • S2-4: Taking action on material impacts on value chain workers

S4 – Consumers and End-Users:

  • S4-1: Policies related to consumers and end-users
  • S4-4: Taking action on material impacts on consumers and end-users

G1 – Business Conduct:

  • G1-1: Business conduct policies and corporate culture
  • G1-2: Management of relationships with suppliers
  • G1-3: Prevention and detection of corruption and bribery

Topics Deemed Not Material

The following ESRS topics were assessed but determined not to be material for GN:

Environment:

  • E3 – Water and Marine Resources: Not material due to limited water-intensive operations
  • E4 – Biodiversity and Ecosystems: Not material due to limited direct impact on biodiversity

Social:

  • S3 – Affected Communities: Not material due to limited direct community impacts from operations

Materiality Assessment Methodology

The materiality determination was based on:

Impact Materiality:

  • Assessment of actual and potential positive and negative impacts on people and environment
  • Evaluation across entire value chain including upstream and downstream activities
  • Consideration of severity, scope, and likelihood of impacts

Financial Materiality:

  • Assessment of sustainability matters that trigger financial effects on the undertaking
  • Evaluation of risks and opportunities affecting enterprise value
  • Consideration of short, medium, and long-term time horizons

Reporting Framework Compliance

This sustainability statement is prepared in accordance with:

  • EU Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive (CSRD)
  • European Sustainability Reporting Standards (ESRS)
  • Additional requirements in the Danish Financial Statements Act

The statement constitutes GN's reporting according to Section 99a, 99b, 99d, and 107d in the Danish Financial Statements Act and section §139c in Danish Companies Act.

HiltiLiechtenstein

Information on the list of disclosure requirements complied with is incorporated by reference in the chapter Notes to the Consolidated Sustainability Statements.

HUGO BOSSGermany

ESRS Application: This combined non-financial statement was prepared in partial application of Set 1 of the European Sustainability Reporting Standards (ESRS) as a framework in accordance with Section 289d HGB. The originally planned full application of ESRS was not realized due to lack of legal implementation in Germany by December 31, 2024.

Material Topics Coverage: The content is based on a double materiality assessment conducted in accordance with ESRS requirements. The analysis indicated that nine of the ten ESRS topics are generally considered material for HUGO BOSS in fiscal year 2024:

Material ESRS Topics:

  • ESRS 2 (General Disclosures)
  • E1 (Climate Change)
  • E2 (Pollution)
  • E3 (Water and Marine Resources)
  • E4 (Biodiversity and Ecosystems)
  • E5 (Resource Use and Circular Economy)
  • S1 (Own Workforce)
  • S2 (Workers in the Value Chain)
  • S3 (Affected Communities)
  • G1 (Business Conduct)

Disclosure Scope: However, the content included in this combined non-financial statement does not fully reflect the results of the double materiality assessment. The "Overview of ESRS Disclosure Requirements" section provides detailed information on the presence and scope of ESRS disclosure requirements.

Current Status: The information disclosed in accordance with ESRS is based on current interpretation of the standards. As a company subject to the Non-Financial Reporting Directive (NFRD), HUGO BOSS publishes this combined non-financial statement consistent with previous years' approach while preparing for future CSRD compliance.

Additional Information: The section "Additional Disclosures on the Combined Non-financial Statement" contains comprehensive details on ESRS disclosure requirement coverage and implementation approach.

KoneFinland

As a result of the DMA, a comprehensive overview of KONE's IROs relating to each sustainability topic was formed. When an impact and/or risk or opportunity score of any topic exceeded a certain threshold, the topic was identified as material to KONE. The treatment of such IROs were prioritized to meet KONE's strategic sustainability objectives and ensure alignment with stakeholder expectations. In principle, all mandatory data points have been included and disclosed following the materiality principle of the ESRS standard. No material entity specific IROs were identified.

KONE's material ESRS topics based on the DMA process:

ESRS TopicsSub-topicMaterial to KONE
E1 Climate changeE1 Climate change adaptionYes
E1 Climate change mitigationYes
E1 EnergyYes
E2 PollutionE2 Pollution of airNo
E2 Pollution of waterNo
E2 Pollution of soilNo
E2 Pollution of living organisms and food resourcesNo
E2 Substances of concernNo
E2 Substances of very high concernNo
E2 MicroplasticsNo
E3 Water and marine resourcesE3 WaterNo
E3 Marine resourcesNo
E4 Bio-diversity and eco-systemsE4 Direct impact drivers of biodiversity lossNo
E4 Impacts on the state of speciesNo
E4 Impacts on the extent and condition of ecosystemsNo
E4 Impacts and dependencies on eco-system servicesNo
E5 Resource use and circular economyE5 Resources inflows, including resource useNo
E5 Resource outflows related to products and servicesNo
E5 WasteNo
S1 Own workforceS1 Working conditionsYes
S1 Equal treatment and opportunities for allNo
S1 Other work-related rightsNo
S2 Workers in the value chainS2 Working conditionsYes
S2 Equal treatment and opportunities for allNo
S2 Other work-related rightsNo
S3 Affected communitiesS3 Communities' economic, social and cultural rightsNo
S3 Communities' civil and political rightsNo
S3 Rights of indigenous peoplesNo
S4 Consumers and end-usersS4 Information-related impacts for consumers and/or end-usersNo
S4 Personal safety of consumers and/or end-usersYes
S4 Social inclusion of consumers and/or end-usersNo
G1 Business conductG1 Corporate cultureYes
G1 Protection of whistle-blowersYes
G1 Animal welfareNo
G1 Political engagement and lobbying activitiesNo
G1 Management of relationships with suppliers including payment practicesNo
G1 Corruption and briberyYes
KRONESGermany

As the outcome of the materiality assessment, six out of ten topics are material for Krones. The sustainability-related impacts, risks and opportunities associated with the material topics are presented in detail in the topic-specific sections.

Material topics

  • E1 Climate change adaptation / Climate change mitigation / Energy
  • E3 Water
  • E5 Resource inflows / Resource outflows
  • S1 Working conditions / Equal treatment and equal opportunities for all / other work-related rights
  • S2 Working conditions / Equal treatment and equal opportunities for all / other work-related rights
  • G1 Corporate Culture / Digital Responsibility

Non-material topics

No locations or business activities have been identified where environmental pollution, biodiversity and the ecosystem, affected communities or consumers and end-users is a material topic. Nor did the subject-matter experts identify any material IROs for these matters in our upstream and downstream value chain.

Pollution

The assessment of the environmental impacts of our business activities covered pollution (air, water, soil, living organisms and food resources), substances of concern and microplastics. The assessment of these topics and the related stakeholder groups showed the topic of pollution to be non-material for Krones.

Biodiversity and the ecosystem

As most of our sites are in long-established commercial and industrial zones, our existing activities have been assessed to have little impact on biodiversity. When developing new sites for use, preliminary assessments are carried out in consultation with the authorities. We also use recognised screening tools that enable us to analyse, assess and respond to biodiversity risks. A biodiversity scenario analysis considers physical, regulatory and reputation risks. No material risks have been identified for our sites as a result of this analysis, which was conducted in part in dialogue with local communities.

Affected communities

As part of the materiality assessment, Krones examined the impact of its business activities on local communities. The matters considered included potential noise emissions from operating processes, the volume of traffic caused by our activities, and the related air and light pollution. Potential health effects on local residents were also taken into consideration. Krones is committed to continuous interaction with stakeholders to ensure that their interests and concerns are taken into account. However, no material negative or positive impacts, risks or opportunities related directly to our business processes were identified in the assessment.

Consumers and end-users

Our business-to-business customers use Krones machinery and services to manufacture their products, which are then consumed by private end-consumers. The quality and functionality of Krones machines can influence the quality of the end products. For this reason, the double materiality assessment considered matters potentially related to the personal safety of consumers and end-users. However, the assessment did not identify consumer safety as a material topic. Krones aims to ensure that its machines and lines meet the highest quality standards in order to guarantee the safety of end-consumers. Due to the small likelihood of occurrence, the topic is therefore considered non-material.

LeonardoItaly

The ESRS and SASB content indices in the section of the Annex attached to the "Report on Operations – Notes to the CSS" allow you to identify content requested by the respective standards and recommendations.

The Report on Operations includes the Consolidated Sustainability Statement (CSS) pursuant to Legislative Decree 125/2024, which transposes in Italy the European Directive CSRD (Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive).

Leonardo's decision to adopt an integrated approach to its Report, has anticipated what is envisaged by the Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive, which requires companies to publish sustainability disclosures in the Report on Operations starting from Reports issued in 2025.

Leroy Merlin EspañaSpain

See Annex 3 for the complete disclosure requirements covered by the Sustainability Statement of LEROY MERLIN Spain. The company has determined its material topics through the dual materiality assessment and is reporting on the following ESRS:

  • ESRS 2 - General Disclosures (all companies must report)
  • E1 - Climate Change (material)
  • E5 - Resource Use and Circular Economy (material)
  • S1 - Own Workforce (material)
  • S2 - Workers in the Value Chain (material)
  • S3 - Affected Communities (material)
  • S4 - Consumers and End-Users (material)
  • G1 - Business Conduct (material)

Other ESRS topics (E2 Pollution, E3 Water and Marine Resources, E4 Biodiversity and Ecosystems) were assessed but determined to be not material for the company based on the dual materiality assessment.

This is the first year of ESRS reporting for LEROY MERLIN Spain, representing alignment with the Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive requirements.

NesteFinland

This Annual Report includes a Sustainability statement prepared in accordance with the Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive (CSRD) and European Sustainability Reporting Standards (ESRS). The Review by the Board of Directors contains the complete Sustainability statement on pages 100-149.

Based on our materiality assessment, we report on the following material topics: ESRS 2 (General Disclosures), E1 (Climate Change), E2 (Pollution), E3 (Water and Marine Resources), E4 (Biodiversity and Ecosystems), E5 (Resource Use and Circular Economy), S1 (Own Workforce), S2 (Workers in the Value Chain), S3 (Affected Communities), and G1 (Business Conduct).

All sustainability indicators and metrics are collected under Neste's Sustainability data package on pages 37-62.

NNITDenmark

Disclosure requirements in ESRS covered by the undertaking's sustainability statement

For a full index of all disclosure requirements, refer to appendix III on page 107-109.

Based on our double materiality assessment, the following ESRS topics are material: E1, S1, S4, and G1. The specific disclosure requirements covered in our Sustainability Statements are detailed throughout the relevant sections of this report.

NovartisSwitzerland

Based on our materiality assessment, Novartis has identified the following ESRS topics as material:

  • ESRS 2: General disclosures
  • E1: Climate change
  • E3: Water and marine resources
  • E4: Biodiversity and ecosystems
  • E5: Resource use and circular economy
  • S1: Own workforce
  • S2: Workers in the value chain
  • S3: Affected communities
  • S4: Consumers and end-users
  • G1: Business conduct

The following environmental topics were assessed as not material for Novartis:

  • E2: Pollution - While we have environmental controls and monitor air and water quality, this was not identified as a material topic in our assessment

This sustainability statement covers all material ESRS disclosure requirements based on our materiality assessment. Where topics are deemed not material, this is disclosed in accordance with ESRS requirements.

Novo NordiskDenmark

The Annual Report 2024 marks a significant step in the evolution of Novo Nordisk's integrated reporting. This year, our Sustainability statement is for the first time prepared according to the EU Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive (CSRD) requirements.

We have been committed to integrated reporting since 2004, when we first started evaluating our performance based on social, environmental and financial impact. This commitment was further strengthened in 2019 with the adoption of our Strategic Aspirations 2025, which cover our financial and sustainability ambitions.

The Annual Report 2024 includes:

  • Annual review (page 4-45): Strategic progress and performance
  • Sustainability statement (page 46-99): CSRD-compliant sustainability reporting
  • Financial statements (page 101-147): Consolidated and parent company financials

Together, the Annual review and Sustainability statement make up this year's Management report, providing comprehensive coverage of our material sustainability topics and ESRS disclosure requirements.

ØrstedDenmark

See page 60 for ESRS disclosure requirements covered in our sustainability statement. We have identified seven of the ten ESRS topical standards under the CSRD to be material. These are 'Climate change' (ESRS E1), 'Biodiversity and ecosystems' (ESRS E4), 'Resource use and circular economy' (ESRS E5), 'Own workforce' (ESRS S1), 'Workers in the value chain' (ESRS S2), 'Affected communities' (ESRS S3), and 'Business conduct' (G1).

QT GroupFinland

Climate change (E1) was not identified as a material theme for Qt. The conclusions were drawn on the basis of several factors. According to the view of the company's top management and stakeholders, climate change and energy consumption were assessed as the least important among the topics assessed. In addition, Qt Group already takes the climate impacts of energy use into account in many different ways. The company only uses data center providers, such as Equinix, that have ambitious sustainability targets. Qt also uses a low-carbon cloud service through Amazon Web Services (AWS), which is committed to switching to fully renewable energy by 2025. Qt's offices are located in modern buildings located in urban areas. The buildings have infrastructure designed for energy saving, waste sorting facilities and good public transport connections. Although charging Qt's products consumes electricity, it has only a minor impact on the energy consumption of the end-use of the products.

However, climate change may emerge as a material topic in the coming years if new climate change-related impacts or financial risks or opportunities are identified in the process of updating the double materiality analysis. These potential topics may be related to, for example, increasing regulation. The process to identify and assess material impacts, risks and opportunities is described in General disclosures ESRS 2 section IRO-1.

The list of data points and their locations in the report is documented on pages 53-63.

RandstadNetherlands

Based on the materiality assessment and content of this annual report, Randstad has determined the following ESRS topics to be material and covered in its sustainability statements:

ESRS 2 - General Disclosures: All general disclosure requirements are covered as they provide the foundational information about governance, strategy, and materiality assessment processes.

ESRS E1 - Climate Change: Covered due to Randstad's commitment to supporting the green transition and reducing environmental impact. The company reports on emissions reduction goals and progress towards net-zero targets.

ESRS S1 - Own Workforce: Covered comprehensively as employees are central to Randstad's business model. The company reports extensively on workforce characteristics, diversity, training, health and safety, and employee engagement.

ESRS G1 - Business Conduct: Covered due to the importance of ethical business practices in the talent industry, including anti-corruption measures, supplier relationships, and business ethics policies.

Topics Assessed as Not Material: Based on the business model and sector analysis, the following topics appear to have been assessed as not material:

  • ESRS E2 (Pollution) - Limited direct pollution impact from office-based operations
  • ESRS E3 (Water and Marine Resources) - Not material for office-based business model
  • ESRS E4 (Biodiversity and Ecosystems) - Limited direct impact on biodiversity
  • ESRS E5 (Resource Use and Circular Economy) - Office-based operations have limited material resource use impacts
  • ESRS S2 (Workers in the Value Chain) - While relevant, may not be assessed as material compared to own workforce
  • ESRS S3 (Affected Communities) - Limited direct community impacts from office operations
  • ESRS S4 (Consumers and End-Users) - Business model focuses on B2B services rather than end consumers

The sustainability statements section of this report (pages 90-141) provides detailed disclosure on the material topics identified through the company's materiality assessment process.

RepsolSpain

Based on the materiality assessment and strategic priorities, Repsol covers the following ESRS disclosure requirements in its sustainability statement:

Environmental Standards Coverage

E1 - Climate Change: Comprehensive coverage given Repsol's commitment to net zero by 2050 and 20% emissions reduction by 2030. This includes:

  • Transition plans for climate change mitigation
  • Climate-related policies and actions
  • Energy consumption and GHG emissions (Scopes 1, 2, 3)
  • Climate-related financial effects

E2 - Pollution: Coverage of pollution-related impacts from industrial operations

E3 - Water and Marine Resources: Coverage given industrial operations and upstream activities

E4 - Biodiversity and Ecosystems: Coverage related to upstream exploration and production activities

E5 - Resource Use and Circular Economy: Significant coverage given focus on circular economy value chains and waste-to-fuel initiatives

Social Standards Coverage

S1 - Own Workforce: Comprehensive coverage for 25,000+ employees across 20+ countries, including:

  • Workforce characteristics and diversity
  • Health and safety metrics
  • Training and development
  • Collective bargaining coverage

S2 - Workers in the Value Chain: Coverage of supply chain worker impacts

S3 - Affected Communities: Coverage related to community impacts from operations

S4 - Consumers and End-Users: Coverage given customer-facing businesses and multi-energy offerings

Governance Standards Coverage

G1 - Business Conduct: Comprehensive coverage including:

  • Corporate governance policies
  • Anti-corruption and bribery prevention
  • Supplier relationship management
  • Political influence and lobbying activities

General Disclosures Coverage

ESRS 2: Full coverage of general disclosures including:

  • Governance structure and role of administrative bodies
  • Strategy, business model and value chain
  • Stakeholder engagement processes
  • Risk management and internal controls
  • Due diligence processes

Reporting Framework

CSRD Compliance: "Sustainability information is presented in accordance with the requirements of the Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive (CSRD) and the European Sustainability Reporting Standards (ESRS) adopted through the European Commission's Delegated Act of July 31, 2023."

Additional Standards: "Additionally and on a voluntary basis, this report incorporates indicators with reference to the Global Reporting Initiative (GRI) Guide."

Integrated Reporting: The information "makes up the Consolidated Statement of Non-Financial Information and Sustainability Information included in Appendix V."

RHI MagnesitaNetherlands

ESRS Coverage: RHI Magnesita has produced a Sustainability Statement according to ESRS for the 2024 financial year. Having completed a lengthy double materiality assessment and complied in full with the disclosure requirements, the Group notes that the ESRS process places an unreasonable burden in terms of financial cost and other corporate resources. The Group is of the view that the outcome of the ESRS process is not beneficial to stakeholders and urges relevant regulators to look again at the implementation.

The European Commission has proposed a revision to ESRS through its Omnibus Directive and the Group hopes for improvement. The specific ESRS topics covered would be detailed in the Sustainability Statement (pages 64-172).

RocheSwitzerland

ESRS Disclosure Requirements Coverage

Material Topics Identification: Through our European Sustainability Reporting Standards (ESRS)-aligned double materiality assessment, we identified 14 material ESG subtopics covering environment (E1, E2, E3), social (S1, S2, S4) and governance (G1) topics.

Transition Year Approach: Given that 2024 was a transition year in preparation for CSRD-aligned reporting, our DMA methodology and material subtopics may evolve. We continue to strengthen and evolve our sustainability reporting in response to internally developed reporting criteria and increasing reporting regulation and legislation, including the Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive (CSRD).

Current Reporting Framework: The information disclosed within this report is based both on mandatory disclosure requirements and on voluntarily provided information, as well as on our materiality assessment. The content is prepared in reference to the Global Reporting Initiative (GRI) Standards and in compliance with:

  • The relevant sections of the Swiss Code of Obligations (CO)
  • The recommendations of the Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD)
  • The '2024 Sustainability reporting indicators definitions and scope'

Future ESRS Alignment: We remain committed to compliance with relevant current and future requirements, including full ESRS alignment for future reporting cycles. Our sustainability strategy priorities align with the material ESRS topics identified through our assessment process.

SaabSweden

Sustainability is integrated through-out the Annual Report. Pages 66-145 describe Saab's sustainability work in greater detail and comprise the statutory Sustainability Report. We are publishing our first Sustainability Report inspired by the European Sustainability Reporting Standards (ESRS).

SanofiUnknown

All disclosures related to IRO-2 can be found in the appendix of the sustainability statement, page 127.

Siili SolutionsFinland

Disclosure requirements in ESRS covered by the undertaking's sustainability statement

The material disclosure requirements and datapoints reported in Siili's sustainability statement have been determined in accordance with EFRAG Implementation Guidance 3 and the ESRS. The datapoints to be reported were determined with a view to Siili's business and the outcome of the double materiality analysis, based on the topic-specific standards, sub-topics and sub-sub-topics material to the Company. The evaluation process concerning the materiality of the topics, including the materiality threshold, is described in the IRO-1 section.

List of disclosure requirements complied with:

StandardDisclosure RequirementSection in the Sustainability Statement
ESRS 2BP-1Basis of preparation
BP-2Basis of preparation
GOV-1 – GOV-5Governance of sustainability themes; Governance and strategy of sustainability
SBM-1 – SBM-3Governance and strategy of sustainability
IRO-1Business model, value chain and strategy
IRO-2Disclosure requirements in ESRS covered by the sustainability statement
ESRS E1E1 GOV-3Integration of sustainability-related performance in incentive schemes
E1-1Targets and metrics
E1 SBM-3Material impacts, risks and opportunities related to climate change mitigation
IRO-1Material impacts, risks and opportunities related to climate change mitigation
E1-2Policies
E1-3Actions and progress towards targets in 2024
E1-4Targets and metrics; Actions and progress towards targets in 2024
E1-5Targets and metrics
E1-6Targets and metrics
ESRS E2IRO-1Assessment other environmental topics
ESRS E3IRO-1Assessment other environmental topics
ESRS E4IRO-1Assessment other environmental topics
ESRS E5IRO-1Assessment other environmental topics
ESRS S1S1 SBM-2Interests and views of stakeholders
SBM-3Interests and views of stakeholders
S1-1Social Responsibility
S1-2Policies
S1-3Policies
S1-4Policies
S1-5Policies
S1-6Policies
S1-7Metrics
S1-8Metrics
S1-9Metrics
S1-13Metrics
S1-15Metrics
S1-17Metrics
ESRS G1G1 GOV-1Governance and strategy of sustainability
G1-1Governance and strategy of sustainability
Stora EnsoFinland

ESRS Disclosures Covered:

Based on Stora Enso's 2024 materiality assessment and sustainability reporting, the Company covers disclosures across all main ESRS topics:

ESRS 2 - General Disclosures: All general disclosure requirements are covered, including governance, strategy and business model, and materiality assessment processes.

ESRS E1 - Climate Change: Comprehensively covered given climate change is highly material to the forest-based business model. Includes:

  • Transition plans and policies
  • Actions and targets (science-based targets aligned with 1.5°C scenario)
  • GHG emissions across all scopes
  • Energy consumption and mix
  • Climate-related financial effects

ESRS E2 - Pollution: Covered with focus on air, water and soil pollution from industrial operations and forest management activities.

ESRS E3 - Water and Marine Resources: Covered given water use in pulp and paper operations and impacts on aquatic ecosystems.

ESRS E4 - Biodiversity and Ecosystems: Highly material given forest ownership and operations. Comprehensive coverage including:

  • Transition plans and policies
  • Partnership with IUCN
  • Forest certification (99% coverage)
  • Impact metrics and targets

ESRS E5 - Resource Use and Circular Economy: Highly material given the circular nature of forest products. Comprehensive coverage including:

  • Circular economy policies and actions
  • Resource efficiency targets
  • Recyclability metrics (94% of products recyclable)

ESRS S1 - Own Workforce: Comprehensively covered including:

  • Employee engagement (19,000 employees)
  • Diversity, equity and inclusion initiatives
  • Health and safety
  • Training and development

ESRS S2 - Workers in the Value Chain: Covered through supply chain management with over 20,000 suppliers and contractors.

ESRS S3 - Affected Communities: Covered through community engagement programs, including work with indigenous peoples (Sámi, Pataxó, and Tupinambá communities).

ESRS S4 - Consumers and End-Users: Covered through customer engagement and product safety considerations.

ESRS G1 - Business Conduct: Covered through governance structures, ethics and compliance programs, and business conduct policies.

The Company's Sustainability Statement provides comprehensive coverage of these requirements in accordance with the Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive (CSRD).

TAG ImmobilienGermany

Table of contents of the ESRS disclosure requirements

ESRS disclosure requirementChapter
General Disclosures (ESRS 2)1
ESRS 2 BP-1 – General basis for the preparation of sustainability statements1.1
ESRS 2 BP-2 – Disclosures in relation to specific circumstances1.2
ESRS 2 GOV-1 – The role of the administrative, management and supervisory bodies1.3
ESRS 2 GOV-2 – Information provided to and sustainability matters addressed by the undertaking's administrative, management and supervisory bodies1.4
ESRS 2 GOV-3 – Integration of sustainability-related performance in incentive schemes1.5
ESRS 2 GOV-4 – Statement on due diligence1.6
ESRS 2 GOV-5 – Risk management and internal controls over sustainability reporting1.7
ESRS 2 SBM-1 – Strategy, business model and value chain1.8
ESRS 2 SBM-2 – Interests and views of stakeholders1.9
ESRS 2 SBM-3 – Material impacts, risks and opportunities and their interaction with strategy and business model1.10
ESRS 2 IRO-1 – Description of the processes to identify and assess material impacts, risks and opportunities1.11
ESRS 2 IRO-2 – Disclosure requirements in ESRS covered by the undertaking's sustainability statement1.12
Environmental information
Information in accordance with Article 8 of Regulation 2020/852 (EU Taxonomy Regulation)2
Results of the analysis of taxonomy conformity2.1
Supplementary information in connection with the information to be disclosed2.2
Climate change ESRS E13
E1.SBM-3 Material impacts, opportunities and risks3.1
E1.IRO-1 – Description of the processes to identify and assess material climate-related impacts, risks and opportunities3.2
E1.SBM-3 – Material impacts, risks and opportunities and their interaction with strategy and business model3.3
E1-1 – Transition plan for climate change mitigation3.4
E1-2 – Policies related to climate change mitigation and adaptation3.5
E1-3 – Actions and resources in relation to climate change policies metrics and targets3.6
E1-4 – Targets related to climate change change mitigation and adaptation3.7
E1-5 – Energy consumption and mix3.8
E1-6 – Gross Scopes 1, 2, 3 and total GHG emissions3.9
E1-8 – Internal carbon pricing3.10
Resource use and circular economy ESRS E54
E5.IRO-1 in relation to resource use and circular economy (ESRS E5)4.1
E5.SBM-3 Material impacts, opportunities and risks4.2
E5-1 – Policies related to resource use and circular economy4.3
E5-2 – Actions and resources related to resource use and circular economy4.4
E5-3 – Targets related to resource use and circular economy4.5
E5-4 – Resource inflows4.6
E-5-5 – Resource outflows4.7
Social information
Own workforce ESRS S15
S1.SBM-3 Material impacts, opportunities and risks5.1
S1.SBM-3 Material impacts, risks and opportunities and their interaction with strategy and business model5.2
S1-1 – Policies related to the own workforce5.3
S1-2 – Processes for engaging with own workers and workers' representatives about impacts5.4
S1-3 – Processes to remediate negative impacts and channels for own workers to raise concerns5.5
S1-4 – Taking action on material impacts on own workforce, and approaches to mitigating material risks and pursuing material opportunities related to own workforce, and effectiveness of those actions5.6
S1-5 – Targets related to managing material negative impacts, advancing positive impacts, and managing material risks and opportunities5.7
S1-6 Characteristics of the undertaking's employees5.8
S1-8 – Collective bargaining coverage and social dialogue5.9
S1-9 – Diversity metrics5.10
S1-10 – Adequate wages5.11
S1-14 – Health and safety metrics5.12
S1-16 – Compensation metrics (pay gap and total compensation)5.13
S1-17 – Incidents, complaints and severe human rights impacts5.14
Workers in the value chain ESRS S26
S2.SBM-3 Material impacts, opportunities and risks6.1
S2.SBM-3 Material impacts, risks and opportunities and their interaction with strategy and business model6.2
S2-1 – Policies related to value chain workers6.3
S2-2 – Processes for engagi6.4
TeamViewerGermany

Disclosure requirements in ESRS covered by the undertaking's sustainability statement

TeamViewer has prepared its first sustainability statement in accordance with the European Sustainability Reporting Standards (ESRS) for the fiscal year 2024. The following ESRS disclosure requirements are covered:

ESRS Standards Applied

ESRS 2 - General Disclosures

TeamViewer has applied ESRS 2 General Disclosures as the foundational standard covering:

  • Governance structures and processes
  • Strategy and business model disclosures
  • Impact, risk and opportunity management
  • Stakeholder engagement processes

Environmental Standards

Based on the materiality assessment, TeamViewer has determined the following environmental topics as material:

  • E1 - Climate Change: Including climate-related risks, opportunities, and mitigation strategies
  • E2 - Pollution: Covering pollution prevention and management approaches
  • E3 - Water and Marine Resources: Addressing water consumption and management
  • E5 - Resource Use and Circular Economy: Including resource efficiency and circular economy practices

Social Standards

The following social topics have been identified as material:

  • S1 - Own Workforce: Covering employment practices, diversity, health and safety, and employee development
  • S2 - Workers in the Value Chain: Addressing supply chain worker conditions and practices
  • S3 - Affected Communities: Including community engagement and impact management

Governance Standards

  • G1 - Business Conduct: Covering business ethics, anti-corruption, and compliance practices

Assurance and Quality Control

External Assurance

  • Limited Assurance Engagement: PricewaterhouseCoopers GmbH Wirtschaftsprüfungsgesellschaft voluntarily subjected the Group non-financial statement to a limited assurance engagement
  • Unqualified Opinion: PricewaterhouseCoopers issued an unqualified audit opinion based on their assessment
  • Audit Presentation: The auditor presented results and was available for questions at the Supervisory Board meeting on 12 March 2025

Internal Controls

  • Audit Committee Oversight: The Audit Committee, serving as Sustainability Committee, monitored and controlled the preparation of CSRD reporting
  • Regular Updates: The Committee received regular updates on CSRD implementation status throughout 2024
  • Board Approval: Following detailed discussion and careful consideration, the Supervisory Board approved the Group non-financial statement

Reporting Framework

ESRS Voluntary Early Adoption

For the first time, TeamViewer voluntarily applied the European Sustainability Reporting Standards (ESRS) as the reporting standard for its non-financial statement in 2024, ahead of the mandatory compliance date.

Quality Assurance Measures

  • High Quality Reporting: To ensure high quality of reporting, external assurance was obtained voluntarily
  • Comprehensive Review: The Management Board submitted a complete Group non-financial statement prepared in accordance with §§ 315b to 315c HGB requirements
  • Supervisory Review: Thorough examination by the Supervisory Board of the non-financial report contents in accordance with § 171 (1) AktG

Material Topic Coverage

The sustainability statement covers material topics identified through TeamViewer's materiality assessment process, addressing:

Environmental Impacts

  • Climate change mitigation and adaptation strategies
  • Pollution prevention and environmental protection measures
  • Water resource management and conservation
  • Resource efficiency and circular economy initiatives

Social Impacts

  • Employee welfare, diversity, and development programs
  • Supply chain worker conditions and standards
  • Community engagement and social contribution initiatives
  • Customer data protection and privacy measures

Governance Practices

  • Business conduct and ethics frameworks
  • Anti-corruption and compliance systems
  • Risk management and internal controls
  • Stakeholder engagement and transparency

Continuous Improvement

Implementation Process

The CSRD implementation process included:

  • Regular monitoring of preparation progress
  • Integration with existing risk management and internal control systems
  • Alignment with ESG rating requirements and stakeholder expectations
  • Preparation for mandatory compliance in future reporting periods

Future Enhancements

TeamViewer is committed to:

  • Continuous improvement of sustainability reporting quality
  • Enhanced integration of ESRS requirements into business processes
  • Strengthened data collection and validation procedures
  • Expanded stakeholder engagement on sustainability matters

This comprehensive approach to ESRS disclosure requirements demonstrates TeamViewer's commitment to transparency and accountability in sustainability reporting, providing stakeholders with material information about the company's environmental, social, and governance performance and impacts.

TKHNetherlands

Disclosure requirements in ESRS covered by the undertaking's sustainability statement

Although there is not yet a formal statutory requirement to report in accordance with the CSRD due to the delayed implementation, TKH prepared its sustainability statements 2024 based on the CSRD on a voluntary basis. At the same time, we obtained a voluntary assurance on the sustainability statements.

ESRS topics addressed:

ESRS 2 - General Disclosures

  • Strategy, business model and value chain information
  • Governance structure and sustainability oversight
  • Stakeholder engagement processes
  • Materiality assessment and material topics

ESRS E1 - Climate Change

  • GHG emissions reporting (Scopes 1, 2, and 3)
  • Energy consumption and mix
  • Climate change mitigation targets and actions
  • Transition planning

ESRS E2 - Pollution

  • Pollution of air, water and soil management
  • Waste management and circular economy approaches

ESRS E3 - Water and Marine Resources

  • Water consumption monitoring and management
  • Water-related impacts and risks

ESRS S1 - Own Workforce

  • Health and safety performance and management
  • Diversity and inclusion metrics and targets
  • Employee satisfaction and engagement
  • Training and development programs

ESRS S2 - Workers in the Value Chain

  • Supply chain labor standards and assessments
  • Supplier sustainability requirements
  • Child/forced labor prevention measures

ESRS G1 - Business Conduct

  • Corporate culture and business ethics
  • Corruption and bribery prevention
  • Supplier relationship management
  • Privacy and cybersecurity measures

Assurance and verification We obtained voluntary external assurance on our sustainability statements to verify the accuracy and completeness of our disclosures, demonstrating our commitment to transparent and reliable sustainability reporting even in advance of formal regulatory requirements.

TotalEnergiesFrance

Disclosure requirements in ESRS covered by the undertaking's sustainability statement

TotalEnergies' sustainability reporting covers material topics across all ESRS categories:

ESRS 2 - General Disclosures

  • Governance structure and oversight of sustainability
  • Strategy and business model integration with sustainability
  • Materiality assessment process and results
  • Risk management systems for sustainability topics

E1 - Climate Change

  • Transition plan for climate change mitigation
  • Climate-related policies and targets
  • GHG emissions (Scope 1, 2, 3) reporting
  • Energy consumption and renewable energy mix
  • Climate scenario analysis and financial effects

E2 - Pollution

  • Air emissions including methane
  • Water and soil pollution prevention
  • Waste management and circular economy initiatives

E3 - Water and Marine Resources

  • Water consumption: 92 Mm³ (ESRS perimeter)
  • Water management policies and targets

E4 - Biodiversity and Ecosystems

  • Nature-based carbon sink projects
  • Biodiversity impact assessments for operations
  • Ecosystem restoration initiatives

E5 - Resource Use and Circular Economy

  • Material flow accounting
  • Circular economy initiatives in refining and chemicals
  • Waste reduction and recycling programs

S1 - Own Workforce

  • Employee characteristics: 102,887 employees across 170 nationalities
  • Diversity metrics and targets
  • Safety performance: Total recordable injury rate of 0.55
  • Training and development programs

S2 - Workers in the Value Chain

  • Supplier network management: 100,000+ suppliers
  • Supply chain sustainability requirements

S3 - Affected Communities

  • Community engagement and development programs
  • Local content and in-country value creation
  • Tax contributions: $43 billion across various taxes

S4 - Consumers and End-Users

  • Customer assistance in decarbonization through OneB2B Solutions
  • Product safety and quality management
  • Electric mobility infrastructure development

G1 - Business Conduct

  • Anti-corruption and business ethics policies
  • Tax transparency and strategy
  • Political engagement and lobbying activities

The Company's sustainability statement provides detailed disclosures on all material aspects of these topics as identified through its materiality assessment process.

TrygDenmark

Based on the materiality assessment, Tryg has identified the following ESRS topics as material:

  • ESRS 2 (General Disclosures)
  • E1 (Climate Change)
  • E5 (Resource Use and Circular Economy)
  • S1 (Own Workforce)
  • S4 (Consumers and End-Users)
  • G1 (Business Conduct)

The sustainability statement covers these material topics with specific disclosure requirements under each standard. The company has prepared its first CSRD report in accordance with ESRS requirements, involving different teams, skills and disciplines across the organisation.

UbisoftFrance

The sustainability statement covers ESRS 2 General disclosures, Environmental information (E1, E2, E3, E5), Social information (S1, S2, S3, S4), and Governance information (G1) as detailed in section 5 Sustainability Management Report. The Group provides cross-reference tables and SASB reporting in section 9 to facilitate navigation of the disclosure requirements covered.

VestasDenmark

Disclosure Requirements Covered in Vestas' Sustainability Statement

Vestas' sustainability statement covers the following ESRS disclosure requirements based on the materiality assessment:

ESRS 2 General Disclosures

  • GOV-1: Role of administrative, management and supervisory bodies
  • GOV-2: Information provided to and sustainability matters addressed by bodies
  • GOV-4: Statement on due diligence
  • GOV-5: Risk management and internal controls over sustainability reporting
  • SBM-1: Strategy, business model and value chain
  • SBM-2: Interests and views of stakeholders
  • SBM-3: Material impacts, risks and opportunities and their interaction with strategy
  • IRO-1: Description of processes to identify and assess material impacts, risks and opportunities
  • IRO-2: Disclosure requirements covered by the sustainability statement

Environmental Standards

E1 Climate Change:

  • E1-2: Policies related to climate change mitigation and adaptation
  • E1-3: Actions and resources in relation to climate change policies
  • E1-4: Targets related to climate change mitigation and adaptation
  • E1-5: Energy consumption and mix
  • E1-6: Gross Scopes 1, 2, 3 and Total GHG emissions

E3 Water and Marine Resources:

  • E3-1: Policies related to water and marine resources
  • E3-4: Water consumption

E4 Biodiversity and Ecosystems:

  • E4-2: Policies related to biodiversity and ecosystems

E5 Circular Economy and Resource Use:

  • E5-1: Policies related to resource use and circular economy
  • E5-2: Actions and resources related to resource use and circular economy
  • E5-3: Targets related to resource use and circular economy
  • E5-4: Resource inflows
  • E5-5: Resource outflows

Social Standards

S1 Own Workforce:

  • S1-1: Policies related to own workforce
  • S1-4: Taking action on material impacts and effectiveness
  • S1-6: Characteristics of employees
  • S1-9: Diversity metrics
  • S1-14: Health and safety metrics

S2 Workers in the Value Chain:

  • S2-1: Policies related to value chain workers
  • S2-2: Processes for engaging with value chain workers
  • S2-3: Processes to remediate negative impacts
  • S2-4: Taking action on material impacts

S3 Affected Communities:

  • S3-1: Policies related to affected communities
  • S3-2: Processes for engaging with affected communities
  • S3-3: Processes to remediate negative impacts
  • S3-4: Taking action on material impacts

Governance Standards

G1 Business Conduct:

  • G1-1: Business conduct policies and corporate culture
  • G1-2: Management of relationships with suppliers
  • G1-3: Prevention and detection of corruption and bribery
  • G1-4: Incidents of corruption or bribery
  • G1-5: Political influence and lobbying activities

Entity-Specific Disclosures

  • Transparent tax practices
  • Cyber security risks

EU Taxonomy Reporting

Vestas also provides EU Taxonomy disclosures as required under the EU Taxonomy Regulation.

Basis for Omissions

Where specific disclosure requirements are not included, this is based on the materiality assessment results showing these topics are not material for Vestas' business model and impacts. The company applies the ESRS materiality criteria in determining which disclosures to include.

Assurance

Key sustainability metrics have been subject to limited assurance procedures, with the 2024 sustainability statement prepared in compliance with ESRS requirements.

WithSecureFinland

The tables below describe all the ESRS disclosure requirements in ESRS 2 and the identified material topics E1, S1, S4 and G1 that have set the framework for the preparation of the sustainability report.

Cross-cutting standards – ESRS 2 "General disclosures"

Standard sectionDisclosure requirementSection/reportAdditional information
BP-1General basis for preparation of the sustainability reportBP-1 General basis for preparation of sustainability report
BP-2Disclosures in relation to specific circumstancesBP-2 Disclosures in relation to specific circumstances
GOV-1The role of the administrative, management and supervisory bodiesGOV-1, GOV-2 The role of, information provided to and sustainability matters addressed by the administrative, management and supervisory bodies
GOV-2Information provided to and sustainability matters addressed by the undertaking's administrative, management and supervisory bodiesGOV-1, GOV-2 The role of, information provided to and sustainability matters addressed by the administrative, management and supervisory bodies
GOV-3Integration of sustainability-related performance in incentive schemesGOV-3 Integration of sustainability-related performance in incentive schemes
GOV-4Statement on sustainability due diligenceGOV-4 Statement on due diligence
GOV-5Risk management and internal controls over sustainability reportingGOV-5 Risk management and internal controls over sustainability reporting
SBM-1Strategy, business model and value chainSBM-1 Strategy, business model and value chainSee also Business model and value chain
SBM-2Interests and views of stakeholdersSBM-2 Interests and views of stakeholders
SBM-3Material impacts, risks and opportunities and their interaction with strategy and business modelSBM-3 Material sustainability-related impacts, risks and opportunitiesAlso detailed per each ESRS topic in respective sections
IRO-1Description of the process to identify and assess material impacts, risks and opportunitiesIRO-1 Description of the process to identify and assess material impacts, risks and opportunities
IRO-2Disclosure requirements in ESRS covered by the undertaking's sustainability statementIRO-2 Disclosure requirements in ESRS covered by the undertaking's sustainability reportDetailed per each ESRS topic